Grundfos Catalogue Industry and Water Utility

Industry and Water
Utility Catalogue
2014
Grundfos product information
1.General information, pump technology
1.1 Catalogue content (WinCAPS, WebCAPS)
1.2 General pump technology data
(Pump curves, interpretation, validity,
minimum inlet pressure and. calculation of the inlet pressure,
manufacturing standards, certications, ATEX, etc.)

2. Centrifugal pumps for general applications
Single stage centrifugal pumps
2.1 Single-stage end-suction pumps EN 733 NB/NBE, NK/NKE
ISO 2858 NBG/NBGE, NKG/NKGE
2.2 Horizontal split case pumps HS
Multistage centrifugal pumps
2.3 Submersible pumps SP A, SP A-N, SP, SP-N, SPG
2.4 Environmental pumps MP1, SQ-NE, SP A-NE, SP-NE
2.5 Horizontal pumps CM, CME
2.6 Vertical pumps CR, CRI, CRN, CRE, CRIE, CRNE
Pressure booster systems
2.7 Pressure booster systems Overview
Pressure booster sets Hydro Multi-E
Hydro MPC
3.Pumps for special industrial applications
Custom built pumps
3.2 Custom built CR pumps (high temperature, CR, CRI, CRN, CRT, CRN-SF
high pressure demand, agressive liquids, etc.) CRE, CRIE, CRNE, CRTE, CRNE-HS
High pressure equipment
3.3 High pressure booster modules with submersible pumps BM, BMB
3.4 High pressure booster modules with external drive BME, BMET
3.5 High pressure piston pumps BMP, BMPE
Coolant and lubricant pumps
3.6 Single- and multistage immersible pumps MTR, MTRE, SPK, SPKE, MTH, MTA
3.7 Screw pumps MTS
3.8 Single-stage centrifugal pumps
with semi-open impellers
MTB
Table of contents
Grundfos product information
1.General information, pump technology
1.1 Catalogue content (WinCAPS, WebCAPS)
1.2 General pump technology data
(Pump curves, interpretation, validity,
minimum inlet pressure and. calculation of the inlet pressure,
manufacturing standards, certications, ATEX, etc.)

2. Centrifugal pumps for general applications
Single stage centrifugal pumps
2.2 Horizontal split case pumps HS
2.3 Submersible pumps SP A, SP A-N, SP, SP-N, SPG
2.4 Environmental pumps MP1, SQ-NE, SP A-NE, SP-NE
2.5 Horizontal pumps CM, CME
2.6 Vertical pumps CR, CRI, CRN, CRE, CRIE, CRNE
2.7 Pressure booster systems Overview
Pressure booster sets Hydro Multi-E
Hydro MPC
3.Pumps for special industrial applications
Custom built pumps
3.2 Custom built CR pumps (high temperature, CR, CRI, CRN, CRT, CRN-SF
high pressure demand, agressive liquids, etc.) CRE, CRIE, CRNE, CRTE, CRNE-HS
3.3 High pressure booster modules with submersible pumps BM, BMB
3.4 High pressure booster modules with external drive BME, BMET
3.5 High pressure piston pumps BMP, BMPE
3.6 Single- and multistage immersible pumps MTR, MTRE, SPK, SPKE, MTH, MTA
3.7 Screw pumps MTS
3.8 Single-stage centrifugal pumps
MTB
Table of contents
Refrigerant circulation pumps
3.9 Multistage centrifugal pumps with a
canned-motor
RC
Sanitary pumps
3.10 Single- and multi-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps Euro-HYGIA, F&B-HYGIA, Contra, durietta
3.11 Single-stage, self-priming, side-channel pumps SIPLA
3.12 Single-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps MAXA, MAXANA
3.13 Rotary lobe, positive displacement pumps NOVAlobe
4.Wastewater and sewage pumps
Wastewater pumps
4.1 Submersible drainage and efuent pumps Unilift CC/KP/AP/AP-B, DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
4.2 Dewatering pumps DW, DWK, DPK
4.3 Self-priming wastewater pumps Pomona
(portable or built-in)
Sewage pumps
4.4 Grinder sewage pumps SEG
4.5 Sewage pumps - SE/SL, and S series Overview
Sewage pumps 1,1-11 KW SE/SL
4.6 Sewage pumps 9-30 KW SE/SL
4.7 High performance sewage pumps, S
Grundfos well bottom SMART Bottom
4.8 Axial ow pumps
with channel impeller ST
4.9 High performance axial and mixed ow pumps
with propeller impeller KPL
with channel impeller KWM
5.Wastewater treatment equipment
Mixers and owmakers
5.1 Mixers, owmakers AMD, AMG, AFG
Recirculation pumps
5.2 Submersible recirculation pumps SRP
Aeration equipment
5.3 Aeration equipment AeroJet V, Difusers
6.Control and pump protection equipment
Monitoring and control
6.1 Grundfos remote control system GRM
(Grundfos Remote Management)
6.2 Communication interface units CIM, CIU
6.3 Local communication devices R 100, PC Tool
Multi-purpose control equipment
6.4 Control cabinets Control MPC
6.5 Frequency converters CUE
6.6 Pump monitoring equipment CR/CRE-Monitor
6.7 Dry-running protection LiqTec
6.8 Motor protection and monitoring MP 204, IO 112
6.9 One pump control cabinet Control MP 204
6.10 Transmitters, sensors, additional electric units
Wastewater pumps control equipment
6.11 Control cabinets for 1-6 pumps DC
6.12 Control cabinets for 1-2 pumps LC/LCD 108
6.13 Control units for 1 pump CU 100
6.14 Motor protection module IO 111
6.15 Sensor module SM 111
6.16 Transmitters, sensors, ow switches
7.Dosing applications
Dosing pumps
7.1 New, digital diaphragm pumps DDA, DDC, DDE
7.2 Digital diaphragm pumps DDI, DME
7.3 Mechanical/hydromechanical diaphragm pumps DMX, DMH
7.4 Dosing pump accessories
Measurement and control technology
7.5 Water parameter measuring-controlling instruments ConexDIA-1/-2/-2Q, ConexDIS-PR/-D
and accessories DIP, ConexDIS-C
7.6 Hand-held photometers DIT-M, DIT-L
7.7 Gas leak detection system ConexDIA-G, ConexDIS-G
Disinfection
7.8 Vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems Vaccuperm
7.9 Electrolytic chlorination systems Selcoperm
7.10 Chlorine dioxide generation systems Oxiperm
Preparation of chemicals
7.11 Powder handling and dosing
systems
Polydos, KD
Table of contents
3.9 Multistage centrifugal pumps with a
canned-motor
RC
Sanitary pumps
3.10 Single- and multi-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps Euro-HYGIA, F&B-HYGIA, Contra, durietta
3.11 Single-stage, self-priming, side-channel pumps SIPLA
3.12 Single-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps MAXA, MAXANA
3.13 Rotary lobe, positive displacement pumps NOVAlobe
4.Wastewater and sewage pumps
Wastewater pumps
4.1 Submersible drainage and efuent pumps Unilift CC/KP/AP/AP-B, DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
4.2 Dewatering pumps DW, DWK, DPK
4.3 Self-priming wastewater pumps Pomona
(portable or built-in)
Sewage pumps
4.4 Grinder sewage pumps SEG
4.5 Sewage pumps - SE/SL, and S series Overview
Sewage pumps 1,1-11 KW SE/SL
4.6 Sewage pumps 9-30 KW SE/SL
4.7 High performance sewage pumps, S
Grundfos well bottom SMART Bottom
4.8 Axial ow pumps
with channel impeller ST
with propeller impeller KPL
with channel impeller KWM
5.Wastewater treatment equipment
Mixers and owmakers
5.1 Mixers, owmakers AMD, AMG, AFG
Recirculation pumps
5.2 Submersible recirculation pumps SRP
Aeration equipment
5.3 Aeration equipment AeroJet V, Difusers
6.Control and pump protection equipment
6.1 Grundfos remote control system GRM
6.2 Communication interface units CIM, CIU
6.3 Local communication devices R 100, PC Tool
6.4 Control cabinets Control MPC
6.5 Frequency converters CUE
6.6 Pump monitoring equipment CR/CRE-Monitor
6.7 Dry-running protection LiqTec
6.8 Motor protection and monitoring MP 204, IO 112
6.9 One pump control cabinet Control MP 204
6.10 Transmitters, sensors, additional electric units
Wastewater pumps control equipment
6.11 Control cabinets for 1-6 pumps DC
6.12 Control cabinets for 1-2 pumps LC/LCD 108
6.13 Control units for 1 pump CU 100
6.14 Motor protection module IO 111
6.15 Sensor module SM 111
6.16 Transmitters, sensors, ow switches
7.Dosing applications
Dosing pumps
7.1 New, digital diaphragm pumps DDA, DDC, DDE
7.2 Digital diaphragm pumps DDI, DME
7.3 Mechanical/hydromechanical diaphragm pumps DMX, DMH
7.5 Water parameter measuring-controlling instruments ConexDIA-1/-2/-2Q, ConexDIS-PR/-D
and accessories DIP, ConexDIS-C
7.6 Hand-held photometers DIT-M, DIT-L
7.7 Gas leak detection system ConexDIA-G, ConexDIS-G
Disinfection
7.8 Vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems Vaccuperm
7.9 Electrolytic chlorination systems Selcoperm
7.10 Chlorine dioxide generation systems Oxiperm
7.11 Powder handling and dosing
systems
Polydos, KD
Notes
Grundfos
product description
1
Grundfos product description
lsd ezen katalgus XX. rszt
www.grundfos.com WebCAPS
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 3,2 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 6 m
Liquid temperature: +2 C +110 C
System pressure: max. 10 bar
Applications
Hot and cold water circulation, hot water
circulation systems, heat systems, cooling
and air conditioning systems.
Features and benets

requires no maintenance

low noise,

low power consumption,

a wide range of products.
Options

AUTO
ADAPT
self-learning mode,

automatic power control,

easy to mount - outdoor electric
connection,

three speed levels.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 10 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 8 m
Liquid temperature: -25 C +110 C
Applications
Hot and cold water circulation,
hot water circulating systems.
Features and benets

requires no maintenance

low noise,


a wide range of products,

stainless steel, brass or bronze housing.
Options

24-hour time switch

thermostat
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 70 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 18 m
Applications
Hot and cold water circulation in residential
buildings, public institutions, in heating-,
cooling- and hot water systems of commercial
establishments, district heating systems.
Features and benets

AUTO
ADAPT
self-learning mode,

automatic power control,

low noise,



easy to mount - no additional equipment
needed,

safe selection.
Options

stainless steel,

twin pump

Grundfos GO (see above) or
R 100 remote control

GENIbus, LONbus communication.
MAGNA, MAGNA3 series
Electronically controlled,
wet-rotor circulator pumps
COMFORT
UP-N, N-UPS 100 Series

Wet-rotor, hot water circulator pumps.
ALPHA2,
wet-rotor circulator pumps
H [m]
1 4 8 15 20 30 60
1,5
2
3
4
15
5
12
18
Q[m
3
/h]
0 0.4 11 2 4 6 10 10 15
Q[ m/h]
0.2 0.2
0.4
1.0 1.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
10.0 10.0
H[ m]
ALPHA2
0 0.1 0.2 0.5 11 2 4 6 10 10
Q [m/h]
0.1
0.2
0.4
1.0 1.0
2.0
4.0
8.0
H [m]
UP-N, UPS-N Series 100
COMFORT
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 370 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 90m
Applications
Hot and cold water circulation in heating
systems, hot water circulation systems,
cooling and air conditioning systems.
Features and benets


existing systems can be connected,

easy installation.
Options

parallel operation

R 100 infrared remote control

GENIbus, LONbus communication

twin pump.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 4 600 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 170 m
Applications
systems, district heating systems, domestic
hot water systems, cooling and air
conditioning systems.
Features and benets

compact design,


standard motor

easy to maintain,

various types of shaft seals depending
on liquid, temperature, and pressure
Options

bronze housing,

twin pump.
TPE Series 2000
close coupled in-line circulators
TP
Close coupled in-line circulators
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 340 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 90 m
Applications
Features and benets



easy installation.
Options

many control options


TPE Series 1000
2 4 10 20 40 100 200 400
Q [m/h]
2
4
10
20
40
100
H [m]
10 40 100200400 1000 4000
Q [m/ h]
5
10 10
20
50
100 100
200
H [m]
2 4 10 20 40 100 200 400
Q [m/h]
2
4
10
20
40
100
H [m]
2
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 370 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 90m
Applications
Features and benets



easy installation.
Options

parallel operation


GENIbus, LONbus communication

twin pump.
Technical data
3
/h
Head H: max. 170 m
Applications
systems, district heating systems, domestic
hot water systems, cooling and air
conditioning systems.
Features and benets

compact design,


standard motor

easy to maintain,

on liquid, temperature, and pressure
Options

bronze housing,

twin pump.
TPE Series 2000
TP
Close coupled in-line circulators
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 340 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 90 m
Applications
Features and benets



easy installation.
Options

many control options


TPE Series 1000
2 4 10 20 40 100 200 400
Q [m/h]
2
4
10
20
40
100
H [m]
10 40 100200400 1000 4000
Q [m/ h]
5
10 10
20
50
100 100
200
H [m]
2 4 10 20 40 100 200 400
Q [m/h]
2
4
10
20
40
100
H [m]
3
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 1000 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 160 m
Applications
Liquid transfer in district heating systems,
water supply systems, cooling and air
conditioning systems, industry, re
protection systems.
Features and benets

dimensions according to ISO and
EN standards


robust design,

applicability in heavy operating
conditions,

wide range of motors.
NK, NKG
Single stage end-suction pumps according
to EN 733 and ISO 2858

Technical data
Flow Q: max. 1000 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 160 m
Applications
residential heating systems, cooling and
air conditioning systems, washing systems,
industry.

Features and benets

dimensions according to ISO and
EN standards


compact design,

broad applicability,

standard motor

Shaft seal according to EN 12 756.
Options

on liquid, temperature, and pressure,

cast iron or bronze impeller.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 550 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 100 m
Applications
residential heating systems, cooling and
air conditioning systems, washing systems,
industry.

Features and benets

dimensions according to EN standards

compact design,

a wide range of applications,

shaft seal according to EN 12 756,

built-in inverter and
digital controller

a number of regulatory options.
Options


cast iron or bronze impeller

infrared wireless communication with
R 100 remote control.
NBE, NBGE
Electronically-controlled, single-stage
end-suction pumps according to EN 733
and ISO 2858
NB, NBG
Single-stage end-suction pumps
according to EN 733 and ISO 2858
4 10 20 50 100 200 500
Q [m/h]
6
10
20
50
100
200
H [m]
1000
4 10 20 4060 100 200 500
Q [m/h]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
4 10 20 50 100 200 500
Q [m/h]
6
10
20
50
100
200
H [m]
1000
4
Technical data
3
/h
Head H: max. 148 m
Liquid temperature: 0 C +100 C
Applications
Water supply, pressure boosting, district
heating, air treatment systems, cooling
systems, power plant systems, re
protection systems.
Features and benets

anges according to EN 1092-2 (DIN 2501)

robust design,

double-suction volute design


standard electric motors,

unique design options according to
user needs

shaft seal according to EN 12756
Options

ductile iron and steel housing

gland packing,

bronze, aluminum and stainless steel
impeller.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 550 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 100 m
Applications
Wash down systems, water transfer
systems, district heating systems, cooling
and air conditioning systems, industry.
Features and benets

dimensions according to DIN standards


robust design,

applicability in heavy operating
conditions,

wide range of motors,

a number of regulatory options

R100 infrared remote control.
Options


cast iron or bronze impeller,

infrared wireless communication with
R 100 remote control.
HS
Horizontal split case, single-stage,
non-self-priming, centrifugal volute pumps
NKE, NKGE
Electronically-controlled, single-stage
end-suction pumps according to EN 733
and ISO 2858
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 180 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 330 m
Applications
Water transfer systems, cooling and air
conditioning systems, water supply
systems, water treatment plants, re
protection systems, industry,
boiler feeding- and condensate- pumps.
Features and benets


reliability,

in-line design,

high efciency,

easy to maintain,

space saving,

for slightly aggressive media.
Options

dry-running protection and motor
protection via LiqTec
CR, CRI and CRN
Vertical, multistage, centrifugal pumps
(CRI, CRN parts in contact with liquids,
from stainless steel)
4 10 20 4060 100 200 500
Q [m/h]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
1 2 4 6 10 10 20 40 100 100200
Q [m/h]
20
40
60
100
150
200
H [m]
5
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 22 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 270 m
Applications
Water transfer in water treatment systems,
washing systems, seawater systems, acid-
and alkali- pumping, ne lter systems
reverse osmosis systems, swimming pools.
Features and benets

high degree of corrosion resistance,

reliability,

in-line design,

high efciency,

easy to maintain,

space-saving.
Options

CRT
Multistage, vertical, centrifugal pumps
(all parts in contact with liquids, from
titanium)
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 180 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 480 m
Applications
Water transfer systems, water treatment
systems, industry, boiler- and condensate-
pumping.
Features and benets


reliability,

in-line design,

high efciency,

easy to maintain,

space-saving,

suitable for slightly aggressive
liquids

Options

Technical data
Flow Q: max. 180 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 250 m
Applications
systems, water treatment systems, re
protection systems, industry,
boiler feeding pumps.
Features and benets


reliability,

in-line design,

high efciency,

easy to maintain,

space saving.
Options

R 100 infrared remote control.
CRN-SF, CRNE-HS for high
pressure
Multistage, vertical, centrifugal pumps (all
parts in contact with liquids, from stainless
steel)
CRE, CRIE, CRNE
Electronically controlled, multistage,
vertical, centrifugal pumps (CRIE, CRNE
parts in contact with liquids, from
stainless steel)
2 5 10 20 50 100 200
Q [m/h]
2
5
10
20
50
100
200
H [m]
1 2 4 6 10 10 20 40 100 100 200
Q [m/h]
20
40
60
100
200
400
H [m]
Technical data

Supported pumps, CR, CRI, CRN, CRN
with MAGdrive

Motor range: 1.1 to 75 kW, EFF1

Available for pumps with standard
MG/Siemens motors, MG/Siemens
motors supplied from a Grundfos CUE
frequency converter and MGE motors with
integrated frequency converter

Basic layout: Control / Hydro MPC and
LiqTec

Enclosure class: IP 54

Supply voltage: 3 x 400 VAC
Applications

Pumps in demanding applications
where zero downtime is required, pumps
exposed to extreme wear or clogging
due to materials in the pumped liquid,
and in processes where continuous
monitoring and control are essential.
Features and benets

Detects if the pump efciency is reduced,

Detects if the pump is about to cavitate,

Detects if the pump is running outside
its normal operating range,

Enables planning of pump maintenance
in order to prevent unplanned downtime.
Options

24/7 monitoring of operation and
protection of equipment,

Bus communication to SCADA system
or Web-link,

Data collection, monitoring and setting
through local PC or via internet.
Technical data
Ambient temperature: max. 40 C
Liquid temperature: max. 40 C
Applications
Low power, water supply systems operating
from their own well, agricultural and garden
irrigation equipment, water supply of
houses, ranches.
Features and benets

Four sizes and two kinds of material
quality, one type, with all the parts in
contact with water from stainless steel,

abstraction from max. 90 m depth,

easy to maintain,

the pump head and foot are from
galvanized cast iron.
Options

Hose kit (for simple change from
CPE/CPES to CR DW)
CR Monitor
Monitoring of pump efciency, cavitation
and performance
CR DW
Deep well centrifugal pump
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 30 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 140 m
Applications
systems, irrigation systems, industrial
and other water supply systems.
Features and benets

compact design,

wide range of applications,

high reliability,

very low noise level.
Options

for diferent liquids, suitable structural
materials can be selected,

variety of connection solutions,

wide range of shaft seals.
CM
Multistage horizontal centrifugal pumps
0 0,25 0,4 0,6 11 1,5 2 3
Q [m/h]
20
30
40
60
80
100
H
D
[m]
0 10 20 30
Q [m/h]
0
100
20
40
60
80
130
H[m]
6
Technical data

Supported pumps, CR, CRI, CRN, CRN
with MAGdrive

Motor range: 1.1 to 75 kW, EFF1

Available for pumps with standard
MG/Siemens motors, MG/Siemens
motors supplied from a Grundfos CUE
frequency converter and MGE motors with

Basic layout: Control / Hydro MPC and
LiqTec


Supply voltage: 3 x 400 VAC
Applications

Pumps in demanding applications
where zero downtime is required, pumps
exposed to extreme wear or clogging
due to materials in the pumped liquid,
and in processes where continuous
monitoring and control are essential.
Features and benets

Detects if the pump efciency is reduced,

Detects if the pump is about to cavitate,

Detects if the pump is running outside
its normal operating range,

Enables planning of pump maintenance
in order to prevent unplanned downtime.
Options

24/7 monitoring of operation and
protection of equipment,

Bus communication to SCADA system
or Web-link,

Data collection, monitoring and setting
through local PC or via internet.
Technical data
Applications
Low power, water supply systems operating
from their own well, agricultural and garden
irrigation equipment, water supply of
houses, ranches.
Features and benets

Four sizes and two kinds of material
quality, one type, with all the parts in
contact with water from stainless steel,

abstraction from max. 90 m depth,

easy to maintain,

the pump head and foot are from
galvanized cast iron.
Options

Hose kit (for simple change from
CPE/CPES to CR DW)
CR Monitor
Monitoring of pump efciency, cavitation
and performance
CR DW
Deep well centrifugal pump
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 30 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 140 m
Applications
systems, irrigation systems, industrial
and other water supply systems.
Features and benets

compact design,


high reliability,

very low noise level.
Options



CM
Multistage horizontal centrifugal pumps
0 0,25 0,4 0,6 11 1,5 2 3
Q [m/h]
20
30
40
60
80
100
H
D
[m]
0 10 20 30
Q [m/h]
0
100
20
40
60
80
130
H[m]
7
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 9 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 210 m
System pressure: max. 150 m
Applications
Domestic water supply systems,
groundwater supply to waterworks,
horticultural and agricultural irrigation,
groundwater drainage, industrial
applications.
Features and benets

built-in protection against dry running,

soft start,

over- and undervoltage protection,

high efciency.
Options

SQE can be protected, monitored and
controlled by the CU 300 and CU 301 unit.
SQ, SQE
3" submersible pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 36 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 130 m
Applications
Water transfer, pressure boosting domestic
water supply systems, cooling and air
conditioning systems, irrigation systems,
industrial water- and other uid supply
systems.
Features and benets

compact design,


high reliability,

low noise,

integrated electronic motor speed
regulation.
Options




infrared wireless communication R 100
with remote control

control system connection through
analog, digital in-and outputs.

Bus communication via GENIbus, or
through LONbus, Probus, Modbus
protocol operated networks, with the
surveillance systems.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 6 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 95 m
Applications
Pressure boosting in residential buildings,
irrigation systems, cooling and air
conditioning systems, small industrial
systems.
Features and benets

modular and compact design,

reliability,

low noise.
Options

built in to complete booster systems
(Hydro Pack, Hydro Dome)
CMV
Multistage, vertical, centrifugal pumps
CME
Electronically-controlled, multi-stage,
horizontal centrifugal pump
0 10 20 30 36
Q [m/h]
100
20
0
40
60
80
120
H[m]
1 2 3 4 6 8
Q [m/h]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
8
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 90 m
3
/day
Head H: max. 200 m
Power supply: 30300 VDC or
1 90240 V, 50/60 Hz
Built-in depth: max. 150 m
Applications
Water supply and irrigation in areas
without electricity.
Features and benets

no need for electricity,

no maintenance.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 22 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 215 m
Installation depth: max. 600 m
Applications
Contaminated groundwater extraction,
sampling, remediation.
Features and benets
SQE-NE

same properties as SQE,
SP-NE

same properties as SP.

SQ Flex
Renewable-energy based water supply
systems
SQE-NE, SP-NE
3" and 4" environmental submersible
pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 470 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 670 m
Installation depth: max. 600 m
Applications
Groundwater supply to waterworks,
horticultural and agricultural irrigation,
groundwater drainage, pressure boosting,
industrial use.
Features and benets

high efciency,

long service life as all components are
of stainless steel.
Options

monitoring and control, via MP 204 /
R 100 unit.
SP A, SP, SP-G
4", 6", 8", 10", 12" submersible pumps
0 20 40 60 80 100
Q [m/nap]
0
40
80
120
160
200
240
H [m]
1 2 4 10 10 20 40 100 100 200 600
Q [m/h]
10
20
40
60
100
200
400
600
H [m]
9
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 2,4 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 95 m
Applications
sampling.
Features and benets

compact design,

t into 50 mm boreholes.
MP 1
2", environment submersible pumps
Technical data
6" sizes: 3,737 kW
8" sizes: 22110 kW
10" sizes: 75190 kW
12" sizes: 147250 kW
Applications
The Grundfos MMS submersible motors
can be tted on all Grundfos SP and
SP-G pumps.
Features and benets


easily rewound,

protection against upthrust,

high efciency,

6" and 8" sizes have standardized NEMA
ange and shaft.

Options

material variants,

PA winding,

SiC / SiC mechanical shaft seal

overtemperature protection via Pt100.
Technical data
4" sizes: 0,37 7,5 kW
6" sizes: 5,530 kW
Applications
The Grundfos MS submersible motors can
be tted on all Grundfos SP A, SP pumps
and can be used in the high- pressure
booster modules, type BM and BMB.
Features and benets

built-in TEMPCON temperature
transmitter,

standardised NEMA ange and shaft,

completely encapsulated in stainless steel,

liquid-cooled and has liquid-lubricated
bearings.
Options

material variants.
MMS motors
Stainless steel, 6", 8", 10" and 12",
rewindable submersible motors
MS motors
Stainless steel, 4" and 6" rewindable
submersible pumps
10
Technical data
Flow Q: 6,0 m
3
/h
Head H: up to 75 m
Liquid temperature: 0 +40 C
Installation depth: up to 20 m
Applications
Water withdrawal and pressure boosting
buildings, irrigation facilities, water supply
from wells, reservoirs, cisterns, rivers, lakes
and storage wells.
Features and benets

low water level operation, since the
motor is permanently wetted by the
liquid,

corrosion resistance due to the full
application of of stainless steel,

hermetically sealed cable entry,

double shaft seal to ensure operating
safety,

robust design

easy installation due to built-in capacitor
and motor protection.
Options

design with strainer or base plate,

water level control with oat switch.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 5 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 48 m
System pressure: max. 7,5 bar
Applications
Rainwater collection and transfer in houses,
farms, greenhouses.
Features and benets

automatic changeover between
rain-water tank and integrated mains
water tank,

manual changeover between rainwater
tank and integrated mains water tank,

acoustic/visual alarm in case of overow
in integrated mains water tank.
Options

control of additional booster pump,

backow monitoring equipment.

RMQ
Rainwater collection system
SPO
Submersible Pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 5 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 48 m
System pressure: max. 7,5 bar
Applications
Water transfer in family houses,
apartments, farms and greenhouses.
Features and benets

complete booster system,

easy to install, operate,

self-priming,

protection against dry running,
with automatic restart function,

low noise,

no maintenance.
MQ
Multi-stage self-priming
centrifugal pumps
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Q [m/h ]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
H [m]
11
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 35 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 18 m
System pressure: max. 50 mm
Applications
Drainage of ooded cellars, pumping of
domestic wastewater, groundwater
lowering emptying of swimming pools
and excavations emptying of drain
wells emptying of tanks and reservoirs.
Features and benets

simple installation,

service- and maintenance-free.
Options

Unilift AP35B and AP50B have auto-
coupling and horizontal outlet.

Unilift CC, AP, AP35B, AP50B
stainless steel
Wastewater and sewage pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 5 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 48 m
Applications
Features and benets

self-priming,

stable operation in case of air bubble
appearance.
Demand

Automatic start / stop mode
Press Control Control Unit,

Low Power (Private) booster sets.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 1230 V, 50 Hz 10%
Maximum switching
current: PM 1: 6 A
PM 2: 10 A
Max output
power:

PM 1: 1200 W
PM 2: 2000 W
Consumption
(own):

1 W
Cut-in pressure: PM 1: 1,5 and 2,2 bar
PM 2: 15 bar
System pressure: 10 bar
Applications
Water supply and pressure boosting pump
systems with automatic On / Of switching,
houses, cottages, park and garden
irrigation systems.
Features and benets

easy mounting because of the freely
selectable mounting position and
adjustable discharge port,

safety: protection against dry running
and protection against switching,

comfort: - adjustable cut-in pressure
(2 PM)

- Optional restart modes
(2 PM)

- Swivel front panel (2 PM)
PM 1, PM 2
Pressure Manager
JP
Self-priming jet pumps
12
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 35 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 18 m
System pressure: max. 50 mm
Applications
Drainage of ooded cellars, pumping of
domestic wastewater, groundwater
lowering emptying of swimming pools
and excavations emptying of drain
wells emptying of tanks and reservoirs.
Features and benets

simple installation,

service- and maintenance-free.
Options

Unilift AP35B and AP50B have auto-
coupling and horizontal outlet.

Unilift CC, AP, AP35B, AP50B
stainless steel
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 5 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 48 m
Applications
Features and benets

self-priming,

stable operation in case of air bubble
appearance.
Demand

Automatic start / stop mode
Press Control Control Unit,

Low Power (Private) booster sets.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 1230 V, 50 Hz 10%
Maximum switching
current: PM 1: 6 A
PM 2: 10 A
Max output
power:

PM 1: 1200 W
PM 2: 2000 W
Consumption
(own):

1 W
Cut-in pressure: PM 1: 1,5 and 2,2 bar
PM 2: 15 bar
System pressure: 10 bar
Applications
Water supply and pressure boosting pump
systems with automatic On / Of switching,
houses, cottages, park and garden
irrigation systems.
Features and benets

easy mounting because of the freely
selectable mounting position and
adjustable discharge port,

safety: protection against dry running
and protection against switching,

comfort: - adjustable cut-in pressure
(2 PM)

- Optional restart modes
(2 PM)

- Swivel front panel (2 PM)
PM 1, PM 2
Pressure Manager
JP
Self-priming jet pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 88 l/s
(315 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 45 m
Discharge: DN 65 DN 150
Applications
The pumps are suitable for wastewater,
industrial wastewater, raw water, water
with dirt pieces.
Features and benets

S- tube, single channel closed or
SuperVortex impeller,

free passage up to 100 mm,

low clogging danger,

low operating costs,

motor cooling without coolant,

double cartridge mechanical seal,

cable plug connection,

modularity.
Options

control and protection systems,

motor operation control.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 19,5 l/s
(70 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 25 m
Discharge: Rp 2 DN 65
Applications
Suitable for drainage, efuent, process
water, wastewater transfer.
Features and benets


a single channel or Vortex impeller,

solids passage up to
65 mm,

cartridge shaft seal system,

modularity.
Options

control and protection systems,

motor operation control.
SE / SL from 1.1 to 11 kW
Wastewater pumps
DP, EF, SL1, SLV
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 5 l/s
(max. 18 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 47 m
Applications
Pumping of wastewater with toilet waste
through pipes small cross-section pipes.
Features and benets


no maintenance,

a wide range of applications.
Options

wide range of accessories

pump control and motor control and
level control equipment.
SEG
Sewage grinder pumps
1 2 3 5 7 1 0 1 0 3 0
Q [ l / s ]
1
2
4
6
1 0 1 0
2 0
H [ m ]
5 10 15 20 30 40 60 100
Q [l/s]
2
3
4
6
10
20
30
40
H [m]
13
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 280 l/s
(max. 1000 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 70 m
Liquid temperature: see p. of 4.6-3.
sideways
Free ow-size: max. 160 mm
Applications
Wastewater (leachate, stormwater)
containing solids, brous materials,
faecal sewage, corrosive and / or aggressive
industrial wastewater, industrial cooling
and process water transfer.
Features and benets


IE3 efciency class motors,

H (180 C) insulation class motor
windings,

very high efciency,

wide range,

SmartTrim system

installation on foot or auto-coupling,

operation with or without cooling jacket,

wet or dry well installation,


built-in motor protection sensors.
Options

control and protection systems.
Technical data
(7 200 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 120 m
sideways
Applications
Large amounts of raw or treated municipal
and industrial wastewater, corrosive liquids,
drink water lifting and transfer.
Features and benets

wide range,

SmartTrim system




various impeller types,

Options

Technical data
Flow Q: max. 700 m
3
/min
Head H: max. 20 m
Applications
The pumps are specically designed for
pumping sewage and wastewater in a
wide range of municipal and industrial
applications, they are used in ood and
stormwater control, drainage/irrigation
of large quantities of water, raw-water
intake, transfer of liquids in large-scale
municipal sewage treatment plants,
circulation of large quantities of water in
water theme parks,etc.
Features and benets

high water transfer capacity,

robust design, low maintenance
required,

adaptable mounting
options,

built-in motor protection units,

large free passage cross section,

high efciency over the entire life span.
Options

explosion-proof (ST)

special shaft seals,

motor control units.
ST, KPL, KWM
Axial and mixed ow pumps
SE/SL 930 kW
Wastewater pumps
S Series
High performance wastewater pumps
0 20 60 100 200 280
Q [l/s]
3
5
10
15
20
40
60
80
H [m]
10 20 40 100 200 400 1000 3000
Q [l/s]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
0
0 10 20 40 100 200 700
3
4
5
7
10
15
20
30
H [m]
Q [m
3
/min]
14
Technical data
(max. 1000 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 70 m
sideways
Applications
Wastewater (leachate, stormwater)
containing solids, brous materials,
faecal sewage, corrosive and / or aggressive
industrial wastewater, industrial cooling
and process water transfer.
Features and benets


IE3 efciency class motors,

H (180 C) insulation class motor
windings,

very high efciency,

wide range,

SmartTrim system





Options

Technical data
(7 200 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 120 m
sideways
Applications
Large amounts of raw or treated municipal
and industrial wastewater, corrosive liquids,
drink water lifting and transfer.
Features and benets

wide range,

SmartTrim system




various impeller types,

Options

Technical data
Flow Q: max. 700 m
3
/min
Head H: max. 20 m
Applications
The pumps are specically designed for
pumping sewage and wastewater in a
wide range of municipal and industrial
applications, they are used in ood and
stormwater control, drainage/irrigation
of large quantities of water, raw-water
intake, transfer of liquids in large-scale
municipal sewage treatment plants,
circulation of large quantities of water in
water theme parks,etc.
Features and benets

high water transfer capacity,

robust design, low maintenance
required,

adaptable mounting
options,

built-in motor protection units,

large free passage cross section,

high efciency over the entire life span.
Options

explosion-proof (ST)


motor control units.
ST, KPL, KWM
Axial and mixed ow pumps
SE/SL 930 kW
Wastewater pumps
S Series
High performance wastewater pumps
0 20 60 100 200 280
Q [l/s]
3
5
10
15
20
40
60
80
H [m]
10 20 40 100 200 400 1000 3000
Q [l/s]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
0
0 10 20 40 100 200 700
3
4
5
7
10
15
20
30
H [m]
Q [m
3
/min]
Technical data
Supply voltage: 1230, 3230 and
3400 V, 50/60 Hz
Applications
Dedicated controls are suitable in wastewater
applications for emptying wastewater pits (up
to six pumps), they are used in pressurised
pumping stations,network pumping stations,
commercial buildings.
Features and benets

automatic energy optimization

easy installation and conguration

conguration wizard

electrical overview

advanced data communication

advanced alarm and warning priority

supports several languages

daily emptying

mixer control or ush valve

user-dened functions

anti-blocking

start level variation

advanced pump alternation with
pump groups

SMS scheduling

communication to SCADA, BMS, GRM
or cell phone.
Options

control panel for direct, star-delta or
soft start,

UPS battery supply,

IO 111 motor protection and SM 111 sensor
module.
Dedicated Controls
Control Cabinets 1-6
for wastewater pumps
LC, LCD 107, 108 and 110
Pump controllers with pneumatic signal,
oat switch or electrodes
Technical data
3400 V, 50/60 Hz
Applications
Pumping stations, lling/emptying of tanks.
Features and benets

control of one (LC) or two pumps (LCD)

automatic alternating operation (LCD)

automatic test run preventing shaft seals
from seizing up during long periods of
inactivity

water hammer protection

starting delay after power failure

stop delays

automatic alarm reset (if required)

automatic restart (if required)

liquid level indication

high-level alarm

motor overload protection relay

protection against motor overheating
via input from PTC resistor/thermal
switch.
Options

SMS modem with built-in hour and start
counter (information on mobile phone)

hour counter

start counter

signal lamp

acoustic signal

external mains switch.
Technical data
3400 V, 50 Hz.
Applications
The control unit CU 100 is designed for
the starting, operation and protection of
small pumps.
The control unit is suitable for the following
operating currents:

single-phase: up to 9 A.

three-phase: up to 5 A
Features and benets

control of one pump

start/stop by means of a oat switch or
manual start/stop.

several variants for single- and three-
phase pumps

single-phase control units are supplied
with capacitors and with or without oat
switch.

three-phase control units are supplied
with a oat switch

IP 54 enclosure, threaded cable
glands.
CU100
Control unit for a wastewater
sewage pump
15
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 120 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 31 m
Applications

dewatering construction sites,

groundwater water level control,

park and garden watering,

water supply in horticulture and
agriculture,

draining vessels,

industrial applications.
Features and benets

Pomona can be supplied as bare-shaft
pump as well as with the motor on a
trolley, carrying frame or base plate.
Technical data
(5130 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 2,1 m
Discharge Size: DN 300, DN 500 and
DN 800
Applications
Sludge and wastewater treatment plants,
media moving in recirculation systems
and storm water pumping.

Features and benets

high-efciency stainless steel impeller,

completely submerged installation,

built-in motor protection.
Options

Pomona
Portable, self-priming pumps for temporary
or permanent installation
SRP pumps
Submersible recirculation pumps
Technical data
pH: 410
3
/h
Max din. Viscosity: 500 mPas
Maximum density: 1 060 kg/m
3
Max instal. depth: 20 m
Propeller diameter: 1802 600 mm
Speed: 221400/min
Applications
Industrial and municipal waste water
treatment. Homogenization in variety of
industrial technology processes. Agriculture.
Features and benets

wide range of exible installation
accessories,

easy to maintain and service without
use of special tools,

electronic leak sensor in gearbox/shaft
seal housing,

shaft seal protected against abrasive
materials

Self-cleaning stainless steel or polyamide
propeller.
AMD, AMG, AFG
Mixers and owmakers
20 50 100 200 500 10002000
Q [l/s]
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1.0 1,0
1,5
2,0
H [m]
1 2 5 10 10 20 50 100 100 200
Q [m/h]
6
10 10
15
20
30
H [m]
16
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 300 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 100 m
Applications
Water level maintenance and drainage on
construction sites, excavations, in tunneling,
mines, canal building industry.
Features and benets

extremely hard-wearing due to specially
selected materials,

easy installation

no maintenance.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 432 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 102 m
Installation. depth: max. 25 m.
Applications
Dewatering on construction sites,
excavation sites in tunnels, mines. Draining
in underground building pits, industrial
pits. Water containing solids, max. particle
size 13 mm.
Features and benets

durability,

ductile/high-chrome impeller,

easy to use,

high efciency,

compact design,

high pressure capabilities.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 155 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 51 m
Installation. depth: max. 25 m.
Applications
Draining on construction sites, excavation
sites. max particle size 20 mm.
Wastewater transfer and lifting, with free
standing or xed installation.
Features and benets

large head,

exible adaptation to the installation
conditions,

easy service and maintenance.
Options

diferent discharge connections,

auto-coupling system,

monitoring unit.
DPK
Submersible drainage pumps
DWK
Heavy-duty dewatering pumps
DW
Contractor submersible pumps
1 2 4 10 10 20 40 100 100
Q [m
3
/h]
4
20
10
20
40
60
100 100
H [m]
400
H [m]
DWK-E
DWK-O
Q [l/s]
100
80
50
40
30
20
10
1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100
H [m]
Q [l/s]
50
40
30
20
10
1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60
17
Technical data
Flow rate Q: up to 600 l/h
Head H: up to 5,5 m
Liquid: pH <2,5 is
Liquid temperature: +50 C,
briey +90 C
Ambient temp.: +5C+35C
Supply voltage: 1230 VAC, 50 Hz, PE
Power consumption: 70 W
Applications
Pumping of condensate from boilers,
Air-conditioning systems, cooling and
refrigeration systems, air dehumidiers,
evaporators, if the liquids pH value is less
than 2,5.
Conlift2 pH should be used:

> 200 kW gas-red boilers,

oil-red boilers,

<2.5 pH condensate.
Features and benets

neutralizing unit with 1.2 kg granulate,

automatic liquid level control,

built-in check valve

4 inlet connection,

diferent outlet sizes,

high-level alarm switch for the
disconnection of the condensate source
and fault indication,

printed-circuit control,

wall or oor mounting

quiet and vibration-free operation.
WC-1

installed directly behind the toilet,

ability to connect an additional sink.
WC-3

installed directly behind the toilet,

ability to connect an additional sink.
CWC-3

for wall-hung toilets

the slim design allows installation
behind the wall.
C-3

temperature up to +75 C, designed
for grey wastewater from washing
machines or dishwashers,

small size allows installation under the
sink, or inside the cabinet.
D-2

wastewater water drainage,

small size allows installation even under
the shower.
Applications
Household or household-type applications,
lifting and drainage of water in systems
containing wastewater and sewage, where
drainage cannot be ensured by gravity.
Features and benets

compact and slim design with smooth
line and rounded edges - ts every modern
bathroom environment,

ready to install design

low noise,

easy to maintain,

exible discharge pipe adapters for outer
pipe diameters of 23, 25, 28, 32,

built-in thermal protection

anchored to the sealing without screws,
resulting easy repair,

easy connection of extra sanitary
appliances.
Sololift2
Domestic lifting stations
Conlift2 pH+
Condensate lifting
Technical data
Flow rate Q: up to 600 l/h
Head H: up to 5,5 m
Liquid: pH 2,5
Liquid temperature: +50 C,
briey +90 C
Ambient temp.: +5C+35C
Supply voltage: 1230 VAC, 50 Hz, PE
Power consumption: 70 W
Applications
Pumping of condensate from boilers,
Air-conditioning systems, cooling and
refrigeration systems, air dehumidiers,
evaporators, if the liquids pH value is 2,5
or greater.
Features and benets
Conlift1 and Conlift2

automatic liquid level control,

built-in check valve

4 inlet connection,

diferent outlet sizes,

high-level alarm switch for the
disconnection of the condensate source
and fault indication,

wall or oor mounting

quiet and vibration-free operation.
Only Conlift1

extendable (printed-circuit
control and neutralisation unit).
Only Conlift2

extendable (neutralizing units)

printed-circuit control
Conlift1, Conlift2
Condensate lifting
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q [I/h]
0,0
0,5
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
4,5
5,0
5,5
H
[m]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q [I/h]
0,0
0,5
1,0
1,5
2,0
2,5
3,0
3,5
4,0
4,5
5,0
5,5
H
[m]
18
Technical data - B Liftaway
Inlet dimension: 3DN 100
Discharge connection:
Efective volume:
DN 40
40 l
Technical data - C Liftaway
Inlet dimension: 3DN 100
+ 1DN 40/50
Discharge connection:
Efective volume:
DN 40
13 l
Applications
Collection of drainage and surface water,
pumping of wastewater from basement
and laundry rooms below sewer level.
Features and benets

To be tted with pumps from the
Unilift KP and AP range.
Liftaway B

telescopic part for easy height
adjustment,

exible and easy installation.
Liftaway C

functional design and easy to clean,

overow protection device,

active carbon lter to eliminate odours,

compact and slim for easy installation
under a washbasin or in a closet.
Technical data
Flow rate: max. 60 l/sec
(216 m
3
/h)
(recommended 31 l/sec
(110 m
3
/h)
Head H: max. 29 m
Discharge diameter: DN 80DN 100
Applications
Single-and multi-family homes, weekend
cottages, public buildings, hotels,
restaurants, indoor wastewater lifting.
Features and benets

ready to install, complete factory design,

multi-directional pipe connection,


single channel or vortex impeller,

solids passage up to 100 mm,

low clogging risk,

minimal downtime risk,

low operating costs

outdoor, air-cooled motors

easily replaceable shaft seal,

modular design.
MultiLift MSS, M, MD, MLD,
MD1, MDV lifting stations
High performance wastewater lifting
stations
Liftaway B and C.
Domestic lifting stations
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 1080 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 330 m
Applications
Pressure boosting in water supply systems,
irrigation systems, water treatment plants,
re protection systems, industry.
Features and benets

constant pressure,

easy to install,


a wide range of applications.
Options

external communication: GENIbus other
bus G 100 module, Ethernet.
Hydro MPC,
Hydro Solo-E, -S, Hydro Multi-E,-S
Pressure boosting systems
1 10 20 30 50
Q [l/s]
4
6
10
20
30
H [m]
5 10 20 50 100 200 5001000
Q [m/h]
20
40
60
80
100
150
H [m]
19
Technical data

Mains voltage:
1200240 V
3400500 V
3525600 V
3575690 V
Applications
Adjustment of the pump performance to
the demand. Together with sensors, the
CUE ofers these control modes:

proportional diferential pressure

constant diferential pressure

constant pressure

constant pressure with stop function

constant level

constant level with stop function

constant ow rate

constant temperature.
The CUE can also be controlled by an
external signal or via GENIbus.
Features and benets

adjustment of the pump performance to
the demand, thus saving energy.

easy installation, as the CUE is designed
for GRUNDFOS pumps.

short-circuit-protected output; no
motor-protective circuit breaker required.

fault indication via display and a relay,
if tted.

external setpoint inuence via three
programmable inputs.
CUE
Frequency converters for three-phase pumps
Technical data

Number of pumps: max. 6 db

Motor: from 0,3775 kW
(on request up to 315 kW)

Applications
Control of parallel machine groups in
heating and cooling systems, water supply
systems, irrigation systems, water treatment
systems, re protection systems, industry.
The Control MPC is designed for these
pump types:

CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E)

NB(E), NBG(E)

NK(E), NKG(E)

TP

TPE 1000

TPE 2000

HS

SP

MAGNA, MAGNA3
Features and benets

simple installation and start-up,

simple handling,

pump specic software,

modular solution with possibility of
expansion,

data communication via Ethernet, LON,
PROFIBUS, etc.
Control MPC
Control and monitoring units
Technical data
electric drive
Flow Q: 571100 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 124 m
With diesel engine
Flow Q: 57920 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 144 m
Applications
Pump station for re protection systems.
Features and benets

selectable drive: electrical or diesel,

FM approved and UL listed,

simple installation and easy maintenance,

high level of functionality and reliability.
Fire DNF, Fire HSEF
Fire pump systems
60 100 200 500 1000 2000
Q [m/h]
20
40
60
80
100
150
H [m]
Applications
Monitoring and protection of pumps.
Features and benets

protection against dry running

protection against liquid temperatures
exceeding 130 C 5 C

protection against too high motor
temperatures

manual or automatic restarting possible
from a remote PC

simple installation
(plug-and-play technology)

robust sensor.
Applications
Monitoring and protection of pumps,
protection against dry running and
submersible motor overheating, constant
monitoring of pump energy consumption,
reading data from a remote control (R 100).

Features and benets

overheating,

constant monitoring of pump energy
consumption,

reading data from a remote
control (R100).
Options

connection to large control systems via
bus communication.

connection of external sensors (SM 100).
MP 204, CU 300, CU 301
LiqTec
Applications
Reading and setting various operating and
fault signals of electronically controlled
pumps.

Features and benets

simple and quick setting of the pump,

reading of various operating and fault
signals

printing of status information.
R 100
Infrared remote control
20
Technical data

Mains voltage:
1200240 V
3400500 V
3525600 V
3575690 V
Applications
Adjustment of the pump performance to
the demand. Together with sensors, the
CUE ofers these control modes:

proportional diferential pressure

constant diferential pressure

constant pressure

constant pressure with stop function

constant level

constant level with stop function

constant ow rate

constant temperature.
The CUE can also be controlled by an
external signal or via GENIbus.
Features and benets

adjustment of the pump performance to
the demand, thus saving energy.

easy installation, as the CUE is designed
for GRUNDFOS pumps.

short-circuit-protected output; no
motor-protective circuit breaker required.

fault indication via display and a relay,
if tted.

external setpoint inuence via three
programmable inputs.
CUE
Frequency converters for three-phase pumps
Technical data

Number of pumps: max. 6 db

Motor: from 0,3775 kW
(on request up to 315 kW)

Applications
Control of parallel machine groups in
heating and cooling systems, water supply
systems, irrigation systems, water treatment
systems, re protection systems, industry.
The Control MPC is designed for these
pump types:


NB(E), NBG(E)

NK(E), NKG(E)

TP

TPE 1000

TPE 2000

HS

SP

MAGNA, MAGNA3
Features and benets

simple installation and start-up,

simple handling,

pump specic software,

modular solution with possibility of
expansion,

data communication via Ethernet, LON,
PROFIBUS, etc.
Control MPC
Technical data
electric drive
Flow Q: 571100 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 124 m
With diesel engine
Flow Q: 57920 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 144 m
Applications
Pump station for re protection systems.
Features and benets

selectable drive: electrical or diesel,

FM approved and UL listed,

simple installation and easy maintenance,

high level of functionality and reliability.
Fire DNF, Fire HSEF
Fire pump systems
60 100 200 500 1000 2000
Q [m/h]
20
40
60
80
100
150
H [m]
Applications
Monitoring and protection of pumps.
Features and benets


protection against liquid temperatures
exceeding 130 C 5 C

protection against too high motor
temperatures

manual or automatic restarting possible
from a remote PC

simple installation
(plug-and-play technology)

robust sensor.
Applications
Monitoring and protection of pumps,
submersible motor overheating, constant
monitoring of pump energy consumption,
reading data from a remote control (R 100).

Features and benets

overheating,

constant monitoring of pump energy
consumption,

reading data from a remote
control (R100).
Options

connection to large control systems via
bus communication.

connection of external sensors (SM 100).
MP 204, CU 300, CU 301
LiqTec
Applications
Reading and setting various operating and
fault signals of electronically controlled
pumps.

Features and benets

simple and quick setting of the pump,

reading of various operating and fault
signals

printing of status information.
R 100
Infrared remote control
21
Technical data
RPS range: 010 bar
100 DPS range: 06 bar
Power supply: 5 V DC PELV
RPS output sign.: 0,53,5 V
100 DPS output sign.: 0,54,5 V
Measuring technology: MEMS
Applications

Domestic hot-water systems, central
heating systems, dry-running protection
in solar systems and boilers,
surveillance of lter efciency,
pressure control for manifold systems.
Features and benets

pressure- and temperature-sensor
in-one,

diferential pressure sensor in high
resolution version,

suitable for wet, aggressive liquids

ratiometric output for Dedicated
Controls


approved for drinking water.
Options

SI 010 CNV power supply and signal
converter for desired 4-20 mA signal
output. Additionally, the SI 010 CNV
converts to 2-10 V or 1-5 V.
RPS and DPS 100
Relative and diferential pressure sensors
for liquids
Technical data
Flow Q: 1400 l/min
Output signal: 0,53,5 V
Liquid temperature: 0 C 100 C
Applications

Thermal management in solar heating
systems, industrial process ow control.
Cooling and temperature control for e.g.
manifold systems. Floor/radiant heating
and valve systems.
Features and benets

no moving parts,

ow and temperature sensor in one,

ow range 1-12 and 2-40 l/min in 42 %
glycol mixture with stainless-steel ow
pipe and insert,

suitable for wet, aggressive liquids,

ratiometric output for
Dedicated Controls,

wide range of accessories,

Options

Power supply and signal converter SI 010
CNV for desired 4-20 mA signal output.
Additionally, the SI 010 CNV converts to
2-10 V or 1-5 V.
VFS
Vortex ow sensor for liquids
Technical data
The CIM/CIU interfaces enable the
connection of Grundfos electronic products
to standard eldbus networks.
CIM can be installed as an add-on module
in 11-22 kW E-pumps and CU 361, for other
products, use the CIU box with internal
power supply.
Applications
The following product ranges are
supported:

MAGNA/UPE 2000*

CRE/CRIE/CRNE, MTRE,CME, NBE/NKE,
TPE 1000, TPE 2000

Hydro MPC/Multi-E, Control MPC, CUE

CR Monitor*

MP 204*

Dedicated controls*
* Not supported by all CIM/CIU types.
Features and benets

available with GENIbus, LONbus, Modbus
RTU and Probus DP systems,

modular design,

standard functional proles.
CIM / CIU
Communication Interface Units
22
Technical data
RPS range: 010 bar
100 DPS range: 06 bar
RPS output sign.: 0,53,5 V
100 DPS output sign.: 0,54,5 V
Applications

Domestic hot-water systems, central
heating systems, dry-running protection
in solar systems and boilers,
surveillance of lter efciency,
pressure control for manifold systems.
Features and benets

pressure- and temperature-sensor
in-one,

diferential pressure sensor in high
resolution version,

suitable for wet, aggressive liquids

ratiometric output for Dedicated
Controls


Options

SI 010 CNV power supply and signal
converter for desired 4-20 mA signal
output. Additionally, the SI 010 CNV
converts to 2-10 V or 1-5 V.
RPS and DPS 100
Relative and diferential pressure sensors
for liquids
Technical data
Flow Q: 1400 l/min
Output signal: 0,53,5 V
Liquid temperature: 0 C 100 C
Applications

Thermal management in solar heating
systems, industrial process ow control.
Cooling and temperature control for e.g.
manifold systems. Floor/radiant heating
and valve systems.
Features and benets

no moving parts,

ow and temperature sensor in one,

ow range 1-12 and 2-40 l/min in 42 %
glycol mixture with stainless-steel ow
pipe and insert,


ratiometric output for
Dedicated Controls,

wide range of accessories,

Options

Power supply and signal converter SI 010
CNV for desired 4-20 mA signal output.
Additionally, the SI 010 CNV converts to
2-10 V or 1-5 V.
VFS
Vortex ow sensor for liquids
Technical data
The CIM/CIU interfaces enable the
connection of Grundfos electronic products
to standard eldbus networks.
CIM can be installed as an add-on module
in 11-22 kW E-pumps and CU 361, for other
products, use the CIU box with internal
power supply.
Applications
The following product ranges are
supported:

MAGNA/UPE 2000*

CRE/CRIE/CRNE, MTRE,CME, NBE/NKE,
TPE 1000, TPE 2000

Hydro MPC/Multi-E, Control MPC, CUE

CR Monitor*

MP 204*

Dedicated controls*
* Not supported by all CIM/CIU types.
Features and benets

available with GENIbus, LONbus, Modbus
RTU and Probus DP systems,

modular design,

standard functional proles.
CIM / CIU
Communication Interface Units

compact design.

lubricated by the pumped liquid,
Technical data
Pressure Range: 010 bar
Power supply: 1230 V DC
Output Signal: 420 mA
Liquid temperature: -10 C + 70 C
Applications

Pump and pump control systems, heat
exchanger control systems (monitoring
fouling), lter monitoring, water
treatment systems.
Features and benets

venturi measurement

constant diferential pressure,

diferential pressure (remote),


wide range of accessories.

suitable for drinking water.
Options

upgrade package for TP1000,

power supply SI 001 PSU for cable
lengths > 30 m.
Technical data
Volume: 85000 l
Liquid temperature: max. +90 C
Applications

in housing, industry, agriculture,
horticulture, in water supply, pressure
boosting and irrigation systems.
Features and benets

optimal water supply,

reduced numbers of pump starts,

ideal for drinking water.
Pressure tanks
Diaphragm and bladder tanks
DPI
Diferential pressure transmitter for liquids
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 10,2 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 1630 m
Applications
The BMP pumps for a wide range of
applications from drinking water to
chemical materials transfer.

cleaning / washing,

injecting

misting

processing

seawater or brackish water desalination.
Features and benets

high efciency,

small, light-weight pump,

generates insignicant pulsations in the
discharge line,

no preventive maintenance required,

long service life,

few wear parts,

wide speed control range,

extreme recirculation capability without

overheating (up to 90 %),
BMP
High-pressure piston pumps
23
Technical data
Filter through a / d: 5002500 m
3
Head H: max. 810 m
Liquid temperature: +40 C
Applications
Brackish and seawater desalination plants.
Features and benets

energy recovery up to 60 %, compared to
conventional systems, resulting in short
payback period,

corrosion- and wear-resistant internal
ceramic components,

couplings for easy installation,

high-grade stainless-steel frame and
manifold,

large ow rates and high heads,

motor and bearings are standard
components,

maintenance-free shaft seal,

V-belt drive with high efciency,

easy to dismantle for service.
BMEX
Booster systems for energy recovery in
seawater reverse osmosis (SWRO) systems
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 95 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 700 m
Applications
Reverse osmosis systems, water supply
systems, water treatment systems, industry.
Features and benets

high pressure / high ow rate

low energy consumption,

easy to install,

compact design.
BME, BMET
High-pressure booster systems
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 260 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 430 m
Applications
Features and benets

low noise,

easy to install,

modularity,

compact design,

design without seals,

wide range of materials.
BM, BMB
High pressure booster modules
0 400 800 1200 1600
Q [m/nap]
0
1
2
3
4
5
[kWh]
tszrs
1 2 4 10 10 20 40 100 100 200400
Q [m
3
/h]
10
20
40
60
100
200
400
H [m]
24
Technical data
Filter through a / d: 5002500 m
3
Head H: max. 810 m
Applications
Brackish and seawater desalination plants.
Features and benets

energy recovery up to 60 %, compared to
conventional systems, resulting in short
payback period,

corrosion- and wear-resistant internal
ceramic components,

couplings for easy installation,

high-grade stainless-steel frame and
manifold,

large ow rates and high heads,

motor and bearings are standard
components,

maintenance-free shaft seal,

V-belt drive with high efciency,

easy to dismantle for service.
BMEX
Booster systems for energy recovery in
seawater reverse osmosis (SWRO) systems
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 95 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 700 m
Applications
Features and benets

high pressure / high ow rate

low energy consumption,

easy to install,

compact design.
BME, BMET
High-pressure booster systems
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 260 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 430 m
Applications
Features and benets

low noise,

easy to install,

modularity,

compact design,

design without seals,

wide range of materials.
BM, BMB
0 400 800 1200 1600
Q [m/nap]
0
1
2
3
4
5
[kWh]
tszrs
1 2 4 10 10 20 40 100 100 200400
Q [m
3
/h]
10
20
40
60
100
200
400
H [m]
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 80 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 365 m
Applications
Boiler feed pump, coolant circulation,
water treatment.
Features and benets


reliability,

R100 infrared remote accessibility.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 85 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 238 m
Applications
Liquid transfer in machine tool systems,
components washing machines, chiller
units, industrial washing systems,
condensate systems.
Features and benets

exible installation length,

wide range of products,

reliability,

easy to maintain,

easy to install.
MTRE, SPKE
Multistage centrifugal immersible pumps -
electronically controlled
MTR, SPK, MTH
Multistage, immersible
centrifugal pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 21,3 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 13,5 m
Applications
Liquid transfer in machining centers,
lter and conveyor systems.
Features and benets

high-efciency motor and hydraulic,

wide range,

exible installation length,

reliability,

no shaft seal,

easy installation.

semi-open impeller,
MTA
Single-stage coolant pump
1 2 4 6 10 10 20 40 80
Q [m/h]
20
40
60
100
150
200
300
400
H [m]
10 20 3040 60 100 100 200 400
Q [l/min]
1
2
4
6
10 10
15
H [m]
25
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 90 m
3
/h
Head H: 47 m
Application

Liquid transfer, lubricating, cooling,
machine tools, machining centers,
grinding machines, parts cleaning
systems and industrial processes, where
the semi-open impeller is preferred.
Features and benets

standard dimensions according to EN
and ISO standards,

compact design,

semi-open impeller / efective solid
handling,

standard EFF1 motor.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 8,8 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 55 m
Operating pressure: max. 52 bar
Refrigerants: R744 (CO
2
),
R717 (NH
3
)
HFCs
Application

refrigerant circulating in cooling systems,

refrigerant transport.
Features and benets

designed and optimised for CO
2
,

low-energy consumption,

easy integration into system,

light weight and compact design.
RC
Canned motor refrigerant circulation
pumps
MTB
Single-stage centrifugal end-suction
pumps with semi-open impeller
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 51 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 120 bar
Application
Machine tool industry and other industrial
processes, metalworking uids, cutting,
grinding, cutting oils, oil-in-water
emulsions, refrigeration uid transfer.
Features and benets

high efciency,

wear resistance

compact design,

low noise and vibration levels.
Options

dry installation


variety of connection methods.
MTS
High-pressure pumps for tank top
installation
1 0,5 11 2 4 6 8 10 10
1
2
4
6
10 10
20
40
60
H [m]
Q [m
3
/h]
5 6 10 20 40 60 100
Q [m/h]
5
10
20
40
50
H [m]
26
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 90 m
3
/h
Head H: 47 m
Application

Liquid transfer, lubricating, cooling,
machine tools, machining centers,
grinding machines, parts cleaning
systems and industrial processes, where
the semi-open impeller is preferred.
Features and benets

standard dimensions according to EN
and ISO standards,

compact design,

semi-open impeller / efective solid
handling,

standard EFF1 motor.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 8,8 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 55 m
Refrigerants: R744 (CO
2
),
R717 (NH
3
)
HFCs
Application

refrigerant circulating in cooling systems,

refrigerant transport.
Features and benets

designed and optimised for CO
2
,

low-energy consumption,

easy integration into system,

light weight and compact design.
RC
Canned motor refrigerant circulation
pumps
MTB
Single-stage centrifugal end-suction
pumps with semi-open impeller
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 51 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 120 bar
Application
Machine tool industry and other industrial
processes, metalworking uids, cutting,
grinding, cutting oils, oil-in-water
emulsions, refrigeration uid transfer.
Features and benets

high efciency,

wear resistance

compact design,

low noise and vibration levels.
Options

dry installation


variety of connection methods.
MTS
High-pressure pumps for tank top
installation
1 0,5 11 2 4 6 8 10 10
1
2
4
6
10 10
20
40
60
H [m]
Q [m
3
/h]
5 6 10 20 40 60 100
Q [m/h]
5
10
20
40
50
H [m]
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 30 l/h
Pressure p: max. 16 bar
Turn-down ratio: 1:3000 or
1:1000
Application
High-performance pump series of large
ow rate and pressure ranges for industrial
areas:

process water,

food and beverage industry,

ultraltration and reverse osmosis,

paper production,

boiler feed water,

CIP (Clean-In-Place) [on site cleaning].
Features and benets

internal stroke-speed and frequency
control,

manual, pulse and 0/4-20 mA control,

batch, timer cycle, timer week control,

FlowControl with selective fault
diagnosis, pressure monitoring,

integrated ow measurement and
AutoFlowAdapt,

0/4-20 mA and 2 relay outputs

power supply 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz.

auto deaeration,
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 15 l/h
Turn-down ratio: 1:1000
Application
User-friendly pump series with standard
inputs and outputs for general applications:

water,

wastewater,

swimming pool water,

cooling tower,

chemical industry.
Features and benets

control with stepper motor,

exible control cube and mounting plate,

click wheel and graphical display,

capacity setting in ml/h, l/h, or gph,

manual, pulse and 0/4-20 mA control,

2 relay outputs,

smooth dosing of degassing liquids,

slow Mode,

Technical data
Flow Q: max. 15 l/h
Turn-down ratio: 1:1000
Application
Dosing pump series with basic functions:

motor vehicle washing,

irrigation

swimming pool water,

cooling tower,

chemical processes.
Features and benets

internal stroke-speed and frequency control
with stepper motor,

only 2 models from 0.006 to 15 l/h,

smooth continuous dosing,

always full stroke length,

exible mounting plate,

capacity adjustment knob,

manual control (0.1-100 %),

pulse control (1:n),

external stop and empty tank input,

DDE
Digital diaphragm dosing pumps
DDC
DDA
11 6 15
Q [l/h]
4
10 10
p [bar]
0
0
11 6 9 15
Q [l/h]
4
7
10 10
p [bar]
0
0
0 11 30
Q [l/h]
4
7
10 10
16
p [bar]
0
0
7,51217
27
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 150 l/h
Pressure: max. 16 bar
Applications

wastewater treatment,

water treatment,

wash systems,

swimming pools,

process plants,

paper production,

food and beverage industry.
Features and benets

control with brushless DC-motor,

capacity setting in ml/h or l/h,

smooth dosing through variable speed,

reliable dosing of viscous liquids,

side-tted control panel,

manual/pulse control,

4-20 mA control,

easy calibration,

pioneering system for ow and pressure
monitoring in the dosing head (control
variant AF),

PROFIBUS interface (control variant AP).
Technical data
(pump with two
dosing heads:
2 765 l/h)
Applications

drinking water treatment,

wastewater treatment (sediment /
sludge treatment)

paper and textile industry.
Features and benets

robust design,

Stroke length adjustment.
Options

pulse Control (AR control variant),

analog control (control variant AR),

level input from storage tank (control
variant AR),

motor frequency control,

ATEX (DMX 226).
DMX
Motor-driven diaphragm dosing pumps
DDI
Technical data
Applications

water treatment


wash systems,

swimming pools,

process plants,

ltration systems,

reverse osmosis.
Features and benets


control with brushless DC motor,

front- or side-tted control panel with
display,

control panel lock,

4-20 mA control,

pulse-/timer-based batch control,

anti-cavitation function,

easy calibration function,

Fieldbus communication module
(optional),

diaphragm leakage sensor.
DME
0 2,2 60 150
Q [l/h]
1
4
10 10
16
p [bar]
0
0
20 190 460 4000
Q [l/h]
1
3
6
10 10
16
p [bar]
0
0
1 2,5 10 10
Q [l/h]
1
4
10 10
18
p [bar]
376 940
Technical data
Measured and controlled parameters:
Conex DIA-1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
, PAA or
H
2
O
2
, uoride, pH or
ORP
Conex DIA-2: 1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
and H
2
O
2
,
2: pH
Conex DIA-2Q: 1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
, PAA or
H
2
O
2
2: uoride, pH or
ORP
Conex DIS-C: Conductivity (inductive
or conductive probes)
Conex DIS-PR: pH or ORP
Conex DIS-D: Cl
2
, ClO
2
or O3.
Applications
Instrumentation in disinfection processes:

drinking water

industrial water

pool water.

wastewater (only efuent)
Features and benets

user-friendly plain-text menu and
operator prompting,

device calibration feature with
plausibility check prevents errors,

multilingual menu,

self-monitoring feature ensures
excellent water quality at all times,

compensation for disturbance factors
ensures precise measurement which
reduces chemical consumption,

available as a preassembled system.

installation kits,

tubing,

pump connections,

foot valves,

suction lines,

injection valves,

pressure-relief valves,

pressure-loading valves,

multifunction valve,

pulsation dampers,

tanks,

agitators and mixers,

automatic venting valves,

diaphragm leakage sensor,

dosing monitor,

owmeter,

water meter,

cables and plugs.
Technical data
(pump with two
dosing heads:
2 1150 l/h)
Applications

oil renery industry,

heavy duty applications,

water treatment,

sludge treatment),

Features and benets

designed for heavy-duty operation,

stroke length adjustment.
Options

servomotor stroke length adjustment,


available with API 675 approval,

available with ATEX approval.
Conex DIA, Conex DIS
Measurement and control systems for
dosing instrumentation
Accessories for dosing pumps
Devices, construction and installation
materials for dosing pumps and complete
dosing systems
DMH
Hydraulic piston diaphragm dosing pump
50 105 276 1500
Q [l/h]
4
10
16
50
100
200
p [bar]
0
0
28
Technical data
Applications


water treatment,

wash systems,

swimming pools,

process plants,

paper production,

food and beverage industry.
Features and benets

control with brushless DC-motor,


smooth dosing through variable speed,

reliable dosing of viscous liquids,

side-tted control panel,

manual/pulse control,

4-20 mA control,

easy calibration,

pioneering system for ow and pressure
monitoring in the dosing head (control
variant AF),

PROFIBUS interface (control variant AP).
Technical data
(pump with two
dosing heads:
2 765 l/h)
Applications

drinking water treatment,

sludge treatment)

Features and benets

robust design,

Stroke length adjustment.
Options

pulse Control (AR control variant),

analog control (control variant AR),

level input from storage tank (control
variant AR),


ATEX (DMX 226).
DMX
Motor-driven diaphragm dosing pumps
DDI
Technical data
Applications

water treatment


wash systems,

swimming pools,

process plants,

ltration systems,

reverse osmosis.
Features and benets


control with brushless DC motor,

front- or side-tted control panel with
display,

control panel lock,

4-20 mA control,

pulse-/timer-based batch control,

anti-cavitation function,

easy calibration function,

Fieldbus communication module
(optional),

diaphragm leakage sensor.
DME
0 2,2 60 150
Q [l/h]
1
4
10 10
16
p [bar]
0
0
20 190 460 4000
Q [l/h]
1
3
6
10 10
16
p [bar]
0
0
1 2,5 10 10
Q [l/h]
1
4
10 10
18
p [bar]
376 940
Technical data
Conex DIA-1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
, PAA or
H
2
O
2
, uoride, pH or
ORP
Conex DIA-2: 1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
and H
2
O
2
,
2: pH
Conex DIA-2Q: 1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
, PAA or
H
2
O
2
2: uoride, pH or
ORP
Conex DIS-C: Conductivity (inductive
or conductive probes)
Conex DIS-PR: pH or ORP
Conex DIS-D: Cl
2
, ClO
2
or O3.
Applications

drinking water

industrial water

pool water.

wastewater (only efuent)
Features and benets

operator prompting,

plausibility check prevents errors,

multilingual menu,



available as a preassembled system.

installation kits,

tubing,

pump connections,

foot valves,

suction lines,

injection valves,

pressure-relief valves,

pressure-loading valves,

multifunction valve,

pulsation dampers,

tanks,

agitators and mixers,

automatic venting valves,

diaphragm leakage sensor,

dosing monitor,

owmeter,

water meter,

cables and plugs.
Technical data
(pump with two
dosing heads:
2 1150 l/h)
Applications

oil renery industry,

heavy duty applications,

water treatment,

sludge treatment),

Features and benets

designed for heavy-duty operation,

stroke length adjustment.
Options

servomotor stroke length adjustment,


available with API 675 approval,

available with ATEX approval.
Conex DIA, Conex DIS
Accessories for dosing pumps
Devices, construction and installation
materials for dosing pumps and complete
dosing systems
DMH
Hydraulic piston diaphragm dosing pump
50 105 276 1500
Q [l/h]
4
10
16
50
100
200
p [bar]
0
0
29
Technical data
Measuring parameters:

DIT-M: aluminum, bromine, chlorine,
chlorine dioxide, chloride, cyanuric acid,
iron, uoride, manganese,ozone,
phosphate, hydrogen peroxide, pH-value,
acid capacity, KS 4.3.

DIT-L: chlorine, chlorine dioxide,
ozone, pH-value.
Applications
Compact hand-held photometers are
dedicated for routine analysis in water
treatment monitoring and for calibration
of measurement and control systems.

drinking water systems,

swimming pool water treatment,

industrial water treatment.
Features and benets

compact and ergonomic design,

easy handling,

DIT-M: multilingual text display,

DIT-L: language neutral user interface,

interference lter,

long-term reagent tablets.
Options

data transfer to PC or a printer device
with the DIT-IR infrared interface module.
Technical data
Conex DIA-G: gas warning system for:
Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
, NH , HCl
3
(potentiostatic probes).
Conex DIS-G: gas warning system for:
Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
(amperometric probes).
Applications

gas dosing installations,

gas storage facilities.
Features and benets

optimal safety,

very short response time,

automatic sensor recognition,

CAN bus communication interface
(internal and external),

simultaneous measurement and display
of two measuring parameters.
DIT-M, DIT-L
Handheld photometers
Conex DIA-G, Conex DIS-G
Gas warning systems
Technical data
DIP: 1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
or O3,
2: pH,
3: ORP.
Applications

pools, water parks
Features and benets

operator prompting,

plausibility check prevents errors
occurring,

multilingual menu,



available as a preassembled system
(amplier and measuring cell) mounted
on a plate and ready for connection.
DIP
30
Technical data
Measuring parameters:

DIT-M: aluminum, bromine, chlorine,
chlorine dioxide, chloride, cyanuric acid,
iron, uoride, manganese,ozone,
phosphate, hydrogen peroxide, pH-value,
acid capacity, KS 4.3.

DIT-L: chlorine, chlorine dioxide,
ozone, pH-value.
Applications
Compact hand-held photometers are
dedicated for routine analysis in water
treatment monitoring and for calibration
of measurement and control systems.

drinking water systems,

swimming pool water treatment,

Features and benets

compact and ergonomic design,

easy handling,

DIT-M: multilingual text display,

DIT-L: language neutral user interface,

interference lter,

long-term reagent tablets.
Options

data transfer to PC or a printer device
with the DIT-IR infrared interface module.
Technical data
Conex DIA-G: gas warning system for:
Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
, NH , HCl
3
(potentiostatic probes).
Conex DIS-G: gas warning system for:
Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
(amperometric probes).
Applications

gas dosing installations,

gas storage facilities.
Features and benets

optimal safety,

very short response time,

automatic sensor recognition,

CAN bus communication interface
(internal and external),

simultaneous measurement and display
of two measuring parameters.
DIT-M, DIT-L
Handheld photometers
Gas warning systems
Technical data
DIP: 1: Cl
2
, ClO
2
or O3,
2: pH,
3: ORP.
Applications

pools, water parks
Features and benets

operator prompting,

plausibility check prevents errors
occurring,

multilingual menu,



available as a preassembled system
(amplier and measuring cell) mounted
on a plate and ready for connection.
DIP
Technical data
VGB model max. 2 kg / h
VGA model max. 10 kg / h
VGS model max. 200 kg / h
Applications

water treatment
(municipal waterworks),

treatment of industrial wastewater,

water treatment in public swimming
baths.
Features and benets

reliable full-vacuum systems,

approved disinfection method complying
with WHO drinking water guidelines,

systems for direct installation on chlorine
gas cylinders or drums or for installation
in header lines,

fully automated systems
(wall- or oor-mounted),

complete range of accessories available
on request: injectors, automatic
changeover units, evaporators, liquid
traps.

simple handling and user-friendly design,

precise regulation and dosing of gaseous
chlorine,
Technical data
Capacity: Max. 2000 g / h
(higher capacities on
request)

Water
consumption:

max. 125 l / 1 kg
of prepared chlorine
Salt consumption: max 33,5 kg/1 kg
of prepared chlorine
Power
Consumption:

approx. 4.5 kW / kg 1
of prepared chlorine.
Applications

water treatment in municipal waterworks
and with independent water suppliers,

treatment of industrial wastewater,

treatment of industrial process water and
water in cooling towers,

water treatment in public swimming
baths, hotel pools and therapy pools.
Features and benets

turn-key systems,

only water, common salt and electricity
are needed for the Selcoperm electrolysis
method,

fresh disinfectant solution
(hypochlorite) is always available,

simple handling and user-friendly design,

approved disinfection method
complying with WHO drinking water
guidelines and many local regulations,

low maintenance and long service life
due to robust components.
Selcoperm
Electro-chlorination systems for
disinfection
Vaccuperm
Full-vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems
Technical data
OCD-162 model
Capacity: max. 60g/h
Chemical concentrations
HCl: 9% by weight
NaClO
2
: 7.5% by weight
Applications

water treatment in municipal waterworks,
hotels, hospitals, retirement homes, sports
facilities, shower facilities,

combating and prophylaxis of Legionella,

treatment of industrial process water,
washing water and cooling circuit water,

treatment of brewing water,

disinfection in bottle wash systems,
rinsers, CIP systems,

disinfection in dairies
(condenser vapour, pasteurisation).
Features and benets

compact system to be installed on
conned spaces,

ergonomic design. Operation and
maintenance are performed from the
front,

on-site preparation of the disinfectant
chlorine dioxide,

optional with chlorine dioxide control,

simple assembly and start-up,
the system can be connected and put
into operation without interrupting the
building's water supply,

complete chemical reaction within a
minimum of time.
Oxiperm Pro
Chlorine dioxide preparation and dosing
systems
31
Technical data
Capacity: 11 000 l / h
Viscosity of prepared
solution:

max. 2500 mPa s
Applications

Preparation of poly-electrolyte, lime milk,
aluminium sulphate, etc. for water and
wastewater treatment.
Features and benets

polydos: two- or three-chamber
installations for preparation and dosing
of liquid organic occulants out of dry or
liquid materials,

KD: Single-chamber installation for
preparation and dosing of solutions
(e.g. lime milk) out of dry materials,

includes dry material feeding system,

fully automatic systems with PLC control,

graphic display with multilingual user
interface,

preparation and ripening chamber with
electric agitators (optional for the dosing
chamber),

ultrasonic sensor for continuous level
control,

water apparatus with shut-of valve,
solenoid valve (24 VDC), pressure
reducing valve and contact water meter.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 108 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 75 m
(+150 C on request)
Applications
Breweries and dairies, pure water systems
(WFI) soft drinks, process pumping in
pharmaceutical/cosmetics industry, CIP
(Cleaning-In-Place) systems, biofuel
application.
Features and benets

unique hygienic design
(QHD and EHEDG)

CIP- and SIP-capable (DIN EN 12462)

customised solutions

materials: AISI 316L
(DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435)

gentle liquid handling.
Options

electronically speed-controlled versions,

ATEX certied pumps,

diferent impeller designs.
Euro-HYGIA
Single-stage, end-suction sanitary pumps
Polydos, KD
Dry material preparation systems
Technical data
OCD-164 model
Hydrochloric acid / sodium chlorite method
with diluted chemicals:
HCl: 9% by weight
NaClO
2
: 7,5% by weight
OCC-164 model
concentrated chemicals:
Capacity: max. 10 kg/h
HCl: 33% by weight
NaClO
2
: 24,5% by weight
OCD-166 model
Chlorine gas / sodium chlorite method:
NaClO
2
: 24,5% by weight
Applications

water treatment in municipal
waterworks, hotels, hospitals,
retirement homes, sports facilities,

prophylaxis of Legionella,



(condenser vapour, pasteurization).
Features and benets

on-site preparation of chlorine dioxide,

ergonomic design,

optimum process monitoring,

innovative dosing and calibration
technology,

minimum of time,

low consumption of chemicals,

easy installation and operation.
Oxiperm
systems
10 15 20 30 40 60 100 150
Q [m/h]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
32
Technical data
Capacity: 11 000 l / h
Viscosity of prepared
solution:

max. 2500 mPa s
Applications

Preparation of poly-electrolyte, lime milk,
aluminium sulphate, etc. for water and
wastewater treatment.
Features and benets

polydos: two- or three-chamber
installations for preparation and dosing
of liquid organic occulants out of dry or
liquid materials,

KD: Single-chamber installation for
preparation and dosing of solutions
(e.g. lime milk) out of dry materials,

includes dry material feeding system,

fully automatic systems with PLC control,

graphic display with multilingual user
interface,

preparation and ripening chamber with
electric agitators (optional for the dosing
chamber),

ultrasonic sensor for continuous level
control,

water apparatus with shut-of valve,
solenoid valve (24 VDC), pressure
reducing valve and contact water meter.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 108 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 75 m
(+150 C on request)
Applications
Breweries and dairies, pure water systems
(WFI) soft drinks, process pumping in
pharmaceutical/cosmetics industry, CIP
(Cleaning-In-Place) systems, biofuel
application.
Features and benets

unique hygienic design
(QHD and EHEDG)

CIP- and SIP-capable (DIN EN 12462)

customised solutions

materials: AISI 316L
(DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435)

gentle liquid handling.
Options


ATEX certied pumps,

diferent impeller designs.
Euro-HYGIA
Polydos, KD
Dry material preparation systems
Technical data
OCD-164 model
with diluted chemicals:
HCl: 9% by weight
NaClO
2
: 7,5% by weight
OCC-164 model
concentrated chemicals:
HCl: 33% by weight
NaClO
2
: 24,5% by weight
OCD-166 model
Chlorine gas / sodium chlorite method:
NaClO
2
: 24,5% by weight
Applications

water treatment in municipal
waterworks, hotels, hospitals,
retirement homes, sports facilities,

prophylaxis of Legionella,



(condenser vapour, pasteurization).
Features and benets

on-site preparation of chlorine dioxide,

ergonomic design,

optimum process monitoring,

innovative dosing and calibration
technology,

minimum of time,

low consumption of chemicals,

easy installation and operation.
Oxiperm
systems
10 15 20 30 40 60 100 150
Q [m/h]
4
6
10
20
40
60
100
H [m]
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 105 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 70 m
(+150 C on request)
Applications
Breweries and dairies, soft-drink mixing,
syrup and sugar solutions, frying oil, blood,
yeast pumping, food processing.
Features and benets

unique, hygienic design,

(CIP)and (SIP) capable (DIN EN 12462)

Materials: AISI 316 (EN 1.4404),

compact design.
Options


several mechanical shaft seal types,

wide range of pipe connections,

with or without motor shroud.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 55 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 160 m
(+150 C on request)
Applications
Breweries and dairies, pure water systems,
food processing plants, liquid purication
systems, biofuel applications, process
pumping in pharmaceutical/cosmetic
industry,(CIP) feeding systems.

Features and benets

unique, hygienic design
(QHD, EHEDG and 3A)

(CIP) and (SIP) capable (DIN EN 12462)

high efciency class

materials: AISI 3162 (DIN EN
1.4404/1.4435).
Options


ATEX certied pumps,

fully drainable versions.
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 6 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 70 m
Applications
Brewing and dairies, bottling systems,
purication systems, drinking water
systems, industrial processes.
Features and benets

unique design according to the 3A
sanitary standards,

(CIP)-capable (DIN EN 12462),

materials: AISI 316 (DIN EN 1.4404/1.4571)

compact design.
Options


wide range of pipe connections,

vertical design,

with or without motor shroud.
durietta
Single or multistage, end-suction sanitary
pumps
Contra
Single and multistage, end-suction sanitary
pumps
F&B-HYGIA
5 10 20 40 60 100150
Q [m/h]
5
10
20
40
60
80
H [m]
5 10 15 20 30 40 60
Q [m/h]
10
20
40
60
100
150
H [m]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Q [m/h]
4
10
20
40
60
80
H [m]
33
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 800 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 97 m
(+150 C on request)
Applications
Gentle pumping of mash and wort for
beer ltration, dairies, water treatment
plants, chemical and environmental
handling systems, liquids with high
content of solid particles.
Features and benets

optimised hydraulics,

gentle liquid transportation,

materials: AISI 316 (EN 1.4404)

service-friendly.
Options


ATEX certied pumps,

electro-polished versions,

double mechanical shaft seal (tandem /
back-to-back).
Technical data
Flow Q: max 0,031,29 l/rev.
Height, H: max. 97 m
(+150 C on request)
Features and benets

optimal hydraulic performance,

gentle uid transport,

materials: AISI 316 (EN 1.4404),

simple maintenance and repair.
Applications
Food industry applications

dairy (yogurt, butter, cheese),

food industry (sauces, soups, sauces)

beverages (syrup, fruit concentrates),

sugar and derivatives (jam, caramel,
chocolate),

meat (beef, ground beef, pet food),

brewing (yeast).
Pharmaceutical, biotech, cosmetic
applications

drugs (fermentate, emulsions, blood
products)

biotechnology (enzymes and bacteria)

cosmetics (shampoo, soap, toothpaste,
lotions, cosmetics)
Other industrial applications

pulp and paper industry (coatings,
polymer dosing).

textile industry (textile dyes).

chemical industry (paint, wax, oil,
glycerine, parafn, glue).
Options

electronic control,

ATEX production.

electro polished,

double shaft seal (tandem, back-to-back).
NOVAlobe
Rotary-lobe, positive displacement pumps
MAXA and MAXANA
End-suction process pumps
Technical data
Flow Q: max. 90 m
3
/h
Head H: max. 50 m
(+140 C on request)
Applications
CIP return pumping, breweries and dairies,
soft drinks, food processing systems.
Features and benets

3A hygiene standards,

ATEX certied pumps,

completely cleanable design.
SIPLA
Single-stage, self-priming side-channel
sanitary pumps
20 40 60 100 200 400 1000
Q [m/h]
5
10
20
30
40
60
100
H [m]
5 10 10 20 30 40 60 100 100
Q [m/h]
5
10 10
20
30
40
60
H [m]
34
Notes
35
Notes
General information,
pump technology
1
1-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Printed and electronic catalogue
Catalogue content
(WinCAPS, WebCAPS)
The contents of the catalogue
The catalogue contains pumps and pumping systems produced by
Grundfos, for industrial and municipal applications. The catalogue is
divided into two main parts:
-Printed catalog
It contains all the technical information and data (main
specications, elds of applications, portable liquids, materials,
installation conditions, electrical data, etc.) that are required
during a technical decision or in the rst phase of designing for
proper pump series selection.
- Electronic media (CD ROM)
- WinCAPS: pump selection program, which allows the selection
of a pump type and other equipment for a specic task. Includes
technical data, diagrams, drawings, and aids for the selection.
- Special pumps catalogues: special pumps are not included in the
WinCAPS catalogues, they can be found in pdf format.
In addition, the WebCAPS program is available through the internet,
which contains a wider range of technical information than
WinCAPS.
WinCAPS
WinCAPS is a Windows-based Computer Aided Product Selection
program containing detailed information on more than 185,000
Grundfos products in more than 20 languages.
The program contains the same features and functions as WebCAPS,
but is an ideal solution if no internet connection is available.
WinCAPS is available on CD
ROM and updated once a year.
WebCAPS
WebCAPS is a Web-based
Computer Aided Product
Selection program available on
www.grundfos.com.
WebCAPS contains detailed information on more than 185,000
Grundfos products in more than 20 languages.
Information in WebCAPS is divided into six sections:
Catalogue
Literature
Service
Sizing
Replacement
CAD drawings.
Catalogue
Based on elds of application and pump types, this section contains
the following:
technical data
curves (QH, Eta, P
1
,
P
2
, NPSH etc.) which
can be adapted to the
density and viscosity
of the pumped
liquid and show the
number of pumps in
operation.
product photos
dimensional
drawings
wiring diagrams
quotation texts, etc.
Literature
This section contains all the latest documents of a given pump, such
as:
data booklets
installation and
operating instructions
service documentation,
such as Service kit
catalogue and Service kit
instructions
quick guides
product brochures.
Service
This section contains an easy-to-use interactive service catalogue.
Here you can nd and identify service parts of both existing and
discontinued Grundfos pumps.
Furthermore, the section contains service videos showing you how to
replace service parts.
1-2
Electronic catalogue
Catalogue content
(WinCAPS, WebCAPS)
Sizing
This section is based on diferent elds of application and installation
examples and gives easy step-by-step instructions in how to size a
product:
Select the most suitable and efcient pump for your installation.
Carry out advanced calculations based on energy, consumption,
payback periods, load proles, life cycle costs, etc.
Analyse your selected
pump via the built-in life
cycle cost tool.
Determine the ow
velocity in wastewater
applications, etc.
Replacement
In this section you nd a guide to selecting and comparing replacement
data of an installed pump in order to replace the pump with a more
efcient Grundfos pump. The section contains replacement data
of a wide range of pumps produced by other manufacturers than
Grundfos. Based on an easy step-by-step guide, you can compare
Grundfos pumps with the one you have installed on your site.
When you have specied the installed pump, the guide will suggest
a number of Grundfos pumps which can improve both comfort and
efciency.
CAD drawings
In this section, it is possible to download 2-dimensional (2D) and
3-dimensional (3D) CAD drawings of most Grundfos pumps.
These formats are available in WebCAPS:
2-dimensional drawings:
.dxf, wireframe drawings
.dwg, wireframe drawings.
3-dimensional drawings:
.dwg, wireframe
drawings
(without
surfaces)
.stp, solid
drawings (with
surfaces)
.eprt, E-drawings.
1-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pump curves
General pump technology data
Q-H curve
The gure below shows a Q-H curve. On the X axis of the function
is Q (ow rate), on the Y axis are, H (total / manometric / head) or p
(pressure) values.
Calculation of the total (manometric) head
The total (manometric) head height is the height diference between
the two measuring points (pump inlet and outlet), it should be
interpreted as the sum of the diference between the static pressures
and the diference between dynamic pressures.
H
geo
= height diference between the two measuring points
H
stat
= pressure diference between the pump inlet and outlet
H
din
= diference of the inlet and outlet dynamic pressures calculated
with a given ow
Q= [m
3
/ h], [m
3
/ s], [l / min], [l / s], (some models: [m
3
/day])
H = [m] (mwc: meter water column)
p = [kPa]
Performance curve
On the gure below a pump performance curve can be seen. The X
axis of the function shows Q (ow rate), the Y axis P (power) values.
= efciency
= density
g = acceleration due to gravity
The power curve, depending on the type of pump, shows the P
1
or P
2

performance data of the pump unit.
P= [W], [kW], [HP]
Diferent performance values of the pump units (pump + motor +
control equipment [frequency converter]) are interpreted by the
following illustration.
P
1
= the electric motor power
P
2
= the electric motor shaft power
The diference between P1 and P2 refers to the motor efciency (
mot
)
or motor (
mot
) and frequency converter (
con
) combined efciency.
P
3
= power which afects the pump
(For rigid shaft connection P
2
= P
3
)
P
4
= hydraulic power (Q H)
The diference between P
3
and P
4
indicates the pump efciency
(
pum
).
Efciency curve
The efciency curve on the following gure shows the values
for diferent pump working points. The efciency () is given in
percentages (%).
Each pump has a best point (
max
), where the pump operates at
maximum efciency.
The printed pump catalogues contain the pumps hydraulic efciency
(
pum
). In the electronic catalogues (WebCAPS, WinCAPS) for some
pump series the overall efciency (
pum
+
mot
) is also given.
H
total
= H
geo
+ H
stat
+ H
din
P
Q
=

or
P g
Q H
=

1-4
Pump curves
NPSH curve
The NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head) -value of a pump is the
minimum absolute pressure that has to be present at the suction
side of the pump to avoid cavitation. Knowing the saturation vapor
pressure at a given uid temperature, the necessary inlet pressure
preventing cavitation, and in case of normal priming pumps the
allowable suction depth, can be determined. The following gure
shows an NPSH curve: the NPSH is on the Y-axis, Q is located on the
X-axis.
Pump cavitation
Cavitation occurs in a given point on the inside of the pump (generally
the rst impeller inlet edge) where the pressure drops below the
vapour pressure of the liquid and so form small vapour bubbles form.
In such cases, the formed vapor bubbles can seriously damage the
structure of the pump. To avoid cavitation, the piping on the suction
side should be designed so that the minimum measurable suction
pressure, or the corresponding inlet pressure, level is available.
This may be important in the following cases:
the liquid temperature is high,
ow rate may exceed the calculated value,
the pump operates in an open system, in suction mode,
inlet pipe length,
poor priming conditions,
low operating pressure.
Minimum inlet pressure calculation
In order to prevent cavitation, the minimum pressure (according to
the following calculation) directly before the pump inlet, should be
provided.
The minimum pressure, taking into consideration the maximum ow
can be determined by the following calculation:
where:
p
s
= minimum inlet pressure [bar]
NPSHR = Relative NPSH (dynamic pressure drop inside the pump)
[meter pressure altitude]
(It should be read from the NPSH curve at the maximum ow rate
delivered by the pump.)
H
s
= safety margin [m]
Value of the safety margin is at least 0.5 m, in order to prevent
pressure drop.
= density of the pumped liquid [kg/m
3
]
g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s
2
]
For approximate calculations the 9.81 m/s
2
value is used.
c = velocity of the uid at the pressure measuring place. The speed
should be replaced with the [m/s] unit of measurement.
Pb = atmospheric pressure [Pa]
The atmospheric pressure is considered to be 9700 Pa. Note:
atmospheric pressure rarely reaches 1 10
5
Pa (1 bar) value, which is
valid at sea level.
Pd = saturated vapor pressure (absolute) [Pa]
The bar graph on the right side of the gure shows
the (absolute) saturated vapor pressure for the given
water temperature in water column-meters (Hw). From
this, using the following formula, the values can be
determined in Pascals:
Example:
Transported hot water temperature: 110 C
Liquid density: 951 kg/m
3
Read the Hw value from the graph: approx. 15 m
Substituting the data with units listed on the left in the formula, the
saturated vapor pressure (pd) value is: ~ 1.4 10
5
Pa
Suction lift calculation
H= meters head [m] is required for operation without cavitation
- If the H calculated is positive, the pump can operate at a
suction lift of maximum H meters head
- If the H calculated is negative, an inlet pressure of minimum
H meters head is required.
P
b
= Barometric pressure in bar. (Barometric pressure can be set to 1
bar). In closed systems, pb indicates the system pressure in bar.
NPSH = Net Positive Suction Head in meters head. (To be read from
the NPSH curve at the highest ow the pump will be delivering).
H
f
= Friction loss in suction pipe in meters head. (At the highest ow
the pump will be delivering.)
H
v
= Vapour pressure in meters head. (To be read from the vapour
pressure scale.Hv depends on the liquid temperature Tm).
H
s
= Safety margin = minimum 0.5 meters head
p g NPSH H c p p
s s b s d
+ ( )

0 00001
1
2
2
,
20
15
12
10
8,0
6,0
5,0
4,0
3,0
2,0
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
1,5
120
110
90
100
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Hv
(m)
tm
(C)
150
130
140
25
35
45
40
30

p
s
NPSH
c
p
d
= gH
v
H = 10,2 p
b
H
f
H
v
H
s
NPSH
H
f
H
v
P
b H
1-5
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pump standards,
certications
Curve conditions
Tolerances according to ISO 9906, Annex A
The bold curves indicate the recommended performance range.
Range indicated by the thin line is not recommended. For these
work points a smaller / larger pump should be chosen. Due to the
risk of overheating, the pumps should not operate with a ow rate
lower than the given minimal.
The curves apply to +20 C, 1 mm
2
/s (1 cSt) kinematic viscosity pure
water.
If the density of the pumped liquid is not 1000 kg/m
3
, the output
pressure changes proportionally with density.
If the pumped liquid density is greater than 1000 kg/m
3
, a more
powerful motor may be required.
Performance measurements
The operating points of the pumps are tested in accordance with ISO
9906, Annex A, but no test reports are issued. If the user is in need
of a curve that represents a higher number of operating points, or
would like to verify the minimum performance, or is in a need of a
certication, a separate measurement must be initiated.
Certicates
The certicate should be asked separately for each pump. The
following certicates can be issued:
Certication with the following list EN 10204-2.1
Quality certication EN 10204-2.2
Manufacturers quality certication EN 10204-2.3
Expert quality certication EN 10204-3.1.B
Expert quality certication EN 10204-3.1.c
Grundfos pumps according to EU standards
Pumps and pumping equipment manufactured by Grundfos comply
with legal directives of the coordinating council of the European
Union member states.
The standards for a particular pump or equipment are included
in the Declaration of conformity of the Installation and operating
instructions.
The Installation and operating instructions can be seen in the
WinCAPS and WebCAPS computer and internet databases, and can
be downloaded from there.
Example:
Declaration of conformity
We, Grundfos, declare under our sole responsibility that the SEG
products, to which this declaration relates, meet the following legal
directives of the coordinating council of the European Union member
states:
- Machinery (2006/42/EC)
Applied standards: EN 809: 1998, EN 60204-1: 2006.
- Low voltage Directive (2006/95/EC)
Valid for rated power below 2.2 kW
Applied standards: EN 60335-1: 2002 and EN 60335-2-41: 2003.
- EMC Directive (2004/108/EC)
- Construction Product Directive (89/106/EC)
Applied standards: EN 12050-1 2001.
- ATEX (94/9/EC)
The standards apply to pump types which can be installed in
potentially explosive environments (Ex II 2G), and are tted with
the ATEX nameplate and have the EK type examination certicate
as well. (Applies only to products bearing the ATEX marking on the
nameplate). Applied standards: EN 13463-1: 2001, EN 13463-5: 2003.
(The motor operating instructions and declaration of conformity are
included.)
Technical certication body: KEMA Quality B.V., No 0344. Utrechtseweg
310, 6802 ED, Arnhem, The Netherlands.
Explosion proof motors and pumps-ATEX
What is ATEX (ATmosphre EXplosible) ?
ATEX refers to two new EU directives dealing with danger of explosion
within diferent areas. The rst ATEX directive (94/9/EC) deals with
requirements which have to be put on equipment for use in explosive
areas. Grundfos s products are in accordance with this directive. The
manufacturer has to fulll the requirements and mark his products
with categories. The second ATEX directive (99/92/EC) deals with
the minimum safety and health requirements that the owner of the
equipment has to fulll, when working in explosive areas.
Explosion-proof pumps and motors manufactured by Grundfos are
classied according to the 94/9/EC European Union directive. The
pumps can be used in areas(zones) specifed in the 1999/92/EC
directive. In case of inquiry, detailed information can be found in
the above mentioned standards, or may contact your local Grundfos
dealer.
Important: The link between groups, categories and zones is
explained in the 1999/92/EC directive. Please note that this is a
minimum directive. Some European Union countries may therefore
have stricter local rules. The user or installer is always responsible for
checking that the group and category of the pump corresponds to the
zone classifcation of the installation site.
Identication:
Example: ATEX certied CR pump nameplate
The nameplate on the pump head gives the following details:
data of the standard pump
data of the ATEX marking
- technical le number
- serial number
- Ex category.
Standard Q H P
ISO 9906 A 9% 7% -7% +9%
1-6
Pump standards,
certications
Explanation of the explosionproof rating
Explanation:
The explosion protection classifcation of the pump:
CE 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIB T4
Directive/
standard
Code Description
ATEX
CE
0344
=
CE mark of conformity according to the ATEX directive 94/9/EC, Annex X.
0344 is the number of the notifed body which has certifed the quality system for ATEX.
= Explosion protection mark.
II =
Equipment group according to the ATEX directive, Annex II, point 2.2, defning the
requirements applicable to the equipment in this group.
2 =
Equipment category according to the ATEX directive, Annex II, point 2.2, defning the
requirements applicable to the equipment in this category.
G = Explosive atmospheres caused by gases, vapours or mists.
EN 50014
Harmonised
European
standard
EEx = The equipment conforms to the harmonised European standard.
d = Flame-proof enclosure according to EN 60079-1: 2007.
II = Suitable for use in explosive atmospheres (not mines).
B =
Classifcation of gases according to EN 60079-0: 2006, Annex A.
Gas group B includes gas group A.
T4 = Maximum surface temperature is 135 C according to EN 60079-0: 2006.
X =
The equipment is subject to special conditions for safe use. These conditions are
mentioned in the certifcate and the installation and operating instructions.
1-7
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Explanation of the explosionproof rating
Explanation:
The explosion protection classifcation of the pump:
CE 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIB T4
Directive/
standard
Code Description
ATEX
CE
0344
=
CE mark of conformity according to the ATEX directive 94/9/EC, Annex X.
0344 is the number of the notifed body which has certifed the quality system for ATEX.
= Explosion protection mark.
II =
Equipment group according to the ATEX directive, Annex II, point 2.2, defning the
requirements applicable to the equipment in this group.
2 =
Equipment category according to the ATEX directive, Annex II, point 2.2, defning the
requirements applicable to the equipment in this category.
G = Explosive atmospheres caused by gases, vapours or mists.
EN 50014
Harmonised
European
standard
EEx = The equipment conforms to the harmonised European standard.
d = Flame-proof enclosure according to EN 60079-1: 2007.
II = Suitable for use in explosive atmospheres (not mines).
B =
Classifcation of gases according to EN 60079-0: 2006, Annex A.
Gas group B includes gas group A.
T4 = Maximum surface temperature is 135 C according to EN 60079-0: 2006.
X =
The equipment is subject to special conditions for safe use. These conditions are
mentioned in the certifcate and the installation and operating instructions.
Notes
1-8
Notes
Centrifugal pumps
General applications

2
Single-stage centrifugal pumps
2.1 Single-stage end-suction pumps
NB/NBE, NK/NKE EN 733
NBG/NBGE, NKG/NKGE ISO 2858
2.2 Horizontal split case pumps
HS
2.1-1
NB/NBE, NK/NKE-EN 733
General information
Performance
The pumps ofer fow rates from 2 to 1300 m
3
/h and heads from 2
to 160 m.
For liquids with temperatures ranging from -25 C to +140 C
(depending on the motor and bearing type)
Ambient temperatures: +40C, +55C, +60 C (depending on the
motor type)
Maximum pressure: 10 or 16 bar (depending on the pump type)
Main elds of application
Water supply
Besides general water supply in municipal and industrial waterworks,
the NB and NK pumps are used for these specifc applications:
fltration and transfer at waterworks
pressure boosting in mains
pressure boosting in high-rise buildings, hotels, etc.
pressure boosting in industrial buildings
various swimming bath applications.
Industrial pressure boosting
Pressure boosting in:
industrial washing and cleaning systems
industrial wash-down systems
vehicle washing tunnels
fre-fghting systems.
Industrial liquid transfer
Liquid transfer in:
cooling and air-conditioning systems (refrigerants)
boiler-feed and condensate systems
aquafarming
industrial heating systems
district heating plants.
HVAC
Liquid transfer in:
heating systems
ventilation systems
air-conditioning systems.
Irrigation
Irrigation covers these applications:
feld irrigation (fooding)
sprinkler irrigation
drip-feed irrigation.
Main Characteristics
NB/NBE, NK/NKE
The pumps are non-self-priming, single-stage, centrifugal volute
pumps with axial suction port, radial discharge port and horizontal
shaft.
All pumps are according to ISO 5199.
Suction and discharge fanges are according to EN 1092-2.
Dimensions and rated performance are according to EN 733 (10
bar).
However, pumps with fange dimensions up to and including DN
150 are marked PN 16 and thus suitable for 16 bar operation.
The mechanical shaft seal has dimensions according to EN 12756.
All pumps are statically balanced according to ISO 1940-1 class 6.3.
Impellers are hydraulically balanced.
Motor power [kW]: NB/NK NBE/NKE
2-pole 0,75-250 0,75-22
4-pole 0,25-315 0,25-18,5
6-pole 0,55-90 -
The NK/NKE pump and motor are mounted on a common steel
base frame in accordance with EN 23661.
NBG pumps (with 225-315 frame size motors) can be ordered with
factory base frame
Mechanical construction
NB/NK
materials: -cast iron
-stainless steel
discharge port size: DN 32 DN 250
discharge port types:
Pump drive options
There are several options available:
factory mounted motor (A,A1,A2)
factory mounted motor with increased power (B)
without motor (NB/NK, NBG/NKG)
Bare shaft pump (NK/NKG)
NB NKE
Radial
Up to DN 150
Tangential
DN 200 - 250
2.1-2
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
For NB pumps the back pull-out design enables removal of the motor,
motor stool and impeller without disturbing the pump housing or
pipework. Even the largest pumps can thus be serviced by a single
person with a crane.
The NB pump is close-coupled with a totally enclosed fan-cooled
standard motor with main dimensions to IEC and DIN standards.
Mounting design (NB)
Mounting design A: pump housing with feet
Mounting design B: motor with feet
Mounting design C: pump housing and motor with feet
Mounting design F: design C with base frame
NK pumps and motor are mounted on a common steel base frame
in accordance with EN 23661. For NK pumps the back pull-out design
enables removal of the motor, motor stool and impeller without
disturbing the pump housing or pipework.
Even the largest pumps can thus be serviced by a single person with
a crane.
The NK pump is long-coupled with a totally enclosed fan-cooled
standard motor with main dimensions to IEC and DIN standards and
mounting designation B3 (IM 1001).
Pumps ftted with a spacer coupling can be serviced without
dismantling the motor from the base frame and without removing
the pump housing from the pipework. This saves realignment of
pump and motor after service.
Bearing bracket and shaft (NK)
The bearing bracket has two sturdy anti-friction, lubricated-for-life
bearings. The bearing bracket is made of cast iron EN-GJL-250.
The shaft is made of stainless steel. A thrower on the shaft prevents
liquid from entering the bearing bracket. In stufng box versions,
the shaft is protected by a stainless steel sleeve. As the bearings and
shafts are large, the NK pumps can be driven by a belt drive or a diesel
engine, if required.
For prolonged lifetime and to suit high inlet pressure, heavy duty
bearing brackets are available. See the data booklet NB, NBG, NK,
NKG, NBE, NBGE, NKE, NKGE - Custom-built pumps according to EN
733 and ISO 2858, or contact Grundfos.
ATEX-approved pumps
On request, Grundfos ofers NB and NK pumps with ATEX-approval
in accordance with Directive 94/9/EC (group II, category 2G/D and
3G/D).
Custom-built pumps
On the basis of detailed knowledge of user needs, custom-built
pumps can be ordered .
For more information, see catalogue chapter 3.1 or see the data booklet
NB, NBG, NK, NKG, NBE, NBGE, NKE, NKGE - Custom-built pumps
according to EN 733 and ISO 2858, or see WebCAPS catalogue.
design A
design B
design C design F
NK pump
spacer coupling
2.1-3
General information
Motors
The motor is a totally enclosed, fan-cooled ,three phase asynchronous
standard motor with main dimensions according to IEC 60075, EN
50347 and DIN standards. Electrical tolerances are to IEC 60034, IEC
62114.
Voltage
0,25-4,0 kW : 3x220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
2,2-355 kW : 3x380-415 V, 50 Hz, or 3x380-415/660- 690 V, 50 Hz
Efciency classes
EuP 640/2009/EC (0,75-355kW)
IE2 (2011-2012)
IE3 (from 2013)
Motor size
Selection of motor size should be based on the power required to
achieve the duty point of the chosen pump. This information can be
found in the power chart below each performance chart.
Find the power curve corresponding to the required QH-value (or
interpolate between curves).
To select the motor size, read the value of the P2 curve at the duty
point and add a 5 % safety margin. If the motor size must be selected
according to ISO 5199, see the table below.
Safety margins according to ISO 5199
Speed-controlled pumps
Most NB and NK pumps are available with motors with integrated
speed control. These pumps are called NBE and NKE.
Alternatively, all NB and NK pumps with three-phase motors can
be connected to a frequency converter.
If you connect a frequency converter to your standard motor, the
motor insulation will be exposed to higher voltage peaks due
to the operation of the frequency converter. This will cause the
motor to be more noisy than in normal operation. In addition,
large motors will be exposed to bearing currents caused by the
frequency converter.
In 2-, 4- and 6-pole motors, frame size 225 and up, isolate one of
the motor bearings electrically to prevent damaging currents from
passing through the motor bearings.
In noise-sensitive applications you can reduce the motor noise
by ftting a dU/dt flter between the motor and the frequency
converter.
Grundfos MGE motors NBE, NKE pumps with a motor with an
The MGE motor is a totally enclosed, fan-cooled, frequency-controlled
motor with dimensions accordingto IEC and DIN standards. Electrical
tolerances are to IEC 60034.
NBE and NKE pumps with integrated speed control enable automatic
adaptation of performance to actual conditions. This keeps the energy
consumption at a minimum.
Operating modes
Regulated mode
In this case, a DPI transmitter should be mounted to the pump.
Grundfos (DPI) diferential pressure transmitters have been developed
for the intended use of controlling pumps by means of the diferential
pressure between pump suction and discharge. See page 6.10-2.
Unregulated mode
The pump rpm. Is modifed by an external analog signal from an
universal control unit, PLC or any other control unit. NBE/NKE pump
can operate with 2-pole (0,75-22W) and 4-pole (0,25-18,5W) motors.
MGE-motors have an energy efciency classifcation of IE2 (excluding
4-pole(0,25-0,55W)motor).
Regulation
To regulate or control the pump units, Grundfos process control
equipment is available. Eg., Control MPC, CUE 204, sensors,
transducers. For more information see chapters 6.4 6.10.
Motor protection
Standard motors
Three-phase motors must be connected to a motor-protective circuit
breaker according to local regulations. Three-phase Grundfos motors
(MG) as from 3 kW have a built-in thermistor (PTC) according to DIN
44082 (IEC 34-11: TP 211).
MGE-motors
The motor requires no external motor protection. MGE motors
incorporate thermal protection against steady overload and stalled
condition (IEC 34-11: TP 211).
Required pump power up to
[kW]
Motor power
P
2
[kW]
0,18 0,25
0,27 0,37
0,40 0,55
0,55 0,75
0,81 1,1
1,1 1,5
1,7 2,2
2,3 3
3,2 4
4,3 5,5
6,1 7,5
9,1 11
12,8 15
15,9 18,5
19 22
26 30
32,5 37
40 45
49 55
68 75
81 90
100 110
120 132
145 160
181 200
227 250
286 315
322 355
364 400
2.1-4
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Ambient temperature and altitude
The ambient temperature and the installation altitude are important
factors for the motor life, as they afect the life of the bearings and
the insulation system.
If the ambient temperature exceeds the recommended maximum
ambient temperature or maximum altitude above sea level , the motor
must not be fully loaded due to the low density and consequently low
cooling efect of the air. In such cases it may be necessary to use a
motor with a higher output. See (P2/t,m) table below.
Example with a pump with a 1.1 kW IE2 MG motor: If the pump is
installed 4750 m above sea level, the motor must not be loaded more
than 88 % of rated output. At an ambient temperature of 75 C, the
motor must not be loaded more that 78 % of rated output. If the
pump is installed 4750 m above sea level at an ambient temperature
of 75 C, the motor must not be loaded more than 88 % x 78 % = 68.6
% of rated output.
Legend
Sound pressure level
Data in this table applies to pump including motor.
Pos. Description
1 0,250,55 kW MG motor
2
0,7522 kW MG motor (IE2/IE3)
0,75450 kW MMG-H motor (IE2)
3 0,75462 kW Siemens motor (IE2)
Motor
[kW]
Maximum sound pressure level [dB(A)] - ISO 3743
Three-phase motors
2-pole 4-pole 6-pole
0,25 56 41
0,37 56 45
0,55 57 42 40
0,75 56 42 43
1,1 59 50 43
1,5 58 50 47
2,2 60 52 52
3 59 52 63
4 63 54 63
5,5 63 57 63
7,5 60 58 66
11 60 60 66
15 60 60 66
18,5 60 63 66
22 66 63 66
30 71 65 59
37 71 66 60
45 71 66 58
55 71 67 58
75 73 70 61
90 73 70 61
110 76 70 61
132 76 70 61
160 76 70 65
200 76 70
250 82 73
315 82 73
355 77 75
400 75
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
[%]
P
2
1
2
3
t [C]
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
2.1-5
General information
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NB
2-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
150-250
125-315
125-250
150-200
125-200
100-315
100-160
80-315 65-315
65-250
50-315 40-315
32-250 100-250
100-200
80-250
80-200
80-160
65-200
65-160
65-125
50-250
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-250
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NB
2-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
125-250
100-315
80-250
65-315
65-250
65-200
50-250
40-250
125-315
150-250
150-200
125-200
100-160
80-315 50-315 40-315
32-250 100-250
100-200 80-200
80-160 65-160
65-125
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
2.1-6
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NK
2-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
125-250
150-250
150-200
125-315
125-200
100-315
100-160
80-315 65-315
65-250
50-315 40-315
32-250 100-250
100-200
80-250
80-200
80-160
65-200
65-160
65-125
50-250
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-250
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NK
2-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
125-250
100-315
80-250
65-315
65-250
65-200
50-250
40-250
125-315
150-250
150-200
125-200
100-160
80-315 50-315 40-315
32-250 100-250
100-200 80-200
80-160 65-160
65-125
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
2.1-7
General information
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
[m]
H
NB
4-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
2
5
0
-4
5
0
250-400
200-450
200-400
250-350
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
80-400
65-250
50-315 40-315
32-250 125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
80-315
80-250
80-200
80-160
65-315
65-200
65-160
65-125
50-250
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-250
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
[m]
H
NB
4-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
150-400
150-500
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
80-400
65-250
50-315 40-315
32-250 125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
80-315
80-250
80-200
80-160
65-315
65-200
65-160
65-125
50-250
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-250
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
2.1-8
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
[m]
H
NK
4-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
250-500
2
5
0
-4
5
0
250-400
200-450
200-400
250-350
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
80-400
65-250
50-315 40-315
32-250 125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
80-315
80-250
80-200
80-160
65-315
65-200
65-160
65-125
50-250
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-250
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
T
M
0
5

1
0
5
4

2
1
1
1
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
[m]
H
NK
4-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
80-400
65-250
50-315 40-315
32-250 125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
80-315
80-250
80-200
80-160
65-315
65-200
65-160
65-125
50-250
50-200
50-160
50-125
40-250
40-200
40-160
40-125
32-200
32-160
32-125
32-200.1
32-160.1
32-125.1
2.1-9
General information
Performance range
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
[m]
H
NB
6-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
250-500
250-450
250-400
200-450
200-400
250-350
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
[m]
H
NB
6-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
2.1-10
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Performance range
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
[m]
H
NK
6-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
250-500
250-450
250-400
200-450
200-400
250-350
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
[m]
H
NK
6-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
150-500
150-400
150-315
150-250
150-200
125-500
125-400
125-315
125-200
100-400
100-160
125-250
100-315
100-250
100-200
2.1-11
General information
Example 1 - (pump design according to EN 733) NB 32 -125 .1 /142 AE F 1 A E S BAQE
Example 2 - (pump design according to ISO 2858) NBG 125 -100 -160 /160-142 A F 2 N K S DQQK
Type range
NB, NBG = pump with sandard motor
NBE, NBGE = pump with E-motor
Nominal diameter of suction port (DN)
Nominal diameter of discharge port (DN)
Nominal impeller diameter [mm]
Reduced performance = .1
Actual impeller diameter [mm]
Code for pump version (the codes may be combined)
A Basic version
B Oversize motor
C Without motor
D Pump housing with feet
E
F With base frame
S With support blocks
X Special version (in case of further customisation than already listed)
Pipe connection
E
F
G
J
Flange pressure rating (PN - nominal pressure)
1 10 bar
2 16 bar
3 25 bar
4 40 bar
5 Other pressure rating
Materials
Pump housing Impeller Wear ring Shaft
A EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 Bronze/brass 1.4301/1.4308
B EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 Bronze/brass 1.4301/1.4308
C EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 Bronze/brass 1.4401/1.4408
D EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 Bronze/brass 1.4401/1.4408
E EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-250 1.4301/1.4308
F EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 EN-GJL-250 1.4301/1.4308
G EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-250 1.4401/1.4408
H EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 EN-GJL-250 1.4401/1.4408
K 1.4408 1.4408 1.4517 1.4401/1.4408
L 1.4517 1.4517 1.4517 1.4462
M 1.4408 1.4517 1.4517 1.4401/1.4408
N 1.4408 1.4408 1.4401/1.4408
P 1.4408 1.4517 1.4401/1.4408
R 1.4517 1.4517 1.4462
S EN-GJL-250 1.4408 Bronze/brass 1.4401/1.4408
T EN-GJL-250 1.4517 Bronze/brass 1.4462
X Special version
Rubber parts in pump
E EPDM
F FXM (Fluoraz)
K FFKM (Kalrez)
M FEPS (PTFE-sheathed silicone O-ring)
V FKM (Viton)
X HNBR
Shaft seal arrangement
S Single seal
Code for mechanical shaft seal and shaft seal rubber parts (see page 2.1-14.)
2.1-12
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Example 1 - (pump design according to EN 733 NK 32 -125 .1 /142 A1 F 1 A E S BAQE
Example 2 - (pump design according to ISO 2858) NKG 125 -100 -160 /160-142 H2 F 3 N KE O 2926
Type range
NB, NBG = pump with sandard motor
NBE, NBGE = pump with E-motor
Nominal impeller diameter [mm]
Reduced performance = .1
Code for pump version (the codes may be combined)
A1
A2
B
E
G1
G2
H1
H2
I1
I2
J1
J2
K1
K2
Y1
W1
Z1
X
Pipe connection
E
F
G
J
Flange pressure rating (PN - nominal pressure)
1 10 bar
2 16 bar
3 25 bar
4 40 bar
5 Other pressure rating
Materials
Pump housing Impeller Wear ring Shaft
A EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 Bronze/brass 1.4021/1.4034
B EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 Bronze/brass 1.4021/1.4034
C EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 Bronze/brass 1.4401/1.4408
D EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 Bronze/brass 1.4401/1.4408
E EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-250 1.4021/1.4034
F EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 EN-GJL-250 1.4021/1.4034
G EN-GJL-250 EN-GJL-200 EN-GJL-250 1.4401/1.4408
H EN-GJL-250 Bronze CuSn10 EN-GJL-250 1.4401/1.4408
K 1.4408 1.4408 1.4517 1.4401/1.4408
L 1.4517 1.4517 1.4517 1.4462
M 1.4408 1.4517 1.4517 1.4401/1.4408
N 1.4408 1.4408 1.4401/1.4408
P 1.4408 1.4517 1.4401/1.4408
R 1.4517 1.4517 1.4462
S EN-GJL-250 1.4408 Bronze/brass 1.4401/1.4408
T EN-GJL-250 1.4517 Bronze/brass 1.4462
X Special version
2.1-13
General information
Example 1 - (pump design according to EN 733) NK 32 -125 .1 /142 A1 F 1 A E S BAQE
Example 2 - (pump design according to ISO 2858) NKG 125 -100 -160 /160-142 H2 F 3 N KE O 2926
Rubber parts in pump
First letter indicates material of pump cover O-ring and seal cover O-ring
(seal cover O-ring is only for double seal arrangements)
Second letter indicates material of seal housing O-ring

E EPDM
F FXM (Fluoraz)
K FFKM (Kalrez)
M FEPS (PTFE-sheathed silicone O-ring)
V FKM (Viton )
X HNBR
Shaft seal arrangement
B
C
D
O
P
S
Shaft seal(s) in pump
Letter or digit code for mechanical shaft seal and shaft seal rubber parts
4 letters: Single mechanical shaft seal (ex. BQQE) or single cartridge seal (ex. HBQV).
4 digits: Double seal solution (ex. 2716, where 27 = DQQV (primary seal) and 16 = BQQV (secondary seal))
or double cartridge seal (ex. 5150 = where 51 = HQQU (primary seal) and 50 = HBQV (secondary seal))
Digits Letters Description
10 BAQE Single mechanical shaft seal
11 BAQV Single mechanical shaft seal
12 BBQE Single mechanical shaft seal
13 BBQV Single mechanical shaft seal
14 BQBE Single mechanical shaft seal
15 BQQE Single mechanical shaft seal
16 BQQV Single mechanical shaft seal
17 GQQE Single mechanical shaft seal
18 GQQV Single mechanical shaft seal
19 AQAE Single mechanical shaft seal
20 AQAV Single mechanical shaft seal
21 AQQE Single mechanical shaft seal
22 AQQV Single mechanical shaft seal
23 AQQX Single mechanical shaft seal
24 AQQK Single mechanical shaft seal
25 DAQF Single mechanical shaft seal
26 DQQE Single mechanical shaft seal
27 DQQV Single mechanical shaft seal
28 DQQX Single mechanical shaft seal
29 DQQK Single mechanical shaft seal
50 HBQV Cartridge seal
51 HQQU Cartridge seal
52 HAQK Cartridge seal
SNEA/B/C/D
SNFA/B/C/D
SNOA/B/C/D
2.1-14
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Shaft seals
Codes for shaft seals
Positions (1) - (4) cover four pieces of information about the shaft
seal:
For a thorough description of shaft seal types and materials, see the
data booklet NB, NBG, NK, NKG, NBE, NBGE, NKE, NKGE - Custom-
built pumps according to EN 733 and ISO 2858. For more information
see WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on www.grundfos.
com or contact Grundfos
Stufng boxes (NK)
Various types of stufng box are available as an alternative to shaft
seals. Stufng boxes are not quite as sensitive as shaft seals and
therefore suitable for many diferent applications.
Three types of stufng box are available for NK pumps:
SNE(x), SNO(x) and SNF(x).
Codes for stufng boxes
Positions (1) - (4) cover information about the stufng box:
Example 1 2 3 4
Grundfos type designation
Material, rotating seal face
Material, stationary seat
Material, secondary seal and other rubber and
composite parts, except the wear ring
The following table explains positions (1), (2), (3) and (4).
Pos. Type Short description of seal
(1)
A
B Rubber bellows seal
G
Bellows seal, type B, with reduced
seal faces
D O-ring seal, balanced
H Cartridge seal, balanced
Pos. Type Material
(2)
(3)
Synthetic carbons:
A
Carbon, metal-impregnated
(antimony (not approved for potable water))

B Carbon, resin-impregnated
Carbides:
Q Silicon carbide
Pos. Type Material
(4)
E EPDM
V FKM (Viton)
F FXM (Fluoraz)
K FFKM (Kalrez)
X HNBR
U
Dynamic O-rings in FFKM and static O-rings
in PTFE
Pos. Code
(1) S
Pos. Code Cooling method
(2) N
Pos. Code Barrier liquid
(3)
E With internal barrier liquid
F With external barrier liquid
O Without barrier liquid
Pos. Code Materials
(4)
A
B
Graphite-PTFE compound
2)
packing rings
and EPDM O-ring in the pump housing
C
D
Graphite-PTFE compound
2)
packing rings
and FKM O-ring in the pump housing
1)
2)
2.1-15
General information
Carbon/silicon carbide (xAQx), (xBQx), (xQBx)
Mechanical shaft seals with carbon/silicon carbide seal faces have a
wide range of applications and are especially suitable if there is risk of
dry running and/or if the temperature is high. These mechanical shaft
seals are not suitable for liquids containing abrasive particles as the
carbon parts will be worn.
At temperatures below 0 C, corrosion inhibitors containing abrasive
particles will usually be added to the pumped liquid, and these seals
will thus not be suitable.
Note: The antimony impregnation (A) is not approved for potable
water applications.
Silicon carbide/silicon carbide (xQQx)
Mechanical shaft seals with silicon carbide/silicon carbide seal faces
also have a very wide range of applications. These seals are very
resistant to abrasive particles and well suited at liquid temperatures
up to +90 C for Q1 types, and up to +120 C for Q6 types. At higher
temperatures, the reduced lubricating properties of the pumped
liquid may cause noise problems and limit the life of the seal faces.
EPDM (xxxE)
Mechanical shaft seals with EPDM (xxxE) rubber are primarily suitable
for water.
If the water contains oil or if chemicals or other liquids than water are
pumped, you may have to replace the rubber parts of the mechanical
shaft seal.
FKM (xxxV)
Mechanical shaft seals with FKM (xxxV) rubber have excellent
resistance against oil and a number of chemicals.
FXM (xxxF)
FXM (Fluoraz) seals are used in case of transporting high-temperature
and various media containing solvents.
Note: For detailed information about properties of all shaft seal
components, see the data booklet NB, NBG, NK, NKG, NBE, NBGE,
NKE, NKGE - Custom-built pumps according to EN 733 and ISO 2858..
For more information see WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue
on www.grundfos.com or contact Grundfos.
Operating range of mechanical shaft seals
Liquids with temperatures ranging from -25 C to +140 C. The temperature range
applies to water and coolants.
Seals with a temperature range of 0 C and up are mainly used for pumping water,
while seals for temperatures below 0 C are mainly intended for coolants.
The maximum liquid temperature is stamped on the nameplate. Note that the
maximum liquid temperature limits stated by Grundfos may be overruled by local
regulations and various laws.
Shaft seal diameter [mm] N B, NK 28, 38 48 55 60
d5 [mm] NK 24, 32 42 48 60
Shaft seal type
Seal
faces
Rubber Code
Temperature
range
Maximum pressure [bar]
Bellows seal, type B, unbalanced
AQ
1
EPDM BAQE 0 C +120 C 16 16 16 16
AQ
1
FKM BAQV 0 C +90 C 16 16 16 16
BQ
1
EPDM BBQE 0 C +120 C 16 16 16 16
BQ
1
FKM BBQV 0 C +90 C 16 16 16 16
Q
1
B EPDM BQBE 0 C +140 C 16 - - -
Q
1
Q
1
EPDM BQQE 0 C +90 C 16 16 16 16
Q
1
Q
1
FKM BQQV 0 C +90 C 16 16 16 16
Bellow seal, type G, unbalanced with
reduced seal faces
Q
1
Q
1
EPDM GQQE -25 C +90 C 16 16 * 16 * 16 *
Q
1
Q
1
FKM GQQV -20 C +90 C 16 16 * 16 * 16 *
O-ring seal, type A, unbalanced
Q
1
A EPDM AQAE 0 C +120 C 25 25 25 25
Q
1
A FKM AQAV 0 C +90 C 25 25 25 25
Q
1
Q
1
EPDM AQQE 0 C +90 C 25 25 16 16
Q
1
Q
1
FKM AQQV 0 C +90 C 25 25 16 16
Q
1
Q
1
HNBR AQQX 0 C +90 C 25 25 16 16
Q
1
Q
1
FFKM AQQK 0 C +90 C 16 16 16 16
O-ring seal, type D, balanced
AQ
6
FXM DAQF 0 C +140 C 25 25 25 25
Q
6
Q
6
EPDM DQQE 0 C +120 C 25 25 25 25
Q
6
Q
6
FKM DQQV 0 C +90 C 25 25 25 25
Q
6
Q
6
HNBR DQQX 0 C +120 C 25 25 25 25
Q
6
Q
6
FFKM DQQK 0 C +120 C 25 25 25 25
* Max. 60 C.
2.1-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
NB, NK, 2-pole

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
32-125.1
0,75 CUE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 CUE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-125
1,1 CUE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-160.1
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-160
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-200.1
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-200
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE C F F F F 24 28
32-250
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE C F F F F 24 28
15 MGE C F F F F 24 28
40-125
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
40-160
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE C F F F F 24 28
40-200
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE B F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
40-250
11 MGE A F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F F F 24 28
22 MGE B F F F F 24 28
30 CUE B F F F F 24 28
40-315
22 MGE C F F F F 32 38
30 CUE C F F F F 32 38
37 CUE C F F F F 32 38
45 CUE C F F F F 32 38
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
50 Hz, 2-pole NB pumps NK pumps
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Code Code Material Options Material Options
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-17
Product range
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)

P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
P
2

[
k
W
]
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
50-125
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
50-160
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE B F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
50-200
11 MGE B F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F F F 24 28
22 MGE B F F F F 24 28
50-250
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F F F 24 28
22 MGE B F F F F 24 28
30 CUE B F F F F 24 28
37 CUE B F F 24 28
50-315
30 CUE C F F F F 32 38
37 CUE C F F F F 32 38
45 CUE C F F F F 32 38
55 CUE C F F F F 32 38
65-125
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE C F F F F 24 28
65-160
7,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
11 MGE B F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F F F 24 28
65-200
11 MGE B F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F F F 24 28
22 MGE B F F F F 24 28
30 CUE B F F F F 24 28
37 CUE B F F 24 28
65-250
30 CUE C F F F F 32 38
37 CUE C F F F F 32 38
45 CUE C F F F F 32 38
55 CUE C F F F F 32 38
75 CUE C F F 32 38
65-315
55 CUE C F F F F 32 38
75 CUE C F F F F 32 38
90 CUE C F F F F 32 38
110 CUE C F F 32 38
80-160
11 MGE B F F F F 24 28
15 MGE B F F F F 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F F F 24 28
22 MGE B F F F F 24 28
30 CUE B F F F F 24 28
80-200
22 MGE C F F F F 32 38
30 CUE C F F F F 32 38
37 CUE C F F F F 32 38
45 CUE C F F F F 32 38
55 CUE C F F F F 32 38
2.1-18
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
80-250
45 CUE C F F F F 32 38
55 CUE C F F F F 32 38
75 CUE C F F F F 32 38
90 CUE C F F 32 38
80-315
90 CUE C F F F F 32 38
110 CUE C F F F F 32 38
132 CUE C F F F F 32 38
160 CUE C F F F F 42 48
100-160
22 MGE C F F L L 24 28
30 CUE C F F L L 24 28
37 CUE C F F L L 24 28
100-200
30 CUE C F F L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L 32 38
45 CUE C F F L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F L L 32 38
100-250
55 CUE C F F L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F L L 32 38
90 CUE C F F L L 32 38
110 CUE C F F L L 32 38
132 CUE C F F L L 32 38
100-315
110 CUE C F F L L 32 38
132 CUE C F F L L 32 38
160 CUE C F F L L 42 48
200 CUE C F F 42 48
125-200
45 CUE C F F L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F L L 32 38
90 CUE C F F L L 32 38
110 CUE C F F L L 32 38
125-250
90 CUE C F F L L 42 48
110 CUE C F F L L 42 48
132 CUE C F F L L 42 48
160 CUE C F F L L 42 48
200 CUE C F F 42 48
125-315
132 CUE C F F L L 42 48
160 CUE C F F L L 42 48
200 CUE C F F 42 48
250 CUE F F 42 48
150-200
75 CUE C F L L 32 38
90 CUE C F L L 32 38
110 CUE C F L L 32 38
150-250
132 CUE C F L L 42 48
160 CUE C F L L 42 48
200 CUE C F L L 42 48
250 CUE F 42 48
1)

2)
3)

Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-19
Product range
NB, NK, 4-pole

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
32-125.1
0,25 A F F F F 24 28
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
32-125
0,25 A F F F F 24 28
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
32-160.1
0,25 A F F F F 24 28
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-160
0,25 A F F F F 24 28
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-200.1
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-200
0,55 A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
32-250
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
40-125
0,25 A F F F F 24 28
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F 24 28
40-160
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
40-200
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
40-250
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
40-315
3 MGE A F F F F 32 38
4 MGE A F F F F 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
50-125
0,37 A F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
50-160
0,55 A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
50-200
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-20
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
50-250
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
50-315
4 MGE A F F F F 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
11 MGE C F F F F 32 38
65-125
0,55 A F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
65-160
0,75 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
65-200
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
65-250
3 MGE A F F F F 32 38
4 MGE A F F F F 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
65-315
5,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
11 MGE C F F F F 32 38
15 MGE C F F F F 32 38
80-160
1,5 MGE A F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F 24 28
80-200
2,2 MGE A F F F F 32 38
3 MGE A F F F F 32 38
4 MGE A F F F F 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
80-250
5,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F 32 38
11 MGE C F F F F 32 38
80-315
11 MGE C F F F F 32 38
15 MGE C F F F F 32 38
18,5 CUE C F F F F 32 38
22 CUE C F F F F 32 38
80-400
18,5 CUE C F F F F 42 48
22 CUE C F F F F 42 48
30 CUE C F F F F 42 48
37 CUE C F F F F 42 48
45 CUE C F F F F 42 48
100-160
2,2 MGE A F F L L 24 28
3 MGE A F F L L 24 28
4 MGE A F F L L 24 28
100-200
4 MGE A F F L L 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L 32 38
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-21
Product range

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
100-250
7,5 MGE A F F L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L 32 38
18,5 CUE C F F L L 32 38
100-315
15 MGE C F F L L 32 38
18,5 CUE C F F L L 32 38
22 CUE C F F L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L 32 38
100-400
22 CUE C F F L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L 42 48
37 CUE C F F L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L 42 48
55 CUE C F F L L 42 48
125-200
5,5 MGE C F F L L 32 38
7,5 MGE C F F L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L 32 38
125-250
11 MGE C F F L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L 32 38
18,5 CUE C F F L L 32 38
22 CUE C F F L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L 32 38
125-315
18,5 CUE C F F L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L 42 48
37 CUE C F F L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L 42 48
125-400
37 CUE C F F L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L 42 48
55 CUE C F F L L 42 48
75 CUE C F F L L 42 48
90 CUE C F F L L 42 48
125-500
55 CUE C F F L L 60 60
75 CUE C F F L L 60 60
90 CUE C F F L L 60 60
110 CUE C F F L L 60 60
132 CUE C F F L L 60 60
160 CUE C F F L L 60 60
150-200
7,5 MGE A F L L 32 38
11 MGE C F L L 32 38
15 MGE C F L L 32 38
150-250
18,5 CUE C F L L 42 48
22 CUE C F L L 42 48
30 CUE C F L L 42 48
37 CUE C F L L 42 48
45 CUE C F L L 42 48
15 MGE C F L L 42 48
150-315
37 CUE C F L L 42 48
45 CUE C F L L 42 48
55 CUE C F L L 42 48
75 CUE C F L L 42 48
90 CUE C F L L 42 48
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-22
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
150-400
55 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
75 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
90 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
110 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
132 CUE C F L L 48 55
160 CUE C F L L 48 55
150-500
132 CUE C F L L 60 60
160 CUE C F L L 60 60
200 CUE C F L L 60 60
200-400
37 CUE C F F 48 55
45 CUE C F F 48 55
55 CUE C F F 48 55
75 CUE C F F 48 55
90 CUE C F F 48 55
110 CUE C F F 48 55
132 CUE C F F 48 55
200-450
75 CUE C F F 48 55
90 CUE C F F 48 55
110 CUE C F F 48 55
132 CUE C F F 48 55
160 CUE C F F 48 55
250-350
37 CUE C F F 48 55
45 CUE C F F 48 55
55 CUE C F F 48 55
75 CUE C F F 48 55
90 CUE C F F 48 55
250-400
45 CUE C F F 48 55
55 CUE C F F 48 55
75 CUE C F F 48 55
90 CUE C F F 48 55
110 CUE C F F 48 55
132 CUE C F F 48 55
160 CUE C F F 48 55
250-450
75 CUE C F F 60 60
90 CUE C F F 60 60
110 CUE C F F 60 60
132 CUE C F F 60 60
160 CUE C F F 60 60
200 CUE C F F 60 60
250-500
160 CUE C F F 60 60
200 CUE C F F 60 60
250 CUE F F 60 60
315 F F 60 60
1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-23
Product range
NB, NK, 6-pole

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
100-160
0,55 A F F L L 24 28
0,75 CUE A F F L L 24 28
1,1 CUE A F F L L 24 28
100-200
1,1 CUE A F F L L 32 38
1,5 CUE A F F L L 32 38
2,2 CUE A F F L L 32 38
3 CUE A F F L L 32 38
100-250
2,2 CUE A F F L L 32 38
3 CUE A F F L L 32 38
4 CUE A F F L L 32 38
5,5 CUE A F F L L 32 38
100-315
4 CUE A F F L L 32 38
5,5 CUE A F F L L 32 38
7,5 CUE C F F L L 32 38
11 CUE C F F L L 32 38
100-400
7,5 CUE C F F L L 42 48
11 CUE C F F L L 42 48
15 CUE C F F L L 42 48
18,5 CUE C F F L L 42 48
125-200
1,5 CUE A F F L L 32 38
2,2 CUE A F F L L 32 38
3 CUE A F F L L 32 38
4 CUE A F F L L 32 38
125-250
3 CUE A F F L L 32 38
4 CUE A F F L L 32 38
5,5 CUE A F F L L 32 38
7,5 CUE C F F L L 32 38
125-315
5,5 CUE A F F L L 42 48
7,5 CUE C F F L L 42 48
11 CUE C F F L L 42 48
15 CUE C F F L L 42 48
125-400
11 CUE C F F L L 42 48
15 CUE C F F L L 42 48
18,5 CUE C F F L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L 42 48
125-500
18,5 CUE C F F L L 60 60
22 CUE C F F L L 60 60
30 CUE C F F L L 60 60
37 CUE C F F L L 60 60
45 CUE C F F L L 60 60
55 CUE C F F L L 60 60
150-200
2,2 CUE A F L L 32 38
3 CUE A F L L 32 38
4 CUE A F L L 32 38
150-250
5,5 CUE A F L L 42 48
7,5 CUE C F L L 42 48
11 CUE C F L L 42 48
150-315
11 CUE C F L L 42 48
15 CUE C F L L 42 48
18,5 CUE C F L L 42 48
22 CUE C F L L 42 48
30 CUE C F L L 42 48
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-24
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
150-400
18,5 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
22 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
30 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
37 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
45 CUE C F L L 42
4)
48
5)
150-500
37 CUE C F L L 60 60
45 CUE C F L L 60 60
55 CUE C F L L 60 60
75 CUE C F L L 60 60
200-400
15 CUE C F F 48 55
18,5 CUE C F F 48 55
22 CUE C F F 48 55
30 CUE C F F 48 55
37 CUE C F F 48 55
200-450
18,5 CUE C F F 48 55
22 CUE C F F 48 55
30 CUE C F F 48 55
37 CUE C F F 48 55
45 CUE C F F 48 55
250-350
11 CUE C F F 48 55
15 CUE C F F 48 55
18,5 CUE C F F 48 55
22 CUE C F F 48 55
250-400
15 CUE C F F 48 55
18,5 CUE C F F 48 55
22 CUE C F F 48 55
30 CUE C F F 48 55
37 CUE C F F 48 55
45 CUE C F F 48 55
250-450
18,5 CUE C F F 60 60
22 CUE C F F 60 60
30 CUE C F F 60 60
37 CUE C F F 60 60
45 CUE C F F 60 60
55 CUE C F F 60 60
250-500
45 CUE C F F 60 60
55 CUE C F F 60 60
75 CUE C F F 60 60
90 CUE C F F 60 60
1)

2)

3)

4)

5)
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

s
e
a
l

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

[
m
m
]
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
2.1-25
Operating conditions
Pumped liquids
General recommendations
We recommend NB and NK pumps for thin, clean and non-explosive
liquids not containing solid particles or fbres. Water in heating and
ventilating systems often contains additives to prevent negative
efects, such as system corrosion or calcareous deposits. In these cases
when the temperature is above +80 C we recommend special shaft
seals to avoid crystallisation/precipitation between the seal faces. For
heating systems, the water quality should meet VDI2035.
Pumped liquids table
The following table lists some of the common liquids.
For a certain liquid there are several seal-options, but the table shows
only the most adequate one.
The list should be handled with care, for several factors, as:
the operating circumstances,
the operating pressure, temperature,
the solid granule content,
the chemical content,
the self-cleaning ability, etc.
may infuence the chemical resistance of the given pump type.
Indications in the table
a
in order to decrease dangers from corrosion, the pump must at all times
be active, or the state of idleness should be no more than 6-8 hours.
b
the presence of additives and pollutants may damage the shaft seal.
c
the pump must at all times be active in order to prevent the
pigmentation of the pool cover. In case of discontinuous use, the
N type must be used.
d
e In order to prevent corrosion, the environment should be oxygen free.
f
g Danger of crystallization/sedimentation during shaft sealing.
Liquid indication limit
Type of material quality
shaft seal
A B S N R
Water
< 120 C BAQE
120 C 140 C BQBE/DAQF
1)
District heating water BQQV
Boiler water
< 120 C BAQE
1)
Condensate
< 90 C BQQE
90 C 120 C BAQE
1)
Softened water
< 90 C BQQE
90 C 120 C BAQE
2)
Oiled water < 90 C BQQV
Demineralized water < 90 C BQQE
Brackish a 30 C, 2000 ppm chloride BQQE
Carbonated mineral water low pH-value, high chloride content BQQE
Groundwater
< 90 C BQQE
> 90 C BAQE
2)
/BQBE
Seawater a < 35 C BQQE
Swimming pool water, chlorinated water c
40 C, 150 ppm Cl
(< 2 free chlorine)
BQQE
Coolants
Glycerol b, d < 50 C BQQE/GQQE
Glycol (ethylene) b, d < 50 C BQQE/GQQE
Glycol (propylene) b, d < 50 C BQQE/GQQE
Hydrocarbon based antifreeze d, f 50 C BQQV/GQQV
Calcium chloride b, d, e, g < 5 C, 30% BQQE/GQQE
Potassium acetate (inhibitor) b, d, e, g < 20 C BQQE/GQQE
Potassium formate (inhibitor) b, d, e, g < 20 C BQQE/GQQE
Sodium chloride b, d, e, g < 5 C, 30% BQQE/GQQE
Fuels
Petrol f BAQV
Biodiesel f BAQV
Diesel oil f BAQV
Gasoline f BAQV
Kerosene f BAQV
Jet fuel f BAQV
Petroleum products
Mineral lubricating oil d, f BAQV/BQQV
Mineral motor oil d, f BAQV/BQQV
Petroleum b, d, f < 20 C BQQV
2.1-26
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.1-27
Mechanical installation
Maximum speed of the impeller
The table below shows the relationship between pump speed and
impeller material and size.
Maximum permissible speed
For stainless steel impellers (1.44081.4517) the limit is 3600 min
-1

regardless of impeller size.
Maximum inlet pressure
The inlet pressure + pump pressure must be lower than the maximum
operating pressure (p) stated on the pump nameplate. The maximum
operating pressure can be checked by closing the discharge valve
briefy (max. 30 seconds).
Minimum inlet pressure
The minimum inlet pressure must be according to the NPSH curve +
a safety margin of at least 0.5 m + correction for vapour pressure (see
chapter 1.).
Installation
NB Pumps
In range of 0,25-30kW motors, the pump can be mounted
anywhere between horizontal and vertical plains, but the motor
must be horizontal.
Above 30kW motors, the pump and the motor must be mounted
horizontally.
In range of 0,25-11kW motors, the pump can be directly connected
into the pipeline.
In range of 0,25-4kW motors, there should be 300 mm of free
space behind the motor.
In range of 5,5-30kW motors, there should be min. 1 m of free space
above vertically mounted motors.
In range of 5,5-200kW motors, there should be 300 mm of free
space behind and 1 m of free space above horizontally mounted
motors.
NK Pumps
The pump can be mounted only horizontally.
The foundation must be capable of absorbing any vibration,
normal strain or shock.
Foundation
We recommend that you install the pump on a plane and rigid
concrete foundation which is heavy enough to provide permanent
support for the entire pump. The foundation must be capable of
absorbing any vibration, normal strain or shock. As a rule of thumb,
the weight of the concrete foundation should be 1.5 times the weight
of the pump. The foundation should be 100 mm larger than the base
frame on all four sides.
Foundation, X = min. 100 mm
The minimum height of the foundation (hf) can then be calculated
The density () of concrete is usually taken as 2200 kgm
3
.
When installing the pipes, make sure that the pump housing is not
stressed by the pipework. The suction and discharge pipes must be
of an adequate size, taking the pump inlet pressure into account.
NB/NK Pumps
Make sure the pipes are adequately supported as close to the pump
as possible, both on the suction and the discharge side. The counter-
fanges should lie true against the pump fanges without being
stressed as this would cause damage to the pump.
1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 min
-1
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
CuSn10
EN-GJL-200
[mm]
Pipeline mounting
Shock absorbers
2.1-28
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Selection of product
For information on the curve charts see chapter 1.
2.1-29
General information
Performance
3
/h and heads from 2
to 160 m.
For liquids with temperatures ranging from -25 C to +140 C
(depending on the motor and bearing type)
Ambient temperatures: +40C, +55C, +60 C (depending on the
motor type)
Maximum pressure: 16 or 25 bar (depending on the pump type)
Water supply
the NB and NK pumps are used for these specifc applications:
various swimming bath applications.
Industrial pressure boosting
Pressure boosting in:
fre-fghting systems.
Industrial liquid transfer
Liquid transfer in:
aquafarming
district heating plants.
HVAC
Liquid transfer in:
heating systems
ventilation systems
air-conditioning systems.
Irrigation
Irrigation covers these applications:
drip-feed irrigation.
NBG/NBGE, NKG/NKGE
The pumps are non-self-priming, single-stage, centrifugal volute
pumps with axial suction port, radial or tangential discharge port
and horizontal shaft.
All NKG pumps are according to ISO 5199.
Suction and discharge fanges PN 16 and PN 25 are according to EN
1092-2.
Dimensions and rated performance are according to ISO 2858 (16
bar). (for mor details see Product range pages)
The mechanical shaft seal has dimensions according to EN 12756.
All pumps are statically balanced according to ISO 1940-1 class 6.3.
Impellers are hydraulically balanced.
Motor power [kW]: NB/NK NBE/NKE
2-pole 0,75-355 0,75-22
4-pole 0,25-315 0,25-18,5
6-pole 0,55-90 -
The NKG/NKGE pump and motor are mounted on a common steel
base frame in accordance with EN 23661/ISO 3661.
NBG pumps (with 225-315 frame size motors) can be ordered with
factory base frame.
Further data and information
Performance range see pages 2.1-30 2.1-35.
Product range see pages 2.1-36 2.1-44.
Construction see pages 2.1-1 2.1-2.
Custom-built pumps see pages 2.1-2.
Motor, motor protection, regulation see pages 2.1-3
Sound pressure level, ambient temperature see pages 2.1-4
Type keys-see pages 2.1-11 2.1 -13.
Shaft seals see pages 2.1-13 2.1-15.
Pumped liquids see pages 2.1-25 2.1-26
Operating conditions, instalation see pages 2.1-27.
Curve charts see pages 2.1-28.
Pump selection see pages 2.1-28.
NBG NKGE
2.1-30
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NBG
2-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
200-150-250
150-125-315
100-80-125
2
0
0
-1
5
0
-2
0
0
150-125-250
150-125-200
125-100-315
125-100-160
125-80-315
100-65-315
100-65-250
80-50-315 65-40-315
50-32-250
125-100-250
125-100-200
125-80-250
125-80-200
125-80-160
100-65-200
100-80-160
80-50-250
80-50-200
80-65-160
80-65-125
65-40-250
65-40-200
65-50-160
65-50-125
50-32-200
50-32-160
50-32-125
50-32-2001
50-32-1601
50-32-1251
0
5

1
0
7
5

2
1
1
1
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NBG
2-pole, 50 Hz
tanless teel
200-150-250
150-125-315
100-80-125
2
0
0
-1
5
0
-
2
0
0
150-125-250
150-125-200
125-100-315
125-100-160
125-80-315
100-65-315
100-65-250
80-50-315 65-40-315
50-32-250
125-100-250
125-100-200
125-80-250
125-80-200
125-80-160
100-65-200
100-80-160
80-50-250
80-50-200
80-65-160
80-65-125
65-40-250
65-40-200
65-50-160
65-50-125
50-32-200
50-32-160
50-32-125
50-32-2001
50-32-1601
50-32-1251
2.1-31
General information
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NKG
2-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
100-80-125
200-150-315
200-150-250
200-150-200
150-125-315
150-125-250
150-125-200
125-100-315
125-100-160
125-80-315
100-65-315
100-65-250
80-50-315 65-40-315
50-32-250
125-100-250
125-100-200
125-80-250
125-80-200
125-80-160
100-65-200
100-80-160
80-50-250
80-50-200
80-65-160
80-65-125
65-40-250
65-40-200
65-50-160
65-50-125
50-32-200
50-32-160
50-32-125
50-32-2001
50-32-1601
50-32-1251
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
8
9
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
[m]
H
NKG
2-pole, 50 Hz
tanless teel
100-80-125
200-150-315
200-150-250
200-150-200
150-125-315
150-125-250
150-125-200
125-100-315
125-100-160
125-80-315
100-65-315
100-65-250
80-50-315 65-40-315
50-32-250
125-100-250
125-100-200
125-80-250
125-80-200
125-80-160
100-65-200
100-80-160
80-50-250
80-50-200
80-65-160
80-65-125
65-40-250
65-40-200
65-50-160
65-50-125
50-32-200
50-32-160
50-32-125
50-32-2001
50-32-1601
50-32-1251
2.1-32
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.1-33
General information
Performance range
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
[m]
H
NKG
4-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
3
0
0
-2
5
0
-4
0
0
3
0
0
-2
5
0
-4
5
0
300-250-500
250-200-450
250-200-400
300-250-350
200-150-500
200-150-400
200-150-315
200-150-250
200-150-200
150-125-500
150-125-400
150-125-315
150-125-200
125-100-400
125-100-160
125-80-400
100-65-250
80-50-315 65-40-315
50-32-250
150-125-250
125-100-315
125-100-250
125-100-200
125-80-315
125-80-250
125-80-200
125-80-160
100-65-315
100-65-200
100-80-160
100-80-125
80-50-250
80-50-200
80-65-160
80-65-125
65-40-250
65-40-200
65-50-160
65-50-125
50-32-200
50-32-160
50-32-125
50-32-2001
50-32-1601
50-32-1251
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
[m]
H
NKG
4-pole, 50 Hz
tanless teel
200-150-500
200-150-400
200-150-315
200-150-250
200-150-200
150-125-500
150-125-400
150-125-315
150-125-200
125-100-400
125-100-160
125-80-400
100-65-250
80-50-315 65-40-315
50-32-250
150-125-250
125-100-315
125-100-250
125-100-200
125-80-315
125-80-250
125-80-200
125-80-160
100-65-315
100-65-200
100-80-160
100-80-125
80-50-250
80-50-200
80-65-160
80-65-125
65-40-250
65-40-200
65-50-160
65-50-125
50-32-200
50-32-160
50-32-125
50-32-2001
50-32-1601
50-32-1251
2.1-34
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.1-35
General information
Performance range
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
[m]
H
NKG
6-pole, 50 Hz
Cast Iron
300-250-500
3
0
0
-2
5
0
-4
5
0
300-250-400
250-200-450
250-200-400
300-250-350
200-150-500
200-150-400
200-150-315
200-150-250
200-150-200
150-125-500
150-125-400
150-125-315
150-125-200
125-100-400
125-100-160
150-125-250
125-100-315
125-100-250
125-100-200
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000
Q [m/h]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
[m]
H
NKG
6-pole, 50 Hz
Stainless Steel
200-150-500
200-150-400
200-150-315
200-150-250
200-150-200
150-125-500
150-125-400
150-125-315
150-125-200
125-100-400
125-100-160
150-125-250
125-100-315
125-100-250
125-100-200
2.1-36
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
NBG, NKG, 2-pole
50 Hz, 2-pole NBG pumps NKG pumps
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Material Code Options Material Code Options
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)

P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
P
2

[
k
W
]
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
50-32-125.1
0,75 CUE A F F F F F 24 28
1,1 CUE A F F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-125
1,1 CUE A F F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-160.1
1,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-160
2,2 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
3 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-200.1
3 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
4 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-200
4 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
11 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-250
5,5 MGE A F F F F F 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F F F F 32 38
11 MGE C F F F F F 32 38
15 MGE C F F F F F 32 38
65-40-200
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
11 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
15 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
65-40-250
11 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
15 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
18,5 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
22 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE B F F L L L 32 38
65-40-315
22 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
65-50-125
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
3 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
4 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
65-50-160
4 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
11 MGE C F F L L L 24 28
2.1-37
Product range
P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
80-50-200
11 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
15 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
18,5 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
22 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
80-50-250
15 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
18,5 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
22 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE B F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE B F F L L L 32 38
80-50-315
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
80-65-125
3 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
4 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
80-65-160
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
11 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
15 MGE B F F L L L 24 28
100-65-200
11 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
22 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
100-65-250
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F 32 38
100-65-315
55 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
75 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
90 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
110 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
100-80-125
4 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
11 MGE C F F L L L 24 28
100-80-160
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
125-80-160
11 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
22 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
125-80-200
22 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
2.1-38
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
125-80-250
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
90 CUE C F F 32 38
125-80-315
90 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
110 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
132 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
160 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
125-100-160
22 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
125-100-200
30 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
37 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
125-100-250
55 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
75 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
90 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
110 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
132 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
125-100-315
110 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
132 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
160 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
200 CUE C F F 42 48
150-125-200
45 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
55 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
75 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
90 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
110 CUE C F F L L L 32 38
150-125-250
90 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
110 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
132 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
160 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
200 CUE C F F 42 48
150-125-315
132 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
160 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
200 CUE C F F 42 48
250 CUE F F 42 48
200-150-200
75 CUE C F L L L 32 38
90 CUE C F L L L 32 38
110 CUE C F L L L 32 38
200-150-250
132 CUE C F L L L 42 48
160 CUE C F L L L 42 48
200 CUE C F L L L 42 48
250 CUE F 42 48
200-150-315
250 CUE F L L L 48 55
315 F L L L 48 55
355 F L L L 48 55
1)
2)
3)

4)
2.1-39
Product range
NBG, NKG, 4-pole

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
50-32-125.1
0,25 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,37 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-125
0,25 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,37 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-160.1
0,25 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,37 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-160
0,25 A F F F F F 24 28
0,37 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-200.1
0,37 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-200
0,55 A F F F F F 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F F F F 24 28
50-32-250
0,75 MGE A F F F F F 32 38
1,1 MGE A F F F F F 32 38
1,5 MGE A F F F F F 32 38
2,2 MGE A F F F F F 32 38
65-40-200
0,75 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
65-40-250
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
65-40-315
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
65-50-125
0,25 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,37 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
65-50-160
0,37 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
80-50-200
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
3 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
80-50-250
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
80-50-315
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
2.1-40
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
80-65-125
0,37 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,55 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
80-65-160
0,55 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
100-65-200
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
100-65-250
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
100-65-315
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 42 48
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 42 48
11 MGE B F F L L L 42 48
15 MGE B F F L L L 42 48
100-80-125
0,55 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
0,75 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
100-80-160
0,75 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
1,1 MGE A F F L L L 24 28
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
125-80-160
1,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
125-80-200
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
125-80-250
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
11 MGE B F F L L L 32 38
125-80-315
11 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
15 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
125-80-400
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
37 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
125-100-160
2,2 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
3 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
125-100-200
4 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
2.1-41
Product range
P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
125-100-250
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 42 48
11 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
15 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
125-100-315
15 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
125-100-400
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
37 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
55 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-200
5,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
7,5 MGE A F F L L L 32 38
11 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
15 MGE C F F L L L 32 38
150-125-250
11 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
15 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-315
18,5 MGE C F F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
37 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-400
37 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
45 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
55 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
75 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
90 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-500
55 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
75 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
90 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
110 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
110 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
132 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
160 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
200-150-200
7,5 MGE A F L L L 32 38
11 MGE C F L L L 32 38
15 MGE C F L L L 32 38
200-150-250
15 MGE C F L L L 42 48
18,5 MGE C F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F L L L 42 48
37 CUE C F L L L 42 48
45 CUE C F L L L 42 48
200-150-315
37 CUE C F L L L 48 55
45 CUE C F L L L 48 55
55 CUE C F L L L 48 55
75 CUE C F L L L 48 55
90 CUE C F L L L 48 55
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
2.1-42
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
200-150-400
55 CUE C F L L L 48 55
75 CUE C F L L L 48 55
90 CUE C F L L L 48 55
110 CUE C F L L L 48 55
110 CUE C F L L L 48 55
132 CUE C F L L L 48 55
160 CUE C F L L L 48 55
200-150-500
132 CUE C F L L L 60 60
160 CUE C F L L L 60 60
200 CUE C F L L L 60 60
250 CUE F L L L 60 60
250-200-400
37 CUE C F 48 55
45 CUE C F 48 55
55 CUE C F 48 55
75 CUE C F 48 55
90 CUE C F 48 55
110 CUE C F 48 55
110 CUE C F 48 55
132 CUE C F 48 55
250-200-450
75 CUE C F 48 55
90 CUE C F 48 55
110 CUE C F 48 55
110 CUE C F 48 55
132 CUE C F 48 55
160 CUE C F 48 55
300-250-350
37 CUE C F 48 55
45 CUE C F 48 55
55 CUE C F 48 55
75 CUE C F 48 55
90 CUE C F 48 55
300-250-400
45 CUE C F 48 55
55 CUE C F 48 55
75 CUE C F 48 55
90 CUE C F 48 55
110 CUE C F 48 55
110 CUE C F 48 55
132 CUE C F 48 55
160 CUE C F 48 55
300-250-450
75 CUE C F 60 60
90 CUE C F 60 60
110 CUE C F 60 60
110 CUE C F 60 60
132 CUE C F 60 60
160 CUE C F 60 60
200 CUE C F 60 60
300-250-500
160 CUE C F 60 60
200 CUE C F 60 60
250 CUE F 60 60
315 F 60 60
1)
2)
3)

4)
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
2.1-43
Product range
NBG, NKG, 6-pole

P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
125-100-160
0,55 A F F L L L 32 38
0,75 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
1,1 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
125-100-200
1,1 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
1,5 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
2,2 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
3 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
125-100-250
2,2 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
3 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
4 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
5,5 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
125-100-315
4 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
5,5 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
7,5 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
11 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
125-100-400
7,5 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
11 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
15 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
18,5 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-200
1,5 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
2,2 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
3 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
4 CUE A F F L L L 32 38
150-125-250
3 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
4 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
5,5 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
7,5 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-315
5,5 CUE A F F L L L 42 48
7,5 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
11 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
15 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-400
11 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
15 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
18,5 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
22 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
30 CUE C F F L L L 42 48
150-125-500
18,5 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
22 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
30 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
37 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
45 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
55 CUE C F F L L L 60 60
200-150-200
2,2 CUE A F L L L 32 38
3 CUE A F L L L 32 38
4 CUE A F L L L 32 38
200-150-250
5,5 CUE A F L L L 42 48
7,5 CUE C F L L L 42 48
11 CUE C F L L L 42 48
200-150-315
11 CUE C F L L L 48 55
15 CUE C F L L L 48 55
18,5 CUE C F L L L 48 55
22 CUE C F L L L 48 55
30 CUE C F L L L 48 55
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
2.1-44
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
P
2

[
k
W
]
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
A
,

B
,

C
,

D
,

S
E
,

F
,

G
,

H
K
,

L
,

M
N
,

R
,

P
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
P
N

4
0
4
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
200-150-400
18,5 CUE C F L L L 48 55
22 CUE C F L L L 48 55
30 CUE C F L L L 48 55
37 CUE C F L L L 48 55
45 CUE C F L L L 48 55
200-150-500
37 CUE C F L L L 60 60
45 CUE C F L L L 60 60
55 CUE C F L L L 60 60
75 CUE C F L L L 60 60
250-200-400
15 CUE C F 48 55
18,5 CUE C F 48 55
22 CUE C F 48 55
30 CUE C F 48 55
37 CUE C F 48 55
250-200-450
18,5 CUE C F 48 55
22 CUE C F 48 55
30 CUE C F 48 55
37 CUE C F 48 55
45 CUE C F 48 55
300-250-350
11 CUE C F 48 55
15 CUE C F 48 55
18,5 CUE C F 48 55
22 CUE C F 48 55
300-250-400
15 CUE C F 48 55
18,5 CUE C F 48 55
22 CUE C F 48 55
30 CUE C F 48 55
37 CUE C F 48 55
45 CUE C F 48 55
300-250-450
18,5 CUE C F 60 60
22 CUE C F 60 60
30 CUE C F 60 60
37 CUE C F 60 60
45 CUE C F 60 60
55 CUE C F 60 60
300-250-500
45 CUE C F 60 60
55 CUE C F 60 60
75 CUE C F 60 60
90 CUE C F 60 60
1)
2)
3)

4)
Cast iron
pump
Stainless steel
pump
M
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

d
e
s
i
g
n
1
)
Flange
rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
Flange rating
2)
Flange
standard
3)
P
u
m
p

t
y
p
e
E
-
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
s
i
z
e

s
h
a
f
t
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e

P
u
m
p

h
o
u
s
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

f
e
e
t
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

b
a
s
e

f
r
a
m
e
D
o
u
b
l
e

s
e
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
a
r
t
r
i
d
g
e

s
e
a
l

-
s
i
n
g
l
e
/
d
o
u
b
l
e
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
H
e
a
v
y
-
d
u
t
y

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
S
h
a
f
t

n
e
c
k

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

d
5

[
m
m
]
2.2-1
Performance
3
/h
and heads from 5 to 148 m.
For liquids with temperatures
ranging from 0 to +100 C
(depending on the bearing
type)
Ambient temperatures: see separate information
later
Maximum pressure: 10 or 16 bar (depending on
the pump type)
Motor: 1,5-600kW
Application
We recommend HS pumps for thin, clean and nonaggressive, non-
explosive liquids, not containing solid particles (see page 2.2-2) or
fbres. The liquid must not attack the pump materials chemically or
mechanically. The mechanical shaft seal must be suitable for the
liquid.
water condensing systems and cooling towers
district heating plants and heating systems
water supply, pressure booster systems
industrial water and other liquid transfer systems
agricultural and horticultural irrigation systems
Pump
The Grundfos HS horizontal split case pump is a single stage, non-
self-priming, centrifugal volute pump with radial suction and radial
discharge port and horizontal shaft, with high energy efciency and
low life-cycle costs. Ease of service and long-term reliability are two
of the selling features of the HS pumps. The split case design enables
removal and dismantling of the internal pump parts (bearings, wear
rings, impeller, and shaft seals) without disturbing the motor or
pipework. The twobearing design means less vibration and higher
reliability. The separate bearing housings allow for inspection of
the seals, sleeves and bearings without removing the top half of
the casing. Suction and discharge fanges are PN 16 according to EN
1092-2 (DIN2501). The pumps are also available with PN 10 fanges for
the low pressure range.
All impellers are dynamically balanced in accordance with ANSI/
ISO 1940 Class G6.3 standard. Due to their design, the impellers are
inherently hydraulically balanced and thus compensate for axial
thrust.
Bearings
HS pumps are ftted with two standard single-row deepgroove ball
bearings. The bearings are of the open type permitting the bearings
to be relubricated. The bearings are lubricated by Grundfos prior to
delivery.
Shaft seals (EN 12756)
Mechanical shaft seals
- BBVP: 0 C +100 C, with carbon/aluminium oxide seal face
material and nitrile rubber (NBR).
- BBQV: +15 C +100 C, with carbon/silicon carbide seal face
material and, FKM (Viton) rubber covers.
Stufng boxes
- SNEK: The stufng box includes graphite-impregnated packing
rings, and NBR rubber.
General information
Horizontal split case pumps
HS
Bare shaft pump, i.e. pump without
motor, without base frame
Bare shaft pump, i.e. pump without motor,
with base frame
Pump with motor and base frame
2.2-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Motor
The motor is a totally enclosed, fan-cooled motor, three-phase
asynchronous motor with main dimensions according to IEC and DIN
standards.
Motor efciency is categorised according to EuP 640/2009/EC
IE3: (from 2013)
IE2: (20112012)
The ambient temperature and the installation altitude are important
factors for the motor life, as they afect the life of the bearings and
the insulation system. If the ambient temperature or the pump
installation altitude exceeds the values below, the motor must not
be fully loaded due to the risk of overheating. Overheating may
result from excessive ambient temperature or the low density and
consequently low cooling efect of the air. In such cases, it may be
necessary to use a motor with a higher output. During the motor
selection safety margin as outlined in ISO 5199 must be added.
Inlet pressure + pump pressure must always be lower than maximum
pressure of the pump.
The minimum inlet pressure must correspond to the NPSH curve
for the pump + a safety margin of minimum 0.5 metres head. NPSH
appears from the performance curves (see chapter 1.).
Minimum ow rate
The pump must not run against a closed discharge valve. The
minimum, continuous fow rate must be at least 10 % of the fow rate
at best-efciency point (BEP).
Pumped liquids
We recommend HS pumps for thin, clean and nonaggressive,
non-explosive liquids, not containing solid particles or fbres. The
mechanical shaft seal must be suitable for the liquid. The liquid must
not attack the pump materials chemically or mechanically. Water in
heating and ventilating systems often contains additives to prevent
negative efects such as system corrosion or calcareous deposits. If
you want to use the pump for such liquids and if the temperature
is above 80 C, use special shaft seals to avoid crystallization/
precipitation between the seal faces. In case of special requirements
contact Grundfos.
Maximum particle size
The table shows the permissible size of particles.
Installation
For full details on foundation, mechanical installation, alignment,
piping, electrical installation, etc. please refer to the installation and
operating instructions for the HS pumps. Installation and operating
instructions can be downloaded from Grundfos homepage, www.
grundfos.com, or you may contact your local Grundfos company.
Motors, operating conditions
HS
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
[%]
P
2
1
2
3
t [C]
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
Maximum temperature and altitude
Pos.
Maximum ambient
temperature at full load
[C]
Maximum altitude above
sea level
[m]
1 +40 C 1000
2 +60 C 3500
3 +55 C 2750
Motor Number of poles
P
2

[kW]
Pos.
Grundfos MG
2
1)
1122 2
4
1)
1,515 2
Siemens or else
2)
2 3090 1 or 3
2)
4 18,5630 1 or 3
2)
6 11315 1 or 3
2)
1)
2)
For detailed information about motor type and technical data contact
Grundfos.
Pump type
Maximum particle size
[mm]
HS 65-50-242 4,8
HS 65-50-331 4,1
HS 100-80-242 7,9
HS100-80-356 7,9
HS 125-100-280 9,7
HS 125-100-305 19,1
HS 125-100-381 6,4
HS 150-125-305 16,0
HS 150-125-381 19,1
HS 200-150-305A 25,4
HS 200-150-305C 25,4
HS 200-150-381 20,6
HS 200-150-483 19,1
HS 200-150-508 19,1
HS 250-200-305 22,4
HS 250-200-381 25,4
HS 300-200-489 26,2
HS 300-250-305 25,4
HS 300-250-381 31,8
HS 350-250-498 30,5
HS 350-250-630 29,7
HS 350-300-508 47,5
HS 400-350-397 47,5
2.2-3
General information
HS
Performance range 2900 min
-1
-1
2-pole, 50Hz
1000
140
120
100
80
60
65-50-242 100-80-242 125-100-280
125-100-305
50
40
30
20
14
10
20 25 30 40 50 60
6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
80 100 150 200 250 300 400 500
Q [m
3
/h]
Q [l/s]
p
[kPa]
H
[m]
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
HS
20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1500 2000 3000
Q [m/h]
4
5
6
8
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
150
200
[m]
H
6 7 8 9 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 100 200 300 400 500
Q [l/s]
40
50
60
80
100 100
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000 1000
2000
[kPa]
p
HS
4-pole, 50Hz
400-350-397
350-250-630
3
5
0
-2
5
0
-4
9
8
3
0
0
-2
5
0
-3
8
1
300-250-305
300-200-489
250-200-381
250-200-305
200-150-508 200-150-483
200-150-381
2
0
0
-1
5
0
-3
0
5
C
200-150-305A
150-125-381
150-125-305
125-100-381
125-100-305
125-100-280
100-80-356
100-80-242
65-50-331
65-50-242
2.2-4
General information
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
HS
Type key
Example HS 125 -100 -305 /273.1 5/1 F A BBVP 1
Type range
Nominal diameter of suction port [DN]
Nominal diameter of discharge port [DN]
Maximum impeller diameter [mm]
Szivatty 5-s vltozat/
Pump variant:
5/1 = Pump with motor and base frame
5/2 = Bare shaft pump with base frame
5/3 = Bare shaft pump
Code for pipework connection:

A = Ductile iron pump casing with bronze impeller
Code for materials (pump casing and impeller):

B = Cast iron pump casing with bronze impeller
Q = Ductile iron pump casing with stainless steel impeller

S = Cast iron pump casing with stainless steel impeller

BBVP = with carbon/aluminium oxide seal face material and nitrile rubber (NBR).
BBQV = with carbon/silicon carbide seal face material and, FKM (Viton) rubber.
Direction of rotation:
(Pump direction of rotation seen from motor end)
1 = Clockwise
2 = Counter-clockwise
-1
HS
6-pole, 50Hz
H
[m]
p
[kPa]
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
4
60 80
17 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500
Q [l/s]
Q [m
3
/h]
100 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1500 2000 2500
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
200-150-508
250-200-381 300-250-381
300-250-305
400-350-397
350-300-508
350-250-498 300-200-489
350-250-630
70
2.2-5
Product range
HS
2.2-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
HS
Operating description

to the suction side of the pump. This ensures a stable NPSH.

very narrow spacing, as no long bends are necessary.

impurities from entering the pump.
Technical data
SD 12 SD 22
Liquid water water
Max. operating pressure 9,8 bar 19,6 bar
Max. liquid temperature 82 C 120 C
Test pressure 14,7 bar 29,4 bar
Material
Housing and cover cast iron cast steel
Filter stainless steel
Flow director stainless steel
O-ring NBR EPDM
Installation
Principal sketch of a strainer construction
Pos. Description Pos. Description
1 Housing 5 Support bolt
2 Cover 6 Drain plug
3 Strainer (inside) 7 O-ring
4 Guide vane (inside) 8 Bolt
Dimensions

Suction x discharge port
A B C D E F
PTG
[]
PTH
[]
Mass
[kg]
80 80 280 140 145 235 180 28 15 15 20
100 100 320 165 167 285 195 260 15 15 31
125 100 331 175 170 290 210 271 15 15 38
125 125 365 191 193 330 230 313 15 15 43
150 125 384 209 200 354 250 357 15 15 46
150 150 420 220 205 365 260 357 20 15 62
200 150 465 240 225 385 300 395 20 15 80
200 200 510 264 253 435 335 435 25 15 91
250 150 557 285 234 409 335 473 25 15 107
250 200 534 271 258 459 350 466 25 15 110
250 250 600 310 307 520 380 516 25 15 146
300 250 684 350 314 569 430 584 25 15 189
300 300 690 367 340 600 410 586 25 15 203
350 250 764 380 330 607 460 644 25 15 272
350 300 764 379 341 607 460 644 25 15 280
350 350 752 370 350 634 460 622 25 15 315
PTG is the diameter of drain role.
PTH is the diameter of a pressure gauge tapping
2.2-7
Accessories
HS
Pressure drop
0 0,01 0.1 0,1 11 10 10 100 100
1
10 10
100 100
1000 1000
10000 10000
80A
100A
125A
150A
200A
250A
300A
350A
PT 100 sensor
Operating description
Pt100 sensor enables the monitoring of the operating temperatures
of the bearings.
2.3 Submersible pumps
SP A, SP A-N, SP, SP-N, SPG
2.4 Environmental pumps

MP1, SQ-NE, SP A-NE, SP-NE
2.5 Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
2.6 Vertical pumps
CR, CRI, CRN, CRE, CRIE, CRNE
2.3-1
General information
SP A, SP, SP-G Submersible pumps
Performance
The pumps ofer fow rates of up to 470 m
3
/h
and heads up to 600 m.
For liquids with temperatures up to +60 C
Ambient temperatures: see separate information
later
Applications
Clean, thin, non-aggressive liquids without solid particles or fbres.
The special SP A-N and SP-N versions made of stainless steel to EN
1.4401 and SP A-R and SP-R versions made of stainless steel to EN
1.4539 are available for applications involving aggressive liquids.
The SP A and SP pumps are suitable for the following applications:
raw-water supply
irrigation
groundwater lowering
pressure boosting
fountain applications
mining applications
of-shore applications
Maximum liquid temperature
Maximum liquid temperature is determined by the installation
position and cooling conditions of the pump. In case of higher liquid
temperatures than standard, for more options contact Grundfos.
Operating pressure
Operating range
Type key
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Grundfos motor Maximum operating pressure
MS 402 1,5 MPa (15 bar)
MS 4000, MS 6000
6 MPa (60 bar)
MMS6, MMS 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000
rewindable
Example SP 95 - 5 - A B N
Type range (SP A, SP)
Number of impellers
First reduced-diameter impeller (A, B or C)
Second reduced-diameter impeller (A, B or C)
Stainless-steel parts of material
= E N 1.4301
N = E N 1.4401
R = EN 1.4539
Example SP 360 - 2 A G
Type range (SP-G)
Number of impellers
Impeller type (A, D, F, L, N, V)
Parts material
G= ontottvas EN-JL1040
Type

[m
3
/h]
Q
min
Q
nom
Q
max
SP 1A 0,15 1,0 1,45
SP 2A 0,2 2,0 2,7
SP 3A 0,4 3,0 4,4
SP 5A 0,5 5,0 6,2
SP 8A 1,0 8,0 11,0
SP 14A 1,5 14,0 18,5
SP 17 2,0 17,0 22,0
SP 30 3,0 30,0 35,0
SP 46 5,0 46,0 58,0
SP 60 6,0 60,0 77,0
SP 77 9,0 77,0 100
SP 95 10,0 95,0 120
SP 125 12,0 125 160
SP 160 15,0 160 200
SP 215 20,0 215 280
SP 270-G 27 270 350
SP 300-G 30 300 390
SP 360 G 36 360 460
2.3-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General information
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Performance range
1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 200 400 600
Q [m/h]
10
20
30
40
60
80
100 100
200
300
400
500
600
H
[m]
100
200
400
600
800
1000
2000
4000
6000
p
[kPa]
0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100
Q [l/s]
SP
50 Hz
S
P
-
G
SP-G
S
P

1
4
A
S
P

8
A
S
P

5
A
S
P

2
A
S
P

1
A
S
P

3
A
S
P

1
7
S
P

3
0
S
P

4
6
S
P

6
0
S
P

7
7
S
P

9
5
S
P

1
2
5
S
P

1
6
0
S
P

2
1
5
2.3-3
Pump
The pump consists in of an inlet, a number of pump stages and a
pump outlet. A pump stage includes an impeller where the impeller
blades transfer energy to the water in terms of a velocity and pressure
increase.
For submersible pumps, there are two general designs, radial and
semi - axial.
All bearings are water-lubricated and have a squared shape enabling
sand particles, if any, to leave the pump together with the pumped
liquid. The inlet strainer prevents particles over a certain size from
entering the pump.
All pumps have a reliable non-return valve in the valve casing
preventing backfow in connection with pump stoppage. Furthermore,
the short closing time of the non-return valve means that the risk of
destructive water hammer is reduced to a minimum.
The valve casing is designed for optimum hydraulic properties to
minimise the pressure loss across the valve and thus to contribute to
the high efciency of the pump.
The stop ring prevents damage to the pump during transport and in
case of up-thrust in connection with start-up.
The stop ring, which is designed as a thrust bearing, limits axial
movements of the pump shaft.
The stationary part of the stop ring (A) is secured in the upper
chamber.
The rotating part (B) is ftted above the split cone (C).
Stop ring (rotating and stationary parts) and split Cone
All Grundfos pumps with radial impellers are ftted with a priming
screw. Consequently, dry running is prevented because the priming
screw will ensure that the pump bearings are always lubricated.
SP pumps with semi-axial impellers require no priming screw. The
pumps are primed automatically.
It applies to all pump types, however, that neither pump nor motor
will be protected against dry running if the water table is lowered to
a level below the pump inlet.
Pump materials
SP A and SP pumps: Grundfos ofers a complete range of pumps
andmotors which, as standard, are made completely of stainless
steel to EN 1.4301 (AISI 304). This ensures good wear resistance and
a reduced risk of corrosion when pumping ordinary cold water with
a minor chloride content.
SP N and SP R pumps: A pump range made of upgraded stainless
steel is available for more aggressive liquids.
SP N: DIN 1.4401/AISI 316
SP R: DIN 1.4539/AISI 904L
Alternatively, a complete range of zinc anodes for cathodic protection
is available. For example, this may be advisable for seawater
applications.
SP NE pumps: For slightly polluted liquids containing for example
oil, Grundfos ofers a complete range of stainless-steel SP NE
pumps to EN 1.4401 (AISI 316) with all rubber parts made of FKM
(see chapter Environmental pumps) .
Technical data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP,
A
B
C
2.3-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP,
SP A, SP pumps
Pos. Component Material
Standard N-version R-version
DIN/AISI
1 Valve casing
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
1d O-ring NBR
2 Valve cup
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
3 Valve seat NBR NBR FKM
3a
Lower valve
seat retainer
Stainless
steel
1.4308 1.4408/316 1.4517
3b
Upper valve
seat retainer
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
4 Top chamber
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
6 Upper bearing
Stainless
steel/ NBR
1.4401/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
7 Neck ring NBR/PPS
8 Bearing NBR
Carbon/graphite
8a
Washer for
stop ring
HY 22, PTFE
mass
8b Stop ring
Stainless
steel
1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
9 Chamber
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
11
Split cone
nut
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
11c
Nut for stop
Ring
Stainless
steel
1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
12 Split cone
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
13 Impeller
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
14
Suction
interconnector
Stainless
steel
1.4308 1.4408/316 1.4517
15 Strainer
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
16 Shaft complete
Stainless
steel
1.4057/431 1.4460/329 1.4460/329
17 Strap
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
18 Cable guard
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
19 Nut for strap
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
39
Spring for
valve cup
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316
1.4462/
SAF 2205
70 Valve guide
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
71 Washer
Stainless
steel
1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
72 Wear ring
Stainless
steel
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
8a
11c
17
19
71
7
15
8b
14
18
12
4
6
13
72
11
3a
1d
3b
2
39
70
1
3
16
8 9
7
7
8 9
SP 77 pump body
2.3-5
Technical data
Submersible pumps
SP-G
SP 300-G pump body
2.3-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Pump range
Type SP 1A SP 2A SP 3A SP 5A SP 8A SP 14A SP 17 SP 30 SP 46 SP 60 SP 77 SP 95 SP 125 SP 160 SP 215
Steel:
EN 1.4301
AISI 304

Steel: (N)
EN 1.4401
AISI 316

Steel: (R)
EN 1.4539
AISI 904L

Connection* Rp 1
Rp 1
(R 1)
Rp 1
Rp 1
(R 1)
Rp 2
(R 2)
Rp 2
Rp 2
(R 3)
Rp 3
(R 3)
Rp 3
Rp 4
(R 4)
Rp 3
Rp 4
Rp 5 Rp 5 Rp 6 Rp6 Rp 6
Flange connection:
5" 5" 6" 6" 6"
* Figures in brackets ( ) indicate connection for pumps with sleeve.
Type SP 270-G SP 300-G SP 360-G
Cast iron
Flange conection DN 175 DN 175 DN 175
Motor range
Motor output
[kW]
0,37 0,55 0,75 1,1 1,5 2,2 3,0 3,7 4,0 5,5 7,5 9,2 11 13 15 18,5 22 26 30 37 45 55 63 75 92 110 132 147 170 190 220 250
1-phase
3-phase
Industrial motor
Revindable
motor

Steel:
EN 1.4301/AISI 304

Steel:
EN 1.4301 s ntttvas

Steel:
EN 1.4401/AISI 316

Steel:
EN 1.4539/AISI 904L

Built in engine
temperature sensor

Direct-on-line starting is recommended up to 75 kW.
Soft starter or autotransformer is recommended above 75 kW.
Motors with star-delta starting are available from 5.5 kW.
Motor protection and controllers
Motor output
[kW]
0,37 0,55 0,75 1,1 1,5 2,2 3,0 3,7 4,0 5,5 7,5 9,2 11 13 15 18,5 22 26 30 37 45 55 63 75 92 110 132 147 170 190 220 250
CUE
MP 204
IO 112
Pr 5714
CU 220
Pt100
Pt1000
Zinc anode
Flow sleeve
SA-SPM
R100
CIU/CIM
Motor protection of single-phase motors, see Accessories and chapters 6.26.10.
2.3-7
Curve conditions
General conditions
Curve tolerances according to ISO 9906, 2012 Grade 3B.
The performance curves show pump performance at actual speed,
cf. standard motor range.
Approximate motor speeds:
4 motors: n = 2870 min-1
6 motors: n = 2870 min-1
8 to 12 motors: n = 2900 min-1.
The measurements were made with airless water at a temperature
of 20 C. The curves apply to a kinematic viscosity of 1 mm2/s (1
cSt). When pumping liquids with a density higher than that of
water, use motors with correspondingly higher outputs.
The bold curves indicate the recommended performance range.
The performance curves are inclusive of possible losses such as
non-return valve loss.
SP A, SP curves
Q/H: The curves are inclusive of valve and inlet losses at the actual
speed. Operation without non-return valve will increase the actual
head at rated performance by 0.5 to 1.0 m.
NPSH: The curve is inclusive of pressure loss in the suction
interconnector and shows required inlet pressure.
Power curve: (P2) shows the pump power input of each stage for
the individual pump size when the pump is running at the rated
speed.
Efciency curve: () shows pump stage efciency.
SP-G curves
Q/H: The curves include valve and inlet losses at the actual speed.
Operation without a non-return valve will increase the actual head
at nominal performance by 0.5 to 1.0 m.
NPSH: The curve includes suction inter-connector and shows
required inlet pressure.
Power curve: (P2)shows the pump power input at the actual speed
for each individual pump size.
Efciency curve: () shows the pump stage efciency for pumps with
impeller type F. The efciency pumps with few impellers or impellers
with diameter other than that of impeller type F is lower than the ()
curve shown in the chart.
SP A, SP, SP-G Pumps in WinCAPS and WebCAPS databases
Depending on the fow rate, the curves show for a certain pump type,
the values of pump head (H), pump efciency (), shaft power (P2)
and added power (P1). The curves can be shown for motor speeds
ranging between minimum and nominal values.
Pump selection
Detailed information on pump types (curves, drawings, technical
data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on
www.grundfos.com or can be also seen in separate catalogue.
Information on curve types can be seen in chapter 1 of this
catalogue.
Tabels on pages 2.3-20 2.3-21. can bee used in order to determine
the resistance of the pipeline system.
For more information on pump selection contact Grundfos.
General description
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
2.3-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A complete motor range
Grundfos ofers a complete range of submersible motors in diferent
voltages:
Submersible motors, MS
4 motors, single-phase, 50 Hz, up to 2.2 kW:
- 2-wire
- 3-wire
- PSC (permanent split capacitor)
4 motors, three-phase up to 7.5 kW
6 motors, three-phase from 5.5 to 30 kW
Submersible, rewindable motors, MMS
6 motors, three-phase from 3.7 to 37 kW
8 motors, three-phase from 22 to 110 kW
10 motors, three-phase from 75 to 190 kW
12 motors, three-phase from 147 to 250 kW.
High motor efciency
Within the area of high motor efciency, Grundfos is a market
leader.
Rewindable motors
The 2-pole Grundfos MMS submersible motors are all easy to rewind.
The windings of the stator are made of a special water-proof wire
of pure electrolytic copper sheathed with special non-hydroscopic
thermoplastic material. The fne dielectric properties of this material
allow direct contact between the windings and the liquid for efcient
cooling of the windings.
Industrial motors MS 4000l, MS 6000l
For heavy-duty applications, Grundfos ofers a complete motor range
of industrial motors with up to 5 % higher efciency than that of
Grundfos standard motors. The industrial motors are available in
sizes 2.2 to 22 kW. The cooling of the motor is very efcient due to the
large motor surface. The efcient cooling makes it possible to increase
the liquid temperature to 60 C at a minimum fow of 0.15 m/s past
the motor. The industrial motors are for customers who value low
operating costs and long life higher than price.
MS 4000l es MS 6000l motors are available in R version (ie. MS
6000Rl).
Grundfos industrial motors are developed for difcult operating
conditions. These motors will stand a higher thermal load than
standard motors and thus have a longer life when subjected to high
load. This applies whether the high load is caused by bad power
supply, hot water, bad cooling conditions, high pump load, etc.
Please note that heavy-duty motors are longer than motors for
standard conditions.
Submersible motors
General data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Motor range
Material [EN/DIN/AISI]
cast iron+
stainless steel
stainless steel
EN-JL 1040
1.4301/304
1.4301/304 1.4401/316 1.4539/904L
Standard version N version R version
MS 402
MS 4"
MS 6"
MMS 6"
MMS 8"
MMS 10"
MMS 12"
pl.: M S 4000R - R version standard motor
MS 4000RI - R version industrial motor
MS motor
2.3-9
Overtemperature protection
Protecting the motor against too high motor temperature is the
simplest and cheapest way of avoiding that the motor life is reduced.
Accessories for protection against overtemperature are available
for both Grundfos MS and MMS submersible motors. When the
temperature becomes too high, the protection device will cut out,
and damage to the pump and motor will be avoided.
After the automatic cut out, the motor can be restarted manually or
automatically. The Grundfos MP 204 motor protector restarts the
motor 15 minutes after the cut out.
MS
The Grundfos MS submersible motors, except MS 402, are available
with built-in Tempcon temperature sensor for protection against
overtemperature. By means of this sensor it is possible to read out
and/or monitor the motor temperature via an MP 204 motor protector.
The MP 204 motor protector cannot be used with variable frequency
drive, in that case Grundfos Pt100 or Pt1000 is recommended.
Grundfos PR 5714 relay and CU 220 control unit can be ordered for
Pt1000 sensors.
MMS
The Grundfos MMS submersible motors are not available with built-
in Tempcon temperature sensor. For these motors, we ofer Pt100 and
Pt1000 sensors for temperature monitoring. Together with either an
MP 204 motor protector, a PR 5714 relay or a CU 220 control unit, the
sensor ensures that the operating conditions are not exceeded.
Protection against upthrust
In case of a very low counter pressure in connection with start-up,
there is a risk that the entire chamber stack may rise. This is called
upthrust. Upthrust may damage both pump and motor. Therefore,
both Grundfos pumps and motors are protected against upthrust
as standard, preventing upthrust from occurring in the critical start-
up phase. The protection consists of either a built-in stop ring or
hydraulic balancing.
Built-in cooling chambers
In all Grundfos MS submersible motors, an efcient cooling is ensured
by cooling chambers at the top and at the bottom of the motor and by
an internal circulation of motor liquid. See fg. As long as the required
fow velocity past the motor is maintained (see section Operating
conditions, on next page), cooling of the motor will be efcient.
Lightning protection
The smallest Grundfos submersible motors, i.e. MS 402, are all
insulated in order to minimise the risk of motor burnout caused by
stroke of lightning.
Reduced risk of short-circuit
The embedded stator winding in the Grundfos MS submersible
motor is hermetically enclosed in stainless steel. The result is high
mechanical stability and optimum cooling. Also, this eliminates the
risk of short-circuit of the windings caused by condensed water.
Submersible motors
General data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
MS 4000
2.3-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pumped liquids
Clean, thin, non-aggressive liquids without solid particles or fbres.
Comment:
MMS 6000 - 37 kW, MMS 8000 - 110 kW, MMS 10000 - 170 kW motors
liquid temperature is 5 C lower than the values in the table.
MMS 10000 - 190 kW motors liquid temperature is 10C lower than
the values in the table.
Frequency converter operation
In principle, all SP A, SP SP-G submersible pumps can be operated via
a frequency converter.
However, the conditions are:
Min. frequency: 30 Hz;
max. frequency: 50 Hz (check motor output rating).
It is recommended to select a motor with minimum
10% reserve capacity or a industrial motor with lower thermal load.
MMS motors only with PE/PA windings
The MP 204 motor protector cannot be used with variable
frequency drive.
Ensure sufcient cooling of the motor (fow sleeve).
The motor must be protected against unacceptably high
transients.
Proportional adjustment of voltage/frequency
(U/f = constant).
The converter must be selected according to the rated current of
the submersible motor selected.
For further information, please contact Grundfos.
Soft starting
The starting voltage is at least 55 % of the rated voltage. If a higher
locked-rotor torque is required or the power supply is not optimum,
the starting voltage must be higher.
Run-up time (before reaching the rated voltage): Max. 3 sec
Run-out time: Max. 3 sec.
If the above run-up and run-out times are followed, unnecessary
heating of the motor is avoided. If the soft starter is equipped with
bypass contacts, it will only be in operation during run-up and run-
out. This reduces the soft starter load and ofers energy savings
compared to operation without bypass contacts.
A soft starter must not be used in connection with generator
operation.
Submersible motors
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Switching frequency
Type Number of switches
MS
Min. 1/year
Max. 30/hour
Max. 330/day
MMS 6000
Min. 1/year
Max. 15/hour
Max. 360/day
MMS 8000
Min. 1/year
Max. 10/hour
Max. 240/day
MMS 10000
Min. 1/year
Max. 8/hour
Max. 190/day
MMS 12000
Min. 1/year
Max. 5/hour
Max. 120/day
3 sec.
55%
100%
3 sec.
0
Voltage
Time
S
t
o
p
Operation
S
t
a
r
t
2.3-11
Submersible motors
Electrical data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
1 x 230 V, submersible motors
Electrical data Dimensions
Motor
Full-load
current
I
n
[A]
Power factor
Control box
for 3-wire
motors
Capacitor for PSC
motors
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
Type Size
P
2
[kW]

50%

75%

100%
cos
50%
cos
75%
cos
100%
I
st
I
n
MS 402 4" 0,37 3,95 48,0 54,0 57,0 0,58 0,68 0,77 3,4* SA-SPM 2 256 6,8
MS 402 4" 0,55 5,80 49,5 56,5 59,5 0,52 0,65 0,74 3,5* SA-SPM 2 291 8,2
MS 402 4" 0,75 7,45 52,0 58,0 60,0 0,57 0,69 0,79 3,6* SA-SPM 2 306 8,9
MS 402 4" 1,1 7,30 62,0 69,5 72,5 0,99 0,99 0,99 4,3* SA-SPM 3 346 10,5
MS 402 4" 1,5 10,2 56,5 66,5 71,0 0,91 0,96 0,98 3,9 SA-SPM 3 346 11,0
MS 4000 (R) 4" 2,2 14,0 67,0 73,0 75,0 0,91 0,94 0,96 4,4 SA-SPM 3 576 21,0
* Applies to 3-wire motors.
MS 402 2-wire motors incorporate motor protection and can therefore be connected directly to the mains.
3 x 400 V, submersible motors
Motor
Full-load
current
I
n
[A]
Power factor
I
st
I
n
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
Type Size
P
2

[kW]

50%

75%

100%
cos
50%
cos
75%
cos
100%
MS 402 4" 0,37 1,40 51,0 59,5 64,0 0,44 0,55 0,64 3,7 226 5,5
MS 402 4" 0,55 2,20 48,5 57,0 64,0 0,42 0,52 0,64 3,5 241 6,3
MS 402 4" 0,75 2,30 64,0 69,5 73,0 0,50 0,62 0,72 4,7 276 7,7
MS 4000R 4" 0,75 1,84 68,1 71,6 72,8 0,69 0,79 0,84 4,9 401 13,0
MS 402 4" 1,1 3,40 62,5 69,0 73,0 0,47 0,59 0,72 4,6 306 8,9
MS 4000R 4" 1,1 2,75 70,3 74,0 74,4 0,62 0,74 0,82 5,1 416 14,0
MS 402 4" 1,5 4,20 68,0 73,0 75,0 0,50 0,64 0,75 5,0 346 10,5
MS 4000R 4" 1,5 4,00 69,1 72,7 73,7 0,55 0,69 0,78 4,3 416 14,0
MS 402 4" 2,2 5,50 72,5 75,5 76,0 0,56 0,71 0,82 4,7 346 11,9
MS 4000(R) 4" 2,2 6,05 67,9 73,1 74,5 0,49 0,63 0,74 4,5 456 16,0
MS 4000(R) 4" 3,0 7,85 71,5 74,5 75,2 0,53 0,67 0,77 4,5 496 17,0
MS 4000(R) 4" 4,0 9,60 77,3 78,4 78,0 0,57 0,71 0,80 4,8 576 21,0
MS 4000(R) 4" 5,5 13,0 78,5 80,1 79,8 0,57 0,72 0,81 4,9 676 26,0
MS 4000(R) 4" 7,5 18,8 75,2 78,2 78,2 0,52 0,67 0,78 4,5 776 31,0
MS 6000(R) 6" 5,5 12,2 80,0 82,0 81,2 0,68 0,80 0,84 4,6 544 35,5
MS 6000(R) 6" 7,5 16,6 80,5 82,6 82,0 0,68 0,80 0,84 5,0 574 37,0
MS 6000(R) 6" 9,2 20,2 81,2 83,1 82,5 0,68 0,80 0,84 4,9 604 42,5
MS 6000(R) 6" 11 24,6 80,6 82,7 82,3 0,64 0,78 0,84 4,8 634 45,5
MS 6000(R) 6" 13 29,0 80,6 82,9 82,6 0,62 0,76 0,82 4,7 664 48,5
MS 6000(R) 6" 15 33,5 81,0 83,2 82,8 0,64 0,76 0,82 4,6 699 52,5
MS 6000(R) 6" 18,5 41,5 80,9 83,1 82,8 0,62 0,76 0,82 4,8 754 58,0
MS 6000(R) 6" 22 48,5 81,7 83,7 83,4 0,64 0,76 0,84 4,9 814 64,0
MS 6000(R) 6" 26 57,5 81,8 83,9 83,6 0,64 0,76 0,82 5,2 874 69,5
MS 6000(R) 6" 30 65,0 82,4 84,3 83,8 0,66 0,78 0,84 5,3 944 77,5
3 x 400 V, submersible industrial motors
Motor
Full-load
current
I
n
[A]
Power factor
I
st
I
n
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
Type Size
P
2

[kW]

50%

75%

100%
cos
50%
cos
75%
cos
100%
MS 4000I (RI) 4" 2,2 5,9 72,5 76,5 77,0 0,59 0,71 0,80 5,0 496 17,0
MS 4000I (RI) 4" 3,0 7,5 75,0 79,0 80,0 0,58 0,71 0,79 5,4 576 21,0
MS 4000I (RI) 4" 4,0 9,75 75,5 79,5 79,5 0,67 0,78 0,84 5,3 676 26,0
MS 4000I (RI) 4" 5,5 14,4 77,5 79,6 79,8 0,55 0,69 0,79 5,0 776 42,5
2.3-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Submersible motors
Electrical data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
3 x 400 V, submersible industrial motors
Motor

I
n
[A]
I
st
I
n

[mm]

[kg]
P
2

[kW]

50%

75%

100%
cos
50%
cos
75%
cos
100%
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 5,5 11,8 80,6 83,3 83,3 0,72 0,82 0,86 5,5 565 38
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 7,5 15,8 81,7 83,7 83,2 0,78 0,84 0,86 4,8 610 43
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 9,2 19,4 81,9 84,0 83,7 0,76 0,84 0,86 4,9 635 46
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 11 23,2 82,1 84,3 84,0 0,74 0,82 0,86 4,9 738 53
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 13 27,0 82,4 84,5 84,1 0,76 0,84 0,86 5,0 783 58
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 15 31,0 82,6 84,8 84,7 0,76 0,84 0,86 5,3 838 64
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 18,5 38,5 82,9 85,0 84,8 0,76 0,84 0,86 5,5 903 71
MS 6000l (Rl) 6" 22 45,0 83,2 85,2 84,9 0,78 0,84 0,88 5,6 1023 84
3 x 400 V, submersible rewindable motors
Motor
Full-load
current
I
n
[A]
Power factor
I
st
I
n
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
Type Size
P
2

[kW]

50%

75%

100%
cos
50%
cos
75%
cos
100%
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 3,7 9,85 67 70 70 0,63 0,75 0,81 4,0 630 45
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 5,5 14,0 75 76 74 0,62 0,75 0,81 3,7 660 48
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 7,5 18,4 77 79 77 0,60 0,73 0,80 3,7 690 50
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 9,2 22,4 77 78 77 0,64 0,76 0,81 3,6 720 55
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 11 26,0 78 79 78 0,65 0,77 0,82 3,7 780 60
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 13 30,0 81 81 80 0,64 0,76 0,82 3,8 915 72
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 15 34,0 82 82 81 0,66 0,78 0,83 3,8 975 78
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 18,5 40,5 83 85 84 0,64 0,77 0,83 5,3 1085 90
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 22 47,5 84 85 84 0,65 0,77 0,83 5,2 1195 100
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 26 56,0 85 85 84 0,68 0,79 0,85 4,7 1315 115
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 30 64,0 85 85 84 0,67 0,79 0,84 4,8 1425 125
MMS 6000 (N) 6" 37 80,0 84 85 83 0,66 0,77 0,83 4,3 1425 125
MMS6 (N, R) 6" 22 51,5 81 83 83 0,57 0,70 0,79 5,5 1087 95
MMS6 (N, R) 6" 26 61,0 81 83 83 0,57 0,70 0,78 5,7 1157 105
MMS6 (N, R) 6" 30 68,2 83 84 84 0,61 0,73 0,81 5,0 1212 110
MMS6 (N, R) 6" 37 84,5 82 84 83 0,60 0,73 0,81 5,1 1312 120
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 22 48,0 80 82 82 0,72 0,81 0,84 5,3 1010 126
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 26 56,5 80 82 82 0,76 0,83 0,85 5,1 1050 134
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 30 64,0 82 84 84 0,74 0,82 0,85 5,7 1110 146
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 37 78,5 82 84 84 0,74 0,82 0,85 5,7 1160 156
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 45 96,5 84 86 86 0,65 0,76 0,82 6,0 1270 177
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 55 114 84 86 86 0,72 0,81 0,85 5,9 1350 192
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 63 132 85 87 87 0,66 0,78 0,83 5,7 1490 218
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 75 152 86 87 87 0,71 0,82 0,86 5,8 1590 237
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 92 186 87 88 87 0,72 0,82 0,86 5,9 1830 283
MMS 8000 (N, R) 8" 110 224 86 87 87 0,73 0,83 0,87 5,8 2060 333
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 75 156 84 86 87 0,70 0,80 0,84 5,4 1400 280
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 92 194 84 87 87 0,67 0,78 0,82 5,6 1500 330
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 110 228 85 87 88 0,70 0,79 0,84 5,7 1690 385
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 132 270 85 88 88 0,71 0,81 0,84 5,7 1870 435
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 147 315 84 87 87 0,64 0,75 0,81 6,2 2070 500
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 170 365 84 86 87 0,64 0,75 0,81 6,0 2220 540
MMS 10000 (N, R) 10" 190 425 83 86 87 0,60 0,72 0,79 5,9 2400 580
MMS 12000 (N) 12" 147 305 84 87 88 0,66 0,77 0,83 6,2 1790 565
MMS 12000 (N) 12" 170 345 85 87 88 0,69 0,79 0,85 6,1 1880 605
MMS 12000 (N) 12" 190 390 85 87 88 0,68 0,79 0,84 6,2 1980 650
MMS 12000 (N) 12" 220 445 85 87 88 0,69 0,80 0,85 6,1 2140 700
MMS 12000 (N) 12" 250 505 85 87 88 0,69 0,80 0,85 5,9 2290 775
Full-load
current
Power factor
Length Weight
Type Size
2.3-13
Energy consumption of submersible pumps
The percentage distribution of service life costs of a submersible
pump for water supply is as follows:
5 % initial costs (pump)
85 % operating costs / energy consumption
10 % maintenance costs.
It is obvious that the highest savings can be achieved within energy
consumption!
The annual energy consumption, E, of a submersible pump can be
calculated as follows:
c = specifc energy price (EUR/kWh)
h = operating hours/year (hours)
P1 = power input of the submersible pump (kW).
Example: Calculation of the annual energy consumption of the
submersible pump, type SP 125-3.
SP 125-3 with MS 6000, 30 kW, 3 x 400 V, 50 Hz.
Duty point
Flow rate: Q = 120 m
3
/h
Total head: H = 63 m
Specifc energy price: c = EUR 0.1/kWh
(consisting of day and night rate)
Operating hours/year: h = 3200.
Q = m3/h
H = m
Density = kg/dm3 (assumed 1)
367 = conversion factor
pump
= (not to be confused with the stage efciency
curve)
motor
= (example 84.5 %, in equation 0.845).
By showing the P2/Q curve we make it easier for you to calculate the
energy consumption.
P2 = 26 kW (power requirement of SP 125-3 pump at 120 m
3
/h, from
curve P2/Q, eg. see on WinCAPS).
Calculation of motor efciency at duty point
As standard, the SP 125-3 is ftted with a 30 kW MS 6000 motor.
At duty point (Q = 120 m
3
/h), the pump requires 26 kW, thus: a motor
load of 87 % (26 kW / 30 kW) and a power reserve of 13 %.
From the table on page 2.3-12. the motor efciency can be read as:
85 % at a load of 75 % (
75 %
)
84 % at a load of 100 % (
100 %
)
The interpolated value in this example is:
motor
= 84.5 %,
motor
= 0.845.
E = 0.1 EUR/kWh x 3200 h x 30.77 kW = EUR 9,846.
The annual energy costs amount to EUR 9,846. If we compare the
energy costs of this energy-efcient Grundfos submersible pump
with a submersible pump, type SP 120-4, from 1995, (Q = 110 to 120
m
3
/h; H = 63 to 58 m;
motor
= 82 %), we see that at the same annual
total fow of 384,000 m
3
and the same current price of 0.1 EUR/kWh,
the annual energy consumption of the old pump amounts to EUR
12,777.
Wear and deposits on the motor and the pump were not taken into
account.
The pay-of time, A (months), is calculated as follows:
purchase price of the energy-efcient pump
The purchase price of the energy-efcient pump is EUR 4,090.
The pay-of time is 16.7 months.
Note: The complete system should be sized for energy efciency
(cable/discharge pipes).
Cable sizing
In order to obtain an economical duty of the pump, the voltage drop
should be low. Today, large water works already size cables for a
maximum voltage drop of 1 %.
The hydraulic resistance in the discharge pipe should be as low as
possible.
Submersible motors
Energy consumption
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
P
QH
kW
pump motor
1
367
=

[ ]

P
P
motor
1
2
=
P
1
26
0 845
30 77 = =
,
, kW
A =
purchase price of the energy-efficient pump
Energy savings/year
12
E chP = [EUR]
1
A =
=
4090
12777 9846
months 12 16 7 ,
2.3-14
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Cables
Grundfos ofers submersible drop cables for all applications: 1-core,3-
core and 4-core cable.
Cables for Grundfos 4 submersible motors are available with or
without plugs. The submersible drop cable is chosen according to
application and type of installation.
Standard version: Max. liquid temperature +70 C,
for short periods up to +90 C (MS motors).
More information about cables can be found on pages 2.3-152.3-18.
and 2.3-19.
Tables indicating cable dimension in borehole
The tables indicate the maximum length of drop cables in metres
from motor starter to pump at direct-on-line starting at diferent
cable dimensions.
If star-delta starting is used, the current will be reduced by3 (I x
0.58), meaning that the cable length may be longer 3 (L x 1.73) than
indicated in the tables.
If, for example, the operating current is 10 % lower than the full-load
current, the cable may be 10 % longer than indicated in the tables.
The calculation of the cable length is based on a maximum voltage
drop of 1 % to 3 % of the rated voltage and a water temperature of
maximum 30 C.
In order to minimise operating losses, the cable cross-section may
be increased compared to what is indicated in the tables. This is
only economical if the borehole provides the necessary space, and if
the operational time of the pump is long, especially if the operating
voltage is below the rated voltage.
The table values are calculated on the basis of the formula:
Max. cable length of a single-phase submersible pump:
Max. cable length of a three-phase submersible pump:
Formula designations
U = Rated voltage [V]
U = Voltage drop [%]
I = Rated current of the motor [A]
cos = Power factor
= Specifc resistance: 0.02 [ mm
2
/m]
q = Cross-section of submersible drop cable [mm
2
]
sin =
X
L
= Inductive resistance: 0.078 x 10-3 [/m].
Example
Motor size: 30 kW, MMS 8000
Starting method: Direct on line
Rated voltage (U): 3 x 400 V, 50 Hz
Voltage drop (U): 3 %
Rated current (I): 64.0 A
Power factor (cos ): 0.85
Specifc resistance (): 0.02
Cross-section (q): 10 mm
2
sin : 0.54
Inductive resistance (X
L
): 0.078 x 10
-3
[/m]
L = 62 m.
Submersible motors
Electrical data
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
L
U U
I
q
X
L
=

+
[ ]
2 100 cos sin

m
L
U U
I
q
X
L
=

+
[ ]
1 73 100 , cos sin

m
1
2
cos
L =

+
400 3
64 0 1 73 100 0 85
0 02
10
0 54 0 078 10
3
, , ,
,
, ,
Cable length 1230 V, 50 Hz
Motor kW I
n
[A] 1,5 mm
2
2,5 mm
2
4 mm
2
6 mm
2
10 mm
2
4"
0,37 4,0 111 185 295 440 723
0,55 5,8 80 133 211 315 518
0,75 7,5 58 96 153 229 377
1,1 7,3 48 79 127 190 316
1,5 10,2 34 57 92 137 228
2,2 14 43 68 102 169
Maximum cable length between the control box and the motor.
2.3-15
Submersible motors
Cable selection
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Cable dimensions at 3 x 400 V, 50 Hz
Voltage drop: 1 %
Starting method: direct
Ambient temperature: 40 C ( = 52 Sm/mm
2
)
Motor kW I
n
[A] cos
100%
Dimensions [mm
2
]
1,5 2,5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
4" 0,37 1,4 0,64 192 318 506 752
4" 0,55 2,2 0,64 122 203 322 479 783
4" 0,75 2,3 0,72 104 173 275 409 672
4" 1,1 3,4 0,72 70 117 186 277 455 712
4" 1,5 4,2 0,75 55 91 145 215 354 556 844
4" 2,2 5,5 0,82 38 64 101 151 249 393 599 818
4" 3,0 7,85 0,77 29 47 75 112 185 291 442 601 822
4" 4,0 9,6 0,8 22 37 59 89 146 230 350 477 656 874
4" 5,5 13 0,81 16 27 43 65 107 168 256 349 480 641 821 983
4" 7,5 18,8 0,78 20 31 46 76 120 183 248 340 452 577 687 804 923
6" 5,5 12,2 0,77 16 27 44 65 107 168 255 347 475 629 801 953
6" 7,5 16,6 0,8 12 20 32 48 80 125 191 260 358 477 610 728 855 984
6" 9,2 20,2 0,81 16 26 39 64 100 153 208 287 382 490 586 689 795 935
6" 11 24,6 0,83 14 22 33 55 86 132 180 248 332 427 512 604 699 826 942
6" 13 29 0,81 19 28 46 73 111 151 208 278 356 426 501 577 680 772
6" 15 33,5 0,82 24 40 64 97 132 182 244 313 375 441 510 601 684
6" 18,5 41,5 0,81 20 33 52 79 108 149 198 254 304 358 412 486 551
6" 22 48,5 0,84 28 44 67 92 127 170 220 264 312 361 428 489
6" 26 57,5 0,84 24 37 57 78 107 144 185 222 263 304 361 412
6" 30 65 0,83 32 49 67 92 124 159 191 225 261 308 351
6" 37 85,5 0,79 40 54 74 99 126 150 176 203 238 269
8" 22 48 0,84 28 44 67 92 127 170 220 264 312 361 428 489
8 26 56,5 0,85 23 37 57 78 107 144 186 224 265 307 365 418
8" 30 64 0,85 33 50 68 95 127 164 197 234 271 322 369
8" 37 78,5 0,85 27 41 56 77 104 134 161 191 221 263 301
8" 45 96,5 0,82 34 47 64 86 110 132 155 180 212 241
8" 55 114 0,85 38 53 71 92 111 131 152 181 207
8" 63 132 0,83 47 62 80 96 113 131 155 177
8" 75 152 0,86 40 53 69 83 98 114 136 156
8" 92 186 0,86 43 56 68 80 94 111 128
8" 110 224 0,87 47 56 67 78 93 107
10" 75 156 0,84 52 68 81 96 111 132 151
10" 92 194 0,82 43 55 66 77 89 105 120
10" 110 228 0,84 46 56 66 76 90 103
10" 132 270 0,84 47 55 64 76 87
10" 147 315 0,81 48 55 65 74
10" 170 365 0,81 56 63
10" 190 425 0,79 48 54
12" 147 305 0,83 49 57 67 77
12" 170 345 0,85 50 60 68
12" 190 390 0,84 53 60
12" 220 445 0,85 53
12" 250 505 0,85
Max. current for cable [A]* 18,5 25 34 43 60 80 101 126 153 196 238 276 319 364 430 497
* At particularly favourable heat dissipation conditions. Maximum cable length in metres from motor starter to pump.
2.3-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Submersible motors
Cable selection
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Voltage drop: 3 %
Starting method: direct
Ambient temperature: 40C ( = 52 Sm/mm
2
)
Motor kW I
n
[A] cos
100%
Dimensions [mm
2
]
1,5 2,5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
4" 0,37 1,4 0,64 576 955
4" 0,55 2,2 0,64 366 608 966
4" 0,75 2,3 0,72 312 518 824
4" 1,1 3,4 0,72 211 350 558 830
4" 1,5 4,2 0,75 164 273 434 646
4" 2,2 5,5 0,82 115 191 304 453 748
4" 3,0 7,85 0,77 86 142 226 337 555 872
4" 4,0 9,6 0,8 67 112 178 266 438 689
4" 5,5 13 0,81 49 82 130 194 320 504 768
4" 7,5 18,8 0,78 59 93 139 229 360 548 745
6" 5,5 12,2 0,77 49 82 131 195 320 503 765
6" 7,5 16,6 0,8 37 61 97 145 239 376 573 781
6" 9,2 20,2 0,81 49 78 116 191 300 458 625 860
6" 11 24,6 0,83 42 67 99 164 258 395 540 744 995
6" 13 29 0,81 56 84 139 218 333 454 625 833
6" 15 33,5 0,82 73 121 191 291 397 547 731 938
6" 18,5 41,5 0,81 60 99 156 238 324 446 595 763 913
6" 22 48,5 0,84 84 132 202 276 382 511 659 792 935
6" 26 57,5 0,84 71 111 170 233 321 431 555 667 788 913
6" 30 65 0,83 96 147 201 277 371 477 573 676 782 925
6" 37 85,5 0,79 119 162 223 296 378 451 529 608 713 806
8" 22 48 0,84 84 132 202 276 382 511 659 792 935
8" 26 56,5 0,85 70 111 170 233 322 432 557 671 794 922
8" 30 64 0,85 98 150 205 284 381 492 592 701 814 967
8" 37 78,5 0,85 80 122 168 232 311 401 483 572 664 789 903
8" 45 96,5 0,82 102 140 193 257 330 396 466 539 635 723
8" 55 114 0,85 115 159 214 276 333 394 457 543 622
8" 63 132 0,83 140 187 240 289 340 394 466 531
8" 75 152 0,86 119 160 206 249 295 343 409 469
8" 92 186 0,86 130 169 203 241 281 334 383
8" 110 224 0,87 140 169 200 233 279 321
10" 75 156 0,84 157 203 244 288 334 395 452
10" 92 194 0,82 128 164 197 232 268 316 360
10" 110 228 0,84 139 167 197 228 271 309
10" 132 270 0,84 141 166 193 228 261
10" 147 315 0,81 143 165 194 221
10" 170 365 0,81 168 190
10" 190 425 0,79 143 162
12" 147 305 0,83 147 170 202 230
12" 170 345 0,85 151 179 205
12" 190 390 0,84 158 181
12" 220 445 0,85 159
12" 250 505 0,85
2.3-17
Submersible motors
Cable selection
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Voltage drop: 1 %
Starting method: star-delta
Ambient temperature: 40 C ( = 52 Sm/mm
2
)
Motor kW I
n
[A] cos
100%
Dimensions [mm
2
]
1,5 2,5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
6" 5,5 12,2 0,77 29 47 75 112 185 291 442 601 822
6" 7,5 16,6 0,8 21 35 56 84 138 217 331 451 620 825
6" 9,2 20,2 0,81 28 45 67 110 173 264 361 496 662 848
6" 11 24,6 0,83 24 38 57 95 149 228 311 430 575 739 887
6" 13 29 0,81 33 49 80 126 192 262 361 481 617 738 867
6" 15 33,5 0,82 42 70 110 168 229 316 422 541 649 764 883
6" 18,5 41,5 0,81 35 57 90 137 187 258 344 440 527 619 714 841 955
6" 22 48,5 0,84 48 76 117 160 220 295 380 457 540 626 742 848
6" 26 57,5 0,84 41 64 98 134 185 249 320 385 455 527 625 714
6" 30 65 0,83 56 85 116 160 214 276 331 390 451 534 609
6" 37 85,5 0,79 69 94 129 171 218 261 305 351 412 466
8" 22 48 0,84 48 76 117 160 220 295 380 457 540 626 742 848
8" 26 56,5 0,85 41 64 98 134 186 249 322 387 458 522 633 724
8" 30 64 0,85 57 87 119 164 220 284 342 405 470 558 639
8" 37 78,5 0,85 46 71 97 134 179 232 279 330 383 455 521
8" 45 96,5 0,82 59 81 111 149 191 229 269 311 367 417
8" 55 114 0,85 67 92 124 159 192 227 264 314 359
8" 63 132 0,83 81 108 139 167 197 227 269 307
8" 75 152 0,86 69 92 119 144 170 198 236 271
8" 92 186 0,86 75 97 117 139 162 193 221
8" 110 224 0,87 81 97 116 135 161 185
10" 75 156 0,84 91 117 141 166 193 228 261
10" 92 194 0,82 74 95 114 134 155 183 208
10" 110 228 0,84 80 96 114 132 156 178
10" 132 270 0,84 81 96 111 132 151
10" 147 315 0,81 83 95 112 127
10" 170 365 0,81 97 110
10" 190 425 0,79 83 94
12" 147 305 0,83 85 98 116 133
12" 170 345 0,85 87 104 119
12" 190 390 0,84 91 104
12" 220 445 0,85 92
12" 250 505 0,85
2.3-18
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Submersible motors
Cable selection
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Voltage drop: 3 %
Starting method: star-delta
Ambient temperature: 40 C (
= 52 Sm/mm
2
)
Motor kW I
n
[A] cos
100%
Dimensions [mm
2
]
1,5 2,5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
6" 5,5 12,2 0,77 86 142 226 337 555 872
6" 7,5 16,6 0,8 64 106 168 251 414 651 993
6" 9,2 20,2 0,81 84 134 200 330 520 793
6" 11 24,6 0,83 72 115 172 284 448 684 934
6" 13 29 0,81 98 146 240 378 577 786
6" 15 33,5 0,82 127 210 330 504 688 947
6" 18,5 41,5 0,81 104 172 270 412 562 773
6" 22 48,5 0,84 145 229 350 479 661 886
6" 26 57,5 0,84 122 193 295 403 556 746 961
6" 30 65 0,83 167 255 349 481 643 827 992
6" 37 85,5 0,79 206 281 386 513 655 782 916
8" 22 48 0,84 145 229 350 479 661 886
8" 26 56,5 0,85 122 192 295 403 557 748 965
8" 30 64 0,85 170 260 356 492 660 852
8" 37 78,5 0,85 139 212 290 401 538 695 836 990
8" 45 96,5 0,82 177 242 334 446 572 686 808 933
8" 55 114 0,85 200 276 371 478 576 682 792 941
8" 63 132 0,83 242 324 417 500 590 682 807 920
8" 75 152 0,86 206 277 357 431 511 595 708 813
8" 92 186 0,86 226 292 352 418 486 579 664
8" 110 224 0,87 242 292 347 404 483 555
10" 75 156 0,84 272 351 422 498 578 685 782
10" 92 194 0,82 222 285 341 402 464 548 623
10" 110 228 0,84 240 289 341 395 469 535
10" 132 270 0,84 244 288 334 396 452
10" 147 315 0,81 248 286 336 382
10" 170 365 0,81 290 330
10" 190 425 0,79 248 281
12" 147 305 0,83 255 295 349 398
12" 170 345 0,85 262 311 356
12" 190 390 0,84 274 313
12" 220 445 0,85 276
12" 250 505 0,85
2.3-19
Calculation of cable cross-section
Formula designations
U = Rated voltage [V]
U = Voltage drop [%]
I = Rated current of the motor [A]
cos = Power factor
= 1/
Materials of cable:
Copper: = 52 Sm x mm
2
Aluminium: = 35 Sm x mm
2
q = Cross-section [mm
2
]
sin =
X
L
= Inductive resistance 0.078 x 10
-3
[/m]
L = Length of cable [m]
p = Power loss [W]
For calculation of the cross-section of the submersible drop cable, use
this formula:
Direct on line:
Star-delta:
The values of the rated current (I) and the power factor (cos ) can be
read in the tables on pages 2.3-11. and 2.3-12.
Calculation of the power loss
For calculation of the power loss in the submersible drop cable, use
this formula:
Example
Motor size: 45 kW, MMS 8000
Rated current (I
n
): 91.8 A
Voltage: 3 x 400 V, 50 Hz
Starting method: Direct on line
Required cable length (L): 200 m
Power factor: cos
100%
= 0,82
Water temperature: 30 C.
Cable selection
Choice A: 3 x 150 mm
2
.
Choice B: 3 x 185 mm
2
Calculation of power loss
Choice A
Choice B
Savings
Operating hours/year: h = 4000.
Annual saving (A):
By choosing the cable size 3 x 185 mm
2
instead of 3 x 150 mm
2
, an
annual saving of 420 kWh is achieved.
Operating time: 10 years.
Saving after 10 years (A
10
):
The saved amount must be calculated in the local currency.
Submersible motors
Cable sizing
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
1
2
cos
q
I L
U U I L X
L
=

( )
1 73 100
1 73 100
, cos
, sin

q
I L
U U I L X
L
=

( )
100
1 73 100

cos
, sin
P
L I
q
=
3
2
cos
P
L I
q
P
A
A
=

=
=

=
3
3 200 0 02 91 8 0 82
150
553
2
2
cos
, , ,
W
P
P
B
B
=

=
3 200 0 02 91 8 0 82
185
448
2
, , ,
W
A = (P
A
P
B
h
= 420000 Wh = 420 kWh
A
10
= A 10 = 420 10 = 4200 kWh
2.3-20
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Table of head losses
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Head losses in ordinary water pipes
Quantity of water Head losses in ordinary water pipes
m
3
/h
Litres/
min.
Litres/
sec.
Nominal pipe diameter in inches and internal diameter in [mm]
"
15,75
"
21,25
1"
27,00
1"
35,75
1"
41,25
2"
52,5
2"
68,00
3"
80,25
3"
92,50
4"
105,0
5"
130,0
6"
155,5
0,6 10 0,16
0,855
9,910
0,470
2,407
0,292
0,784
0,9 15 0,25
1,282
20,11
0,705
4,862
0,438
1,570
0,249
0,416
1,2 20 0,33
1,710
33,53
0,940
8,035
0,584
2,588
0,331
0,677
0,249
0,346
1,5 25 0,42
2,138
49,93
1,174
11,91
0,730
3,834
0,415
1,004
0,312
0,510
1,8 30 0,50
2,565
69,34
1,409
16,50
0,876
5,277
0,498
1,379
0,374
0,700
0,231
0,223
2,1 35 0,58
2,993
91,54
1,644
21,75
1,022
6,949
0,581
1,811
0,436
0,914
0,269
0,291
2,4 40 0,67
1,879
27,66
1,168
8,820
0,664
2,290
0,499
1,160
0,308
0,368
3,0 50 0,83
2,349
41,40
1,460
13,14
0,830
3,403
0,623
1,719
0,385
0,544
0,229
0,159
3,6 60 1,00
2,819
57,74
1,751
18,28
0,996
4,718
0,748
2,375
0,462
0,751
0,275
0,218
4,2 70 1,12
3,288
76,49
2,043
24,18
1,162
6,231
0,873
3,132
0,539
0,988
0,321
0,287
0,231
0,131
4,8 80 1,33
2,335
30,87
1,328
7,940
0,997
3,988
0,616
1,254
0,367
0,363
0,263
0,164
5,4 90 1,50
2,627
38,30
1,494
9,828
1,122
4,927
0,693
1,551
0,413
0,449
0,269
0,203
6,0 100 1,67
2,919
46,49
1,660
11,90
1,247
5,972
0,770
1,875
0,459
0,542
0,329
0,244
0,248
0,124
7,5 125 2,08
3,649
70,41
2,075
17,93
1,558
8,967
0,962
2,802
0,574
0,809
0,412
0,365
0,310
0,185
0,241
0,101
9,0 150 2,50
2,490
25,11
1,870
12,53
1,154
3,903
0,668
1,124
0,494
0,506
0,372
0,256
0,289
0,140
10,5 175 2,92
2,904
33,32
2,182
16,66
1,347
5,179
0,803
1,488
0,576
0,670
0,434
0,338
0,337
0,184
12 200 3,33
3,319
42,75
2,493
21,36
1,539
6,624
0,918
1,901
0,659
0,855
0,496
0,431
0,385
0,234
0,251
0,084
15 250 4,17
4,149
64,86
3,117
32,32
1,924
10,03
1,147
2,860
0,823
1,282
0,620
0,646
0,481
0,350
0,314
0,126
18 300 5,00
3,740
45,52
2,309
14,04
1,377
4,009
0,988
1,792
0,744
0,903
0,577
0,488
0,377
0,175
0,263
0,074
24 400 6,67
4,987
78,17
3,078
24,04
1,836
6,828
1,317
3,053
0,992
1,530
0,770
0,829
0,502
0,294
0,351
0,124
30 500 8,33
3,848
36,71
2,295
10,40
1,647
4,622
1,240
2,315
0,962
1,254
0,628
0,445
0,439
0,187
36 600 10,0
4,618
51,84
2,753
14,62
1,976
6,505
1,488
3,261
1,155
1,757
0,753
0,623
0,526
0,260
42 700 11,7
3,212
19,52
2,306
8,693
1,736
4,356
1,347
2,345
0,879
0,831
0,614
0,347
48 800 13,3
3,671
25,20
2,635
11,18
1,984
5,582
1,540
3,009
1,005
1,066
0,702
0,445
54 900 15,0
4,130
31,51
2,964
13,97
2,232
6,983
1,732
3,762
1,130
1,328
0,790
0,555
60 1000 16,7
4,589
38,43
3,294
17,06
2,480
8,521
1,925
4,595
1,256
1,616
0,877
0,674
75 1250 20,8
4,117
26,10
3,100
13,00
2,406
7,010
1,570
2,458
1,097
1,027
90 1500 25,0
4,941
36,97
3,720
18,42
2,887
9,892
1,883
3,468
1,316
1,444
105 1750 29,2
4,340
24,76
3,368
13,30
2,197
4,665
1,535
1,934
120 2000 33,3
4,960
31,94
3,850
17,16
2,511
5,995
1,754
2,496
150 2500 41,7
4,812
26,26
3,139
9,216
2,193
3,807
180 3000 50,0
3,767
13,05
2,632
5,417
240 4000 66,7
5,023
22,72
3,509
8,926
300 5000 83,3
4,386
14,42
90 bends, slide valves 1,0 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,6 1,7 2,0 2,5
T-pieces, non-return valves 4,0 4,0 4,0 5,0 5,0 5,0 6,0 6,0 6,0 7,0 8,0 9,0
2.3-21
Table of head losses
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Head losses in plastic pipes
Quantity of water Head losses in PE/KPE PN10 pipes
m
3
/h
Litres/
min.
Litres/
sec.
PE KPE
25
20,4
32
26,2
40
62,6
50
40,8
63
51,4
75
61,4
90
73,6
110
90,0
125
102,2
140
114,6
160
130,8
180
147,2
0,6 10 0,16
0,49
1,8
0,30
0,66
0,19
0,27
0,12
0,085
0,9 15 0,25
0,76
4,0
0,46
1,14
0,3
0,6
0,19
0,18
0,12
0,63
1,2 20 0,33
1,0
6,4
0,61
2,2
0,39
0,9
0,25
0,28
0,16
0,11
1,5 25 0,42
1,3
10,0
0,78
3,5
0,5
1,4
0,32
0,43
0,2
0,17
0,14
0,074
1,8 30 0,50
1,53
13,0
0,93
4,6
0,6
1,9
0,38
0,57
0,24
0,22
0,17
0,092
2,1 35 0,58
1,77
16,0
1,08
6,0
0,69
2,0
0,44
0,70
0,28
0,27
0,2
0,12
2,4 40 0,67
2,05
22,0
1,24
7,5
0,80
3,3
0,51
0,93
0,32
0,35
0,23
0,16
0,16
0,063
3,0 50 0,83
2,54
37,0
1,54
11,0
0,99
4,8
0,63
1,40
0,4
0,50
0,28
0,22
0,2
0,09
3,6 60 1,00
3,06
43,0
1,85
15,0
1,2
6,5
0,76
1,90
0,48
0,70
0,34
0,32
0,24
0,13
0,16
0,050
4,2 70 1,12
3,43
50,0
2,08
18,0
1,34
8,0
0,86
2,50
0,54
0,83
0,38
0,38
0,26
0,17
0,18
0,068
4,8 80 1,33
2,47
25,0
1,59
10,5
1,02
3,00
0,64
1,20
0,45
0,50
0,31
0,22
0,2
0,084
5,4 90 1,50
2,78
30,0
1,8
12,0
1,15
3,50
0,72
1,30
0,51
0,57
0,35
0,26
0,24
0,092
0,18
0,05
6,0 100 1,67
3,1
39,0
2,0
16,0
1,28
4,6
0,8
1,80
0,56
0,73
0,39
0,30
0,26
0,12
0,2
0,07
7,5 125 2,08
3,86
50,0
2,49
24,0
1,59
6,6
1,00
2,50
0,70
1,10
0,49
0,50
0,33
0,18
0,25
0,10
0,20
0,055
9,0 150 2,50
3,00
33,0
1,91
8,6
1,20
3,5
0,84
1,40
0,59
0,63
0,39
0,24
0,30
0,13
0,24
0,075
10,5 175 2,92
3,5
38,0
2,23
11,0
1,41
4,3
0,99
1,80
0,69
0,78
0,46
0,30
0,36
0,18
0,28
0,09
12 200 3,33
3,99
50,0
2,55
14,0
1,60
5,5
1,12
2,40
0,78
1,0
0,52
0,40
0,41
0,22
0,32
0,12
0,25
0,065
15 250 4,17
3,19
21,0
2,01
8,0
1,41
3,70
0,98
1,50
0,66
0,57
0,51
0,34
0,40
0,18
0,31
0,105
0,25
0,06
18 300 5,00
3,82
28,0
2,41
10,5
1,69
4,60
1,18
1,95
0,78
0,77
0,61
0,45
0,48
0,25
0,37
0,13
0,29
0,085
24 400 6,67
3,21
19,0
2,25
8,0
1,57
3,60
1,05
1,40
0,81
0,78
0,65
0,44
0,50
0,23
0,39
0,15
30 500 8,33
4,01
28,0
2,81
11,5
1,96
5,0
1,31
2,0
1,02
1,20
0,81
0,63
0,62
0,33
0,49
0,21
36 600 10,0
4,82
37,0
3,38
15,0
2,35
6,6
1,57
2,60
1,22
1,50
0,97
0,82
0,74
0,45
0,59
0,28
42 700 11,7
5,64
47,0
3,95
24,0
2,75
8,0
1,84
3,50
1,43
1,90
1,13
1,10
0,87
0,60
0,69
0,40
48 800 13,3
4,49
26,0
3,13
11,0
2,09
4,5
1,62
2,60
1,29
1,40
0,99
0,81
0,78
0,48
54 900 15,0
5,07
33,0
3,53
13,5
2,36
5,5
1,83
3,20
1,45
1,70
1,12
0,95
0,88
0,58
60 1000 16,7
5,64
40,0
3,93
16,0
2,63
6,7
2,04
3,90
1,62
2,2
1,24
1,2
0,96
0,75
75 1250 20,8
4,89
25,0
3,27
9,0
2,54
5,0
2,02
3,0
1,55
1,6
1,22
0,95
90 1500 25,0
5,88
33,0
3,93
13,0
3,05
8,0
2,42
4,1
1,86
2,3
1,47
1,40
105 1750 29,2
6,86
44,0
4,59
17,5
3,56
9,7
2,83
5,7
2,17
3,2
1,72
1,9
120 2000 33,3
5,23
23,0
4,06
13,0
3,23
7,0
2,48
4,0
1,96
2,4
150 2500 41,7
6,55
34,0
5,08
18,0
4,04
10,5
3,10
6,0
2,45
3,5
180 3000 50,0
7,86
45,0
6,1
27,0
4,85
14,0
3,72
7,6
2,94
240 4000 66,7
8,13
43,0
6,47
24,0
4,96
13,0
3,92
7,5
300 5000 83,3
8,08
33,0
6,2
18,0
4,89
11,0
The table is based on a nomogram.
Roughness: K = 0.01 mm.
Water temperature: t = 10 C.
Grundfos CUE frequency converter
The CUE ofers quick and easy set-up and commissioning compared to a standard frequency converter because of the start-up guide. Simply
key in application-specic variables such as motor data, pump family, control function (for example constant pressure), sensor type and
setpoint, and the CUE will automatically set all necessary parameters.
CUE frequency converters and accessories for the CUE can be seen on pages 6.5-1 6.5-14.
MP 204 electronic motor protector
The MP 204 monitors the following parameters: insulation resistance before start-up, temperature (Tempcon, Pt sensor and PTC/thermal
switch), overload/underload, overvoltage/undervoltage, phase sequence, phase failure, power factor, power consumption, harmonic
distortion, operating hours and number of starts.(for more details see page 6.8-1.)
Product Enclosure class Current range Voltage range Product number
MP204
IP 20
For instalation in a control cabinet
3~120A* 100480 VAC 96 07 99 27*
* for higher current use one current transformer per phase.
Details about MP 204 electronic motor protector and accessories can be seen on page 6.8-1.
Pt 100 / Pt 1000 sensor
features:

continuous monitoring of the motor temperature

protection against too high motor temperature.
simplest and cheapest way of avoiding that the motor life is
reduced. The Pt100 / pt1000 sensor ensures that the operating
conditions are not exceeded and indicates when it is time for
service of the motor.
Monitoring and protection require the following parts:

Pt 100 / Pt 1000 sensor, cable

PR 5714 relay for Pt 100 sensor

CU 220 control unit for Pt 1000 sensor

staybolt kit
Technical data
Device type
PR 5714 CU 220
Enclosure class IP 65 (ftted in a control panel)
Ambient temperature -20 C +80 C 0 C +55 C
Relative air humidity 95% (condensating) 2080% (condensating)
Voltage variation
124230 VAC
10%, 5060 Hz
24250 VDC
20%
1230 V
-15%/+10%, 50 Hz
Approvals UL, DNV UR
Marking CE CE
The PR 5714 relay and the CU 220 controll unit can be chosen with
Pt 100 and Pt 1000 sensors, and all following accessories, all the
accessories are also available separately.
Factory setting: PR 5714 CU 220
- warning limit 60 C 50 C
- stop limit. 75 C 60 C
PR 5714 relay with Pt100 sensor and staybolt
Cable length
[m]
PR 5714
Product number
MS 6
MMS 6000
MMS 8000
MMS 10000
MMS 12000
20 96 40 89 53 96 49 45 96 96 43 72 87
40 96 40 86 81 96 49 45 97 96 43 72 88
60 96 40 89 54 96 49 45 98 96 43 72 89
80 96 40 89 55 96 49 45 99 96 43 72 90
100 96 40 89 56 96 49 46 10 96 43 72 91
20 96 65 86 26 96 65 86 29 96 65 86 33
40 96 65 86 27 96 65 86 30 96 65 86 34
60 96 65 86 28 96 65 86 31 96 65 86 35
80 96 65 86 37 96 65 86 32 96 65 86 36
100 96 65 86 38 96 65 86 39 96 65 86 40
CU 220 control unit with Pt1000 sensor, cable and staybolt or insertion probe
Cable length
[m]
CU 220
Product number
MS 6
MMS 6000
MMS 8000
MMS 10000
MMS 12000
20 96 80 32 07 96 80 32 33 96 80 32 38
40 96 80 32 41 96 80 32 52 96 80 32 53
60 96 80 32 54 96 80 32 55 96 80 32 57
80 96 80 32 58 96 80 32 92 96 80 32 94
100 96 80 33 01 96 80 33 12 96 80 3313
2.3-22
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Electrical accessories
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Grundfos CUE frequency converter
The CUE ofers quick and easy set-up and commissioning compared to a standard frequency converter because of the start-up guide. Simply
key in application-specic variables such as motor data, pump family, control function (for example constant pressure), sensor type and
setpoint, and the CUE will automatically set all necessary parameters.
CUE frequency converters and accessories for the CUE can be seen on pages 6.5-1 6.5-14.
MP 204 electronic motor protector
The MP 204 monitors the following parameters: insulation resistance before start-up, temperature (Tempcon, Pt sensor and PTC/thermal
switch), overload/underload, overvoltage/undervoltage, phase sequence, phase failure, power factor, power consumption, harmonic
distortion, operating hours and number of starts.(for more details see page 6.8-1.)
Product Enclosure class Current range Voltage range Product number
MP204
IP 20
For instalation in a control cabinet
3~120A* 100480 VAC 96 07 99 27*
* for higher current use one current transformer per phase.
Details about MP 204 electronic motor protector and accessories can be seen on page 6.8-1.
Pt 100 / Pt 1000 sensor
features:

continuous monitoring of the motor temperature

protection against too high motor temperature.
simplest and cheapest way of avoiding that the motor life is
reduced. The Pt100 / pt1000 sensor ensures that the operating
conditions are not exceeded and indicates when it is time for
service of the motor.
Monitoring and protection require the following parts:

Pt 100 / Pt 1000 sensor, cable

PR 5714 relay for Pt 100 sensor

CU 220 control unit for Pt 1000 sensor

staybolt kit
Technical data
Device type
PR 5714 CU 220
Enclosure class IP 65 (ftted in a control panel)
Ambient temperature -20 C +80 C 0 C +55 C
Relative air humidity 95% (condensating) 2080% (condensating)
Voltage variation
124230 VAC
10%, 5060 Hz
24250 VDC
20%
1230 V
-15%/+10%, 50 Hz
Approvals UL, DNV UR
Marking CE CE
The PR 5714 relay and the CU 220 controll unit can be chosen with
Pt 100 and Pt 1000 sensors, and all following accessories, all the
accessories are also available separately.
Factory setting: PR 5714 CU 220
- warning limit 60 C 50 C
- stop limit. 75 C 60 C
PR 5714 relay with Pt100 sensor and staybolt
Cable length
[m]
PR 5714
Product number
MS 6
MMS 6000
MMS 8000
MMS 10000
MMS 12000
20 96 40 89 53 96 49 45 96 96 43 72 87
40 96 40 86 81 96 49 45 97 96 43 72 88
60 96 40 89 54 96 49 45 98 96 43 72 89
80 96 40 89 55 96 49 45 99 96 43 72 90
100 96 40 89 56 96 49 46 10 96 43 72 91
20 96 65 86 26 96 65 86 29 96 65 86 33
40 96 65 86 27 96 65 86 30 96 65 86 34
60 96 65 86 28 96 65 86 31 96 65 86 35
80 96 65 86 37 96 65 86 32 96 65 86 36
100 96 65 86 38 96 65 86 39 96 65 86 40
CU 220 control unit with Pt1000 sensor, cable and staybolt or insertion probe
Cable length
[m]
CU 220
Product number
MS 6
MMS 6000
MMS 8000
MMS 10000
MMS 12000
20 96 80 32 07 96 80 32 33 96 80 32 38
40 96 80 32 41 96 80 32 52 96 80 32 53
60 96 80 32 54 96 80 32 55 96 80 32 57
80 96 80 32 58 96 80 32 92 96 80 32 94
100 96 80 33 01 96 80 33 12 96 80 3313
2.3-23
Zinc anodes
Applications
Cathodic protection by means of zinc can be used for corrosion
protection of SP pumps in chloride-containing liquids, such as brackish
water and seawater.
Sacrifcial anodes are placed on the outside of the pump and motor as
protection against corrosion.
The number of anodes required depends on the pump and motor in
question.
Please contact Grundfos for further details.
Liquid temperature:
seawater: max.+35C
brackish water (chloride min.1500 g/m
3
): +35C
Anodes lifetime
Anodes lifetime depends on operating conditions (1- 4 years).

SA-SPM control boxes
Applications
SA-SPM control boxes are used as starting units for single-phase,
3-wire motors, types MS 402B and MS 4000. SA-SPM 2 type is for
max.0,75kW power, single-phase, MS 402B motors. SA-SPM 3 type is
for 1,1-2,2 kW power, MS 402B and MS 4000 motors.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 1220230 V, 50 Hz
Enclosure class: IP42
Ambient temperature: -20 C +60 C
Relative air humidity: max. 95%
(normal, non aggressive
environment)
For more information see WinCAPS and WebCAPS database, or
contact Grundfos.
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Submersible drop cable
Suitable for these applications:
continuous application in groundwater and potable water
(approved for potable-water applications)
connection of electrical equipment, such as submersible motors
installation depths up to 500 metres and average loads.
Insulation and sheath of special EPR-based elastomer materials
adapted to applications in water.
Maximum permissible water temperature: 60 C.
Maximum permissible lead service temperature: 90 C.
Number of leads ca be 1 or 4.
Further cable sizes are available on request
For more information see WinCAPS and WebCAPS database, or
contact Grundfos.
Cable termination kit
Type: KM
For watertight shrink-joining of motor cable and submersible drop
cable. The joint is ready for use after a few minutes and requires
no long hardening time as do resin joints. The joint cannot be
separated.
Reduce from 3 or 4 to one as from drop cable to single leads.
Cables: 41,5 mm
2
1120 mm
2
Cable termination kit with plug
For watertight joining of motor cable and
submersible drop cable in an acrylic tube flled
with resin. Used for both single- and multi-core
cables during installation of submersible pumps.
24 hours of hardening is required.
Can be used for:
- MS 402 and MS 4000 motors up to 7,5 kW.
- 42,5 mm
2
and 46 mm
2
cables.
Cable termination kit
Types: M0 - M6
Can be used for:
- MS 402 and MS 4000 motors up to
7,5 kW.
- 42,5 mm
2
and 46 mm
2
cables.
- 42,5 mm
2
470 mm
2
Power
cables.
For watertight joining of motor cable
and submersible drop cable. The joint
is encapsulated by the glue which is part of the kit.
2.3-24
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Flow sleeves
Grundfos ofers a complete range of stainless-steel fow sleeves for
both vertical and horizontal operation. Flow sleeves are recommended
for all applications in which motor cooling is insufcient. The result is
a general extension of motor life.
Flow sleeves are to be tted in these cases:
If the submersible pump is exposed to high thermal load such
as current unbalance, dry running, overload, high ambient
temperature and bad cooling conditions.
If aggressive liquids are pumped, since corrosion is doubled for
every 10 C the temperature rises.
If sedimentation or deposits occur around and/or on the motor.
Note: More information about fow sleeves is available on request.
Construction
Flow Sleeve
stainless steel plate (material: 1.4301)
clamps (material: 1.4541),
spacers (material: 1.4301),
seal (material: NBR rubber).
Strainer
perforated stainless steel plate (material: 1.4301),
clamps (material: 1.4541).
Hold-down clamp kit
2 / 3 stainless steel clamp (material: 1.4301),
bolts (material: 1.4541).
Mechanical accessories
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
l L
d

D

4

m
m
2.3-25
Submersible pumps
SP A, SP, SPG
Accessories
Fixing tape with buttons For max. 3" pipes
1 set for approximately 45m pipeline
L = 7,5 m
16 db buttons
Straining wire Straining wire for fxing the submersible pump.
Material: stainless steel (DIN 1.44016AISI 316)
Size: 0/5 mm max. load: 100 kg
0/5 mm max. load: 650 kg

Wire clamp For fxing the wire rope.
Size: for 2 and 5 mm cable
2 nuts should be used at one fxing point.
Centering unit For pump positioning during installation.
Up to 450 mm well diameter.
Material: stainless steel (DIN 1.4401 and 1.4571)
Motor
Well diameter
[mm]
4" (95 mm)
125190
200350
6" (135 mm)
175240
250400
8" (192 mm)
230290
300450
Thread-to-fange connection For pumps and pipes with diferent threads.
Pump types: SP 17 SP 215
Materials:
- DIN 1.4308
- DIN 1.4517
Type Pump
outlet
Connecting piece
Dimensions [mm]
A F L
SP 17 Rp 2
R 2 DN 50 PN 16/40 R 2 165 170
R 2 DN 65 PN 16/40 R 2 185 170
R 2 DN 80 PN 16/40 R 2 200 170
SP 30 Rp 3
R 3 DN 65 PN 16/40 R 3 185 170
R 3 DN 80 PN 16/40 R 3 200 170
R 3 DN 100 PN 16/40 R 3 235 170
SP 46
SP 60
Rp 3
Rp 4
R 3 DN 65 PN 16 R 3 185 170
R 3 DN 80 PN 16 R 3 200 170
R 3 DN 100 PN 16 R 3 235 170
R 4 DN 100 PN 16 R 4 235 180
SP 77
SP 95
Rp 5
R 5 DN 100 PN 16/40 R 5 235 195
R 5 DN 125 PN 16/40 R 5 270 195
R 5 DN 150 PN 16/40 R 5 300 195
SP 125
SP 160
SP 215
Rp 6
R 6 DN 125 PN 16/40 R 6 270 195
R 6 DN 150 PN 16/40 R 6 300 195
R 6 DN 200 PN 16 R 6 340 195
R 6 DN 200 PN 40 R 6 375 200
Thread-to-thread connection
L
BA
For connecting diferent thread types.
A szivattycsatlakozs
B termelcs-csatlakozs
Materials:
- DIN 1.4308
- DIN 1.4517
Type Pump
outlet
Connecting piece
Dimensions [mm]
A B L
SP 77
SP 95
Rp 5
R 5 Rp 4 R 5 Rp 4 121
R 5 Rp 6 R 5 Rp 6 150
NPT 5
NPT 5 NPT 4 NPT 5 NPT 4 121
SP 125
SP 160
SP 215
Rp 6 R 6 Rp 5 R 6 Rp 5 150
NPT 6 NPT 6 NPT 5 NPT 6 NPT 5 150
2.4-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Environmental pumps
Environmental concern
Concern for the environment is growing. Waste disposal and
treatment are being put into a legal framework.
Investment in environmental protection is on the increase and
many sectors are taking concrete steps to develop new solutions to
environmental problems.
To that end, Grundfos ofers a complete product range for applications
ranging from sampling to pumping of polluted drainage water.
Sources of pollution
Pollution of the groundwater and, thus, potential contamination of
the drinking water resources can be caused by one or more of the
following conditions:
leaking pipes, storage tanks and sewage systems
spills and leaks from tank lorries or wagons
foods, landslides, etc.
In these cases, the potential damage to the environment can be
minimized by pumping away the pollutants or the seepage water.
Industrial waste
Continuous and safe production in modern industry requires
regulated disposal of waste. In the past, undesirable by products
such as residual materials or substances that could not be used,
were often stored by companies on site. In the course of time, these
materials and substances were often forgotten and some of them
seeped into the ground.
Local authorities often have to deal with contaminated sites when
the companies responsible for the contamination no longer exist or
cannot aford the clean-up. Thanks to their high reliability and long
life, Grundfos pumps ofer a cost-efective solution.
Sampling
The new Grundfos pump range featuring heads up to 200 m and fow
rates up to 22 m
3
/h are suitable for sampling of seepage water and
groundwater. In addition to various geophysical methods, boreholes
can be drilled to determine the chemical nature of seepage water and
groundwater in order to determine how serious the contamination is.
The Grundfos pumps are lowered into the borehole to pump up water
for sampling. After the sampling, the pumps are pulled up again,
cleansed and lowered into the next hole. Alternatively, the pumps are
permanently installed in groundwater sampling wells for continuous
duty.
Industrial wastewater treatment
Many industries produce highly polluted efuent. The large factories
typically have their own treatment plants, the size and capacity of
which match the big city plants. Today not only industrial process
water but also cooling and surface water go through chemical and
physical purifcation in separate systems before being led into a water
treatment plant and then discharged or recycled into production.
Pumps are an important link between contaminated and re-usable
water. A number of environmental protection plants only exists
thanks to the development of special environmental pumps, such
as the costefective, maintenance-free and highly reliable Grundfos
MP 1, SQE-NE, SPA-NE and SP-NE range, based on up-to-date material
combinations.
Accessories
Fixing tape with buttons For max. 3" pipes
1 set for approximately 45m pipeline
L = 7,5 m
16 db buttons
Straining wire Straining wire for fxing the submersible pump.
Size: 0/5 mm max. load: 100 kg
0/5 mm max. load: 650 kg

Wire clamp For fxing the wire rope.
Size: for 2 and 5 mm cable
2 nuts should be used at one fxing point.
Centering unit For pump positioning during installation.
Up to 450 mm well diameter.
Material: stainless steel (DIN 1.4401 and 1.4571)
Motor
Well diameter
[mm]
4" (95 mm)
125190
200350
6" (135 mm)
175240
250400
8" (192 mm)
230290
300450
Thread-to-fange connection For pumps and pipes with diferent threads.
Materials:
- DIN 1.4308
- DIN 1.4517
Type Pump
outlet
Connecting piece
Dimensions [mm]
A F L
SP 17 Rp 2
R 2 DN 50 PN 16/40 R 2 165 170
R 2 DN 65 PN 16/40 R 2 185 170
R 2 DN 80 PN 16/40 R 2 200 170
SP 30 Rp 3
R 3 DN 65 PN 16/40 R 3 185 170
R 3 DN 80 PN 16/40 R 3 200 170
R 3 DN 100 PN 16/40 R 3 235 170
SP 46
SP 60
Rp 3
Rp 4
R 3 DN 65 PN 16 R 3 185 170
R 3 DN 80 PN 16 R 3 200 170
R 3 DN 100 PN 16 R 3 235 170
R 4 DN 100 PN 16 R 4 235 180
SP 77
SP 95
Rp 5
R 5 DN 100 PN 16/40 R 5 235 195
R 5 DN 125 PN 16/40 R 5 270 195
R 5 DN 150 PN 16/40 R 5 300 195
SP 125
SP 160
SP 215
Rp 6
R 6 DN 125 PN 16/40 R 6 270 195
R 6 DN 150 PN 16/40 R 6 300 195
R 6 DN 200 PN 16 R 6 340 195
R 6 DN 200 PN 40 R 6 375 200
Thread-to-thread connection
L
BA
For connecting diferent thread types.
A szivattycsatlakozs
B termelcs-csatlakozs
Materials:
- DIN 1.4308
- DIN 1.4517
Type Pump
outlet
Connecting piece
Dimensions [mm]
A B L
SP 77
SP 95
Rp 5
R 5 Rp 4 R 5 Rp 4 121
R 5 Rp 6 R 5 Rp 6 150
NPT 5
SP 125
SP 160
SP 215
Rp 6 R 6 Rp 5 R 6 Rp 5 150
NPT 6 NPT 6 NPT 5 NPT 6 NPT 5 150
MP 1, SQE-NE, SPA-NE and SP-NE pumps
2.4-2
General data
Environmental pumps
Performance range
1 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8 10 20
Q [m
3
/h]
10
20
40
60
80
100
200
H
[m]
100 100
200
300
400
600
800
1000 1000
2000
[kPa]
p
0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8
Q [l/s]
50 Hz
MP 1 SQE - NE SP-NE
SPA-NE
2.4-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Environmental pumps
Pump selection
data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue
on www.grundfos.com website, or can be also seen in separate
catalogue.
For further details, please contact Grundfos experts.
Installation
Information about the installation of the control units, electrical
connection systems, other information and ordering data, can be seen
on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on www.grundfos.
com website, in the Installation and operating instructions
documentation.
Technical dataM P 1S QE-NES PA-NE, SP-NE
Motor diameter 2" 3" 4"
0,11 2 and 5 317
Max. head [m]9 8 153 205
Motor power [kW]1 ,3 0,61,70 ,755,5
Voltage supply [V] 1220240 V 1200240 V
1220230/240 V
3200/220/380415/500525 V
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 50/60 50
Max. current [A] 5,5 11,2 13,0
Max. liquid temperature [C]3 54 04 0
Applications
Sampling
Remedial pumping
Withdrawal of contaminated/polluted
groundwater (from dumps, chemical
depots, etc.)
Pumping in water treatment systems

Pumping of industrial process wate r
Water quality monitoring
Mode of operation
Continuous
Intermittent
For further information about suitable pump types, see the following pages.
2.4-4
General data
Environmental pumps
MP 1
General data
The MP 1 is an electrically driven 2 submersible pump for purging
and sampling of contaminated/polluted groundwater.
The pump is driven via an adjustable MP 1 converter in the 50 to 400
Hz frequency range corresponding to a pump speed of max. 23,000
min
-1
and thus a nominal performance of 1 m
3
/h at 75 m head.
Performance range
0,0 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2,0 2,4
Q [m/h]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
H
[m]
0
200
400
600
800
1000
p
[kPa]
0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6
Q [l/s]
MP 1
ISO 9906 Annex A
400 Hz
300 Hz
200 Hz
100 Hz
2.4-5
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Environmental pumps
MP 1
Applications
The MP 1 is designed for the pumping of contaminated / polluted
groundwater for
purging
sampling
water quality monitoring.
The MP 1 has been specially developed for sampling, i.e. pumping of
small quantities of water to be sent to the laboratory for analysis in
order to establish
content of contaminants
concentration of contaminants
extension of contamination plume.
The MP 1 pump is made of inert materials, which do not afect the
pumped liquid and thus the analysis results.
The pump performance is adjusted by means of the converter which
controls the pump speed via the frequency. In this way a steady,
airfree water fow can be achieved.
The MP 1 ofers efcient purging of the well before sampling as a
high pump performance is achieved when the frequency is raised.
Maximum performance is at 400 Hz.
However, the pump must not pump more water than the well can
yield. Otherwise, the water table may fall to a level below the suction
interconnector and air will be sucked into the pump. Besides reducing
the cooling of the motor, this situation may damage the pump. In
order to avoid cleaning of the pump and possible crosscontamination,
i.e. transfer of contaminants from one well to another, dedicated
installation of the pump is recommended.
This also saves valuable time for the sampling technician as he
can quickly disconnect the converter and proceed to the next MP 1
installation. The submersible drop cable is connected to the converter
via a plug connection so that disconnection is possible without the
use of tools.
Pumped liquids
Contaminated/polluted groundwater, i.e. thin, nonexplosive liquids
without abrasive particles or fbres.
Liquid temperature: 0 C to +35 C during operation.
Maximum sand content: 50 g/m
3
.
A larger sand content will reduce the life of service parts
considerably.
Note: The MP 1 pump is not built for the pumping of concentrated
hydrocarbons, chemicals or explosive liquids. As the pump has not
been approved as explosion-proof, local authorities and regulations
should be consulted in case of doubt whether the MP1 pump may be
used.
If the density or the kinematic viscosity is higher than that of water, a
higher input power than the nominal power will be required, and the
maximum number of revolutions must therefore be reduced.
Overload protection
As the motor and converter have overload protection, the maximum
output at which the overload protection does not switch of can be
found through a trial-and-error procedure. Restart of the pump after
switch-of requires resetting of the converter on the start/stop switch
located on the front cover of the converter.
Product range
The MP 1 is available in one size for connection to a MP 1 converter and
for Rp pipe connection. The pump can be delivered from factory
with or without motor liquid (demineralized water). The pump is
ftted with various motor cable lengths, according to the table below.
Type key
MP 1
Monitor pump
Motor cable length [m]
Product number MP 1
incl. cable, connecting thread Rp "
Without motor liquid

10 96 06 53 94
20 96 06 53 95
30 96 06 53 96
40 96 06 53 97
50 96 06 53 98
60 96 06 53 99
70 96 06 54 00
80 96 06 54 01
90 96 06 54 02
DesignationP roduct number
MP 1 converter 96 76 59 42
MP 1 converter incl. cabinet 96 76 59 48
MP 1 converter incl.
2 m cable and schuko plug
96 83 52 07
MP 1 converter incl. cabinet,
2 m cable and schuko plug
96 82 47 21
2.4-6
Technical data
Environmental pumps
MP 1
Pos. Components Materials DIN
201a Pump housing Stainless steel 1.4401
232 Guide vane Stainless steel 1.4401
230 Intermediate ring Stainless steel 1.4401
285 Washer PTFE
213 Impeller Stainless steel 1.4401
207 Neck ring PTFE
215 Suction strainer Stainless steel 1.4401
214 Suction interconnector Stainless steel 1.4401
Pos. Components Materials DIN
2
Rotor
Magnetic PTFEcoated
steel sheets embedded
with aluminium
Shaft Stainless steel 1.4460
Radial bearing, rotating Tungsten carbide
2a
2b
Thrust washer PTFE
32 Seal ring FKM
12,
24,
74a
O-rings FKM
4,
5
Radial bearings
Stainless steel
Ceramics
1.4401
1
stationary Stainless steel
Stator Rotor can Stainless steel 1.4401
Stator housing Stainless steel 1.4401
73,
222
Screws Stainless steel 1.4401
20
Motor cable (41 mm
2
)
ETFE/FEP
Tefzel
Cable screws Stainless steel 1.4401
Washers PTFE/brass
Cable seal bushes FKM
Plug pins Goldplated brass
74
Filling screw
(for motor liquid)
Stainless steel 1.4460
24
32
4
20
73
2a
1
74a
12
2
2b
32
24
5
222
214
215
207
213
285
230
232
201a
9
0
M

M
a
d
e

in
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
74
P
1
:
1
3
0
0
W

U
:
3
x
2
2
0
V

I
m
a
x
:
5
.
5

4
0
0
H
z

n
:
2
2
8
0
0
R
P
M

I
P
5
8

T
m
a
x

A
M
B
:
3
5
C
U
S
A
2.4-7
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Environmental pumps
MP 1
MP 1
Power consumption: 1.3 kW
Voltage: 3 x 220 V, 400 Hz
Current: Max. 5.5 A
Motor protection: Built-in thermal switch.
Water temperature: 0 C to +35 C.
Continuous operation: Maximum 500 hours.
Pipe connection: Rp
Net weight (pump only): 2.5 kg.
MP 1 converter
Supply voltage: 1 x 220-240 V
15 %/+ 10 %, 50/60 Hz, PE
Minimum generator size: With voltage control:
2.5 kVA.
4.0 kVA (recommended
size).
Without voltage control:
5.0 kVA.
Rated current: 10 A
Power factor: 0.65
Connecting cable: 3 x 1.5 mm
2
3 m with plug
Output voltage: 3 x 25 V, 50 Hz to
3 x 210 V, 400 Hz
Motor protection: Built-in overcurrent
protective device,
set to 6.1 A.
Acceleration time: 0 to 400 Hz: Max. 6 sec.
Deceleration time: 400 to 0 Hz: Max. 6 sec.
Enclosure class: IP 65.
Ambient temperature
during operation: 10 C to 45 C.
Relative air humidity: Maximum 95 %.
Net weight: 7.7 kg.
Service
Only pumps that can be certifed as uncontaminated, i.e. pumps
containing no hazardous and/or toxic material, may be returned to
Grundfos for servicing.
To prevent injury to the health of persons involved and to the
environment, a document certifying that the pump is clean is
required.
Grundfos must receive this certifcate before the product. Otherwise
Grundfos will refuse to accept the product for servicing. Possible costs
of returning the product are paid by the customer.
45
2
8
7
Rp 3/4
MP 1 dimensions
MP 1 converter dimensions
2.4-8
Accessories
Environmental pumps
MP 1
Converter cabinet
Description Product number
Facilitates handling of the converter and protects it against sprinkles and splashes of
water. Enclosure class: IP 65.
96 76 59 41
Straining wire
Description Length [m] Product number
10 00 1A 50 51
20 00 1A 50 52
30 00 1A 50 53
40 00 1A 50 54
50 00 1A 50 55
60 00 1A 50 56
70 00 1A 50 57
80 00 1A 50 58
90 00 1A 50 59
Separate wire lock. 00 ID 57 46
Wire holder for straining wire
Description Connecting thread Product number
Rp 00 1A 00 18
2.4-9
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Environmental pumps
MP 1
Flexible hose
Description Length [m] Product number
Diameter: 18/13 mm.
Material: PTFE transparent.
Pressure: Max. 10 bar.
10 1A 00 81
20 1A 00 82
30 1A 00 83
40 1A 00 84
50 1A 00 85
60 1A 00 86
70 1A 00 87
80 1A 00 88
90 1A 00 89
Description Connecting thread Product number
Rp 1A 50 30
Flow sleeve
Description Product number
1A 10 84 05
2.4-10
General data
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
General description
The SQE-NE pump is suitable for use with slightly aggressive liquids
such as contaminated groundwater and groundwater containing
hydrogen carbonate.
Performance range
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Q [m/h]
10
20
40
60
80
100
200
H
[m]
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
Q [l/s]
100 100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 1000
2000
[kPa]
p
SQE - NE
ISO 9906 Annex A
S
Q
E

5
-
N
E
S
Q
E

2
-
N
E
2.4-11
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Operating range
Flow: 0.3 to 7.5 m
3
/h
Head: Max. 153 m.
(For more details see page 2.4-12)
Pumped liquids
The SQE-NE pump is suitable for use with slightly aggressive liquids
such as contaminated groundwater and groundwater containing
hydrogen carbonate.
SQE-NE pumps can pump liquids with a sand content of up to 50 g/
m
3
. A higher content of sand will reduce the pump life.
Applications
SQE-NE pumps are suitable for the following applications
sampling
remedial pumping
withdrawal of contaminated water at
- dumps
- chemical depots
- industrial sites
- garages and flling stations
pumping in water treatment systems
pumping of industrial process water
water quality monitoring.
SQE-NE pumps are built for both continuous and intermittent
operation.
Note: For other applications, please contact Grundfos.
Pump
High pump efciency
The hydraulic pump components are PVDF CN-Freinforced with
10 % carbon fbre. The hydraulic design gives high pump efciency
meaning low energy consumption and therefore low energy costs.
Wear resistance
The SQE-NE pump design features impellers which are not fastened
to the shaft (foating). Each impeller has its own tungsten-carbide/
ceramic bearing. The design and materials chosen ensure high wear
resistance to sand for long product life.
Protection against upthrust
Starting up a pump with a very low counter-pressure involves the
risk of the entire impeller stack being lifted also called upthrust.
Upthrust may cause breakdown of both pump and motor. The MSE
3-NE is ftted with a top bearing protecting both pump and motor
against upthrust and thus preventing breakdown during the critical
start-up phase.
Motor
The submersible SQE-NE pump is ftted with a singlephase Grundfos
MSE 3-NE motor, which is available in three sizes with a maximum
power P2 of 1.7 kW.
Excellent starting capabilities
The integrated electronic unit of the MSE 3-NE motors features soft
starting. Soft start reduces the starting current and thus gives the
pump a smooth and steady acceleration.
The soft starter minimises the risk of pump wear and prevents
overloading of the mains during start-up.
The excellent starting capabilities are a result of the high locked-rotor
torque of the permanent-magnet motor together with the few pump
stages. The high tarting reliability also applies in case of low voltage
supply.
Overvoltage and undervoltage protection
Overvoltage and undervoltage may occur in case of unstable voltage
supply. The integrated protection of the MSE 3-NE motors protects
the motor in case the voltage falls outside the permissible voltage
range. The pump will be cut out if the voltage falls below 150 V or
rises above 280 V. The motor is automatically cut in again when the
voltage is again within the permissible voltage range. Therefore, no
extra protection relay is needed.
Overload protection
Exposure of the pump to heavy load causes the current consumption
to rise. The motor will automatically compensate for this by reducing
the speed to 3000 rpm. Further overload will lead to stop.
The same applies if the rotor is being prevented from rotating.
This will automatically be detected and the power supply cut out.
Consequently, no extra motor protection is required.
Overtemperature protection
A permanent-magnet motor gives of very little heat to its
surroundings. In combination with an efcient internal circulation
system providing cooling of the rotor, stator and bearings, this
ensures optimum operating conditions for the motor.
As extra protection, the electronic unit has a built-in temperature
sensor. When the temperature rises too high, the motor is cut out.
When the temperature has dropped, the motor is automatically cut
in again.
Variable speed
The SQE-NE pump features variable speed which is ofered through
frequency control. Consequently the pump can be set to operate
in any duty point in the range between the min. and max. pump
performance curves. The SQE-NE pump features communication with
the Grundfos CU 300 control unit, which can be operated with the
Grundfos R100 remote control. The SQE-NE pump can also operate
without the CU 300. (see pages 2.4-14 2.4-19). For the calculation
of pump speed, the PC tool SQE speed calculation is available on
CD-ROM as an accessory.
Installation
The SQE-NE pump is suitable for vertical and horizontal installation
or any position inbetween. For horizontal installation a fow sleeve
is recommended. An electric supply cable with plug is available on
request (up to 80 m).
Type key
Example SQ E 2 -50 NE
Pump range
E = Electronic control and communication
Material code:
N = Stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4401
E = Environmental.
(The pump is suitable for pumping of polluted liquids)
Pump and motor range
Product Description Material
SQE-NE
pump
2 and 5 m
3
/h
Stainless steel
DIN 1.4401, AISI 316
Seals: FKM(viton)

MSE 3-NE
motor
Single-phase
0,1 0,63 kW
0,71,05 kW
1,11,73 KW
Stainless steel
DIN 1.4401, AISI 316
Seals: FKM(viton)

Pipe connection
Pump type Threaded connection
SQE 2-NE Rp 1
SQE 5-NE Rp 1
2.4-12
Technical data
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
SQE-NE pump
Mains supply to pump 1220240 V -10%/+6%, 50/60 Hz, PE
Starting Soft starting.
Stopping Soft stopping when stopped via the CU 300.
Run-up time Maximum: 3 sec
No limitation to the number of starts/stops per hour .
Motor protection Built into the pump. Protection against:
- Dry running
- Overvoltage and undervoltage; the motor cuts out below 150 V and above 280 V
- Overload
- Overtemperature
Sound pressure level The sound pressure level is lower than the limiting values stated in the EEC Machinery Directive.
Radio noise The SQE-NE complies with the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC.
Standards: EN 50081-1 and 50082-2.
Reset function SQE-NE pumps can be reset via the CU 300 (possibly with the R100) .
Power factor PF = 1
Operation via generator It is recommended that the generator output is equal to the motor input power P
1
[kW] plus 50 %; min. P
1
+1
10 %, however.
Earth-leakage circuit breaker If the pump is connected to an electric installation where an earth-leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) is used
as an additional protection, this circuit breaker must trip out when earth fault currents with pulsating DC c content occur.
Pipe connection SQE 2-NE: Rp 1
SQE 2-NE: Rp 1
Borehole diameter Minimum: 76 mm.
Installation depth
NPSH Maximum 8 m.
Strainer Holes in the strainer: 2,3 mm
Liquid temperature Max. 30 C: Flow velocity past the motor, 0.0 m/s (free convection) .
Max. 40 C: Flow velocity past the motor, min. 0.15 m/s.
Pumped liquids pH: 213
Sand content: Maximum 50 g/m
3
. A larger sand content will considerably reduce the life of service parts.
CU 300 control unit
Supply voltage 1220240 V -10%/+6%, 50/60 Hz, PE
Power consumption 5 W
Current consumption Maximum 130 mA
Enclosure class IP 55
Ambient temperature In operation: 30 C to +50 C
In store: 30 C to +60 C
Relative air humidity Maximum 95%
Pump cable Maximum cable length between CU 300 and pump: 200 m
Back-up fuse Maximum 16 A
Radio noise The CU 300 complies with the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC.
Standards: EN 55 014 and 55014-2.
Marking CE
Sensor input 020 mA
420 mA
010 VDC
210 VDC
Load Maximum 100 mA
2.4-13
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Communication
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
CU 300 control unit
The CU 300 is a control and communication unit specially developed
for the SQE-NE submersible pumps.
The CU 300 control unit provides
easy adjustment to a specifc borehole
full control of the SQE-NE pumps
two-way communication with the SQE-NE pumps
alarm indication of pump operation by diodes on the front
the possibility of starting, stopping and resetting the pump simply
by means of a push-button.
The CU 300 communicates with the pump via the power supply cable.
This is called mains-borne signalling or power line communication.
Using this concept means that no extra cables between the CU 300
and the pump are required.
The following alarms can be indicated by the CU 300:
No contact
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Dry running
Speed reduction
Overtemperature
Overload
Sensor alarm.
The CU 300 incorporates
external signal input for two analog sensors and one digital sensor
relay output for external alarm indication
control according to the signals received, e.g. concerning fow,
pressure, water level and conductivity.
Furthermore, the CU 300 ofers the possibility of remote control.
R100 remote control
Wireless infrared remote control of the CU 300 is possible with
the R100. With the R100 it is possible to monitor and change the
operating parameters like:
power autput
RPM
energy consumption, etc.
The R100 is a strong tool in case fault fnding is required.
More information about CU 300 control unit and R100 remote control
are available on WinCAPS CD or on WebCaps database on www.
grundfos.com.

LED alarm
inication
IR communication
Extra cable entries
Sensor entry
Submersible drop
cable entry
Power supply
entry
Fieldbus entry
232 114
1
9
5
Dimensions stated in mm
2.4-14
Examples of applications
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Function and benets
The SQE-NE pump is ideally suited for the sampling of water as the
pump materials are resistant to aqueous solutions of chemicals, oils,
etc.
Prior to sampling, the well must be purged several times at high pump
speed to make sure that the sample is representative. Subsequently
the sample must be taken at low pump speed in order not to afect
the quality of the water and to avoid degassing.
2.4-15
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Dewatering system
Function and benets
The dewatering system is ideal in applications where the pump often
runs dry, e.g. in boreholes with a low yield or in boreholes where the
water table should be lowered, e.g. in a building site.
Air entering the pump together with water due to a drop in the water
level causes the motor load and,
consequently, the pump power input to decrease.
If the pump power input falls below a minimum power limit set via
the R100, the pump stops.
The pump setting can be made in a workshop by means of a CU 300,
and subsequently the pump can be installed in the borehole. If the
setting is made in this way, it is not necessary to include the CU 300
in the application below.
2.4-16
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Maintaining a constant water table
Functioning and benets
The water table can be maintained at a constant level by adjusting
the pump performance. For example, maintaining a constant water
table is useful when the groundwater should be kept out of a building
site or when salt water should be kept from penetrating a borehole
containing potable water.
The example shows how to maintain a constant water table by
adjusting the pump performance. At low or no fow and thereby low
performance, the fowmeter ensures that the pump stops in order to
avoid overheating of the motor.
Sensors
Level D escription Reaction
Level sensor (pos. 11)
Warning (max.) Alarm relay operates.
Desired level The water level that should be maintained.
Warning (max.)
Too high water level.
Possible cause:
Too high pump capacity
Alarm relay operates.
2.4-17
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Remedial pumping with water quality monitoring
Function and benets
By means of sensor communication, it is possible to carry out remedial
pumping of liquids such as watersoluble chemicals, oils, etc.
Remedial pumping is carried out, for example, in connection with the
treatment of the groundwater surrounding a dump. The process can
involve both recovery and treatment by separating the chemicals or
oil from the recovered water. Subsequently the water is led back into
the ground..
Sensors
Level Description Reaction
Level sensor in borehole (pos. 11)
Warning
(top)
Alarm relay
operates.
Max. (start)
When the water reaches this
level, the pump starts.
Green indicator light
constantly on.
Min. (stop)
level, the pump stops.
Warning
(bottom)
Too low water level in borehole
Possible cause:
Pumping in adjacent boreholes.
Alarm relay
operates.
pH sensor on ground (pos. 33)
Warning
The pH value is close to the
maximum value allowed.
Alarm relay
operates.
Alarm
The pH value has reached the
maximum value allowed.
The pump stops.
The indicator light
sensor alarm is on.
2.4-18
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Pumping from tank to tank
Function and benets
CU 300 control unit receives the signal from the two level sensors.
The water level in the tanks is kept between the max. and min levels
by modifying the motors power output.
Sensors
Level Description Reaction
Level sensor in the tank above (pos. 11)
Max. (stop)
When the water
reaches this

Min. (start)
When the water
reaches this

Level sensor in the tank below (pos. 11)
Max. (start)
When the water
reaches this
Min. (stop)

2.4-19
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Filling or emptying tanks
Filling a tank from a well or discharging a surface bufer tank, is
technically a similar task. During flling the CU 300 controll unit
recieves sgnals from the two sensors. Keeping the water level
between min. and max. levels, as well as setting alerts for a water
level sensor you can prevent the drawdown. To ensure proper motor
cooling a fow sleeve should be placed and fxed to the bottom of the
tank.
2.4-20
Accessories
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Product Description Version Product number
Straining wire
Secures the submersible pump during installation.
When ordering please state length [mm].
Diameter: 2 mm
Admissible load: 100 kg
Stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4401.
00 ID 89 57
Wire clamp
Two clamps per loop. Stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4401. 00 ID 89 60
CU 300, control unit
CU 300 control unit provides full control of the SQE-NE pump. 96 42 27 75
(English)
R100 remote control
The R100 is used for wireless communication with CU 300.
Communication takes place by means of infrared light.
96 61 52 97
Flow sleeve, accessories
To ensure right cooling of the motor when mounted
vertically and horizontally
Stainless steel
DIN 1.4301*

Flow sleeve 91 07 19 33
Strainer 91 07 19 34
Clamps 91 07 19 35
*
550 50
8
8
650 100
50 210
250
m
a
x
.

1
0
0
9
0
2.4-21
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Environmental pumps
SQE-NE
Product Description Version Product number
Potentiometer
External potentiometer with cabinet
for wall mounting.
Grundfos potentiometer, SPP1.
00 ID 89 57
Cable
Pump cable with special connector
The pump cable must be ordered separatel y
Material:
Cable:

Clamps:
- Stainless steel
(DIN 1.4401)
Seals:
- FKM (viton)
Length
[m]
1,5 97 77 82 80
7,5 97 77 82 81
15 97 77 82 82
23 97 77 82 83
31 97 77 82 84
38 97 77 82 85
46 97 77 82 86
53 97 77 82 87
61 97 77 82 88
69 97 77 82 89
76 97 77 82 90
91 97 77 82 92
99 97 77 82 93
PC Tool
SQE Speed Calculation
SQE speed calculation program
(Windows 95) CD-ROM
The program includes:
- Operating manual
96 47 82 66
Sensors
Sensors Supplier Type Measuring range Product number
Level sensor, including 30 m cable * JUMO 4390-242 02,5 bar 96 03 74 89
Level sensor, including 65 m cable * JUMO 4390-242 06 bar 96 03 74 90
Level sensor, including 105 m cable * JUMO 4390-242 010 bar 96 03 74 91
Pressure switch C ondor mdr 21/6 16 bar 00 ID 64 62
Flow switch unit (SQE 2) Grundfos mdr 21/6 1" 05 m
3
/h 96 03 73 32
Flow switch unit (SQE 5) Grundfos FS 200 57 m
3
/h 96 03 75 59
Flow meter (pulsating) 1 l/pulse B dr. Dahl QN 2.5 05 m
3
/h 96 03 74 92
Flow meter (pulsating) 2.5 l/pulse B dr. Dahl QN 6 012 m
3
/h 96 03 75 83
Flow meter (pulsating 5 l/pulse B dr. Dahl QN 10 020 m
3
/h 96 03 75 84
Pressure sensor kit for CU 300 incl. 2 m cable Danfoss MBS 3000
04 bar 00 40 51 60
06 bar 00 40 51 61
* Made of PE, the cable is only suitable for short time use in pumped liquids containing organic solvents.
2.4-22
General description
Specially designed for environmental protection, the submersible SP
Environmental pumps (SPA-NE, SP-NE) are resistant to chemical and
oily solutions in water. The pumps are built for the withdrawal of
contaminated/polluted groundwater.
General data
Environmental pumps
SP A-NE
Preformance range
1 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8 10 20
Q [m/h]
10
20
40
60
80
100
200
H
[m]
100 100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000 1000
2000
[kPa]
p
0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8
Q [l/s]
SPA-NE, SP-NE
ISO 9906 Annex A
S
P

1
7
-
N
E
S
P

3
A
-
N
E
S
P

5
A
-
N
E
S
P

8
A
-
N
E
2.4-23
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Flow: 0.1-22 m3/h
Head: Max. 200 m
Operating pressure: Max. 6.0 MPa (60 bar)
Max. transportation and
storage temperature: 20 C to +60 C
Pumped liquids
The submersible SP Environmental pumps (SPA-NE, SP-NE) are
resistant to chemical and oily solutions in water. Thin, non-explosive
liquids without abrasive particles or fbres. Maximum sand content:
50 g/m3.
Note: As the SP Environmental pump has not been approved as
explosion-proof, local authorities and regulations should be consulted
in cases where there is any doubt whether the SP Environmental
pump may be used.
Applications
Abandoned chemical waste depots as well as ordinary refuse dumps
constitute an increasing threat to the worlds groundwater resources.
When laboratory analyses of water samples have revealed the
contamination, diferent methods can be applied:
The contaminated/polluted groundwater can be pumped to the
surface of the ground and treated in various processes.
The fow direction of the contaminant can be changed so that it
does not fow towards a production well but towards a special
extraction from where it can be withdrawn.
In case the contaminant is hydrocarbon which is lighter than water
and thus foats on top of the water, a local cone of depression can
be established around the well into which the contaminant will
fow and be accumulated. From such a cone of depression the
contaminant can easily be recovered.
As they are made of inert materials, the SP Environmental pumps are
also suitable for the following applications:
sampling and monitoring
pumping in water treatment systems
pumping of industrial process water.
withdrawal of contaminated/polluted groundwater from places
such as:
- dumps
- chemical depots
- industrial sites
- garages and flling stations.
SP Environmental pumps are built for both continuous and
intermittent operations.
Multistage, centrifugal pump with radial impellers directly coupled
to a Grundfos submersible motor. The pump is made of stainless
steel and has waterlubricated, FKM-rubber bearings. All bearings are
lubricated by the pumped liquid. The channels formed by the internal
square along the shaft allow sand to be carried away by the pumped
liquid.
The Grundfos SPA-NE, SP-NE pumps have protection against upthrust
and are ftted with a priming disc, that prevents dry running as the
priming disc ensures lubrication of pump bearings during operation.
(see page 2.3-3.). More information about performance curves can be
seen on page 2.3-7.
Motor
The 2-pole, asynchronous, squirrel-cage MS 4000 RE motor of the
canned type with journal bearings is made entirely of stainless steel.
Ceramic shaft seals are resistant to oils and chemicals.
Electric tolerances comply with VDE 0530.
All motors have a diameter of 95 mm.
Type designation for RE means:
R = The motor is suitable for aggressive and slightly contaminated/
polluted liquids, including liquids containing oils. Materials in
stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4539.
E = Suitable for contaminated/polluted liquids (Environmental)
Insulation class: F.
Enclosure class: IP 58.
Standard voltages: 1 x 220-230 V, 50 Hz
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz
SA-SPM control boxes are used as starting units for single-phase,
3-wire motors, types MS 402B and MS 4000 for more details see
Accessories pages.
Motor cable
The motor cable is enclosed in PTFE and is one long Cable (10-120m)
without joints for increased cable life.
Motor protection
Accessories for protection against overtemperature are available for
the MS 4000 submersible motors, for more details see Accessories
pages.
Technical data
Environmental pumps
SP A-NE
Type key
Example SP 5 A -12 N E
Pump range
Generation
Number of stages
N = Stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4401
E = Environmental. The pump is suitable for pumping of polluted
liquids.
Pump
Pump type Pump diameter
[mm]
Pipe connection
SP 3A-NE 101 R p 1
SP 5A-NE 101 R p 1
SP 8A-NE 101 R p 2
SP 17-NE 131 R p 2
Fluid temperature
Motor
Max. temperature of pumped liqui d
Flow velocity
past motor
VerticalH orizontal
MS 4000 RE 0,00 m/s 20 C
Flow sleeve
recommended
MS 4000 RE 0,15 m/s 40 C 40 C
2.5-1
General data
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
Flow: Max.30 m
3
/h (CM)
Max.36 m
3
/h (CME)
Head: Max. 130 m (CM)
Max. 120 m (CME)
Liquid temperature: 20 C to +120 C
Ambient temperature: Max +55C
Operating pressure: 10 bar *
* depends on type and liquid (see tables)
Applications
The pumps are suitable for a wide diversity of pumping systems
where the performance and material of the pump must meet specifc
demands.
Some of the most typical applications are mentioned below:
washing and cleaning
water treatment
temperature control
pressure boosting
swimming baths
degreasing and washing of production equipment in industrial
environments such as the food and beverage industry
Pumped liquids
We recommend CM, CME pumps for thin, clean and non-explosive
liquids not containing solid particles or fbres. For more information,
please contact Grundfos.
Construction
Pump and motor are integrated in a compact and user-friendly
design. The pump is ftted to a low-profle base plate, making it ideal
for installation in systems where compactness is important.
The modular construction of the CM and CME pumps makes it easy to
create many diferent variants based on standard factory parts. This
means that it is possible to create pump variants that are customised
for the application in question.
The CM and CME pumps are non-self-priming, horizontal, multistage
centrifugal pumps. The pumps have axial suction port and radial
discharge port and are mounted on a base plate. All movable parts
are made of stainless steel. The pumps are available with mains-
operated motors (CM pumps) and electronically speed-controlled
motors (CME pumps).
All pumps incorporate a maintenance-free mechanical O-ring shaft
seal with fxed driver.
Materials:
A = cast iron (EN-GJL 200)*
I : stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
G : stainless steel (EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
* the impellers and the chambers are from stainless steel (EN 1.4301/
AISI 304), the shaft is from stainless steel (EN 1.4057/AISI 431).
Minimum ow
Ambient temperature
The maximum ambient temperature depends on the liquid
temperature. The table below shows within which temperature
ranges the CM and CME pumps should be used.
CMEI/G CMA
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
t [C]
0
10
20
30
Q
mi n
[%]
Maximum ambient temperature Liquid temperature
+55 C
1)
+90 C
+50 C
1)
+100 C
2)
+45 C
1)
+110 C
2)
+40 C +120 C
2)
1)
The maximum permissible ambient temperature for CME pumps is +40 C.
2)
The maximum permissible liquid temperature for CM and CME is +90 C .
Advantages

Compact design
Easy installation
Small dimensions

Easy to use
wide range of pumps and materials
wide range of motors

High reliability
high quality seals

advanced hydraulic design

High corrosion resistance
stainless steel materials
cast iron parts with cataphoresis coating
2.5-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
General data
If the ambient temperature for CM pumps exceeds 55 C (for
CME 40C), the motor must not be fully loaded due to the risk of
overheating. In such cases, it may be necessary to derate the motor
output or use an oversize motor with higher rated output.
Motor
CM and CME pumps are ftted with totally enclosed, fan-cooled, 2-pole
motors with principal dimensions to EN 50347. Electrical tolerances
comply with EN 60034.
Single-phase CME pumps are available from 0.37 to 1.5 kW.
Three-phase CME pumps are available from 0.37 to 7.5 kW.
The motor performance range can be seen on pages 2.5-5 - 6, other
electrical data can be seen on page 2.5-7.
Motor protection
Mains-operated motors (CM)
-single-phase motors have built-in current- and temperature-
dependent motor protection in accordance with (IEC 60034-11:
TP 211)
-Three-phase motors up to 3 kW have built-in thermistors DIN
44082 (IEC 34-11: TP 211)
Electronically speed-controlled motors (CME) CME pumps require no
external motor protection.
All three-phase motors can be connected to a frequency converter.
Depending on the frequency converter type, this may cause increased
acoustic noise from the motor. Furthermore, it may cause the motor
to be exposed to detrimental voltage peaks. As standard MG 71- and
MG 80-based motors have no phase insulation and must therefore
be protected against voltage peaks higher than 650 V (peak value)
between the supply terminals. MG 71- and MG 80-based motors with
phase insulation are available on request. The above disturbances,
i.e. both increased acoustic noise and detrimental voltage peaks, can
be eliminated by ftting an LC flter between the frequency converter
and the motor. For further information, please contact the frequency
converter supplier or Grundfos.
Pump connections
Thread: internal thread (Rp)
Flange: DIN, ANSI, JIS
Victaulic coupling
Tri-Clamp
Installation of pump
The pump must be installed on a plane surface and fxed so that it
cannot be displaced during startup and operation. The pump must
be installed so that air locks are avoided in the pump housing and
pipework.
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
[%]
P
2
t [C]
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
CME
CM
Electrical data
Insulation class F
Supply voltages
(tolerance 10%)
CM
1220240 V, 50 Hz
3220240/380415 V, 50 Hz
CME
1200240 V, 50/60 Hz
3380480 V, 50/60 Hz
Maximum operating pressure and permissible liquid
temperature
Material variant
Shaft
Seal
Permissible liqui d
temperature
1)
Maximum operating
pressure
Cast iron
(EN-GJL-200)
AVBx
-20 C +40 C
+41 C +90 C
10 bar
6 bar
AQQx- 20 C +90 C 10 bar
Stainless steel
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304
AVBx
-20 C +40 C
+41 C +90 C
10 bar
6 bar
AQQx
-20 C
3)
+90 C
+91 C +120 C
2)
16 bar
10 bar
Stainless steel
(EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
AVBx
-20 C +40 C
+41 C +90 C
10 bar 6 bar
AQQx
-20 C
3)
+90 C
+91 C +120 C
2)
16 bar 10 bar
1)
At liquid temperatures below 0 C, higher motor outputs may be needed due
to increased viscosity, for instance if glycol has been added to the water.
2)
120 C applies only if the pump has an AQQE/AQBE shaft seal.
3)
CM-I, -G and CME-I, -G pumps for liquid temperatures below
-20 C are available on request. Please contact Grundfos.
Liquid temperature range
O-ring material/liqui dP ermissible liquid temperatur e
EPDM- 20 C +120 C
FFKM -20 C +120 C
FKM / liquids containing water- 20 C +90 C
FKM / oil without water 0 C +120 C
Operating range of the shaft seal
* Antifreeze should be added at liquid temperatures below 0 C.
** CM and CME pumps for liquid temperatures below -20 C are
available on request. Please contact Grundfos.
*** AQQV/AQBV above +90 C only in media not containing water.
**
AVBE AQQV
AVBV AQQK
AQQE
16
10
6
2
-30* -20* 0* +40 +90 +120
t [C]
p [bar]
AQQE
AQQV
AQQE
AQQV
AQQK
AVBE
AVBV
AQQE
AQQV
AQQE
AQQV***
AQQK
AVBE
AVBV
AQQE
AQQV
AQQK
2.5-3
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
General data
Performance range - CM, 50Hz
Performance range - CME, 50/60Hz
CM
50 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
CM
5060 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
2.5-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
Installation
connection systems, other information and ordering data, can be seen
documentation.
Detailed information
catalogue.
Factory accessories can be seen on the following pages.
Example CME 10 -8 A -R -A -E - A V B E X- X- X- X
Type range
CM: Centrifugal Modular
CME: Centrifugal Modular with integrated
frequency converter
Sensor
N: No sensor
Mains plug
A: Prepared for cable glands
B: Harting plug
C: With cable
[m
3
/h]
Number of impellers
Pump version
A: Basic version
B:
E:
N: CME pump with pressure sensor
P:
T:
BE:
BN: CME pump with oversize motor with pressure sensor
EN:
EP:
ET:
EX:
NP: CME pump with undersize motor with pressure sensor
NT: CME pump with double-oversize motor with pressure sensor
X: Special pump
Motor information
A: Standard motor (IP55)
B: Phase-insulated motor for use with
frequency converter
C: Condensing environments
D: Pt100 in stator
E: Angular contact bearing
F: Motor heater
G: Three-phase motor with overload protection
Supply voltage
C: 1220240 V, 50 Hz
F: 3220240/380415 V, 50 Hz
K: 1200240 V, MGE motor
L: 3380480 V, MGE motor
X: Other voltage
Material of secondary seal
E: EPDM (ethylene propylene)
K:
V:
Material of stationary seal face
B: Carbon, resin-impregnated
Q: Silicon carbide (SIC) Pipe connection
C: Tri-Clamp
F:
P: Victaulic coupling
R: Whitworth thread Rp (ISO 7/1)
Material of rotating seal face
Q: Silicon carbide (SIC)
V: Aluminium oxide (Al
2
O
3
)
Materials in contact with pump media
A: Suction and discharge parts EN-GJL-200
Pump shaft EN 1.4057/AISI 431
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4301/AISI 304
G: Sleeve EN 1.4401/AISI 316
I: Sleeve EN 1.4301/AISI 304
X: Special version
Shaft seal type
A:
Rubber parts in pump (excluding neck ring and shaft seal)
E: EPDM (ethylene propylene)
K:
V:
Note: Gaskets between chambers of cast-iron versions are always made of
Tesnit BA-U.
Note: The type key cannot be used for ordering as not all
combinations are possible.
2.5-5
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
General data
2.5-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
2.5-7
Electrical data
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
Mains-operated motor
1220240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)
Frame sizes
P
2

[kW]
I
1/1

[A]
cos
1/1
I
start
Rpm
[min
-1
]
71 0,30 2,2 2,5 0,95 0,86 7,5 8,5 28002830
71 0,50 3,4 3,0 0,97 0,99 18,0 15,9 27302740
80 0,67 4,4 4,0 0,99 0,99 17,2 15,6 27202800
80 0,90 5,0 5,4 0,98 0,98 21,5 23,3 27502790
90 1,30 8,4 9,4 0,98 0,98 28,6 32,0 27102710
90 1,70 11,0 11,8 0,99 0,98 40,7 43,7 27552770
3220240 V/380415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage: F)
Frame sizes
P
2

[kW]
I
1/1

[A]
cos
1/1
I
start
Rpm
[min
-1
]
71 0,45 2,22,0/1,21,0 0,830,75 10,810,6/5,95,3 27702820
71 0,65 2,83,1/1,661,76 0,820,72 16,219,2/9,610,9 28002820
80 0,84 4,053,3/2,101,9 0,860,78 23,520,5/12,211,8 27502810
80 1,20 4,85,25/2,803,1 0,820,71 27,833,1/16,219,5 28002840
90 1,58 6,25,90/3,503,3 0,880,80 39,140,7/22,122,8 28402880
90 2,20 8,958,20/5,154,7 0,900,84 62,762,3/36,135,7 28302880
100 3,20 11,811,0/6,756,4 0,870,79 94,496,8/54,056,3 29002920
100 4,00 14,013,2/8,207,8 0,870,84 119,0125,4/69,774,1 29002920
132 5,80 20,419,0/11,811,0 0,890,84 181,6184,3/105,0106,7 29002980
132 7,40 27,025,5/15,614,8 0,870,79 245,7252,5/142,0146,5 29002920
Electronically speed-controlled motor
1200240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage: K)
Frame sizes
P
2
[kW]
I
1/1

[A]
cos
1/1
71 0,55 4,13,4 0,97
80 1,10 7,86,6 0,97
3380480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage: L)
Frame sizes
P
2
[kW]
I
1/1

[A]
cos
1/1
90
1,5 3,32,7 0,91
2,2 4,63,8 0,92
110 3,0 6,25,0 0,94
112 4,0 8,16,6 0,94
132 5,5 11,08,8 0,94
132 7,5 15,012,0 0,94
Note:
For data about electrically operated motors and accessories contact Grundfos
2.5-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control of E-pumps
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
Speed control of CME pumps
Normally, CME pumps are used in applications characterised by a
variable fow. Consequently, it is not possible to select a pump that
is constantly operating at its optimum efciency. In order to achieve
optimum operating economy, the duty point should be close to the
optimum efciency (eta) for most operating hours.
Between the min. and max. performance curves, CME pumps have an
infnite number of performance curves, each representing a specifc
speed. It may therefore not be possible to select a duty point close to
the max. curve.
Remote management
Grundfos ofers a wide range of supervision and management
systems, more information about these systems can be seen in
chapter 6.
Control system connections
For more information about control engineering connections for
electrically controlled motors contact Grundfos.
Communication with CME pumps
Control panel
The Grundfos Eye at the top of the control panel is a pump status
indicator light providing information about the pump operating
status. Less or more advanced control panels are available on
request.
IR-communication
The Grundfos R100 remote control is designed for wireless IR
communication with Grundfos products.The R100 remote control
ofers the advantage of additional setting options, and displaying
additional information.
Central building management system
The operator can communicate with a CME pump at a distance.
Communication can take place via a central building management
system allowing the operator to monitor and change control modes
and set point settings. The communication interface between
the CME pump and central building management systems varies,
depending on pump size.
Notes: Further information on Grundfos control systems and
accessories can be seen in chapter 6. of this catalogue.
0 Q [m/h]
0
H
[m]
Max.
Min.
LON, PROFIBUS, Modbus, Grundfos GRM or
BACnet
CIU 100: LON
CIU 150: POFIBUS DP
CIU 200: Modbous RTU
CIU 270: Grundfos GRM
CIU 300: BACnet MS/TP
2.5-9
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
Accessories
Pipework connections
Distance piece
The distance piece is intended for mounting on the discharge port in order to improve the accessibility when connecting the pump to the
piping system. The distance piece is made of brass.
Distance piece Pump type Pipework connection Pump thread Product number
CM 1
CM 3
CM 5
1" Rp (inner) 96 58 72 01
Flange sets for CM(E) (DIN/ANSI/JIS )
All materials in contact with the pumped liquids are made of stainless steel EN 1.4408/AISI 316.
Flange Pump type
Pipework
connection
Pump
thread
L* [mm]
Product
number
Flange mounted
on pump inlet
Flange mounted
on pump outlet
CM 1
CM 3
DN 32 Rp (inner) 49,0 78,0
96 90 46 93
CM 5 96 90 46 96
CM 10 DN 40 Rp (inner) 44,0 68,0 96 90 46 99
CM 15
CM 25
DN 50 Rp (inner) 48,0 68,0 96 90 47 02
2.5-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Horizontal pumps
CM, CME
Accessories
Victaulic connections for CM(E)
Victaulic connection Pump type
Pump
Thread
D [mm] L* [mm]
Product
number
CM 1
CM 3
Rp
(inner)
33,7 48,5 96 90 46 94
CM 5
Rp
(inner)
33,7/42,4 48,5 96 90 46 97
CM 10
Rp
(inner)
48,3 48,5 96 90 47 00
CM 15
CM 25
Rp
(inner)
60,30 ,1 96 90 47 03
* Length from outer edge of connection to pump suction or discharge port.
Coupling, pipe stub and gasket for Victaulic connections
Parts in contact with the pumped liquid are made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316, and rubber .
A Victaulic coupling set consists of two coupling halves (Victaulic, type 77), one gasket, one pipe stub (for welding or
threaded), bolts and nuts.
Coupling and pipe stub Pump type Pipe stub
Pipework
connection
Rubber parts
Number of
coupling sets
required
Product
number
CM(E) 1
CM(E) 3
CM(E) 5*
Threaded R 1
EPDM2 97 57 52 45
FKM 2 97 57 52 46
For welding DN 25
EPDM2 97 57 52 47
FKM 2 97 57 52 48
CM(E) 5**
Threaded R 1
EPDM1 00 41 99 11
FKM 1 00 41 99 05
For welding DN 32
EPDM1 00 41 99 12
FKM 1 00 41 99 04
CM(E) 10
Threaded R 1
EPDM2 97 57 52 49
FKM 2 97 57 52 50
For welding DN 40
EPDM2 97 57 52 51
FKM 2 97 57 52 52
CM(E) 15
CM(E) 25
Threaded R 2
EPDM2 00 33 99 11
FKM 2 00 33 99 18
For welding DN 50
EPDM2 00 33 99 10
FKM 2 00 33 99 17
* For discharge port. Note: Only one coupling set is required for the discharge port.
** For suction port.
2.6-1
General data
Vertical pumps
Flow: Max.180 m
3
/h
Head: Max. 330 m
(high pressure sireies:max.470m)
Liquid temperature: -20/ 30 C to +120 C
(special options: see chapter 3.2)
Ambient temperature: depending on motor (see page 2.6-11)
Operating pressure: 16, 25, 40 bar (depending on type)
CR, CRI Pumps:
The pumps are suitable for thin, non-explosive liquids, not containing
solid particles or fbres. The liquid must not chemically attack the
pump materials.
CRN Pumps:
CRN pumps are suitable for industrial liquids.
For more information about pumped liquids see pages 2.6-13-14.
Customized CR pumps
We ofer a wide range of customised variants of the CR type range for
a variety of demanding industrial applications. With these multistage
in-line pumps, based on the well-known CR type range, we meet the
customers needs for pumps capable of handling special installation
requirements:
titanium pumps(CRT, CRTE)
ATEX-approved explosion-proof pumps and these liquids:
high-temperature liquids
crystallising liquids
high-viscosity liquids such as paints and varnishes
aggressive liquids
volatile liquids
fammable liquids.
For more information see chapter 3.2 and separate data booklet on
CRT, CRTE pumps or contact Grundfos.
Applications
Application CR, CRI CRN CRE, CRNE
Water supply
Filtration and transfer at waterworks
Distribution from waterworks
Pressure boosting in mains
Pressure boosting in high-rise buildings, hotels, etc.
Pressure boosting for industrial water supply
Industry
Pressure boosting
Process-water systems
Washing and cleaning systems
Vehicle-washing tunnels

Liquid transfer
Cooling and air-conditioning systems (refrigerants)
Boiler feed and condensate systems
Machine tools (cooling lubricants)
Aquafarming*
Special transfer duties
Oils and alcohols
Acids and alkalis*
Glycol and coolants
Water treatment
Reverse osmosis systems*

Softening, ionising, demineralising systems
Distillation systems
Separators
Swimming baths*
Irrigation

Sprinkler irrigation
Drip-feed irrigation
Recommended version
Alternative version
* CRT version available.
For further information about CRT pumps, see section Pumped liquids, pages 2.6-13-14., or related CRT, CRTE data booklet available on
www.Grundfos.com (WebCAPS).
2.6-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Vertical pumps
2.6-3
General data
Vertical pumps
Performance range CR, CRI, CRN
Performance range CRE, CRIE, CRNE
1 0,8 11 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200
Q [m
3
/h]
20
30
40
60
80
High-pressure range
100
200
300
400
H
[m]
50 Hz
CR 150
CR 120
CR 1
CR 3
CR 5
CRI 1
CRN 1
CRI 3
CRN 3
CRI 5
CRN 5
CRN 32
CRN 64
CRN 90 CRN 45
CR 32
CR 45
CR 64
CR 90
CR 10
CRI 10
CRN 10
CR 15
CRI 15
CRN 15
CR 20
CRI 20
CRN 20
CR 1s
CRI 1s
CRN 1s
CRN 120
CRN 150
1 0,8 11 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200
Q [m
3
/h]
0
20
40
60
80
[]
a
1 0,8 11 1,5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 150 200
Q [m
3
/h]
20
30
40
60
80
100 100
150
200
300
H
[m]
50 Hz
CR 150
CR 120
CR 1
CR3
CR 5 CR 32
CR 45
CR 64
CR 90
CR10
CR15
CR 20
CRI1
CRN 1
CRI3
CRN 3
CRI5
CRN 5
CRI10
CRN 10
CRI15
CRN 15
CRI20
CRN
CRN
CRN 45
CRN 64
CRN 90
20
32
CRN 120
CRN 150
2.6-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Vertical pumps
*See separate catalogue for CRN, CRNE high pressure series.
** See separate catalogue for CRT, CRTE titanium pumps.
Performance range High pressure series, CRN, CRNE *
Performance range CRT, CRTE**
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200
Q [m
3
/h]
20
30
40
60
80
100
200
300
400
[m]
H
50 Hz
CRN 3-SF
2xCR
2xCR
CRNE
CRNE 2xCR 2xCR 2xCR
32 3-HS
2xCR
45 64 90
1-HS
CRN
15-SF
CRN 5-SF
CRN
10-SF
CRN
20-SF 120
150
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 20 30 40
Q [m
3
/h]
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 100
200
300
H
[m]
CRT
50 Hz
CRT 16 CRT 8 CRT 4 CRT 2
2.6-5
Technical data
Vertical pumps
Product range
Range CR 1s
CR,
CRE 1
CR,
CRE 3
CR,
CRE 5
CR,
CRE 10
CR,
CRE 15
CR,
CRE 20
0,8 1 3 5 10 15 20
Liquid temperature [C] -20 +120
Liquid temperature [C], on request -40 +180
2)
35 48 58 66 70 72 72
CR pumps
Flow rate [m
3
/h] 0,31,1 0,72,4 1,24,5 2,58,5 513 924 1129
Maximum pressure [bar] 21 22 24 24 22 23 25
High pressure [bar], on request 47 41 47 44 47 48
Motor power [kW] 0,371,1 0,372,2 0,373 0,375,5 0,377,5 1,115 1,118,5
CRE pumps
Flow rate [m
3
/h] 0,7 2,4 1,24,5 2,58,5 513 8,523,5 10,529
Maximum pressure [bar] 22 24 24 22 23 25
Motor power [kW] 0,372,2 0,373 0,375,5 0,377,5 1,115 1,118,5
Version
CR, CRE:
Cast iron and stainless steel
EN 1.4301/AISI 304

CRI, CRIE:
Stainless steel
EN 1.4301/AISI 304

CRN, CRNE:
Stainless steel
EN 1.4401/AISI 316

CRT, CRTE:
Titanium
(separate catalogue)
CR, CRE pipe connection
Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 2 Rp 2
Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 2 Rp 2 Rp 2
Flange
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 40 DN 50 DN 50
Flange - on request DN 50
CRI, CRIE pipe connection
Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 2
Flange
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 40 DN 50 DN 50
Flange - on request DN 50
PJE coupling (Victaulic)
R 1
DN 32
R 1
DN 32
R 1
DN 32
R 1
DN 32
R 2
DN 50
R 2
DN 50
R 2
DN 50
Clamp coupling (L-coupling) 48,3 48,3 48,3 48,3 60,3 60,3 60,3
Union (+GF+) G 2 G2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2
CRN pipe connection
Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 1 Rp 2
Flange
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 25/
DN 32
DN 40 DN 50 DN 50
Flange, on request DN 50
R 1
DN 32
R 1
DN 32
R 1
DN 32
R 1
DN 32
R 2
DN 50
R 2
DN 50
R 2
DN 50
Clamp coupling (L-coupling) 48,3 48,3 48,3 48,3 60,3 60,3 60,3
Union (+GF+) G 2 G2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2
Standard
2.6-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Vertical pumps

Range
CR,
CRE 32
CR,
CRE 45
CR,
CRE 64
CR,
CRE 90
CR,
CRE 120
CR,
CRE 150
32 45 64 90 120 150
Liquid temperature [C] -30 +120 -30 +120
1)
Liquid temperature [C], on request -40 +180
78 79 80 81 75 72
CR pumps
Flow rate [m
3
/h] 1540 2258 3085 45120 60160 75180
High pressure [bar], on request 39 39 39 41 41 39
Motor power [kW] 1,530 345 445 5,545 1175 1175
CRE pumps
Flow rate [m
3
/h] 1540 2258 3085 45120 60160 75180
Motor power [kW] 1,522 322 422 5,522 22 22
Version
CR, CRE:
EN 1.4301/AISI 304

CRI, CRIE:
Stainless steel
EN 1.4301/AISI 304

CRN, CRNE:
Stainless steel
EN 1.4401/AISI 316

CRT, CRTE:
Titanium
(separate catalogue)
CR, CRE pipe connection

Flange DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 100 DN 125 DN 125
Flange - on request DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 125 DN 150 DN 150
CRI, CRIE pipe connection

Flange
Flange - on request
Clamp coupling (L-coupling)
Union (+GF+)
CRN(E) pipe connection

Flange DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 100 DN 125 DN 125
Flange, on request DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 125 DN 150 DN 150
PJE coupling (Victaulic) 3"
2)
4"
2)
4"
2)
4
2)

Clamp coupling (L-coupling)
Union (+GF+)
Standard
A vailable
1)
CR, CRN 120 and 150 with 55 or 75 kW motors with HBQE shaft seal: 0 to +120 C.
2)
On request. See chapter 3.2.for the CR "Custom-built pumps"
2.6-7
Technical data
Vertical pumps
Pump
The CR and CRE pumps are non-self-priming, vertical, multistage
centrifugal pumps.
The pumps are available with a Grundfos standard Motor (CR) or with
electronically speed-controlled motors (CRE).
The pump consists of a base and a pump head. The chamber stack
and the sleeve are secured between the base and the pump head
by means of staybolts. The base has suction and discharge ports on
the same level (in line). All pumps are ftted with a maintenance-free
mechanical shaft seal of the cartridge type.
Motor
Grundfos MG standard motors
Pumps are ftted with a totally enclosed, fan-cooled, 2-pole Grundfos
standard MG motor with principal dimensions to EN standards.
Electrical tolerances according to EN 60034.
CR, CRI, CRN pumps are ftted with three-phase MG motors as
standard. CR, CRI, CRN pumps from 0.37 to 2.2 kW are also available
with single-phase motors (1 x 220-230/240 V).
Grundfos E-motors
CRE, CRIE and CRNE pumps are ftted with a totally enclosed,
fancooled, 2-pole Grundfos MGE frequency-controlled motor with
principal dimensions to EN standards.
E-pumps from 0,371,1 kW are ftted with single-phase MGE motors
as standard, or with 0,751,1 kW three-phase motors on request.
Electrical data
Optional motors
The Grundfos standard range of motors covers a wide variety of
application demands. However, for special applications or operating
conditions, custom-built motor solutions can be provided.
For special applications or operating conditions, we ofer custom-
built motors such as:
ATEX-approved motors
MG motors with anti-condensation heating unit
motors with thermal protection
Terminal box positions
As standard, the terminal box is ftted on the suction side of the
pump.
Coupling
Motor
Pump head
Sleeve
Staybolts
Base plate
Base
Impellers
Shaft seal
(cartridge type)
Position
6 oclock
(standard)
Position
9 oclock
Position
12 oclock
Position
3 oclock
CR, CRI, CRN
MG motor
Mounting designation
up to 4 kW: V 18
from 5,5 kW: V1
Insulation class F
IE2 or IE3
Enclosure class IP 55*
Supply voltage
(Tolerance: - 10/+ 10 %)
P
2
: 0,371,5 kW
3220240/380415 V
P
2
: 2,25,5 kW
3380415 V
P
2
: 7,575 kW
3380415/660690 V
Supply frequency 50 Hz
* IP44, IP54 and IP55 are available on request.
CRE, CRIE, CRNE
MGE motor
up to 4 kW: V 18
from 5,5 kW: V1
Insulation class F
IE2
Supply voltage
(Tolerance: - 10/+ 10 %)
P
2
: 0,371,1 kW
1200240 V
P
2
: 0,7522 kW
3380480 V
Supply frequency 50/60 Hz
2.6-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control of E-pumps
Vertical pumps
CRE, CRIE, CRNE Pumps
We ofer frequency-controlled CRE, CRIE and CRNE pumps which
are the ideal choice for a number of applications characterised by
a demand for variable fow at constant pressure. These pumps are
suited for water supply systems and pressure boosting as well as for
industrial applications. Depending on the application, the pumps
ofer energy savings, increased comfort and improved processing. The
speed may be chosen freely, taking into consideration the maximum
motor load and the hydraulic properties of the pump. Pumps can
be delivered with oversize or undersize motors depending on load
profle. Ball bearing confguration can also be altered to ft load and
demands.
Pumps have an infnite number of performance curves, each
representing a specifc speed. The Min. and Max. curve on 50Hz can
be seen below.
Control engineering equipment
CRE, CRIE and CRNE pumps are available in two versions:
CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps with built in pressure transmitter
CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps with built in pressure transmitter are used
when the backpressure is to be held constant, regardless of fow
change. There are two operation modes:
constant pressure mode (standard)
constant curve mode
CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps without built in transmitter
CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps without built in transmitter are used when:
rpm is regulated by external unit
a physical or chemical parameter (pressure, fow rate, temperature,
pH level) must be held on a constant value (for more information
on transmitters see chapter 6.10.)
Operational modes:
regulated mode
constant curve mode (standard)
Examples:
Unregulated (constant curve) mode
The E-pumps (with or without transmitter) in unregulated mode, are
operated on Max. or Min. rpm or enivhere between.
0 Q [m/h]
0
H
[m]
Max.
Min.
Without signal transmitter With signal transmitter
Built in
transmitter
Q
standard
H
Q
Max.
Min.
H
standardl
H
Q
Constant pressure mode
(with built in or external transmitter)
H
Q
Constant curve mode
Max.
Min.
2.6-9
Control of E-pumps
Vertical pumps
Communication with E-pumps
With an internal control engineering unit, CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps can
communicate with:
central management system
R100 infrared remote control
control panel on the front of the terminal box
The aim of communication is:
pump mode selection
motor rpm regulation
setting the internal parameters
setting the operating parameters
checking the operating status
reading and evaluating error notes
Control panel
The control panel on the front of the terminal box of the motor
enables setpoint setting and communication.
IR-communication
The R100 remote control is based on IR communication and is to be
pointed at the control panel of the motor during communication.
The Grundfos R 100 IR controler enables the setting of regulation
parameters.
Central building management system
The operator can communicate with a CRE, CRIE, CRNE pump at
a distance. Communication can take place via a central building
management system allowing the operator to monitor and change
control modes and set point settings.
Control engineering connections
For more information about control engineering connections for
electrically controlled motors see chapter 6. or contact Grundfos.
Notes: Further information on Grundfos control systems and
accessories can be seen in chapter 6. of this catalogue.
warning light
buttons
LON, PROFIBUS, Modbus, Grundfos GRM and
BACnet
CIU 100: LON
CIU 150: POFIBUS DP
CIU 200: Modbous RTU
CIU 270: Grundfos GRM
CIU 300: BACnet MS/TP
2.6-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control of E-pumps
Vertical pumps
Examples of E-pump applications
E-pumps can be used with advantage in many applications. E-pumps
will generally be very benefcial in all pump applications with a varying
demand for pump performance. Using E-pumps will result in energy
saving and/or improved comfort or process quality, depending on the
application.
In some applications, E-pumps will reduce the need for control valves
and costly components. In many cases, E-pumps can reduce the total
system investment.
E-pumps can also be a very good choice in applications where
communication between the diferent units in the system, such as
pumps, valves, etc. and the control system is required.
E-pumps in industrial applications
In industry, a large number of pumps are used in a variety of
application areas. The pump operation mode, requires in many cases,
speed varying and controlling.
In such cases, the application of these pumps are shown in some
examples.
Constant pressure
Water supply
Washing and cleaning systems
pressure boosting for industrial water supply
irrigation systems
water cleaning systems
Example: The demand for tap water varies, and so does the system
characteristic, according to the required fow. To achieve comfort and
energy savings, a constant supply pressure is recommended.
Constant temperature
industrial air-conditioning systems
industrial cooling systems
industrial freezing systems
molding machine cooling
Example: Performance adjustment by means of speed control is
suitable for a number of industrial applications. For example a system
with an injection molding machine which must be water-cooled to a
constant temperature to ensure high quality production.
Constant water level
boiler systems
condensate systems
industrial storage systems
Example: During steam exchange in a boiler system the water level
is constantly changing. With a help of a level sensor/transmitter,
the fow rate of the E-pump can be adjusted to the changing
parameters.
Dosing
chemical applications
petrochemical systems
paint industry
grease separator systems
Example: In the petrochemical industry an E-pump with a pressure
sensor can be used like a dosing pump. The E-pumps can achieve
constant mixing proportions with diferent liquids.
E-pumps in the building management
In building management systems, E-pumps are used for maintaining
constant temperatures and constant pressures.
Constant pressure
Water supply for building
Example: E-pumps with pressure sensors can provide constant system
pressure even in the elevated parts of the system, regardless of the
mains pressure change.
air-conditioning systems
surface cooling systems
Example: In the air-conditioned building the heat load is constantly
changing. Cooling systems must always provide the right amount of
cooling medium, which is achieved by fow rate regulation.
2.6-11
Vertical pumps
Motor protection
Grundfos MG and other motors
Single-phase Grundfos motors have a built-in thermal overload
switch (IEC 34-11: TP 211).
Three-phase motors must be connected to a motor-protective circuit
breaker according to local regulations.
Three-phase Grundfos motors as from 3 kW have a built-in thermistor
(PTC) according to DIN 44082 (IEC 34-11: TP 211). The termistor are
connected to a LiqTec protection unit.(see chapter.6.7). PTC termistors
are recommended in normal conditions.
MGE motors
E-pumps do not require an external motor protection, because the
integrated thermal protection protects against slow overload and
motor blockage (IEC 34-11: TP 211).
If the ambient temperature exceeds the above maximum
temperatures or the pump is installed at an altitude exceeding the
above altitude values, the motor must not be fully loaded due to the
risk of overheating. Overheating may result from excessive ambient
temperatures or the low density and consequently low cooling efect
of the air.
In such cases, it may be necessary to use a motor with a higher rated
output.
Viscosity
The pumping of liquids with densities or kinematic viscosities higher
than those of water will cause a considerable pressure drop, a drop in
the hydraulic performance and a rise in the power consumption.
In such situations, the pump should be ftted with a larger motor. If in
doubt, contact Grundfos.
The following table shows the maximum permissible inlet pressure.
However, the actual inlet pressure plus the pressure against a closed
valve must always be lower than the maximum permissible operating
pressure.
If the maximum permissible operating pressure is exceeded, the
conical bearing in the motor may be damaged and the life of the shaft
seal reduced (see chapter 3.2)
The minimum inlet pressure can be determined with NPSH curves.
(see page 1-4.)
Minimum ow rate
Due to the risk of overheating, the pumps should not be used at a
fow below the minimum fow rate. The curve below shows the
minimum fow rate as a percentage of the rated fow rate in relation
to the liquid temperature. The dotted line shows a CR pump ftted
with an air-cooled top assembly.
Ambient temperature
Motor
Power
[kW]

Motor make
Motor
class
Max. ambient
temperature
[C]
Max. altitude
above sea level
[m]
0,370,75 Grundfos MG IE 2 +40 1000
1,122 Grundfos MG IE 2 / IE 3 +60 3500
3075 MGE and other 2750
See motor data table
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
[%]
P2
MGE and
other motors
MG - IE2/IE3
t [C]
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
CR, CRI, CRN 1s CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 1
1s-2 1s-36 1-2 1-36 10 bar
CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 3 CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 5
3-2 3-29
3-31 3-36
5-2 5-16
5-18 5-36
10 bar
15 bar
CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 10 CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 15
10-1 10-6
10-7 10-22
15-1 15-3
15-4 15-17
8 bar
10 bar
CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 20
20-1 20-3
20-4 20-17
8 bar
10 bar
CR(E), CRN(E) 32 CR(E), CRN(E) 45
32-1-1 32-4
32-5-2 32-10
32-11-2 32-14
45-1-1 45-2
45-3-2 45-5
45-6-2 45-13-2
4 bar
10 bar
15 bar
64-1-1 64-2-2
64-2-1 64-4-2
64-4-1 64-8-1
90-1-1 90-1
90-2-2 90-3-2
90-3 90-6
4 bar
10 bar
15 bar
120-1 120-2-1
120-2 120-5-1
120-6-1 120-7
150-1-1 150-1
150-2-1 150-4-1
150-5-2 150-6
10 bar
15 bar
20 bar
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
t [C]
0
10
20
30
Q
min
[%]
2.6-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vertical pumps
Maximum operating pressure and liquid temperature
PJE, clamp, union, DIN
Maximum permissible
operating pressure
Liquid temperature
Maximum permissible
operating pressure
Liquid temperature
CR, CRI, CRN 1s 16 bar -20 C +120 C 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 1 16 bar -20 C +120 C 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 3 16 bar -20 C +120 C 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E), CRN(E) 5 16 ba -20 C +120 C 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 10-1 10-16 16 bar -20 C +120 C 16 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 10-17 10-22 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CRN(E) 10 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 15-1 15-7 10 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 15-1 15-10 16 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 15-12 15-17 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CRN(E) 15 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 20-1 20-7 10 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 20-1 20-10 16 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRI(E) 20-12 20-17 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CRN(E) 20 25 bar -20 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 32-1-1 32-7 16 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 32-8-2 32-14 30 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 45-1-1 45-5 16 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 45-6-2 45-11 30 bar -30 C +120 C
CR, CRN 45-12-2 45-13-2 33 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 64-1-1 64-5 16 bar -30 C +120 C
CR, CRN 64-6-2 64-8-1 30 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 90-1-1 90-4 16 bar -30 C +120 C
CR, CRN 90-5-2 90-6 30 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 120 30 bar -30 C +120 C
CR(E), CRN(E) 150 30 bar -30 C +120 C
Operating range of the shaft seal
The operating range of the shaft seal depends on operating pressure,
pump type, type of shaft seal and liquid temperature. The range
shown below applies to clean water and water with anti-freeze
liquids. For selection of the right shaft seal, see section on pages
2.6-132.6-14. If the operating range is exceeded, the life of the
shaft seal may be reduced.
Standard shaft
seal
Motor size
[kW]
Description Liquid
temperature [C]
HQQE 0,370,45
O-ring (cartridge)
(balanced seal),
SiC/SiC, EPDM
2)
-40 C +120 C
HBQE
1)
5575
O-ring (cartridge)
(balanced seal),
carbon/SiC, EPDM
2)
0 C +120 C
HQQV 0,370,45
O-ring (cartridge)
(balanced seal),
SiC/SiC, FKM
2)
-20 C +90 C
HBQV
1)
5575
O-ring (cartridge)
(balanced seal),
carbon/SiC, FKM
2)
0 C +90 C
1)
Available as HQQE and HQQV on request.
2)
SiC silicon carbide ring material
EPDM heat resistant rubber seals
FKM viton seals

In case of extreme temperatures see chapter 3.2

low temperatures down to -40 C

high temperatures up to +180 C.
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
p [bar]
HQQE/V
HBQE/V
H
Q
Q
E
H
Q
Q
E
H
B
Q
E
H
Q
Q
V
H
Q
Q
E
t [C]
2.6-13
Vertical pumps
Pumped liquids
Thin, non-explosive liquids, not containing solid particles or fbres.
The liquid must not chemically attack the pump materials.
When pumping liquids with a density and/or viscosity higher than
that of water, use oversized motors, if required.
Whether a pump is suitable for a particular liquid depends on a
number of factors of which the most important are the chloride
content, pH value, temperature and content of chemicals, oils, etc.
Please note that aggressive liquids, such as sea water and some acids,
may attack or dissolve the protective oxide flm of the stainless steel
and thus cause corrosion.
CR(E), CRI(E)
CR(E), CRI(E) pumps are suitable for non-corrosive liquids.
Use CR(E), CRI(E) pumps for liquid transfer, circulation and pressure
boosting of cold or hot clean water.
CRN(E)
CRN(E) pumps are suitable for industrial liquids.
Use CRN(E) pumps in systems where all parts in contact with the
liquid must be made of high-grade stainless steel.
CRT(E)
For saline or chloride-containing liquids such as sea water or for
oxidising agents such as hypochlorites, Grundfos ofers CRT(E)
pumps made of titanium.
For more information see chapter 3.2 or the separate data booklet on
CRT(E) available on www.Grundfos.com (WebCAPS).
Pumped liquid Chemical formula Note Liquid concentration, liquid
temperature CR(E), CRI(E) CRN(E)
List of pumped liquids
A number of typical liquids are listed below. Other pump versions
may be applicable, but those stated in the list are considered to be
the best choices.
The table is intended as a general guide only and cannot replace
actual testing of the pumped liquids and pump materials under
specifc working conditions.
However, use the list with some caution. Factors such as those
mentioned below may afect the chemical resistance of a specifc
pump version:
concentration of the pumped liquid
liquid temperature
pressure.
Take safety precautions when pumping dangerous liquids.
Notes
D Often with additives.
E
F Pump selection depends on many factors. Contact Grundfos.
H Risk of crystallisation/precipitation in shaft seal.
1
2 Combustible liquid.
3 Insoluble in water.
4 Low self-ignition point.
Pumped liquid Chemical formula Note
Liquid concentration,
liquid temperature

CR(E), CRI(E) CRN(E)
Acetic acid CH
3
COOH - 5 %, +20 C - HQQE
Acetone CH
3
COCH
3
1, F 100 %, +20 C - HQQE
Alkaline degreasing agent
NH
4
HCO
3
D, F - HQQE
Ammonium bicarbonate E 20 %, +30 C - HQQE
Ammonium hydroxide NH
4
OH - 20 %, +40 C HQQE -
Aviation fuel 1, 3, 4, F 100 %, +20 C HQBV -
Benzoic acid C
6
H
5
COOH H 0.5 %, +20 C - HQQV
Boiler water
- < +120 C HQQE -
Calcareous water
Ca(CH
3
COO)
2
F +120 C to +180 C - -
Calcium acetate (as coolant with inhibitor)
- < +90 C HQQE -
Calcium hydroxide
D, E 30 %, +50 C HQQE -
Chloride-containing water
Ca (OH)
2
E Saturated solution, +50 C HQQE -
Chromic acid
F < +30 C, max. 500 ppm - HQQE
Citric acid
H
2
CrO
4
- H 1 %, +20 C - HQQV
Completely desalinated water (demineralised water)
HOC(CH
2
CO
2
H)
2
COOH H 5 %, +40 C - HQQE
Condensate
- +120 C - HQQE
Copper sulphate
- +120 C HQQE -
Corn oil
E 10 %, +50 C - HQQE
Diesel oil
CuSO
4
D, E, 3 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Domestic hot water (potable water )
2, 3, 4, F 100 %, +20 C HQBV -
Ethanol (ethyl alcohol )
- < +120 C HQQE -
Ethylene glycol
C
2
H
5
OH 1, F 100 %, +20 C HQQE -
Formic acid
HOCH
2
CH
2
OH D, E 50 %, +50 C HQQE -
HCOOH - 5 %, +20 C - HQQE
2.6-14
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vertical pumps
Pumped liquid Chemical formula Note
Liquid concentration,
liquid temperature

CR(E), CRI(E) CRN(E)
Glycerine (glycerol) OHCH
2
CH(OH)CH
2
OH D, E 50 %, +50 C HQQE -
Hydraulic oil (mineral)
CH
3
CHOHCH
3
E, 2, 3 100 %, +100 C HQQV -
Hydraulic oil (synthetic) E , 2, 3 100 %, +100 C HQQV -
Isopropyl alcohol 1 , F 100 %, +20 C HQQE -
Lactic acid CH
3
CH(OH)COOH
C
17
H
31
COOH
CH
3
OH
E, H 10 %, +20 C - HQQV
Linoleic acid E, 3 100 %, +20 C HQQV -
Methanol (methyl alcohol) 1, F 100 %, +20 C HQQE -
Motor oil
C
10
H
8
HNO
3
E, 2, 3 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Naphthalene E, H 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Nitric acid F 1 %, +20 C - HQQE
Oil-containing water - < +100 C HQQV -
Olive oil D, E, 3 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Oxalic acid (COOH)
2
H 1 %, +20 C - HQQE
Ozone-containing water (O
3
) - < +100 C - HQQE
Peanut oil D, E, 3 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Petrol 1, 3, 4, F 100 %, +20 C HQBV -
Phosphoric acid H
3
PO
4
E 20 %, +20 C - HQQE
Propanol C
3
H
7
OH 1, F 100 %, +20 C HQQE -
Propylene glycol CH
3
CH(OH)CH
2
OH D, E 50 %, +90 C HQQE -
Potassium carbonate K
2
CO
3
KOOCH
KOH
E 20 %, +50 C HQQE -
Potassium formate (as coolant with inhibitor) D, E 30 %, +50 C HQQE -
Potassium hydroxide E 20 %, +50 C - HQQE
Potassium permanganate KMnO
4
- 5 %, +20 C - HQQE
Rape seed oil D, E, 3 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Salicylic acid C
6
H
4
(OH)COOH
NaHCO
3
H 0,1 %, +20 C - HQQE
Silicone oil E, 3 100 % HQQV -
Sodium bicarbonate E 10 %, +60 C - HQQE
Sodium chloride (as coolant) NaCl D, E 30 %, < +5 C, pH > 8 HQQE -
Sodium hydroxide NaOH
NaOCl
NaNO
3
E 20 %, +50 C - HQQE
Sodium hypochlorite F 0,1 %, +20 C - HQQV
Sodium nitrate E 10 %, +60 C - HQQE
Sodium phosphate Na
3
PO
4
Na
2
SO
4
E, H 10 %, +60 C - HQQE
Sodium sulphate E, H 10 %, +60 C - HQQE
Softened water - < +120 C - HQQE
Soya oil
H
2
SO
4

D, E, 3 100 %, +80 C HQQV -
Sulphuric acid F 1 %, +20 C - HQQV
Sulphurous acid - 1 %, +20 C - HQQE
Unsalted swimming-pool water
H
2
SO
3
- Approx. 2 ppm free chlorine (Cl
2
) HQQE -
2.6-15
Installation
Vertical pumps
Installation
The pump must be secured to a horizontal, plane and solid foundation
by bolts through the holes in the base plate.
When installing the pump, follow the procedure below in order to
avoid damaging the pump.
Flange forces and torques
If not all loads reach the maximum permissible value stated in the
tables below, one of these value may exceed the normal limit. Contact
Grundfos for further information
Flange forces and torques
Y-direction: Direction of chamber stack
Z-direction: 90 from inlet/outlet
X-direction: Inlet/outlet
Forces
Flange, DN
[mm]
CR, CRI, CRN
Force
Y-direction
[N]
Force
Z-direction
[N]
Force
X-direction
[N]
25/32 1s5 760 1170 780
40 10 1000 1250 1100
50 1520 1350 1650 1500
65 32 1700 2075 1875
80 45 2050 2500 2250
100 6490 2700 3350 3000
125/150 120150 2700 3350 3000
Torques
Flange, DN
[mm]
CR, CRI, CRN
Force
Y-direction
[Nm]
Force
Z-direction
[Nm]
Force
X-direction
[Nm]
25/32 1s5 820 970 1220
40 10 900 1050 1300
50 1520 1000 1150 1400
65 32 1075 1225 1500
80 45 1150 1300 1600
100 6490 1250 1450 1750
125/150 120150 1250 1450 1750

The pump can be installed
vertically or horizontally
(CR, CRN 120 and 150, 75 kW,
only vertically). However, the
motor must neither fall below
the horizontal plane nor be
installed upside down.

Ensure that an adequate
supply of cool air reaches the
motor cooling fan.

Motors above 4 kW must be
supported.

The foundation/installation
must be carried out as
described on page 2.6-16.

Fit isolating valves on either
side of the pump to avoid
draining the syestem if the
pump needs to be removed for
cleaning, repair or replacement.

Install the pipes so that air
locks do not occur, especially
on the suction side of the
pump.

Fit a vacuum valve close to the
pump if the installation has one
of these characteristics:
- The discharge pipe slopes
downwards away from the
pump.
-
-

2.6-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Installation
Vertical pumps
Foundation
Grundfos recommends to install the pump on a concrete foundation
which is heavy enough to provide permanent and rigid support to
the entire pump. The foundation must be capable of absorbing any
vibration, normal strain or shock. The concrete foundation must
have an absolutely level and even surface. Place the pump on the
foundation, and fasten it. The base plate must be supported on the
whole area.
Foundation minimum size (L
f
, B
f
):
The recommended length and width are shown. Note that the
length and width of the foundation for pumps with motor size
30 kW must be 200 mm larger than the base plate.
For pumps with motor size 37 kW, the length and width must
always be 1.5 x 1.5 (Lf x Wf) metres.
The mass of the foundation must be at least 1.5 times the total mass
of the pump. The minimum height of the foundation (h
f
) can then be
calculated:
The density () of concrete is usually taken as 2,200 kg/m
3
. In
installations where noise-less operation is particularly important,
a foundation with a mass up to 5 times that of the pump is
recommended. The foundation must be provided with bolts for fxing
the base plate.
If vibration dampers are used, they must be installed under the
foundation. Pumps with motor size 30 kW can use vibration
dampers as shown .
For pumps with motor sizes 37 kW, use a Sylomer plate as shown.
Outdoor installation
When installed outdoors, it is recommended to provide the motor
with a rain cover. We also recommend to open one of the drain holes
in the motor fange.
For more information about installation and specifc pump types, see
WinCAPS CD or WebCAPS database on www.grundfos.com or contact
Grundfos.
Correct installation
Foundation size
Vibration dampers
Pump on Sylomer plate
Sylomer plate
2.6-17
Accessories
Vertical pumps
PJE couplings for CRN(E) pumps
Materials in contact with the pumped liquid are made of stainless
steel EN 1.4401 (AISI 316) and rubber.
A set consists of two coupling halves (Victaulic type 77), one gasket,
one pipe stub (for welding or threaded), bolts and nuts.
Coupling
Pump
type
Pipe stub PN A B
Pipe
connection
Rubber
parts
Num. of coupling
sets required
Product
number
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
1, 3, 5
Threaded 80 bar 50 320 R 1
EPDM 2 41 99 11
FKM 2 41 99 05
For welding 80 bar 50 280 DN 32
EPDM 2 41 99 12
FKM 2 41 99 04
B
A
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
10, 15, 20
Threaded 70 bar 80 377 R 2
EPDM 2 33 99 11
FKM 2 33 99 18
For welding 70 bar 80 371 DN 50
EPDM 2 33 99 10
FKM 2 33 99 17
FlexiClamp base connections
All sets comprise the necessary number of bolts and nuts as well
as a gasket/O-ring.
Base
connection
Pump
type
Connection
Pipe
connection
PN A B
Rubber
parts
Num. of coupling
sets required
Product
number
A
B
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
1, 3, 5
Oval
(cast iron)
Rp 1
16 50 210
Klingersil 1 96 44 97 48
Rp 1 Klingersil 1 96 44 97 49
Oval
(stainless steel)
B
A
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
1, 3, 5
Union G 2 25 50 228
EPDM 2 96 44 97 43
FKM 2 96 44 97 44
A
B
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
1, 3 5
DIN
(stainless steel)
DN 25
DN 32
16 75 250
EPDM 2 96 44 97 45
FKM 2 96 44 99 00
A
B
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
1, 3, 5
Clamp,
threaded pipe
stub
Rp 1
25 50
208
EPDM
FKM
2
40 52 80
40 52 81
Rp 1
EPDM
FKM
2
41 52 96
41 52 97
1" NPT
EPDM
FKM
2
40 52 91
40 52 92
1" NPT
EPDM
FKM
2
41 53 11
41 53 12
Clamp, pipe
stub for welding
28,5
EPDM
FKM
2
40 52 82
40 52 83
37,2
EPDM
FKM
2
41 53 00
41 53 01
2.6-18
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Vertical pumps
Base
connection
Pump
type
Connection
Pipe
connection
PN A B
Rubber
parts
Num. of coupling
sets required
Product
number
B
A
CRI(E) 10
CRN(E) 10
Oval
(cast iron)
Rp 1
16 80 260
Oval
(stainless steel)
A
B
CRI(E) 10
CRN(E) 10
Union G 2 25 80 288
EPDM 2 96 50 02 75
FKM 2 96 50 02 76
A
B
CRI(E) 10
CRN(E) 10
FGJ
(cast iron)
DN 40
16 80 316
EPDM 2 96 49 88 40
FKM 2 96 50 01 19
FGJ
(stainless steel)
EPDM 2 96 50 02 63
FKM 2 96 50 02 64
FGJ
(cast iron)
DN 50
EPDM 2 96 50 02 65
FKM 2 96 50 02 66
FGJ
(stainless steel)
EPDM 2 96 50 02 67
FKM 2 96 50 02 69
A
B
CRI(E) 10
CRN(E) 10
Clamp,
threaded pipe
stub
Rp 1
25 80
259
EPDM 2 42 52 38
FKM 2 42 52 39
Rp 2
EPDM 2 33 52 41
FKM 2 33 52 42
Rp 2 346
EPDM 2 96 50 86 00
FKM 2 96 50 86 01
Clamp, pipe
stub for welding
48,3 (DN 40)
EPDM 2 42 52 42
FKM 2 42 52 43
60,3 (DN 50)
EPDM 2 33 52 51
FKM 2 33 52 52
2.6-19
Accessories
Vertical pumps
Base
connection
Pump
type
Connection
Pipe
connection
PN A B
Rubber
parts
Num. of coupling
sets required
Product
number
B
A
CRI(E)
15, 20
CRN(E)
15, 20
Oval
(cast iron)
Rp 1
10 90 260
Oval
(stainless steel)
A
B
CRI(E)
15, 20
CRN(E)
15, 20
Union G 2 25 90 288
EPDM 2 96 50 02 75
FKM 2 96 50 02 76
A
B
CRI(E)
15, 20
CRN(E)
15, 20
FGJ
(cast iron)
DN 40
10 90 334
EPDM 2 96 49 88 40
FKM 2 96 50 01 19
FGJ
(stainless steel)
EPDM 2 96 50 02 63
FKM 2 96 50 02 64
FGJ
(cast iron)
DN 50
EPDM 2 96 50 02 65
FKM 2 96 50 02 66
FGJ
(stainless steel)
EPDM 2 96 50 02 67
FKM 2 96 50 02 69
A
B
CRI(E)
15, 20
CRN(E)
15, 20
Clamp,
threaded pipe
stub
Rp 1
25 90
259
EPDM 2 42 52 38
FKM 2 42 52 39
Rp 2
EPDM 2 33 52 41
FKM 2 33 52 42
Rp 2 346
EPDM 2 96 50 86 00
FKM 2 96 50 86 01
Clamp, pipe
stub for welding
48,3 (DN 40)
EPDM 2 42 52 42
FKM 2 42 52 43
60,3 (DN 50)
EPDM 2 33 52 51
FKM 2 33 52 52
Adapter kit

Adapter kit Pump type Pipe connection
Product
number
CR 120
CR 150
DN 150 2 96 63 81 69
CRN 120
CRN 150
DN 150 2 96 63 81 80
2.6-20
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Vertical pumps
Potentiometer
The potentiometer is suitable for setpoint setting and
start/stop of the CRE, CRIE, CRNE pump.
Product Product number
External potentiometer with cabinet for wall
mounting

62 54 68
CIU 100, 150, 200, 270, 300 interface
The CIU units enable communication of operatin g
data, such as measured values and setpoints, between
CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps and a building management
system. The CIU unit incorporates a 24-240 VAC/VD C
power supply module and a CIM module. It can either
be mounted on a DIN rail or on a wall.
For more information see chapter 6 .
LiqTec dry-running protection
The LiqTec dry-running protection unit protects the
pump and process against dry running and
temperatures exceeding 130 5 C. Connected to the
motor PTC sensor, the LiqTec also monitors the motor
temperature.
The LiqTec is prepared for DIN rail mounting in control
cabinet. Enclosure class: IPX0.
Foe more information see pages 6.7-1 6.7-2.
R100 remote control
The R100 is used for wireless communication with the
CRE, CRIE or CRNE pump. The R100 communicates
with the pump via infrared light.
For more information see pages 6.3-1 6.3-2.
ProductP roduct number
96 47 83 09
2.6-21
Pump selection
Vertical pumps
Detailed information on pump types (curves, drawings, technical data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on
www.grundfos.com website, or can be also seen in separate catalogue.
How to read the curve charts(Example)
1 Number of stages.
2 The power curves indicate pump input power per stage.
Curves are shown for pump with one stage,
low-NPSH stage (P2
1/1
) and reduced-diameter impellers (P2
2/3
).
3 Pump type, frequency and ISO standard.
4 QH curve for the individual pump.
5
6 The NPSH curve is an average curve for all variants shown. When sizing pumps, add a safety margin of at least 0.5 m.
7 QH curve for each individual impeller. Curves for complete
(1/1) and reduced-diameter (2/3) impellers are shown.
*The curve information refers to the printed catalogues.
1
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Q [m
3
/h]
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
H
[m]
0 2 4 6 8 10 Q [l/s]
0.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
[MPa]
p
CR, CRE 32
50 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
-11
-11-2
-12 (E)
-12-2
-13
-13-2
-14
-14-2
-1 (E)
-1-1 (E)
-10 (E)
-10-2
-2 (E)
-2-2 (E)
-3 (E)
-3-2
-4 (E)
-4-2
-5
-5-2
-6 (E)
-6-2
-
--2
-8 (E)
-8-2
-9
-9-2
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Q [m
3
/h]
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
P2
[]
0
20
40
60
80
[]
Ea
0.0
0.8
1.6
2.4
[hp]
P2
P2 1/1
P2 2/3
Ea
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Q [m
3
/h]
0
5
10
15
20
[m]
H
0
2
4
6
8
PSH
[m]
0
40
80
120
160
200
[Pa]
p
QH 2900 pm 1/1
QH 2900 pm 2/3 PSH
2
7
3
4
5
6
2.7 Pressure booster systems
Pressure booster sets
Hydro Multi-E
Hydro MPC
2.7-1
Overview

start-up delay between two pumps
Grundfos pressure booster systems without speed control
Hydro Solo-S
Compact, supplied as complete,
pre-assembled booster set containing
one pump without speed control.
Performance range
10
Q [m
3
/h]
100
H [m]
Features and benets

on/of regulation, with pressure sensor

built in motor protection


Applications
Grundfos Hydro Solo-S booster sets are
designed for the transfer and pressure
boosting of clean water in single-family
houses, cottages, farms or as pressure
boosting in other systems e.g. process water
systems and irrigation.
For more information see separate catalogue,
or see WinCAPS CD and WebCAPS database
on www.grundfos.com.
Hydro Multi-S
Compact, multiple packaged pump system,
containing 2-3 pumps, without speed control,
with automatic cascade control.
Performance range
80
Q [m
3
/h]
100
H [m]
Features and benets

on/of regulation, with pressure sensor

automatic pump changeover at any
start/stop cycle

if a pump is in fault status, it is
automatically taken out of operation

short-circuit protection

motor protection by means of a thermal
overload relay

dry-running protection
Applications
When a tap is opened, water is drawn from
the diaphragm tank. The pressure drops to
the rst cut-in pressure, and the rst pump
cuts in. As the consumption rises, more pumps
will cut in until the performance of the pumps
in operation corresponds to the demand.
When the water consumption falls, the discharge
pressure rises to the cut-out pressure and the
pressure switch cuts out one pump and as the
consumption falls, more pumps will be cut out.
or see WinCAPS CD and WebCAPS database on
www.grundfos.com.
2.7-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Overview
Grundfos pressure booster systems wit speed control
(except Hydro MPC-S)
Hydro Solo-E
one pump with speed control.
Performance range
60
Q [m
3
/h]
110
H [m]
Features and benets

constant pressure, all variable speed
control

all-round motor protection

dry-running protection

error message display

IR-communication (R 100)

BUS- communication (RS 485)
Applications
Hydro Solo-E boosting system ensures that
the correct head and ow are delivered
where and when necessary. Whether you
are working with water pressure in a multi
storey buildings or providing water for
industrial or municipal applications.
or see WinCAPS CD and WebCAPS database
on www.grundfos.com.
Hydro Multi-E
2-4 pumps with speed control and
Performance range
100
Q [m
3
/h]
100
H [m]
Features and benets

control

If a pump is in fault status, it is


dry running protection


Applications
Hydro Multi-E boosting system ensures
that the correct head and ow are delivered
where and when necessary. Whether you are
working with water pressure in a multi
storey buildings or providing water for
industrial or municipal applications.
Hydro MPC
2-6 pumps with or without speed control
(Hydro MPC-S).
Performance range
1080
150
Q [m
3
/h]
H [m]
Features and benets

control

on/of regulation (except Hydro MPC-S)

If a pump is in fault status, it is

automatic test mode


dry running protection



remote control
Applications
Hydro Multi MPC boosting system ensures
that the correct head and ow are delivered
where and when necessary. Whether you are
working with water pressure in a multi storey
buildings or providing water for industrial or
municipal applications.
2.7-3
General data
Hydro Multi-E
Performance
Flow rate max. 80 m
3
/h
Head max. 100 m
Number of pumps: 2-3
For liquids with temperatures: max.+70 C
Ambient temperatures: 0+40C
Maximum pressure: 10 or 16 bar
Motor power: 0,37 kW5,5 kW
Supply voltage: Motor P2 1,1 kW: 3400 V, 50 Hz, N, PE
Motor P2 1,5 kW: 3400 V, 50 Hz, PE
Enclosure class: IP55 / IP54
Construction
The Hydro Multi-E incorporates Grundfos 2-3 CRE, CRIE, CME-A or
CME-I pumps connected in parallel and mounted on a common base
frame. Fitted with frequency-controlled single- or three-phase MGE
motors and a breaker cabinet.
The Hydro Multi-E maintains a constant pressure through continuously
variable adjustment of the speed of the pumps connected.
It adjusts its performance to the demand through cutting in/out the
required number of pumps and through parallel control of the pumps
in operation.
Example:
Type key
Product specication
Compact, supplied as complete, pre-assembled booster set
containing E- pumps with speed control and frequency converter,
protected against mains voltage transients in accordance with EN
61800-3.
Hydro Multi-E is mounted on a common base frame made of
stainless steel (EN/DIN 1.4301)
A suction manifold (EN/DIN 1.4401 or EN/DIN 1.4571) and an
isolating valve are ftted on the suction side.
A non-return valve, an isolating valve, a pressure gauge, a pressure
transmitter, a diaphragm tank and a stainless-steel discharge
manifold (EN/DIN 1.4401 or EN/DIN 1.4571) are ftted on the
discharge side
The Hydro Multi-E is ftted with an on/of switch for the mains
supply
Dry-running protection via level switch or pressure switch.
The Hydro Multi-E is ftted with a breaker box for switching the
power supply on and of.
The booster sets 1. pump is connected with the pressure sensor,
dry-running protection, communication (BUS, digital, analog in/
output, R100) systems. This CRE pump contains a control panel
with the control electronics, which is connected to the other
remaining pumps. These pumps do not have a control panel.
Therefore the booster set pumps, cannot be replaced with
standard CRE pumps.
Connection to BUS- communication (RS 485) and building
management system via Grundfos CIU units.
The emergency operation feature ensures the supply of water in
case of sensor fault or controller fault (pump 1). (without speed
control)
Example: Multi-E 2 CRE 1-7 3400/230 V
Type range
Subgroup
Number of pumps: 2 or 3
Pump type
Supply voltage
Three- pump booster set connection scheme
Pump
Discharge
pressure sensor
Pressure gauge
Non-return
valve
Isolating
valve
2.7-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Hydro Multi-E
Performance range
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 100
Q [m/h]
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
H
[m]
11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10
Q [l/s]
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
[kPa]
p
Hydro Multi-E
CRE
ISO 9906 Annex A
CRE 5
CRE 3
CRE 1
C
R
E

2
0
CRE 15 CRE 10
CRE 10
CRE 5
1
3
~
~
2.7-5
Tehnical data
Hydro Multi-E
Operation
The Hydro Multi-E maintains a constant pressure through
continuously variable adjustment of the speed of the pumps
connected. It adjusts its performance to the demand through cutting
in/out the required number of pumps and through parallel control of
the pumps in operation.
It performs automatic pump changeover according to the principle
frst in, frst out (FIFO). The pressure booster system should always
have a reserve pump.
The reserve pump is used when the regulation requires Increased
capacitie. In case of pump failure, the reserve pump replaces the
damaged pump. If the dry-running protection system sensor is
activated, it shuts down the whole pressure booster system in order
to prevent any damage.
The Hydro Multi-E has been factory- assembled and tested with the
control parameters mentioned in the quick guide supplied with the
booster system.
Diaphragm tank
The diaphragm tank is pre-charged to correct pressure. If the setpoint
is altered, a new pre-charge pressure should be calculated to obtain
optimum duty.
The diaphragm tank precharge pressure has been set to 0.7 x
setpoint.
The factory-set setpoint is 0.5 x maximum pressure unless otherwise
specifed in the quick guide supplied with the Hydro Multi-E. If the
setpoint is changed, the diaphragm tank precharge pressure should
be changed accordingly to ensure optimum operation. Calculate the
precharge pressure as follows: Precharge pressure = 0.7 x setpoint.
Electrical installation
The motors incorporate thermal protection against slow overloading
and blocking (IEC 34-11: TP 211). The pumps require no external motor
protection.
Hydro Multi-E breaker cabinet must be connected to three-phase
mains. The supply voltage and frequency are marked on the pump
nameplate:
3400/230 V 10%
3400 V 10%
Installation
For more information on installation, see separate catalogue, or see
WinCAPS CD and WebCAPS database on www.grundfos.com.
Pos. Description Quantity
1 Isolating valve 2 per pump
2 Suction manifold 1
3 Base frame 1
4 Non-return valve 1 per pump
5 Discharge manifold 1
6 Discharge-pressure sensor 1
7 Pressure gauge 1
8 Diaphragm tank 1
9 Pump 24
10 Breaker box 1
L1
L2
L3
L2
L1
L3
PE
N N
Schematic for one-phase pumps
Breaker cabinet
L1
L2
L3
L2
L1
L3
Schematic for three-phase pumps
Breaker cabinet
Construction
1
9
3
8
2
4
7
6
5
10
2.7-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hydro Multi-E
Maximum inlet pressure,
The total inlet pressure and the pressure when the pump is running
against a closed valve must not exceed the maximum system
pressure.
The minimum inlet pressure can be read from the NPSH Curves (see
page 1-4.).
Minimum ow rate
For CRE pumps see data on pages 2.6-5 2.6-11.
Stop function
The stop function checks the fow regularly by reducing the speed for
a short time, thus checking the change in pressure. If there is no or a
small change in pressure, the pump will detect a low fow.
When the pump detects a low fow, the speed will be increased until
the stop pressure (actual setpoint + 0.5 x H) is reached and the pump
stops. When the pressure has fallen to the start pressure (actual
setpoint - 0.5 x H), the pump will restart.
H indicates the diference between start and stop pressures.
H is factory-set to 10 % of actual setpoint. H can be set within the
range from 5 to 30 % of actual setpoint.
Dry-running protection
As standard, the Hydro Multi-E is ftted with a pressure switch as dry-
running protection.
Types of dry-running protection:
a pressure switch ftted in the suction manifold
a level switch ftted in a water tank.
Emergency operation
The emergency operation feature ensures the supply of water even if
the sensor or control unit fails. To ensure the dry-running protection,
an additional wiring has been made in the terminal box of pump 1
and between the pumps.
Pressure switches ftted to the manifold
CRE 1
1-7, 1-11, 1-15 10 bar
CRE 3
3-5, 3-7, 3-10, 3-15 10 bar
CRE 5
5-4, 5-5, 5-8, 5-10, 5-16 10 bar
CRE 10
10-3, 10-4, 10-6
10-9
8 bar
10 bar
CRE 15
15-2, 15-3
15-5, 15-7
8 bar
10 bar
CRE 20
20-2, 20-3
20-5
8 bar
10 bar
Q
min
Stop pressure
Start pressure
H
1.pump
1.pump
2.7-7
Selection
Hydro Multi-E
General information
When sizing a booster set, it is important to ensure
that the performance of the booster set can meet the highest
possible demand both in terms of fow and pressure.
that the booster set is not oversized.
This is important in relation to the installation and operating costs.
When sizing, the following should be considered:
Flow rate, i.e. the fow of water which must be available at any
draw-of point to ensure a sufcient water supply.
Maximum pressure.
System size, i.e. the number of pumps and pump performance. The
selection of system size should be based on the following aspects:
- efciency
- NPSH value
- are standby pumps required.
Dry-running protection.
System size and pump size
As mentioned before, the system should be capable of meeting the
highest possible demand. But as the highest demand will often occur
for a comparatively short part of the duty period only, it is important
to select a type of pump which can meet the varying demand
throughout the duty period.
It is not recommended to select a pump type whose performance is
lower than the lowest possible consumption. Nor is it recommended
to select a pump type whose performance is higher than the highest
possible consumption.
Efciency
In order to achieve the optimum operating economy, attempts should
be made to select the pumps on the basis of optimum efciency, i.e.
the pumps should, as far as possible, operate within their nominal
operating ranges. As the system is always sized on the basis of
the highest possible consumption, meaning that it will always be
regulated down, it is important always to have the duty point of the
pumps to the right on the efciency curve (see the pump performance
curve), in order to keep efciency high when consumption drops.
NPSH
In order to avoid cavitation, never select a pump whose duty point lies
too far to the right on the NPSH curve. Always check the NPSH values
of the pumps at the highest possible consumption (see the pump
performance curve). To most customers reliable supplies are a major
factor. Often it is not acceptable if the system does not maintain its
maximum fow even during pump repairs or breakdown. In order to
prevent any disruption of the supply in such a situation, the system
can be sized with a standby pump.
For more information about installation, see separate catalogue, or
see WinCAPS CD and WebCAPS database on www.grundfos.com or
contact Grundfos.
How to read the curve chart for water demand:
The y-axis shows the fow (Q) in m
3
/h.
The x-axis shows the number of units, i.e. the number of:
1. fats supplied with water from the Hydro Multi-E or Hydro MPC
booster set
2. residents in a residential home
3. clerks in an ofce
4. beds at a hotel
5. pupils in a school.

H
Q
1 10 10 20 50 100 100 200 500 1000 1000 2000 5000 10000 10000 20000
1
2
4
6
8
10
20
40
60
80
1
2
3
4
5
100
200
400
600
800
1000
Q
[m
3
/h]
Curve chart for water demand
2.7-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Selection
Hydro Multi-E
Example: How to select a system
A head of 45 m is required.
The pump type best meeting this specifcation is found by means of
the y-axis (for example CRE, CRIE 10-6).
Draw a rightward, horizontal line from the head required.
A fow rate of 18 m
3
/h is required.
Now draw an upward, vertical line from the specifed fow. The
intersection of the two lines gives the number of pumps required
for the system (two CRE, CRIE 10-6).
Only systems whose operating ranges lie within the hatched area of
the example should be selected.
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0
10
20
30
H
[m]
0 2 4 6 8 10
Q [l/s]
0
100
200
300
p
[kPa]
CR(I)E 10-3
1 2 3
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0
10
20
30
40
H
[m]
0
100
200
300
400
p
[kPa]
CR(I)E 10-4
1 2 3
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
10
20
30
40
0
60
H
[m]
100
200
300
400
00
600
p
[kPa]
CR(I)E 10-6
1 2 3
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
40
0
60
0
80
0
100
H
[m]
400
00
600
00
800
00
1000
p
[kPa]
Hydro Multi-E
CR(I)E 10-9
I 06
1 2 3
2.7-9
General data
Hydro MPC
Performance
Flow rate max. 1080 m
3
/h
Head max. 330 m
Number of pumps: 2-6
Ambient temperatures: 0+40C
Maximum pressure: 16 bar
Motor power: 0,37 kW55 kW
Starting: to 7,5 kW direct
from 1155 kW Y/
Supply voltage: 3380415 V, 50 Hz
Enclosure class: IP55 / IP54
Applications
Grundfos Hydro MPC booster systems are designed for the transfer
and pressure boosting of clean water in places such as:
waterworks
blocks of fats
hotels
industry
hospitals
schools
Overview
As standard, Hydro MPC booster systems consist of two to six identical
CR, CRI, CRE or CRIE pumps connected in parallel and mounted on a
common base frame provided with a control cabinet and all the
necessary fttings.
Most of the booster systems are available with either CR, CRI pumps
and/or CRE, CRIE pumps. For further information, see page chapter
2.6.
The pumps of the booster system can be removed without interfering
with the pipework on either side of the manifolds.
Hydro MPC booster systems are available in three control variants. For
further information, see Product ranges on pages 2.7-15. and 2.7-16.
Hydro MPC-E
Booster systems with two to six identical electronically speed-
controlled pumps. Pipework connection from R 2 to DN 250. From 0.37
to 55 kW, Hydro MPC-E is ftted with CRE, CRIE pumps with integrated
Hydro MPC-F
Booster systems with two to six identical CR, CRI pumps connected
to one Grundfos CUE frequency converter. The speed-controlled
operation alternates between the pumps of the booster system.
Pipework connection from R 2 to DN 200 and motor sizes from 0.55
to 55 kW.
Hydro MPC-S
Booster systems with two to six identical mains-operated CR, CRI
pumps.
Pipework connection from R 2 to DN 350 and motor sizes from 0.37
to 55 kW.
Why choose a booster set with speed-controlled pumps?
Choose Hydro MPC-E and Hydro MPC-F types if:
regulation is required due to fuctuation in consumption
constant pressure is required
motor power must be regulated
Benefts from constant power regulation:
higher comfort due to low noise and constant pressure
elimination of pressure fuctuation (with E-pumps)
lower energy consumption
2.7-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Hydro MPC
Performance range
Note: The area within the dotted line applies to Hydro MPC booster systems available on request.
1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 200 400 600 1000
Q [m
3
/h]
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
300
400
H
[m]
Hydro MPC
50 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
6 x CR 150
6 x CR 120
CR 90
CR 64
CR 45
CR 32
CRI 20
CRI 15
CRI 10
CRI 5
CRI 3
6 x 4 x
4 x 6 x
6 x
6 x
6 x
6 x
6 x
2.7-11
General data
Hydro MPC
Overview of control variants
Booster systems with speed-controlled
Pumps
Booster systems with pumps connected to
one CUE frequency converter
Booster systems with mains-operated pumps
Hydro MPC-E Hydro MPC-F Hydro MPC-S
Hydro MPC booster system with three
CRE, CRIE pumps.
Hydro MPC booster system with three CR pumps.
One of the pumps is connected to a Grundfos
CUE frequency converter in the control cabinet.
The speed-controlled operation alternates
between the pumps of the Hydro MPC.
Hydro MPC booster system with three
mains-operated CR, CRI pumps.
PT PT PT
One CRE, CRIE pump in operation.
One CR pump connected to a Grundfos CUE
frequency converter in operation.
One mains-operated CR, CRI pump in operation
Q
H
set H
Q
H
set H
Q
H
Hstop
set H
Three CRE, CRIE pumps in operation.
One CR pump connected to a Grundfos CUE frequency
converter and two mains-operated CR pumps in operation.
Three mains-operated CR, CRI pumps in
operation.
Q
H
set H
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
Hstop
set H

Hydro MPC-E maintains a constant pressure
through continuously variable adjustment of
the speed of the CRE, CRIE pumps connected.

The performance is adjusted to the demand
through cutting in/out the required number of
CRE, CRIE pumps and through parallel control
of the pumps in operation.

Pump changeover is automatic and depends
on load, operating hours and fault.

All pumps in operation will run at equal speed.

Hydro MPC-F maintains a constant pressure
through continuously variable adjustment of
the speed of the CR pump connected to a
Grundfos CUE frequency converter.
The speed-controlled operation alternates
between the pumps.

One CR pump connected to the Grundfos CUE
frequency converter always starts frst. If the
pressure cannot be maintained by the pump,
one or two mains-operated CR pumps will be
cut in.


Hydro MPC-S maintains an almost constant
pressure through cutting in/out the required
number of pumps.

The operating range of the pumps will lie
between the lines H
set
and H
stop
(cut-out
pressure). The cut-out pressure cannot be set,
but is calculated automatically.

Note: Grundfos Hydro MPC booster systems are designed for the transfer and pressure boosting of clean water mainly in waterworks.
2.7-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Hydro MPC
Product range
PT PT PT
Control variant Hydro MPC-E Hydro MPC-F Hydro MPC-S
Hydraulic data
Maximum head [m] 155 155 155
Flow rate [m
3
/h] 01080 01080 01080
Liquid temperature [C] 0 +70 0 +70 0 +70
Maximum operating pressure [bar] 16
1)
16
1)
16
1)
Motor data
Number of pumps 26 26 26
Motor power [kW] 0,3755
2)
0,5555 0,3755
Shaft seal
HQQE (SiC/SiC/EPDM)
Materials
CRI(E) 3CRI(E) 20:
Stainless steel
EN/DIN 1.4301/AISI 304

CR(E) 32CR(E) 150:
EN/DIN 1.4301/AISI 304

Manifold: Stainless steel
Manifold: Galvanized pipe
3)

Pipework connection
Union connection R 2R 2 R 2R 2 R 2R 2
DIN fange DN 80DN 350 DN 80DN 350 DN 80DN 350
Functions
Constant-pressure control
4)
Automatic cascade control
Pump changeover/alternation
Stop function
Proportional-pressure control
Bus communication (external)
Integrated frequency converter (in pump)
2)
- -
External frequency converter (in cabinet)
2)
-
Ethernet connection
Alternative setpoints
Redundant primary sensor (option)
Standby pump
Emergency run
Available as standard.
Available on request.
1)
Booster systems with a maximum operating pressure higher than 16 bar are available on request.
2)
Hydro MPC-E booster systems from 0.37 to 22 kW are ftted with speed-controlled CRE, CRIE pumps with integrated frequency converters. Hydro MPC-E booster
systems from 30 to 55 kW are ftted with CR, CRI pumps connected to Grundfos
3)
Galvanised manifolds are available as an option. For further information, contact Grundfos.
4)
The pressure will be almost constant between H
set
and H
stop
.
2.7-13
Tehnical data
Hydro MPC
System components
Pumps
As standard, Hydro MPC booster systems consist of two to six identical
CR, CRI, CRE or CRIE pumps connected in parallel and mounted on a
common base frame provided with a control cabinet and all the
necessary fttings (see chapter 2.6).
Manifold
A suction manifold of stainless steel (AISI 304/EN DIN 1.4301) is ftted
on the suction side of the pumps. A discharge manifold of stainless
steel (AISI 304/EN DIN 1.4301) is ftted on the discharge side of the
pumps.
An isolating valve and a non-return valve are ftted between the
discharge manifold and the individual pumps. The non-return valve
may be ftted on the suction side on request.
Note: In some regions, galvanised manifolds are available as an
option. For further information, contact Grundfos.
Motors
CR and CRI pumps
CR and CRI pumps are ftted with a totally enclosed, fan-cooled, 2-pole
Grundfos standard motor. Principal dimensions are in accordance
with the EN standards. Electrical tolerances to EN 60034.
Three-phase Grundfos motors from 3 kW and up have a built-in
thermistor (PTC) according to DIN 44082 (IEC 34-11: TP 211).
CRE and CRIE pumps
CRE and CRIE pumps are ftted with a totally enclosed, fan-cooled,
2-pole motor with integrated frequency converter.
Principal dimensions are in accordance with EN standards. Electrical
tolerances to EN 60034.
Motors with integrated frequency converter require no external
motor protection. The motor incorporates thermal protection against
slow overloading and seizure (IEC 34-11: TP 211).
Base frame
The pumps in a Hydro MPC system are mounted on a common base
frame. The base frame is made of stainless steel EN 1.4301.
Diaphragm tank
In buildings, it is usually necessary to install a diaphragm tank on the
discharge side of the booster system.
For information about diaphragm tanks see Accessories.
1
2
3
4 5
6
7
8
9
Pos Description Quantity
1 Control cabinet 1
2 Nameplate 1
3 Suction manifold 1
4 Isolating valve 2 per pump
5 Base frame 1
6 Non-return valve 1 per pump
7 Discharge manifold 1
8 Pressure transmitter/gauge 1
9 Pump 26
Standard motor
up to 4 kW: V 18
from 5,5 kW: V1
Insulation classF
IE3
Enclosure classI P 55
1)
Supply voltage (tolerance: 5%)
P
2
: 0,37 1,5 kW:
3220240/380415 V, 50 Hz
P
2
: 2,2 30 kW:
3380415 V, 50 Hz
1)
IP65 available on request.
Motor with integrated frequency converte r
P
2
P
2
: 1,57,5 kW P
2
: 1122 kW
Mounting designation V18
up to 4 kW: V 18
from 5,5 kW: V1
Insulation classF
I E2 IE2
Enclosure clas sI P 54
Supply voltage
(Tolerance: 10%)
1200240 V,
50/60 Hz
3380480 V,
50/60 Hz
3380415 V,
50/60 Hz
2.7-14
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Tehnical data
Hydro MPC
Control cabinet
The control cabinet is ftted with all the necessary components. If
necessary, Hydro MPC booster systems are ftted with a fan to remove
surplus heat generated by the frequency converter.
Control cabinet variants
The control cabinets are divided into three diferent designs:
Systems with the control cabinet mounted on the same base
frame as the pumps.
Systems with the control cabinet centred on the base frame.
Systems with the control cabinet mounted on its own base for
foor mounting.
The control cabinet can be placed up to 2 meters from the pumps. The
cables enable max.2 meters of distance between the control cabinet
and the pumps.
Frequency converters
Hydro MPC-E and Hydro MPC-F booster systems from 22 kW are
ftted with Grundfos CUE frequency converters. For more information
on CUE frequency converters, see chapter 6.5.
CU 351
The CU 351 multi-pump control unit of Hydro MPC is located in the
door of the control cabinet.
The CU 351 features an LCD display, many buttons and two indicator
lights. The control panel enables manual setting and change of
parameters.
The CU 351 has application-optimised software for adapting the
system to the application in question.
IO 351
The IO 351 is a module for exchange of digital and analog signals
between the CU 351and the remaining electrical system via GENIbus.
The IO 351 is available in the variants A and B.
IO 351A
The IO 351A is used for one to three mains-operated Grundfos
pumps.
IO 351B
The IO 351B is used for one to six mains-operated Grundfos pumps
and/or pumps controlled by external Grundfos CUE frequency
converters. The module can also be used as an input-output module
for communication with monitoring equipment or other external
equipment.
Functions
Important functions
In this chapter, the most important control function are mentioned.
For more information see separate catalogues or contact Grundfos.
(Hydro MPC-E, -F)
Constant-pressure control ensures that the Hydro MPC booster set
delivers a constant pressure despite a change in consumption.
Cascade control ensures that the performance of Hydro MPC is
automatically adapted to consumption by switching pumps on or
of.
The booster set thus runs as energy-efciently as possible and with a
limited num ber of pumps switched on.
This function makes it possible to set up to six setpoints as alternatives
to the primary setpoint.
The performance of the booster set can thus be adapted to other
consumption patterns.
Redundant primary sensor
Normally, signals from a primary sensor on the discharge side control
Hydro MPC.
A redundant primary sensor can be ftted as backup for the primary
sensor in order to increase the reliability and prevent stop of
operation.
Note:
The redundant primary sensor is available as a factory-ftted option
Stop function
The stop function is only used in connection with Hydro MPC booster
sets with variable-speed pumps
Pilot pump
The pilot pump takes over the operation from the main pumps in
periods when the consumption is so small that the stop function of
the main pumps is activated.
Proportional pressure
This function can be used in applications with a large pipe system,
for instance a village supplied with water from a pumping station or
waterworks.
The proportional pressure function of the CU 351 automatically adapts
the setpoint to the actual fow rate. The adaptation can be linear or
square. Such an automatic adaptation ofers you large energy savings
and optimum comfort at tapping point.
This function is one of the most important ones, as dry running
may damage bearings and shaft seals (for more information see
accessories).
CU 351

IO 351A IO 351B
2.7-15
Tehnical data
Hydro MPC
Overview of functions
Hydro MPC
-E -F -S
Functions via the CU 351 control panel
1)
Min. changeover time
Number of starts per hour
Standby pumps
Forced pump changeover
Pump test run
Dry-running protection (option)
Stop function
2)
Password
Clock program
Pilot pump
Soft pressure build-up
Emergency run
Pump curve data
Flow estimation
Limit exceeded 1 and 2
Pumps outside duty range
Communication
Ethernet connection
Other bus protocols: PROFIBUS, LON, MODbus, GSM/GPRS
4)
.
For further information contact Grundfos.

External GENIbus connection (option)
3

Standard
On request
1)
set
and H
stop
.
2)
Hydro MPC-S will have on/of control of all pumps.
3)
Communication available for other protocol systems. For more information contact Grundfos.
4)
Through adequate CIU communication units.
Pressure booster set selection
Guidelines for Hydro Multi-E selection can be seen on page 2.7-7.
For more information see WinCAPS CD or see WebCAPS database on www.grundfos.com or contact Grundfos.
Pressure booster set instalation
2.7-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Hydro MPC
Diaphragm tank
In buildings it is usually necessary to install a diaphragm tank on the
discharge side of the booster system. As standard, the Hydro MPC
booster system is designed for a maximum system pressure of 16 bar.
A standard Hydro MPC booster system includes pressure transmitters
and one pressure gauge with a nominal pressure of 16 bar (full scale)
Diaphragm tank sizing available on WebCAPS.
Redundant primary sensor
In order to increase the reliability, a redundant primary sensor can be
connected as backup sensor for the primary sensor. The redundant
primary sensor must be of the same type as the primary sensor
The booster system must be protected against dry running.
The inlet conditions determine the type of dry-running protection:
1. If the system draws water from a tank or a well, select a level switch
or an electrode relay for dry-running protection (one electrode relay
with three electrodes and each with 10 m of electrode cable).
2. If the system has an inlet pressure, select a pressure transmitter
for dry-running protection. (pressure switch with 2, 4, 8,16 bar
pressure limit).
3. If the system has an inlet pressure select a pressure switch for
dry-running protection. (pressure switch with 1, 2, 4, 6, 10,16 bar
pressure limit).
Pilot pump
The pilot pump takes over the operation from the main pumps during
periods when the consumption is so small that the stop function of
the main pumps is activated. A pilot pump is typically used in booster
systems as from 5.5 kW.
Position of non-return valve
As standard, non-return valves are ftted on the discharge side of the
pumps of the booster system.
In installations with suction lift, it is advisable to install non-return
valves on the suction side of the pumps to prevent dry running.
Stainless-steel non-return valve
As standard, the Hydro MPC booster system includes non-return
valves of polyoxymethylene (POM). Stainless-steel non-return valves
are available for pumped liquids containing abrasive particles. When
stainless-steel non-return valves are used, the maximum temperature
of the pumped liquid can be higher.
Note: Order one valve for each pump.
Emergency operation switch
The emergency operation switch enables emergency operation if a
fault occurs in the CU 351.
Note: The motor protection and the dry-running protection are not
activated during emergency operation. Order one switch for each
pump (-E, -F, -S).
Isolating switch (MPC-E,-S)
By means of an isolating switch ftted at the pumps, the power supply
to the pump can be switched of during repair, etc. (MPC-E direct,
MPC-S star/delta)
Note: Order one switch for each pump.
Isolating switch (MPC-F)
By means of an isolating switch ftted inside the control cabinet, the
power supply to the pump can be switched of during repair, etc.
Note: Order one switch for each pump.
Main switch for neutral conductor
The main switch for switching of the neutral conductor is used in
connection with single-phase motors (can be ordered with three-
phase motors).
This option is to be selected according to the local rules for the
installation site. As standard, the main switch does not switch of the
neutral conductor.
Operating light system
Operating light system can be ordered separately.
Green light:
- when the system is in operation
- when the relevant pump is in operation
Note: Order one for each pump.
Red light:
- if a fault occurs in the system
- if a fault occurs in a relevant pump
Note: Order one for each pump.
Hydro MPC
-E -F -S
Functions via the CU 351 control panel
1)
Min. changeover time
Standby pumps
Pump test run
Stop function
2)
Password
Clock program
Pilot pump
Emergency run
Pump curve data
Flow estimation
Limit exceeded 1 and 2
Communication
Ethernet connection
Other bus protocols: PROFIBUS, LON, MODbus, GSM/GPRS
4)
.
For further information contact Grundfos.

3

Standard
On request
1)
set
and H
stop
.
2)
Hydro MPC-S will have on/of control of all pumps.
3)
Communication available for other protocol systems. For more information contact Grundfos.
4)
Through adequate CIU communication units.
Pressure booster set selection
Guidelines for Hydro Multi-E selection can be seen on page 2.7-7.
Pressure booster set instalation
Pump type
Diaphragm tank volume (liters)
-E -F -S
CRI(E) 3 8 8 80
CRI(E) 5 12 12 120
CRI(E) 10 18 18 180
CRI(E) 15 80 80 300
CRI(E) 20 80 80 400
CR(E) 32 80 80 600
CR(E) 45 120 120 800
CR(E) 64 120 120 1000
CR(E) 90 180 180 1500
CR(E) 120 180 180 1500
CR(E) 150 180 180 1500
Pilot pump
Supply voltage
[V]
Total
height

[mm]
Product
number
CRIE 3-7 (0,55 kW) 1220240 520 97 52 69 96
CRIE 3-10 (0,75 kW) 1220240 620 97 52 69 98
CRIE 5-8 (1,1 kW) 1220240 656 97 52 70 00
CRIE 5-10 (1,5 kW) 3400 776 97 52 70 11
Description Pump type Product number
Visszacsapszelep
1)
CRI(E) 3 CRI(E) 5 96 49 91 27
CRI(E) 10 CRI(E) 20 96 49 91 28
CR(E) 32 CR(E) 90 96 49 91 29
1)
Maximum operating pressure is 25 bar.
2.7-17
Accessories
Hydro MPC
IO 351B interface
This option features a factory-ftted and non-programmed IO 351B
interface enabling exchange of nine additional digital inputs, seven
additional digital outputs and two additional analog inputs.
Note: As standard the CU 351 supports the installation of one IO 351B
interface
Ethernet
The ethernet connection makes it possible to get unlimited access to
the setting and monitoring of the Hydro MPC from a remote PC
GENIbus module
The GENIbus module is an add-on module that enables data
communication with external GENIbus devices, such as Grundfos CIU
communication interfaces.
Note: The GENIbus module is needed when you wish to transfer
operational data from the Hydro MPC to a building management
system.
CIU communication interface
The CIU enables communication of operating data, between the Hydro
MPC and a building management system. For more information se
chapter 6.2.
Transient voltage protection
The transient voltage protection protects the booster system against
high-energy transients.
Lightning protection
The booster system can be protected against strokes of lightning. The
lightning protection is in accordance with IEC 61024-1: 1992-10, class
B and C.
Note: Additional earthing facilities must be arranged by the customer
at the site of installation.
(Types: 3400 V, N, PE, 50/60 Hz ill. 3400 V, PE, 50/60 Hz)
Phase failure monitoring
The booster system should be protected against phase failure.
Note: A potential-free switch is available for external Monitoring.
Beacon
The beacon is on in case of a system alarm.
Note: Phase failure causes no alarm indication.
Audible alarm
The audible alarm sounds in case of a system alarm.
Voltmeter
A voltmeter indicates the mains voltage between the mains phases
and between the neutral conductor, N, and the mains phases.
Note: Order 1 voltmeter for each pump.
Ammeter
An ammeter indicates the current of one phase per pump.
Note: Order 1 ammeter for each pump.
Light and socket for control cabinet
Light and socket for control cabinet can be ordered in to the door of
the control cabinet.
2.7-18
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Notes
2.7-19
Notes
Pumps for special
industrial applications

3
Custom built pumps
3.1 Single-stage / end-suction pumps (ISO 2858)
NB/NBE, NK/NKE EN 733
NBG/NBGE, NKG/NKGE ISO 2858
3.2 Custom built CR pumps
CR, CRI, CRN, CRT, CRE, CRIE, CRNE, CRTE
CRNE-HS, CRN-SF
3.1-1
Single-stage / end-suction pumps (ISO 2858)
NB/NBE, NK/NKE - EN 733
NBG/NBGE, NKG/NKGE - ISO 2858
General data
Pumps for individual requirements
The NB, NBG, NK, NKG pumps can be customized to meet individual
requirements. This is due to the mix-and-match approach to
customization, where the many pump features and options should
be regarded as modules that can be combined to create the ideal
pump for the job at hand.
Applications
We ofer a wide range of custom-built variants of the NB, NBG, NK,
NKG type range for a variety of demanding industrial applications.
With these single-stage end-suction pumps, based on the well-known
NB, NK type range, we meet the customers needs for pumps capable
of handling these liquids:
crystallizing liquids
hardening/sticky liquids
high-viscosity liquids, such as paints and varnishes
aggressive liquids
abrasive liquids
toxic liquids
volatile liquids
fammable liquids.
NB, NBG, NK, NKG custom-built pumps can be adapted to special
installation requirements.
NB, NBG, NK, NKG custom-built pumps are available for these
temperature ranges:
water-based liquids: -20 C to +160 C
thermal oils: -20 C to +180 C.
various swimming bath applications
fre-fghting systems
aquafarming
district heating plants
heating systems
ventilation systems
drip-feed irrigation
Main characteristics of NB, NK pumps can be seen on page 2.1-1, for
NBG, NKG types see page 2.1-29.
Performance range
Series performance range can be seen on pages 2.1-52.1-10. and 2.1-
302.1-35.
Identication
See pages 2.1-112.1-13.
Pump options
Detailed overview of custom built pumps can be seen on pages 3.1-
33.1-4. And chapters 2.1 and 3.1.
For more information see (NB, NBG, NK, NKG, NBE, NBGE, NKE, NKGE
- Custom-built pumps according to EN 733 and ISO 2858) catalogue
or (Block- und Normpumpen nach Ma fur die Pumpenbaureihen
gema EN 733 und ISO 2858 ) german catalogue. These catalogues can
be downloaded from WebCAPS database on www.grundfos.com.
Series mechanical construction can be seen on pages 2.1-12.1-2.
Pump drive options
There are several options available:
factory mounted motor (A,A1,A2)
factory mounted motor with increased power (B)
without motor (NB/NK, NBG/NKG)
Bare shaft pump (NK/NKG)
For more information see pages 2.1-112.1-13.
Motors, motor protection, regulation
See page 2.1-3.
Operating conditions, pump installation
See pages 2.1-4 and 2.1-27.
NB, NK pump range
Pump type Footnote
d5
[mm]
Shaft seal diameter
[mm]
32 -
125.1 24 28
160.1 24 28
200.1 24 28
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 24 28
40 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 24 28
315 (3) 32 38
50 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 24 28
315 (3) 32 38
65 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 32 38
315 32 38
80 -
160 24 28
200 32 38
250 32 38
315 32 38
315* 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
100 -
160 24 28
200 32 38
250 32 38
250* 42 48
315 32 38
315* 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
125 -
200 32 38
250 32 38
250* 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
500 (3) 60 60
150 -
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
400* (1, 3) 48 55
500 (3) 60 60
200 -
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 48 55
250 -
350 (2, 3) 48 55
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 60 60
500 (2, 3) 60 60
* Oversize pump.
(1) Not available as NB.
(2) Not available in stainless steel.
(3) Not available with stufng box.
NBG, NKG pump range
Pump type Footnote
d5
[mm]
Shaft seal diameter
[mm]
50 - 32 -
125.1 24 28
160.1 24 28
200.1 24 28
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 (3) 24 38
65 - 50-
125 24 28
160 24 28
65 - 40-
200 24 28
250 (3) 32 38
315 (3) 32 38
80 - 65 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
80 - 50 -
200 24 28
250 (3) 32 38
315 (3) 32 38
100 - 80 -
125 24 28
160 (3) 32 38
100 - 65 -
200 (3) 32 38
250 32 38
315 (3) 42 48
125 - 80 -
160 (3) 32 38
200 32 38
250 32 38
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
125 - 100 -
160 (3) 32 38
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
150 - 125 -
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
500 (3) 60 60
200 - 150 -
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 48 55
400 (3) 48 55
500 (3) 60 60
250 - 200 -
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 48 55
300 - 250 -
350 (2, 3) 48 55
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 60 60
500 (2, 3) 60 60
(2) Not available in stainless steel, nor with double-seal arrangement.
Pump shaft diameter
3.1-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product overview
NB, NK pump range
Pump type Footnote
d5
[mm]
Shaft seal diameter
[mm]
32 -
125.1 24 28
160.1 24 28
200.1 24 28
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 24 28
40 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 24 28
315 (3) 32 38
50 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 24 28
315 (3) 32 38
65 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 32 38
315 32 38
80 -
160 24 28
200 32 38
250 32 38
315 32 38
315* 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
100 -
160 24 28
200 32 38
250 32 38
250* 42 48
315 32 38
315* 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
125 -
200 32 38
250 32 38
250* 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
500 (3) 60 60
150 -
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
400* (1, 3) 48 55
500 (3) 60 60
200 -
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 48 55
250 -
350 (2, 3) 48 55
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 60 60
500 (2, 3) 60 60
* Oversize pump.
(2) Not available in stainless steel.
NBG, NKG pump range
Pump type Footnote
d5
[mm]
Shaft seal diameter
[mm]
50 - 32 -
125.1 24 28
160.1 24 28
200.1 24 28
125 24 28
160 24 28
200 24 28
250 (3) 24 38
65 - 50-
125 24 28
160 24 28
65 - 40-
200 24 28
250 (3) 32 38
315 (3) 32 38
80 - 65 -
125 24 28
160 24 28
80 - 50 -
200 24 28
250 (3) 32 38
315 (3) 32 38
100 - 80 -
125 24 28
160 (3) 32 38
100 - 65 -
200 (3) 32 38
250 32 38
315 (3) 42 48
125 - 80 -
160 (3) 32 38
200 32 38
250 32 38
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
125 - 100 -
160 (3) 32 38
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
150 - 125 -
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 42 48
400 (3) 42 48
500 (3) 60 60
200 - 150 -
200 32 38
250 (3) 42 48
315 (3) 48 55
400 (3) 48 55
500 (3) 60 60
250 - 200 -
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 48 55
300 - 250 -
350 (2, 3) 48 55
400 (2, 3) 48 55
450 (2, 3) 60 60
500 (2, 3) 60 60
(2) Not available in stainless steel, nor with double-seal arrangement.
Pump shaft diameter
3.1-3
Conguration options
Conguration options
Motors
Anti-condensation
heater
Multiplug
connection

cUR, UR and CSA
approvals
Motors are available in many diferent confgurations to meet the
requirements presented by the power supply, the pumping
environment and the pumped liquid itself.

Power supply systems vary in terms of frequency, voltage and
protection methods.

Your environment may be explosive, very hot and/or very humid.
Special conditions also apply at great altitudes.

The liquid pumped can call for a special motor solution. High or low
viscosities and/or high or low densities may require non-standard
motor sizes.

A wide range of the pumps are available with electronically
speed-controlled motors.
Shaft seals
Non-cartridge
Solutions
Cartridge
solutions
Stufng box/
gland packing
A range of shaft seals suitable for diferent liquids, liquid temperatures
and pressures are available. Single and double shaft seals comply with
the EN 12756 standard. Also, stufng boxes are available for a variety
of liquids.
Pump Impeller Wear ring Shaft
Adaptation of the wetted parts of the pump is crucial for optimum
pump life. Heavily loaded components are available of varying
materials, i.e. impellers of cast iron, bronze and two stainless steel
grades. Wear rings come in options combined with impellers and
pump housing. Pump housings are available in cast iron and two
stainless steel grades.
Combinations of diferent rubber parts in the pump are allowed to
provide the cheapest solution for you.
For applications sensitive to downtime, a heavy-duty bearing design
as well as condition monitoring of the bearings are available.
Other options
ATEX-approved
Pumps
Certifcates
issued
Pump dimension
You can specify your Grundfos end-suction pump with a specifc duty
point, order it in alternative colours, with or without certifcates, and
with standard or spacer coupling.
f x a
w
d
5
D
N
s
l
m2
m1
Motor protection
(PTC/thermal
protection)
Oversized and
undersized
motors
Special voltage Enclosure class Frequency-controlled
motors
Seal face Shaft seal rubber
Parts
Back-to-back seal
(standard
mechanical seals)
Tandem seal
(standard
mechanical seals)
Tandem or
back-to-back seal
(cartridge seal)

Housing Pump rubber
parts
Bearing design Bearing
monitoring
Pump colour
3.1-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Conguration options
Motor protection
(PTC/thermal
protection)
Oversized and
undersized
motors
Special voltage Enclosure class Frequency-controlled
motors
Seal face Shaft seal rubber
Parts
Back-to-back seal
(standard
mechanical seals)
Tandem seal
(standard
mechanical seals)
Tandem or
back-to-back seal
(cartridge seal)

Housing Pump rubber
parts
Bearing design Bearing
monitoring
Pump colour
3.1-5
Applications
Aggressive/hazardous liquids
Applications:
Chemical industry
pharmaceutical industry
refneries
petrochemical industry
mining
To ensure a safe handling of the above liquids, we ofer pumps with
tandem seal arrangement and equipment to provide fushing
liquid control
ATEX approval,etc.
Hot-water applications
Hot-water applications often expose pumps to a variety of extreme
conditions, such as high temperatures, long operating hours, frequent
starts/stops, pressure fuctuations, poor inlet conditions and high
inlet pressure.
Such conditions may result in cavitation and/or cause increased
wear of pump parts, such as motor bearings and shaft seal, and thus
reduce pump life.
To avoid breakdowns, we ofer custom-built solutions designed to
meet your needs.
We provide solutions for these applications:
cleaning and washing applications
high-temperature applications.
Cleaning and washing applications
These applications often call for special features such as pump
housing without feet, the ability to pump pulp residues and to
withstand cleaning agents. In this case, stainless steel pump versions
and special O-rings in shaft seal and pump are often required.
A double shaft seal solution with fushing of the shaft seal by
the pumped liquid may also be required if particles and pulp are
suspended in the washing/cleaning liquid.
High-temperature applications
The pumping of hot liquids demands much of pump parts, such as the
shaft seal and rubber parts and bearing design in the bearing bracket.
An NBG, NKG pump with a single mechanical shaft seal can handle
liquid temperatures up to +140 C.
The pressure ratings of these pumps is up to 16 bar for cast iron
pumps and 25 bar for stainless steel pumps.
Some NKG pumps are designed for double shaft seal solutions
(tandem or back-to-back) which can handle temperatures up to +160
C. The pressure rating of these pumps is up to 16 bar for cast iron
pumps and 25 bar for stainless steel pumps.
With tandem or back-to-back seal arrangements, additional life of
the shaft seals can be expected due to better lubrication of the shaft
seals. We also provide diferent seal faces to ensure a trouble-free
operation at high temperatures.
Low-temperature applications
Liquids down to -25 C
In applications where liquids are pumped at temperatures down
to -25 C, it is crucial for a successful operation that pump parts are
made of the right materials and dimensions.
At such low temperatures, the selection of wrong materials and
dimensions may cause deformation because of thermal expansion,
and eventually stoppage of operation.
If the pump is installed in a very cold engine room and is operating
with a frequent on/of cycle there is a risk of build-up of condensate
in the motor terminal box. To avoid this, we can incorporate an anti-
condensation heater in the motor terminal box.
Coolants (glycols and brines)
Coolants are numerous but some common properties have to be
considered when selecting the pump solution for this, such as:
higher viscosity due to the lower operating temperature and
density difering from that of water
various additives to increase life of coolant and system
crystallisation of the pumped liquid on seal faces.
For applications involving coolants, shaft seals with reduced seal faces
are commonly used. We also ofer diferent elastomer combinations
in shaft seals and in the pump to adapt exactly to the pumped liquid.
For downtime sensitive applications, we ofer NKG pumps with
double-seal arrangements which can prevent crystallisation on the
seal faces.
For applications involving brines, we ofer cast iron pumps for
temperatures below 0C and stainless steel pumps for brines at
higher temperatures.
Special installation requirements
In some special applications like, places with limited access and space,
of-shore and maritime applications, mobile applications etc. due to
safety, location and arrangement requirements, some installations
require pumps of another design than traditional horizontal pumps.
Options:
Vertically mounted NB, NBG pumps.
NK, NKG pumps are available as bare shaft pumps.
Bare shaft NK, NKG pump
Pumps without motor
NB, NBG NK, NKG
3.1-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Flanges
F = Fixed fange F = Fixed fange
NB, NBE, NK, NKE
Pump size
Pump option
Cast iron pump Stainless steel pump
Flange
Rating
Flange
standard
Flange
rating
Flange
standard
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
A
N
S
I

(
c
o
d
e

G
)
J
I
S

(
c
o
d
e

J
)
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
A
N
S
I

(
c
o
d
e

G
)
J
I
S

(
c
o
d
e

J
)
32-125.1 F F x F x
32-160.1 F F x F x
32-200.1 F F x F x
32-125 F F x F x
32-160 F F x F x
32-200 F F x F x
32-250 F F x F x
40-125 F F x F x
40-160 F F x F x
40-200 F F x F x
40-250 F F x F x
40-315 F F x F x
50-125 F F x F x
50-160 F F x F x
50-200 F F x F x
50-250 F F x F x
50-315 F F x F x
65-125 F F x F x
65-160 F F x F x
65-200 F F x F x
65-250 F F x F x
65-315 F F x F x
80-160 F F x F x
80-200 F F x F x
80-250 F F x F x
80-315 F F x F x
80-400 F F x F x
100-160 F F x L x
100-200 F F x L x
100-250 F F x L x
100-315 F F x L x
100-400 F F x L x
125-200 F F x L x
125-250 F F x L x
125-315 F F x L x
125-400 F F x L x
125-500 F F x L x
150-200 F x L x
150-250 F x L x
150-315 F x L x
150-400 F x L x
150-500 F x L x
200-400 F x
200-450 F x
250-350 F x
250-400 F x
250-450 F x
250-500 F x
L = Loose fange, cast iron
GGG50-EN-GJS-500-7 or stainless steel1.4408.
NBG, NBGE, NKG, NKGE
Pump size
Pump option
Cast iron pump Stainless steel pump
Flange
Rating
Flange
standard
Flange
rating
Flange
standard
P
N

1
0
P
N

1
6
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
A
N
S
I

(
c
o
d
e

G
)
J
I
S

(
c
o
d
e

J
)
P
N

1
6
P
N

2
5
P
N

4
0
1
)
D
I
N

(
c
o
d
e

F
)
A
N
S
I

(
c
o
d
e

G
)
J
I
S

(
c
o
d
e

J
)
50-32-125.1 F F x F F F x x x
50-32-160.1 F F x F F F x x x
50-32-200.1 F F x F F F x x x
50-32-125 F F x F F F x x x
50-32-160 F F x F F F x x x
50-32-200 F F x F F F x x x
50-32-250 F F x F F F x x x
65-50-125 F F x L L L x x x
65-50-160 F F x L L L x x x
65-40-200 F F x L L L x x x
65-40-250 F F x L L L x x x
65-40-315 F F x L L L x x x
80-65-125 F F x L L L x x x
80-65-160 F F x L L L x x x
80-50-200 F F x L L L x x x
80-50-250 F F x L L L x x x
80-50-315 F F x L L L x x x
100-80-125 F F x L L L x x x
100-80-160 F F x L L L x x x
100-65-200 F F x L L L x x x
100-65-250 F F x L L L x x x
100-65-315 F F x L L L x x x
125-80-160 F F x L L L x x x
125-80-200 F F x L L L x x x
125-80-250 F F x L L L x x x
125-80-315 F F x L L L x x x
125-80-400 F F x L L L x x x
125-100-160 F F x L L L x x x
125-100-200 F F x L L L x x x
125-100-250 F F x L L L x x x
125-100-315 F F x L L L x x x
125-100-400 F F x L L L x x x
150-125-200 F F x L L L x x x
150-125-250 F F x L L L x x x
150-125-315 F F x L L L x x x
150-125-400 F F x L L L x x x
150-125-500 F F x L L L x x x
200-150-200 F x L L L x x x
200-150-250 F x L L L x x x
200-150-315 F x L L L x x x
200-150-400 F x L L L x x x
200-150-500 F x L L L x x x
250-200-400 F x
250-200-450 F x
300-250-350 F x
300-250-400 F x
300-250-450 F x
300-250-500 F x
L = Loose fange, cast iron
GGG50-EN-GJS-500-7 or stainless steel1.4408.
1)
The max. pressure rating for the pump is 25 bar.
3.2-1
Custom built CR pumps
CR, CRI, CRN, CRT, CRE, CRIE, CRNE,
CRTE, CRNE-HS, CRN-SF
General data
Performance
Flow rate max. 180 m
3
/h and head max. 480 m
Water-based liquids: -40 C to +180 C.
Thermal oils: -20 C to +240 C
Ambient temperature depending on motor type
Max. operating pressure 25 bar
Customised CR pumps
We ofer a wide range of customised variants of the CR type range for
a variety of demanding industrial applications.
With these multistage in-line pumps, based on the well-known CR
type range, we meet the customers needs for pumps capable of
handling special installation requirements and these liquids:
crystallising liquids
high-viscosity liquids such as paints and varnishes
aggressive liquids
volatile liquids
fammable liquids.
Pump construction
Most of the pumps are available with either mains-operated motors
(CR, CRI, CRN and CRT) or electronically speed-controlled motors (CRE,
CRIE, CRNE and CRTE).
Note: CRT(E) 2, 4, 8 and 16 are also available as customised pumps.
The patented Grundfos LiqTec system eliminates the risk of
breakdowns due to dry running. If there is no liquid in the pump, the
LiqTec will stop the pump immediately (see chapter 6.7).
Shaft seal options
Extreme liquids sometimes call for extreme measures.
High temperatures damage seal faces unless precautions are
taken.
Concern for safety can necessitate special measures for aggressive,
toxic or fammable liquids.
Liquids can be harmful to shaft seals because they crystallise,
harden or are extremely abrasive.
The specially designed cartridge seal increases reliability, ensures safe
handling and enables easy service and access. The cartridge shaft seal
comes in a wide choice of materials. It is available in single and double
seal arrangements and magnetic drive confgurations.
Pump options
The CR pump elements can handle the most demanding liquids and
pressures, and be adapted to suit many other requirements.
Horizontal installation if height is a limitation.
Poor inlet conditions mean that NPSH values must be adjusted to
avoid cavitation.
Very high pressures demand special solutions.
Special surface treatments or certifcates may be required.
For more information, see pages 3.2-43.2-6.
Connection options
Your chosen pump elements can be ftted with exactly the connection
options you need. All standards are covered, and special connection
variants are available for maximum compactness, high liquid
pressures etc.
Material options
The Grundfos CR pump is available in four diferent material
variants:
CRT(E): Titanium
CRN(E): Stainless steel AISI 316
CRI(E): Stainless steel AISI 304
CR(E): Stainless steel AISI 304/cast iron.
Motor options
CR/CRI/CRN/CRT three-phase pumps are made as standard by EuP
640/2009/EC, IE2/IE3 efciency class and IP55 enclosure class.
2-pole: 0,3775 kW
4-pole: 0,2518,5 kW
CRE/CRIE/CRNE/CRTE pumps are three-phase, frequency-controled
and with IP55 enclosure class.
2-pole: 0,3722 kW
4-pole: 0,255,5 kW
CR motors are available in many diferent confgurations to meet the
requirements presented by the power supply, the pump environment
and/or the pumped liquid itself.
Power supply systems vary in terms of both frequency and voltage,
and required protection methods.
Your environment may be explosive, very hot and/or very humid.
Special conditions also apply at high altitudes.
The pumped liquid can call for a special motor solution. High or
low viscosities and/or high or low densities may require non-
standard motor sizes. You may also need an explosion-proof
variant.
The installation site of the pump may require alternative positions
of pump and motor parts, such as terminal box positions and vent
screw positions.
Pump type 1s 1 3 5 10 15 20 32 45 64 90 120 150
CR(E)
CRI(E)
CRN(E)
Available
3.2-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Performance range CR, CRI, CRN
CRE, CRIE, CRNE
CRT, CRTE
Note: CRTE pumps are available.
Note: CRE, CRIE, CRNE pumps are available up to 22 kW.
1 0,8 11 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200
Q [m/h]
20
30
40
60
80
100
200
300
400
H
[m]
50 Hz
CR 150
CR 120
CR 1
CR 3
High pressure series CRNE-HS, CRN-SF
CR 5
CRI 1
CRN 1
CRI 3
CRN 3
CRI 5
CRN 5
CRN 32
CRN 64
CRN 90 CRN 45
CR 32
CR 45
CR 64
CR 90
CR 10
CRI 10
CRN 10
CR 15
CRI 15
CRN 15
CR 20
CRI 20
CRN 20
CR 1s
CRI 1s
CRN 1s
CRN 120
CRN 150
1 0,8 11 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200
Q [m/h]
0
20
40
60
80
[%]
Eta
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 20 30 40
Q [m/h]
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 100
200
300
H
[m]
50 Hz
CRT 16 CRT 8 CRT 4 CRT 2
3.2-3
General data
Motors
Variant Description
ATEX-approved motor
For operation in hazardous atmospheres,
explosion-proof or dust-ignition-proof motors
may be required.
Motor with anticonden-
sation heating unit
For operation in humid environments, motors
with built-in anti-condensation heating unit may
be required.
low sound pressure level
motors
Grundfos ofers low sound pressure motors
IE3 efciency class
motors
Grundfos ofers IE3 efciency class motors
(EuP 640/2009/EC)
Motor with thermal
protection
We ofer motors with built-in bimetallic thermal
switches or temperature-controlled PTC
sensors (thermistors) incorporated in the motor
windings.
Oversize motor
Ambient temperatures above 60 C or
installation at altitudes of more than
1000 metres above sea level require the use of
an oversize motor, i.e. derating.
4-pole motor
Grundfos ofers ofers 4-pole standard
motors.
Connections and other variants
Variant Description
Pipe connections
In addition to the wide range of standard fange
connections, a 16 bar DIN standard clamping
fange is available.
Customised fanges are available according to
specifcations.
PJE, FlexiCLAMP,
TriClamp connection
These connections are of a hygienic design
with a sanitary coupling for use in the
pharmaceutical and food industry.
Electropolished
pump
To substantially reduce the risk of corrosion of
the materials.
For use in the pharmaceutical and food industry.
Shaft seals
Variant Description
Shaft seal with
FFKM O-ring
Shaft seals with FFKM or FXM O-ring are
recommended for applications where the
pumped liquid may damage the standard
O-ring material.
Seal with fush,
quench seal
Recommended for applications involving
crystallising, hardening or sticky liquids.
Air-cooled shaft
seal system
extremely high temperatures.
No conventional mechanical shaft seal can
withstand liquid temperatures of up to 180 C
for any length of time.
For such applications, Grundfos unique aircooled
shaft seal system is recommended.
In order to ensure a low liquid temperature
around the standard shaft seal, the pump is
ftted with a special air-cooled shaft seal
chamber. No separate cooling is required.
Double seal with
(back-to-back)
pressure chamber
poisonous or explosive liquids.
Protects the surrounding environment and the
people working in the vicinity of the pump.
Consists of two seals mounted in a "back-to-back"
arrangement inside a separate pressure seal
chamber. As the pressure in the chamber is
higher than the pump pressure, leakage is
prevented. A dosing pump or a special pressure
intensifer generates the seal chamber pressure.
CR MAGdrive
Magnetically driven pumps for industrial
applications. Key applications are industrial
processes involving the handling of aggressive,
environmental, dangerous or volatile liquids,
for example organic compounds and solvents.
Pumps
Variant Description
Horizontally
mounted pump
For safety or height reasons, certain
applications, for instance on ships, require the
pump to be mounted in the horizontal position.
For easy installation, the pump is ftted with
brackets that support motor and pump.
Low-temperature
pump
Exposed to temperatures down to -40 C,
coolant pumps may require neck rings with a
diferent diameter in order to prevent impeller
drag.
High-speed pump
up to 47 bar (HS)
For high-pressure applications, we ofer a unique
pump capable of generating a pressure of up to
47 bar.
The pump is ftted with a high-speed motor, type
MGE. The direction of rotation is the opposite of that
of standard pumps, and the chamber stack is turned
upside-down, as a result of which the pumped liquid
fows in the opposite direction.
High-pressure
pump up to 47 bar (SF)
For high-pressure applications, we ofer a
unique double pump system capable of
generating a pressure of up to 47 bar.

Low-NPSH pump
(improved suction)
Recommended for boiler-feed applications
where cavitation may occur due to poor inlet
conditions.
Pump with bearing
fange
The bearing fange is suitable for applications
where the inlet pressure is higher than the
maximum pressure recommended.
The bearing fange increases the life of motor
bearings. Recommended for standard motors.
Belt-driven pump
Belt-driven pumps designed to operate in
places with limited space or where no electrical
power is available.
Pump for pharmaceutical
and biotechnological
applications
CRNE pumps designed for applications
requiring the sterilisation and CIP capability of
pipes, valves and pumps.
(CIP = Cleaning-In-Place.)
Type keys
Pump
Example CR E 32 s -4 -2 -A -F -G -E -HQQE
Type range:
CR, CRI, CRN, CRT
Szivatty E-motorral
Flow rate [m
3
/h]
All impellers with reduced diameter
(applies only to CR, CRI, CRN 1s)
Number of impellers
Number of reduced-diameter impellers
(CR, CRN 32, 45, 64, 90, 120, 150)
Code for pump version
Code for pipe connection
Code for materials
Code for rubber parts
Code for shaft seal
Shaft seal
Example -H -Q -Q -E
Shaft seal type designation
Material of rotating seal face
Material of stationary seal face
Material of secondary seal (rubber parts)
Codes
Code Description
Pump version
A
B
D
DW
E
F
G
H
HS
I
J
K
M
N
P
R
SF
V
X
Basic version
Oversize motor
Pump with pressure intensifer
Deep-well pump with ejector
Pump with certifcate/approval and ATEX-approved pumps
CR pump for high temperatures(air-cooled top assembly)
Multi-E slave
Horizontal version
High-pressure pump with high-speed MGE motor
Diferent pressure rating
Pump w/diferent max. speed
Pump with low NPSH
Magnetic drive
Fitted with sensor
Undersize motor
Horizontal version with bearing bracket
High-pressure pump
mester szivatty Multi-E berendezshez
Special version
Pipe connection
A
B
CA
CX
F
G
J
N
P
X
Oval fange
NPT thread
FlexiCLAMP
TriCLAMP
DIN fange
ANSI fange
JIS fange
Changed diameter of ports
PJE coupling
Special version
Materials
A
D
G
GI
I
II
K
S
X
Basic version
Carbon-graphite-flled PTFE (bearings)
Wetted parts of 1.4401/AISI 316
All parts of stainless steel, wetted parts
of 1.4401/AISI 316
Wetted parts of 1.4301/AISI 304
All parts of stainless steel, wetted parts
of 1.4301/AISI 304
Bronze (bearings)
SiC bearings + PTFE neck rings
Special version
Code for rubber parts
E
F
K
V
EPDM
FXM (Fluoraz)
FFKM (Kalrez)
FKM (Viton)
Shaft seal type designation
A
D
H
K
O
P
X
Balanced O-ring seal
O-ring seal with fxed driver
Balanced cartridge seal with O-ring
Type M as cartridge seal
Double seal, back-to-back
Double seal, tandem
Special version
Seal face material
B
C
H
U
Q
X
Carbon, synthetic resin-impregnated
Other types of carbon
Cemented tungsten carbide, embedded (hybrid)
Cemented tungsten carbide
Silicon carbide
Other ceramics
Secondary seal material (rubber parts)
E
F
K
V
EPDM
FXM (Fluoraz)
FFKM (Kalrez)
FKM (Viton)
3.2-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Motors
Variant Description
ATEX-approved motor
For operation in hazardous atmospheres,
explosion-proof or dust-ignition-proof motors
may be required.
Motor with anticonden-
sation heating unit
For operation in humid environments, motors
with built-in anti-condensation heating unit may
be required.
low sound pressure level
motors
Grundfos ofers low sound pressure motors
IE3 efciency class
motors
Grundfos ofers IE3 efciency class motors
(EuP 640/2009/EC)
Motor with thermal
protection
We ofer motors with built-in bimetallic thermal
switches or temperature-controlled PTC
sensors (thermistors) incorporated in the motor
windings.
Oversize motor
Ambient temperatures above 60 C or
installation at altitudes of more than
1000 metres above sea level require the use of
an oversize motor, i.e. derating.
4-pole motor
Grundfos ofers ofers 4-pole standard
motors.
Connections and other variants
Variant Description
Pipe connections
In addition to the wide range of standard fange
connections, a 16 bar DIN standard clamping
fange is available.
Customised fanges are available according to
specifcations.
PJE, FlexiCLAMP,
TriClamp connection
These connections are of a hygienic design
with a sanitary coupling for use in the
pharmaceutical and food industry.
Electropolished
pump
To substantially reduce the risk of corrosion of
the materials.
For use in the pharmaceutical and food industry.
Shaft seals
Variant Description
Shaft seal with
FFKM O-ring
Shaft seals with FFKM or FXM O-ring are
recommended for applications where the
pumped liquid may damage the standard
O-ring material.
Seal with fush,
quench seal
crystallising, hardening or sticky liquids.
Air-cooled shaft
seal system
extremely high temperatures.
No conventional mechanical shaft seal can
withstand liquid temperatures of up to 180 C
for any length of time.
For such applications, Grundfos unique aircooled
shaft seal system is recommended.
In order to ensure a low liquid temperature
around the standard shaft seal, the pump is
ftted with a special air-cooled shaft seal
chamber. No separate cooling is required.
Double seal with
(back-to-back)
pressure chamber
poisonous or explosive liquids.
Protects the surrounding environment and the
people working in the vicinity of the pump.
Consists of two seals mounted in a "back-to-back"
arrangement inside a separate pressure seal
chamber. As the pressure in the chamber is
higher than the pump pressure, leakage is
prevented. A dosing pump or a special pressure
intensifer generates the seal chamber pressure.
CR MAGdrive
Magnetically driven pumps for industrial
applications. Key applications are industrial
processes involving the handling of aggressive,
environmental, dangerous or volatile liquids,
for example organic compounds and solvents.
Pumps
Variant Description
Horizontally
mounted pump
For safety or height reasons, certain
applications, for instance on ships, require the
pump to be mounted in the horizontal position.
For easy installation, the pump is ftted with
brackets that support motor and pump.
Low-temperature
pump
Exposed to temperatures down to -40 C,
coolant pumps may require neck rings with a
diferent diameter in order to prevent impeller
drag.
High-speed pump
up to 47 bar (HS)
For high-pressure applications, we ofer a unique
pump capable of generating a pressure of up to
47 bar.
The pump is ftted with a high-speed motor, type
MGE. The direction of rotation is the opposite of that
of standard pumps, and the chamber stack is turned
upside-down, as a result of which the pumped liquid
fows in the opposite direction.
High-pressure
pump up to 47 bar (SF)
For high-pressure applications, we ofer a
unique double pump system capable of
generating a pressure of up to 47 bar.

Low-NPSH pump
(improved suction)
Recommended for boiler-feed applications
where cavitation may occur due to poor inlet
conditions.
Pump with bearing
fange
The bearing fange is suitable for applications
where the inlet pressure is higher than the
maximum pressure recommended.
The bearing fange increases the life of motor
bearings. Recommended for standard motors.
Belt-driven pump
Belt-driven pumps designed to operate in
places with limited space or where no electrical
power is available.
Pump for pharmaceutical
and biotechnological
applications
CRNE pumps designed for applications
requiring the sterilisation and CIP capability of
pipes, valves and pumps.
(CIP = Cleaning-In-Place.)
Variants
The variants are available on request. Although the Grundfos CRE,
CRIE, CRNE product range ofers a number of pumps for diferent
applications, customers require specifc pump solutions to satisfy
their needs.
Below please fnd the range of options available for customising the
CRE pumps to meet the customers demands.
Contact Grundfos for further information or for requests other than
the ones mentioned below.
3.2-5
Conguration options
4-pole motors Explosion-proof
motors
Anti-condensation
heater
Multiplug
connections
CSA/UL-approved
motors
Shaft seals Rubber parts Titanium Non-cartridge
solution
CR pumps with
air-cooled top
CR high-pressure
Pumps
Horizontal
mounting
All-stainless steel
CR pumps
CRH, horizontal
end-suction pumps
Low temperature
Oval fanges (CR) Flanges (CR) PJE connections
(CRI, CRN)
Flanges
(CRI, CRN)
Clamp
connections
(CRI, CRN)
VIK-approved
motors
Motor protection Oversize or
undersize
motors
Special voltage Enclosure class Terminal box
positions

MAGdrive Back-to-back
seal arrangement
CR pump with
pressure
intensifer
CR pump with
barrier liquid
Tandem seal
arrangement
Dry-running
protection
Alternative
Colour
Bearing fange Pump rubber
parts
CR low-NPSH
pumps
CR deep-well
pumps
Belt-driven CR
pumps
Bearing
materials
Surface
treatment
Oval fanges
(CRI, CRN)
TriClamp
connections
(CRN)
Union
connections
(CRI, CRN)
PJE connections
(CRT)
Customised
solutions
3.2-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Conguration options
VIK-approved
motors
Motor protection Oversize or
undersize
motors
Special voltage Enclosure class Terminal box
positions

MAGdrive Back-to-back
seal arrangement
CR pump with
pressure
intensifer
CR pump with
barrier liquid
Tandem seal
arrangement
Dry-running
protection
Alternative
Colour
Bearing fange Pump rubber
parts
CR low-NPSH
pumps
CR deep-well
pumps
Belt-driven CR
pumps
Bearing
materials
Surface
treatment
Oval fanges
(CRI, CRN)
TriClamp
connections
(CRN)
Union
connections
(CRI, CRN)
PJE connections
(CRT)
Customised
solutions
3.2-7
Curve charts
Example
1 Number of stages.
First fgure: Number of stages.
Second fgure: Number of reduced-diameter impellers.
2
The power curves indicate pump input power per stage.
Curves are shown for pump with one stage (P2
1
), low-NPSH stage (P2
1n
2/3
).
The bold curves indicate the recommended duty range for best efciency.
5 The eta curve shows the efciency of the pump. The eta curve is an average curve of all the pump types shown in the chart.
The efciency of pumps with reduced-diameter impellers is approx. 2 % lower than the eta curve shown in the chart.
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
H
[m]
0 2 4 6 8 10
Q [l/s]
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
[kPa]
p
CR, CRN 32
50 Hz
ISO 9906 A fggelk
-11
-11-2
-12
-12-2
-13
-13-2
-14
-14-2
-10
-10-2
-2
-3
-3-2
-4
-4-2
-5
-5-2
-6
-6-2
-7
-7-2
-8
-8-2
-9
-9-2
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0,0
0,7
1,4
2,1
2,8
P2
[kW]
0
20
40
60
80
[%]
Eta
P22/3
P21/1n
P21/1
Eta
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0
8
16
24
[m]
H
0
2
4
6
NPSH
[m]
0
80
160
240
[kPa]
p
QH 2900 rpm1/1n NPSH
QH 2900 rpm1/1
QH 2900 rpm2/3
Alacsony NPSH
Example of curve chart of CR low-NPSH
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
Detailed information on pump types (curves, drawings, technical data.) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on
Example
1 Number of stages.
First fgure: Number of stages.
Second fgure: Number of reduced-diameter impellers.
2
The power curves indicate pump input power per stage.
Curves are shown for pump with one stage (P2
1
), low-NPSH stage (P2
1n
2/3
).
The bold curves indicate the recommended duty range for best efciency.
5 The eta curve shows the efciency of the pump. The eta curve is an average curve of all the pump types shown in the chart.
The efciency of pumps with reduced-diameter impellers is approx. 2 % lower than the eta curve shown in the chart.
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
H
[m]
0 2 4 6 8 10
Q [l/s]
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
[kPa]
p
CR, CRN 32
50 Hz
ISO 9906 A fggelk
-11
-11-2
-12
-12-2
-13
-13-2
-14
-14-2
-10
-10-2
-2
-3
-3-2
-4
-4-2
-5
-5-2
-6
-6-2
-7
-7-2
-8
-8-2
-9
-9-2
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0,0
0,7
1,4
2,1
2,8
P2
[kW]
0
20
40
60
80
[%]
Eta
P22/3
P21/1n
P21/1
Eta
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Q [m/h]
0
8
16
24
[m]
H
0
2
4
6
NPSH
[m]
0
80
160
240
[kPa]
p
QH 2900 rpm1/1n NPSH
QH 2900 rpm1/1
QH 2900 rpm2/3
Alacsony NPSH
Example of curve chart of CR low-NPSH
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3.3 High pressure booster modules with submersible pumps
BM, BMB
3.4 High pressure booster modules with external drive
BME, BMET
3.5 High pressure piston pumps
BMP, BMPE
3.3-1
General data
with submersible pumps
BM, BMB
Flow rate: BM: max.160 m
3
/h
BMB: max.280 m
3
/h
Head: max. 470 m
(for more details about modules with higher fow-rate and Head see
page 3.3-4.)
(-for higher temperatures ask for an
ofer
-for more information on operating
conditions, see page 3.3-5. )
Sound pressure level: BM, BMB 4, 6: < 70 dB(A)
BM, BMB 8: < 80 dB(A)
Operating pressure data: see page 3.3-5.
Applications
The Grundfos BM, BMB booster modules are suitable for industrial
and water supply applications requiring increased system pressure.
It is the optimum solution for applications requiring the following:
sealless pumps
pumps capable of coping with high system pressures
high heads
quiet operation
a minimum of maintenance.
Pumped liquids
Thin, non-explosive liquids not containing abrasive particles or
fbres. The liquid must not attack the pump materials chemically or
mechanically.
If the density and/or viscosity of the pumped liquid is higher than
that of water, it may be necessary to use motors with a higher output
than the standard output stated.
Curves drawings
Curves types and drawings can be found on WinCAPS CD and on
WebCAPS online database on www.grundfos.com website.
Information on curve types can be seen in chapter 1. of this
catalogue.
Construction
Modifed standard SPA, SP submersible pumps are used for the BM
booster modules. Pump and motor are centered in the stainless-steel
sleeve.
Both sleeve ends can be connected to the piping by means of Victaulic
couplings.
The sleeve of BM 4, 6 and 8 modules is supplied with straight pipe
inlet and outlet. BM 4 modules are also available with 90 bends at
the suction and discharge ends.
The BM series contain a terminal box for electrical connection and it
is located at the discharge end (motor cables are included).
For the BMB series the terminal box should be ordered separately.
Standard pumps
The following standard pumps are available for the BM booster
modules:
SP 3A, SP 5A and SP 8A in 4 sleeve
SP 17, SP 30, SP 46 and SP 60 in 6 sleeve
SP 30, SP 46, SP 60, SP 77, SP 95, SP 125, in 8 sleeve.
Note: The BM booster modules are supplied without non-return
valves.
Motor
Asynchronous submersible squirrel-cage motor of the canned type
with water-lubricated bearings.
Voltage: 3380415 V, +6, -10%, 50 Hz
Enclosure class: IP 54/IP 58
Insulation class: B (MS 4000 motors)
F (MS 6000 and Franklin motors)
Rated speed: 2870 min
-1
Note: there are motors with other voltage and frequency available
on request.
3.3-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
BM, BMB
3.3-3
General data
BM, BMB
BM Types and versions
BM 4" (with straight pipe) BM 6"
BM 4" (with elbow) BM 8"
BMB Types and versions
BMB 4" with straight pipe BMB 6"
BMB 4" (with elbow) BMB 8"
Sectional drawings (example)
1. Sleeve
2. Discharge connection
3. Suction connection
4. Submersible motor
5. Submersible pump
6. Cable inlet
7. Terminal box
8. Inlet bypass valve
9. Locking system for BM 4" and BM 6" have a left-hand thread for locking
2 5 4 3
1
6
7 8 9
Type key
Example BM 3 (A) 24 N E
Booster module: BM/BMB
Rated pump fow rate [m
3
/h]
Generation
Number of stages
Materials Sleeve Pump Motor
BM/BMB 4"
N = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
NE = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
R =
1)
1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L
BM/BMB 6"
-
2)
1.4301/304 1.4301/304 1.4301/304
N = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
NE = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
R =
1)
1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L
BM/BMB 8"
-
2)
1.4301/304 1.4301/304 1.4301/304
3)
N = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4401/316
NE = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4401/316
1)
This material available only for BM series.
2)
This material available only for BMB series.
3)
The lower part of the motor EN-GJL-200 cast iron.
NE = pump with FKM (Viton) seals.
Installation
Modules connected in series and in
parallel
Connections
Size BM/BMBType
Victaulic coupling
style 77
4" BM/BMB 3A BM/BMB 8A 1 / 42 mm
6" BM/BMB 17 BM/BMB 60 3" / 89 mm
8" BM/BMB 30 BM/BMB 46 3" / 89 mm
8" BM/BMB 60 4" / 114 mm
8" BM/BMB 77 BM/BMB 95 5" / 139 mm
8" BM/BMB 125 6"/ 168 mm
Symbols used in gures
Air escape valve
Closing valve
Non-return valve
Pressure switch
Flow switch
Pressure gauge
Motor-operated valve
Diaphragm
Bypass
1
2
3
4
Booster unit with four modules connected in
series, mounted above each other

Bypass
Bypass
1
2
3
4
Booster unit with two modules connected in series
and in parallel, mounted above each other

Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
1
2
3
4
parallel, mounted above each other

Bypass
1
2
3
4
Booster unit with four modules connected in series
with bypass, mounted above each other
3.3-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
BM Types and versions
BM 4" (with straight pipe) BM 6"
BM 4" (with elbow) BM 8"
BMB Types and versions
BMB 4" with straight pipe BMB 6"
BMB 4" (with elbow) BMB 8"
Sectional drawings (example)
1. Sleeve
2. Discharge connection
3. Suction connection
4. Submersible motor
5. Submersible pump
6. Cable inlet
7. Terminal box
8. Inlet bypass valve
9. Locking system for BM 4" and BM 6" have a left-hand thread for locking
2 5 4 3
1
6
7 8 9
Technical data
BM, BMB
Type key
Example BM 3 (A) 24 N E
Booster module: BM/BMB
Rated pump fow rate [m
3
/h]
Generation
Number of stages
Materials Sleeve Pump Motor
BM/BMB 4"
N = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
NE = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
R =
1)
1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L
BM/BMB 6"
-
2)
1.4301/304 1.4301/304 1.4301/304
N = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
NE = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4539/904
R =
1)
1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L 1.4539/904L
BM/BMB 8"
-
2)
1.4301/304 1.4301/304 1.4301/304
3)
N = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4401/316
NE = 1.4401/316 1.4401/316 1.4401/316
1)
This material available only for BM series.
2)
This material available only for BMB series.
3)
The lower part of the motor EN-GJL-200 cast iron.
NE = pump with FKM (Viton) seals.
Installation
Modules connected in series and in
parallel
Connections
Size BM/BMBType
Victaulic coupling
style 77
4" BM/BMB 3A BM/BMB 8A 1 / 42 mm
6" BM/BMB 17 BM/BMB 60 3" / 89 mm
8" BM/BMB 30 BM/BMB 46 3" / 89 mm
8" BM/BMB 60 4" / 114 mm
8" BM/BMB 77 BM/BMB 95 5" / 139 mm
8" BM/BMB 125 6"/ 168 mm
Symbols used in gures
Air escape valve
Closing valve
Non-return valve
Pressure switch
Flow switch
Pressure gauge
Motor-operated valve
Diaphragm
Bypass
1
2
3
4
series, mounted above each other

Bypass
Bypass
1
2
3
4
Booster unit with two modules connected in series
and in parallel, mounted above each other

Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
1
2
3
4
parallel, mounted above each other

Bypass
1
2
3
4
Booster unit with four modules connected in series
with bypass, mounted above each other
3.3-5
BM, BMB
Limitations to operation
The capacity of the modules should always be kept within the
recommended fow rate and pressure range of each individual
pump.
Automatic control devices
To protect the pumps against dry running and to ensure a minimum
fow of cooling water past the motors, the system must be ftted with
fow and pressure control devices.
A pressure switch on the suction side is sized in accordance with the
estimated inlet pressure. At a lower pressure (see table above), an
alarm is given and shortly after the pumps will stop (max. 15 sec.).
All discharge connections to the system should be ftted with fow
switches which will stop the system at the set minimum fows.
The above control devices ensure a correct inlet pressure and a
minimum fow of cooling water past the motor. Flow switch cutting-
in is adjusted for a minimum time delay equivalent to the maximum
starting frequency of the system.
Checking of operation
Depending on the number of operating hours of the pumps, the
following should be checked at suitable intervals:
fow
starting frequency
control and protective devices
liquid temperature
minimum fow through modules during operation.
Series operation (high pressure)
If a pressure higher than that of a single module is required, several
modules are connected in series. The resulting pressure is found by
adding the pressure of each individual module. The fow rate will be
the same as for one pump.
Note: Make sure that the maximum inlet pressure is not exceeded.
Parallel operation (high ow)
If a fow higher than that of a single module is required, several
modules are connected in parallel. The resulting fow is found by
adding the fow of each individual module. The pressure will be the
same as for one pump.
Accessories
For some booster module motors, a motor protector should be
installed in front of the terminal box.
The best solution is the Grundfos MP 204 which is an electronic
motor protector, designed for the protection of an asynchronous
motor or a pump. This unit provides detailed local (R100) and remote
communication. Further information can be seen in chapter 6.8. of
this catalogue.
Automatic control devices
Accessories are available as local measuring, signaling, intervening
and safety devices and necessary components for a communication
network in a central monitoring system.
After the appropriate specifcation is determined, the equipment can
be ordered.
Elements connecting the modules - after proper specifcations can
be ordered. For help in selection of these elements, ask the experts
from Grundfos.
data.) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue
catalogue.
Type m
3
/h Tpus m
3
/h
BM/BMB 3A 0,84,4 BM/BMB 46 2460
BM/BMB 5A 2,56,8 BM/BMB 60 3575
BM/BMB 8A 4,010 BM/BMB 77 3896
BM/BMB 17 8,024 BM/BMB 95 47118
BM/BMB 30 1537 BM/BMB 125 75187
Recommended pressure [bar]
Type
Inlet pressure Outlet pressure
Min. Max.* Max.*
BM BMB BM BMB BM BMB
4" 0,5 0,5 60 30 80 60
6" 0,5 0,5 50 20 80 50
8"** 1 1 25 10 70 35
8"*** 1 1 10 45
* Note: If the maximum inlet/outlet pressure is exceeded, a safet y
valve should be installed.
** 4 " and 5" sleeve
*** 6 " sleeve
Maximum permissible liquid temperature
Motor
Max. liquid
temperature

C m/s m
3
/h
Grundfos 4" 40 0,15 0,8
Grundfos 6" 40 0,15 5,5
Franklin 8" 30 0,16 18,5
3.4-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
with external drive
BME, BMET
Flow: 20-95 m
3
/h
Head: max. 690 m
(for higher temperatures on request)
Operating pressure: 70 bar
Inlet pressure: BME: -min. 1bar BMET: -min. 2 bar.
-max. 30 bar -max. 5 bar
Product features
High-grade stainless steel used in pump and frame.
Large fows and high heads.
Energy recovery up to 34% means very short payback time for
turbine pump module (BMET).
Motor and bearings are standard components.
Maintenance-free shaft seal.
V-belt drive with high efciency.
Easy to start up.
Easy to dismantle for service.
Applications
The booster modules are suitable for the pumping of thin, non-
explosive liquids not containing solid particles or fbres. The liquid
must not attack the booster module materials chemically.
Main installation areas
Water treatment in ultra-fltration systems.
Water treatment in reverse osmosis systems.
Water pressure boosting systems.
Water supply.
Construction
BME Grundfos multi-stage submersible pump built into a stainless
steel sleeve. The pump is powered via a v-belt pulley head by means
of an electric standard motor. The pulley ball bearing features an
automatic lubricating and cooling system. The axial thrust from the
pump is absorbed by a built-in thrust bearing.
BMET modules consist of a BME module with a second Grundfos
submersible pump which is powered via a Pelton turbine and
connected in series with the frst pump. The modules are designed for
use in reverse osmosis systems where the energy from the resulting
high-pressure concentrate is recovered by the turbine. This gives
energy savings of up to 34% compared to conventional systems.
Shaft seals
The shaft seal is made of carbon/silicon carbide, specially designed
for high pressures.
Bearings
The rubber bearings in the pump are water-lubricated, and ball
bearings in the motor are grease-lubricated.
Connections
Suction and discharge connections: PJE (Victaulic) coupling 3, 76
mm.
Outlet, turbine: Hose connection 300 mm.
Motor
Air-cooled cage rotor, fully enclosed three-phase asynchronous motor.
Power and sizes are according to DIN 42673.
Enclosure type: B3
Voltage: 3380415 V, 50 Hz
Insulation class: F/B
Rated speed: 2950 min
-1
Ambient temperature: max. 40 C (on request max. 55C)
Built in thermistor: PTC (relay: AEG TM A3)
Special versions: other voltages and frequencies on request
Detailed information on curves and drawings can be seen on WebCAPS
CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on www.grundfos.com website.
Designation Material DIN W.-Nr.
Pump Stainless steel 1.4539
Distributing pipe Stainless steel 1.4539
Pipe elements Stainless steel 1.4539
Pump shaft Stainless steel 1.4462
Seal ring Rubber (NBR)
O-ring Rubber (NBR)
Bearing Rubber (NBR)
Axial bearing carbon/ceramic
Shaft seal carbon/silicon carbide
Base frame Stainless steel 1 .4301
Type key
Example BME (/T) 30 16 (/17)
Type range
With turbine
Pump type
Number of stages of motor-driven pump
Number of stages of turbine-driven pump
3.4-2
Technical data
with external drive
BME, BMET
Operating limits
Flow rate
Pump type
Min.fow
[m
3
/h]
Max.fow
[m
3
/h]
SP 17 20 36
SP 20 36 63
SP 46 63 95
Schematics
Pressure
Type Max.
Operating pressure
Min.
inlet pressure
Max.
inlet pressure
BME 70 bar 1 bar 30 bar
BMET 70 bar 2 bar 5 bar
BME
RO-filter
Permeate
Concentrate
(brine)
Raw-water
Supply
BMET
RO-filter
Permeate
turbina
Concentrate
(brine)
Raw-water
Supply
System overview BMET*
Base BMET
Pump body
V-belt
Motor
Second pump
Pelton turbine
The BM series are without turbine and second pump.
3.5-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
High pressure piston pumps
BMP, BMPE
Flow: 0,2-10,2 m
3
/h
Inlet pressure: 04 bar
Liquid temperature: +3 C . +50 C
Ambient temperature: 0 C . +50 C
Applications
BMP pumps are suitable for a variety of applications ranging from
pumping of potable water to pumping of chemicals. The pumps can
therefore be used in a wide diversity of pumping systems.
Cleaning/washing - Vehicle washing
- Cleaning of food plants
- Cleaning of flters
Injecting - Injection of pesticides
- Machine tool coolants
Misting - Lumber conditioning
- Odour control
- Temperature control
Processing - Chemicals
- meat deboning
- Reverse osmosis/ultra-fltration
Pumped liquids
Thin, non-explosive (except EX-series) liquids not containing abrasive
particles or fbres. The liquid must not be fammable (oil, petroleum,
etc.). The liquid must not attack the pump materials chemically or
mechanically. The pump must not be used with liquids that decrease
surface tension (e.g. soap).
Note: The liquid requires pre-fltering, max. hole size 10 m (abs.
10
>
5000)
BMP - raw water
- potable water
- groundwater
- surface water (lakes and rivers)
BMP-N - softened water (cation exchange)
- demineralised water
(demineralised/de-ionised water)
- water processed according to the reverse osmosis
principle (RO water)
- If coolants such as HFA, HFC, etc. are to be pumped,
please contact Grundfos.
BMP-R - brackish water
- sea water
- brine
- water containing various chemicals
Features and benets
High efciency
Small and light
Generates insignifcant pulsations in the discharge line
No preventive maintenance required
Long service life
Few wear parts
Wide speed control range
Extreme recirculation capability without overheating (up to 90%)
Lubricated by the pumped liquid.
Type key
Example BMP 2.5 - A O I BBVP
Pump range:
BMP = With standard motor
BMPE = With external frequency converter
Materials:
- = All components in contact with the pumped liquid are
EN 1.4301 and PEEK*
N = All components in contact with the pumped liquid are
EN 1.4401 and PEEK*
R = All components in contact with the pumped liquid are
EN 1.4462 and PEEK*
Code for pump version:
A = First generation
Code for pipe connection:
O = External thread
P = Victaulic/PJE
Code for materials:
I = Stainless steel EN 1.4301
A = Stainless steel EN 1.4462
Code for shaft seal:
B = Bellows (rubber)
B = Carbon
V = Aluminum oxide ring
P = NBR rubber
* PEEK = Polyetheretherketone
3.5-2
Technical data
BMP, BMPE
Construction
Pump
Grundfos BMP, BMPE booster module piston pumps, are designed
for the transfer of liquids under high pressure. The pumps are based
on the axial piston principle enabling a very light and compact
design.
The BMP versions operate with constant motor speed.
The BMPE versions are supplied with an external fre-quency converter
set to operate with a constant torque.Frequency control enables
continuously variable control of motor speed, which makes it possible
to set the pump to operate at any duty point within the allowed speed
range. The aim of continuously variable control of the motor speed is
to adjust the performance to a given fow requirement.
Motor
Pumps are ftted with totally enclosed, fan-cooled, 2- or 4-pole
Grundfos standard motors with principal dimensions according to
the EN standards.
Electrical tolerances according to EN 60 034.
Efciency class: IE2 (2010-2011)
IE3 (from 2012)
According to EuP 640/2009/EC .
The anechoic noise level is calculated by subtracting 3 dB(A) from
the stated values.
Positioning
The suction port is marked with an I.
The discharge port is marked with an O.
The pump must be installed on a solid foundation by means of the
bolt holes in the foot-mounted motor. It is recommended to use
vibration-absorbing machine feet.
catalogue.
For further details, please contact Grundfos experts
Sound pressure level in dB(A) at 140 bar, 50 Hz
BMP 0.2 72,4 BMP 0.3 N 72,3 BMP 0.6 R 72,4
BMP 0.4 72,6 BMP 0.6 N 72,4 BMP 1.0 R 72,6
BMP 0.6 72,8 BMP 1.0 N 72,8 BMP 1.8 R 71,7
BMP 1.0 71,3 BMP 1.7 N 72,0 BMP 2.2 R 71,7
BMP 1.2 71,3 BMP 2.1 N 72,0 BMP 5.1 R 78,0
BMP 2.5 71,4 BMP 3.4 N 71,4 BMP 6.5 R 78,0
BMP 3.2 72,4 BMP 4.4 N 72,4 BMP 7.2 R 78,0
BMP 6.2 78,3 BMP 6.2 N 78,3 BMP 8.2 R 78,0
BMP 7.0 78,3 BMP 7.0 N 78,3 BMP 10.2 R 78,0
BMP 8.0 78,3 BMP 8.0 N 78,3
3.5-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
BMP, BMPE
Pumping systems
Closed pumping system
Open pumping system
Legend:
Pos. Description
A Water tank
B Level switch
C Pressure gauge
D
E Low-pressure switch
F BMP pump
G Non-return valve
H Application
I Pressure relief valve (adjustable)
D F G
I
E
H
C
B
A
D F G
I
E
H
3.5-4
Accessories
BMP, BMPE Curve charts
Component Description Part no.
Non-return valve P PJE " - PJE "
Material: Stainless steel (DIN 1.4462)
Max. pressure: 70 bar
Rated fow: 170 l/min.
Opening pressure: 0.5 bar
Pressure loss: 2 bar
96 12 62 10
Adapter PJE " - GE 25 SR
96 12 62 11
High-pressure hose
(Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4462)
- PJE 1", L = 500 mm
- PJE 1", L = 1000 mm
96 12 62 03
96 12 62 04
PJE 2", L = 500 mm
PJE 2", L = 1000 mm
96 12 62 12
96 12 62 13
Socket - PJE 2" high-pressure ftting for pump (short)
- Material: Stainless steel (DIN 1.4462)
96 55 11 32
- PJE 2" high-pressure ftting for pump (long)
96 55 11 33
Adapter from PJE to LP hos - Socket PJE 1" to 50
96 55 11 34
Pressure relief valve
(material: stainless steel EN 1.4301)
Operating range: 25-140 bar/max. 1.8 m
3
/h
Thread size: G
3
8"
96 12 58 90
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 91
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 92
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 93
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 94
High-pressure hose
- GE 12, L = 500 mm 96 12 61 99
- GE 12, L = 1000 mm 96 12 62 00
- GE 25, L = 500 mm 96 12 62 01
- GE 25, L = 1000 mm 96 12 62 02
Male stud connector
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 17
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 18
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 19
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 20
- G " / GE 25 96 12 62 21
- G 1" / GE 25 96 12 62 22
- G 1" / GE 25 96 12 62 23
Note:Adapters and connecting elements are available from EN 1.4571 and EN 1.4541 materials on request.
Component Description Part no.
Non-return valve P PJE " - PJE "
Max. pressure: 70 bar
Rated fow: 170 l/min.
Opening pressure: 0.5 bar
Pressure loss: 2 bar
96 12 62 10
Adapter PJE " - GE 25 SR
96 12 62 11
High-pressure hose
(Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4462)
- PJE 1", L = 500 mm
- PJE 1", L = 1000 mm
96 12 62 03
96 12 62 04
PJE 2", L = 500 mm
PJE 2", L = 1000 mm
96 12 62 12
96 12 62 13
Socket - PJE 2" high-pressure ftting for pump (short)
96 55 11 32
- PJE 2" high-pressure ftting for pump (long)
96 55 11 33
Adapter from PJE to LP hos - Socket PJE 1" to 50
96 55 11 34
Pressure relief valve
3
/h
Thread size: G
3
8"
96 12 58 90
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 91
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 92
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 93
3
/h
Thread size: G"
96 12 58 94
High-pressure hose
- GE 12, L = 500 mm 96 12 61 99
- GE 12, L = 1000 mm 96 12 62 00
- GE 25, L = 500 mm 96 12 62 01
- GE 25, L = 1000 mm 96 12 62 02
Male stud connector
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 17
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 18
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 19
- G " / GE 12 96 12 62 20
- G " / GE 25 96 12 62 21
- G 1" / GE 25 96 12 62 22
- G 1" / GE 25 96 12 62 23
Note:Adapters and connecting elements are available from EN 1.4571 and EN 1.4541 materials on request.
3.6 Single- and multistage immersible pumps
MTR, MTRE, SPK, SPKE, MTH, MTA
3.7 Screw pumps
MTS
3.8 Single-stage centrifugal pumps with semi-open impellers
MTB
3.6-1
General data
Single- and multistage immersible pumps
Introduction
MTR, SPK, MTH pumps
The MTR, SPK, MTH, pumps are vertical multistage centrifugal
pumps designed for pumping of cooling lubricants for machine tools,
condensate transfer and similar applications.
The pumps are designed to be mounted on top of tanks with the
chamber stack immersed in the pumped liquid. MTR, SPK, MTH pumps
come in various pump sizes and have various numbers of stages to
provide the fow, the pressure and the installation length required.
The pumps consist of two main components: The motor and the
pump unit. The motor is a Grundfos standard MG motor designed to
EN standards.
The pump unit consists of optimised hydraulics, various types of
connections, a motor stool, a given number of chambers and various
other parts.
MTRE, SPKE pumps with frequency control
MTRE and SPKE pumps are built on the basis of standard pumps. The
diference between the standard pumps and the MTRE and SPKE
pump ranges is the motor. These pumps are ftted with an E-motor,
i.e. a motor with built-in frequency control.
The motors of these pumps are Grundfos MGE motors designed to
EN standards.
Frequency control enables continuously variable control of motor
speed, which makes it possible to set the pump to operate in any
duty point. Continuously variable control of the motor speed enables
adjustment of the performance to a given requirement.
The pump materials are the same as those of the MTR and SPK pump
ranges.

MTA pumps
The MTA series consist of a standard Grundfos MG type asynchronous
motor and low-pressure single-stage pumps.
These pumps are designed for pumping of cooling lubricants for
machine tools, condensate transfer and similar applications.
The pumps are designed to be mounted on top of tanks, with the
chamber stack immersed in the pumped liquid.
The tanks are located in an open hydraulic circuit, while the drive
motor is located outside the tank. The fange between the two units
provides good sealing with the tank.There is a wide range of diferent
pumps available, for more information see page 3.6-6.
The pumps require no maintenance because they do not contain
shaft seals and other wear parts.
Applications
Application MTR(E) SPK(E) MTH MTA
Boring
Sawing
Milling
Grinding
Spark erosion
Wire cutting
Turning
Chilling
Part washing
Filtration
Condensate systems
Wash and clean
3.6-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Performance range, MTR, MTRE, 50 Hz
Performance range, MTH, 50 Hz
MTR
MTRE
50 Hz
MTR(E) 1s
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50
Q [m
3
/h]
Q [l/min]
H
[m]
Eta
[%]
Q [l/min]
15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500600 800 1000 1500
10
0
20
40
60
80
10
20
30
40
60
80
100
200
15 20
MTRE 45, MTRE 64 performance limit
30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500600 800 1000 1500
MTR(E) 1 MTR(E) 3 MTR(E) 5 MTR(E) 10 MTR(E) 15 MTR(E)
20
MTR(E)
32
MTR(E) 45 MTR(E) 64
16 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150
Q [l/min]
10
20
40
60
80
100 100
H
[m]
11 2 3 4 5 6 7
Q [m/h]
100
200
400
600
800
1000
p
[kPa]
MTH
50 Hz
MTH 4 MTH 2
3.6-3
General data
Performance range, SPK, SPKE, 50Hz
Product range
SPK 1
Example: SPK 1-8/8
Number of impellers
B
[mm]
1 3 5 8 11 15 19 23
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

c
h
a
m
b
e
r
s
1 140
3 182
5 224
8 287
11 350
15 434
19 518
23 602
23* 1005
Motor [kW] 0,06 0,06 0,12 0,18 0,25 0,37 0,37 0,55
* with extension pipe
SPK 2
Example: SPK 2-8/8
Number of impellers
B
[mm]
1 3 5 8 11 15 19 23
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

c
h
a
m
b
e
r
s
1 140
3 182
5 224
8 287
11 350
15 434
19 518
23 602
23* 1005
Motor [kW] 0,06 0,12 0,18 0,37 0,37 0,55 0,75 0,75
SPK 4
Example: SPK 4-8/8
Number of impellers
B
[mm]
1 3 5 8 11 15 19
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

c
h
a
m
b
e
r
s
1 140
3 182
5 224
8 287
11 350
15 434
19 518
19* 1005
Motor [kW] 0,06 0,18 0,37 0,55 0,75 1,1 1,1
SPK 8
Example: SPK 8-7/7
Number of impellers
B
[mm]
1 3 5 8 11 15 19 23
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

c
h
a
m
b
e
r
s
1 182
2 224
3 266
5 350
7 434
9 518
12 644
15 770
15* 1005
Motor [kW] 0,25 0,37 0,55 0,75 1,1 1,5 2,2 2,2
16 20 40 60 80 100 200
Q [l/min]
10
20
40
60
80
100
H
[m]
1 2 4 6 8 10
Q [m/h]
100
200
400
600
800
1000
p
[kPa]
SPK
50 Hz
SPK 1
SPK 4 SPK 2 SPK 8
3.6-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Performance range, MTA, 50 Hz
Performance range, MTA-H, 50 Hz
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Q [l/min]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
H
[m]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Q [m/h]
MTA
50 Hz
200 120 90 60 30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
Q [l/min]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
H
[m]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Q [m/h]
MTA-H
50 Hz
100 70 40 20
3.6-5
General data
Product description
MTR, MTRE pumps
Flow: 0,3-85 m
3
/h
Liquid temperature: -10 C . +90 C
Pumped liquids: see page 3.6-11.
Construction
The pump is a vertical multistage centrifugal pump with mechanical
shaft seal according to EN 12 756.
Mounting fange dimensions are according to DIN 5440. To meet
specifc depths of tanks or containers, the immersible length of the
pump can be varied using
empty chambers. The pump is ftted with closed impellers ofering
optimum hydraulic efciency and minimum power consumption.
For determining the head height for MTR 120 types, see separate
catalogue.
Standard shaft seals: HUUV
The pump and the motor are connected with a rigid coupling.
Motors
See page 3.6-9.
Materials
A version: Standard range with wetted parts of cast
iron EN-GJL 200 and stainless steel EN 1.4301
I version: Stainless steel version with all wetted
parts of stainless steel EN 1.4301 or EN 1.4408.
Custom built pumps with diferent materials, seals, couplings are also
available (see Type key section).
SPK, SPKE pumps
Flow: 0,2-11 m
3
/h
Construction
empty chambers. In this case the chambers containing impellers are
positioned on the side of the intake manifold.
Standard shaft seals: AUUV
The pump and the motor are connected with a rigid coupling.
Motors
See page 3.6-9.
Materials
MTR MTRE
Connections
Version Connection Code
A version
Internal thread G/Rp/NPT
Rp
Flange DIN/JIS/ANSI
I version
Internal thread G/Rp/NPT
Flange DIN/JIS/ANSI
SPK SPKE
Connections
A version
Internal thread G/NPT
Rp
I version Internal thread G/Rp/NPT
3.6-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
MTH pumps
Flow: 0,3-85 m
3
/h
Construction
empty chambers. In this case the chambers containing impellers are
positioned on the side of the intake manifold.
Standard shaft seals: AUUV
MTH pumps are ftted with an integrated Grundfos
motor where the rotor shaft is used as pump shaft.
Motors
See page 3.6-9.
Materials
MTA pumps
Flow: 0,7-21,3 m
3
/h
Head: max. 13,5 m
Liquid temperature: 0 . +60 C
Construction
Single-stage centrifugal pump with semi-open impellers for transport
of fuids containing metal fbers and abrasive particles.
Max. particle size:
MTA 30, 60, MTA 20H, 40H, 70H, 100H: 45 mm
MTA 90, 120, 200: 810 mm
Max. kinematic viscosity: 90 mm
2
/s(=cSt)
Versions
For fuid clean-up technology (sedimentation or fltration) there are
two versions of inlet directions:
Impeller design
Depending on pressure class: - normal pressure
- high pressure (H)
Motors
See page 3.6-9.
Materials:
Pump housing: -Cast iron, GG-20
Impeller: - PAA GF 50 (MTA 30, 60, 90 )
- bronz casts, G-CuZn-5ZnPb (other types)
Connections
Thread: - Rp
3
/8Rp 2; G G 1
- NPT1 NPT
Connections
A version Internal thread Rp/NPT
I version Internal thread Rp/NPT

inlet
inlet
3.6-7
General data
Type key
MTR, MTRE
Example MTR E 32 (s) -2 /1 -1 -A -F -A -H UU V
Pump type
Pump with integrated frequency control
Rated fow rate [m
3
/h]
(applies only to MTR 1s)
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
Number of impellers with reduced diameter
Pump version
A
B
C
E
F
H
P
J
T
X
Basic version
Oversize motor
Suction pipe
Pump with certifcate/approval
120 C version
Horizontal version
Pump with diferent max. speed
Undersize motor
Double oversize
Special version
Pipe connection
F
G
J
M
W
WB
X
DIN fange
ANSI fange
JIS fange
Square fange with internal thread
Internal thread
NPT internal thread
Special version
Materials
A
I
X
Basic version
Wetted parts EN 1.4301/AISI 304
Special version
Shaft seal
H Balanced cartridge seal
Q
U
B
Silicon carbide
Tungsten carbide
Carbon
E
F
K
V
EPDM
FKM
MTR pump
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
3.6-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Type key
MTR, MTRE
Example MTR E 32 (s) -2 /1 -1 -A -F -A -H UU V
Pump type
Pump with integrated frequency control
Rated fow rate [m
3
/h]
(applies only to MTR 1s)
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
Number of impellers with reduced diameter
Pump version
A
B
C
E
F
H
P
J
T
X
Basic version
Oversize motor
Suction pipe
120 C version
Horizontal version
Pump with diferent max. speed
Undersize motor
Double oversize
Special version
Pipe connection
F
G
J
M
W
WB
X
DIN fange
ANSI fange
JIS fange
Internal thread
NPT internal thread
Special version
Materials
A
I
X
Basic version
Wetted parts EN 1.4301/AISI 304
Special version
Shaft seal
H Balanced cartridge seal
Q
U
B
Silicon carbide
Tungsten carbide
Carbon
E
F
K
V
EPDM
FKM
MTR pump
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
General data
SPK, SPKE
Example SPK E 2 -15 /8 A -W -A A UU V
Pump type
Pump with integrated
frequency control
Rated fow rate [m
3
/h]
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
Pump version
A
B
C
E
F
H
L
P
T
X
Basic
Oversize motor
Suction pipe
120 C version
Horizontal version
With extension pipe
Undersize motor
Double oversize
Special version
Pipe connection
M
W
WB
Internal thread
NPT internal thread
Materials
A
I
Basic
Pump head of stainless steel
Shaft seal
A
B
C
R
Bellows seal, rubber
O-ring seal with fxed seal driver
O-ring seal with spring as seal driver
O-ring seal, type A, with reduced seal faces
A
B
Q
U
V
Carbon metal-impregnated
Carbon resin-impregnated
Silicon carbide
Tungsten carbide
Metal oxides, ceramic
E
K
P
V
EPDM
NBR
FKM
MTH
Example MTH 2 -6 /3 -A -W -A -A UU V
Pump type
Rated fow rate [m
3
/h]
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
Pump version
A
C
X
Basic
Suction pipe
Special version
Pipe connection
W
WB
Internal thread
NPT internal thread
Materials
A
I
Basic
Pump head of stainless steel
Shaft seal
A
B
C
R
Bellows seal, rubber
O-ring seal with fxed seal driver
O-ring seal with spring as seal driver
O-ring seal, type A, with reduced seal faces
A
B
Q
U
V
Carbon, metal-impregnated
Carbon, resin-impregnated
Silicon carbide
Tungsten carbide
Metal oxides, ceramic
E
K
P
V
EPDM
NBR
FKM
MTA
Example MTA 30 H -150 -A -W -A -T
Pump type
Pump size
Pressure level
(H = high pressure)
Immersion depth [mm]
Pump version
(A = standard)
Connection
W = Rp - Internal thread
WB = NPT - Internal thread
Impeller material
A = PAA GF50
B = bronze
Inlet direction
T = from above
B = from below
MTR pump
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
MTR pump
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
3.6-9
Technical data
Motors
Motors for MTR, MTRE, SPK, SPKE pumps
Pumps are ftted with a totally enclosed, fan-cooled, 2-pole Grundfos
standard MG or Siemens motors with principal dimensions according
to IEC standards.
Electrical data, MTR/SPK pumps
Electrical data, MTRE/SPKE pumps
Electrical data, MTH pumps
Motors are totally enclosed, fan-cooled, 2-pole motors with principal
dimensions according to IEC standards.
Electrical data, MTA pumps
The pump is ftted with a totally enclosed, fan-cooled motor.
Motor protection
MG (standard) motors
Three-phase motors must be connected to a motorprotective circuit
breaker in accordance with local regulations.
Three-phase Grundfos motors from 3 kW and upwards have a built-in
MGE motors
MTRE/SPKE pumps require no external motor protection. The MGE
motor incorporates thermal protection against slow overloading and
blocking (IEC 11: TP 211).
As standard the pumps have their terminal box mounted in position 6
oclock of the pump; however, other positions are possible.
On MTH pumps the terminal box cannot be mounted in position 12.
It should be turned in to another position during mounting.
() It should be turned in to another position during mounting, if this
position is necessary, than it should be ordered with a 3 oclock
positioned terminal box.
catalogue.
For more information on curve types see chapter 1. of this catalogue.
Up to 4 kW V 18/B 14
From 5.5 kW V 1/B 5
Insulation class F
0,060,55 kW
0,7530 kW IE2*
Supply voltage, 50 Hz
(Tolerance 10 %)
0,0630 kW 3220240/380415 V
0,375,5 kW 3380415 V
7,530 kW 3380415/660690 V
* from 2012 IE3
Up to 4 kW V 18/B 14
From 5.5 kW V 1/B 5
Insulation class F
0,7522 kW IE2*
(Tolerance 10 %)
0,371,5 kW 1200240 V
0,7522 kW 3380480 V
* IE2 class
Insulation class F
(Tolerance 10 %))
3220240/380415 V
Insulation class F
Enclosure class I P 54
MTA 200 I E3
(Tolerance 10 %)
3220240/380415 V
Frequency-control not recommended.
MTA terminal box positions
Pump type
possible positions
9 oclock (standard) 3 oclock
MTA 30
MTA 60
MTA 90
MTA 120 ()
MTA 200 ()
MTA 20H
MTA 40H
MTA 70H
MTA 100H ()
6 oclock
position
standard

9 oclock
position
12 oclock
position
3 oclock
position
9 oclock
standard
Discharge Discharge
3 oclock
All MTH pumps have a sound pressure level below 70 dB(A).
Maximum number of starts
Motor size
[kW]
Recommended maximum number of starts per hour*
0,060,18 100
0,252,2 250
34 100
5,511 50
1522 40
30 8
* MTA pumps: 250
MT, MTRE, SPK, SPKE pumps
Motor
[kW]
L
pA
[dB(A)]
50 Hz 60 Hz
0,06 41 41
0,12 41 41
0,18 41 41
0,25 56 62
0,37 53 58
0,55 53 56
0,75 53 57
1,1 60 65
1,5 59 65
2,2 61 66
3,0 59 64
4,0 65 69
5,5 63 68
7,5 60 65
11 60 65
15 60 65
18,5 60 65
22 64 69
30 70 84
The values have been measured according to EN ISO 4871.
MTH pumps
MTA pumps
Pump type
LpA [dB (A)]
50 Hz
MTA 30 < 45
MTA 60 < 45
MTA 90 < 45
MTA 120 < 62
MTA 200 < 62
MTA 20H < 45
MTA 40H < 45
MTA 70H < 45
MTA 100H < 62
Vibration level
MTA pumps
Vibration speed (RMS) [mm/s]* < 1,8
*Vibration control ISO 10816-1 Klasse lB.
Ambient temperature
Motor
Power
[kW]

Motor make
Motor
efciency
class
Maximum
ambient
temperature
at full load
[C]

Maximum
altitude above
sea level
[m]

0,060,18 Siemens - +40 1000
0,250,55 Grundfos MG - +40 1000
0,75 Grundfos MG IE2 +60 3500
1,122 Grundfos MG IE2/EFF1 +60 3500
30 Siemens IE2/EFF1 +55 2750
* MTA pumps max. +40 C
If the ambient temperature exceeds the above temperature values
or the pump is installed at an altitude exceeding the above altitude
values, the motor must not be fully loaded due to the risk of
overheating. In such cases, it may be necessary to use a motor with
a higher rated output.
Legend
Pos. Motor
1
0,0630 kW motor (motors without IE markings)
0,370,55 W (MG)
2 0,7530 kW motor (MG, IE2/IE3)
Example: A pump with a 1.1 kW MG motor: If this pump is installed
4750 m above sea level, the motor must not be loaded more than 88 %
of rated output. At an ambient temperature of 75 C, the motor must
not be loaded more that 78 % of rated output. If the pump is installed
4750 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 75 C, the motor
must not be loaded more than 88 % x 78 % = 68.6 % of rated output.
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
[%]
P
2
1
2
t [C]
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
3.6-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
All MTH pumps have a sound pressure level below 70 dB(A).
Maximum number of starts
Motor size
[kW]
Recommended maximum number of starts per hour*
0,060,18 100
0,252,2 250
34 100
5,511 50
1522 40
30 8
* MTA pumps: 250
MT, MTRE, SPK, SPKE pumps
Motor
[kW]
L
pA
[dB(A)]
50 Hz 60 Hz
0,06 41 41
0,12 41 41
0,18 41 41
0,25 56 62
0,37 53 58
0,55 53 56
0,75 53 57
1,1 60 65
1,5 59 65
2,2 61 66
3,0 59 64
4,0 65 69
5,5 63 68
7,5 60 65
11 60 65
15 60 65
18,5 60 65
22 64 69
30 70 84
The values have been measured according to EN ISO 4871.
MTH pumps
MTA pumps
Pump type
LpA [dB (A)]
50 Hz
MTA 30 < 45
MTA 60 < 45
MTA 90 < 45
MTA 120 < 62
MTA 200 < 62
MTA 20H < 45
MTA 40H < 45
MTA 70H < 45
MTA 100H < 62
Vibration level
MTA pumps
Vibration speed (RMS) [mm/s]* < 1,8
*Vibration control ISO 10816-1 Klasse lB.
Ambient temperature
Motor
Power
[kW]

Motor make
Motor
efciency
class
Maximum
ambient
temperature
at full load
[C]

Maximum
altitude above
sea level
[m]

0,060,18 Siemens - +40 1000
0,250,55 Grundfos MG - +40 1000
0,75 Grundfos MG IE2 +60 3500
1,122 Grundfos MG IE2/EFF1 +60 3500
30 Siemens IE2/EFF1 +55 2750
* MTA pumps max. +40 C
If the ambient temperature exceeds the above temperature values
or the pump is installed at an altitude exceeding the above altitude
values, the motor must not be fully loaded due to the risk of
overheating. In such cases, it may be necessary to use a motor with
a higher rated output.
Legend
Pos. Motor
1
0,0630 kW motor (motors without IE markings)
0,370,55 W (MG)
2 0,7530 kW motor (MG, IE2/IE3)
Example: A pump with a 1.1 kW MG motor: If this pump is installed
4750 m above sea level, the motor must not be loaded more than 88 %
of rated output. At an ambient temperature of 75 C, the motor must
not be loaded more that 78 % of rated output. If the pump is installed
4750 m above sea level at an ambient temperature of 75 C, the motor
must not be loaded more than 88 % x 78 % = 68.6 % of rated output.
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
[%]
P
2
1
2
t [C]
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
3.6-11
Pumped liquids
MTR(E), MTH and MTA pumps are designed to pump non-explosive
liquids that do not chemically attack the pump materials.
When pumping liquids with a density and/or viscosity higher than
that of water, oversized motors may be required.
If the standard motor is not enough, one or two sizes bigger motor
should be requested. Whether a pump is suitable for a particular
liquid depends on a number of factors of which the most important
are the chloride content, pH-value, temperature and content of
chemicals, oils, etc.
Please note that aggressive liquids may attack or dissolve the
protective oxide flm of the stainless steel and thus cause corrosion.
Pumping of solid particles
The pumps are ftted with a suction strainer. The strainer prevents
large solid particles from entering and damaging the pump. The
table below describes the size of the passage in the strainer and the
impeller.
If the pumped liquid contains solid particles larger than the size of
the holes in the strainer, the passage of the strainer may be blocked.
In such situations the performance will drop as a result of a reduced
fow through the pump.
Note: If the strainer is removed from the suction port, solid particles
may enter the pump and cause a seizure or even damage the pump.
In grinding applications Grundfos recommends that the pumped
liquid is screened for abrasive particles before entering the pump.
When pumped, abrasive particles reduce the life of the pump
components.
Wear of the pump components caused by abrasive particles starts
when the concentration exceeds 20 ppm.
Minimum ow rate
The curve below shows the minimum fow rate as a percentage of the
nominal fow rate in relation to the liquid temperature.
Min. inlet pressure
The minimum inlet pressure can be determined with NPSH curves
(see chapter 1. Of this catalogue.)
The hydraulic circuit is open and the fuid column height above the
inlet, changes due to container loading / unloading.
Installation
Information about the installation and operation of pumps, can be
seen on WinCAPS (Information) and WebCAPS (Documentation) in
the Installation and operating instructions documentation.
Example:
Installation of SPK, SPKE pumps
SPK, SPKE pumps can be installed both vertically and horizontally.
To enable a very low liquid level of 40 mm above the bottom of the
suction strainer, a priming screw is ftted below the bottom chamber.
This protects the pump against dry running down to 25 mm above the
bottom of the suction strainer.
The distance between pump and tank bottom must be minimum 25
mm.
Pump type
Strainer
Passage
[mm]

Free strainer
passage
[cm
2
]

Impeller
passage
[mm]

MTR(E) 1s 2 23 2,5
MTR(E) 1 2 23 2,5
MTR(E) 3 2 23 3,1
MTR(E) 5 4 28 5,5
MTR(E) 10 4 43 5,5
MTR(E) 15 4 43 6,0
MTR(E) 20 4 43 8,0
MTR(E) 32 4 56 8,0
MTR(E) 45 4 56 9,5
MTR(E) 64 4 56 13,0
SPK1 2 2,5
SPK2 2 2,5
SPK4 2 2,5
SPK8 4 4
MTH 2 2 23 2
MTH 4 4 28 4
Note: for more information on MTA pumps see page 3.6-6.
Q
min
[%]
t [C]
30
20
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
10
0
25 mm
40 mm
25 mm
3.6-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Versions
Variants on request
Below please fnd the range of options available for customizing
the MTR, MTRE, SPK, SPKE, MTH and MTA pumps to meet special
requirements.
Contact Grundfos for further information or for requests other than
the ones mentioned below.
Certicates
In accordance with the needs, various manufacturing certifcates, test
certifcates, declarations may be required for the pumps.
Certifcate of compliance with the order according to EN 10204, 2.1.
Test certifcate according to EN 10204, 2.2.
Inspection certifcate 3.1
Inspection certifcate from rating agencies
Standard test report
Material specifcation report
Duty-point verifcation report
ATEX-approvedpump (MTR)
Note: Other certifcates are available on request.
Pumps
MTR, MTRE With empty chambers
SPK, SPKE
With empty chambers and
extension pipe
MTR, MTRE
SPK, SPKE
See separate catalogue.
MTR, MTRE
SPK, SPKE
MTR, MTRE
SPK, SPKE
MTH
MTRE 119/19 See separate catalogue.
Shaft seals
Variant Applies to Description
Shaft seal with
FFKM, FXM or
EDPM O-ring
material

MTR, MTRE
SPK, SPKE
MTH
Conntact Grundfos for
further information.
Motorok
ATEX motorM TR
For operation in hazardous
atmospheres, explosion-proof or dust-
ignition-proof motors may be required.
Motor with anticon-
densation heating uni t
MTR
SPK
For operation in humid environment s
motors with builtin anti-condensation
heating unit may be required.
Motor with thermal
protection
MTR
SPK
See information on page 3.6-9
Oversize motor
MTR, MTRE
SPK, SPKE
See information on page 3.6-10.
Multi-plug
MTR
SPK
MTH
4-pole motor MTR
Immersion
depth
Horizontally
mounted pump
120 solution
Suction pipe
High-pressure
up to 38 bar
3.7-1
General data
Screw pumps
MTS
Flow: 10900 I/min
1)
Pressure: 130 bar
2)
Kinematic viscosity: 12000 mm/s
pollutant content: max. 250 mg/l
3)
Filter mesh: max. 100 m
3)
1)
n = 1450/2900 min
-1
, v = 1,8 mm
2
/s, p = 10 bar
2)
The summ of the inlet pressure, the operating pressure diference
and the geodesic height can not exceed the maximum pressure
value.
3)
The pressure, the pollutant content and size of each hole in the
flter are related.
These data provide only an overview of the product and its
performance boundaries.
Application
Transfer of well, conditionally or poorly lubricating abrasive liquids in
metal working or process engineering, such as cutting, grinding and
deep-hole drilling oils, oilin- water emulsions and cooling lubricant
solutions. The pumped liquid must not attack the materials.
Examples of application
metal machining centers
transport systems
grinding and drilling machines
Pumped liquids
Solutions of organic and inorganic materials in water
Emulsions (Oil content E 2 % to E 20 %)
Cooling and lubricating oils (without additives, polar, physically
efective additives, with mild-efect EP * additives, with active
chemical EP additives and with polar and active EP additives).
* EP = Extrem Pressure
Construction
Three-screw, self-priming, fange-mounted pump (DIN ISO 3012-2)
with special surface-hardened drive and idler screws. The idler screws
are hydraulically driven, and the axial thrust is completely neutralised
hydrostatically.
The drive screw is fxed in position with external, permanently
lubricated groove ball bearing. The large overall length with its many
chambers results in little surface pressure, low pressure diferences
and thus reduced wear. The rotor housing has been optimised to
ensure maximum resistance to wear. The material used is specially
hardened grey cast iron (EN-GJL) that is part of a special safety
concept. The housing surface in contact with the screws has a
ceramic-like hardness.
Additionally, unlike with other materials (such as SiC), wear, shocks,
vibration or aeration cannot lead to sudden failure of the pump unit.
Construction and materials result in little wear, good controllability
and high efciency.
Shaft sealing/connections
Design DQ MTS 20 to 140
Shaft sealing with shaft seal ring. Inlet pressure up to 1 bar. Axial inlet
with pipe thread connection (DIN EN ISO 228-1)*. Radial high-pressure
discharge fange according to (SAE J518C). MTS 20 to 140 additionally
with pipe thread connection (DIN EN ISO 228-1).
Design D8.6 MTS 20 to 440
Shaft sealing with maintenance-free highly wear-resistant
mechanical shaft seal according to (EN 12756). Radial high-pressure
inlet and discharge fanges according to (SAEJ518C)*. As standard, the
inlet of the other version can be chosen as an option.
*As standard. The suction port is optionally available with other
position.
MTSDQ
axial inlet with pipe
thread connection

Type key
Example MTS (E) 80-40 R 46 D 8.6
Type range
With integrated frequency
converter
Frame size
1)
-max. pressure (bar)
Spindle sense of gradient
(R = right)

Spindle pitch angle in
degrees
Construction feature
2)
Shaft seal/connections
3)
1)
2)
D = External ball bearing, shaft seal unheated, uncooled Shaft seal/connections
3)
Q = Shaft seal ring/axial inlet, pipe thread as standard
8.6 = Mechanical shaft seal/radial inlet, SAE as standard
3.7-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Screw pumps
MTS
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1000
Q [l/min]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
[bar]
MTS
50 Hz
1 mm
2
/s
440 280 210 140 80 40 20
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1000
Q [l/min]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
[bar]
MTS
50 Hz
20 mm
2
/s
440 280 210 140 80 40 20
3.7-3
General data
Screw pumps
MTS
Product range
Range MTS 20 MTS 40 MTS 80 MTS 140 MTS 210 MTS 280 MTS 440
General data
Flow range [l/min] 056 085 0166 0279 0424 0561 0891
Motor power P
2
[kW] 0,37,1 0,416 0,629,0 1,048,5 1,774,3 2,899,4 4,4158

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

120 120 120 120 120 100 120
Max. inlet/suction pressure
(DQ version) [bar]

1 1 1 1
Max. inlet/suction pressure
(D8.6 version) [bar]

10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Pipe connection
Suction (DQ version) G 1 G 1 G 2 G 2 - - -
Suction (D8.6 version) SAE 1" SAE 1" SAE 2" SAE 2" SAE 21" SAE 3" SAE 4"
Discharge pipe thread G G G 1 G 1
SAE 1" SAE 1" SAE 1" SAE 1" SAE 2" SAE 2" SAE 3"
Installation length [mm] 248 286 335 386 397 467 546
List of pumped liquids
Cooling lubricant
main group
Subgroup
L
Solutions
Solutions of inorganic materials in water
Solutions, dispersions of organic materials
E
Emulsions
Oil-in-water emulsions %
(Oil content E 2 % to E 20)
S
Petroleum-based cutting and grinding
oils (natural and synthetic)
Cutting oils without additives (pure)
Better surface adhesion provides protection
against corrosion
Cutting oils with active (chemical) EP additives
Higher temperature and pressure resistance
Cutting oils with polar and active EP additives
3.7-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Screw pumps
MTS
Motor
MTS pumps are ftted with a totally enclosed, fancooled, 2-pole
Grundfos standard MG or a Siemens motor with principal dimensions
according to EN and IEC standards.
Motor protection
As standard, MTS pumps have their terminal box mounted in position
12 oclock of the pump; however, other positions are possible.
MTS construction design allows gentle, even, virtually pulsation-free
and low-noise pumping. The noise emission lies between 56 and 74
dBA and depends on speed, pump size and installation. MTS pumps
operate signifcantly quieter than rotary lobe and centrifugal pumps
with comparable performance.
Measuring conditions:
Distance to the pump: 1 m
Operation: Cavitation-free
Motor: IEC standard motor
The data are reference values.
The actual airborne sound level depends especially on the installation
conditions.
Ambient temperature
Motor output depends on ambient temperature and altitude.
For more information see page 3.6-10.
Curves and dimensional drawings
catalogue.
Min. inlet pressure
The minimum inlet pressure can be determined with NPSH curves. For
further details, see separate catalogue or contact Grundfos experts.
Installation
MTS pumps come in three variants for three types of installation.
Tank-top installation: The pump is equipped with a bracket, and
the discarge port is above the tank cover. This type of installation is
especially easy and economical.
In-tank installation: The pump is equipped with a bracket. This type
of installation saves space, maintenance compared with the dry
installation. Any leakage remains in the tank.
Dry installation: The pump is equipped with a bracket and mounting
foot. This type of installation is well-suited for operation with inlet
pressure and easily accessible for maintenance. A silicon carbide
mechanical shaft seal ensures a long service life.
Overload protection
The pump has no pressure-relief valve. Thus the overload protection
must be provided in the control system or with a pressure-relief
valve.
catalogue.
Electrical data
Mounting designation B5/V1
Insulation class F
IE2*
(tolerance 10 %)
P2: 3-5.5 kW: 3 x 380-415 V
P2: 7.5-200 kW: 3 x 380-415/660-690 V
* from 2012 IE3
6 oclock
position
9 oclock
position
12 oclock
position
standard
3 oclock
position
Size
Sound pressure level [dB] tolerance 3 dB
2900 min
-1
3500 min
-1
20 56 58
40 59 61
80 61 63
140 64 66
210 67 69
280 69 71
440 72 74
3.0-5.5 kW motors (EFF2, MG) Max. +60 C
7.5-22 kW motors (EFF1, MG) Max. +60 C
30-200 kW motors (EFF1) Max. +40 C
3.8-1
General data
MTB
Flow: max. 90 m
3
/h
Head: max. 47 m
Liquid temperature: 0.+90 C
(diferences on page 3.8-2.)
Spherical impeller clearance: 20 mm
Applications
Transfer of non explosive liquids containing solid abrasive particles.
machining centres
cooling systems
grinding machines
lathes
parts-cleaning systems.
Type key
Construction
Volute pump housing made of cast iron with axial suction port and
radial discharge port. Flange connection dimensions are in accordance
with EN 1092-2. The bottom of the pump housing
incorporates a drain plug. The discharge port has a priming plug.The
semi-open impeller (SuperVortex) is made of cast iron. All MTB pumps
are dynamically balanced. The impeller is hydraulically balanced to
compensate for axial thrust. The impeller is extremely suitable for
handling solids and swarf. Spherical impeller clearance is max. 20
mm. The impeller shaft and the motor shaft are connected with a
rigid coupling.
The pump and the motor form a block unit. There are Two mounting
designs available:
Design A: pump housing with feet
Design B: motor with feet. (the MTB 65-200 types may need a
height increasing adapter).
Shaft seal
MTB pumps are ftted with an unbalanced (B), mechanical SiC/SiC
(QQ) shaft seal and V = FKM (viton) or P = NBR rubber shaft seal.
Example MTB 65 -200 /199 A -F -A -BQQV
Pump range
Nominal diameter of discharge of
port (DN)
Pump housing size [mm]
A=standard
Code for pump version
Code for material
A=cast iron
Code for shaft seal and rubber
pump parts
Design A
Design B
Shaft seal Operating Temperature Max. operating pressure
BQQV* 0 C +90 C 16 bar
BQQP 0 C +90 C 16 bar
* standard
Materials
Description Material
Adapter* Cast iron, EN-GJL-250
Shaft Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304
Impeller spacer S tainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304
*
Product range
Pump type [kW] Poles Design
MTB 50-200/215 3,0 4 A
MTB 65-160/158 5,5 2 A
MTB 65-160/171 7,5 2 A
MTB 65-200/183 11 2 B
MTB 65-200/199 15 2 B
3.8-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
MTB
Motor
MTB pumps are equipped with a totally enclosed, fancooled, IE3
motor with main dimensions to IEC and DIN standards.
Motor protection
Ambient temperature
For more information see page 3.6-10.
The minimum inlet pressure can be determined with NPSH curves.
(see chapter 1. of this catalogue).
Note: when calculating the inlet pressure, H
S
security factor should
be taken with 2 m.
Pumped liquids
Dirty, thin, non-explosive liquids containing solids or swarf up
to 20 mm. The liquid must not attack the pump mechanically or
chemically.
The following factors may afect pump life and cause shaft seal
problems:
concentration of the pumped liquid
liquid temperature
pressure
particle size.
The table is intended as a general guide only and cannot replace
actual testing of the pumped liquids and pump materials under
specifc working conditions.
catalogue.
Installation
Insulation class F
Electrical tolerances according to EN 60034
IE2*
Supply voltage
3220240Y/380415 V, 50 Hz
3380415 V, 50 Hz
3380415/660690Y V, 50 Hz
* from 2012 IE3
Pumped liquid Liquid temperature Shaft seal
Coolant in machine tool
Water based
BQQV
(BQQP)
Syntetic lubricating oil *
BQQV
(BQQP)
Cleaning
Soap (salts of fatty acids) <80 C
BQQV
(BQQP)
Alkaline degreasing agent <80 C
BQQP
(BQQV)
Mineral oils
Crude oil * <20 C BQQV
Mineral lubricating oil * BQQV
* the motor/hydraulic output should be checked because of the varying
density/ viscosity.
3.8-3
Notes
3.9 Multistage centrifugal pumps with a canned-motor
RC
3.9-1
General data
with a canned-motor
RC
Flow: 0,2-9,0 m
3
/h
Head: max. 58 m
Applications
The RC pumps are designed for operation with the most common
refrigerants and air-conditioning systems.
The RC pumps are designed for the following applications:
liquid distribution to a network of liquid overfeed or direct
expansion evaporators
liquid pressure boosting in the liquid line of refrigeration and air-
conditioning systems
general liquid transfer in refrigeration and airconditioning systems
and related systems with similar operating conditions.
Pumped liquids
The RC pumps are specifcally designed for operation with a wide
selection of refrigerants in both oil-free and oil-containing systems:
R744 (carbon dioxide, CO
2
)
R717 (ammonia, NH
3
)
R134a, R404A, R407C, R410A, R507A.
Features and benets
Main design characteristics of the RC pumps:
barrel-type, semi-hermetic design
multistage centrifugal pump
canned-motor (no shaft seals)
smooth design in stainless steel (1.4301).
the RC pumps are designed and optimised for use with R744
(carbon dioxide, CO
2
).
Main benefts of the RC pumps:
Low energy consumption due to high pump energy efciency and
variable-speed capacity control (Q
max.
orifce, permanent by-pass).
Wide range for variable-speed capacity control (25 to 50 Hz).
Easy to install and service due to low weight, compactness and the
new service unit concept.
Low requirements for NPSH due to hydraulic robustness to
occasional vapour bubbles in inlet.
A low value for required NPSH can often lead to a reduction in height
of the system rack.
Construction
Pump
The multistage hydraulics has been designed for operation with
liquids at conditions close to the boiling point. The frst chamber is
oversized to occasionally accept a fow of liquid with a low content of
vapour bubbles. In addition, all RC pumps incorporate an inducer to
improve the performance under conditions where vapour bubbles are
present. A coarse flter is located in the inlet to the frst chamber to
prevent large burrs and scraps from entering the hydraulics.
Bearings
The bearing system consists of media-lubricated slide bearings. Both
the stationary and rotating parts of the radial bearings are made of
tungsten carbide. Both the stationary and rotating parts of the axial
bearing are made of silicon carbide.
Connections
Two diferent inlet/outlet confgurations are available: top suction
and end suction. Top suction is preferable as any vapour generated in
the pump during standstill can easily escape from the pump through
the inlet and backwards to the separator/receiver.
Connection versions
weld-in versions (no shaft seals, the pump can be fxed without
disrupting the hose connection),
the fanged versions of the RC pumps have fanges according to EN
1092-1, Type 11, D for pumps with a maximum system pressure of
40 bar and H for pumps with a maximum system pressure of 52
bar.
Connections for sensors
The pump inlet and outlet incorporate connections for a diferential
pressure transmitter to be used for variablespeed capacity control
or for monitoring of the performance. The motor housing has a
connection for a pressure transmitter for monitoring of the pressure
in the stator housing. In case of a failure of the rotor can, refrigerant
will escape into the stator housing. This situation can be detected by
using a pressure transmitter to monitor the pressure in the stator
housing.
All connections for sensors are plugged from factory.
Liquid drain
The pump sleeve has a drain for removal of liquid refrigerant and/or
oil from the pump in case of service or fault fnding. A drain valve can
be ftted directly to the drain allowing control of the drain.
3.9-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
with a canned-motor
RC
RC
50 Hz
3.9-3
General data
with a canned-motor
RC
Type key
Example RC 5 -7 /4 A -GM -I -C -/ / / / -EY -I -C -N -R744 -J
Type range
Number of chambers
Number of impellers
(left out if equal to number of
chambers)
Pump version
A Basic version
X Special version
Pipe connection
W For welding, top suction
F
G
FM
GM
X Special connection, also used for service unit
Metals in contact with pumped media
I Pump sleeve EN 1.4301/AISI 304
Pump shaft E N 1.4301/AISI 304
Pump impellers/chambers E N 1.4301/AISI 304
Gaskets/seals (excl. neck ring)
C Neoprene (chloroprene)
/ Not applicable
/ Not applicable
/ Not applicable
/ Not applicable
Supply voltage
FY 3380415 V, 50 Hz
FZ 3220240 V, 50 Hz
EY 3440480 V, 60 Hz
EZ 3208230 V, 60 Hz
X Special voltage
Motor information
I Integrated motor (IP66)
Mains plug
C Cable without plug
Sensor
N No sensor
Pumped media
R744 Carbon dioxide (CO
2
)
R717 A mmonia (NH
3
)
R22
RHFC Code for:

R404A: mixture of R125 (44 %), R143a (52 %) and R134a (4 %)
R407C: mixture of R32 (23 %), R125 (25 %) and R134a (52 %)
R410A: mixture of R32 (50 %) and R125 (50 %)
R507A: mixture of R125 (50 %) and R143a (50 %)
X
System pressure
H 25 bar
J 40 bar
K 52 bar
X Special system pressure, also used for service unit
3.9-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
with a canned-motor
RC
Motor
The RC pumps have a three-phase, canned, induction motor.
The motor is cooled by an internal fow of the pumped refrigerant.
The internal fow is fltered before entering the space between rotor
and rotor can.
Electric data
Motor protection
The motor has a built-in thermistor (PTC) for protection of the
windings. The thermistor (PTC) must be connected to an external
control circuit. The overload relay LT3-SA00M from Schneider Electric
is recommended.
Speed control
Frequency converter operation is allowed in the frequency range from
25 to 50 Hz at 50 Hz supply.
Connections
The operating envelope of a refrigerant pump is generally limited by
various factors related to the operation close to the boiling point of
the refrigerant and the specifc properties of the refrigerant.
The individual limits are described in the table below.
Supply voltage, 50Hz 3380415 V
Insulation class F (155 C)
Enclosure class IP66 according to IEC 60529
Cable length
5 m (standard)
10 m (optional)
Pos. Description
1a
1b
2a
2b Blind plug for motor cover
3a Motor foot
3b Motortalp
4a Supply cable-connection
4b Thermistor-connection
5
Pump sleeve to motor housing
(the only seal in the pump)

6 Lifting bracket
3000
Q
H
2700
2400
2100
1800
1500
Operating envelope for refrigerant pumps
Q
min
Q
max
P
2max
H
min
n
min
n
max
AbbreviationDescription
Q
min
Q
m
n
m
Too high speed for mechanical design.
If n
m
is exceeded, vibrations will occur, wear of
bearings will increase, and the power consumption
of the motor will be too high.
n
min
Too low bearing surface speed.
If n
min
is exceeded, the lubrication of bearings will
be inadequate.
min
2m
Too high load on motor.
For Grundfos RC pumps, this limit falls outside the envelope
created by the other limits.
3.9-5
Technical data
with a canned-motor
RC
NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head)
The NPSH parameter is a measure of the diference between the
actual pressure of a liquid and its saturated vapour pressure at the
given temperature.
If the pressure in a hydraulic circuit drops below the vapour pressure
of the circulating liquid, boiling will occur, typically at the pump
inlet, resulting in vapour bubbles appearing in the fow. When the
mixture of liquid and vapour bubbles enters the frst pump impeller,
the pressure will increase, and the bubbles will collapse, resulting in
noise, vibrations and sometimes also damage to the impeller. The
process of bubbles collapsing in a liquid is called cavitation.
For a specifc pump, the NPSH value is a function of the liquid
properties and the magnitude of the fow.
Generally, the higher the fow, the higher the required NPSH.
In addition to the value that can be read from fgure, the following
safety margins must be applied.
R744 (CO
2
): Add 0.1 m.
R717 (NH
3
): Add 0.4 m.
HFCs: Add 0.1 m.
Example
For an RC5 in top-suction confguration operating with R744 (CO
2
) and
a fow of 5.0 m
3
/h, a value for NPSH of 0.5 m can be read from fg. 9.
For R744 (CO
2
), the safety margin is 0.1 m.
The total required NPSH is then 0.5 m + 0.1 m = 0.6 m.
Maximum ow rate
For R744 (CO
2
), the maximum fow rate is 115 % of the rated fow. For
R717 (NH
3
) and HFCs, the maximum fow rate is 110 % of the rated
fow However, please observe the increased requirement for NPSH
for fows higher than the rated fow.
Minimum ow rate
Generally, 10 % of the rated fow is accepted as minimum fow.
However, please observe the increased requirements for minimum
fow for R744 (CO
2
), depending on the liquid temperature.
Minimum diferential pressure
Generally, 20% of the closed-valve pressure at maximum speed is
accepted as minimum head.
However, please observe the increased requirements for minimum
fow for R744 (CO
2
), depending on the liquid temperature.
Liquid temperature
Minimum liquid temperature is generally -55 C.
Maximum liquid temperature depends on the refrigerant saturation
pressure. Insulation of the motor housing is not allowed for liquid
temperatures above +20 C.
Example: For R744 (CO
2
), the limits Qmin. and Hmin. depend strongly
on the liquid temperature.
Ambient temperature
During operation, the minimum ambient temperature is identical to
the minimum liquid temperature.
The maximum ambient temperature during operation is generally
+55 C. During standstill, a maximum liquid temperature of +70 C
is allowed.
The sound pressure level of the RC pumps is lower than the limiting
values stated in the directive (2006/42/EG).
catalogue.
Installation
RC8
CO
2
50 Hz
Sanitary pumps
3.10 Single- and multi-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps
Euro-HYGIA, F&B-HYGIA, Contra, durietta
3.11 Single-stage, self-priming, side-channel pumps
SIPLA
3.12 Single-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps
MAXA, MAXANA
3.13 Rotary lobe, positive displacement pumps
NOVAlobe
3.10-1
General data
Sanitary pumps
Euro-HYGIA ,F&B-HYGIA, Contra,
durietta, MAXA, MAXANA NOVAlobe
Overview
Grundfos stainless steel sanitary pumps are designed for a wide range
of hygienic and sanitary felds of application such as:
food and beverage industry
life science/pharmaceutical industry
personal care
water treatment.
The Grundfos range of sanitary pumps comprises the below pump
types, each state-of-the-art within their specifc feld of application.
The pumps can be ftted with a variety of features to adapt to specifc
pumping tasks. In addition, it is possible to customise the pumps for
optimum function or performance in relation to the job at hand.
Surface nish of sanitary pumps
In order to meet the demands of the pharmaceutical, food and
beverage industries, Grundfos has developed the below surface fnish
requirements:
Certication
Code Application Material
3A0.01 Industrial CrNiMo steel
3A1.02 Hygienic CrNiMo steel
3A2.03 Sterile
DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435
(AISI 316L)
3A1.04 Pharmaceutical
DIN EN 1.4435,
3A2.05 Sterile
DIN EN 1.4435,
3A3.06 Sterile
DIN EN 1.4435,
3A3.07 Sterile
DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435
(AISI 316L)
3A2.33 Sterile
DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435
(AISI 316L)
3A3.37 Sterile
DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435
(AISI 316L)
Standard
EHEDG test report
QHD test report
CE declaration of conformity
ATEX-approved pump
EN 10.204 3.1
- Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)
- Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
- Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
- Bureau Veritas (BV)
EN 10.204 3.1
Surface roughness report
Sound pressure measuring report
Motor test report
Standard test report ISO 9906
Vibration report
EN 10 204 2.1
EN 10204 2.2
Report, Cleaned and dried pump
Report, Electro-polished pump
3.10-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Sanitary pumps
* performance range of the durietta 0 and NOVAlobe series are shown on page 3.10-7. and 3.13-2 .
Performance range, 2-pole
Performance range, 4-pole
*durietta
NOVAlobe
*durietta
NOVAlobe
3.10-3
General data
Sanitary pumps

Type keys
Euro-HYGIA
Example Euro-HYGIA I BYY 40 32 2.2 4
Pump range
Size
Design
Motor power (P2) [kW]
Number of poles
F&B-HYGIA
Example F&B-HYGIA I KYY 40 40 2.2 4
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
Contra
Example Contra I/1 BYY 32 25 1.5 2
Pump range
Size/stages
Design
Number of poles
durietta
Example durietta 0/2 KYY 32 25 0.55 2
Pump range
Size/stages
Design
Nominal diameter of discharge port
Number of poles
SIPLA
Example SIPLA 3.1 BYY 32 32 0.75 4
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
MAXA
Example MAXA 80-250 KYY 100 80 37 2
Pump range
Size
Design
Nominal diameter of suction port
Number of poles
MAXANA
Example MAXANA 32-200 BYY 50 32 5.5 2
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
Design*
A D D Adapta-SUPER-DOC
A D S Adapta-SUPER
A D V Adapta-V
A D X Adapta-SUPER/quiet
A D Y Adapta
A T D Adapta-SUPER-tronic-DOC
A T S Adapta-SUPER-tronic
A V E Adapta-VE
B T S Bloc-SUPER-tronic
B V E Bloc-VE
B V S Bloc-V-SUPER
B V X Bloc-V-SUPER/quiet
B V Y Bloc-V
B Y S Bloc-SUPER
B Y X Bloc-SUPER/quiet
B Y Y Bloc
C H Y CN-special grease (hot)
C N S CN-Super
C N V CN-V
C N Y CN
C V Y CV
C Y Y C
K V Y K-V
K Y S K-SUPER
K Y T K, portable
K Y X K-SUPER/quiet
K Y Y K
L Y S L-SUPER
L Y X L-SUPER/quiet
L Y Y L
S U B Bloc-submersible motor
V E Y VE
* for clarifcation see separate catalogue
3.10-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Type keys
Euro-HYGIA
Example Euro-HYGIA I BYY 40 32 2.2 4
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
F&B-HYGIA
Example F&B-HYGIA I KYY 40 40 2.2 4
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
Contra
Example Contra I/1 BYY 32 25 1.5 2
Pump range
Size/stages
Design
Number of poles
durietta
Example durietta 0/2 KYY 32 25 0.55 2
Pump range
Size/stages
Design
Number of poles
SIPLA
Example SIPLA 3.1 BYY 32 32 0.75 4
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
MAXA
Example MAXA 80-250 KYY 100 80 37 2
Pump range
Size
Design
Nominal diameter of suction port
Number of poles
MAXANA
Example MAXANA 32-200 BYY 50 32 5.5 2
Pump range
Size
Design
Number of poles
Design*
A D D Adapta-SUPER-DOC
A D S Adapta-SUPER
A D V Adapta-V
A D X Adapta-SUPER/quiet
A D Y Adapta
A T D Adapta-SUPER-tronic-DOC
A T S Adapta-SUPER-tronic
A V E Adapta-VE
B T S Bloc-SUPER-tronic
B V E Bloc-VE
B V S Bloc-V-SUPER
B V X Bloc-V-SUPER/quiet
B V Y Bloc-V
B Y S Bloc-SUPER
B Y X Bloc-SUPER/quiet
B Y Y Bloc
C H Y CN-special grease (hot)
C N S CN-Super
C N V CN-V
C N Y CN
C V Y CV
C Y Y C
K V Y K-V
K Y S K-SUPER
K Y T K, portable
K Y X K-SUPER/quiet
K Y Y K
L Y S L-SUPER
L Y X L-SUPER/quiet
L Y Y L
S U B Bloc-submersible motor
V E Y VE
* for clarifcation see separate catalogue
General data
Technical data
Single- and multi-stage,
end-suction centrifugal pumps
Euro-HYGIA
Euro-HYGIA I and II.
Head: max. 70 m
Euro-HYGIA III (on request): max. 250 m
3
/h
Flow rate: max. 108 m
3
/h
Operating temperature: max. 95 C
(max. 150 C on request)
Sterilisation temperature: max. 140 C (SIP)
Applications
Life science/pharmaceutical industries
pure water systems (PW, WFI)
biotechnology
infusion
nutrient and alcohol infusions
flling/bottling systems.
Personal care
pure water
lotions
perfumes.
Food and beverage industries
breweries
dairies
soft drink mixing
yeast processes.
Other industries
cleaning solutions (CIP systems)
water treatment
semi-conductor manufacturing
metal surface treatment.
Performance range
Performance range can be seen on page 3.10-2.
Type key
Type key explanations and design option markings can be seen on
page 3.10-3.
Construction
Euro-HYGIA pumps are single-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps,
designed to meet the hygienic requirements of sterile process
technology.
The pump housing is made of heavy-duty, rolled and deep-drawn
CrNiMo steel to DIN EN 1.4404/1.4435.
The pumps are CIP and SIP capable in compliance with the DIN EN
12462 performance criteria.
Three impeller types are available, depending on the applications:
semi-open, closed and free-fow impeller.
The pumps comply with these surface fnish requirements:
- Standard pump version: 3A1
- Optional: 3A2, 3A3.
Requirements
QHD criteria
EHEDG recommendations for CIP cleanability
GOST sanitary standard (Russia).
Design variations
catalogue.
Installation
Standard variation Description
Euro-HYGIA Adapta*
Horizontal installation,
Adapta motor stool
Euro-HYGIA Adapta SUPER
Adapta motor stool,
motor with stainless steel shroud
Euro-HYGIA Bloc Horizontal installation
Euro-HYGIA Bloc-SUPER
motor with stainless steel shroud
Variation on request
Euro-HYGIA Adapta-V
Vertical installation,
Adapta motor stool
Euro-HYGIA Bloc-V Vertical installation
Euro-HYGIA VE Vertical tank installation
Euro-HYGIA CN*
Horizontal installation, long-coupled
version mounted on base plate
Euro-HYGIA tronic
Horizontal/vertical installation,
motor with built-in frequency
converter (up to 22 kW)
3.10-5
General data
Technical data
F&B-HYGIA
F&B-HYGIA I and II
3
/h
Head: max. 70 m
Sterilisation temperature: max.140 C (SIP)
Applications
The unique hygienic design and the materials used make the F&B-
HYGIA pumps suitable for these products:
Beverages
Beer, soft drinks, alcohol, wine, fruit drinks, yeast, etc.
Dairy products
Milk, whey, cream, condensed milk, etc.
Confectionery
Syrup, sugar solutions, etc.
Meat
Liquid fat, frying oil, smokehouse spray, blood, etc.
Performance range
Type key
page 3.10-3.
Construction
Single-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps are designed to meet
the hygienic requirements of sterile process technology.
CrNiMo steel to DIN EN 1.4404.
The pumps are CIP and SIP capable in compliance with the DIN EN
12462 performance criteria.
Pumps are ftted with a semi-open impeller.
Requirements
QHD criteria
EHEDG recommendations for CIP cleanability.
Design variations
catalogue.
Installation
F&B-HYGIA K*
Horizontal installation with plug-in
shaft and multi-functional motor stool
F&B-HYGIA K-SUPER
Horizontal installation with plug-in shaft and
multi-functional motor stool and motor with
stainless steel shroud
3.10-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Contra
Contra I and II
3
/h
Head: max. 160 m
(up to 150 C on request)
Applications
The unique hygienic design and the materials used make the Contra
pumps suitable for these applications:
Food and beverage industry
breweries and dairies
carbonising systems
food processing plants.
Pharmaceutical and related industries
purifcation systems
pure-water systems (WFI)
personal care.
surface treatment systems
water processing systems
CIP feeding systems.
Performance range
Type key
page 3.10-3.
Construction
Contra single-stage or multi-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps
are designed to meet the hygienic requirements of sterile process
technology.
The Contra pumps have open difusers. The design ensures that O-ring
seals for pump housing and impeller are located to meet the criteria
of hygenic design with metal-to-metal contact. The pumps are CIP
and SIP capable in compliance with the DIN EN 12462 performance
criteria. They also meet the GMP requirements regarding FDA-
approved materials.
Contra pumps are ftted with a semi-open impeller as standard. The
pumps comply with these surface fnish requirements:
- Standard pump version: 3A1
- Optional: 3A2, 3A3.
The vertical versions are fully self-draining through the suction port
of the pumps.
Requirements
QHD criteria
EHEDG recommendations.
Design variations
catalogue.
Installation
Contra Adapta* Horizontal installation, Adapta motor stool
Contra Adapta SUPER
Horizontal installation, Adapta motor
stool, motor with stainless steel shroud
Contra Adapta-V Vertical installation, Adapta motor stool
Contra Bloc Horizontal installation
Contra Bloc-SUPER
Horizontal installation, motor with stainless
steel shroud
Contra Bloc-V Vertical installation
Contra CN*
Horizontal installation, long-coupled version
mounted on base plate
Contra tronic
Horizontal/vertical installation, motor with
built-in frequency converter
(up to 18.5 kW)
3.10-7
General data
Technical data
durietta
durietta
Flow rate: max. 6 m
3
/h
Head: max. 70 m
Operating temperature: 0 . +90C
Applications
durietta 0 pumps are suitable for these applications:
pumping in micro-breweries and dairies
bottling systems for liquids
food processing plants
drinking water systems.
Pharmaceutical and related industries
purifcation systems
personal care.
semi-conductor manufacturing
plate heat exchangers.
Type key
page 3.10-3.
Construction
durietta are compact, end-suction, single-stage or multi-stage
centrifugal pumps. The laminated, stainless steel pump components
are manufactured to DIN EN 1.4571 and DIN EN 1.4404.
The impeller types available are semi-open or closed, depending on
the applications.
Requirements
Design variations
Performance range
catalogue.
Installation
durietta K Horizontal installation, monobloc
durietta K SUPER
Horizontal installation, motor with stainless steel
shroud on stainless steel foot with elastomer base.
durietta tronic
Horizontal installation, motor with built-in unshrouded
frequency converter. Only available for (1,1 kW).
durietta
2-pole
50 Hz
durietta
4-pole
50 Hz
3.11-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Single-stage, self-priming,
side-channel pumps
SIPLA
SIPLA
Head: max. 56m
3
/h
(SIPLA 90.1 - on request): max. 90 m
3
/h
Operating pressure: max . 10 bar
Applications
The exceptional self-priming capability make the SIPLA pumps
suitable for these applications:
transfer of yeast
transfer of cheese whey.
Pharmaceutical industry
transfer of glycerine.
CIP return pumping
applications involving liquids with a high air content
fltration systems.
Performance range
Type key
page 3.10-3.
Construction
SIPLA are single-stage, self-priming, side-channel pumps.
The impeller nut is made of stainless steel to DIN EN 1.4404.
SIPLA pumps are ftted with an open star impeller as standard.
Requirements
Design variations
catalogue.
Installation
SIPLA Adapta* Horizontal installation, Adapta motor stool
SIPLA Adapta SUPER
stool, motor with stainless steel shroud
SIPLA Bloc Horizontal installation
SIPLA Bloc-SUPER
Horizontal installation, motor with
stainless steel shroud
SIPLA CN*
Horizontal installation, long-coupled
version mounted on base plate
SIPLA tronic
Horizontal/vertical installation, motor with built-in
frequency converter (up to 7.5 kW for Bloc pumps, and
up to 22 kW for Adapta pumps)

3.12-1
General data
Technical data
Single-stage, end-suction centrifugal pumps
MAXA, MAXANA
MAXA and MAXANA
MAXA pumps
3
/h
Head: max. 97 m
MAXANA pumps
3
/h
Head: max. 97 m
Sterilisation temperature: max. 140 C (SIP)
Applications
The MAXA and MAXANA pumps are suitable for these applications:
gentle pumping of mash and wort
beer fltration (hot side)
liquid transfer in dairies and food processing plants.
water treatment plants
chemical handling systems
applications involving liquids with a high content of solid particles
environmental systems
bio fuel systems.
Performance range
Type key
page 3.10-3.
Construction
Single-stage, end-suction, centrifugal pumps.
The major dimensions and characteristics of the pumps are according
to DIN EN 733 and DIN EN 22858. The pump housing is made of heavy-
duty, rolled and deep-drawn CrNiMo steel to DIN EN 1.4404/1.4571.
The pumps feature closed steel impellers.
The pumps comply with these surface fnish requirements:
- MAXA: 3A0 and 3A2*
- MAXANA: 3A0
*Applies to MAXA 100-200, 100-250, 125-250, 150-250, 200-400
Requirements
EHEDG recommendations for CIP cleanability. Only
valid for certain models.
Design variations
catalogue.
Installation
MAXA L* Horizontal installation
MAXA CN* Horizontal installation, mounted on base plate
MAXANA Adapta
stool
MAXANA Bloc* Horizontal installation
MAXA CN* Horizontal installation, mounted on base plate
MAXA VE Vertical tank installation
MAXA tronic
Horizontal installation, motor with built-in
frequency converter
(up to 22 kW)

MAXANA CN* Horizontal installation, mounted on base plate
MAXANA L*
Horizontal installation, mounted on
pump foot or motor foot
MAXANA tronic
Horizontal installation, motor with built-in
frequency converter
(up to 22 kW)

3.13-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Rotary lobe, positive displacement pumps
NOVAlobe
NOVAlobe
Max. diferential pressure: 16 bar*
Displacement: 0.03 to 1.29 l/rev.
Max. viscosity: 1,000,000 cP
* Depending on the type of connection.
Applications
Food and beverage
Dairy (fruit yoghurt, butter, cheese curd, etc.)
Food processing (sauces, dressing, baby food, etc.)
Soft drink (syrup, juice, etc.)
Confectionary and sugar (caramel, chocolate, etc.)
Meat (sausage meat, pet food, etc.)
Brewery (yeast).
Pharmaceutical, biotechnology and personal care
Vaccine/fermentation broth
Blood products
Shampoo, lotions, toothpaste and similar products.
Other industries
Pulp and paper (coating, polymer-dosing, etc.)
Textile (textile dye, etc.)
Chemical (oil, etc.)
Paint/adhesives.
Identication
Performance range
Performance range can be seen on the next page.
Construction
The NOVAlobe range of rotary lobe, positive displacement pumps
ofers reliable, efcient and hygienic operation even under the most
demanding conditions. It is designed for both directions of rotation.
The pumps are ideal for gentle handling of highviscosity media, but
suitable for a wide range of hygienic and sanitary applications within
industries.
Rotor profle options: uni-wing, bi-wing rotors, cycloidal multi-lobe.
The pumps are CIP and SIP capable in compliance with DIN EN 12462.
In addition, the pumps also meet the GMP requirements according
to the FDA.
Requirements
EHEDG recommendations for CIP cleanability
QHD criteria
Design variations
catalogue.
Installation
Example NOVAlobe 10 /0.06
Pump range
Frame size
Litres per revolution
NOVAlobe
bare shaft
Pump without motor.
Horizontal/vertical suction and discharge ports.
NOVAlobe complete*
Pump with coupling and geared motor,
and stainless steel base frame.
Variations on request
NOVAlobe SUPER*
Stainless steel pump with shrouded
coupling and geared motor.
NOVAlobe trolley
Portable pump with coupling and geared
motor mounted on stainless steel trolley.
3.13-2
General data
Technical data
Rotary lobe, positive displacement pumps
NOVAlobe
Performance range, NOVAlobe
1 5,4 11 25
Q [m
3
/h]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
[bar]
p
17 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100 100 200 300
Q [l/min]
N
O
V
A
l
o
b
e

1
0
/
0
.
0
6
N
O
V
A
l
o
b
e

2
0
/
0
.
1
2
N
O
V
A
l
o
b
e

3
0
/
0
.
3
3
0
25 39 62
Q [m
3
/h]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
[bar]
p
417 500 600 700 800 900
Q [l/min]
N
O
V
A
l
o
b
e

4
0
/
0
.
6
5
N
O
V
A
l
o
b
e

5
0
/
1
.
2
9
3.13-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Notes
3.13-4
Notes
Wastewater and
sewage pumps
4
Wastewater pumps
4.1 Submersible drainage and efuent pumps
Unilift CC/KP/AP/AP-B, DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
4.2 Dewatering pumps
DW, DWK, DPK
4.3 Self-priming wastewater pumps
Pomona
4.1-1
Submersible drainage and
efuent pumps
Unilift CC
General data
Flow rate: max. 12,5 m
3
/h
Head: max. 8,5 m
Suction strainer cross-section: 10 mm
70 C (max. for 2 min.)
Liquid pH: 49
Installation depth
below water level: max. 10 m
Applications
The pumps are designed for pumping rainwater and grey wastewater.
With mobile or xed installation.
Unilift CC
Washing machines, bath tubs, showers, sinks, etc.
From low-lying parts of buildings up to sewer level
Cellars or buildings prone to ooding
Draining wells
Collecting wells for surface water with inlets from roof gutters,
tunnels, etc.
Swimming pools, pounds or fountains.
Type key
Construction
Pump
Vertical, single-stage, submersible centrifugal pumps with horizontal
or vertical discharge port. Suction to low water level (3 mm) is
obtained by removing the Strainer. Composite and stainless steel
materials. Variable connection , 1 and 1 for piping, and non-
return valve as an accessory.
Motor
submersible motor 1230 V, 50 Hz, IP 68
Insulation class: F (155 C)
Motor protection: thermal overload protection
Starting: direct
The pumps have built-in capacitor.
Bearings
Maintenance-free pre lubricated ball bearings.
Shaft seal
Long life, ceramic shaft seals.
Materials
Operating mode (IEC 60034-1)
Continuous operation (S1) without immersion.
Max. number of starts: 20starts/hour
Min. water level for self-venting:
-with strainer: 25 mm
-without strainer: 5 mm
Scope of delivery
Built-in non-return valve in the discharge port and adapter.
Electronic scope of delivery
A1: 10 m cable with safety connector, capacitor, and oating switch.
M1: 10 m cable with safety connector and capacitor.
Controls
Controls of one- and two pump lifting stations can be seen in other
chapters.
Example Unilift CC 9 A 1
Type range
Type
A = Automatic operation
M = Manual operation
1 = 1-pole motor

The pump can operate at low water level.

Composite and stainless steel materials.

The pump is supplied with an adapter and a non-return valve,
the adapter has ", 1" and 1 " external threads.

Suction to low water level (3 mm) is obtained by removing
the strainer.

Double seal construction.
adapter and a non-return
valve
self-venting
Component M aterial DIN W. - Nr
Pump housing composite
Motor housing stainless steel 1.4301
Suction strainer stainless steel 1.4301
Impeller composite -
Screws stainless steel 1.4301
Shaft stainless steel 1.4401
Cables H07RN-F-3G1, H07RN-F-3G 0,75 -
Seal rings NBR -
Float switch polypropylene PP
4.1-2
efuent pumps
Unilift CC
Technical data
Ordering data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Unlift CC
The open-impeller design ensures free passage of
solids up to 10 mm.
Technical data
Type
Power
P
1
[kW]
Supply voltage
[50 Hz]
Current
I
N
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
Dimensions
[mm]
Cable
[m]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B
Unilift CC 5 M1 0,25 1230 V 1,0 2850 R ", 1" and 1" 306 160 10 4,4 96 28 09 65
Unilift CC 5 A1 0,25 1230 V 1,0 2850 R ", 1" and 1" 306 160 10 4,4 96 28 09 66
Adjustment of cable length for oat switch
Pump type
Cable length (L)
min. 100 mm
Cable length (L)
max. 200 mm
Start [mm] Stop [mm] Start [mm] Stop [mm]
UNILIFT
CC5-A1
350 115 400 55
UNILIFT
CC7-A1
350 115 400 55
UNILIFT
CC9-A1
385 150 435 90
Minimum well dimensions
Pump type
Height (H)
[mm]
With (B)
[mm]
UNILIFT CC5 520 400
UNILIFT CC7 520 400
UNILIFT CC9 570 500
More information can be seen on WebCAPS online database on
www.grundfos.com website.
A
2
6
,
5
B
Q
min
DN 32
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0
Unilift CC
B
e
K
i
L
B
H
4.1-3
General data
efuent pumps
Unilift KP
3
/h
Head: max. 9 m
Operating temperature: max. 50C
Liquid pH: 49
Installation depth below water level: max. 10 m
Applications
The pumps are designed for pumping rainwater and grey wastewater.
With mobile or xed installation.
KP
Washing machines, bath tubs, showers, sinks, etc.
From low-lying parts of buildings up to sewer level
Cellars or buildings prone to ooding
Draining wells
Collecting wells for surface water with inlets from roof gutters,
tunnels, etc.
Swimming pools, pounds or fountains
KP AV-1
Grey wastewater transfer from small wells (max. installation
depth 5 m).
Type key
Construction
Pump
Vertical, single-stage, submersible centrifugal pumps with vertical
discharge port. The wetted parts are from stainless steel material.
(non-return valve: see accessories).
Motor
submersible motor 1230 V, 50 Hz, IP 68
Motor protection: thermal overload protection
Starting: direct
The pumps have built-in capacitor.
Bearings
Maintenance-free water lubricated ball bearings. Impeller with
normal liquid (frost tolerance -20C).
Shaft Seals
Dual-seal system with two seals with grease between the seals.
Materials
Continuous operation (S1) without immersion.
Max. number of starts: 20starts/hour
Min. water level for self-venting:
-with strainer: 30 mm
-without strainer: 15 mm
Scope of delivery KP AV-1
Built-in non-return valve in the discharge port.
KPA1: 3 or 10 m cable with safety connector,
capacitor, and oating switch.
KP AV-1: 10 m cable with safety connector,
capacitor and vertical level switch.
KP M1: 10 m cable with safety connector and capacitor.
Controls
Controls of one- and two pump lifting stations can be seen in chapters
6.116.16.
KP A1 KP AV-1
Example Unilift KP 150 A 1
Type range
Type
A = Automatic operation
AV = Vertical switch
M = Manual operation
1 = 1-phase motor
(3-phase is available)
Special connection for easy cable replacement.
Easy cleaning.

Small installation space required (ex.AV-1 version
250 mm.
2
2
3
1
4
KP 150 M1
Component Material DIN W. - Nr.
Pump housing stainless steel 1.4301
Impeller stainless steel 1.4301
Cables H07RN-F-3G1
Seal rings NBR
Float switch polypropylene
4.1-4
Technical data
Ordering data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
efuent pumps
Unilift KP

Unlift KP
The open-impeller design ensures free passage of
solids up to 10 mm.
Technical data
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge
port
Dimensions
[mm]
Cable
[m]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B
KP 150 M1 0,30/0,18 1230 V 1,3 2900 Rp 1" 214 149 10 6,2 01 1H 13 00
KP 150 A1 0,30/0,18 1230 V 1,3 2900 Rp 1" 214 149 3 5,5 01 1H 16 00
KP 150 A1 0,30/0,18 1230 V 1,3 2900 Rp 1" 214 149 10 6,3 01 1H 18 00
KP 150 AV-1 0,30/0,18 1230 V 1,3 2900 Rp 1" 214 220 3 5,7 01 1H 14 00
KP 150 AV-1 0,30/0,18 1230 V 1,3 2900 Rp 1" 214 220 10 6,5 01 1H 19 00
KP 250 M1 0,50/0,29 1230 V 2,2 2900 Rp 1" 214 149 10 7,0 01 2H 13 00
KP 250 A1 0,50/0,29 1230 V 2,2 2900 Rp 1" 214 149 3 6,3 01 2H 16 00
KP 250 A1 0,50/0,29 1230 V 2,2 2900 Rp 1" 214 149 10 7,2 01 2H 18 00
KP 250 AV-1 0,50/0,29 1230 V 2,2 2900 Rp 1" 214 220 3 6,5 01 2H 14 00
KP 250 AV-1 0,50/0,29 1230 V 2,2 2900 Rp 1" 214 220 10 7,4 01 2H 19 00
KP 350 M1 0,70/0,35 1230 V 3,2 2900 Rp 1" 224 149 10 7,7 01 3N 13 00
KP 350 A1 0,70/0,35 1230 V 3,2 2900 Rp 1" 224 149 3 7,0 01 3N 16 00
KP 350 AV-1 0,70/0,35 1230 V 3,2 2900 Rp 1" 224 220 3 7,0 01 3N 14 00
KP 350 A1 0,70/0,35 1230 V 3,2 2900 Rp 1" 224 149 10 7,9 01 3N 18 00
KP 350 AV-1 0,70/0,35 1230 V 3,2 2900 Rp 1" 224 220 10 7,9 01 3N 19 00
Cable length
70/150 mm
Switching level
A [mm]
Switching level
B [mm]
UNILIFT KP150 A1 140/100 150/225
UNILIFT KP250 A1 140/100 150/225
UNILIFT KP350 A1 150/110 150/225
KP
A
B
A
T
M
0
1
7
0
6
9
4
0
9
9
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Q [m
3
/h]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
H
[m]
0 1 2 3 4 Q [l/s]
KP
50 Hz
ISO 2548 Annex B
KP 250
KP 150
KP 350
Unilift KP A1 with oat switch holder
(available as an accessory)

Be
Ki
A
B
Max. 150 mm
Start/stop levels at min. and
max. cable lengths, Unilift KP-A1

min. 350 mm
Ki
Be
Vszszint
Unilift KP A1 with oat switch
and LC A1 indicator
4.1-5
General data
efuent pumps
Unilift AP, AP-B
3
/h
Head: max. 16 m
Suction strainer cross-section: 10, 35, 50 mm
Liquid pH: 49
Applications
Unilift KP is a submersible pump designed for pumping clean,
non-aggressive water and slightly dirty (grey) wastewater such as
domestic efuents from septic and sludge treating systems, with
particles up to 50 mm. Fecal waste water drainage only with AP50B
type, see below.
Drainage
cellars or buildings prone to ooding
Draining wells
Collecting wells
Water abstraction from rivers and lakes
Construction and civil protection interventions
Waste water drainage from households (only with AP50B).
Type key
Construction
Pump
Single-stage, submersible pump.
The wetted parts are from stainless steel material.
Motor
submersible motor 1230 V, 50 Hz or 3400 V, 50 Hz, IP 68
Motor protection: built-in thermal overload protection (1-phase ),
external motor protection (3-phase )
Starting: direct
The 1-phase pumps have built-in capacitor.
Bearings
Shaft Seals
Dual-seal system with two seals with oil chamber.
Materials
AP.. .1: 10 m cable with safety connector, capacitor.
AP.. .A1: 10 m cable with safety connector, capacitor and oating
switch.
AP.. .3: 10 m cable with free ends.
AP.. .A3: 10 m cable, switch box, oating switch and 3-phase
connector.
Controls
Controls of one- and two pump lifting stations can be seen in chapters
6.116.16.
More information can be seen on WebCAPS online database on www.
grundfos.com website.
AP12 A P35/50 AP35/50B
Example Unilift AP 12. 40. 06. A 1. V
Type range
Maximum solids size [mm]
Power output P
2
/100 W

1 = 1-phase motor
3 = 3-phase motor
V = Vortex impeller
Special connection for easy cable replacement.
Easy cleaning.
Maximum solids size max. 50 mm.

Easy handling during installation, light weight
construction.

Fixed installation with automatic cable switch.
2
3
1
5
2
4
AP50.08.A1
1
4
5
AP35 B.50.A1.V
Component M aterial DIN W. - Nr.
Pump housing stainless steel 1.4301
Impeller stainless steel 1.4301
Cables
AP.. .1 H07RN-F-3G1
AP.. .3 H07RN-F-4G1
Seal rings NBR
Float switch polypropylene
4.1-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
efuent pumps
Unilift AP, AP-B
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
H
[m]
0 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Q [l/s]
5 1 2 0 0 15 25 30 35 Q [m
3
/h]
3 = AP 12.40.08.
2 = AP 12.40.06.
1 = AP 12.40.04.
4 = AP 12.50.11.1
5 = AP 12.50.11.3
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
H
[m]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Q [l/s]
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Q [m
3
/h]
2 = AP 35.40.08.
1 = AP 35.40.06.
2
1
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
H
[m]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Q [l/s]
10 1 5 5 20 25 30 35 Q [m
3
/h]
1 = AP 50.50.08.
2 = AP 50.50.11.1
3 = AP 50.50.11.3
3
2
1
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 Q [m
3
/h]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
H
[m]
0 2 4 6 8 Q [l/s]
5
4
6
3
2
1
6 = AP50B.50.15.3V
5 = AP50B.50.11.3V
4 = AP50B.50.11.1V
3 = AP35B.50.08.1V
2 = AP50B.50.08.3V
AP50B.50.08.1V
1 = AP35B.50.06.1V
Unilift AP 12
A
B
A
B
Unilift AP 35
A
B
Unilift AP 50 Unilift AP with automatic
pipe switch
A
C
B
X
U
Y
Z
Unilift AP35B, AP50B
elbow ttings with feet
4.1-7
Technical data
Ordering data
efuent pumps
Unilift AP, AP-B
Unilift AP 12, Max. particle size: 12 mm n=2900 min
-1
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Discharge
port
Dimensions [mm]
Cable length
[m]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B
AP 12.40.04.1 0,70/0,40 1230 V 3,0 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,6 96 01 10 16
AP 12.40.04.A1 0,70/0,40 1230 V 3,0 Rp 1" 321 216 3 11,0 96 01 10 17
AP 12.40.04.A1 0,70/0,40 1230 V 3,0 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,8 96 01 10 18
AP 12.40.04.3 0,70/0,40 3400 V 1,2 Rp 1" 321 216 10 9,7 96 01 10 24
AP 12.40.04.A3 0,70/0,40 3400 V 1,2 Rp 1" 321 216 10 12,3 96 02 38 71
AP 12.40.06.1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,4 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,6 96 00 17 20
AP 12.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,4 Rp 1" 321 216 3 11,0 96 00 17 35
AP 12.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,4 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,8 96 01 09 79
AP 12.40.06.3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 321 216 10 10,7 96 00 16 52
AP 12.40.06.A3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 321 216 10 13,3 96 02 38 72
AP 12.40.08.1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 1" 346 216 10 13,2 96 00 18 69
AP 12.40.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 1" 346 216 3 12,6 96 00 17 98
AP 12.40.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 1" 346 216 10 13,4 96 01 09 80
AP 12.40.08.3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,1 Rp 1" 346 216 10 12,0 96 00 17 91
AP 12.40.08.A3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,1 Rp 1" 346 216 10 14,6 96 02 38 73
AP 12.50.11.1 1,70/1,10 1230 V 8,5 Rp 2" 357 241 10 15,7 96 00 19 58
AP 12.50.11.A1 1,70/1,10 1230 V 8,5 Rp 2" 357 241 3 15,1 96 00 19 65
AP 12.50.11.A1 1,70/1,10 1230 V 8,5 Rp 2" 357 241 10 15,9 96 01 09 81
AP 12.50.11.3 1,70/1,20 3400 V 3,2 Rp 2" 357 241 10 15,6 96 00 19 75
AP 12.50.11.A3 1,70/1,20 3400 V 3,2 Rp 2" 357 241 10 18,2 96 02 38 74
Unilift AP 35/AP 50, Max. particle size: 35/50 mm n=2900 min
-1
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Discharge
port
Dimensions [mm]
Cable length
[m]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B
AP 35.40.06.1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,0 Rp 1" 376 216 10 12,0 96 00 17 96
AP 35.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,0 Rp 1" 376 216 3 11,4 96 00 17 77
AP 35.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,0 Rp 1" 376 216 10 12,2 96 01 09 82
AP 35.40.06.3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 376 216 10 11,1 96 00 01 69
AP 35.40.06.A3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 376 216 10 13,7 96 02 38 75
AP 35.40.08.1 1,20/0,70 1230 V 5,5 Rp 1" 410 216 10 13,3 96 00 16 72
AP 35.40.08.A1 1,20/0,70 1230 V 5,5 Rp 1" 410 216 3 12,7 96 00 18 97
AP 35.40.08.A1 1,20/0,70 1230 V 5,5 Rp 1" 410 216 10 13,5 96 01 09 83
AP 35.40.08.3 1,10/0,70 3400 V 2,0 Rp 1" 410 216 10 12,1 96 00 17 18
AP 35.40.08.A3 1,10/0,70 3400 V 2,0 Rp 1" 410 216 10 14,7 96 02 38 76
AP 50.50.08.1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,7 96 01 05 95
AP 50.50.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 2" 436 241 3 15,1 96 01 05 84
AP 50.50.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,9 96 01 09 84
AP 50.50.08.3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 14,2 96 01 05 63
AP 50.50.08.A3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 16,5 96 02 38 77
AP 50.50.11.1 1,60/1,10 1230 V 8,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,7 96 01 05 77
AP 50.50.11.A1 1,60/1,10 1230 V 8,0 Rp 2" 436 241 3 15,1 96 01 05 66
AP 50.50.11.A1 1,60/1,10 1230 V 8,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,9 96 01 09 85
AP 50.50.11.3 1,60/1,20 3400 V 3,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,6 96 01 05 62
AP 50.50.11.A3 1,60/1,20 3400 V 3,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 17,9 96 02 38 78
Unilift AP 35B/AP 50B, Max. particle size: 35/50 mm n=2900 min
-1
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Discharge
port
Dimensions [mm]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B C U X Y Z
AP35B.50.06.A1.V 0,99/0,66 1230 V 4,4 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 6,8 96 46 83 56
AP35B.50.06.1.V 0,99/0,66 1230 V 4,4 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 6,8 96 00 45 63
AP35B.50.06.3.V 0,95/0,63 3400 V 1,55 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 7,4 96 46 81 90
AP35B.50.08.A1.V 1,22/0,71 1230 V 5,44 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 46 83 55
AP35B.50.08.1.V 1,22/0,71 1230 V 5,44 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 00 45 75
AP35B.50.08.3.V 1,23/0,78 3400 V 1,98 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 8,4 96 46 81 93
AP50B.50.08.A1.V 1,20/0,74 1230 V 5,37 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 46 83 54
AP50B.50.08.1.V 1,20/0,74 1230 V 5,37 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 00 45 87
AP50B.50.08.3.V 1,20/0,80 3400 V 1,95 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 8,4 96 46 81 94
AP50B.50.11.A1.V 1,75/1,21 1230 V 8,0 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,2 96 46 83 52
AP50B.50.11.1.V 1,75/1,21 1230 V 8,0 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,2 96 00 45 99
AP50B.50.11.3.V 1,75/1,31 3400 V 2,81 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 9,7 96 46 81 95
AP50B.50.15.3.V 2,15/1,5 3400 V 3,0 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10 96 46 81 96

Picture Description Size Type Product
number
AP 12.40
AP 35.40
AP xx.50
APxxB
CrNi nipple R 1 I=90
R 2 I=100
00 33 07 67
00 ID 69 49
Storz-coupling on the suction side D-G 1 A
C-G 2 A
96 00 19 77
96 00 38 29
10 m hose with Storz couplings on both ends D 40, 40 mm
C 52, 50 mm
96 00 19 86
96 00 19 87
Non-return valve (ball type) Rp 1", PVC
Rp 2", GG
96 02 38 43
96 00 20 02
Isolating valve Rp 1", PVC
Rp 2", brass
96 02 38 46
96 00 20 05
Nipple Rp 1", PVC
Rp 2", horg.
96 00 36 32
96 00 19 93
Stainless steel wire
2 mm; max. load 100 kg
m 00 ID 89 57
Wire fastener (2 required) 00 ID 89 60
Flexible coupling piece
with DN 40 clips
DN 40
DN 50
91 07 16 46
91 07 16 47
Level controller LC A1
Level controllers are available as accessories with
foat switch pumps for the control, monitoring and
protection of 1-phase pumps. (max. 5 A, 230 V),
mains-independent
alarm with 9,6 V accumulator, I
max
= 10 A
Only for 1-phase 91 07 12 87
Float switch, type: SAS for LC A1 3 m
5 m
10 m
00 ID 78 01
00 ID 78 05
00 ID 78 09
Hookup auto coupling with non-return valve Rp 2 96 00 44 42
Hookup auto coupling with 90 pipe bend and feet Discharge side
Rp 2
96 00 01 78
Only for AP35B and AP50B pumps.

4.1-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
efuent pumps
Unilift AP, AP-B
Unilift AP 12, Max. particle size: 12 mm n=2900 min
-1
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Discharge
port
Dimensions [mm]
Cable length
[m]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B
AP 12.40.04.1 0,70/0,40 1230 V 3,0 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,6 96 01 10 16
AP 12.40.04.A1 0,70/0,40 1230 V 3,0 Rp 1" 321 216 3 11,0 96 01 10 17
AP 12.40.04.A1 0,70/0,40 1230 V 3,0 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,8 96 01 10 18
AP 12.40.04.3 0,70/0,40 3400 V 1,2 Rp 1" 321 216 10 9,7 96 01 10 24
AP 12.40.04.A3 0,70/0,40 3400 V 1,2 Rp 1" 321 216 10 12,3 96 02 38 71
AP 12.40.06.1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,4 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,6 96 00 17 20
AP 12.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,4 Rp 1" 321 216 3 11,0 96 00 17 35
AP 12.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,4 Rp 1" 321 216 10 11,8 96 01 09 79
AP 12.40.06.3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 321 216 10 10,7 96 00 16 52
AP 12.40.06.A3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 321 216 10 13,3 96 02 38 72
AP 12.40.08.1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 1" 346 216 10 13,2 96 00 18 69
AP 12.40.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 1" 346 216 3 12,6 96 00 17 98
AP 12.40.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 1" 346 216 10 13,4 96 01 09 80
AP 12.40.08.3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,1 Rp 1" 346 216 10 12,0 96 00 17 91
AP 12.40.08.A3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,1 Rp 1" 346 216 10 14,6 96 02 38 73
AP 12.50.11.1 1,70/1,10 1230 V 8,5 Rp 2" 357 241 10 15,7 96 00 19 58
AP 12.50.11.A1 1,70/1,10 1230 V 8,5 Rp 2" 357 241 3 15,1 96 00 19 65
AP 12.50.11.A1 1,70/1,10 1230 V 8,5 Rp 2" 357 241 10 15,9 96 01 09 81
AP 12.50.11.3 1,70/1,20 3400 V 3,2 Rp 2" 357 241 10 15,6 96 00 19 75
AP 12.50.11.A3 1,70/1,20 3400 V 3,2 Rp 2" 357 241 10 18,2 96 02 38 74
Unilift AP 35/AP 50, Max. particle size: 35/50 mm n=2900 min
-1
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Discharge
port
Dimensions [mm]
Cable length
[m]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B
AP 35.40.06.1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,0 Rp 1" 376 216 10 12,0 96 00 17 96
AP 35.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,0 Rp 1" 376 216 3 11,4 96 00 17 77
AP 35.40.06.A1 0,90/0,60 1230 V 4,0 Rp 1" 376 216 10 12,2 96 01 09 82
AP 35.40.06.3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 376 216 10 11,1 96 00 01 69
AP 35.40.06.A3 0,90/0,60 3400 V 1,6 Rp 1" 376 216 10 13,7 96 02 38 75
AP 35.40.08.1 1,20/0,70 1230 V 5,5 Rp 1" 410 216 10 13,3 96 00 16 72
AP 35.40.08.A1 1,20/0,70 1230 V 5,5 Rp 1" 410 216 3 12,7 96 00 18 97
AP 35.40.08.A1 1,20/0,70 1230 V 5,5 Rp 1" 410 216 10 13,5 96 01 09 83
AP 35.40.08.3 1,10/0,70 3400 V 2,0 Rp 1" 410 216 10 12,1 96 00 17 18
AP 35.40.08.A3 1,10/0,70 3400 V 2,0 Rp 1" 410 216 10 14,7 96 02 38 76
AP 50.50.08.1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,7 96 01 05 95
AP 50.50.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 2" 436 241 3 15,1 96 01 05 84
AP 50.50.08.A1 1,30/0,80 1230 V 5,9 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,9 96 01 09 84
AP 50.50.08.3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 14,2 96 01 05 63
AP 50.50.08.A3 1,20/0,80 3400 V 2,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 16,5 96 02 38 77
AP 50.50.11.1 1,60/1,10 1230 V 8,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,7 96 01 05 77
AP 50.50.11.A1 1,60/1,10 1230 V 8,0 Rp 2" 436 241 3 15,1 96 01 05 66
AP 50.50.11.A1 1,60/1,10 1230 V 8,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,9 96 01 09 85
AP 50.50.11.3 1,60/1,20 3400 V 3,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 15,6 96 01 05 62
AP 50.50.11.A3 1,60/1,20 3400 V 3,0 Rp 2" 436 241 10 17,9 96 02 38 78
Unilift AP 35B/AP 50B, Max. particle size: 35/50 mm n=2900 min
-1
Type
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Current
I
N
[A]
Discharge
port
Dimensions [mm]
Weight
[kg]
Product
number
A B C U X Y Z
AP35B.50.06.A1.V 0,99/0,66 1230 V 4,4 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 6,8 96 46 83 56
AP35B.50.06.1.V 0,99/0,66 1230 V 4,4 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 6,8 96 00 45 63
AP35B.50.06.3.V 0,95/0,63 3400 V 1,55 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 7,4 96 46 81 90
AP35B.50.08.A1.V 1,22/0,71 1230 V 5,44 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 46 83 55
AP35B.50.08.1.V 1,22/0,71 1230 V 5,44 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 00 45 75
AP35B.50.08.3.V 1,23/0,78 3400 V 1,98 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 8,4 96 46 81 93
AP50B.50.08.A1.V 1,20/0,74 1230 V 5,37 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 46 83 54
AP50B.50.08.1.V 1,20/0,74 1230 V 5,37 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,1 96 00 45 87
AP50B.50.08.3.V 1,20/0,80 3400 V 1,95 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 8,4 96 46 81 94
AP50B.50.11.A1.V 1,75/1,21 1230 V 8,0 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,2 96 46 83 52
AP50B.50.11.1.V 1,75/1,21 1230 V 8,0 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10,2 96 00 45 99
AP50B.50.11.3.V 1,75/1,31 3400 V 2,81 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 9,7 96 46 81 95
AP50B.50.15.3.V 2,15/1,5 3400 V 3,0 R 2 443 234 116 487 365 410 295 10 96 46 81 96

Picture Description Size Type Product
number
AP 12.40
AP 35.40
AP xx.50
APxxB
CrNi nipple R 1 I=90
R 2 I=100
00 33 07 67
00 ID 69 49
Storz-coupling on the suction side D-G 1 A
C-G 2 A
96 00 19 77
96 00 38 29
10 m hose with Storz couplings on both ends D 40, 40 mm
C 52, 50 mm
96 00 19 86
96 00 19 87
Non-return valve (ball type) Rp 1", PVC
Rp 2", GG
96 02 38 43
96 00 20 02
Isolating valve Rp 1", PVC
Rp 2", brass
96 02 38 46
96 00 20 05
Nipple Rp 1", PVC
Rp 2", horg.
96 00 36 32
96 00 19 93
Stainless steel wire
2 mm; max. load 100 kg
m 00 ID 89 57
Wire fastener (2 required) 00 ID 89 60
Flexible coupling piece
with DN 40 clips
DN 40
DN 50
91 07 16 46
91 07 16 47
Level controller LC A1
Level controllers are available as accessories with
foat switch pumps for the control, monitoring and
protection of 1-phase pumps. (max. 5 A, 230 V),
mains-independent
alarm with 9,6 V accumulator, I
max
= 10 A
Only for 1-phase 91 07 12 87
Float switch, type: SAS for LC A1 3 m
5 m
10 m
00 ID 78 01
00 ID 78 05
00 ID 78 09
Hookup auto coupling with non-return valve Rp 2 96 00 44 42
Hookup auto coupling with 90 pipe bend and feet Discharge side
Rp 2
96 00 01 78
Only for AP35B and AP50B pumps.

4.1-9
General data
efuent pumps
DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
3
/h
Head: max. 25 m
Suction strainer cross-section: 10-65 mm
(except Ex type)
Liquid pH: 410
Ex-rating: CE Ex ll 2 G, Ex bcd llB T4 Gb
Applications
The pumps are designed for pumping rainwater and grey wastewater,
non-aggressive water and slightly dirty (grey) wastewater such as
domestic efuents from septic and sludge treating systems with
particles from 10-65 mm. Fecal waste water drainage only with SL1.50
and SLV.65 types, see below. With mobile or xed installation.
Drainage
Cellars, garages or buildings prone to ooding (in explosive
atmospheres EEx T4)
Draining wells
Collecting wells
Water abstraction from rivers and lakes
Construction and civil protection interventions
Water circulation in industrial applications
Waste water drainage - SL1.50 from households
- SLV.65 public institutions
Equipment versions
Every pump is available in two electronic versions (see picture
above):
standard version: standard submersible pump with-or without
level switch.
AUTOADAPT version: with electronic level control and
communication.
Construction-standard version
Pump
Single-stage, submersible pump with a radial port. Clamp connection
between motor and pump.
Motor
Supply voltage: - 1230 V: -10%/+6%
- 3400 V: -10%/+10%
Motor protection: - two sets of thermal switches incorporated in
the stator windings
- dry-running sensor
Starting: direct
The 1-phase pumps have no built-in capacitor.
Bearings
Shaft Seals
Cartridge seal units. Pumps up to 1.5 kW have a (SiC/SiC) primary seal
and a lip seal as secondary seal. From 2.6 kW a double SiC/SiC seal as
primary seal and a carbon/aluminium oxide as secondary seal.
Cable connection
The stainless-steel plug is fastened with a union nut.
The nut and O-rings provide sealing against ingress of the liquid.
External coating
Two-component epoxy
Materials
A 10 m cable with free ends.
xxxxx.A.xxxxx: standard level control and oating switch with CU
100 control unit.
Controls
Controls of one- and two pump lifting stations can be seen on page
4.1-17.and in chapters 6.116.16.
AUTO
ADAPT
-version Standard version

Safe operation
- Self-cleaning channel impeller (with long vanes Super-Vortex impeller)

- Smooth pump surface

- Watertight and corrosion-resistant cable entry
- Clamp connection between motor and pump
- Cartridge shaft seal

Modular structure

Cable connection: power supply cable incorporating wires for thermal sensors
in the motor windings

Protected O-rings: increased pump and seal lifetime

Ex-version for all types
Component Material DIN W. - Nr.
Pump housing EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EN-JI 1040
Motor housing EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EN-JI 1040
Impeller EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EN-JI 1040
Screws stainless steel
Cables
2
+ 31 mm
2

2
+ 31 mm
2

2
+ 31 mm
2
Shaft seal
- up to 1,5 kW
- from 2,6 kW
SiC/SiC+ with lips
SiC/SiC+carbon/aluminium oxide
Seal rings NBR

Oil Shell Odina 913
4.1-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
efuent pumps
DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
Construction -AUTO
ADAPT
-version
The DP10, EF30, SL1.50 and SLV.65 AUTOADAPT-pumps incorporate
a controller and motor-protective functions. They only need to be
connected to the mains supply.
Example: DP10.50.xxxx.E.xxxx pump
Motor
- 3400 V: -10%/+10%
Starting: direct
Built-in electronic elements:
1 analog transmitter for measuring absolute pressure
Built-in dry-running sensor (2 sensors Ex )
two sets of thermal switches
2 Pt 1000 temperature sensors
1 moisture sensor located in the motor
built-in I2(t) motor protection
EMC cable: 3G3GC3G-F3x1AiC+4 G 2,5 mm
2
Controls
More information can be seen on page 4.1-17.and in chapters 6.11
6.16.
Other available parts
Pumps, bearings, shaft seals, cable connections, materials (excluding
cable): standard variants.
AUTO
ADAPT
control, protection and operating
functions
Built-in level sensors
The electrical unit built into the upper portion of an analog pressure
transmitter provides a signal of the water level measurement by
measuring the absolute pressure. Starts automatically on the basis
of the signal (higher water level) pump. The default setting (25 cm).
Motor protection
The built-in elements for full motor protection, can be seen in the
Motor chapter.
Pump alternation
If several pumps (max. 4) are installed in the same tank, the
control logic incorporated in the pump will ensure that the load is
distributed evenly among the pumps over time.
Alarm relay output
The pump incorporates an alarm relay output. NC and NO are
available and can be used as required, for example for acoustic or
visual alarms.
Start delay
When having more pumps, after the mains supply fails, the pump
units start delayed in random order.
Self-monitoring
Self-calibration after each pump cycle
Anti-seizing function
The anti-seizing function starts the pump at programmed intervals
to prevent the impeller from seizing up. This function will overrule
the dry running sensor of non-Ex versions.
After-run function (foam draining)
The after-run function can be used at programmed intervals if there
is a risk of a oating layer.
Communication link
The Grundfos CIU unit can be permanently or temporarily connected
for changing the default settings, making further settings or reading
the alarm log and operating parameters, such as number of starts
and operating hours (see functions on page 4.1-12.).
Pos. Description
1 Cable plug
2 Electronic unit
3
4 Discharge port
5 Lifting bracket
6 Stator housing
7 Level sensor
8 Oil screw
9 Clamp
10 Dry-running sensors
11 Pump foot
12 Pump housing
Alarm Alarm log Signal relay
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Overload
Blocked motor/pump
Dry running
Motor temperature
Electronics temperature (Pt1000)
Thermal switch 1 in motor
Phase sequence reversed
High-level alarm
Sensor fault
4.1-11
General data
efuent pumps
DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
Type key
(The type keys are also for SL, SE series
on pages 4.5-1. 4.5-20.)
Example SL 1 .50 .65 .09 .EX .2 .1 .5 02
Series: DP, EF, SL1.50, SLV.65
Impeller type
1 Channel impeller
V SuperVortex impeller
[ ] Semi-open impeller
Spherical impeller clearance
Maximum particle size [mm]
A szivatty nyomcsonkja
A szivatty nyomcsonkjnak tmrje [mm]
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Sign: P
2
[kW]10
Equipment
[ ] Standard
A Connected with CU 100 control and foat switch
E AUTO
ADAPT
version
Pump version
[ ] Non-explosion-proof pump
Ex Explosion-proof pump (ATEX)
Number of poles
Number of motor poles (2, 4)
Sign: number of poles
Phase
1 Single-phase
[ ] Three-phase
Mains frequency
5 50 Hz
Supply voltage and starting method
02 1230 V, direct
0B 3400415 V, direct
OD 3380415 V, direct
1D 3380415 V, direct/delta
Available on request (optional) versions

Normal (standard) cable with greater length:
- type: B, 4 G 1,5 mm
2
+ 31 mm
2

- length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m

Explosion-proof cable with greater length:
- type: B, 4 G 1,5 mm
2
+ 31 mm
2
, Ex
- length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m

EMC (screened) cables for inverter drive:
- type: B, Ex
- length: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 m

Cable Protection for 7-core cable

Special motors:
- For special power supply
- Built-in motor PTC sensors with or without etc.
Detailed information on pump types can be seen on WebCAPS
online catalogue on www.grundfos.com website.

4.1-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
efuent pumps
DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
Explosion-proof pumps
The 1-phase and 3-phase DP10, EF, S1.50 and SLV.65 both variants
(in basic and AUTO
ADAPT
versions with oat switch) are available in
explosion-proof versions.
Operational requirements for Ex version:
-the uid temperature must not exceed +40 C
- The pump cannot run dry (on AUTOADAPT variants the anti-seizing
protection function works until the stop level)
- If CIU unit is used, it can not be in explosive zones.
Communication AUTO
ADAPT
-version pumps
Grundfos CIU unit
The Grundfos CIU unit (CIU = Communication Interface Unit) is used
as a communication interface between a Grundfos product and a
main network. For more information on CIU units, see chapter 2.2 of
this catalogue.
The CIU unit is used as an interface for following:
Conguration of pump parameters required for water level control.
Online monitoring of pit and pump values.
Manual water level control (forced start/stop).
Obtaining of measured and logged data that is valuable for pump
service and pit optimisation.
Communication can be established with the Grundfos R100 remote
control or by using the main network interface of the CIU unit.
Available CIU units:
CIU 902 unit (without CIM module)
CIU 202 Modbus unit
CIU 252 GSM/GPRS unit
CIU 272 GRM unit (Grundfos Remote Management)
The content of the CIU unit
The CIU unit incorporates one or two modules:
Multi-purpose IO module with I/O functionality,
IR communication interface and power line communication.
CIM 2XX module for control communication (optional).
Grundfos R100 remote control
communication with Grundfos products.
The R100 can communicate with the DP, EF, SL1 and SLV AUTOADAPT
pumps via a CIU unit.
The R100 is to be regarded as an ordinary service and measuring tool
and is therefore designed to withstand wear and stress from everyday
use.
-Continuous operation (S1):
In this mode, the liquid always covers the pump for cooling.
-intermittent operation (S3):
Operating mode type: S3-40%-10 min
(4 min running, 6 min stop)
Minimum liquid level is at the middle of the motor.
Max. number of switches: 30/hour
In principle, all three-phase pumps, except the AUTOADAPT versions,
can be connected to a frequency converter.
However, frequency converter operation will often expose the motor
insulation system to a heavier load and cause the motor to be more
noisy than usual due to eddy currents caused by voltage peaks.
In addition, large motors driven via a frequency converter will be
loaded by bearing currents.
For more information, of Grundfos CUE frequency converters see
chapter 6.5 of this catalogue.
Alarm
on
off S3
S1
Operation levels
4.1-13
Technical data
efuent pumps
DP10

DP10
Impeller type: semi-open, multi-channel
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
DP10.50.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 39
DP10.50.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 39
DP10.50.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 40
DP10.50.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 40
DP10.50.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 39
DP10.50.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 39
DP10.50.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 39
DP10.50.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 40
DP10.50.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 39
DP10.65.26.2.2.50B 3400 3,5/2,6 5,8 33 2870 DN 65 61
DP10.65.26.A.2.50B 3400 3,5/2,6 5,8 33 2870 DN 65 40
DP10.65.26.EX.2.50B 3400 3,5/2,6 5,8 33 2870 DN 65 61
Dimensions [mm]
Motor [kW] A C D E F H I* DC02 Z20 DN2
0,91,5 493 252 117 150 218 87 123/141 R 2
2,6 592 294 137 180 252 102 143/166 143 185 DN 65
Motor [kW] B G1 Z6a M N O Z11 Z12a Z18 Z19 ZDN1
0,91,5 75 160 325 140 100 600 523 30 286 110 Rp 2
Motor [kW] Z2 Z4 Z6 Z7 Z9 Z10a Z11 Z12a Z12B Z15 Z16 ZDN1**
0,91,5 95 87 427 85 " 129 58 Rp 2
2,6 210 140 623 436 81 1" 656 64 175 266 DN 65/DN 80
* standard/AUTOADAPT-version ** depending on the feet type
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Q [l/s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
H
[m]
DP10
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex
DP10.65.26.2
DP10.50.15.2
DP10.50.09.2
freestanding installation installation with auto
coupling
Installation with feet
4.1-14
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
efuent pumps
EF30

DP10
Impeller type: semi-open, multi-channel
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
DP10.50.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 39
DP10.50.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 39
DP10.50.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 40
DP10.50.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 40
DP10.50.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 39
DP10.50.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 39
DP10.50.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 39
DP10.50.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 40
DP10.50.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 39
DP10.65.26.2.2.50B 3400 3,5/2,6 5,8 33 2870 DN 65 61
DP10.65.26.A.2.50B 3400 3,5/2,6 5,8 33 2870 DN 65 40
DP10.65.26.EX.2.50B 3400 3,5/2,6 5,8 33 2870 DN 65 61
Dimensions [mm]
0,91,5 493 252 117 150 218 87 123/141 R 2
2,6 592 294 137 180 252 102 143/166 143 185 DN 65
0,91,5 75 160 325 140 100 600 523 30 286 110 Rp 2
Motor [kW] Z2 Z4 Z6 Z7 Z9 Z10a Z11 Z12a Z12B Z15 Z16 ZDN1**
0,91,5 95 87 427 85 " 129 58 Rp 2
2,6 210 140 623 436 81 1" 656 64 175 266 DN 65/DN 80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Q [l/s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
H
[m]
DP10
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex
DP10.65.26.2
DP10.50.15.2
DP10.50.09.2
freestanding installation installation with auto
coupling
Installation with feet
EF30
Impeller type: semi-open, single-channel
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
EF30.50.06.2.1.502 1230 1,0/0,6 4,8 21 2920 R 2" 39
EF30.50.06.2.50B 3400 1,0/0,6 2,3 21 2890 R 2" 69
EF30.50.06.A.2.1.502 1230 1,0/0,6 4,8 21 2920 R 2" 40
EF30.50.06.A.2.50B 3400 1,0/0,6 2,3 21 2890 R 2" 40
EF30.50.06.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,0/0,6 4,8 21 2920 R 2" 39
EF30.50.06.EX.2.50B 3400 1,0/0,6 2,3 21 2890 R 2" 39
EF30.50.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 39
EF30.50.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 39
EF30.50.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 40
EF30.50.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 40
EF30.50.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 R 2" 39
EF30.50.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 R 2" 40
EF30.50.11.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 R 2" 39
EF30.50.11.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 R 2" 39
EF30.50.11.A.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 R 2" 40
EF30.50.11.A.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 R 2" 40
EF30.50.11.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 R 2" 39
EF30.50.11.EX.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 R 2" 39
EF30.50.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 39
EF30.50.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 40
EF30.50.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 R 2" 39
Dimensions [mm]
Motor [kW] A C D E F H I* DN2
0,6; 0,9; 1,1; 1,5 494 252 117 102 218 84 123/141 R2
0,6; 0,9; 1,1; 1,5 75 163 325 140 100 600 520 30 286 110 Rp 2
* standard/AUTOADAPT-version
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Q [l/s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
H
[m] EF30
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex

EF30.50.06.2
EF30.50.09.2
EF30.50.15.2
EF30.50.11.2
EF30.50.11.2.1
Standard AUTO
ADAPT
-version Installation with auto coupling
freestanding installation
4.1-15
Technical data
efuent pumps
SL1.50
SL1.50
Impeller type: closed, single-channel
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
SL1.50.65.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.A.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.11.A.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.11.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.EX.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 48
Dimensions [mm]
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 544 333 126 217 242 121 123/141 143 H-0185 DN 65
Motor [kW] Z2 Z4 Z6 Z7 Z9 Z10a Z11 Z12a Z15 Z16 ZDN1**
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 210 140 661 474 81 11/2 588 43 175 266 DN 65/DN 80
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 Q [l/s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
H
[m]
SL1.50
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex A

SL1.50.65.15.2
SL1.50.65.11.2
SL1.50.65.09.2

freestanding installation Installation with elbow
ttings with feet
SLV.65
Impeller type: SuperVortex
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
SLV65.65.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.A.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.11.A.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.11.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.EX.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 41
Dimensions [mm]
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 565 271 97 176 213 120 123/141 143 H-0185 DN 65
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 210 140 598 412 81 11/2 610 45 175 266 DN 65/DN 80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Q [l/s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
H
[m] SLV.65
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex A

SLV65.65.15.2
SLV65.65.09.2
SLV65.65.11.2
ttings with feet
4.1-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
efuent pumps
SLV.65
SL1.50
Impeller type: closed, single-channel
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
SL1.50.65.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.A.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.11.A.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.11.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.11.EX.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 48
SL1.50.65.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 49
SL1.50.65.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 48
Dimensions [mm]
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 544 333 126 217 242 121 123/141 143 H-0185 DN 65
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 210 140 661 474 81 11/2 588 43 175 266 DN 65/DN 80
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 Q [l/s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
H
[m]
SL1.50
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex A

SL1.50.65.15.2
SL1.50.65.11.2
SL1.50.65.09.2

ttings with feet
SLV.65
Impeller type: SuperVortex
Technical data
Type Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
SLV65.65.09.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.09.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.09.A.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.09.A.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.09.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,3/0,9 6,1 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.09.EX.2.50B 3400 1,4/0,9 2,8 21 2870 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.A.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.11.A.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.11.EX.2.1.502 1230 1,6/1,1 7,4 38 2920 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.11.EX.2.50B 3400 1,6/1,1 3,1 21 2830 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.15.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 41
SLV65.65.15.A.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 42
SLV65.65.15.EX.2.50B 3400 2,2/1,5 3,8 21 2720 DN 65 41
Dimensions [mm]
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 565 271 97 176 213 120 123/141 143 H-0185 DN 65
0,9; 1,1; 1,5 210 140 598 412 81 11/2 610 45 175 266 DN 65/DN 80
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Q [l/s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
H
[m] SLV.65
50 Hz
ISO9906 Annex A

SLV65.65.15.2
SLV65.65.09.2
SLV65.65.11.2
ttings with feet
4.1-17
Automatic control data
efuent pumps
DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
Name DC DCD LC LCD CU 100 AUTO
ADAPT
CIU
Application
One pump
Two pumps
Mixer
Battery back-up
Level sensor
Float switches
7)
Electrodes
7)
Air bells
7)
Pressure sensor
3)
7)
Ultrasonic sensor
7)
Analog level sensor with safety foat switches
7)
Starting method
Direct-on-line starting (DOL)
Star-delta starting
Soft starter
Basic functions
Start and stop of pump(s)
Pump alternation
High-level alarm
Dry-running level alarm
Flow measurement
(calculated or via fow sensor)

Pump statistics
4)
Conficting levels alarm

Advanced
functions
Start and stop delays
Motor temperature sensor
4)
Test run/anti-seizing
Daily pit emptying
WIO (Water-in-oil) sensor input
Communication
SMS messaging
2)
2)
1)
1)
2)
SCADA communication (GSM/GPRS)
2)
2)
5)
User interface
Level indication
Graphical display

6)

6)
PC Tool WW Controls
1)
If an SMS module is ftted.
2)
If a CIM 250 GSM/GPRS module is ftted in the CU 361.
3)
Built-in pressure sensor and dry-running sensor.
4)
Built-in, but a Grundfos CIU unit is required to get access to data or setting of parameters.
5)
Modbus, GSM, GPRS, SMS and GRM options.
6)
When using a Grundfos R100 remote control.
7)
Inputs for external sensors (NO or NC).
4.1-18
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
efuent pumps
DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
Installation accessories
Product Description Dimensions
S
L
1
.
5
0
.
6
5
S
L
V
.
6
5
.
6
5
D
P
1
0
.
5
0
D
P
1
0
.
6
5
E
F
3
0
.
5
0
Product number
Complete auto-coupling system,
including guide claw, base plate
and upper guide rail holder.
Cast iron, epoxy-coated.
Rp 2 96 42 95 19
Complete auto-coupling system,
including guide claw, base plate
and upper guide rail holder.
Cast iron, epoxy-coated.
DN 65 96 09 09 92
DN 80 / DN 65 96 10 22 38
Hook-up auto-coupling.
With non-return valve and elbow ftting.
2" 96 00 44 45
Lifting chain with
lifting link and safety hook.
With certifcates.

G
a
l
v
a
n
i
z
e
d
s
t
e
e
l
4 m 96 73 55 50
6 m 96 73 55 53
8 m 96 73 55 54
10 m 96 73 55 56
12 m 96 73 55 57
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s
s
t
e
e
l
4 m 96 73 55 57
6 m 96 73 55 64
8 m 96 73 55 66
10 m 96 73 55 67
12 m 96 73 55 69
4.2-1
General data
Dewatering pumps
DW
Flow rate: max. 80 l/sec
Head: max. 100 m
Liquid pH: 58
Liquid density: 1100 kg/m
3
Spherical impeller clearance
H- max. immersion depth
Application
Construction and disaster relief works, wastewater lifting and transfer
in ooded areas with portable or built-in pumps. - Depending on the
pump type the size of solid particles can be 07/08/10 mm.
Drainage pits
Construction building sites
Low-lying rainwater catchment areas
Water lifting in tunnels
Process industry
Curves
The characteristic are valid for temperature of 20C, 1 mm
2
/s (1 cSt)
kinematic viscosity, degassed pure water.
Type key
Type Number of holes
Hole size
[mm]

H
[m]
DW.50.08 36 8 5
DW.50.07
DW.50.09
39 832 20
DW.65.27
DW.65.39
DW.100.39
DW.100.66
18 730 25
DW.100.110
DW.150.110
165 1030 20
DW.100.200
DW.150.200
220 1030 20
Features
High wear tolerance

Corrosion free impeller

Protective jacket for the seals

Double shaft seal system
Easy to use, reliable operation

Light weight (aluminum housing)

Easy pipe and electrical connectivity

Built-in motor protection

Good motor cooling (dual aluminum. housing) permanent
above water operation

Optional versions (manual or automatic level control,
level control can be disabled)

Integrated level control with built-in electrodes
DW
50 Hz
ISO 9906 A Annex A
Example DW .50 .09 .A 3 .H
Type range
Nominal diameter of discharge port [mm]
Power output P
2
/100 (W)
Operation
A = With automatic level control
[ ]= For manual operation
(kzi kapcsolssal)
Version
1= Single-phase
3=Three-phase
H =High head
4.2-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Dewatering pumps
DW
Construction
Pump
Single-stage1 vertical submersible pump with a discharge port and a
strainer. To increase the wear resistance of the stainless steel impeller,
seals have a protective housings before and after the impeller, and in
the pump housing. Adjustable difuser to compensate for wear. An
integrated cooling jacket helps keep the motor temperature low. The
discharge port can be rotated for horizontal or vertical connections.
1High pressure pump (H version): include two back to back standing
impellers.
Discharge connection
The pump discharge is available with hose connection, Storz coupling
and threaded connection.
Motor
Submersible motor 1230 V, 50 Hz or 3400 V, 50 Hz, IP 68, 2800
min-1
Motor protection: with thermal overload switch
Starting: direct or Y/D
The 1-phase pumps have built-in capacitor.
Bearings: maintenance-free pre lubricated heavy-duty ball bearings.
Shaft seal
DW.50.08 grease-lled bushing with lip seals in both ends.
The DW.50.07 to DW.100.66 (max. 6.6 kW)
The primary seal is made of silicon carbide/silicon carbide, and the
secondary seal is a lip seal.
The DW.100.110 to DW.150.200 (11 -20 kW), two mechanical seals.
The primary seal is made of silicon carbide/silicon carbide and the
secondary seal of carbon/aluminium oxide.
Integrated level control (A versions)
Automatic level control is achieved by means of moisture sensing
electrodes monitoring the water level in the pit/sump to be drained.
(except DW.50.08.A1/A3 )
-Continuous operation (S1) also without immersion.
Scope of delivery-standard
DW.50.08.(A)1: 20 m cable
2
, (oating switch 0,5 m cable)
DW.50.08.(A)3: 20 m cable
2
, (oating switch 0,5 m cable)
DW.50.07.(A)1DW.150.110.(A)3 (motor output 0,711 kW) direct
starting: 20 m cable
2
, (A) with built-in level-sensor.
DW.100.2003.HDW.150.200.3 (motor output 1120 kW) Y/D starting:
20 m cable
2
(external motor protection switch, Y / D level control if
needed)
2
with longer cables on request
Note:
The equipment level is valid for one version of each type.
Some pump types in addition, may contain more factory electrical
elements (see next pages).
The electrical connections and built-in motor protection system
must be constructed using built-in elements (for each pump type
see the diagrams on WinCAPS and WebCAPS databases).
Materials
Installation
Non-return valve
In cases where the uid ow back is undesirable (level control
operation, intermittent operation, transfer in drainage systems or
from great depths, etc), directly after the discharge port a non-return
valve must be installed.
catalogue.
Description DW.50.08 DW
Pump sleeve Polypropylene Aluminum castings
Stator housing
Aluminium castings
1712:GA 15:10Mg
Discharge connection
Top cover
Strainer Polypropylene
Impeller Stainless steel 550 HB
Screws Stainless steel 1.4301
Shaft S tainless steel 1.4021
Cable H07RN-F, 20 m
Seal Protection NBR
Sizes
Type H [mm]
1)
D [mm] M [mm]
Pumps with polypropylene jacket
DW.50.08 432 200 200
Pumps with cast aluminum jacket, direct start
DW.50.07 395 210 212
DW.50.09 395 210 212
DW.65.27 525 246 250
DW.65.39 590 246 275
DW.100.39 590 246 275
DW.100.66 710 246 275
DW.100.110 820 360 410
DW.150.110 820 360 410
DW.100.200 1000 360 410
DW.150.200 1000 360 410
Pumps with cast aluminum jacket, Y / D start
DW.100.110 820 360 410
DW.100.200 1000 360 410
DW.150.200 1000 360 410
1)
size without Storz connection
4.2-3
Product range
Dewatering pumps
DW
Pumps with aluminium pump sleeve
Electrical connection Discharge connection
N
o

p
l
u
g

S
c
h
u
k
o

p
l
u
g
M
o
t
o
r

s
t
a
r
t
e
r
*
P
r
e
p
a
r
e
d

f
o
r

e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
x
H
o
s
e
T
h
r
e
a
d
e
d
S
t
o
r
z

c
o
u
p
l
i
n
g

h
a
l
f
Product number
Pump type Voltage
[V]
Starting
method
Single-phase pumps
DW.50.07.1 1230 Direct 96 09 02 04
DW.50.07.A1 1230 Direct 96 09 02 05
DW.50.07.1 1230 Direct 96 09 02 38
DW.50.07.A1 1230 Direct 96 09 02 39
DW.50.07.1 1230 Direct 96 09 02 99
Three-phase pumps
DW.50.09.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 06
DW.50.09.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 07
DW.50.09.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 53
DW.50.09.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 54
DW.50.09.3 3400 Direct 96 09 03 00
DW.50.09.3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 76
DW.50.09.A3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 77
DW.65.27.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 08
DW.65.27.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 09
DW.65.27.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 40
DW.65.27.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 55
DW.65.27.3 3400 Direct 96 09 03 01
DW.65.27.3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 78
DW.65.27.A3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 79
DW.65.39.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 10
DW.65.39.A3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 11
DW.65.39.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 41
DW.65.39.A3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 56
DW.65.39.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 03 02
DW.65.39.3.H 3230 Direct 96 09 02 80
DW.65.39.A3.H 3230 Direct 96 09 02 81
DW.100.39.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 12
DW.100.39.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 13
DW.100.39.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 42
DW.100.39.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 98
DW.100.39.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 57
DW.100.39.3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 82
DW.100.39.A3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 83
DW.100.66.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 14
DW.100.66.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 15
DW.100.66.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 32
DW.100.66.A3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 33
DW.100.66.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 43
DW.100.66.3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 44
DW.100.66.A3 3400 Direct 96 09 02 59
DW.100.66.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 03 03
DW.100.66.3 3400 Direct 96 09 03 04
DW.100.66.A3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 58
DW.100.66.3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 84
DW.100.66.A3 3230 Direct 96 09 02 85
DW.100.66.3.H 3230 Direct 96 09 02 86
DW.100.66.3A.H 3230 Direct 96 09 02 87
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 16
DW.100.110.A3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 17
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 20
DW.100.110.A3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 21
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 Direct 96 09 02 45
[V]
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 47
DW.100.110.A3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 60
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 direct 90 09 03 05
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 03 24
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 24
DW.100.200.A3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 25
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 28
DW.100.200.A3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 29
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 49
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 51
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 68
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 03 06
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 70
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 18
DW.150.110.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 19
DW.150.110.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 22
DW.150.110.A3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 23
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 46
DW.150.110.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 48
DW.150.110.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 61
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 73
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 03 07
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 26
DW.150.200.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 27
DW.150.200.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 30
DW.150.200.A3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 31
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 50
DW.150.200.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 52
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 69
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 03 08
DW.150.200.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 71
Pumps with polypropylene pump sleeve
Single-phase pumps
DW.50.08.1 1230 direct 96 09 02 00
DW.50.08.A1 1230 direct 96 09 02 01
DW.50.08.1 1230 direct 96 09 02 34
DW.50.08.A1 1230 direct 96 09 02 35
DW.50.08.1 1230 direct 96 09 02 96
DW.50.08.A1 1230 direct 96 09 02 97
Three-phase pumps
DW.50.08.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 02
DW.50.08.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 03
DW.50.08.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 36
DW.50.08.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 37
DW.50.08.3 3230 direct 96 09 02 74
DW.50.08.A3 3230 direct 96 09 02 75
* With motor protection, CEE plug, phase sequence tester and phase inverter.
Note:
- Pumps without integrated motor starter for direct-on-line or star-delta starting must be connected to an external motor protection to protect the motor against
overcurrent and overload.
- Pumps without automatic level control, but which are prepared for an external control box, can be ftted with a foat switch to enable automatic level control.

- Three-phase pumps with CEE plugs are available with or without phase inverter.
- Single-phase pumps with plug have a Schuko plug.
N
o

p
l
u
g

S
c
h
u
k
o

p
l
u
g
M
o
t
o
r

s
t
a
r
t
e
r
*
P
r
e
p
a
r
e
d

f
o
r

e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
x
H
o
s
e
T
h
r
e
a
d
e
d
S
t
o
r
z

c
o
u
p
l
i
n
g

h
a
l
f
Product number
Pump type Voltage Starting
method
4.2-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
Dewatering pumps
DW
[V]
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 47
DW.100.110.A3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 60
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 direct 90 09 03 05
DW.100.110.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 03 24
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 24
DW.100.200.A3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 25
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 28
DW.100.200.A3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 29
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 49
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 51
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 02 68
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 direct 96 09 03 06
DW.100.200.3.H 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 70
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 18
DW.150.110.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 19
DW.150.110.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 22
DW.150.110.A3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 23
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 46
DW.150.110.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 48
DW.150.110.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 61
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 73
DW.150.110.3 3400 direct 96 09 03 07
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 26
DW.150.200.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 27
DW.150.200.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 30
DW.150.200.A3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 31
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 50
DW.150.200.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 52
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 69
DW.150.200.3 3400 direct 96 09 03 08
DW.150.200.3 3400 Y/D 96 09 02 71
Pumps with polypropylene pump sleeve
Single-phase pumps
DW.50.08.1 1230 direct 96 09 02 00
DW.50.08.A1 1230 direct 96 09 02 01
DW.50.08.1 1230 direct 96 09 02 34
DW.50.08.A1 1230 direct 96 09 02 35
DW.50.08.1 1230 direct 96 09 02 96
DW.50.08.A1 1230 direct 96 09 02 97
Three-phase pumps
DW.50.08.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 02
DW.50.08.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 03
DW.50.08.3 3400 direct 96 09 02 36
DW.50.08.A3 3400 direct 96 09 02 37
DW.50.08.3 3230 direct 96 09 02 74
DW.50.08.A3 3230 direct 96 09 02 75
* With motor protection, CEE plug, phase sequence tester and phase inverter.
Note:
- Pumps without integrated motor starter for direct-on-line or star-delta starting must be connected to an external motor protection to protect the motor against
overcurrent and overload.
- Pumps without automatic level control, but which are prepared for an external control box, can be ftted with a foat switch to enable automatic level control.

- Three-phase pumps with CEE plugs are available with or without phase inverter.
- Single-phase pumps with plug have a Schuko plug.
N
o

p
l
u
g

S
c
h
u
k
o

p
l
u
g
M
o
t
o
r

s
t
a
r
t
e
r
*
P
r
e
p
a
r
e
d

f
o
r

e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
x
H
o
s
e
T
h
r
e
a
d
e
d
S
t
o
r
z

c
o
u
p
l
i
n
g

h
a
l
f
Product number
Pump type Voltage Starting
method
4.2-5
Accessories
Dewatering pumps
DW
Picture Pos. Description Dimensions
Pump type Product
number
DW.50.08 DW.50 DW.65 DW.100 DW.150
1
Lifting chain with
shackle, galvanized
10 m 96 00 20 13
6 m 96 00 36 33
3 m 96 00 36 34
2
Coupling half,
Storz coupling
Rp 2-2" hose 96 00 19 82
Rp 2-2" hose 96 00 19 83
Rp 2-3" hose 96 00 20 86
Rp 4-4" hose 96 00 52 52
Rp 6-6" hose 96 00 52 53
2a
Socket for hose
connection
2" 96 00 52 18
2" 96 00 60 95
3" 96 00 60 96
4"

(DW.65.39)
(DW.100.39)
96 00 60 97
4"

(DW.100.66)
96 00 50 49
6"
(DW.100.100)
(DW.100.200)
96 00 49 91
6"
(DW.100.110)
(DW.100.200)
96 00 60 98
3+4
Flat hose with
Storz coupling

10 m 2" 96001987
10 m 3" 96005254
10 m 4" 96005255
10 m 6" 96005256
20 m 2" 96005257
20 m 3" 96005259
20 m 4" 96005260
20 m 6" 96005261
Pump type Product
number
DW.50.08 DW.50 DW.65 DW.100 DW.150
5
Connector kit for
connection of two
or more DW
pumps in series

2" 96 47 20 79
3"

(DW.100.66)
96 47 21 00
6"
(DW.100.100)
(DW.100.200)
96 47 21 01
Flat suction kit

96 00 52 48
Schuko plug 96 00 52 49
CEE plug with

phase inverter
and on/of switch
2,5 4 A 96 00 52 50
6,310 A

(DW.65.27)
96 00 63 12
1016 A

(DW.65.39)
(DW.100.39)
(DW.100.66)
96 00 52 51
1625 A

(DW.100.110)
96 00 52 36
4.2-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Dewatering pumps
DW
Pump type Product
number
DW.50.08 DW.50 DW.65 DW.100 DW.150
1
Lifting chain with
shackle, galvanized
10 m 96 00 20 13
6 m 96 00 36 33
3 m 96 00 36 34
2
Coupling half,
Storz coupling
Rp 2-2" hose 96 00 19 82
Rp 2-2" hose 96 00 19 83
Rp 2-3" hose 96 00 20 86
Rp 4-4" hose 96 00 52 52
Rp 6-6" hose 96 00 52 53
2a
Socket for hose
connection
2" 96 00 52 18
2" 96 00 60 95
3" 96 00 60 96
4"

(DW.65.39)
(DW.100.39)
96 00 60 97
4"

(DW.100.66)
96 00 50 49
6"
(DW.100.100)
(DW.100.200)
96 00 49 91
6"
(DW.100.110)
(DW.100.200)
96 00 60 98
3+4
Flat hose with
Storz coupling

10 m 2" 96001987
10 m 3" 96005254
10 m 4" 96005255
10 m 6" 96005256
20 m 2" 96005257
20 m 3" 96005259
20 m 4" 96005260
20 m 6" 96005261
Pump type Product
number
DW.50.08 DW.50 DW.65 DW.100 DW.150
5
Connector kit for
connection of two
or more DW
pumps in series

2" 96 47 20 79
3"

(DW.100.66)
96 47 21 00
6"
(DW.100.100)
(DW.100.200)
96 47 21 01
Flat suction kit

96 00 52 48
Schuko plug 96 00 52 49
CEE plug with

phase inverter
and on/of switch
2,5 4 A 96 00 52 50
6,310 A

(DW.65.27)
96 00 63 12
1016 A

(DW.65.39)
(DW.100.39)
(DW.100.66)
96 00 52 51
1625 A

(DW.100.110)
96 00 52 36
4.2-7
General data
Dewatering pumps
DWK, DPK
Flow rate: DWK: up to 120 l/sec
DPK: up to 44 l/sec
Head: DWK: up to 100 m
DPK: up to 50 m
Suction strainer cross-section: DWK: max.13 mm
DPK: max. 20 mm
Liquid pH: 410
Density: 1000 kg/m
3
(In case of higher densities Grundfos
experts should be consulted.)
Applications
Typical places: building sites, basement garages, construction building
sites, low lying rainwater catchment areas, process industry etc. The
contaminated water and sand can contain - depending on the type of
pump - max. 10 and. 20 mm size solid particles.
building sites
tunnels
mines
ponds
basements
industry
rainwater reservoirs
Pumped liquids
Use the following table to identify which type of pump that best
meets your needs. The table is for guidance only:
For selection of the most appropriate pump - contact Grundfos
experts.
Application
DWK
DPK
O E
Groundwater
Drainage and surface water
Drainage and surface water with
small impurities
Abrasive surface water

Industrial process water without

Type key
DWK
Example DWK .O .6 .50 .075 .S .5 .0D .R
Type
Impeller
O Semi-open impeller
E Enclosed impeller
Strainer hole size:
6
1 0
1 3
Pump discharge:
Nominal diameter of pump discharge port [mm]
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW] 10*
Equipment:
Standard
S With extra sensor
Frequency:
5 50 Hz
Voltage and starting method:
0D 380-415 V, DOL
1D 380-415 V, Y/D
Material in pump:
[ ] Standard
R Cast iron pump with high-chrome stainless steel
impeller and suction strainer
* Exception: Code 075 = 0.75 kW
Note: The pumps are not available in all variants.
DPK
Example DPK .10 .80 .22 .S .5 .0D
Type
Strainer hole size:
1 0
1 5
2 0
Pump discharge:
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW] 10*
Equipment:
Standard
S With extra sensor
Frequency:
5 50 Hz
Voltage and starting method:
0D 380415 V, DOL
1D 380415 V, Y/D
0E 220240 V, DOL
1E 220240 V, Y/D
* Exception: Code 075 = 0.75 kW
Note: The pumps are not available in all variants.
4.2-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Dewatering pumps
DWK, DPK
Performance range
Pump selection
For a suitable pump system design, the following aspects should be
considered:
1. Choosing the right performance (Q / H). On request the pumps are
also available with custom impellers.
2. Version and equipment according to user needs (options).
3. In case of DPK pump, installation and discharge port version
selection.
4. In case of DWK pump, discharge port version selection.
5. Control selection.
6. Accessory selection.
In case of special requests contact Grundfos experts.
Construction
Single-stage, vertical-shaft, centrifugal pumps are available in the
following versions.
DWK.O. Type
pump housing material: gray cast iron (GG20)
impeller:
-design: semi-open
-material: -standard: ductile cast iron (GGG20)
-R design: CrNi (1.4301)
shaft: CrNi (1.4301)
bearings: ball bearings
-lower: double, angular
-top: single, deep groove
suction port: strainer, R design CrNi steel (1.4301) with lter
discharge port: vertically, forming a discharge canal at the end
with the pump housing, hose or ange connection
shaft seal: double (SiC / SiC) mechanical seal system
waterproof cables
motor temperature-thermal switch control
-general: bimetal
-R version: Ti-circuit (only for 0.75, 1.5, 2.2 and 3.7 kW, motors)
moisture sensor incorporated into the motor housing (except for
the 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, and 3.7 kW motors)
the sensors do not need separate cables
installation: free-standing design
DWK.E. Type
impeller:
-design: semi-open
-R model: CrNi (1.4301)
suction port: strainer, R design CrNi steel (1.4301) with lter
discharge port: vertically, forming a discharge canal at the end
with the pump housing, hose or ange connection
cooling jacket around the motor
shaft seal: triple sealing system and dual (SiC / SiC) + a mechanical
rubber seal lip
triple cable entry system consisting of a rubber ring
with epoxy diaphragm barrier and a rubber cover
motor temperature-thermal switch control - bimetal
the 7,5 and 9,0 kW motors)
installation: free-standing design
DPK Type
impeller:
-design: semi-open
-R design: CrNi (1.4301)
suction port: free
discharge port: horizontal, ange (90 elbow hose or ange
connection)
shaft seal: double sealing system and dual (SiC / SiC)
waterproof cables
motor temperature-thermal switch control - bimetal
the 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, and 3.7 kW motors)
installation options:
- Stand-alone version (standard support ring up to 2.2 kW / feet,
3.7 kW optional)
- Fixed elbow tting with feet (optional).
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Q [l/s]
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
H
[m]
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Q [m
3
/h]
DWK-O / DWK-E
50 Hz
DWK-O DWK-E
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Q [l/s]
5
6
7
8
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
H
[m]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Q [m
3
/h]
DPK
50 Hz
4.2-9
Technical data
Dewatering pumps
DWK, DPK
Motor
Submersible, 2-pole asynchronous closed motor
Power: 0,7590 kW
Supply voltage: 3380415 V 5%, 50 Hz
Starting: direct (DOL) star/delta (Y/D)
Insulation class: F (155 C), standard
Built-in motor protection units:
- thermal switch
- humidity Sensor
(See construction information.)
Power cable: 10 m standard, free cable end
Optional versions
Power cable: 15, 25, 30 m
Special motor:
- insulation class H
- other power supply
Motor protection:
- Moisture sensor (if not standard)
- Sensor klt:. 1-1 P 100 lower bearings + 1 Pt 100 stator
Material:
- CrNi-steel impeller (if not standard)
- CrNi-steel pump housing
Specic testing protocols
Operation of pumps
Pump controllers
Control cabinets manufactured by Grundfos pumps ensure high
quality control.
Applicable models: - DC control cabinets
- LC / LCD 108 controller cabinets
(For detailed information, together with the accessories see chapters
6.11 6.16. of this catalog.)
The pump sensors (thermal, humidity sensor, Pt 100 ) Grundfos type
GU01 and GU02 control units should be used as receivers (for more
details contact Grundfos ).
The DWK, DPK pump motors speed is usually controlled with variable
frequency drive.
The co- operation of the frequency converter and the motor should be
investigated in the light of:
motor warming - correct insulation class
increase of the motor power consumption
reduced starting torque
increase in engine noise
the min. frequency value must be specied (minimum water ow;
the min. frequency value is generally 30% of the nominal)
the power cable length, voltage spikes, input / output lters
operation determination (maximum speed operation periods), etc.
For more information contact Grundfos.
Continuous operation: S1
intermittent operation: S3 - 40%
Max. number of switches:
DWK.O., DPK types: 30/hour
DWK.E types: 18/hour
Minimum liquid levels
Pump Installation
More information on pump installation, electrical connection systems
design, and operation of the pumps can be seen on WebCAPS CD or
WebCAPS online catalogue on www.grundfos.com website.
catalogue.
DWK
DPK
S3 operation
S1 operation
S3 operation
S1 operation
4.3-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Self-priming wastewater pumps
Pomona
3
/h
Head: max. 31 m
Description
P
O
0
7
P
O
2
3
P
O
3
2
P
O
4
2
Maximum liquid temperature 60 C 100 C
Maximum ambient temperature 40 C
Minimum speed [min
1
] 2500
Maximum speed [min
1
] 7500 4500 3700 3000
Sound pressure level [dB (A)]
Electric motor 2900 min
1
< 70 82 90 90
Combustion engine 91 102 105
Vacuummetric suction lift [m] 5 8
Max. particle size 3 10 20 30
Connections
Suction and discharge
G 3/4
(DN 20)
G 2
(DN 50)
G 3
(DN 80)
G 4
(DN 100)
Application
Wastewater transfer in normal or self-priming mode. The liquid must
not contain any harmful materials, sand or other solids and abrasives,
witch are specied in the table by particle size.

dewatering of construction sites

draining of storm water

groundwater level control

irrigation of gardens and parks

water supply in agriculture and horticulture

well-tube injection

emergency pumping - ooded areas, re etc.

draining of yachts and motor boats.
Curves
The characteristic are valid for temperature of 20 C, 1 mm
2
/s
(1 cSt) kinematic viscosity, degassed pure water.
Features and benets

Self-priming design
No need to upload the suction line before start
Operational safety, no foot valve problem

Robust block design
Longevity in poor working conditions
Small footprint

Special shaft seal
Service and cost friendly

Several types of propulsion
Electricity, combustion engines, V belt
Wide application options
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 100 150 200
Q [m/h]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
[m]
H
POMONA
2900 min
-1
ISO 9906 annex A
PO42
PO32
PO23
PO07
4.3-2
General data
Product range
Pomona
Type key
Code Example PO 2 3 .10 .BL .E .1 .G .P .105 .3
POMONA
DN connection size [mm]
0 DN 20 (G )
2 DN 50 (G 2)
3 DN 80 (G 3)
4 DN 100 (G 4)
Version No
10 Maximum solids size [mm]
Pump type
BA Bare shaft pump
BL Block version
CM Pump with coupling and motor
Motor
0 Without motor
E Electric motor, 50 Hz
D 4-stroke diesel engine
P 4-stroke petrol engine
X Special motor version
Frame
0 Without frame
1 Base frame
2 Carrying frame
3 Trolley
Impeller
G Cast iron (GG)
B Cast bronze (G-CuSn)
X Special version
Sealing
P NBR (gumi)
V FKM (Viton)
X Special version
15 Motor power ( P
2
/100) [W]
Motor
1 1-phase (220-240)
3 3-phase (220-240 D/380-415 Y)
X Special version
List of variants
PO07 PO23 PO32 PO42
Pump type
Block version
Bare shaft pump
Bare shaft pump with
coupling

Motor
Without motor
Electric motor (50 Hz) 1-phase
4-stroke diesel engine
4-stroke petrol engine
Frame
Without frame
Base frame
Carrying frame
Trolley
Impeller material
Cast iron (GG20)
Cast bronze (G-CuSn)
Sealing
NBR (gumi)
FKM (Viton)
For customised solutions, contact your local Grundfos company.
4.3-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Pomona
General construction
The rugged end-suction construction is suitable for operation with
electric motors and combustion engines. Thanks to the bearing
pedestal and bare shaft end, the pump can also be operated by other
drives.
The pump unit has a double shaft seal system with grease lling and
lubricating nipple. A mechanical shaft seal seals the primary side
(water side). A seal ring seals the secondary side (motor side).
Motor
POMONA 07:
1 x 230 V motor. 0.25 kW. IP55.
3 x 230/400 V motor. 0.25 kW. IP55.
POMONA 23:
1 x 230 V motor. 1.25 kW. IP55.
3 x 230/400 V motor. 1.5 kW. IP55.
4-stroke petrol engine. 4.85 kW.
POMONA 32:
3 x 400 V motor. 4.0 kW. IP55.
4-stroke diesel engine with electric start. 4.6 kW.
POMONA 42:
3 x 400 V motor. 11.0 kW. IP55.
4-stroke diesel engine with electric start, including battery and
wiring. 13.1 kW.
Other motors/engines are available on request.
Coupling
Flexible coupling versions with bearing pedestal.
Coupling guard
As a protection against contact with the shaft and coupling, a guard
made of steel sheet are fastened to the base frame.
Base plate
Torsion-resistant steel plate. Carrying frame and carriage are made
of steel tube.
Materials
Operation
Maximum pressure
The maximum pressure (inlet pressure and pump pressure against a
closed valve) is 6 bar.
The minimum inlet pressure must correspond to the NPSH curve for
the pump + a safety margin of minimum 0.5 meters head.(see NPSH
curves in chapter 1. of this catalogue).
Maximum ow rate
The maximum ow rate must not exceed the value stated on the
nameplate. If the maximum ow rate is exceeded, cavitation and
overload may occur.
Minimum ow rate
The pump must not run against a closed discharge valve. The
minimum ow rate must be at least 10 % of the maximum ow rate
stated on the pump nameplate.
Fluid density
The pumps hydraulic parameters (Q, H, efciency P
2
/P
3
) are valid in
case of clean water transport. The transport of higher density uids
Q, H, efciency is reduced, while the power grows. In such cases the
motor performance should be checked.
Modes
Below 4 kW of electric power, the number of switches/hour is max.
100, and above 4 kW is max. 20/hour.
V-belt drive
In case of bare shaft design with belt drive, the following performance
values must not be exceeded.
catalogue.
Type key
Code Example PO 2 3 .10 .BL .E .1 .G .P .105 .3
POMONA
DN connection size [mm]
0 DN 20 (G )
2 DN 50 (G 2)
3 DN 80 (G 3)
4 DN 100 (G 4)
Version No
10 Maximum solids size [mm]
Pump type
BA Bare shaft pump
BL Block version
CM Pump with coupling and motor
Motor
0 Without motor
E Electric motor, 50 Hz
D 4-stroke diesel engine
P 4-stroke petrol engine
X Special motor version
Frame
0 Without frame
1 Base frame
2 Carrying frame
3 Trolley
Impeller
G Cast iron (GG)
B Cast bronze (G-CuSn)
X Special version
Sealing
P NBR (gumi)
V FKM (Viton)
X Special version
15 Motor power ( P
2
/100) [W]
Motor
1 1-phase (220-240)
3 3-phase (220-240 D/380-415 Y)
X Special version
List of variants
PO07 PO23 PO32 PO42
Pump type
Block version
Bare shaft pump
Bare shaft pump with
coupling

Motor
Without motor
4-stroke diesel engine
4-stroke petrol engine
Frame
Without frame
Base frame
Carrying frame
Trolley
Impeller material
Cast iron (GG20)
Cast bronze (G-CuSn)
Sealing
NBR (gumi)
FKM (Viton)
For customised solutions, contact your local Grundfos company.
Part material
Housing, housing cover cast iron EN-GJL-250
Bearing pedestal cast iron EN-GJL-250
Wear plate c ast iron EN-GJL-250
Screw plug stainless steel
Impeller
cast iron EN-GJL-250
bronze G-Cu-Sn 10
Seals NBR*
* other seal materials are available (Viton, Kalrez, EPDM) on request.
Type PO 07 PO 23 PO 32 PO 42
Rpm. max. power [kW]
2500 0,5 2,9 5,4 5,4
3000 0,7 3,6 6,5 6,5
3700 1,5 4,2 8
4500 1,8 5,3
7500 2,1
4.3-4
Accessories
Pomona
Version Designation Product number
PO07
Base frame for PO07.3.CM S6 21 35 60
Coupling guard S3 20 85 36
Coupling (dm = 11; dp = 16) S9 16 09 62
Coupling (dm = 14; dp = 16) S9 16 09 89
Motor 400 V, 0.25 kW, foot-mounted (dm = 11) S9 20 12 86
PO23
Coupling (dm = 11; dp = 16) S7 16 10 20
Hexagon nipple, R 2 - R 2 AG 96 00 19 93
STORZ coupling connection, Rp 2 96 00 19 82
STORZ coupling connection, R 2 S6 12 71 16
Flange connection set, PN 10, DN 50 - Rp 2 00 54 98 01
90 elbow, Rp 2 - R 2 S6 51 29 07
Non-return ball valve for discharge side, Rp 2 96 00 20 02
Pressure hose, 10 m, with STORZ coupling, C-2'' 96 00 19 87
Discharge connection complete for 2 hose S6 12 72 48
Spiral suction hose 2, 4 m, with screwed connection, foot valve and strainer S6 12 73 02
Motor 400 V, 1.5 kW, foot-mounted (dm = 11) 87 10 33 54
PO32
Coupling (dm = 28; dp = 22) S7 16 11 52
Coupling (dm = 38; dp = 22) S7 16 12 09
Hexagon nipple R 3 - R 3, steel zinc-plated 91 71 34 77
Flange connection set, PN 10, DN 80 - 00 56 98 02
90 elbow, Rp 3 - R 3 for PO32.20.BL.E S6 12 25 64
90 elbow, Rp 3 - R 3 for PO32.20.BL.D S6 12 26 02
Non-return ball valve for discharge side, fange connection DN 80 96 00 20 09
Discharge connection complete for pump with 3-phase motor, for 3 hose S6 12 68 96
Discharge connection complete for pump with diesel engine, for 3 hose S6 12 69 34
Spiral suction hose 3, 4 m, with foot valve and strainer S6 12 69 93
PO42
Coupling (dm = 42; dp = 22) S7 16 12 68
Hexagon nipple R4''-R4'' AG 96 00 65 66
90 elbow, Rp 4 - R 4 S6 12 47 88
Motor 400 V, 11 kW, foot-mounted (dm = 42) 85 Z8 96 66
Version Designation Product number
PO07
Coupling (dm = 11; dp = 16) S9 16 09 62
Coupling (dm = 14; dp = 16) S9 16 09 89
Motor 400 V, 0.25 kW, foot-mounted (dm = 11) S9 20 12 86
PO23
Coupling (dm = 11; dp = 16) S7 16 10 20
Hexagon nipple, R 2 - R 2 AG 96 00 19 93
90 elbow, Rp 2 - R 2 S6 51 29 07
Non-return ball valve for discharge side, Rp 2 96 00 20 02
Motor 400 V, 1.5 kW, foot-mounted (dm = 11) 87 10 33 54
PO32
Coupling (dm = 28; dp = 22) S7 16 11 52
Coupling (dm = 38; dp = 22) S7 16 12 09
Hexagon nipple R 3 - R 3, steel zinc-plated 91 71 34 77
Flange connection set, PN 10, DN 80 - 00 56 98 02
90 elbow, Rp 3 - R 3 for PO32.20.BL.E S6 12 25 64
90 elbow, Rp 3 - R 3 for PO32.20.BL.D S6 12 26 02
Discharge connection complete for pump with 3-phase motor, for 3 hose S6 12 68 96
Discharge connection complete for pump with diesel engine, for 3 hose S6 12 69 34
PO42
Coupling (dm = 42; dp = 22) S7 16 12 68
Hexagon nipple R4''-R4'' AG 96 00 65 66
90 elbow, Rp 4 - R 4 S6 12 47 88
Motor 400 V, 11 kW, foot-mounted (dm = 42) 85 Z8 96 66
Sewage pumps
4.4 Grinder sewage pumps
SEG
4.54.7 Sewage pumps
SE/SL, S SMART Bottom
4.8 Axial ow pumps
ST
KPL, KWM
4.4-1
General data
Grinder sewage pumps
SEG
Flow rate: max. 18,6 m
3
/h
Head: max. 46 m
Impeller: with a grinder
Operating temperature: 40 C, 60 C max. for 3 min.
(except Ex design)
Liquid pH: 410
Ex-approval: CE Ex ll 2 G, Ex bcd llB T4 Gb
Applications
For domestic and industrial water supply. The grinder system grinds
solids in the water, allowing the complete tube section to be lled
with liquid. Thus, smaller discharge port (min. 40 mm) can be used.
Installation can be xed or mobile.
sewage systems where gravity drainage is not possible
low-lying single-and multi-unit buildings
pressurized sewage systems
Equipment versions
Every SEG pump is available in two electronic versions (see picture above):
standard version: standard submersible pump with-or without
level switch.
AUTOADAPT version: with electronic level control and
communication.
Construction
Pump
A submersible pump with radial port, on the discharge side with 40/
DN DN 50, PN10 anges. A strap holds the pump and motor together.
The cable is xed to the motor with a stainless steel plug.
Motor
Submersible motor 1230 V, 50 Hz or 3400 V, 50 Hz, IP 68
- 3400 V: -10%/+10%
Motor protection: -two sets of thermal switches
Starting: direct
Bearings
Shaft Seals
Cartridge double seal design, chamber lled with physiologically inert
oil.
Materials and design: the table below.
Impeller system
The grinder system is from hardened stainless steel, it consists of a
cutting ring and a rotating cutting edge.
The retracted, semi-open impeller is made of cast iron. The impeller
clearance is easy to restore by the Smart Trim system.
Cable connection
The stainless-steel plug is fastened with a union nut.
The nut and O-rings provide sealing against ingress of the liquid.
External coating
Two-component epoxy.
Materials
Controls
One-and two-pump lifting stations and controllers can be seen on
page 4.4-7. and chapters 6.11 to 6.16 of this catalog.
AUTOADAPT-version Standard version

Adjustable stainless steel strap (1), with an easily accessible
impeller and grinder system

Stainless steel cable (2)

The impeller clearance is easy to restore by the Smart Trim system (3)

Flange 40/DN DN 50 (4)

Ex-design can be chosen for all types
1
3
4
2
Component Material D IN W. - Nr.
Pump housing EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EN-JI 1040
Motor housing EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EN-JI 1040
Grinder stainless steel 1.4542
Impeller EN-GJL-250 (GG 25) EN-JI 1040
Screws stainless steel
Cables H07RN-F7G1,5
Shaft seal
- up to 1,5 kW
- from 2,6 kW
SiC/SiC + with lips
SiC/SiC + carbon/aluminium oxide
Seal rings Nitril-gumi

Oil Shell Ondina 913
4.4-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
SEG
Construction -AUTO
ADAPT
-version
The SEG grinder pumps AUTOADAPT-versions incorporate a controller
and motor-protective functions. They only need to be connected to
the mains supply.
Motor
Submersible motor 1230 V, 50 Hz or 3400 V, 50 Hz, IP 68
- 3400 V: -10%/+10%
Starting: direct
Built-in electronic elements:
- 1 analog transmitter for measuring absolute pressure
- Built-in dry-running sensor (2 sensors for Ex )
- two sets of thermal switches
- 2 Pt 1000 temperature sensors
- 1 moisture sensor located in the motor
- built-in I2(t) motor protection
EMC cable: 3G3GC3G-F3x1AiC+4 G 2,5 mm
2
Controls
More information can be seen on page 4.4-7. and in chapters 6.11
6.16.
Other available parts
Pumps, bearings, shaft seals, cable connections, materials (excluding
cable): standard variants.
AUTO
ADAPT
control, protection and operating
functions
Built-in level sensors
The electrical unit built into the upper portion of an analog pressure
transmitter provides a signal of the water level measurement by
measuring the absolute pressure. Starts automatically on the basis
of the signal (higher water level) pump. The default setting is (25
cm).
Motor protection
The built-in elements for full motor protection, can be seen in the
Motor chapter.
Pump alternation
If several pumps (max. 4) are installed in the same tank, the
control logic incorporated in the pump will ensure that the load is
distributed evenly among the pumps over time.
Alarm relay output
The pump incorporates an alarm relay output. NC and NO are
available and can be used as required, for example for acoustic or
visual alarms.When using the CIU communication unit the relay
output is not usable.
Start delay
When having more pumps, after the mains supply fails, the pump
units start delayed in random order.
Phase sequence
The pump will not start if the phase sequence is not correct.
Self-monitoring
Self-calibration after each pump cycle
Anti-seizing function
The anti-seizing function starts the pump at programmed intervals
(factory setting: 3 day, 2 seconds running time) to prevent the
impeller from seizing up. This function will overrule the dry running
sensor of non-Ex versions.
After-run function (foam draining)
The after-run function can be used at programmed intervals if there
is a risk of a oating layer.
Communication link
The Grundfos CIU unit can be permanently or temporarily connected
for changing the default settings, making further settings or reading
the alarm log and operating parameters, such as number of starts
and operating hours (see functions on page 4.4-4.).
Pos. Description
1 Cable plug
2 Electronic unit
3
4 Discharge port
5 Lifting bracket
6 Stator housing
7 Level sensor
8 Oil screw
9 Clamp
10 Dry-running sensors
11 Pump foot
12 Pump housing
Alarm Alarm log Signal relay
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Overload
Blocked motor/pump
Dry running
Motor temperature (Pt1000)
Electronics temperature (Pt1000)
Phase sequence reversed
High-level alarm (start + 10 cm)
Sensor fault
4.4-3
General data
SEG
Type key
Example SE G .40 .11 E .Ex .2 .1 5 02
Type range: SE
G Grinder system in the pump inlet
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW]10
Equipment in pump
[ ] Standard
E Electronic version with AUTOADAPT functions
Pump version
[ ] Non-explosion-proof pump (standard)
Ex Explosion-proof pump
Number of poles
2 poles, n = 3000 min
-1
, 50 Hz
Number of phases
1 1-phase
[ ] 3-phase
Mains frequency: 50 Hz
02 1230 V, direct
List of variants (optional)

Normal (standard) cable with a greater length:
- type B, 4 G 1,5 mm
2
+ 3 x 1 mm
2
- length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m

Explosion-proof cable with a greater length:
2
+ 3 x 1 mm
2
Ex
- length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m

EMC (screened) cables for variants with a frequency converter:
- type: B, Ex
- length: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 m

Cable protection for 7-pin cable

Special motor:
- for special power supply
- with built-in motor PTC sensors or without etc.
Detailed information on pump types can be seen on
WebCAPS online catalogue on www.grundfos.com
website.
4.4-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Operating data
SEG
Explosion-proof pumps
The 1-phase and 3-phase SEG grinder pumps in both variants (in
basic and AUTOADAPT versions with oat switch) are available in
explosion-proof versions.
Operational requirements for Ex version:
- the uid temperature must not exceed +40 C
- The pump cannot run dry (on AUTOADAPT variants the anti-seizing
protection function works until the stop level)
- If CIU unit is used, it can not be in explosive zones.
Communication AUTO
ADAPT
-version pumps
Grundfos CIU unit
The Grundfos CIU unit (CIU = Communication Interface Unit) is used
as a communication interface between a Grundfos product and a
main network. For more information on CIU units, see chapter 2.2 of
this catalogue.
The CIU unit is used as an interface for following:
Conguration of pump parameters required for water level control.
Online monitoring of pit and pump values.
Manual water level control (forced start/stop).
Obtaining of measured and logged data that is valuable for pump
service and pit optimisation.
Communication can be established with the Grundfos R100 remote
control or by using the main network interface of the CIU unit.
Available CIU units:
CIU 902 unit (without CIM module)
CIU 202 Modbus unit
CIU 252 GSM/GPRS unit
CIU 272 GRM unit (Grundfos Remote Management)
The content of the CIU unit
The CIU unit incorporates one or two modules:
Multi-purpose IO module with I/O functionality, IR communication
interface and power line communication.
CIM 2XX module for control communication (optional).
Grundfos R100 remote control
The R100 can communicate with the DP, EF, SL1 and SLV AUTOADAPT
pumps via a CIU unit.
The R100 is to be regarded as an ordinary service and measuring tool
and is therefore designed to withstand wear and stress from everyday
use.
- Continuous operation (S1):
In this mode, the liquid always covers the pump for cooling.
- Intermittent operation (S3):
Operating mode type: S3-40%-10 min
(4 min running, 6 min stop)
Minimum liquid level is at the middle of the motor.
Max. number of switches: - 0,9 kW: 20/hour
- 1,24,0 kW: 30/hour
In principle, all three-phase pumps, except the AUTOADAPT versions,
can be connected to a frequency converter.
However, frequency converter operation will often expose the motor
insulation system to a heavier load and cause the motor to be more
noisy than usual due to eddy currents caused by voltage peaks.
In addition, large motors driven via a frequency converter will be
loaded by bearing currents.
For more information, on Grundfos CUE frequency converters see
chapter 6.5 of this catalogue.
Type key
Example SE G .40 .11 E .Ex .2 .1 5 02
Type range: SE
G Grinder system in the pump inlet
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW]10
Equipment in pump
[ ] Standard
E Electronic version with AUTOADAPT functions
Pump version
Ex Explosion-proof pump
Number of poles
2 poles, n = 3000 min
-1
, 50 Hz
Number of phases
1 1-phase
[ ] 3-phase
Mains frequency: 50 Hz
02 1230 V, direct

2
+ 3 x 1 mm
2
- length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m

Explosion-proof cable with a greater length:
2
+ 3 x 1 mm
2
Ex
- length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m

- type: B, Ex
- length: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 m

Cable protection for 7-pin cable

Special motor:
- for special power supply
- with built-in motor PTC sensors or without etc.
Detailed information on pump types can be seen on
website.
Alarm
on
off S3
S1
Operation levels
4.4-5
Technical data
SEG
Curves
Technical data
Type
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
I
N
[A]
Starting current
I
A
[A]
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port (PN 10)
Pump Elbow tting
SEG.40.09.2.1.502
SEG.40.09.2.5.0B
SEG.40.09.Ex.2.1.502
SEG.40.09.Ex.2.5.0B
1230 V
3400 V
1230 V
3400 V
1,4/0,9
1,4/0,9
1,4/0,9
1,4/0,9
5,8
2,6
5,8
2,6
38
21
38
21
2890
2860
2890
2860
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
SEG.40.12.2.1.502
SEG.40.12.2.5.0B
SEG.40.12.Ex.2.1.502
SEG.40.12.Ex.2.5.0B
1230 V
3400 V
1230 V
3400 V
1,8/1,2
1,8/1,2
1,8/1,2
1,8/1,2
8,2
3,1
8,2
3,1
8,2
3,1
38
21
2820
2750
2820
2750
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
SEG.40.15.2.5.0B
SEG.40.15.Ex.2.5.0B
3400 V
3400 V
2,3/1,5
2,3/1,5
3,8
3,8
21
21
2750
2750
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
SEG.40.26.2.5.0B
SEG.40.26.Ex.2.5.0B
3400 V
3400 V
3,7/2,6
3,7/2,6
6,1
6,1
33
33
2870
2870
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
SEG.40.40.2.5.0B
SEG.40.40.Ex.2.5.0B
3400 V
3400 V
5,2/4,0
5,2/4,0
8,2
8,2
43
43
2830
2830
DN 40/50
DN 40/50
Rp 1"
Rp 1"
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0
Q [l/s]
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
H
[m]
0,0 2,5 5,0 7,5 10,0 12,5 15,0 17,5
Q [m
3
/h]
SEG.40
50 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
40
31
26
09.1
09
15
12
12.1
4.4-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SEG
Dimensions [mm]
Power [kW] A B C D DN2 E F G1 H I M N O V1 Y2 Z3 Z4 Z6 Z6a Z7 Z9
0,9; 1,2; 1,5 456 100 255 99 DN 40 154 216 214 71 140 134 100
min.
600
500 116 115 118 495 388 397 216
2,6 527 100 292 119 DN 40 173 256 215 60 166 134 100 582 115 115 118 531 423 433 256
3,1; 4,0 567 100 292 119 DN 40 173 256 214 60 166 134 100 622 115 115 118 531 423 433 256
Power [kW] Z10a Z11 Z12a Z15 Z16 Z18 Z19 ZDN1
0,9; 1,2; 1,5 "1" 536 68 90 221 271 120 Rp 1
2,6 - 619 80 90 221 271 120 Rp 1
3,1; 4,0 - 657 79 90 221 271 120 Rp 1
Free-standing installation Free-standing installation with foot
extensions (see "Accessories")
Installation on hookup auto-coupling Installation on auto-coupling
4.4-7
Automatic control data
SEG
Name DC DCD LC LCD CU 100 AUTO
ADAPT
CIU
Application
One pump
Two pumps
Mixer
Battery back-up
Level sensor
Float switches
7)
Electrodes
7)
Air bells
7)
Pressure sensor
3)
7)
Ultrasonic sensor
7)
Analog level sensor with safety foat switches
7)
Starting method
Direct-on-line starting (DOL)
Star-delta starting
Soft starter
Basic functions
Start and stop of pump(s)
Pump alternation
High-level alarm
Dry-running level alarm
Flow measurement
(calculated or via fow sensor)

Pump statistics
4)
Conficting levels alarm

Advanced
functions
Start and stop delays
Motor temperature sensor
4)
Test run/anti-seizing
Daily emptying (emptying the pit once a day)
WIO Water-in-oil sensor input
Communication
SMS messaging
2)
2)
1)
1)
2)
SCADA communication (GSM/GPRS)
2)
2)
5)
User interface
Level indication
Graphical display

6)

6)
PC Tool WW Controls
1)
If an SMS module is ftted.
2)
If a CIM 250 GSM/GPRS module is ftted in the CU 361.
3)
Built-in pressure sensor and dry-running sensor.
4)
Built-in, but a Grundfos CIU unit is required to get access to data or setting of parameters.
5)
Modbus, GSM, GPRS, SMS and GRM options.
6)
When using a Grundfos R100 remote control.
7)
Inputs for external sensors (NO or NC).
4.4-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
SEG
Installation systems
Picture Description Dimensions Product number
Lifting chain
Lifting chain with shackle.
With certifcates. Galvanized steel.

3 m 96 49 74 66
6 m 96 49 74 65
10 m 96 49 74 64
Auto-coupling system
Auto-coupling system complete, i.e. upper guide rail
holder, bolts, nuts, gaskets, guide claw and base stand.
Cast iron.
DN 40/Rp 1 96 07 60 63
Hookup auto-coupling
Hookup auto-coupling, i.e. base stand, counterpart, bolts,
nuts and gaskets. Cast iron.

DN 40/Rp 1 96 07 60 89
Hookup auto-coupling
Hookup auto-coupling, i.e. base stand.
Cast iron.
Rp / Rp 2 96 00 44 42
Three loose feet to be ftted to the pump housing of
free-standing pumps.
96 07 61 96
4.5-1
General data
Sewage pumps
SE/SL and S series
Performance range SE/SL and S series
Features and benets
Grundfos Blueux mark on the motors
Grundfos Blueux represents a range of
skills and innovative processes that Grundfos
brings to motor technology development.
Grundfos was instrumental in the drafting
and passing of the EuP 640/2009/EC IE3
Directive.
Grundfos was able to create political
awareness of the huge savings potential of
variable speed motors and, at a later stage,
inuence the decision-makers to include variable-frequency drives
in the new legislation. As a consequence, Europes annual electricity
consumption will be reduced by 5 % by 2020 about ten times more
than originally planned before Grundfos intervened.
Other motor developments are included - i.e. Class H insulation
(+180 C) - Thanks to these technological developments a greater
operational safety and service life is achieved.
S-tube impeller for SE/SL pumps
The S-tube impeller is the only impeller
available in the wastewater market that
does not compromise either efciency or
free passage through the pump. The key
to the S-tube design is simplicity, with no
cutting or moving functions that can get
worn over time, thereby ensuring constant,
superior efciency. The S-tube impeller is
a tube-shaped channel impeller placed in
a pump housing that matches the smooth tube shape leaving no
obstructions or dead zones.
The S-tube impeller is a no-compromise solution providing free
spherical passage through the impeller and pump housing and
creating a natural extension of the pipework connected to the pump.
This ensures optimum hydraulic efciency without compromising
solids handling. The simple design means lower life cycle costs because
abrasive wear is reduced and fewer clogging incidents occur.
Design principles Smartdesign
Smartdesign describes the functional
design of our products that combines
elegant appearance with smart features,
created with customer needs in mind.
It does not only look good, the design
also makes installation, operation and
maintenance of the product easier and
more user-friendly.
The smartdesign features of our SE/SL pumps include:
SuperVortex impeller with improved pumping efciency and less
downtime
self-cleaning S-tube impeller with long vanes reducing the risk of
jamming or clogging and high pumping efciency
SmartTrim system allowing easy adjustment of impeller clearance
(except SE/SL 1,111 kW), see details on page 4.7-5,
moisture switch for continuous monitoring of motor housing
WIO (water in oil) or WIA (water in air) sensor for the shaft seal,
leak-proof connections via the Grundfos SmartSeal gasket system,
see details on page 4.7-6,
explosion-proof motors for applications involving high risk of
explosion,
made entirely of corrosion-resistant stainless steel.
SE/SL series advantages
shaft seal cartridge with double mechanical shaft seal,
watertight cable entry made of corrosion-resistant stainless steel
5 7 10 15 20 30 40 50 70 100 150 200 300 400500 700 1000 15002000 3000
Q [l/s]
5
6
8
10
12
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
H
[m]
20 40 60 80 100 200 400 600 1000 2000 4000 Q [m/h]
50 Hz
62
66
70
72
74
78
SE/SL 1.1 - 11 kW
SE/SL 9 - 30 kW
Grundfos S-tube impeller
Cartridge with double shaft seal
4.5-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Sewage pumps 1,1 11kW
SE/SL
3
/h
Head: max. 45 m
Liquid pH: see Type key page
Liquid temperature: max. +40 C for short period: +60 C
Operating temperature: -20 C +40 C
(with sensors 0+40C)
Ex-approval: Depends on the version (for more
information contact Grundfos).
Applications
Transportation of municipal and industrial wastewater that contains
sludge, solids and brous materials (e.g. rainwater) and sewage.
The maximum size of solids max. 100 mm.
The use of SuperVortex impellers (SLV, SEV) is recommended in case
of higher strength / dry matter content (max. 5%)
The series with a channel-impeller (S1, SE1) have a lower solid or
brous material content (max. 3%), but longer operating periods are
allowed.
Installation modes: free-standing or mounted.
Examples of Application
Wastewater treatment plants, public buildings, blocks of ats
(restaurants shopping malls and hotels, etc.)*
Rain water pumping stations
Municipal and industrial pumping stations (in explosive
environments and transportation of faecal sewage Ex T4)
*Water transfer in less intensive systems (single family homes,
community buildings) the SL1.50 and SLV.65 types can be used (see
page 4.1-15. and 4.1-16.).
Features and benets
Outstanding service benets
- pin connection cable
- the pump and motor assembly with quick clamps
- cartridge construction, double mechanical shaft seal
Modular design
- the same engines for diferent pump series
Improved and patented impeller design - S-tube
Continuous operation in dry installation mode (SE series only)
without separate motor cooling (patented solution)
Construction
Pump
A single-stage submersible pump with radial port.
Impeller versions - SEV / SLV: SuperVortex
(cast iron / stainless steel)
- SE1./SL1 S-tube (cast iron only).
Explosion proof ATEX certifed.
Motor
Submersible motors, 3 x 380-415 V -10%, +6%, IP 68
Insulation class F (155 C)
Starting method: direct or star / delta
Variants
Basic variants:
Motor protection: 2 built-in temperature switches in the windings
Version with a sensor:
Pt 1000 sensors to measure the temperature of the windings,
WIO (water in oil) sensor in the seal oil chamber,
humidity sensor / switch in the engine compartment,
IO 111 engine protection module for receiving and processing these
signals (see page 6.14-1.).
Note: All of the pump types are available in both variants.
The IO 111 module is included within the scope of the sensor variant.
Motor cooling
The cooling jacket installed in the SE pumps transfers the heat
through the ange to the liquid. As a result, these pumps can operate
permanently even when installed dry. The SL pumps can operate only
in wet well installation.
Bearings
Shaft Seals
Cartridge double seal design, chamber lled with physiologically
inert oil.
Operating mode
SE: - continuous operation - S1
wet well installation with submerged pump house
- intermittent operation - S3
max. switching: 20 / hour
SL: - continuous operation - S1, with total immersion
- Intermittent - S3-40% -10 min
(4 min run, six-minute break at least half submerged motor) max.
switching: 20 / hour
Materials
Controls
One-and two-pump lifting stations and controllers can be seen in
chapters 6.11 to 6.16 of this catalog.
SL SE
Component M aterial D IN W. - Nr.
Motor jacket (SE) stainless steel 1.4301
Motor head (SE) cast iron EN-GJL 200
Motor housing (SL) cast iron EN-GJL 200
Pump housing cast iron EN-GJL-200
Impeller cast iron/st. steel EN-GJL 250/1.4408
Seal rings rubber/stainless steel N BR/1.4301
Clamp stainless steel 1.4401
Cable connector stainless steel 1.4308 plastic
Screws stainless steel A2
Shaft seal SiC/SiC+carbon/ceramics
Seal chamber oil Shell Ondina 917
Cables protective jacket H 07 RNF 7G1,5 ill. 10G1,5
4.5-3
General data
SE/SL
Type key
(Some versions and materials included in the type key, can not be combined at will,
for some it is not technically possible.)

Example SE 1 .100 .100 .40 .EX .4 .5 1D .Q .Z
Pump type:
SE Sewage pump with cooling jacket
SL Sewage pump without cooling jacket
Impeller type:
1 S-tube impeller
V SuperVortex (free-fow) impeller
Pump free passage:
Pump discharge:
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW]10
Equipment
[ ] Standard
A With sensor
Pump version
Number of poles
(2, 4) pole motor
Code: number of poles
Mains frequency:
5 50 Hz
OD 3380415 V, DOL
1D 3380415/660690 V, Y/D
Material code for impeller, pump and motor housing:
The impeller, pump housing, motor housing (SE motor head) material Liquid pH
[ ] Cast iron pump housing, cast iron impeller, cast iron motor housing 6,514
Q Cast iron pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, cast iron
motor housing

614 (SEV/SLV)
R* 1.4408 pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, 1.4408 motor housing 114
S** 1.4408 pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, cast iron motor housing 5,514 (wet well installation)
114 (dry well installation)
D** 1.4408 pump housing, duplex steel impeller, 1.4408 motor housing
Custom-built products
014
Z
* Only SEV pumps types of the product range
** Only SEV pumps custom-built products

- Type: Lyniex 4 G 2.5 mm
2
+ 31 mm
2
or
Lyniex 7 G 2.5 mm
2
+ 31 mm
2
- Length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m (SE)
15, 25, 50 m (SL)
(Note: greater lengths larger cable cross sections
may be needed.)

- Type: 3G3GC3G-F3x1AiC+4 G 2,5 mm
2

- Length: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m (SE)
10, 15, 20, 50 m (SL)

Special designs according to user needs (e.g. chemical-resistant
FKM seals, chemical resistant conduit, special casing wear and
sealing ring for abrasive media, stainless steel (1.4517)
SuperVortex impeller, ceramic coated impeller and pump housing,
300 microns thick epoxy resin coating, etc.).

Various factory tests and certications.
Detailed Information
Detailed information on pump types (curves, drawings,
technical data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or
website, or can be also seen in separate catalogue.
The SE1, SEV and SL1, SLV pump catalog can be downloaded
from WebCAPS database.
SEV.65
Impeller type: SuperVortex, free-ow
Free passage cross-section: 65 mm
The precise operational characteristics of certain types of
pumps, can be seen in separate catalogs, and computer
databases (WinCAPS, WebCAPS).
The pumps can be operated in the whole range of the curve.
Technical data
Type
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Starting
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
Nominal I
N
[A]
Starting I
A
[A]
SEV.65, Ex, DN 65
SEV.65.65.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 65 89
SEV.65.65.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 65 92
SEV.65.65.40.Ex.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,6 71 2925 DN 65 128
SEV.65, DN 65
SEV.65.65.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 65 89
SEV.65.65.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 65 92
SEV.65.65.40.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,6 71 2925 DN 65 128
SEV.65, Ex, DN 80
SEV.65.80.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 80 90
SEV.65.80.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 80 94
SEV.65, DN 80
SEV.65.80.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 80 90
SEV.65.80.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 80 94
Complete wells are available on request.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Q [l/s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
H
[m]
0 10 20 30 40 50 Q [m
3
/h]
SEV.65
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
SEV.65.80.40.2
SEV.65.65.40.2
SEV.65.80.30.2
SEV.65.65.30.2
SEV.65.65.22.2
SEV.65.80.22.2
4.5-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
Type key
(Some versions and materials included in the type key, can not be combined at will,

Example SE 1 .100 .100 .40 .EX .4 .5 1D .Q .Z
Pump type:
Impeller type:
1 S-tube impeller
Pump free passage:
Pump discharge:
Output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW]10
Equipment
[ ] Standard
A With sensor
Pump version
Number of poles
(2, 4) pole motor
Mains frequency:
5 50 Hz
OD 3380415 V, DOL
1D 3380415/660690 V, Y/D
The impeller, pump housing, motor housing (SE motor head) material Liquid pH
[ ] Cast iron pump housing, cast iron impeller, cast iron motor housing 6,514
Q Cast iron pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, cast iron
motor housing

614 (SEV/SLV)
R* 1.4408 pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, 1.4408 motor housing 114
S** 1.4408 pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, cast iron motor housing 5,514 (wet well installation)
114 (dry well installation)
Custom-built products
014
Z

- Type: Lyniex 4 G 2.5 mm
2
+ 31 mm
2
or
Lyniex 7 G 2.5 mm
2
+ 31 mm
2
- Length: 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m (SE)
15, 25, 50 m (SL)
(Note: greater lengths larger cable cross sections
may be needed.)

- Type: 3G3GC3G-F3x1AiC+4 G 2,5 mm
2

- Length: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 m (SE)
10, 15, 20, 50 m (SL)

Special designs according to user needs (e.g. chemical-resistant
FKM seals, chemical resistant conduit, special casing wear and
sealing ring for abrasive media, stainless steel (1.4517)
SuperVortex impeller, ceramic coated impeller and pump housing,
300 microns thick epoxy resin coating, etc.).

Various factory tests and certications.
Detailed Information
technical data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or
website, or can be also seen in separate catalogue.
The SE1, SEV and SL1, SLV pump catalog can be downloaded
from WebCAPS database.
SEV.65
Technical data
Type
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Starting
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
Nominal I
N
[A]
Starting I
A
[A]
SEV.65, Ex, DN 65
SEV.65.65.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 65 89
SEV.65.65.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 65 92
SEV.65, DN 65
SEV.65.65.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 65 89
SEV.65.65.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 65 92
SEV.65, Ex, DN 80
SEV.65.80.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 80 90
SEV.65.80.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 80 94
SEV.65, DN 80
SEV.65.80.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 80 90
SEV.65.80.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 80 94
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Q [l/s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
H
[m]
0 10 20 30 40 50 Q [m
3
/h]
SEV.65
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
SEV.65.80.40.2
SEV.65.65.40.2
SEV.65.80.30.2
SEV.65.65.30.2
SEV.65.65.22.2
SEV.65.80.22.2
4.5-5
Technical data
SE/SL
SEV.80
The pumps can be operated in the whole range of the curve. * All pump models are available with DN 80 and DN 100 discharge
port as well.
Technical data
Type
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Starting
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
Nominal I
N
[A]
Starting I
A
[A]
SEV.80, (Ex), DN 80
SEV.80.80.11.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 1,5/1,1 2,8 13 1440 DN 80 95
SEV.80.80.13.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 1,8/1,3 3,8 22 1440 DN 80 103
SEV.80.80.15.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direkt 2,1/1,5 4,2 22 1435 DN 80 103
SEV.80.80.22.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,9 32 1445 DN 80 106
SEV.80, (Ex), DN 100
SEV.80.100.xx.Ex.x50D The technical data are identical to the corresponding SLV.80.80.xx.Ex.xxxx pump DN 100
SEV.80, DN 80
SEV.80.80.11.4.50D0 3380415 direct 1,5/1,1 2,8 13 1440 DN 80 95
SEV.80.80.13.4.50D 3380415 direct 1,8/1,3 3,8 22 1440 DN 80 103
SEV.80.80.15.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 4,2 22 1435 DN 80 103
SEV.80.80.22.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,9 32 1445 DN 80 106
SEV.80, DN 100
SEV.80.100.xx.x.50D The technical data are identical to the corresponding SLV.80.80.xx.Ex.xxxx pump DN 100
Lsd a PC-s
adatbzisokban.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [l/ s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Q [m
3
/h]
SEV.80
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
H
[m]
SEV.80.xx*.110.2
SEV.80.xx*.92.2
SEV.80.xx*.75.2
.
SEV.80.xx*.60.2
SEV.80.xx*.40.2
SEV.80.xx*.40.4
.
SEV.80.xx*.22.4
SEV.80.xx*.15.4
SEV.80.xx*.13.4
SEV.80.xx*.11.4
4.5-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
SEV.100
Technical data
Type
Supply voltage
(50 Hz)
[V]
Starting
Power
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
Current
Speed
[min
-1
]
Discharge port
PN 10
Weight
[kg]
Nominal I
N
[A]
Starting I
A
[A]
SEV.100, (Ex), DN 100
SEV.100.100.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,8 43 1455 DN 100 133
SEV.100, DN 100
SEV.100.100.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,8 43 1455 DN 100 133
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Q [l/ s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q [m
3
/h]
SEV.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
H
[m]
SEV.100.100.55.4
SEV.100.100.40.4
SEV.100.100.30.4
SEV.100.100.75.4
4.5-7
Technical data
SE/SL
SE1.50
Impeller type: S-tube, closed single-channel
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SE1.50, (Ex), DN 65
SE1.50.65.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 65 86
SE1.50.65.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 65 90
SE1.50.65.40.Ex.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,6 71 2925 DN 65 122
SE1.50, DN 65
SE1.50.65.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 65 86
SE1.50.65.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 65 90
SE1.50.65.40.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,6 71 2925 DN 65 122
SE1.50, (Ex), DN 80
SE1.50.80.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 80 87
SE1.50.80.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 80 91
SE1.50, DN 80
SE1.50.80.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 5,0 37 2895 DN 80 87
SE1.50.80.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,6 51 2910 DN 80 91
SE1.50.80.40.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,6 71 2925 DN 80 123
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Q [l/ s]
H
[m]
Q [m
3
/h]
SE1.50.80.40.2
SE1.50.65.40.2
SE1.50.80.30.2
SE1.50.65.30.2
SE1.50.80.22.2
SE1.50.65.22.2
SE1.50
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Speed Discharge port Weight
Nominal Starting
4.5-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
SE1.80
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SE1.80, (Ex), DN 80
SE1.80.80.15.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 4,2 22 1435 DN 80 98
SE1.80.80.22.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,9 32 1445 DN 80 100
SE1.80.80.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,8 43 1455 DN 80 143
SE1.80, DN 80
SE1.80.80.15.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 4,2 22 1435 DN 80 98
SE1.80.80.22.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,9 32 1445 DN 80 100
SE1.80.80.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,8 43 1455 DN 80 143
SE1.80.80.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 10,0 67 1460 DN 80 152
SE1.80.80.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 13,4 87 1455 DN 80 157
SE1.80.80.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 17,3 107 1455 DN 80 205
SE1.80, (Ex), DN 100
SE1.80.100.15.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 4,2 22 1435 DN 100 99
SE1.80.100.22.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,9 32 1445 DN 100 101
SE1.80.100.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,8 43 1455 DN 100 143
SE1.80, DN 100
SE1.80.100.15.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 4,2 22 1435 DN 100 99
SE1.80.100.22.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,9 32 1445 DN 100 101
SE1.80.100.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,8 43 1455 DN 100 143
SE1.80.100.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 10,0 67 1460 DN 100 153
SE1.80.100.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 13,4 87 1455 DN 100 158
SE1.80.100.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 17,3 107 1455 DN 100 204
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Q [l/ s]
H
[m]
Q [m
3
/h]
SE1.80
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
SE1.80.80.75.4
SE1.80.100.75.4
SE1.88.100.40.4 SE1.80.100.30.4
SE1.80.80.30.4 SE1.80.100.22.4
SE1.80.100.15.4
SE1.80.80.15.4
SE1.80.80.22.4
S
E
1
.8
0
.8
0
.4
0
.4 SE1.80.100.55.4
SE1.80.80.55.4
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-9
Technical data
SE/SL
SE1.100
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SE1.100, (Ex), DN 100
SE1.100, DN 100
SE1.100.100.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 10,0 67 1460 DN 100 157
SE1.100.100.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 13,4 87 1455 DN 100 161
SE1.100.100.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 17,3 107 1455 DN 100 204
SE1.100, (Ex), DN 150
SE1.100, DN 150
SE1.100.150.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 10,0 67 1460 DN 150 161
SE1.100.150.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 13,4 87 1455 DN 150 166
SE1.100.150.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 17,3 107 1455 DN 150 210
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
SE1.100.150.75.4
SE1.100.100.75.4
SE1.100.100.55.4
SE1.100.100.40.4
SE1.100.150.55.4
SE1.100.150.40.4
Q [l/ s]
Q [m
3
/h]
H
[m]
SE1.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
SE1.100
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SE1.100, (Ex), DN 100
SE1.100, DN 100
SE1.100.100.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 10,0 67 1460 DN 100 157
SE1.100.100.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 13,4 87 1455 DN 100 161
SE1.100.100.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 17,3 107 1455 DN 100 204
SE1.100, (Ex), DN 150
SE1.100, DN 150
SE1.100.150.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 10,0 67 1460 DN 150 161
SE1.100.150.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 13,4 87 1455 DN 150 166
SE1.100.150.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 17,3 107 1455 DN 150 210
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
SE1.100.150.75.4
SE1.100.100.75.4
SE1.100.100.55.4
SE1.100.100.40.4
SE1.100.150.55.4
SE1.100.150.40.4
Q [l/ s]
Q [m
3
/h]
H
[m]
SE1.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
SLV.65
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SLV.65, (Ex), DN 65
SLV.65.65.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 65 89
SLV.65.65.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 65 92
SLV.65.65.40.Ex.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,5 93 2925 DN 65 128
SLV.65, DN 65
SLV.65.65.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 65 89
SLV.65.65.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 65 92
SLV.65.65.40.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,5 93 2925 DN 65 128
SLV.65, (Ex), DN 80
SLV.65.80.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 80 90
SLV.65.80.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 80 94
SLV.65, DN 80
SLV.65.80.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 80 90
SLV.65.80.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 80 94
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Q [l/s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
H
[m]
0 10 20 30 40 50 Q [m
3
/h]
SLV.65
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
SLV.65.80.40.2
SLV.65.65.40.2
SLV.65.80.30.2
SLV.65.65.30.2
SLV.65.65.22.2
SLV.65.80.22.2
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-11
Technical data
SE/SL
SLV.80
The pumps can be operated in the whole range of the curve. * All pump models are available with DN 80 and DN 100 discharge
port as well.
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SLV.80, (Ex), DN 80
SLV.80.80.11.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 1,5/1,1 3,0 20 1440 DN 80 95
SLV.80.80.13.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 1,8/1,3 3,6 26 1440 DN 80 103
SLV.80.80.15.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 3,9 26 1435 DN 80 103
SLV.80.80.22.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,3 38,3 1445 DN 80 106
SLV.80, (Ex), DN 100
SLV.80.100.xx.Ex.4.50D The technical data are identical to the corresponding SLV.80.80.xx.Ex.xxxx pump DN 100
SLV.80, DN 80
SLV.80.80.11.4.50D0 3380415 direct 1,5/1,1 3,0 20 1440 DN 80 95
SLV.80.80.13.4.50D 3380415 direct 1,8/1,3 3,6 26 1440 DN 80 103
SLV.80.80.15.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 3,9 26 1435 DN 80 103
SLV.80.80.22.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,3 38,3 1445 DN 80 106
SLV.80, DN 100
SLV.80.100.xx.4.50D The technical data are identical to the corresponding SLV.80.80.xx.Ex.xxxx pump DN 100
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [l/ s]
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Q [m
3
/h]
SLV.80
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
H
[m]
SLV.80.xx*.110.2
SLV.80.xx*.92.2
SLV.80.xx*.75.2
SLV.80.xx*.60.2
SLV.80.xx*.40.2
SLV.80.xx*.40.4
SLV.80.xx*.22.4
SLV.80.xx*.15.4
SLV.80.xx*.13.4
SLV.80.xx*.11.4
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
SLV.100
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SLV.100, (Ex), DN 100
SLV.100.100.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 100 133
SLV.100, DN 100
SLV.100.100.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 100 133
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Q [l/ s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q [m
3
/h]
SLV.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
H
[m]
SLV.100.100.55.4
SLV.100.100.40.4
SLV.100.100.30.4
SLV.100.100.75.4
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
SLV.100
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SLV.100, (Ex), DN 100
SLV.100.100.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 100 133
SLV.100, DN 100
SLV.100.100.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 100 133
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Q [l/ s]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q [m
3
/h]
SLV.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
H
[m]
SLV.100.100.55.4
SLV.100.100.40.4
SLV.100.100.30.4
SLV.100.100.75.4
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-13
Technical data
SE/SL
SL1.50
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SL1.50, (Ex), DN 65
SL1.50.65.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 65 86
SL1.50.65.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 65 90
SL1.50.65.40.Ex.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,5 93 2925 DN 65 122
SL1.50, DN 65
SL1.50.65.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 65 86
SL1.50.65.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 65 90
SL1.50.65.40.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,5 93 2925 DN 65 122
SL1.50, (Ex), DN 80
SL1.50.80.22.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 80 87
SL1.50.80.30.Ex.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 80 91
SL1.50, DN 80
SL1.50.80.22.2.50D 3380415 direct 2,8/2,2 4,9 43 2895 DN 80 87
SL1.50.80.30.2.50D 3380415 direct 3,8/3,0 6,8 59,8 2910 DN 80 91
SL1.50.80.40.2.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,8/4,0 8,5 93 2925 DN 80 123
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Q [l/ s]
H
[m]
Q [m
3
/h]
SL1.50.80.40.2
SL1.50.65.40.2
SL1.50.80.30.2
SL1.50.65.30.2
SL1.50.80.22.2
SL1.50.65.22.2
SL1.50
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-14
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
SL1.80
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SL1.80, (Ex), DN 80
SL1.80.80.15.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 3,9 26 1435 DN 80 98
SL1.80.80.22.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,3 38,3 1445 DN 80 100
SL1.80.80.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 80 143
SL1.80, DN 80
SL1.80.80.15.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 3,9 26 1435 DN 80 98
SL1.80.80.22.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,3 38,3 1445 DN 80 100
SL1.80.80.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 80 143
SL1.80.80.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 9,7 51 1460 DN 80 152
SL1.80.80.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 11,8 81 1455 DN 80 157
SL1.80.80.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 15,2 109 1455 DN 80 205
SL1.80, (Ex), DN 100
SL1.80.100.15.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 3,9 26 1435 DN 100 99
SL1.80.100.22.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,3 38,3 1445 DN 100 101
SL1.80.100.30.Ex.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 100 143
SL1.80, DN 100
SL1.80.100.15.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,1/1,5 3,9 26 1435 DN 100 99
SL1.80.100.22.4.50D 3380415 direct 2,9/2,2 5,3 38,3 1445 DN 100 101
SL1.80.100.30.4.50D 3380415 direct 3,7/3,0 7,2 50 1455 DN 100 143
SL1.80.100.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 9,7 51 1460 DN 100 153
SL1.80.100.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 11,8 81 1455 DN 100 158
SL1.80.100.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 15,2 109 1455 DN 100 204
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Q [l/ s]
H
[m]
Q [m
3
/h]
SL1.80
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
SL1.80.80.75.4
SL1.80.100.75.4
SL1.80.100.40.4 SL1.80.100.30.4
SL1.80.80.30.4 SL1.80.100.22.4
SL1.80.100.15.4
SL1.80.80.15.4
SL1.80.80.22.4
S
L
1
.
8
0
.
8
0
.
4
0
.
4 SL1.80.100.55.4
SL1.80.80.55.4
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-15
Technical data
SE/SL
SL1.100
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SL1.100, (Ex), DN 100
SL1.100, DN 100
SL1.100.100.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 9,7 51 1460 DN 100 157
SL1.100.100.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 11,8 81 1455 DN 100 161
SL1.100.100.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 15,2 109 1455 DN 100 204
SL1.100, (Ex), DN 150
SL1.100, DN 150
SL1.100.150.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 9,7 51 1460 DN 150 161
SL1.100.150.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 11,8 81 1455 DN 150 166
SL1.100.150.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 15,2 109 1455 DN 150 210
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
SL1.100.150.75.4
SL1.100.100.75.4
SL1.100.100.55.4
SL1.100.100.40.4
SL1.100.150.55.4
SL1.100.150.40.4
Q [l/ s]
Q [m
3
/h]
H
[m]
SL1.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
4.5-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dimensions
SE/SL
SL1.100
Technical data
(50 Hz)
[V]
P
1
/P
2
[kW]
[min
-1
] PN 10 [kg]
I
N
[A]
I
A
[A]
SL1.100, (Ex), DN 100
SL1.100, DN 100
SL1.100.100.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 9,7 51 1460 DN 100 157
SL1.100.100.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 11,8 81 1455 DN 100 161
SL1.100.100.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 15,2 109 1455 DN 100 204
SL1.100, (Ex), DN 150
SL1.100, DN 150
SL1.100.150.40.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 4,9/4,0 9,7 51 1460 DN 150 161
SL1.100.150.55.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 6,5/5,5 11,8 81 1455 DN 150 166
SL1.100.150.75.4.51D 3380415 star/delta 9,0/7,5 15,2 109 1455 DN 150 210
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
SL1.100.150.75.4
SL1.100.100.75.4
SL1.100.100.55.4
SL1.100.100.40.4
SL1.100.150.55.4
SL1.100.150.40.4
Q [l/ s]
Q [m
3
/h]
H
[m]
SL1.100
50 Hz
ISO 9906 annex A
Type
Supply voltage
Starting
Power
Current
Nominal Starting
Wet well installation on elbow ttings
with feet, auto-coupling system
Note:
When installing an SL pump the connection sizes
are identical, the outline drawing dimensions may
vary 30-100 mm from those specied in the table.
Type
Dimensions [mm]
DN 3 U V X X1 X2 X3 X4 Z Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5
SEV.65.65.22.2 65 834 63 543 394 81 730 1" 266 175 210 95 140 1
SEV.65.65.30.2 65 834 63 543 394 81 730 1" 266 175 210 95 140 1
SEV.65.65.40.2 65 908 60 604 424 81 790 1" 266 175 210 95 140 1
SEV.65.80.22.2 80 868 97 557 408 81 750 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SEV.65.80.30.2 80 868 97 557 408 81 750 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SEV.65.80.40.2 80 942 94 616 437 81 808 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SEV.80.80.11.4 80/100 889/929 91/131 569/625 402/458 81/110 762/796 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.13.4 80/100 889/929 91/131 569/625 402/458 81/110 762/796 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.15.4 80/100 889/929 91/131 569/625 402/458 81/110 762/796 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.22.4 80/100 889/929 91/131 569/625 402/458 81/110 762/796 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.40.4 80/100 969/1008 91/131 620/676 428/488 81/110 813/903 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.40.2 80/100 970/1010 96/136 617/673 437/493 81/110 809/899 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.60.2 80/100 970/1010 96/136 617/673 437/493 81/110 809/899 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.75.2 80/100 970/1010 96/136 617/673 437/493 81/110 809/899 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.92.2 80/100 999/1039 77/117 650/706 454/510 81/110 842/943 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.80.80.110.2 80/100 999/1039 77/117 650/706 454/510 81/110 842/943 1"/2" 345/413 171/220 220/260 95/110 160/220 13/0
SEV.100.100.30.4 100 996 106 674 494 110 900 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SEV.100.100.40.4 100 996 106 674 494 110 900 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SEV.100.100.55.4 100 996 106 674 494 110 900 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SEV.100.100.75.4 100 1043 95 707 511 110 933 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.50.65.22.2 65 826 99 513 363 81 700 1" 266 175 210 95 140 1
SE1.50.65.30.2 65 826 99 513 363 81 700 1" 266 175 210 95 140 1
SE1.50.65.40.2 65 904 97 554 375 81 741 1" 266 175 210 95 140 1
SE1.50.80.22.2 80 860 133 526 376 81 719 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.50.80.30.2 80 860 133 526 376 81 719 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.50.80.40.2 80 938 132 567 387 81 760 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.80.15.4 80 876 108 595 432 81 788 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.80.22.4 80 876 108 595 432 81 788 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.80.30.4 80 960 82 666 480 81 858 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.80.40.4 80 960 82 666 480 81 858 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.80.55.4 80 960 82 666 480 81 858 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.80.75.4 80 1006 82 690 489 81 883 1" 345 171 220 95 160 13
SE1.80.100.15.4 100 916 148 652 489 110 878 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.80.100.22.4 100 916 148 652 489 110 878 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.80.100.30.4 100 1000 122 722 536 110 948 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.80.100.40.4 100 1000 122 722 536 110 948 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.80.100.55.4 100 1000 122 722 536 110 948 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.80.100.75.4 100 1046 122 747 545 110 972 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.100.100.40.4 100 1009 125 758 537 110 983 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.100.100.55.4 100 1009 125 758 537 110 983 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.100.100.75.4 100 1057 125 758 529 110 983 2" 413 220 260 110 270 0
SE1.100.150.40.4 150 1033 164 780 559 110 1093 2" 450 280 300 110 340 0
SE1.100.150.55.4 150 1033 164 780 559 110 1093 2" 450 280 300 110 340 0
SE1.100.150.75.4 150 1081 164 780 545 110 1093 2" 450 280 300 110 340 0
Note: The table shows double measurements (e.g. 80/100) for DN 80 and DN 100 when referring to diferent types of discharge port sizes.
Z1
X2
Z4
X3
X
Z
V
U
Z
2
DN3
X4
X1
Z5
Z
3
M16
4.5-17
Dimensions
SE/SL
Free standing wet well installation
Note:
Type
Dimensions [mm]
DN 1 DN 2 A C D E F H N
SEV.65.65.22.2. 80 65 771 396 171 246 321 102 65
SEV.65.65.30.2. 80 65 771 396 171 246 321 102 65
SEV.65.65.40.2. 80 65 848 456 200 276 380 106 65
SEV.65.80.22.2. 80 80 771 397 171 247 321 103 80
SEV.65.80.30.2. 80 80 771 397 171 247 321 103 80
SEV.65.80.40.2. 80 80 848 455 200 276 379 106 80
SEV.80.80.11.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.13.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.15.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.22.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.40.4. 80 80/100 878 460/470 200 267/277 393 109 80
SEV.80.80.40.2. 80 80/100 874 456/466 200 276/286 380 104 80
SEV.80.80.60.2. 80 80/100 874 456/466 200 276/286 380 104 80
SEV.80.80.75.2. 80 80/100 874 456/466 200 276/286 380 104 80
SEV.80.80.92.2. 80 80/100 922 489//499 217 293/303 413 123 80
SEV.80.80.110.2. 80 80/100 922 489/499 217 293/303 413 123 80
SEV.100.100.30.4. 100 100 889 457 200 277 380 134 100
SEV.100.100.40.4. 100 100 889 457 200 277 380 134 100
SEV.100.100.55.4. 100 100 889 457 200 277 380 134 100
SEV.100.100.75.4. 100 100 948 490 217 294 413 145 100
SE1.50.65.20.2. 65 65 753 366 171 216 321 93 50
SE1.50.65.30.2. 65 65 753 366 171 216 321 93 50
SE1.50.65.40.2. 65 65 831 407 200 227 379 93 50
SE1.50.80.20.2. 65 80 760 366 171 216 321 100 50
SE1.50.80.30.2. 65 80 760 366 171 216 321 100 50
SE1.50.80.40.2. 65 80 838 407 200 227 379 100 50
SE1.80.80.15.4. 100 80 776 435 171 272 347 100 80
SE1.80.80.22.4. 100 80 776 435 171 272 347 100 80
SE1.80.80.30.4. 100 80 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.80.40.4. 100 80 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.80.55.4. 100 80 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.80.75.4. 100 80 924 530 217 328 423 118 80
SE1.80.100.15.4. 100 100 788 435 171 272 347 112 80
SE1.80.100.22.4. 100 100 788 435 171 272 347 112 80
SE1.80.100.30.4. 100 100 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.100.40.4. 100 100 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.100.55.4. 100 100 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.100.75.4. 100 100 924 530 217 328 423 118 80
SE1.100.100.40.4. 150 100 885 541 200 320 438 115 100
SE1.100.100.55.4. 150 100 885 541 200 320 438 115 100
SE1.100.100.75.4. 150 100 932 541 217 320 462 115 100
SE1.100.150.40.4. 150 150 900 541 200 320 440 143 150
SE1.100.150.55.4. 150 150 900 541 200 320 440 143 150
SE1.100.150.75.4. 150 150 948 541 217 320 472 143 150
4.5-18
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dimensions
SE/SL
Note:
Type
Dimensions [mm]
DN 1 DN 2 A C D E F H N
SEV.65.65.22.2. 80 65 771 396 171 246 321 102 65
SEV.65.65.30.2. 80 65 771 396 171 246 321 102 65
SEV.65.65.40.2. 80 65 848 456 200 276 380 106 65
SEV.65.80.22.2. 80 80 771 397 171 247 321 103 80
SEV.65.80.30.2. 80 80 771 397 171 247 321 103 80
SEV.65.80.40.2. 80 80 848 455 200 276 379 106 80
SEV.80.80.11.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.13.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.15.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.22.4. 80 80/100 798 409 171 241 339 109 80
SEV.80.80.40.4. 80 80/100 878 460/470 200 267/277 393 109 80
SEV.80.80.40.2. 80 80/100 874 456/466 200 276/286 380 104 80
SEV.80.80.60.2. 80 80/100 874 456/466 200 276/286 380 104 80
SEV.80.80.75.2. 80 80/100 874 456/466 200 276/286 380 104 80
SEV.80.80.92.2. 80 80/100 922 489//499 217 293/303 413 123 80
SEV.80.80.110.2. 80 80/100 922 489/499 217 293/303 413 123 80
SEV.100.100.30.4. 100 100 889 457 200 277 380 134 100
SEV.100.100.40.4. 100 100 889 457 200 277 380 134 100
SEV.100.100.55.4. 100 100 889 457 200 277 380 134 100
SEV.100.100.75.4. 100 100 948 490 217 294 413 145 100
SE1.50.65.20.2. 65 65 753 366 171 216 321 93 50
SE1.50.65.30.2. 65 65 753 366 171 216 321 93 50
SE1.50.65.40.2. 65 65 831 407 200 227 379 93 50
SE1.50.80.20.2. 65 80 760 366 171 216 321 100 50
SE1.50.80.30.2. 65 80 760 366 171 216 321 100 50
SE1.50.80.40.2. 65 80 838 407 200 227 379 100 50
SE1.80.80.15.4. 100 80 776 435 171 272 347 100 80
SE1.80.80.22.4. 100 80 776 435 171 272 347 100 80
SE1.80.80.30.4. 100 80 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.80.40.4. 100 80 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.80.55.4. 100 80 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.80.75.4. 100 80 924 530 217 328 423 118 80
SE1.80.100.15.4. 100 100 788 435 171 272 347 112 80
SE1.80.100.22.4. 100 100 788 435 171 272 347 112 80
SE1.80.100.30.4. 100 100 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.100.40.4. 100 100 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.100.55.4. 100 100 878 505 200 319 397 118 80
SE1.80.100.75.4. 100 100 924 530 217 328 423 118 80
SE1.100.100.40.4. 150 100 885 541 200 320 438 115 100
SE1.100.100.55.4. 150 100 885 541 200 320 438 115 100
SE1.100.100.75.4. 150 100 932 541 217 320 462 115 100
SE1.100.150.40.4. 150 150 900 541 200 320 440 143 150
SE1.100.150.55.4. 150 150 900 541 200 320 440 143 150
SE1.100.150.75.4. 150 150 948 541 217 320 472 143 150
Free standing wet well installation,
on ring stand
Note:
Type
Dimensions [mm]
B1 G J P T T1 Y
SEV.65.65.22.2 89 280 524 372 330 128 65 18
SEV.65.65.30.2 899 280 524 372 330 128 65 18
SEV.65.65.40.2 976 280 568 376 330 128 65 18
SEV.65.80.22.2 899 280 530 373 330 128 80 18
SEV.65.80.30.2 899 280 530 373 330 128 80 18
SEV.65.80.40.2 976 280 573 376 330 128 80 18
SEV.80.80.11.4 926 280 527/551 379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.13.4 926 280 527/551 379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.15.4 926 280 527/551 379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.22.4 926 280 527/551 379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.40.4 1006 280 578/612 379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.40.2 1002 280 574/608 374/379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.60.2 1002 280 574/608 374/379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.75.2 1002 280 574/608 374/379 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.92.2 1050 280 607/641 393/398 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.80.80.110.2 1050 280 607/641 393/398 330 128 80/100 18
SEV.100.100.30.4 1019 300 599 411 355 130 100 19
SEV.100.100.40.4 1019 300 599 411 355 130 100 19
SEV.100.100.55.4 1019 300 599 411 355 130 100 19
SEV.100.100.75.4 1078 300 632 422 355 130 100 19
SE1.50.65.22.2 857 270 491 339 325 130 65 18
SE1.50.65.30.2 857 270 491 339 325 130 65 18
SE1.50.65.40.2 937 270 519 341 325 130 65 18
SE1.50.80.22.2 857 270 496 339 325 130 80 18
SE1.50.80.30.2 857 270 496 339 325 130 80 18
SE1.50.80.40.2 937 270 525 341 325 130 80 18
SE1.80.80.15.4 898 300 567 364 355 130 80 19
SE1.80.80.22.4 898 300 567 364 355 130 80 19
SE1.80.80.30.4 1008 300 623 390 355 130 80 19
SE1.80.80.40.4 1008 300 623 390 355 130 80 19
SE1.80.80.55.4 1008 300 623 390 355 130 80 19
SE1.80.80.75.4 1054 300 648 390 355 130 80 19
SE1.80.100.15.4 898 300 591 369 355 130 100 19
SE1.80.100.22.4 898 300 591 369 355 130 100 19
SE1.80.100.30.4 1008 300 647 395 355 130 100 19
SE1.80.100.40.4 1008 300 647 395 355 130 100 19
SE1.80.100.55.4 1008 300 647 395 355 130 100 19
SE1.80.100.75.4 1054 300 672 395 355 130 100 19
SE1.100.100.40.4 1071 400 711 445 450 186 100 22
SE1.100.100.55.4 1071 400 711 445 450 186 100 22
SE1.100.100.75.4 1118 400 706 445 450 186 100 22
SE1.100.150.40.4 1054 400 807 555 450 186 150 22
SE1.100.150.55.4 1054 400 807 555 450 186 150 22
SE1.100.150.75.4 1102 400 803 555 450 186 150 22
P
J
G
T
1
B
1
T
Y
4.5-19
Dimensions
SE/SL
Vertical, dry well installation,
on support stand
Attention!
Only the SE pumps are installed with this
solution!
Type
Dimensions [mm]
B C DN 4 E K K1 K2 K3 K4 S S1 S2
SEV.65.65.22.2 899 396 80 246 276 76 111 378 82 213 269 156
SEV.65.65.30.2 899 396 80 246 276 76 111 378 82 213 269 156
SEV.65.65.40.2 976 456 80 276 276 76 111 381 112 213 269 156
SEV.65.80.22.2 899 397 80 247 276 76 111 379 83 213 269 156
SEV.65.80.30.2 899 397 80 247 276 76 111 379 83 213 269 156
SEV.65.80.40.2 976 455 80 276 276 76 111 382 112 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.11.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.13.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.15.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.22.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.40.4 1006 460/464 80/100 267/277 276 76 111 385 103/113 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.40.2 1002 456/466 80/100 276/286 276 76 111 380 112/122 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.60.2 1002 456/466 80/100 276/286 276 76 111 380 112/122 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.75.2 1002 456/466 80/100 276/286 276 76 111 380 112/122 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.92.2 1050 489/499 80/100 293/303 276 76 111 399 129/139 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.110.2 1050 489/499 80/100 293/303 276 76 111 399 129/139 213 269 156
SEV.100.100.30.4 1019 457 100 277 341 106 136 474 73 255 311 198
SEV.100.100.40.4 1019 457 100 277 341 106 136 474 73 255 311 198
SEV.100.100.55.4 1019 457 100 277 341 106 136 474 73 255 311 198
SEV.100.100.75.4 1078 490 100 294 341 106 136 485 89 255 311 198
SE1.50.65.22.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.65.30.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.65.40.2 937 407 65 227 248 62 108 317 87 202 278 35
SE1.50.80.22.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.80.30.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.80.40.2 937 407 65 227 248 62 108 317 87 202 278 35
SE1.80.80.15.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.22.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.30.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 458 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.40.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 458 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.55.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 458 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.75.4 1054 530 100 328 341 106 136 459 124 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.15.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.22.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.30.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 459 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.40.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 459 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.55.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 459 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.75.4 1054 530 100 328 341 106 136 459 124 255 311 198
SE1.100.100.40.4 1071 541 150 320 443 135 159 558 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.100.55.4 1071 541 150 320 443 135 159 558 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.100.75.4 1118 541 150 312 443 135 159 558 29 339 396 283
SE1.100.150.40.4 1054 541 150 320 443 135 159 553 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.150.55.4 1054 541 150 320 443 135 159 553 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.150.75.4 1102 541 150 306 443 135 159 553 23 339 396 283
B
S
S1
S2
K
K1 K4
K
2
K
3
E
C
19
M16
DN4
Horizontal, dry well installation,
on support stand
Attention!
solution!
Type
Dimensions [mm]
A1 DN 1 DN 2 H Q Q1 Q2 R R1 R2
SEV.65.65.22.2. 725 80 65 102 623 200 446 350 175 10
SEV.65.65.30.2. 725 80 65 102 623 200 446 350 175 10
SEV.65.65.40.2. 790 80 65 106 700 200 476 350 175 10
SEV.65.80.22.2. 726 80 80 103 623 200 447 350 175 10
SEV.65.80.30.2. 726 80 80 103 623 200 447 350 175 10
SEV.65.80.40.2. 791 80 80 106 700 200 476 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.11.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.13.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.15.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.22.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.40.4. 821 80 80/100 109 700/702 200 467/477 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.40.2. 816 80 80/100 104 726/728 200 476/486 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.60.2. 816 80 80/100 104 695/728 200 476/486 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.75.2. 816 80 80/100 104 695/728 200 476/486 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.92.2. 874 80 80/100 123 739/739 200 493/503 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.110.2. 874 80 80/100 123 739/739 200 493/503 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.30.4. 832 100 100 134 711 200 477 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.40.4. 832 100 100 134 711 200 477 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.55.4. 832 100 100 134 711 200 477 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.75.4. 900 100 100 145 765 200 494 350 175 10
SE1.50.65.20.2. 682 65 65 93 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.65.30.2. 682 65 65 93 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.65.40.2. 749 65 65 93 659 200 427 350 175 10
SE1.50.80.20.2. 682 65 80 100 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.80.30.2. 682 65 80 100 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.80.40.2. 749 65 80 100 659 200 427 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.15.4. 723 100 80 100 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.22.4. 723 100 80 100 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.30.4. 820 100 80 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.40.4. 820 100 80 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.55.4. 820 100 80 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.75.4. 876 100 80 118 741 200 528 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.15.4. 723 100 100 112 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.22.4. 723 100 100 112 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.30.4. 820 100 100 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.40.4. 820 100 100 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.55.4. 820 100 100 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.75.4. 876 100 100 118 741 200 528 350 175 10
SE1.100.100.40.4. 827 100 150 115 706 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.100.55.4. 827 100 150 115 706 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.100.75.4. 884 100 150 115 749 300 612 500 250 12
SE1.100.150.40.4. 811 150 150 143 690 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.150.55.4. 811 150 150 143 690 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.150.75.4. 868 150 150 143 733 300 606 500 250 12
4.5-20
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dimensions
SE/SL
Vertical, dry well installation,
on support stand
Attention!
solution!
Type
Dimensions [mm]
B C DN 4 E K K1 K2 K3 K4 S S1 S2
SEV.65.65.22.2 899 396 80 246 276 76 111 378 82 213 269 156
SEV.65.65.30.2 899 396 80 246 276 76 111 378 82 213 269 156
SEV.65.65.40.2 976 456 80 276 276 76 111 381 112 213 269 156
SEV.65.80.22.2 899 397 80 247 276 76 111 379 83 213 269 156
SEV.65.80.30.2 899 397 80 247 276 76 111 379 83 213 269 156
SEV.65.80.40.2 976 455 80 276 276 76 111 382 112 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.11.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.13.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.15.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.22.4 926 409 80/100 241 276 76 111 385 77 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.40.4 1006 460/464 80/100 267/277 276 76 111 385 103/113 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.40.2 1002 456/466 80/100 276/286 276 76 111 380 112/122 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.60.2 1002 456/466 80/100 276/286 276 76 111 380 112/122 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.75.2 1002 456/466 80/100 276/286 276 76 111 380 112/122 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.92.2 1050 489/499 80/100 293/303 276 76 111 399 129/139 213 269 156
SEV.80.80.110.2 1050 489/499 80/100 293/303 276 76 111 399 129/139 213 269 156
SEV.100.100.30.4 1019 457 100 277 341 106 136 474 73 255 311 198
SEV.100.100.40.4 1019 457 100 277 341 106 136 474 73 255 311 198
SEV.100.100.55.4 1019 457 100 277 341 106 136 474 73 255 311 198
SEV.100.100.75.4 1078 490 100 294 341 106 136 485 89 255 311 198
SE1.50.65.22.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.65.30.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.65.40.2 937 407 65 227 248 62 108 317 87 202 278 35
SE1.50.80.22.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.80.30.2 857 366 65 216 248 62 108 315 76 202 278 35
SE1.50.80.40.2 937 407 65 227 248 62 108 317 87 202 278 35
SE1.80.80.15.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.22.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.30.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 458 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.40.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 458 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.55.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 458 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.80.75.4 1054 530 100 328 341 106 136 459 124 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.15.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.22.4 898 435 100 272 341 106 136 433 67 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.30.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 459 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.40.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 459 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.55.4 1008 505 100 319 341 106 136 459 115 255 311 198
SE1.80.100.75.4 1054 530 100 328 341 106 136 459 124 255 311 198
SE1.100.100.40.4 1071 541 150 320 443 135 159 558 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.100.55.4 1071 541 150 320 443 135 159 558 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.100.75.4 1118 541 150 312 443 135 159 558 29 339 396 283
SE1.100.150.40.4 1054 541 150 320 443 135 159 553 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.150.55.4 1054 541 150 320 443 135 159 553 37 339 396 283
SE1.100.150.75.4 1102 541 150 306 443 135 159 553 23 339 396 283
B
S
S1
S2
K
K1 K4
K
2
K
3
E
C
19
M16
DN4
Horizontal, dry well installation,
on support stand
Attention!
solution!
Type
Dimensions [mm]
A1 DN 1 DN 2 H Q Q1 Q2 R R1 R2
SEV.65.65.22.2. 725 80 65 102 623 200 446 350 175 10
SEV.65.65.30.2. 725 80 65 102 623 200 446 350 175 10
SEV.65.65.40.2. 790 80 65 106 700 200 476 350 175 10
SEV.65.80.22.2. 726 80 80 103 623 200 447 350 175 10
SEV.65.80.30.2. 726 80 80 103 623 200 447 350 175 10
SEV.65.80.40.2. 791 80 80 106 700 200 476 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.11.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.13.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.15.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.22.4. 752 80 80/100 109 650 200 441 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.40.4. 821 80 80/100 109 700/702 200 467/477 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.40.2. 816 80 80/100 104 726/728 200 476/486 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.60.2. 816 80 80/100 104 695/728 200 476/486 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.75.2. 816 80 80/100 104 695/728 200 476/486 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.92.2. 874 80 80/100 123 739/739 200 493/503 350 175 10
SEV.80.80.110.2. 874 80 80/100 123 739/739 200 493/503 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.30.4. 832 100 100 134 711 200 477 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.40.4. 832 100 100 134 711 200 477 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.55.4. 832 100 100 134 711 200 477 350 175 10
SEV.100.100.75.4. 900 100 100 145 765 200 494 350 175 10
SE1.50.65.20.2. 682 65 65 93 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.65.30.2. 682 65 65 93 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.65.40.2. 749 65 65 93 659 200 427 350 175 10
SE1.50.80.20.2. 682 65 80 100 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.80.30.2. 682 65 80 100 579 200 416 350 175 10
SE1.50.80.40.2. 749 65 80 100 659 200 427 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.15.4. 723 100 80 100 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.22.4. 723 100 80 100 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.30.4. 820 100 80 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.40.4. 820 100 80 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.55.4. 820 100 80 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.80.75.4. 876 100 80 118 741 200 528 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.15.4. 723 100 100 112 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.22.4. 723 100 100 112 620 200 472 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.30.4. 820 100 100 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.40.4. 820 100 100 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.55.4. 820 100 100 118 699 200 519 350 175 10
SE1.80.100.75.4. 876 100 100 118 741 200 528 350 175 10
SE1.100.100.40.4. 827 100 150 115 706 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.100.55.4. 827 100 150 115 706 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.100.75.4. 884 100 150 115 749 300 612 500 250 12
SE1.100.150.40.4. 811 150 150 143 690 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.150.55.4. 811 150 150 143 690 300 620 500 250 12
SE1.100.150.75.4. 868 150 150 143 733 300 606 500 250 12
4.5-21
Accessories
SE/SL
Picture Description Dimensions/Materials
S
E
V
.
/
S
L
V
.
6
5
.
6
5
S
E
1
.
/
S
L
1
.
5
0
.
6
5
S
E
V
.
/
S
L
V
.
6
5
.
8
0
S
E
1
.
/
S
L
1
.
5
0
.
8
0
S
E
V
.
/
S
L
V
.
8
0
.
8
0
S
E
1
.
/
S
L
1
.
8
0
.
8
0
S
E
V
.
/
S
L
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
1
.
/
S
L
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
V
.
/
S
L
V
.
1
0
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
1
.
/
S
L
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
1
.
/
S
L
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
Product
number
Auto coupling system
For wet well installation with
elbow fttings with feet, with
upper guide rail bracket, bolts,
nuts and gaskets cast iron,
epoxy resin coating
Note: If your guide rails exceed
4 m, consider the use of
intermediate guide rail brackets.
DN 3/DN 2/X 4
DN 65/DN 65/1" 96 09 09 92
DN 80/DN 65/1" 96 10 22 38
DN 80/DN 80/1" 96 09 09 93
DN 100/DN 80/2" 96 10 22 40
DN 100/DN 100/2" 96 09 09 94
DN 150/DN 100/2" 96 10 22 41
DN 150/DN 150/2" 96 09 09 95
Intermediate
guide rail bracket
stainless steel
size: according to elbow size
in separate
catalogue
Lifting chain
with lifting link and safety hook
and certifcates
Max. load: 800kg
G
a
l
v
a
n
i
z
e
d

s
t
e
e
l
4 m 96 73 55 50
6 m 96 73 55 53
8 m 96 73 55 54
10 m 96 73 55 56
12 m 96 73 55 57
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l
1
.
4
4
0
1
4 m 96 73 55 59
6 m 96 73 55 64
8 m 96 73 55 66
10 m 96 73 55 67
12 m 96 73 55 69
Ball-type non-return valve
non-return valve,
cast iron,(EN-GJL-250),
epoxy resin coating
fange PN 10 (EN 12050-4)
DN 65* 96 00 20 08
DN 80 96 00 20 09
DN 100 96 00 20 85
DN 150 96 00 34 23
Check valve
with cleaning opening and air vent
epoxy resin coating
fange PN 10 (EN 12050-4)
DN 65 91 07 55 43
DN 80 96 00 38 26
DN 100 96 00 38 27
DN 150 96 00 38 28
Isolating valve
epoxy resin coating
fange PN 10 (EN 12050-4)

DN 65 96 00 20 10
DN 80 96 00 20 11
DN 100 96 00 20 12
DN 150 96 00 34 27
Mounting kit
nuts, bolts and gasket
M16 65 mm (up to DN 100)
M20 75 mm (DN 150)
M20 80 mm (DN 200)
DN 65 (4 bolts) 96 00 19 98
DN 80 (8 bolts) 96 00 19 99
DN 100 (8 bolts) 96 00 38 23
DN 150 (8 bolts) 91 06 36 05
DN 200 (8 bolts) 91 06 38 37
Supporting stand*
for vertical, dry well installation
90elbow with mounting kit
(nuts, bolts, gaskets)
galvanized steel
DN 1
DN 65 96 10 22 57
DN 80 96 10 22 58
DN 100 96 10 22 59
DN 150 96 10 22 60
Note: * - The accessory is available only for types SEV/SE1!
- The support leg with a reducer elbow (100/DN DN 80, DN 100 150/DN, 200/DN DN 150) is also available.
DN 3
DN 2
DN 1
4.5-22
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
SE/SL
Picture Description Dimensions/Materials
S
L
V
.
/
S
E
V
.
6
5
.
6
5
S
L
1
.
/
S
E
1
.
5
0
.
6
5
S
L
V
.
/
S
E
V
.
6
5
.
8
0
S
L
1
.
/
S
E
1
.
5
0
.
8
0
S
L
V
.
/
S
E
V
.
8
0
.
8
0
S
L
1
.
/
S
E
1
.
8
0
.
8
0
S
E
V
.
/
S
L
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
1
.
/
S
E
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
V
.
/
S
E
V
.
1
0
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
1
.
/
S
E
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
1
.
/
S
E
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
Product
number
Ring stand
wet well, free standing
installation with fanged 90
elbow and hose connection
cast iron, epoxy resin coating
DN 1/DN 2/Y
DN 65/DN 65/2,5" 96 10 22 53
DN 65/DN 80/3" 96 10 23 78
DN 80/DN 65/2,5" 96 10 24 39
DN 80/DN 80/3" 96 10 22 54
DN 80/DN 100/4" 96 94 32 36
DN 100/DN 80/3" 96 10 23 13
DN 100/DN 100/4" 96 10 22 55
the same, only from galvanized
steel
DN 150/DN 100/4" 96 10 23 14
DN 150/DN 150/6" 96 10 22 56
Ring stand
(with nuts, bolts and gaskets)
DN 1/DN 2/Y
DN 65/DN 65/R2,5 96 10 23 79
DN 65/DN 80/R3 96 10 23 80
DN 80/DN 65/R2,5 96 10 24 40
DN 80/DN 80/R3 96 10 23 81
DN 80/DN 100/R4 96 94 32 37
DN 100/DN 80/R3 96 10 23 82
DN 100/DN 100/R4 96 10 23 83
the same, only from galvanized
steel
DN 150/DN 100/R4 96 10 23 84
DN 150/DN 150/R6 96 10 23 85
Storz-coupling
(fxed part)
Rp 2,5-2,5 hose 96 00 19 83
Rp 3-3 hose 96 00 19 84
Rp 4-4 hose 96 00 52 52
Rp 6-6 hose 96 00 52 53
10 m hose
including Storz coupling
2,5" 96 00 19 88
3" 96 00 19 89
4" 96 00 52 55
6" 96 00 52 56
20 m hose
including Storz coupling
2,5" 96 00 52 58
3" 96 00 52 59
4" 96 00 52 60
6" 96 00 52 61
Supporting stand*
for horizontal,
dry well installation
with mounting kit
(nuts, bolts, gaskets),
anchor bolts,
galvanized steel
DN 1 / suction side
DN 65, 2,23 kW, 2-pole 96 10 22 61
DN 65 4 kW, 2-pole 96 10 22 62
DN 80 2,23 kW, 2-pole
96 10 19 12
DN 80 1,12,2 kW, 4-pole
DN 80 47,5 kW, 2-pole
96 10 22 00
DN 80 4 kW, 4-pole
DN 80 9,211 kW, 4-pole 96 10 23 86
DN 100 1,52,2 kW, 4-pole 96 10 22 01
DN 100 35,5 kW, 4-pole 96 10 19 17
DN 100 7,5 kW, 4-pole 96 10 22 02
DN 150 45,5 kW, 4-pole 96 10 22 63
DN 150 7,5 kW, 4-pole 96 10 22 50
Note: * - The accessory is available only for types SEV/SE1!
4.6-1
General data
Sewage pumps 9 30 kW
SE/SL
3
/h
Head: max. 70 m
Liquid pH: see separate table
Liquid temperature: see page 4.6-3.
Operating temperature: -20 C+40 C (with installed WIA
sensor or SM 113 module: 0+40C)
Ex-approval: - standard: Ex c d IIB T3
-on request: Ex d IIB T4
Applications
Transportation of municipal and industrial wastewater that contains
solids and brous materials (e.g. rainwater) and sewage, with mobile
and xed installation.
Rainwater pumping stations
Leachate pumping stations (garages, vehicle washers)
Sewage (residential areas, public and municipal buildings)
Wastewater Treatment Plants
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Equipment
Industrial refrigeration and process systems
General description
Grundfos SE/SL 9-30 kW- is a new pump range, which is widely used
in municipal public works, wastewater treatment plants, and various
industrial sewage pipe systems and water lifting and transportation.
Impeller types
SuperVortex half-open, free-ow impeller
S-tube is a special one-channel closed impeller (described on page
4.5-1.).
Installation options
wet well installation with auto-coupling kit and fully immersed
motor
wet well installation with auto-coupling kit, only with fully
immersed pump housing
wet well free-standing installation
dry well installation with vertical pump shaft
dry well installation with horizontal pump shaft
The cooling jacket installed in the SE pumps drains the motor heat
away and passes it through the mounting ange to the owing
medium. As a result, they can be operated permanently even in case
of dry installation.
The SL pumps can be operated only in wet well installation.
Features and benets
Efciency class IE3
The new Grundfos submersible motors high efciency, modied
bearings, new shaft seal design and optimum volute pump design
result in low power consumption.
Integrated sensor systems
The motor is installed with heat and humidity sensors. Pumps may be
required with a variety of sensor models, in which additional analog
and digital sensors are installed, thereby increasing the reliability and
efective supervision.
A single pump cable
The pump is with watertight connector, the multicore cable also
contains the power transmission wires and signal wires, increasing
with this the reliability and ease of installation
Optimized impeller choice
The new S-tube single channel impeller is ideal if the medium dry
matter content is below 3%, and the pump is running in long time
periods. This impeller has high efciency, and large free ow cross-
section (up to 160 mm) which reduces the risk of clogging.
The SuperVortex impeller is a good choice when the dry matter
content Is over 5%, the pump will operate intermittently, with short
running time periods and the contaminant particle size should not
exceed 100 mm. The vortex ow established by the impeller ensures
that all contaminants leave.
Double shaft seal
The two separate, single cartridge mechanical shaft seals, the sealing
system ensures a long service life. The seals can be replaced without
special tools.
Performance range, SE/SL 9-30kW
Pump types, impeller-variants
Pump type Pressure type
SEV/SLV.80.100.130.2.52H
High
SEV/SLV.80.100.150.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.170.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.185.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.200.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.220.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.240.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.265.2.52H
SE/SL1.75.100.130.2.52S
Super high
SE/SL1.75.100.150.2.52S
SE/SL1.75.100.170.2.52S
SE/SL1.75.100.185.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.200.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.220.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.240.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.265.2.52S
SE/SL1.85.150.90.4.52H
high
SE/SL1.85.150.110.4.52H
SE/SL1.85.150.130.4.52H
SE/SL1.85.150.150.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.170.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.185.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.200.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.220.4.52H
SE/SL1.110.200.90.4.52M
medium
SE/SL1.110.200.110.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.130.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.150.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.170.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.185.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.200.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.220.4.52M
SE/SL1.140.250.130.4.52L
low
SE/SL1.140.250.150.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.160.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.185.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.200.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.220.4.52L
SE/SL1.160.300.110.6.52E
Extra low
SE/SL1.160.300.130.6.52E
SE/SL1.160.300.160.6.52E
SE/SL1.160.300.180.6.52E
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
Q [l/s]
3
4
5
6
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
80
H
[m]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Q [m/h]
50 Hz
SE/SL1 (High)
SE/SL1 (Medium)
SE/SL1 (Low)
SE/SL1 (Extra low)
SE/SL1 (Super high)
SEV/SLV (High)
4.6-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
SE/SL
Performance range, SE/SL 9-30kW
Pump types, impeller-variants
SEV/SLV.80.100.130.2.52H
High
SEV/SLV.80.100.150.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.170.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.185.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.200.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.220.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.240.2.52H
SEV/SLV.80.100.265.2.52H
SE/SL1.75.100.130.2.52S
Super high
SE/SL1.75.100.150.2.52S
SE/SL1.75.100.170.2.52S
SE/SL1.75.100.185.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.200.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.220.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.240.2.52S
SE/SL1.80.100.265.2.52S
SE/SL1.85.150.90.4.52H
high
SE/SL1.85.150.110.4.52H
SE/SL1.85.150.130.4.52H
SE/SL1.85.150.150.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.170.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.185.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.200.4.52H
SE/SL1.95.150.220.4.52H
SE/SL1.110.200.90.4.52M
medium
SE/SL1.110.200.110.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.130.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.150.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.170.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.185.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.200.4.52M
SE/SL1.110.200.220.4.52M
SE/SL1.140.250.130.4.52L
low
SE/SL1.140.250.150.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.160.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.185.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.200.4.52L
SE/SL1.140.250.220.4.52L
SE/SL1.160.300.110.6.52E
Extra low
SE/SL1.160.300.130.6.52E
SE/SL1.160.300.160.6.52E
SE/SL1.160.300.180.6.52E
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
Q [l/s]
3
4
5
6
8
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
80
H
[m]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Q [m/h]
50 Hz
SE/SL1 (High)
SE/SL1 (Medium)
SE/SL1 (Low)
SE/SL1 (Extra low)
SE/SL1 (Super high)
SEV/SLV (High)
4.6-3
General data
SE/SL
Type key
(Some versions and materials included in the type key, cannot be combined at will,
Example SL 1 .80 .100 .265 .2 .52 S .S .N .5 1D
Pump type:
Impeller type:
1 S-tube impeller
Pump free passage:
Pump discharge:
Output power P
2
[kW]
Code = P
2
[kW] 10
Equipment
[ ] Equipment
A With sensor 1 / Ex 1
B With sensor 2 / Ex 2
Number of poles
(2, 4, 6) pole motor
Frame size:
Pump frame size
Pump range/pressure:
S Super-high pressure
H High pressure
M Medium pressure
L Low pressure
E Extra-low pressure
Installation:
S Submersible installation - without cooling jacket
C Submersible installation - with cooling jacket
D Dry installation, vertical
H Dry installation, horizontal
The impeller, pump housing, motor housing (SE motor head) material
[ ] Cast iron pump housing, cast iron impeller, cast iron motor housing
Q Cast iron pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, cast iron motor housing
R* 1.4408 pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, 1.4408 motor housing
S** 1.4408 pump housing, 1.4408 impeller, cast iron motor housing
Pump version
N Non-explosion-proof pump (standard)
Mains frequency:
5 50 Hz
1D 3380415/660690 V, Y/D
(other voltages on request)
Custom-built products Z
4.6-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SE/SL
Pumped liquids
The SE / SL pumps are for clean or waste water transport, or for
transport of other low-viscosity liquids, which will not damage
the pump chemically. The size of the solids should not exceed the
specied limits.
Limits
max.3 min for +60C
Ex-version: 040C
Maximum solids size: specied in the type key
pH value: depending on pump type and
material
When pumping liquids with a density and/or a kinematic viscosity
higher than that of water, use motors with correspondingly higher
outputs.
Construction
Single-stage centrifugal volute pump, with a free opening or a ange
on the suction side, and a ange on the discharge side, for vertical or
horizontal installation.
The impeller is xed at the end of a short shaft, the static and dynamic
balancing of the impeller minimizes vibration, thus reducing the use
of bearings and shaft seals and increases life time.
SmartTrim
On conventional pumps, maintaining factory-set impeller clearance is
a time-consuming and costly task. The pumps need to be disconnected
from the pipework and to be totally dismantled, and new parts need
to be installed in order to maintain full pumping efciency. Not so
with Grundfos SmartTrim.
All Grundfos heavy-duty closed impeller pumps, whether for
submerged or dry installation, are equipped with the unique
SmartTrim impeller clearance adjustment system. This enables you
to easily restore the factory-set impeller clearance and maintain peak
pumping efciency. All you need to do is to tighten the adjustment
screws on the exterior of the impeller housing. This can be done on
site, quickly and easily, without dismantling the pump and without
using special tools.
Shaft seal
The shaft seal consists of two mechanical seals and separates the
motor from the pumped liquid. The seal faces of the primary shaft
seal are SiC/SiC and the seal faces of the secondary shaft seal are
carbon/ceramic.
Pump
type
Material
variant
Installation Material pH value
SE1/
SEV/
SL1/
SLV
standard
Dry and
submerged
Cast iron impeller, pump
housing and motor top
6,514
2)
SE1/
SEV/
SL1/
SLV
Q
Dry and
submerged
Stainless steel impeller
Cast iron pump housing
and motor top
614
2)
SE1/
SEV
S
1)
Submerged Stainless steel impeller
and pump housing
Cast iron motor top
5,514
2)
Dry 114
SE1/
SEV
R
Dry and
submerged
Entire pump in
stainless steel
114
SE1/
SEV
D
1)
Dry and
submerged
Stainless steel pump
according to EN 1.4517/
1.4539
014
1)
Material variants S and D are available on request.
2)
0
3
6
9
12
15
1 2 3 4 5
A: With Grundfos SmartTrim impeller clearance adjustment system
B: Without impeller clearance adjustment system
Factory-set impeller clearance
Years
A
B
4.6-5
Technical data
SE/SL
SmartSeal
The Grundfos SmartSeal auto-coupling gasket mounted on the
pump discharge ange provides a completely leak-proof connection
between the pump and the base unit of the auto-coupling system.
Main materials
Key elements of the pump are made of cast iron. For transport of
corrosive and / or aggressive uids there are ve variants available
from stainless steel (for details, see page 4.6-2.).
Motor
Fully enclosed, immersed, three-phase, asynchronous motor, with Y
/ D start.
Ball bearings
The bearings are greased for life.
Main bearing: Double-row angular contact ball bearing.
Support bearing: Single-row deep-groove ball bearing.
Motor liquid
The motor is factory-lled with Grundfos motor liquid
SML-3, which is frost-proof down to -20 C.
Specication:
Grundfos motor liquid protects metals and alloys in the equipment
against all forms of corrosion, according to ASTM D 1384.
The SML-3 motor liquid is compatible with most other heat
transfer uids based on mono-propylene glycol.
The motor liquid consists of FDA-approved components, neither
the motor liquid concentrate nor any dilution is classied
dangerous, according to the European Dangerous Preparations
Directive.
Cable entry
Waterproof, non-corrosive nylon or cast iron exible cable entry with
O-ring.
Pump and motor protection
Sensors can be used for diferent purposes, depending on pump
type and connection. For instance, moisture switches must cut out
electricity in case of water penetrating through the cable entry,
cable or shaft seal, while bearing temperature sensors are used for
monitoring the temperatures in the bearings. The standard built-in
sensors and the optional sensors can be seen in the table below.
WIA (water-in-air) sensor
The WIA (water-in-air) sensor measures the water resistance and
detects if water is present (sets of an alarm).The sensor must be used
together with the IO 113 or SM 113 module, but it can also be used
together with other controllers with inputs of 4-20 mA.
IO 113 module
The IO 113 has inputs for digital and analog pump sensors and can
stop the pump if a sensor indicates a pump fault it is connected to
the Dedicated Controls system and allows advanced (see chapter 6.11
of this catalogue) monitoring functions:
motor temperature
moisture in motor
water in oil
insulation resistance.
SM 113 module
The SM 113 module is used for collection and transfer of sensor
data. The SM 113 works together with the IO 113 through power line
communication using the Grundfos GENIbus protocol.
The SM 113 can collect data from:
3 current sensors, 4-20 mA
3 Pt100 thermal sensors
1 PTC thermal sensor
1 digital input.
PVS 3 vibration sensors
Two-wire transmitters for pumps and for harmful vibration indication,
mounted in to the motor control box. For detailed information, see
page 4.7-11.
-10%/+10% from what appears on the nameplate
Ex (Rb) design: -5%/+5%
Max. installation depth: 20 m below the liquid level
IE3
Insulation class: H (+180 C)
Cable:
10 m H07RN-F (on request, other types:
EMC, or long cable is available)
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

p
u
m
p
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
e
r
s
i
o
n

1
P
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
e
r
s
i
o
n

2
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

E
x

p
u
m
p
E
x

p
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
e
r
s
i
o
n

1
E
x

p
u
m
p

w
i
t
h

s
e
n
s
o
r

v
e
r
s
i
o
n

2
Thermal switch / PTC
Moisture switch, top
Moisture switch, bottom
WIA (water-in-air sensor)
Pt1000 in stator winding
Pt1000 in upper bearing
Pt1000 in lower bearing
PSV3 vibration sensor
IO 113 module
SM 113 module
* The sensor module SM 113 only included as standard with the sensor
version 2 package.
4.6-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SE/SL
Operating modes
The pumps can operate in a continuous or discontinuous mode,
however - the pumps are installed depending on the type and design
-the control and the control parameters (modes, water levels, etc)
must be chosen in such manner, that the adequate cooling of the
motor is always provided (see gure below).
Continuous operation
According to (IEC 60034-1): S1
In this operating mode, the pump operates continuously.
Intermittent operation
According to (IEC 60034-1): S3 - 40%
The S3 operating mode means that within 10 minutes the pump must
run for 4 minutes and be stopped for 6 minutes.
Note: In case of intermittent operation of the (SE) pumps, when the
operating cycle is short, the min. liquid level should be in-line with the
upper part of the pump.
Available on request (optional) versions
normal / standard, cable length: 15, 25, 30, 50 m
EMC (screened) cables for variable-frequency drive: 10, 15, 25, 30,
50 m
motors for other electric currents
PTC thermistors built into the coil
Protection units for Ex and standard motors:
- Sensor package 1
- Sensor package 2
Special designs according to user needs (e.g., chemical-resistant
FKM seals, chemical resistant conduit, special coatings, etc.).
Various factory acceptance tests and certications.
Explosion-proof (Ex) pumps
For installation in potentially explosive environments Ex pumps
are available. Information on the hazard class of pumps should be
required directly from Grundfos.
Pumps control systems
Grundfos recommends the use of the following systems:
Control and monitoring
LC / LCD 108: Level control with oat switches, indication of
operating conditions.
DC / DCD sewage pump control: microprocessor level control and
oat switches or ultrasonic level sensors, communications with the
monitoring systems.
Regulation
CUE: for continuous control of the Grundfos variable-frequency
drives.
For details on these control systems and components see chapter 6.
of this catalogue.
Installation
catalogue.
Factory accessories can be seen on the following pages.
P
Operation
Stop
t
S1 type operation
P
Operation
Stop
10 min.
4 min. 6 min.
t
S3 type operation
SL pumps
S1 mode
SL pumps Ex design
S1, S3 mode
SE pumps
S1 and S3 mode
SL pumps
S3 mode with short operating cycles
SL pumps
S3 mode
at max. number of switches
4.6-7
Dimensions
SE/SL
Wet well installation on elbow ttings with feet,
auto-coupling system

Pump type C F Z1 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z6 Z7 Z8 Z9 Z10 Z11 Z12a Z12b
SE1.75.100.130.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.75.100.150.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.75.100.170.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.75.100.185.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.200.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.220.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.240.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.265.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.85.150.90.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.85.150.110.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.85.150.130.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.85.150.150.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.170.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.185.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.200.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.220.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.110.200.90.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.110.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.130.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.150.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.170.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.185.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.200.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.220.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.140.250.130.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
4.6-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dimensions
SE/SL
Wet well installation on elbow ttings with feet,
auto-coupling system

SE1.75.100.130.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.75.100.150.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.75.100.170.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.75.100.185.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.200.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.220.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.240.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.80.100.265.2.52S.C 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60,3 1251 140 240
SE1.85.150.90.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.85.150.110.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.85.150.130.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.85.150.150.4.52H.C 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.170.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.185.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.200.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.95.150.220.4.52H.C 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SE1.110.200.90.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.110.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.130.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.150.4.52M.C 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.170.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.185.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.200.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.110.200.220.4.52M.C 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SE1.140.250.130.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SE1.140.250.150.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SE1.140.250.170.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SE1.140.250.185.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SE1.140.250.200.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SE1.140.250.220.4.52L.C 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SE1.160.300.110.6.52E.C 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SE1.160.300.130.6.52E.C 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SE1.160.300.160.6.52E.C 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SE1.160.300.180.6.52E.C 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SEV.80.80.130.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.150.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.170.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.185.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.200.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.220.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.240.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SEV.80.80.265.2.52H.C 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SL1.75.100.130.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1246 140 240
SL1.75.100.150.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1246 140 240
SL1.75.100.170.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1246 140 240
SL1.75.100.185.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1106 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1246 140 240
SL1.80.100.200.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1251 140 240
SL1.80.100.220.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1251 140 240
SL1.80.100.240.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1251 140 240
SL1.80.100.265.2.52S.S 480 384 820 1122 260 110 220 926 700 505 110 60.3 1251 140 240
SL1.85.150.90.4.52H.S 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1245 120 275
SL1.85.150.110.4.52H.S 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1245 120 275
SL1.85.150.130.4.52H.S 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1245 120 275
SL1.85.150.150.4.52H.S 605 485 823 1125 287 123 280 1176 862 637 110 88 1245 120 275
SL1.95.150.170.4.52H.S 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SL1.95.150.185.4.52H.S 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SL1.95.150.200.4.52H.S 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SL1.95.150.220.4.52H.S 620 485 823 1126 287 123 280 1191 877 637 110 88 1246 120 275
SL1.110.200.90.4.52M.S 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.110.4.52M.S 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.130.4.52M.S 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.150.4.52M.S 755 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1147 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.170.4.52M.S 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1177 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.185.4.52M.S 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1177 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.200.4.52M.S 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1177 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.110.200.220.4.52M.S 785 570 823 1153 430 200 535 1546 1177 892 170 88 1293 140 196
SL1.140.250.130.4.52L.S 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SL1.140.250.150.4.52L.S 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SL1.140.250.170.4.52L.S 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SL1.140.250.185.4.52L.S 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SL1.140.250.200.4.52L.S 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SL1.140.250.220.4.52L.S 830 660 1223 1224 471 200 565 1629 1222 892 170 88 1364 140 224
SL1.160.300.110.6.52E.S 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SL1.160.300.130.6.52E.S 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SL1.160.300.160.6.52E.S 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SL1.160.300.180.6.52E.S 965 735 1223 1292 551 200 670 1866 1357 992 170 88 1452 160 256
SLV.80.80.130.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.150.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.170.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.185.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.200.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.220.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.240.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
SLV.80.80.265.2.52H.S 525 385 820 1090 260 110 220 988 762 567 110 60.3 1190 100 240
4.6-9
Dimensions
SE/SL
Free standing wet well installation,
on ring stand
Pump type Y2 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 HCH DSTH D F
SE1.75.100.130.2.52S.C 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.75.100.150.2.52S.C 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.75.100.170.2.52S.C 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.75.100.185.2.52S.C 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.80.100.200.2.52S.C 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.80.100.220.2.52S.C 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.80.100.240.2.52S.C 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.80.100.265.2.52S.C 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SE1.85.150.90.4.52H.C 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.85.150.110.4.52H.C 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.85.150.130.4.52H.C 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.85.150.150.4.52H.C 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.95.150.170.4.52H.C 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.95.150.185.4.52H.C 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.95.150.200.4.52H.C 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.95.150.220.4.52H.C 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SE1.110.200.90.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.110.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.130.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.150.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.170.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.185.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.200.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SE1.110.200.220.4.52M.C 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SEV.80.80.130.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.150.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.170.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.185.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.200.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.220.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.240.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SEV.80.80.265.2.52H.C 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SL1.75.100.130.2.52S.S 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.75.100.150.2.52S.S 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.75.100.170.2.52S.S 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.75.100.185.2.52S.S 105 1236 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.200.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.220.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.240.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.265.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.85.150.90.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.85.150.110.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.85.150.130.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.85.150.150.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.170.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.185.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.200.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.220.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.110.200.90.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.110.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.130.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.150.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.170.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.185.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.200.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.220.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SLV.80.80.130.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.150.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.170.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.185.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.200.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.220.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.240.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.265.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
4.6-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dimensions
SE/SL
SL1.80.100.200.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.220.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.240.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.80.100.265.2.52S.S 105 1252 267 444 605 355 177 130 192 384
SL1.85.150.90.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.85.150.110.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.85.150.130.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.85.150.150.4.52H.S 150 1125 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.170.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.185.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.200.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.95.150.220.4.52H.S 150 1126 173 173 380 450 273 186 266 485
SL1.110.200.90.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.110.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.130.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.150.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.170.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.185.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.200.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SL1.110.200.220.4.52M.S 205 1313 347 782 1193 550 435 160 252 570
SLV.80.80.130.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.150.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.170.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.185.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.200.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.220.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.240.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
SLV.80.80.265.2.52H.S 79 1220 280 422 626 355 142 130 192 385
4.6-11
Dimensions
SE/SL
Vertical, dry well installation, on support stand
Pump type C E F X3 X5 X4 X6 X13 X131 X132 X15 X16 X17 XDc3 XDt1 XDt2 XM1
SE1.140.250.130.4.52L.D 830 500 660 23 N/A* 400 700 N/A* N/A* N/A* N/A* 1947 929 350 28 28 M24X6
SE1.160.300.110.6.52E.D 965 600 735 23 N/A* 500 800 N/A* N/A* N/A* N/A* 2115 1072 400 32 28 M24X6
Horizontal, dry well installation, on support stand
Pump type D F Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q8 Q10 QZ1 QDc1 QDN1 Q1 D1N D2 D2N Dc2 DN2 Dt2 Q3
SE1.75.100.130.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.75.100.150.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.75.100.170.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.75.100.185.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.200.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.220.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.240.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.265.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.85.150.90.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.85.150.110.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.85.150.130.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.85.150.150.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.170.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.185.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.200.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.220.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.110.200.90.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.110.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.130.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.150.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.170.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.185.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.200.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
4.6-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Dimensions
SE/SL
Horizontal, dry well installation, on support stand
SE1.75.100.130.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.75.100.150.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.75.100.170.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.75.100.185.2.52S.H 192 384 1124 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.200.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.220.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.240.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.80.100.265.2.52S.H 192 384 1140 155 685 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN100 25 18
SE1.85.150.90.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.85.150.110.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.85.150.130.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.85.150.150.4.52H.H 266 485 1143 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.170.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.185.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.200.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.95.150.220.4.52H.H 266 485 1144 191 780 400 380 710 460 1215 18 240 DN150 M20 8 23 8 - DN150 27 18
SE1.110.200.90.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.110.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.130.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.150.4.52M.H 252 570 1172 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.170.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.185.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.110.200.200.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
4.6-13
Dimensions
SE/SL
SE1.110.200.220.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.140.250.130.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.150.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.170.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.185.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.200.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.220.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.160.300.110.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SE1.160.300.130.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SE1.160.300.160.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SE1.160.300.180.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SEV.80.80.130.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.150.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.170.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.185.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.200.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.220.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.240.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.265.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
4.6-14
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
SE/SL
SE1.110.200.220.4.52M.H 252 570 1171 205 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 295 DN200 M20 8 23 8 - DN200 30 18
SE1.140.250.130.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.150.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.170.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.185.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.200.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.140.250.220.4.52L.H 385 660 1242 247 900 400 380 710 460 1215 18 350 DN250 M20 12 23 12 - DN250 31 18
SE1.160.300.110.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SE1.160.300.130.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SE1.160.300.160.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SE1.160.300.180.6.52E.H 430 735 1310 290 1000 400 380 710 460 1275 18 400 DN300 M20 12 23 12 - DN300 34 18
SEV.80.80.130.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.150.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.170.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.185.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.200.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.220.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.240.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
SEV.80.80.265.2.52H.H 192 385 1108 168 730 400 380 710 460 1215 18 180 DN100 M16 8 18 8 - DN80 25 18
Picture Description
S
E
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
S
E
1
.
1
2
0
.
2
0
0
S
E
1
.
1
4
0
.
2
5
0
S
E
1
.
1
4
0
.
3
0
0
S
L
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
S
L
1
.
1
2
0
.
2
0
0
S
L
1
.
1
4
0
.
2
5
0
S
L
1
.
1
4
0
.
3
0
0
Product
number
elbow fttings with feet, with upper
guide rail bracket, bolts, nuts and
gaskets
* stainless steel 1.4408
** stainless steel 1.4517
Note: If your guide rails exceed 6 m,
consider the use of intermediate
guide rail brackets.
DN 100/80 96 10 22 40
DN 80* 96 82 51 06
DN 80** 97 90 41 93
DN 100 96 09 09 94
DN 100* 96 82 51 08
DN 100** 97 90 41 94
DN 150/3" 97 69 54 89
DN 150* 96 98 98 63
DN 150** 97 90 41 96
cast iron, epoxy resin coating:
-elbow
-claw coupling
-upper guide rail bracket
-gaskets, anchor bolts
DN 200 PN10 G 96 64 14 89
DN 250 PN10 G 96 78 24 83
DN 300 PN10 G 96 78 24 84
Complete claw couplings
ductile iron
EN 1563 EN-GJS-500/7
DN 250 96 78 24 49
DN 300 96 78 24 50
Supporting stand
for vertical, dry well installation
galvanized steel
DN 100 96 30 82 37
DN 150 96 30 82 38
DN 200 96 09 45 23
DN 250 96 30 82 40
DN 300 96 30 82 41
Ring stand
installation with fanged 90 elbow,
hose or external threaded
connection
DN 100/80 96 10 23 13
DN 100/80
thread
96 10 23 82
DN 100/80
portable stand
96 89 82 49
DN 100 96 10 22 55
DN100
thread
96 10 23 83
DN 100/100
portable stand
96 89 82 72
DN 150 96 10 22 56
DN 150
thread
96 10 23 85
Ring stand
DN 200/200 G
portable stand
96 78 94 80
DN 250/250 G
portable stand
96 78 94 81
Supporting stand
for horizontal, dry well installation
anchor bolts, galvanized steel
DN 100 98 09 30 35
DN 150/6" 98 09 30 39
DN 200/8" 98 09 30 40
DN 250 98 06 22 04
DN 300 98 09 30 51
4.6-15
Accessories
SE/SL
Picture Description
S
E
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
S
E
1
.
1
2
0
.
2
0
0
S
E
1
.
1
4
0
.
2
5
0
S
E
1
.
1
4
0
.
3
0
0
S
L
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
S
L
1
.
1
2
0
.
2
0
0
S
L
1
.
1
4
0
.
2
5
0
S
L
1
.
1
4
0
.
3
0
0
Product
number
Lifting chain
and certifcates
Max. load: 800kg
G
a
l
v
a
n
i
z
e
d

s
t
e
e
l
4 m 96 73 55 50
6 m 96 73 55 53
8 m 96 73 55 54
10 m 96 73 55 56
12 m 96 73 55 57
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l

1
.
4
4
0
1
4 m 96 73 55 59
6 m 96 73 55 64
8 m 96 73 55 66
10 m 96 73 55 67
12 m 96 73 55 69
4.6-16
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Notes
Picture Description
S
E
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
E
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
S
E
1
.
1
2
0
.
2
0
0
S
E
1
.
1
4
0
.
2
5
0
S
E
1
.
1
4
0
.
3
0
0
S
L
1
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
V
.
8
0
.
1
0
0
S
L
1
.
1
0
0
.
1
5
0
S
L
1
.
1
2
0
.
2
0
0
S
L
1
.
1
4
0
.
2
5
0
S
L
1
.
1
4
0
.
3
0
0
Product
number
Lifting chain
and certifcates
Max. load: 800kg
G
a
l
v
a
n
i
z
e
d

s
t
e
e
l
4 m 96 73 55 50
6 m 96 73 55 53
8 m 96 73 55 54
10 m 96 73 55 56
12 m 96 73 55 57
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l

1
.
4
4
0
1
4 m 96 73 55 59
6 m 96 73 55 64
8 m 96 73 55 66
10 m 96 73 55 67
12 m 96 73 55 69
4.7-1
General data
High performance sewage pumps
S pumps
Flow rate: 5-2000 l/sec
Head: 5-120 m
Motor power: 5,5-520 kW
Ambient temperature: -20 C+40 C
(with installed WIA sensor or SM 111 module: 0+40C)
50-70 frame sizes
- wastewater collection systems
- waste water treatment plants
- industrial plants
- municipal pumping stations
- community facilities
- multi-unit buildings
- restaurants, hotels
- garages
- auto repair and car washes
Application
raw or treated municipal and industrial wastewater lifting
transport of corrosive liquids
water, natural water lifting and transfer
General description
The Grundfos S pumps cover a wide range of performance. The entire
performance range is covered with diferent frame sizes.
Frame sizes:
50, 54, 58, 62, 66, 70, 72, 74, 78
There are diferent types of impeller designs for each frame size.
Impeller types
free-ow (SuperVortex) or one and multichannel: for 50-58 frame
sizes
one and multichannel: for other frame sizes
Depending on the impeller hydraulic design and the rotational
speed, diferent pressure variations can be chosen to t the systems
hydraulic characteristics.
Installation options
Depending on the operating conditions, diferent installation types
are available (S, C, D, H), and various mounting methods are possible.
For product specications and operational aspects and versions
(supply voltage, the pumps explosion-proof design, materials,
construction, safety equipment, etc), see separate catalogues for
diferent frame sizes.
The S pumps with ST symbols are available as vertical pipe mounted
versions.
72-78 frame sizes
- wastewater collection systems
- waste water treatment plants
- industrial sites
- municipal pumping stations
Performance range, S pumps
Production of the 50-58 frame sizes will be
stopped during 2012/2013.
This performance range is covered by the
SE / SL - 1.1 to 11 kW and SE / SL - 9-30 kW serie s
(see page 4.5-1.).

Wet well installation on elbow
ttings with auto coupling system
(50-70 frame size)
S and C installation type
(54-78 frame size)
(50-58 frame size)
Installation
S pump (with cooling jacket)
D installation type
Vertical, dry well installation
on concrete foundation
(66-78 frame size)
D installation type
on support stand
(50-62 frame size)

H installation type
Horizontal, dry well installation
with mounting frame
ST pump
X
Y
Vertical, pipe installation
Minimal levels
Frame X
[mm]
Y
[mm]
5070 350 150
7274 900 400
4.7-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
S pumps
(50-70 frame size)
(54-78 frame size)
(50-58 frame size)
Installation
D installation type
on concrete foundation
(66-78 frame size)
D installation type
on support stand
(50-62 frame size)

H installation type
Horizontal, dry well installation
with mounting frame
ST pump
X
Y
Vertical, pipe installation
Minimal levels
Frame X
[mm]
Y
[mm]
5070 350 150
7274 900 400
4.7-3
General data
S pumps
Type key
(Some versions and materials included in the type key, cannot be combined at will, for some it is not technically possible.)
Example S 1 .100 .100 .55 4 .50M .S .205 .G .N .D .5 .11 .Z
S
ST
Pump type:
Grundfos sewage and wastewater pump
Multi-channel impeller pump installed in a column pipe
V
Impeller type:
With channels (1, 2, 3)
(code= number of channels)
SuperVortex (free-fow) impeller
Pump passage:
Pump discharge:
Output power P
2
[kW]
code = P
2
[kW] 10
Number of poles:
Motor poles (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12)
code=number of poles
Pump range / Pressure version
(code=see table below)
S
C
D
H
Installation:
Submersible installation without cooling jacket (only for frame size 72)
Submersible installation with cooling jacket
Dry installation, vertical
Dry installation, horizontal
Impeller diameter [mm]
Material code for impeller, pump and motor housing
N
Ex
Pump version:
Non-explosion-proof pump
Explosion-proof pump (ATEX)
B
C
D
Installation:
S pump with built-in SM 111 module. PTC sensors are connected directly
to IO 111 or other PTC relay
Not in use
S pump without built-in SM 111 module
5
Mains frequency:
50 Hz
11
13
3400 V Y/D
3415 V Y/D
Pressure version Frame size
Super-high pressure 50S 70S
High pressure 50H 54H 58H 62H 66H 70H
Middle pressure 50M 54M 58M 62M 66M 70M
Low pressure 50L 54L 58L 62L 66L 70L
Extra-low pressure 50E 54E 58E 62E 66E 70E
Super-low pressure 50F 62F
Material code for impeller, pump and motor housing Code
Frame size
50 54 58 62 66 70
All three: cast iron* G
All three: stainless steel EN 1.4408 R
Impeller and pump housing: stainless steel EN 1.4408
Motor housing: cast iron*
S
Impeller: stainless steel EN 1.4408
Pump housing, motor housing: cast iron*
Q
Impeller: duplex steel
D
* Cast iron material:
- impeller: EN-JL 1050
- pump housing: EN-JS 1050
- motor housing: EN-JL 1040/A48 30
4.7-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
S pumps
Type key
(Some versions and materials included in the type key, cannot be combined at will, for some it is not technically possible.)
Example S 1 .100 .100 .55 4 .50M .S .205 .G .N .D .5 .11 .Z
S
ST
Pump type:
V
Impeller type:
With channels (1, 2, 3)
(code= number of channels)
SuperVortex (free-fow) impeller
Pump passage:
Pump discharge:
Output power P
2
[kW]
code = P
2
[kW] 10
Number of poles:
Motor poles (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12)
code=number of poles
Pump range / Pressure version
S
C
D
H
Installation:
Material code for impeller, pump and motor housing
N
Ex
Pump version:
B
C
D
Installation:
Not in use
5
Mains frequency:
50 Hz
11
13
3400 V Y/D
3415 V Y/D
Pressure version Frame size
Super-high pressure 50S 70S
High pressure 50H 54H 58H 62H 66H 70H
Middle pressure 50M 54M 58M 62M 66M 70M
Low pressure 50L 54L 58L 62L 66L 70L
Extra-low pressure 50E 54E 58E 62E 66E 70E
Super-low pressure 50F 62F
Material code for impeller, pump and motor housing Code
Frame size
50 54 58 62 66 70
All three: cast iron* G
All three: stainless steel EN 1.4408 R
Impeller and pump housing: stainless steel EN 1.4408
Motor housing: cast iron*
S
Impeller: stainless steel EN 1.4408
Q
Impeller: duplex steel
D
* Cast iron material:
- impeller: EN-JL 1050
- pump housing: EN-JS 1050
- motor housing: EN-JL 1040/A48 30
Type key
(Some versions and materials included in the type key, cannot be combined at will,

Example S 2 .90 .250 .2250 .4 .72 S .C .496 .G .N .D .5 .11 .Q .Z
S
ST
Pump type:
2
3
4
Impeller type:
2-channel impeller
3-channel impeller
4-channel impeller
Pump passage:
Pump discharge:
Output power P
2
[kW]
code=P
2
[kW] x 10
4
6
8
10
12
14
Number of poles:
4-pole motor
6-pole motor
8-pole motor
10-pole motor
12-pole motor
14-pole motor
72
74
78
Pump range:
72
74
78
S
H
M
L
E
F
Pressure version:
Super-high pressure
High pressure
Middle pressure
Low pressure
Extra-low pressure
Super-low pressure
S
C
D
H
Installation:
G
Pump and motor housing material
Impeller, pump housing and motor housing: cast iron
N
Ex
Pump version:
B
D
Installation:
5
Mains frequency:
50 Hz
11
13
18
1G
1B
1D
3400 V Y/D
3415 V Y/D
3380400 V Y/D
3380 V Y/D
3400415 V Y/D
3380415 V Y/D
[ ]
Q
Impeller material
Standard pump with cast iron impeller
Cast iron pump with stainless steel impeller
4.7-5
Technical data
S pumps
Pumped liquids
The SE / SL pumps are for clean or waste water transport, or for
transport of other low-viscosity liquids, which will not damage
the pump chemically. The size of the solids should not exceed the
specied limits.
Limits
Liquid pH: 4-10
Max. particle size: see table below
When pumping liquids with a density and/or a kinematic viscosity
higher than that of water, use motors with correspondingly higher
outputs.
Construction
Single-stage centrifugal volute pump, with a free opening or a ange
on the suction side, and a ange on the discharge side, for vertical or
horizontal installation.
Installation types
In case of vertical shaft, wet well installation, if the medium -
depending on the operating mode - completely or at least partially
covers the motor body, the design without cooling jacket can be
used (S installation type ).
In case of vertical shaft, wet well installation, if the medium does
not covers the motor body during the operation, the design with a
cooling jacket must be used. (installation type C).
In case of vertical and horizontal shaft, dry well installation, the
design with a cooling jacket must be used. (installation type D and
H).
The ST labeled series, are for pipe installation with a vertical shaft.
Impeller types
Single or multi-channel, semi-
axial, self-cleaning impeller, with
long channels to reducing the
risk of clogging.
The impeller is xed at the end of a short shaft, the static and dynamic
balancing of the impeller minimizes vibration, thus reducing the use
of bearings and shaft seals and increases life time.
SmartTrim system
On conventional pumps, maintaining factory-set impeller clearance is
a time-consuming and costly task. The pumps need to be disconnected
from the pipework and to be totally dismantled, and new parts need
to be installed in order to maintain full pumping efciency. Not so
with Grundfos SmartTrim.
All Grundfos heavy-duty closed impeller pumps, whether for
submerged or dry installation, are equipped with the unique
SmartTrim impeller clearance adjustment system. This enables you
to easily restore the factory-set impeller clearance and maintain peak
pumping efciency. All you need to do is to tighten the adjustment
screws on the exterior of the impeller housing. This can be done on
site, quickly and easily, without dismantling the pump and without
using special tools.
A: With Grundfos SmartTrim impeller clearance adjustment system
B: Without impeller clearance adjustment system
Shaft seal
The pumps have a primary and a secondary shaft seal. The material
combination of the primary shaft seal of all pump types is silicon
carbide/silicon carbide. For the secondary shaft seal, the material
combination is silicon carbide/carbon. The shaft seals are placed in
the oil chamber of the pump. The oil chamber provides reliable sealing
between the pumped liquid and the motor. The shaft seals have no
springs or other parts in direct contact with the pumped liquid. This
prevents rags and bres from getting caught. The shaft seals are
bidirectional, meaning that they can operate in either direction thus
allowing for opposite rotation caused by back-ow of liquid through
the pump.
Frame size
50 54 58 62 66 70
80100 80100 80100 80145 80140 90120 90145
Max.
145 mm
SuperVortex, free-ow impeller
(only for 50-58 frame sizes),
which ofers high efciency and
operating reliability.
0
3
6
9
12
15
1 2 3 4 5
Factory-set impeller clearance
Years
A
B
4.7-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
S pumps
The Grundfos SmartSeal auto-coupling gasket
mounted on the pump discharge ange provides a completely leak-
proof connection between the pump and the base unit of the auto-
coupling system.
Main materials
Key elements of the pump are made of cast iron. For transport of
corrosive and / or aggressive uids in the range of 50-70 frame sizes,
there are three variants available from stainless steel.
only in the impeller is made of stainless steel,
the pump housing and impeller are made of stainless steel,
full stainless steel construction.
(for details, see page 4.7-3.).
Motor
Fully enclosed, immersed, three-phase, asynchronous motor, with Y
/ D start.
Bearings
The bearings are greased for life ball bearings.
Main bearings
50-62 frame size:
- 1 double row angular contact ball bearings
66-70 frame size:
- 1 single row angular contact ball bearings
- 1 angular contact roller bearings
72-78 frame size:
- 1 double row angular contact ball bearings
- 1 angular contact roller bearings
Support bearings
50-78 frame size:
- 1 single-row deep-groove ball bearing.
Cable entry
Waterproof, non-corrosive nylon or cast iron exible cable entry with
O-ring.
Pump and motor protection
The pump should be connected through an electric motor protection
switch to the network. For the control of the pump, a Grundfos IO
111 protective module should be used. Sensors for the protection of
72-78 frame size pumps, should be connected to the Grundfos SM
111 sensor module, to the outside of the pump or it can be integrated
(optional version). The SM 111 module is connected to a IO 111 (SM
version) protective module.
Sensors
Installed as standard:
50 to 70 frame size:
- 3 thermal switches (Klixon) in the windings, 1-1 per phase
- 1 moisture sensor in the upper switch box
72-78s frame size:
- 3 thermal switches (Klixon) in the windings, 1-1 per phase
- 1 moisture sensor in the upper switch box
- 1 moisture sensor in the motor housing
- 1 x Pt 100 temperature sensor in the upper bearing housing
- 1 x Pt 100 temperature sensor on the lower bearing housing
- 1 x Pt 100 temperature sensor in the stator coils.
- 1 WIO (water in oil) sensor in the oil chamber,
Available with built-in sensors:
50 to 70 frame size:
- 1 PTC sensor per winding (thermistor) instead of the thermal
switches,
- + 1 humidity sensor (depending on the frame size in the upper
control box, or at the bottom of the stator housing)
- WIO sensor in oil chamber,
- 1 Pt 100 temperature sensor in the upper and lower bearing
housing (in case of 50 and 54 frame sizes, only in the lower
housing)
- 1 Pt 100 temperature sensor in the stator winding,
- 1 PVS 3 vibration sensor.
72-78 frame size:
- 1 PTC sensor per winding (thermistor) instead of the thermal
switches,
- 1 Pt 100 temperature sensor per winding, instead of the thermal
switches,
- 1 PVS 3 vibration sensor
Detailed description of the IO 111, SM 111 modules and the WIO sensor
can be seen on pages 6.14-1-6.16-1 of this catalog. Specications of
the PVS 3 sensor can be seen on page 4.7-11.
Explosion proof versions
In case of explosive environment, most types of frame sizes are also
available in ATEX approved versions.
50-72 frame sizes are available with CE 1180 LL2 G Ex BCD LLB T3
(Baseefa certication) on request CE 1180 LL2 G Ex BCD LLB T4.
74 and 78 frame sizes are VTT certied (on request) with CE LL2
0537 G Ex e II b T3 grade.
Variable Frequency Drive
For the appropriate pump and motor design, type and number of
sensors, as well as the installation, control circumstances, when
choosing a variable frequency drive pump, contact Grundfos experts.
In general, the following conditions must be met:
when choosing an explosion-proof pump, the T3 temperature class
version should be used.
PTC sensors should be used in place of the thermostat switches
74 and 78 frame sizes of the explosion-proof pumps, must be
certied together with the variable frequency drive.
-10%/+10% from what appears on the nameplate
Ex (Rb) design: -5%/+5%
Max. installation depth: 20 m below the liquid level
Enclosure class: I P 68
Insulation class: H (+180 C)
Cable:
10 m H07RN-F (on request, other types:
EMC, or long cable is available)
4.7-7
S pumps
Ambient temperature
5070 frame sizes: -20 +40 C
7278 frame sizes: 0 +40 C
Operating modes
The pumps can operate in a continuous or discontinuous mode,
however - the pumps are installed depending on the type and design
-the control and the control parameters (modes, water levels, etc)
must be chosen in such manner, that the adequate cooling of the
motor is always provided (see gure on right).
According to (IEC 60034-1): S1
In this operating mode, the pump operates continuously.
Intermittent operation
According to (IEC 60034-1): S3 - 40%
The S3 operating mode means that within 10 minutes the pump must
run for 4 minutes and be stopped for 6 minutes.
Max. number of switches:
5058 frame sizes: 20/hour
Minimum liquid levels
Continuous (S1) modes
S (without cooling jacket, wet well) installation type, the uid must
be completely cover the motor.
C (cooling jacket and wet well) installation type, the lowest level
of the uid is until the top of the pump housing (except 74 and 78
frame size).
Intermittent (S3) mode
The S (without cooling jacket, wet well) installation type, the
minimum uid level is at - not explosion-proof pump - the center
line of the motor body (except for the frame sizes 74 and 78).
Important! Explosion-proof pumps - the medium always needs to
cover the whole pump.
D and H (dry well) installation types - because of the design of the
shaft and the application of the cooling jacket - there is no specic
requirement on the minimum liquid level, but the dry running of the
pump must be prevented by all means.
Control Systems
Grundfos recommends the use of the following systems:
Control and monitoring
LC / LCD 108: Level control with oat switches, indication of
operating conditions (72 kW motor power).
DC / DCD sewage pump control: microprocessor level control
with oat switches and ultrasonic level sensors, communications
management systems (up to 100 A).
Regulation
CUE Grundfos drives for continuous regulation (up to 480 A).
For details on these control systems and components see chapter 6.
of this catalogue.
Installation
catalogue.
P
Operation
Stop
t
S1 type operation
P
Operation
Stop
10 min.
4 min. 6 min.
t
S3 type operation
SL pumps
S1 mode
SL pumps Ex design
S1, S3 mode
at max. number of switches
SL pumps
S3 mode
Wet installation minimum liquid level
4.7-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
S pumps
Accessories (for installation)
Pump type Installation accessories
S 5070 S and C installation
DN 80200 guide claw
(Supplied together with the auto-coupling system.)
S 5478 S and C installation DN 250600 guide claw mounted on the pump
S 5078 D installation
Pump without installation accessories
(accessories as separate kit)
S 5078 H installation Base stand for horizontal, dry installation supplied together with the pump
Picture Description Frame size
Discharge port nominal
Product
number
Size Pressure
cast iron, epoxy-coated
-guide claw
-elbow ttings with feet
-upper guide claw
-gaskets and bolts
S 5054
DN 100/80 PN 10
DN 100 PN 10
S 5062 DN 125/150 PN 10
S 5070 DN 200 PN 10
Intermediate guide rail bracket
For guide rails longer than 6 m
S 50 DN 80
S 5054 DN 100
S 5062 DN 125/150
S 5470 DN 200 600
Adaptor with lift function for Grundfos base plate
10adaptor, Grundfos UV 35578; H = 160 mm
- adaptor
- guide claw
- gaskets and bolts
S 5054
DN 80
DN 100
Adaptor with lift function for Grundfos base plate
Grundfos UV 35586 H = 260 mm
- adaptor
- guide claw
- gaskets and bolts
S 5054
DN 80
DN 100
- base unit
- guide claw
- upper guide rail bracket
- gaskets and bolts
S 54, 6672 DN 250 PN 10
S 5874 DN 300 PN 10
S 74 DN 300 PN 10
S 6678 DN 500 PN 10
S 6678 DN 600 PN 10
Guide rails (standard pipes, not supplied by Grundfos)
Ring stand for mobile wet well installation
cast iron, epoxy-coated, gaskets
bolts, base bolts
S 50
DN 100/100-4" PN 10
DN 150/100-6" PN 10
S 50 54
DN 150/125-6" PN 10
DN 200/200-8" PN 10
S 54
DN 100/80-3" PN 10
DN 150/80-3" PN 10
DN 150/100-4" PN 10
DN 150/125-6" PN 10
DN 200/200-8" PN 10
DN 250/250-10" PN 10
S 58
DN 125/125-5" PN 10
DN300/200-8" PN 10
DN 300/300-12" PN 10
Support stand for vertical dry well installation
galvanized steel (without elbow)
Frame size
Suction port nominal
Product
number
Size Pressure
S 50 DN 100
S 54 62
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
S 62 DN 300
4.7-9
Accessories
S pumps
Picture Description Frame size
Product
number
Size Pressure
Base plate for vertical, dry installation.
With gaskets and bolts.
Steel, epoxy-coated.

S 6670
DN 250
DN 300
DN 500
S 7274
DN 400
DN 500
DN 600
S 78
DN 500
DN 800
Base plate for vertical, dry installation.
With gaskets and bolts.
cast iron, epoxy-coated.
S 6670 DN 400
Mounting frame for horizontal dry well installation
gaskets, bolts, base bolts
(supplied with the pump)
Galvanized steel
S 50
DN 100
DN 150
DN 200
S 54
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
S 58
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 250
S 62
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 250
DN 300
Stainless steel
S 50
DN 100
DN 150
DN 200
S 54
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
Mounting frame for horizontal dry well installation
galvanized steel, base bolts
(supplied with the pump)
S 66
S 66
S 70 96 30 82 89
S 70 96 30 82 12
S 70 96 30 82 55
4.7-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
S pumps
Picture Description
L
[mm]
Frame size
Product
number
Size Pressure
L
L
Elbow
200 S 50 DN 100 PN 10
250 S 5062 DN 150 PN 10
300 S 5062 DN 200 PN 10
350 S 5478 DN 250 PN 10
400 S 6278 DN 300 PN 10
500 S 6678 DN 400 PN 10
600 S 6678 DN 500 PN 10
600 S 7278 DN 600 PN 10
600 S 7278 DN 800 PN 10
L
L
Reducing elbow
L
[mm]
Frame size
Product
number
Size Pressure
250 S 50 DN 100/150 PN 10
250 S 5054 DN 125/150 PN 10
300 S 5062 DN 150/200 PN 10
350 S 5078 DN 200/250 PN 10
400 S 5078 DN 200/300 PN 10
500 S 5078 DN 200/400 PN 10
400 S 5478 DN 250/300 PN 10
450 S 5478 DN 250/350 PN 10
500 S 5478 DN 250/400 PN 10
500 S 6278 DN 300/400 PN 10
600 S 6678 DN 400/500 PN 10
700 S 6678 DN 500/600 PN 10
S 7278 DN 500/700 PN 10
S 7278 DN 600/700 PN 10
S 7278 DN 800/1000 PN 10
Seat-ring for ST pumps
steel
for 72 and 74 frame sizes
for 78 frame size
Picture Description
Lifting chain
with lifting link and safety
hook certied
Galvanized steel Stainless steel
Max.
load
Length Frame size
Product
number
Max.
load
Length Frame size
Product
number
800 kg
4 m
S 5058 800 kg
4 m
S 5058
6 m 6 m
8 m 8 m
10 m 10 m
12m 12m
2000 kg
4 m
S 6266 2000 kg
4 m
S 6266
96 49 02 54
6 m 6 m 96 49 02 55
8 m 8 m 96 49 02 56
10 m 10 m 96 49 02 57
12m 12m 96 49 02 58
3200 kg
4 m
S 7072 3200 kg
4 m
S 7072
96 49 02 59
6 m 6 m 96 49 02 70
8 m 8 m 96 49 02 71
10 m 10 m 96 49 02 72
12m 12m 96 49 02 73
8000 kg
4 m
S 7478
6 m
8 m
10 m
12m
4.7-11
Accessories
S pumps
Picture Description Frame size Product number
Mixer for ushing in pump sump, AMD.07.18.1410, 3400 V, 50 Hz, 96 11 34 90
Wall mount S 5070 96 11 52 91
Bottom mount S 5070 96 11 52 92
Hanging mount S 5070 96 11 52 93
3 m hose for hanging mount S 5070 96 11 52 94
Picture Description
Vibration sensor for S 72-78 pumps
Type: PVS 3
Two wire transmitters, for the detection of harmful
vibration levels of the pump and of the piping, mounted
in to the motor control box.
Using a mounting kit, it may be used for
other pumps as well.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 1228 V DC, PELV
Output signal: 420 mA
Measured frequency: 2300 Hz
Cable length: 10 m
Ambient temperature: 0 +70 C
Size: 454020 mm
4.7-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General description
SMART Bottom well bottom
General description
The existing, particularly those built in the past , high capacity
wastewater lifting wells should be cleaned regularly. At the bottom
of the well, on parts further from the pump, lumpy dirt settles down
and starts to rot, the odor and gas production starts and solid deposit
is formed. The cleaning should be usually done by hand, while the
pump does not operate. All of this result a signicant additional cost
in the operations.
The Grundfos Hungary Ltd. specialists and the Budapest University of
Technology and Economics Department of Hydrodynamic Systems,
together with the Mlypterv Komplex Close Corporation from
Budapest developed the Bottom SMART self cleaning well bottom for
sewage wells.
The main aspects of the development:
to provide a bottom design which will not allow the gathering
of solid particles for longer periods (because of the recirculation
zones),
to develop a design that is applicable for the existing and
reconstructed wells, without disrupting the existing structure,
the pumps do not require a special structure for installation.
Applications
Grundfos SMART Bottom well is suitable for:
existing large diameter or rectangular, large-area wells
newly constructed, usually small, wastewater lifting wells which
do not need cleaning.
Structure
Grundfos SMART Bottom well bottom is made from reinforced
polyester which contains multiple layers of ber glass. The smaller,
newly constructed well bottoms are made from one piece, while the
larger ones are made of several elements. While constructing these
elements the dimensions (600 600 mm) of the existing well hatches
where taken into account .
The elements are put together at the bottom of the well on the
existing or newly made at concrete base.
The bottom element is xed to the concrete foundation with the use
of bolts from the elbow tting with feet, and the well is lled with
concrete until the upper edge of the bottom element. At the sides of
the bottom element, there are claws to prevent upthrust.
The existing or new pump installation requires only an elbow tting
with feet and its mountings.
Advantages
The used polyester material has an optimal surface nish and it is
also corrosion-resistant, this ensures long life.
The geometric shape of the base ensures the formation of an
ideal ow pattern, and prevents the formation of slack space. The
granular material gets on the shortest route to the pump inlet,
and leaves the well.
The bottom elements can be easily adapted to the existing well
dimensions, geometry and shaft distance.
The pump installation does not require special structures and
elements.
Mounting structures manufactured by Grundfos are generally
suitable for existing pumps as well.
Picture Description Frame size Product number
Mixer for ushing in pump sump, AMD.07.18.1410, 3400 V, 50 Hz, 96 11 34 90
Wall mount S 5070 96 11 52 91
Bottom mount S 5070 96 11 52 92
Hanging mount S 5070 96 11 52 93
3 m hose for hanging mount S 5070 96 11 52 94
Picture Description
Vibration sensor for S 72-78 pumps
Type: PVS 3
Two wire transmitters, for the detection of harmful
vibration levels of the pump and of the piping, mounted
in to the motor control box.
Using a mounting kit, it may be used for
other pumps as well.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 1228 V DC, PELV
Measured frequency: 2300 Hz
Cable length: 10 m
Size: 454020 mm
4.7-13
Technical data
SMART Bottom well bottom
The design of the well bottom
Grundfos provides the technical information required for the selection and installation.
To facilitate the work of designers, Grundfos made the SMART Bottom well bottom AutoCAD drawings available.
Installation example
A-A Section
From above
Wastewater pump
Elbow fitting with feet
SLV.100.100.55.4
4.8-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Axial ow pumps
with channel impeller
ST
Flow rate: max. 2500 l/s
Head: max. 33 m
Ambient temperature: max. +40 C
Density: max. 1000 kg/m
3
(In case of higher density contact Grundfos)
Suction strainer cross-section: see table
Applications
The pumps are specically designed for pumping sewage and
wastewater in a wide range of municipal and industrial applications,
the liquid contamination kind, rate and size can vary in a wide range.
Drainage in public areas
- ood facilities,
- rainwater lifting.
Coastal objects
- river water lifting,
- dry docks, harbor structures loading / unloading,
- monitoring and control of water level.
Waste water treatment plants
- sewage lifting plants
- lling / emptying of reservoirs
- treated sewage transfer.
Industrial establishments
- cooling water supply in energy production,
- transportation of processed waste waters
Agriculture
- lifting in irrigation facilities,
- inland water lifting.
Construction
Single stage, vertical shaft, for pipe installation, axial centrifugal
pump, with the following design:
The entire performance range is covered with diferently
numbered frame sizes.
Frame sizes: 50, 54, 58, 62, 66, 70, 74, 78
The impeller, depending on the frame size is from 1-4 channel
design. Within the frame sizes there are diferent head class
impellers.
Depending on the hydraulic design and motor speed ranges,
diferent head class pumps can be chosen to t the specic
operating conditions.
The built-in advanced guide blade system gives a swirl to the liquid
and provides high efciency during the conversion of rotational
kinetic energy in to compression energy. The design of the guide
blades also prevents clogging (see picture below).
The pump should be installed in to a sleeve. Grundfos axial pumps
receive a special support ring which is placed on the bottom of
the sleeve. When lowering the pump, it automatically rests on the
ring. The proper t of the pump housing ensures pump xing, and
prevents displacement during startup an operation.
Construction materials
Motor
Submersible, air-lled, closed asynchronous motor.
Power: 7.5 to 520 kW
Supply voltage: 3 x 380-415 V 5%, 50 Hz
Starting method: star / delta (Y / D)
Insulation class: F (155 C), as standard
Part Material Code
Pump housing cast iron EN-JL1040
Impeller: 50-70
74-78
cast iron
ductile iron
EN-JL1040
EN-JS1050
Shaft: 50-62
66-78*
stainless steel 1.4460
steel 1.7225
Double shaft seal SiC / SiC + SiC / C O-Ring: FKM, in oil chamber
Cable EPDM
two-component epoxy resin Surface protection
* The medium is not in contact with the shaft.
Frame size Max. starts/hour
50, 54, 58 20
62, 66, 70 15
74, 78 10
4.8-2
Technical data
Axial ow pumps
with channel impeller
ST
Available (optional)
variations and units

special engine: insulation class H
for other power supply

explosion proof version (ATEX)

stainless steel impeller

error checking - ASM 3,

control of the motor insulation and seals
- SARI 2/OCT,

control of the bearings,

zinc anode installation when transporting sea water,

special paint / coatings,

specic test protocols.
Performance range
Technical data
Pump data Installation Motor
Frame size
Impeller head
class
Max. particle size
[mm]
Pump weight
[kg]
Sleeve
[mm]
P
N
Number of poles
50 E 80130 350390 500 7,512,5 4
54 E 100 480 700 13,517,0 4
58 E 100 590600 700 16,022,5 6
62 E, L, M, H 120145 780900 1000 15,028,0 8, 12
66 E, L, M 115145 7401830 1000 22,050,0 8, 10
70 E, L, M 90120 12502030 1000 65,0130 6, 8
74 E 135160 25003200 1200 55,0250 8, 10, 12
78 E, F 135155 49005900 14001600 75520 8, 10, 12, 14
Installation dimensions Frame size/
Impeller
type
Dimensions [mm]
A B C D E F G H
50/E 970 500 420 450 500 M12 185 150
54/ E 1150 700 600 665 400 M12 175 200
58/ E 1240 700 600 665 500 M12 185 200
62 1540 1000 880 940 600 M16 180 200
66/M 1760 1000 880 940 700 M16 405 250
70/E 2000 1000 880 940 700-1300 M16 380 300
70/L 1970 1000 880 940 700-1200 M16 310 250
70/M 2050 1000 880 940 800 M16 405 250
74/ E 2850 1200 1065 1150 1000 M16 400 400
78/E 3400 1400 1230 1310 1200 M20 410 300
78/F 3500 1600 1400 1500 1000-1500 M20 470 500
Pump selection
technical data) are available in Grundfos ofces.
30
25
20
15
10
5
4
3
2
1
H [m]
40 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000 3000
Q [l/s]
50 58 62
66
70 74 78F
78E
54
4.9-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
High performance pumps
-with propeller impeller-KPL
-with channel impeller-KWM
Flow rate: -KPL: max. 700 m
3
/min
-KWM: max. 380 m
3
/min
Head: -KPL: max. 9 m
-KWM: max. 20 m
Density: max. 1000 kg/m
3
(In case of higher density contact Grundfos)
Applications
The pumps are specically designed for pumping sewage and
wastewater in a wide range of municipal and industrial applications,
the liquid contamination kind, rate and size can vary in a wide range.
Drainage in public areas
- ood facilities,
- rainwater lifting.
Water transfer in aqua parks
Coastal objects
- river water lifting,
- dry docks, harbor structures loading / unloading,
- monitoring and control of water level.
Waste water treatment plants
- sewage lifting plants
- lling / emptying of reservoirs
- treated sewage transfer.
Industrial establishments
- cooling water supply in energy production,
- transportation of processed waste waters
Agriculture
- lifting in irrigation facilities,
- inland water lifting.
Construction
Single stage, vertical shaft, for pipe installation, axial centrifugal
pump, with the following design:
The entire performance range is covered with diferently
numbered frame sizes.
There are two diferent types of impeller design:
- propeller: axial ow -KPL types
- multi channel: semi-axial ow -KWM types
The built-in advanced guide blade system gives a swirl to the liquid
and provides high efciency during the conversion of rotational
kinetic energy in to compression energy. The design of the guide
blades also prevents clogging.
The shaft seal system consisting of two mechanical shaft seals (see
the table below for the materials). The seals are located in an oil
chamber. There are diferent types of sensors for the control of the
oil chamber.
The vibration-free, long-life operation of the shaft is provided by
a two-row, deep groove ball bearing from the lower side, and an
upper roller bearing .
Construction materials
Motor
Submersible, air-lled, closed asynchronous motor.
Power: 1000 kW
Number of poles: 4-18
Supply voltage: 3 x 380-415 V 5%, 50 Hz
(standard)
Motor protection: in every phase winding thermal protection
Insulation class: F (155 C), as standard
Modes: - continuous operation - S1
- intermittent - max. numb. starts: 10 / h
Cables: separate power cable and sensor cable
Cable entry: without crease and load
with double watertight seal
4.9-2
Technical data
Performance range
KPL Pumps
The numbers after the letters indicate the diameter of the discharge side.
KWM Pumps
The numbers in front of the letters indicate the diameter of the discharge side.
Ft M
30 10
8
25
20
6
5
15
10
8
2
1
0
5 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 1000
0 0 2 4 6 2 150 0 8 0 0 1 50 25 8 0 1 3 1 8 1 5 5 , 1 2 5 . 2, 1
M/MIN
US GPM 10
5,9
3,3
3
K
P
L
3
0
0
-
6
0
0
K
P
L
6
0
0
-
9
0
0
K
P
L
9
0
0
-
1
2
0
0
K
P
L
1
2
0
0
-
1
6
5
0
K
P
L
1
6
5
0
-
1
8
0
0
Ft M
Ft M
100
26,4 21,1 15,9 13,2 10,6 7,9 5,3 2,6 2,1 0
0
10
13
16
23
33
49
66
98 30
20
15
10
7
5
4
3
0 6 0 7 0 8 50 40 30 20 10 8 0
98
66
49
33
23
16
13
10
0
0 21,1 26,4 31,7 42,3 52,3 58,1 68,7 79,3 95,11 95,7
400 360 300 260 0 80 100 120 160 200 220
30
20
15
10
7
5
4
3
M/MIN
US GPM 10
M/MIN
US GPM 10
500KWM 600KWM
700
KWM
800
KWM
900KWM 1000
KWM
1100
KWM
1200
KWM 1350KWM
1500KWM
400KWM 350KWM 300KWM
4.9-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
If the uid needs to be pumped in to a fairly constant water level
channel or reservoir, the pump can be placed in to a circular short tube
which can be made of concrete together with the reservoir. In this
case a minimum structural steel mounting is required. The discharge
must be designed in a way that the upper overow must be above the
maximum expected water level. Therefore backow does not occur
when the pump is stopped.
In this installation the pump is installed in to a hanging sleeve and
supported on the underside by a ring.
If the pump works in a siphon tube or in a pressurized system, an
arc tube with air intake should be used in order to achieve quick
installation and fast pump restarts.
When the water level signicantly changes in the receiving structure,
a hatch should be put on the side of the discharge port. In a normal
operation the pump will operate against the hydrostatic pressure of
the receiving structure on the discharge side. When the pump stops,
the water column closes the hatch, which then prevents backow, so
the pump always operates with minimum back pressure.
If it is desirable to develop a closed pump system because of the
odors, the free outow discharge tube is the appropriate solution to
prevent the backow of liquids.
Available (optional) versions and units:
Special motor: - insulation class H
- other supply voltage (up to 6600 V)
Explosion proof (Class 1, Div. 1 Groups C & D)
Oil-lled motor
Stainless steel deign
Adjustable propeller-blades (KPL)
Choice of sensors to monitor the following parameters:
coil temperature, moisture in the motor, water in oil bearing
temperature
Mechanical shaft seal with TC / TC or WC / WC
Pump selection
data) are available in Grundfos ofces. For further details, please
contact Grundfos experts.
Performance range
KPL Pumps
The numbers after the letters indicate the diameter of the discharge side.
KWM Pumps
The numbers in front of the letters indicate the diameter of the discharge side.
Ft M
30 10
8
25
20
6
5
15
10
8
2
1
0
5 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 1000
0 0 2 4 6 2 150 0 8 0 0 1 50 25 8 0 1 3 1 8 1 5 5 , 1 2 5 . 2, 1
M/MIN
US GPM 10
5,9
3,3
3
K
P
L
3
0
0
-
6
0
0
K
P
L
6
0
0
-
9
0
0
K
P
L
9
0
0
-
1
2
0
0
K
P
L
1
2
0
0
-
1
6
5
0
K
P
L
1
6
5
0
-
1
8
0
0
Ft M
Ft M
100
26,4 21,1 15,9 13,2 10,6 7,9 5,3 2,6 2,1 0
0
10
13
16
23
33
49
66
98 30
20
15
10
7
5
4
3
0 6 0 7 0 8 50 40 30 20 10 8 0
98
66
49
33
23
16
13
10
0
0 21,1 26,4 31,7 42,3 52,3 58,1 68,7 79,3 95,11 95,7
400 360 300 260 0 80 100 120 160 200 220
30
20
15
10
7
5
4
3
M/MIN
US GPM 10
M/MIN
US GPM 10
500KWM 600KWM
700
KWM
800
KWM
900KWM 1000
KWM
1100
KWM
1200
KWM 1350KWM
1500KWM
400KWM 350KWM 300KWM
4.9-4
Notes
Wastewater treatment
equipment

5
Mixers and owmakers
5.1 Mixers, owmakers
AMD, AMG, AFG
5.1-1
Mixers, owmakers
AMD, AMG, AFG
General data
Application
Municipal wastewater treatment plants, industrial and agricultural
sewage, sludge and technological media storage sites, mixing in
basins and ow maintenance.
Municipal sewage treatment
pump stations
rainwater reservoirs
sludge treatment in biological treatment plants
primary sewage treatment
secondary sewage treatment
digested sludge systems
sludge basins
homogenization pools
Industry
paper industry
chemical industry
other industries working with homogenization processes
Sludge processing
stored and thickened sludge homogenization
digested sludge processing procedures
degassing and lime treatment processes
Agriculture
slurry tanks
biogas plants
Advantages
Lifetime reliability
The robust structure ensures reliable operation even in heavy-duty
and continuous operation for the entire life of the Grundfos mixers
and owmakers.
Energy saving - efciency
The modular design and construction of motors / transmissions
allows you to select the most suitable, efcient and energy efcient
equipment for the job.
Easy maintenance
The mixers and owmakers precise and advanced hydrodynamic
design minimizes wear on the parts, the installation and xing
solutions allow a fast and easy annual maintenance.
Type key
Example A M G. 15. 55. 342. Ex. 5. 0B.
Type range
A AMD, AMG, AFG
Version
M Mixer
F Flowmaker
Drive
G Gear-driven
D Direct-driven
Motor output power, P
2
[kW]
Code: P
2
[kW] 10
Propeller diameter [cm]
Liquid
[ ] All
B Biological*
Propeller speed [min
-1
]
Motor
[ ] Non-explosion proof
Ex Explosion proof
Frequency
5 50 Hz
6 60 Hz
0A 400 V, direct
1A 400 V, Y/D
0B 400415 V, direct
1B 400415 V, Y/D
0V 415 V, direkt
1V 415 V, Y/D
Generation
[ ] First generation
A Second generation
B Third generation
5.1-2
Mixers, owmakers
AMD, AMG, AFG
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
AMD Mixers
AMD.07.18.1410 type
Operating data
Flow rate: 231 m
3
/h
Average ow speed: 2,6 m/sec
Propeller-speed: 1410 min
-1
Output power, P2: 0,75 kW
Structure
Three-phase, 4-pole electric motor driven mixer with a stainless steel
motor housing, a three blade polyamide propeller, built directly on the
motor shaft, and a double shaft seal placed in an oil-lled chamber.
There are three built in temperature switches for protection against
overload and overheating.
Installation can be horizontal, vertical or anywhere between. On
the upper side, a 2 pipe connection is designed for the xing of the
mixer. Methods of installation and necessary accessories can be seen
in a separate catalogue.
AMD.xx.45.xxx type
Operating data
Flow rate: 874-1435 m
3
/h
Average ow speed: 1,9 - 3,12 m/sec
Propeller-speed: 690-710 min
-1
Output power, P2: 1,5-4,5 kW
Structure
Three-phase, eight-pole, closed, dry-mounted electric motor driven
mixer, with a stainless steel motor housing, a three blade, stainless
steel propeller built directly on the motor shaft, and a self-cleaning
double mechanical shaft seal.
There are three built in temperature switches or PTC sensors for
protection against overload and overheating.
A WIO (water in oil) sensor in the shaft seal housing, has a water-in-
oil sensor and an external relay which together can give an alarm or
cut out the motor in case of water ingress.
Installation can be horizontal, vertical or anywhere between. A
polyamide motor console is used for xing the mixer. Methods
of installation and necessary accessories can be seen in a separate
catalogue.
AMG Mixers
Operating data
Flow rate: 1058-6985 m
3
/h
Average ow speed: 2,15-4,06 m/sec
Propeller-speed: 325-354 min
-1
Structure
Three-phase, 4-pole electric motor driven mixer with a planetary gear
drive, cast iron motor housing, a self-cleaning, two blade, stainless
steel propeller, two lip seals and one SiC/SiC or WC/WC mechanical
shaft seal.
protection against overload and overheating. A WIO (water in oil)
sensor in the shaft seal housing, has a water-in-oil sensor and an
external relay which together can give an alarm or cut out the motor
in case of water ingress.
Installation can be horizontal, vertical or anywhere between. A
stainless steel motor console is used for xing the mixer. Methods
of installation and necessary accessories can be seen in a separate
catalogue.
5.1-3
Mixers, owmakers
AMD, AMG, AFG
General data
AMD Flowmakers
Operating data
Flow rate: 5874-17500 m
3
/h
Average ow speed: 0,81-1,77 m/sec
Propeller-speed: 22-93 min-1
Structure
Three-phase, 4- or 6-pole electric motor driven owmaker with a
planetary gear drive, cast iron motor housing, a self-cleaning, two or
three blade, polyamide or epoxy resin coated cast iron propeller, two
lip seals and one SiC/SiC or WC/WC mechanical shaft seal.
protection against overload and overheating.
A WIO (water in oil) sensor in the shaft seal housing and an external
relay which together can give an alarm or cut out the motor in case
of water ingress.
Horizontal installation. A stainless steel motor console is used for
xing the mixer. Methods of installation and necessary accessories
can be seen in a separate catalogue.
Transportable liquids
Sludge, contaminated uids, which physical and chemical
characteristics, shown in the table below, are not exceeded.
Dry solids content
Mixers are suitable for applications involving sludge with a typical
dry solids content (DS) as stated in the table below. Mixers are also
suitable for a wide range of other applications involving similar
liquids such as slurry and paper pulp.
For mixing uids with higher dry matter content, please contact
Grundfos .
Flowmakers
The owmakers are suitable for 0.5-1.0% dry matter content of active
sludge, and up to 1.5% dry matter content of other liquids.
Liquid temperature: 5 -40 C
pH value 410
Maximum sludge index 125 ml/g
Maximum dynamic viscosity 500 mPas
Maximum density 1060 kg/m
3
Chloride content

(1.4301 rstainless steel)
Chloride content

(1.4404 stainless steel)
Active sludge 0,5% DS
Selector zones 0 ,5% DS
Anoxic zones 0 ,5% DS
Bivalent zones 0 ,5% DS
Anaerobic zones 0 ,5% DS
Primary sludge
Secondary sludge
Digested sludge
Sewage containing sand
5.1-4
Mixers, owmakers
AMD, AMG, AFG
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Motor
AMD, AMG, AFG
Allowable voltage fuctuation
-6%/+10%
of the nameplate value
Ex (Rb) designs: 5%
Insulation class F
Max. Installation depth 20 m below the liquid level
Max. number of starts per hour 20
Power cable length 10 m (standard) *
Winch cable length 10 m in the (standard) *
Seal
Radial shaft seal ring/
mechanical shaft seal
Material,
motor housing:
Cast iron (EN-GJL-250)
AMD: stainless steel (AISI 316)
* On request 15 or 25 m cable is also available.
Gearbox
AMG, AFG
Type Planetary gear drive
Material rolled and tempered steel
Seal monitoring
WIO ("water in oil") sensor in
gearbox
Drive end bearing Two tapered roller bearings
Gear housing cast iron (EN-GJL-250)
Shaft seals
Seal against uid ingress
AMD
V-ring and the mechanical shaft seal
material: SiC / SiC
AMG, AFG
two lip seals and one mechanical shaft seal
wolfram-carbide/wolfram-carbide or SiC / SiC.
Propeller
AMD
Number of Blades 3
Propeller diameter 450 mm
Propeller design Self-cleaning, optimized fow design
Propeller material
Stainless steel
Hub structural material
AMG
Number of Blades 2
Propeller diameter 550, 635, 710, 730, 732, 840, 900 s 910 mm
Propeller and hub stainless steel (1.4301)
AFG.xx.130
Number of Blades 2
Propeller diameter 1340 mm
Propeller and hub Soft, cast polyamide stainless steel hub
AFG.xx.180, AFG.xx.230, AFG.xx.260
Number of blades
2: 1,3 / 1,5 / 1,8 / 2,2 / 2,4 / 3,7 / 6,0 kW
3: 3,0 / 4,0 / 7,5 kW
Propeller diameter
AFG.xx.180: 1800 mm
AFG.xx.230: 2300 mm
AFG.xx.260: 2600 mm
Hub structural material cast iron (EN-GJS-400-15)
Propeller blades polyurethane (Baydur) cast iron reinforcement
Explosion-proof model
The majority of mixers and owmakers are available in explosion-
proof version.
Ratings (depending on model)

ATEX II 2G EEx de IIc T4

ATEX II 2G EEx e ck ib IIc T3
5.1-5
Mixers, owmakers
AMD, AMG, AFG
Mode - start up
mixers
continuous operation (S1)
- 1.5-3 kW: direct start
- more than 4 kW: star/delta, with soft starter or frequency
converter
intermittent operation: in the entire power range star/delta or soft
start and if necessary then with a frequency converter.
Flowmakers
The start-up can be with star/delta switching, soft starter and
The owmakers and mixers sound pressure level is less than 70 db
(A).
Motor protection
Overload protection
The motor is protected against overload with an adequate thermal
protection switch or motor protection switch. The current should be
set to the nominal value shown on the data plate.
If star-delta starting is used, the value should be set to IN 0,58. On all
six phase conductors (U1, V1, W1 and U2, V2, W2) an electro thermal-
breaker must be tted.
Built in motor protection units
Mixers and owmakers are available with the following types of
motor protection:
The standard mixers are installed with three bi-metal thermal
switches (PTO).
The explosion-proof mixers and owmakers have three built-in DIN
44 081 PTC thermistors (temperature sensor).
The thermal switch operation
The motor is protected by three in series connected, thermal switches
on each winding, against overheating. Due to the thermal switch
operation mode, if the protection stops the motor, after cooling it
restores the operating mode. The external motor starting system
must be designed so that the equipment starts up only after manual
intervention.
The PTC thermistors operation
In case of overheating it stops the motor. Automatic restart is not
permitted in these applications. The thermistor protection requires
a trigger relay or a circuit design in the control circuit which prevents
the retraction of motor contacts.
Warning!
The explosion-proof mixers / owmakers must
be protected with PTC thermistors against high
temperature. The sensors should be connected to a
qualied signal processing unit.
Protection against moisture intrusion
The gearbox is monitored for the ingress of water by a water-in-
oil (WIO) sensor incorporated in the gearbox/shaft seal housing as
standard.
We recommend that you connect the water-in-oil sensor to the
Grundfos ALR-20/A relay or similar.
The Grundfos ALR-20/A relay is available as an accessory. Product
number: 96489569.
Warning!
The explosion-proof mixers / owmakers should be
connected to a Grundfos ALR-20 / A Ex relay. Class: II
(2) G [Ex ib] IIC.
Protection against electro-chemical corrosion
If between two diferent metals or metal alloys an electrolyte is
present, electrochemical corrosion can occur.
This applies to the case when more than one mixer or owmaker is
installed in the same tank.
The following additional corrosion protection is recommended:
earth and neutral conductors are galvanically isolated,
galvanically disconnect the power grid with an isolation
transformer.
The motors must have a direct motor temperature monitoring PTC
sensor, which provides protection against overheating caused by
malfunctions. The PTC sensors in the windings must be connected
to the appropriate relay. The relay should be part of the mixer
control unit.
The frequency converter should be set according to the motor data,
current, voltage, frequency and performance values.
The changing of the voltage and frequency must be done linearly
in the operating range of 30-50Hz . At the minimum operating
frequency (startup) the voltage may difer from a linear.
In overall, the voltage should not exceed the minimum operating
frequency value. Above 50 Hz the voltage can be continuously max.
400 V.
Installation of mixers and owmakers
catalogue.
Recirculation pumps
5.2 Submersible recirculation pumps
SRP
5.2-1
General data
SRP
Operating data
3
/h
Head: max. 2.1 m
Pump housing diameter: DN 300, DN 500, DN 800
Motor Power: 0.8 to 24 kW
Application
Transport of low to medium viscosity muddy, polluted liquids, lifting
from one object to another, where small head and large volume liquid
transportation is required.
water treatment plants
reservoirs
ood protection systems
other industrial applications
Advantages
Lifetime reliability
Thanks to the stainless steel material, the triple shaft seal and
special design, the Grundfos recirculation pumps are - even in
continuous operation - long lasting and reliable.
Energy conservation - efciency
The modular construction design and the high efciency motors /
gearboxes allow the selection of the most suitable, lowest-energy
consumption equipment for the job. The built in PTC sensors allow
the use of frequency converter drives.
Easy maintenance
The recirculation pumps, precise and advanced hydrodynamic design
minimize component wear, the used installation and mounting
solutions permit fast, easy to accomplish annual maintenance.
Performance range
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 Q [l/s]
0,0
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
2,0
2,2
H
[m]
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Q [m/h]
0
4
8
12
16
20
p
[kPa]
SRP
50 Hz
SRP.XX.30.XXX.08(.Ex)
SRP.XXX.80.XXX.11(.Ex) SRP.XX.50.XXX.27(.Ex)
SRP.XX.30.
XXX.25(.Ex)
Type key
Example SRP 70 30. 814. 25. Ex 5. 1A. A
Type
Motor output power, [P
2
kW10]
Propeller diameter [cm]
Propeller speed [min
-1
]
Propeller blade pitch []
Explosion protection
[ ] Non-explosion-proof
Ex explosion-proof
Frequency
5 50 Hz
6 60 Hz
Voltage and starting method
0A 400 V, direct
1A 400 V, Y/D
0B 400415 V, direct
1B 400415 V, Y/D
0V 415 V, direkt
1V 415 V, Y/D
0Z Special, direct
1Z Special, Y/D
Generation
[ ] First generation
A Second generation
B Third generation
5.2-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
SRP
Structure
Three-phase, 2- and 4-pole electric motor driven axial ow pump with
a planetary gear drive, cast iron motor housing, a self-cleaning, three
blade, stainless steel propeller, and triple mechanical shaft seal.
protection against overload and overheating. A WIO (water in oil)
sensor in the shaft seal housing and an external relay which together
can give an alarm or cut out the motor in case of water ingress.
Transportable liquids
Sludge, contaminated uids, which physical and chemical
characteristics, shown in the table below, are not exceeded.
Installation of recirculation pumps
Main installation requirements
Installation is with horizontal shaft direction. The pump is xed with
a stainless steel motor console and with other optional devices. The
installation methods and the necessary accessories can be seen in
separate a catalogue.
pH value 410
Liquid temperature +5 +40 C
Maximum density 1060 kg/m
3
*
Maximum dynamic viscosity 500 mPas
Maximum sludge index 125 ml/g
Chloride content
(EN 1.4301 stainless steel)
* Max. dry matter-content 1,5%.
D
H2
H1
H
min
*
H
min
= D
Pump type
H
min
*
without vortex shield
[mm]
H
min
*
with vortex shield
[mm]
SRP.xx.30 450 300
SRP.xx.50 750 500
SRP.xx.80 1200 800
5.2-3
SRP
Mode - start up
continuous operation (S1)
- 0,81,8 kW: direct start
- more than 3,024 kW: star/delta, with soft starter or frequency
converter
intermittent operation: in the entire power range star/delta or soft
start and if necessary then with a frequency converter.
The pump sound pressure level is less than 70 db (A).
Motor protection
Overload protection
The motor is protected against overload with an adequate thermal
protection switch or motor protection switch. The current should be
set to the nominal value shown on the data plate.
If star-delta starting is used, the value should be set to IN 0,58. On all
six phase conductors (U1, V1, W1 and U2, V2, W2) an electro thermal-
breaker must be tted.
Built in motor protection units
Recirculation pumps are available with the following types of motor
protection:
The standard recirculation pumps are installed with three bi-metal
thermal switches (PTO).
The explosion-proof recirculation pumps have three built-in DIN 44
081 PTC thermistors (temperature sensor).
The thermal switch operation
The motor is protected by three in series connected, thermal switches
on each winding, against overheating. Due to the thermal switch
operation mode, if the protection stops the motor, after cooling it
restores the operating mode. The external motor starting system
must be designed so that the equipment starts up only after manual
intervention.
The PTC thermistors operation
In case of overheating it stops the motor. Automatic restart is not
permitted in these applications. The thermistor protection requires
a trigger relay or a circuit design in the control circuit which prevents
the retraction of motor contacts.
Warning!
The explosion-proof recirculation pumps must
be protected with PTC thermistors against high
temperature. The sensors should be connected to a
qualied signal processing unit.
Protection against moisture intrusion
The gearbox is monitored for the ingress of water by a water-in-
oil (WIO) sensor incorporated in the gearbox/shaft seal housing as
standard.
We recommend that you connect the water-in-oil sensor to the
Grundfos ALR-20/A relay or similar.
Warning!
The explosion-proof recirculation pumps should be
connected to a Grundfos ALR-20 / A Ex relay. Class: II
(2) G [Ex ib] IIC.
Protection against electro-chemical corrosion
If between two diferent metals or metal alloys an electrolyte is
present, electrochemical corrosion can occur.
This applies to the case when more than one recirculation pump is
installed in the same tank.
The following additional corrosion protection is recommended:
earth and neutral conductors are galvanically isolated,
galvanically disconnect the power grid with an isolation
transformer.
The motors must have a direct motor temperature monitoring
PTC sensor, which provides protection against overheating
caused by malfunctions. The PTC sensors in the windings must be
connected to the appropriate relay. The relay should be part of the
recirculation pump control unit.
The frequency converter should be set according to the motor data,
current, voltage, frequency and performance values.
The changing of the voltage and frequency must be done linearly
in the operating range of 30-50Hz . At the minimum operating
frequency (startup) the voltage may difer from a linear.
In overall, the voltage should not exceed the minimum operating
frequency value. Above 50 Hz the voltage can be continuously max.
400 V.
catalogue.
Aeration equipment
5.3 Aeration equipment
AeroJet V, Difusers
5.3-1
General data
Aeration equipment
AeroJet
AeroJet V versions
Dissolved gas: 2-63 kg O2 / h
Immersion depth: 1-6 m
Pump motor P2: 2.2 - 50 kW
Liquid pH: 4-10
Liquid density < 1100 kg/m
3
Dry matter content: < 3%
Application
Oxygen feed at small and medium plants into municipal and
industrial wastewaters, shponds and other technologically similar
applications.
Construction
Venturi jet pump for air feeding of liquids with biological oxygen
demand. The driving liquid is the stored liquid in the tank, which is
pumped by the Grundfos S/SL/SE wastewater pumps in to the ejector
tube. The Venturi-tube and the stainless steel pump mounting
bracket (EN 1.4301 and EN 1.4401) are made in two versions:
Fixed: the supporting structure of the ejector tube is xed to
the base, the pump can be pulled up from the automatic tube
coupling.
Free-standing: the pump supporting structure stands against the
base without screws, the pump is connected with a ange to the
ejector tube, and the whole unit can be xed together and moved.
For the selection of equipment and accessories, as well as for detailed
information, please contact Grundfos.
Fixed version
Free standing version
5.3-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Aeration equipment
AeroJet
Note:
1. The AeroJet V curves types are made according to the ASCE / EWRIA 2-06 standard test.
2. Curves types of other versions can be seen in a separate catalogue. For more information, please contact Grundfos experts.
Performance range, AeroJet V, 50 Hz
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Immersion depth [m]
D
i
s
s
o
l
v
e
d

g
a
s

[
k
g
O
2
/
h
]

28K 2200-2
34K 2500-2
50K 4100-3
61K 5000-4
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Immersion depth [m]
D
i
s
s
o
l
v
e
d

g
a
s

[
k
g
O
2
/
h
]

2.8K 0220
5.5K 0400
7K 0550
9K 0750
12K 1000
15K 1350
18K 1700
5.3-3
General data
Aeration equipment
Difusers
Application
Oxygen feeding by nely divided air bubbles into municipal and
industrial wastewater, which needs to be biologically puried,
shponds and other technologically similar applications.
Process pools at municipal wastewater treatment plants
Process pools at industrial wastewater treatment plants
sludge stabilization processes
aerobic digestion technology
post aeration processes
Construction
Plate or tubular, perforated surface difuser units are made of EPDM
membranes. A check valve is integrated in the membrane and
furthermore available as an additional separate valve to prevent
sludge ingress into the air distribution pipes, if the air supply stops
due to technological demands or malfunction. The PP (polypropylene)
plate or tubular, membrane housing is connected with a threaded
bond to the casing in the manifold.
Equipment selection
The specic needs:
size of the structure,
the technological process parameters (oxygen ratio standard or
special)
with knowledge of the chemical and physical characteristics of the
process uid, Grundfos specialists can develop together with the
user the optimal equipment in terms of investment and operating
costs.
With the help of a computer ow modeling program, Grundfos ofers
a complete solution for your mixer, owmaker and aeration systems.
System design
Fixed systems
- for large installations
Retractable systems - for easy maintenance
5.3-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Notes
5.3-5
Notes
Control and
pump protection equipment

6
6.1 Grundfos remote control system
GRM
6.2 Communication interface units
CIM, CIU
6.3 Local communication devices
R 100, PC Tool
6.1-1
General data
Grundfos remote control system
GRM
(Grundfos Remote Management)-GRM
Grundfos Remote Management is an internet-based remote
monitoring, management and reporting system for pump
installations. It provides remote access to data and alarms from
pumps, pump controllers and auxiliary equipment like sensors and
meters. Data from pump installations is transferred to a central
database and published to subscribers on a secure web server. Users
have access to data from pump installations that are registered to
their own account.
The content of a user account can be designed to suit the users needs,
it may include pump system plans, specications and a contingency
plan, based on which error messages can be immediately transferred
to the emergency services. A data storage also belongs to the user
account, that provides data for maintenance and for the analysis of
the pumps operating parameters.
For the data transmission between pumps or pumping equipment
and the GRM system, installation of the following hardware units are
needed:
CIM 270 interface card: provides GPRS data transmission towards
the GRM system,
CIU 27x interface module: ensures the connection of the pumping
systems operating with Grundfos GENIbus protocol, to the GPRS
data system.
The CIM units, depending on the pumping equipments electrical
design, can be directly connected to the pump or tted to the external
CIU module.
An E/A multi-purpose card can be inserted into the CIU module,
which expands the number input signals for sensors, relays, meters,
unregulated pumps, etc. for wiring, and supervision.
Important: in the GRM system only such data transmission is
appropriate, which when lost due to bad connection would not result
with operating failure of the pump system.
For more information about CIM/CIU units, see pages 6.2-1-6.2-3 or
contact Grundfos.
Advantages
Complete overview
See the status of your
entire system on your own
map or aerial photo.
Online with your pumps
Live monitoring, analysis
and adjustments from the
comfort of your ofce.
Monitoring, planning
Creation of graphs and
charts based on the stored
data. Trends and reports
may reveal opportunities to
reduce energy consumption
and optimize system
performance.
Share documentation
Upload system documentation
to a secure server and make it
accessible to all relevant
personnel.
Flexible on-call schedule
Simple planning of who
responds to alarms in rotating
weekly schedules.
Manage service and maintenance
Plan service work on the basis
of actual operating data and
get notication when service
is due.
Errors and Warnings

dry running

leakage current

phase failure / asymmetry

surge voltage

low voltage

overload

overheating

motor bearing temperature
is high

external fault

etc.
Operating data

head
(sensor input)

ow
(sensor input)

speed

motor current

performance and
energy consumption

motor temperature

uptime

specic energy consumption
Remote control

On / Of

set point / speed adjustment

mode selection
(Of, Min, Standard, Max)
Remote control of speed-controlled pumps (max. 10)
with a CIU 27x module
Troubleshooting
State
GRM server
GRM backup
CIU271
GENIbus network
Grundfos
controller devices
sensors SP TP Other conventional
pumps
Supervision, management,
analysis
Legend
Internet
GPRS
SMS
6.1-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
GRM
Advantages
Complete overview
See the status of your
entire system on your own
map or aerial photo.
Online with your pumps
Live monitoring, analysis
and adjustments from the
comfort of your ofce.
Monitoring, planning
Creation of graphs and
charts based on the stored
data. Trends and reports
may reveal opportunities to
reduce energy consumption
and optimize system
performance.
Share documentation
Upload system documentation
to a secure server and make it
accessible to all relevant
personnel.
Flexible on-call schedule
Simple planning of who
responds to alarms in rotating
weekly schedules.
Manage service and maintenance
Plan service work on the basis
of actual operating data and
get notication when service
is due.
Errors and Warnings

dry running

leakage current

phase failure / asymmetry

surge voltage

low voltage

overload

overheating

motor bearing temperature
is high

external fault

etc.
Operating data

head
(sensor input)

ow
(sensor input)

speed

motor current

performance and
energy consumption

motor temperature

uptime

specic energy consumption
Remote control

On / Of

set point / speed adjustment

mode selection
(Of, Min, Standard, Max)
Remote control of speed-controlled pumps (max. 10)
with a CIU 27x module
6.1-3
General data
GRM
Errors and Warnings

high level warning

surge voltage

low voltage

overload

high engine temperature

thermal switch in the motor interfered

sensor failure indication

etc.
Operating data

energy consumption

uptime

number of starts

water levels

motor current and temperature

etc.
Remote control

manual operation (forced start)

error acknowledge

water level adjustment
(On, Of, emergency levels)
Remote monitoring of lifting stations equipped with SEG
AUTO
ADAPT
pumps with a CIU 27x GPRS modem
Max. 4 SEG AUTO
ADAPT
pumps can be installed
per well.
6.2-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Communication interface units
CIM, CIU
Applications
The Grundfos CIM/CIU interface units are for communication with
pumps or control systems which use GENIbus protocol.
The CIM interface card provides data transmission between GENIbus
system and given control system, while the CIU interface is an
external connection module. The CIM card can be placed directly into
the connection blocks of Grundfos pumps and equipment (see next
page), and in case of other products, into the right CIU module.
The CIU modules IP 54 enclosure class allows wall mounting or rail
mounting.
The CIM/CIU units have the same geometrical size, but are diferent
in electrical construction,
so there is possibility of data communication via open and
interoperable networks such as Probus DP, Modbus RTU/TCP,
LONWorks, BACnet MS/TP, GSM/GPRS, or using GRM (Grundfos
Remote Management).
Each of the CIM /CIU units are accompanied by a CD-ROM providing
all the necessary information as:
function prole,
management and operating instructions
CIM / CIU PC Tool
for every bus protocol the appropriate documentation data.
Advantages
complete process control for Grundfos products,
modular design prepared for future needs,
based on standard functional proles,
Easy conguration via SMS commands or PC Tool programs,
24-240 VAC/DC power supply in CIU,
complete transmission of the operating data,
fast troubleshooting,
optimal setpoint,
central data collection and analysis,
preventive maintenance planning.
CIU interfsz modul
General technical data
CIM interface card
Receiver RS-485 (LONWorks: FTT 10)
Cable
Shielded, twisted pair, min. 0.25 mm
2
(LONWorks: Echelon standard)
Transfer speed Depending on the type
Protocol Depending on the type
Power supply 5 V 5%
Current M ax. 200 mA
Storage temperature -25 C +70 C
CIU interface module
Electrical data
Supply voltage 24240 VAC/VDC -10%/+15%
Transient surge II. category
Frequency 060 Hz
Power consumption Max. 11 W
Cable size IEC: 0,24 mm
2
Recommended cable type
Shielded, twisted-pair, two-core cable
Cross-section: 0.25-1 mm
2

Maximum cable length: 1200 m
Cable entry 6M16 410
GENIbus connection
Receiver RS-485
Protocol GENIbus
Baud rate 9600 bit/s
Environmental conditions
Elevation

Maximum height of 2000 meters
Relative humidity Maximum 100%
External degree of pollution Category 3
Enclosure class
IP 54
according to IEC 60529
Ambient temperature
Operation
- CIU XXX -20 C +45 C
- CIU 250-299

0 C +40 C ( with battery)
Storage and transport
- CIU XXX -20 C +60 C
- CIU 250-299 -20 C +35 C ( with battery)
CIM interface card
Errors and Warnings

high level warning

surge voltage

low voltage

overload

high engine temperature

thermal switch in the motor interfered

sensor failure indication

etc.
Operating data

energy consumption

uptime

number of starts

water levels

motor current and temperature

etc.
Remote control

manual operation (forced start)

error acknowledge

water level adjustment
(On, Of, emergency levels)
Remote monitoring of lifting stations equipped with SEG
AUTO
ADAPT
pumps with a CIU 27x GPRS modem
Max. 4 SEG AUTO
ADAPT
pumps can be installed
per well.
6.2-2
Control system data
CIM, CIU
CIM / CIU product range
Depending on the data bus type, the Grundfos CIM / CIU interface
units are available with the following type markings:
CIM 050 RS-485 breakout board
CIM / CIU 100 LONWorks networks
CIM / CIU 150 Probus-DP networks
CIM / CIU 200 Modbus RTU networks
CIM / CIU 250 GSM / GPRS networks and SMS messages
CIM 270 / CIU271 Grundfos Remote Management (GRM) system
CIM / CIU 300 BACnet MS / TP networks
MAGNA3

MAGNA
0,257,5 kW
E-pumps
1122 kW
E-pumps CUE Hydro MPC Multi-E MP 204
DC control
panels
sewage
AUTOADAPT
GENIbus
+ GENIbus
card
+ GENIbus
module
integrated integrated integrated
+ GENIbus
card
integrated integrated
+ GENIbus
card
LON
CIM 100
CIU 100
CIU 100 CIM 100 CIU 100 CIM 100 CIU 100
CIM 150
CIU 150 CIU 150 CIM 150 CIU 150 CIM 150 CIU 150 CIU 150
Modbus RTU
CIM 200
CIU 200 CIU 200 CIM 200 CIU 200 CIM 200 CIU 200 CIU 200 CIM 200 CIU 202
GSM/GPRS /SMS
(e.g. Scada)
CIM 250
GRM
(Grundfos
Remote
Management)
CIM 270
BACnet MS/TP
CIM 300
CIU 300 CIU 300 CIM 300 CIU 300 CIM 300 CIU 300
More information about the CIM / CIU units, their installation, electrical and control system design, as well as information relating to the
operation, can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online database on www.grundfos.com website in the "Installation and operating
instructions" documentation.
6.2-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control system data
CIM, CIU
D
o
s
i
n
g

p
u
m
p
s
-

D
D
A
-

D
M
E
-

D
M
I D
o
s
i
n
g

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
B
o
o
s
t
e
r
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
u
l
t
i
-
E
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
P
C
S
Q
E

+

C
U

3
0
0
p
u
m
p
s
-

C
R
E
E
l
e
c
t
r
o
n
i
c

m
o
t
o
r

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
-

M
P

2
0
4
G
r
o
u
p

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

-

C
o
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
P
C
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
-

C
U
E
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
-

C
R
-
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

s
a
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
-

D
C

v
e
z
r
l
s
z
e
k
r
n
y
e
k

(
o
n
l
y

M
O
D
b
u
s

R
T
U
)
-

S
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
A
U
T
O
A
D
A
P
T
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
(
o
n
l
y

M
O
D
b
u
s

R
T
U
)
W
a
t
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

s
a
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
B
o
o
s
t
e
r
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
u
l
t
i
-
E
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
P
C
p
u
m
p
s
M
T
R
E
,

S
P
K
E
C
M
E
,

C
R
E
C
R
I
E
,

C
R
N
E
N
B
E
,

N
K
E
D
o
s
i
n
g

p
u
m
p
s
-

D
D
A
-

D
M
E
G
r
o
u
p

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
-

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
P
C
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
-

C
U
E
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
-

C
R
-
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
p
u
m
p
s
-

M
A
G
N
A
3
-

M
A
G
N
A
-

T
P
E

2
0
0
0
-

T
P
E

1
0
0
0
-

N
B
E
-

N
K
E
B
o
o
s
t
e
r
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
u
l
t
i
-
E
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
P
C
G
r
o
u
p

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

-

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
P
C
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
-

C
U
E
B
u
i
l
d
i
n
g

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
p
u
m
p
s
-

M
A
G
N
A
3
-

M
A
G
N
A
-

T
P
E

2
0
0
0
-

T
P
E

1
0
0
0
-

C
M
E
-

C
R
E
-

N
B
E
-

N
K
E
B
o
o
s
t
e
r
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
u
l
t
i
-
E
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
P
C
G
r
o
u
p

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

-

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
P
C
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

c
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
-

C
U
E
B
u
i
l
d
i
n
g

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
,

W
a
t
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

s
a
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
B
o
o
s
t
e
r
s
-

H
y
d
r
o

M
P
C
G
r
o
u
p

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

-

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
P
C
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
-

C
R
-
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

s
a
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
-

D
C

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

c
a
b
i
n
e
t
s
B
u
i
l
d
i
n
g

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
,

W
a
t
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

s
a
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
I
n
f
r
a
r
e
d

r
e
m
o
t
e

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
-

R
1
0
0
S
u
p
e
r
v
i
s
i
o
n

/
S
e
t
t
i
n
g
G
E
N
I
b
u
s
G
E
N
I
b
u
s
t
j
S
i
e
m
e
n
s

S
B
T
K
i
e
b
a
c
k
&
P
e
t
e
r
J
O
H
N
S
O
N

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
D
r
.

R
i
e
d
e
l
S
a
u
t
e
r
S
a
i
a
-
B
u
r
g
e
s
s

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
T
.
A
.
C
.

M
e
s
s
n
e
r
N
e
u
b
e
r
g
e
r
R
I
C
C
I
U
S

+

S
O
H
N
E
L
M
A
T
I
C
G
F
R
P
R
I
V
A
E
L
E
S
T
A
T
.
A
.
C
.

A
n
d
o
v
e
r
M
B
S
A
-
M
-
S
y
s
t
e
m
e
C
I
M
/
C
I
U

1
0
0

i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

u
n
i
t
s
E
a
c
h

p
u
m
p

/

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
1
-
1

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

u
n
i
t
C
I
M
/
C
I
U

2
7
x
i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

u
n
i
t
s
(
u
p

t
o

3
0

u
n
i
t
s
)
C
I
M
/
C
I
U
i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

u
n
i
t
s
E
a
c
h

p
u
m
p

/

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
1
-
1

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

u
n
i
t
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g

-

m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

s
y
s
t
e
m
Probus-DP
Modbus RTU network
BACnet MS/TP
Probus-DP network
GRM
LONWorks network
Ethernet: VNC-server
USB connection
BUS
GENIbus
6.3-1
General data
Local communication devices
R100
Ambient temperature - operating: -10 C +50 C
- storage: -20 C +60 C
Relative humidity: max. 95%
Power supply: 2 x 1.5V AA
Range: max. 3 m
Viewing angle: 12
Application
A two-way data transfer allows the device:
addressing (to R 100 and bus system)
choice of mode,
operating data query,
stored error messages query,
setting of operating and control parameters,
parameterization of sensors and transmitters,
setting of warning and fault indications
observation of maintenance needs.
Construction
On the front of the robust, shock-proof, 170 70 20 mm polycarbonate
housing is a 46 30 mm, graphic LCD display (grid spacing: 100 65
points). The display lighting the adjustable contrast and backlight
enables reliable data readings even in extreme conditions. The infra
red light passes through the housing material, so the sensor does not
require separate protection. The display is protected by a glass panel
from punches and scratches. During the use of the device, a black
leather case provides complete protection.
Local data transmission
The red error LED on the control panel of Grundfos pumps and other
equipment is also the remote control infrared sensor of the R 100.
The displayed menu structure depends on the Grundfos device
electronic design and the congured technical environment. The
menu structure of the pump or device is shown in the Installation
and operating instructions documentation.
With the infra red connection, the R 100 remote control automatically
detects the type of device and displays the menu associated with it.
Due to the constantly running date and time program, real-time data
is recorded during the data exchange. The stored settings can be
transferred to a number of similar equipment.
In the device menu the language of communication can be selected.
The data is recorded in the corresponding unit system of the selected
language.
Data processing
The data stored on the R 100 device, can be shown via USB connection
on a PC. The R 100 appears like a removable drive (Removable Disk)
on the PC, and its library system is built according to the Grundfos
product structure.
B
mini
tpus Atpus
USB
0. GENERAL 1. OPERATION 2. STATUS 3. INSTALLATION
) 2 ( 9 . 3 1 . 3 1 . 2 1 . 1
) 2 ( 9 . 3 2 . 3 2 . 2 2 . 1
0 1 . 3 3 . 3 3 . 2 3 . 1
) 1 ( 1 1 . 3 ) 3 ( 4 . 3 4 . 2 ) 1 ( 4 . 1
2 1 . 3 ) 2 ( 5 . 3 5 . 2 5 . 1
) 1 ( 3 1 . 3 ) 2 ( 6 . 3 6 . 2
4 1 . 3 7 . 3 ) 2 ( 7 . 2 ) 1 ( 6 . 1
) 1 ( 5 1 . 3 8 . 3 ) 2 ( 8 . 2
2.9 (1) 3.9 (2) 3.16 (1)
3.9 (2) 3.17 (1)
R 100 menu overview
(Example: CRE pump menu structure)
(1) This display only appears for three-phase pumps, 0,7522 kW.
(2) This display only appears for three-phase pumps, 1122 kW.
(3) This display only appears for single- and three-phase pumps,
0,377,5 kW.
Important: The software of the R 100 should be periodically updated
in the Grundfos services to the latest version.
6.3-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control system data
R100
0. GENERAL 1. OPERATION 2. STATUS 3. INSTALLATION
) 2 ( 9 . 3 1 . 3 1 . 2 1 . 1
) 2 ( 9 . 3 2 . 3 2 . 2 2 . 1
0 1 . 3 3 . 3 3 . 2 3 . 1
) 1 ( 1 1 . 3 ) 3 ( 4 . 3 4 . 2 ) 1 ( 4 . 1
2 1 . 3 ) 2 ( 5 . 3 5 . 2 5 . 1
) 1 ( 3 1 . 3 ) 2 ( 6 . 3 6 . 2
4 1 . 3 7 . 3 ) 2 ( 7 . 2 ) 1 ( 6 . 1
) 1 ( 5 1 . 3 8 . 3 ) 2 ( 8 . 2
2.9 (1) 3.9 (2) 3.16 (1)
3.9 (2) 3.17 (1)
R 100 menu overview
(Example: CRE pump menu structure)
(1) This display only appears for three-phase pumps, 0,7522 kW.
(2) This display only appears for three-phase pumps, 1122 kW.
(3) This display only appears for single- and three-phase pumps,
0,377,5 kW.
Important: The software of the R 100 should be periodically updated
in the Grundfos services to the latest version.
6.3-3
General data
PC Tool
PC tool
Grundfos PC Tool is a local communication device, between a CD-
ROM software and a PC attached hardware in form of a pump or
other equipment.
Application
A computer device developed for service technicians and professional
pump users, for on-site control and management of Grundfos
electronic pumps and control equipment.

Construction
The PC Tool is brand specic, so for every Grundfos product series, a
separate software is available.
A PC Tool Link communication unit must be installed between the
RS-485 communication connection and the RS-232 protocol operated
PC connection. Some Grundfos products provide an RS-232 port (for
example, CU 300). In this case there is no need for a PC Tool Link.
Advantages
Wide use of the opportunities ofered by the computer operations
and service jobs, such as
detailed monitoring of the operating status,
standard conguration of the connected equipment
application-oriented solutions to create specic settings,
operating and failure data recording and inquiry,
PC Tool Link
Application
The Grundfos PC Tool Link is the third generation communication
adapter unit. The unit allows cable connection between a Grundfos
product and a computer on which the corresponding PC Tool software
has been installed.
Ambient temperature - operating: -10 C +50 C
Power supply: through USB
Current: max. 250 mA
PC Tool Link scope of delivery:
PC Tool Link
standard USB cable
TTL cable
RS-485 cable
RS-232 cable (cross)
adapter
CD-ROM, virtual COM port includes software installation and
management instruction
printed installation, operating instructions
Software CD
PC Tool Link and connecting cables
to PC and pump
Connection overview
Products
PC Tool
software name
PC USB cable PC Tool Link Connector cable
product-
specifc
cable
product Image
MP 204
PC Tool
Water Utility
RS-485
CU 300
PC Tool
CU 300
RS-232 adapter
* CU 300
cable
1-phase MGE
motor
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485 or TTL
3-phase MGE
motor
B and C model
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
3-phase MGE
motor
D and F model
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485 or TTL
Hydro Multi-E
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
CU 351
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485 or TTL
CU 361
PC Tool
WW
Controls
RS-485 or TTL
IO 351
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
* In the adequate PC Tool's scope of delivery.
6.3-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control system data
PC Tool
Connection overview
Products
PC Tool
software name
product-
specifc
cable
product Image
MP 204
PC Tool
Water Utility
RS-485
CU 300
PC Tool
CU 300
RS-232 adapter
* CU 300
cable
1-phase MGE
motor
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485 or TTL
3-phase MGE
motor
B and C model
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
3-phase MGE
motor
D and F model
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485 or TTL
Hydro Multi-E
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
CU 351
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485 or TTL
CU 361
PC Tool
WW
Controls
RS-485 or TTL
IO 351
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
* In the adequate PC Tool's scope of delivery.
6.3-5
Control system data
PC Tool
Connection overview
Products
PC Tool
software name
product-
specifc
cable
product Image
CU 401
PC Tool
Modular
Controls
RS-232
CUE
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
DME
PC Tool
RS-485
IO 111
PC Tool
RS-485
IO 112
PC Tool
RS-485
MAGNA3
MAGNA**
PC Tool
RS-485
** GENIbus module must be installed
Information about installation, control system design and operation,
can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on
www.grundfos.com website in the "Installation and operating
Connection overview
Products
PC Tool
software name
product-
specifc
cable
product Image
CU 401
PC Tool
Modular
Controls
RS-232
CUE
PC Tool
E-products
RS-485
DME
PC Tool
RS-485
IO 111
PC Tool
RS-485
IO 112
PC Tool
RS-485
MAGNA3
MAGNA**
PC Tool
RS-485
** GENIbus module must be installed
www.grundfos.com website in the "Installation and operating
6.4 Control cabinets
Control MPC
6.5 Frequency converters
CUE
6.6 Pump monitoring equipment
CR/CRE-Monitor
6.7 Dry-running protection
LiqTec
6.8 Motor protection and monitoring
MP 204, IO 112
6.9 One pump control cabinet
Control MP 204
6.10 Transmitters, sensors,
additional electric units
6.4-1
General data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Introduction
The Control MPC is designed for the control and monitoring of up to
six identical pumps connected in parallel. Control MPC is supplied
with all necessary components and contains application-optimized
software.
Application
Grundfos Control MPC can be used for the control and monitoring of
both booster and circulation systems.
district heating systems
heating systems
district cooling systems
industrial cooling systems
booster systems
industrial processes
water supply systems
Pumps
Control MPC is designed for systems with these pumps:
NB(E), NBG(E)
NK(E), NKG(E)
TP
TPE Series 1000
TPE Series 2000
HS
SP
MAGNA, MAGNA3.
Note: The main pumps of the system must be of the same type and
size. A less powerful (pilot) pump can be inserted on request.
Booster systems
Typical applications include water supply and related systems where
constant pressure should be held regardless of the changes in water
demand.
Circulator system
In heating and cooling circulation systems, there is typically a need
to maintain the systems pressure diference in a certain point, during
the changing pumping power in the system.
H
set
Geodetic
height
Pipe line curves
Booster system
Q
H Pipe line curves
Circulator system
6.4-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Advantages
Simple installation and operation
The Control MPC is delivered with a detailed user manual in English,
which allows the installer or the operator to make the necessary
adjustments with the help of the information from the LCD. The
installation and operating instructions can be seen or downloaded
from the WinCAPS program, or from the WebCAPS computer
database on www.grundfos.com web portal.
Application oriented software
The Control MPC is supplied with the optimally tting software for
the given pump system. This guarantees efcient system regulation
and control and avoids waste of energy.
Benets:
- optimal pump operation
- low energy consumption
Modular design, wide range of design options
Modular architecture used in the Control MPC with myriad of digital
and analog inputs and outputs, allows the development of suitable
control systems.
A wide range of data transfer options
The Control MPC can be seamlessly connected to almost any remote
control, monitoring system and operating protocol for example:
- Ethernet
- Grundfos GENIbus RS 485
- PROFIbus DP
- Modbus
- LONbus
- GSM / GPRS
- Grundfos GRM
Installation of control cabinets
More information about the installation of control cabinets, electrical
and automatic control connection systems and operation, can
be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on www.
grundfos.com website in the Installation and operating instructions
documentation.
Selection of control cabinets
Detailed information on control cabinets (drawings, technical data)
can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online database on www.
grundfos.com website, or can be also seen in separate catalogue.
Type key
Example
Control MPC -E 1 4 E SD 3415 V, 50 Hz
Type
Operating modes
-E Pumps with integrated frequency converter (0.37 to 22 kW),
-EC Pumps with Grundfos CUE frequency converter (30 to 250 kW),
one per pump

Series 2000 E-pumps with integrated frequency converter
(0.37 to 22 kW)

-F Pumps with external Grundfos CUE frequency converter (0,55 to 250 kW)
-S M ains-operated pumps (start/stop)
Number of pumps
Power [kW]
Starting method
E Electronic soft starter (pumps with integrated frequency converter)
ESS E lectronic soft starter (pumps with external Grundfos CUE frequency converter)
Starting method
DOL d irect
SD
Supply voltage, frequency
LCD-display
6.4-3
General data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Pump process control with Control MPC
Control MPC control principles
Principle Example Result
Coordinated management of multiple pumps Pump switch, equalization of operating hours Higher level of availability
Longer lifetime
Automatic switchover on failure Switching to the backup pump or uncontrolled
mode
guaranteed transport performance
Permanent operation monitoring Turn of System
Motor Protection
Limits on water amount, temperature, control
features
Protection of the system against failure, damages
Operating parameters kept constant Diferential Pressure, district heating networks
Pressure, pressure boosting systems
Water level, water purifcation installations
Water quantity, water treatment installations
Optimal operational process
Reduced losses
Increased comfort
Optimization of the switching transition water hammer reducing in water supply systems Higher operational safety
Minimal vibration
Low noise
Optimizing the pump operating time Reducing the switching frequency of water
supply systems
Longer lifetime
Higher operational safety
Increased comfort
Diferential pressure aligning to the system Reduction of fow noise on radiators with
thermostatic valves
Increased comfort
Efcient power adjustment Adjusting the pump power to the system needs Lower investment costs
Saving on energy costs
Reduce pumping energy costs Drive of oversized pumps
Highly variable power needs
Saving on energy costs
Reducing the use of components Drive of oversized pumps
Highly variable power needs
Lower operational costs
Reducing the use of components Greater valve authority in case of lower
pressures diferences
Reduced heat loss by precise room
temperature control
Pump operating data collection Registration
Evaluation
Display
Continuous operation information
The recognition of the critical points
System optimization
New data for the renovation, alteration
Collecting the system parameters For example, sensor data evaluation
Failure storage
Error messages, detection and analysis
Connection with the building management system
The reduction in surveillance and maintenance
expenses
Malfunction detection
6.4-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Product range with examples*
Control cabinet for pumps with frequency converter
Control MPC-E Control MPC-EC Control MPC Series 2000
Example: Control MPC for the regulation of three E-Pumps Example: Control MPC with three CUE-s in cabinet
Example: Control MPC for the regulation of three
2000 series E-pumps
1-6 E-pumps, control
and supervision
0.37 to 22 kW motors can be
connected
1-6 normal, unregulated motor
pumps, regulation and supervision
with CUE
30-75 kW motors connected
as standard **
1-6 2000 E-Series pumps,
regulation and supervision
0.37 to 22 kW motors can be
connected
Control cabinet for pumps with
frequency converter
Control cabinet for unregulated pumps
Control MPC-F Control MPC-S
Example: Control MPC with one CUE frequency
converter in cabinet
Example: Control MPC with three mains-operated pumps
1-6 normal, unregulated motor
with CUE frequency converter
The pumps connect in turns to the
frequency converter
0,55-75 kW motors connected
as standard **
1-6 normal, mains-operated motor
without speed regulation
0,37-75 kW motors connected
as standard **
* On request all automatic control variations are available for the regulation and control of (1-6) pumps.
** For pumps with max. 250 kW motor.
6.4-5
Control system data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Operation description
Systems with speed-controlled pumps Systems with speed-controlled pumps
1 CUE frequency converter per pump
Systems with speed-controlled pumps
E-Pumps, motors: 0,3722 kW
Example: Control MPC with three CUE-s in the
cabinet, motors: 30250 kW
Example: Control MPC with three E-pumps.
PT PT
One E-pump in operation. One E-pump in operation. One E-pump in operation.
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
Three E-pumps in operation.
Q
H
set H
Q
H
set H
Q
H
H
set
Control MPC-E maintains a constant
pressure through continuous adjustment of the
speed of the pumps.
pumps and through parallel control of the pumps
in operation.
Pump changeover is automatic and depends on
load, operating hours and fault.
The number of pumps in operation also
depends on the energy consumption of the
pumps. If only one pump is required, two
pumps will be running at a lower speed if this
results in a lower energy consumption. This
requires that the diferential pressure of the
pump is measured.
Control MPC-EC maintains a constant
speed of the pumps.
in operation.
pump is measured.
Control MPC Series 2000 maintains a constant
pressure through adjustment of the speed of the
pumps connected.
The performance is adjusted to the demand through
cutting in/out the required number of pumps and
through parallel control of the pumps in operation.
The number of pumps in operation is also
depending on the energy consumption of the
pumps. If only one pump is required, the Control
MPC will run with two pumps in operation at a
lower speed if this result is in a lower energy
consumption. This requires that the diferential
pressure of the pump is measured.
Systems with pumps connected to one CUE
frequency converter
Systems with mains-operated pumps
Control MPC-F Hydro MPC-S
Example: Control MPC with one CUE,
motors: 30250 kW
Example: Control MPC with three mains-operated
pumps.
PT PT
One pump connected to a Grundfos CUE
One mains-operated pump in operation.
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
H
stop
frequency converter and two mains-operated
pumps in operation.
Three mains-operated pumps in operation.
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
H
stop
Control MPC-F maintains a constant pressure
through continuous adjustment of the speed of
the pump connected to the Grundfos CUE
frequency converter. The speed-controlled
operation alternates between the pumps.
One pump connected to the Grundfos CUE
one or two mains-operated pumps will be cut
in.
Control MPC-S maintains an almost constant
number of pumps.
between Hset and Hstop (cut-out pressure).
6.4-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Systems with speed-controlled pumps Systems with speed-controlled pumps
1 CUE frequency converter per pump
Systems with speed-controlled pumps
E-Pumps, motors: 0,3722 kW
Example: Control MPC with three CUE-s in the
cabinet, motors: 30250 kW
Example: Control MPC with three E-pumps.
PT PT
One E-pump in operation. One E-pump in operation. One E-pump in operation.
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
set H
Q
H
set H
Q
H
H
set
Control MPC-E maintains a constant
speed of the pumps.
in operation.
pump is measured.
Control MPC-EC maintains a constant
speed of the pumps.
in operation.
pump is measured.
Control MPC Series 2000 maintains a constant
pressure through adjustment of the speed of the
pumps connected.
The performance is adjusted to the demand through
cutting in/out the required number of pumps and
through parallel control of the pumps in operation.
The number of pumps in operation is also
depending on the energy consumption of the
pumps. If only one pump is required, the Control
MPC will run with two pumps in operation at a
lower speed if this result is in a lower energy
consumption. This requires that the diferential
pressure of the pump is measured.
Control system data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Systems with pumps connected to one CUE
frequency converter
Systems with mains-operated pumps
Control MPC-F Hydro MPC-S
Example: Control MPC with one CUE,
motors: 30250 kW
Example: Control MPC with three mains-operated
pumps.
PT PT
One mains-operated pump in operation.
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
H
stop
frequency converter and two mains-operated
pumps in operation.
Three mains-operated pumps in operation.
Q
H
H
set
Q
H
H
set
H
stop
Control MPC-F maintains a constant pressure
through continuous adjustment of the speed of
the pump connected to the Grundfos CUE
frequency converter. The speed-controlled
operation alternates between the pumps.
One pump connected to the Grundfos CUE
one or two mains-operated pumps will be cut
in.
Control MPC-S maintains an almost constant
number of pumps.
between Hset and Hstop (cut-out pressure).
6.4-7
Control system data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Functions overview
Control MPC
-E -F
Series
2000
-S
Functions through CU 351 control panel
1)
Minimum changeover time
Standby pumps
Pump test run
Stop function
2)
Password
Clock program
Proportional pressure
Pilot pump
Emergency run
Pump curve data
Flow estimation
Limit 1 and 2 exceeded
Communication
Ethernet connection
Other bus protocols: PROFIbus, LONworks,
MODbus,GSM/GPRS (for more information contact Grundfos)

3)

Standard
Available
1)
The pressure will be almost constant between Hset and Hstop.
2)
Control MPC-S will have on/of control of all pumps.
3)
Communication possible with other protocols (for more information contact Grundfos).
Detailed information can be seen on WebCAPS CD or
website. For further details, please contact Grundfos.
A more detailed description of the "functions" of the Hydro MPC
equipment can be seen on page 2.7-18.
Systems with Control MPC
Control MPC is designed for the control of various pumps or
pumping systems. Some of the control parameters ofered by
the Control MPC are listed below:

Diferential pressure.

Pressure.

Flow-pipe temperature with one sensor.

Return-pipe temperature with one sensor.

Diferential temperature with one sensor signal.

Open loop (external controller).

Flow rate.
T
Flow-pipe temperature
PLC
Open loop (external controller)
Q
Flow rate
p
Pressure
p
Diferential pressure
T
Diferential temperature
T
Return-pipe temperature
6.4-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control system data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Systems with Control MPC
Control MPC is designed for the control of various pumps or
pumping systems. Some of the control parameters ofered by
the Control MPC are listed below:

Diferential pressure.

Pressure.

Flow-pipe temperature with one sensor.

Return-pipe temperature with one sensor.

Diferential temperature with one sensor signal.

Open loop (external controller).

Flow rate.
T
Flow-pipe temperature
PLC
Open loop (external controller)
Q
Flow rate
p
Pressure
p
Diferential pressure
T
Diferential temperature
T
Return-pipe temperature
6.4-9
Technical data
Control cabinets
Control MPC
Construction
Control cabinet
The control cabinet comes in grey coated steel with all the necessary
components. If required, the control cabinet is tted with a fan to
lead away excess heat from for instance frequency converters.
Control cabinets are for wall or oor mounting, depending on size.
Electrical data
Enclosure: IP 54
Supply voltage
See the Control MPC data plate.
Short circuit protection
See the attached control cabinet wiring diagrams.
Digital inputs
Voltage in open state 24 VDC
Closed circuit current: 5 mA, DC
Switching frequency: 0-4 Hz
CU 351
The CU 351 multi-pump control unit of the Control MPC is placed in
the door of the control cabinet
The CU 351 features an LCD display, many buttons and two indicator
lights. The control panel enables manual setting and change of
parameters such as setpoint.
The CU 351 has application-optimised software for setting the system
to the application in question
IO 351
The IO 351 is a module for exchange of digital and analog signals
between the CU 352 and the remaining electrical system via GENIbus.
The IO 351 comes in the variants A and B
IO 351A
The IO 351A is used in systems with one to three mains-operated
Grundfos pumps.
IO 351B
The IO 351B is used for one to six mains-operated Grundfos pumps
and/or pumps controlled by external Grundfos CUE frequency
converters. The module can also be used as an input-output module
for communication with monitoring equipment or another external
equipment.
Frequency converter
Grundfos CUE frequency converters are built in to the Control MPC-
EC and Control MPC-F boosters control cabinets. The CUE frequency
converters, can be seen in chapter 6.5.
Accessories
Accessories for control cabinets
A wide range of monitoring and protection elements can be tted to
the Control MPC cabinet regulated pumping systems.
For example: IO 351B module, CIM interface card, GENIbus card,
dry-running protection, emergency operation switches, electrical
equipment and power indicator lights, power surge protection,
cabinet lighting, light and acoustic warning signal equipment, etc.
For more information, see the Hydro MPC equipment catalogue
section.
Additional control elements
Pump control elements (sensors, transmitters) can be seen in chapter
6.10. of this catalogue.
Analog inputs
Input voltage and current:
020 mA
420 mA
010 V
Tolerance: 3.3% of full scale
Repeatability: 1% of full scale
Input resistance, current:
Input resistance, voltage,
CU 351:
Input resistance, voltage,
IO 351:
sensor power supply:
24 V, maximum 50 mA,
short-circuit protected
Digital outputs (relay outputs)
Maximum contact load: 240 VAC, 2 A
Minimum contact load: 5 VDC, 10 mA
Some digital outputs are potential-free relay contacts.
Inputs for PTC / temperature switch
Voltage in open state: 12 VDC 15
Closed circuit current: 2,6 mA, DC
IO 351B
IO 351A
6.5-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
CUE
Grundfos CUE
The CUE is a series of frequency converters designed for speed control
of a wide range of Grundfos pumps
Built-in E-pump functionality
The CUE solution contains the same control functionality as the
Grundfos E-pumps and is thus a supplement to the E-pump range.
See the table below.
The catalogue contains only the most important informations about
CUE frequency converters.
For further technical information see:
On Grundfos website (www.grundfos.com) the WebCAPS pump
selection program
Installation and operating instructions 0.55 to 90 kW (WebCAPS \
Documentation)
Installation and operating instructions 110 to 250 kW (WebCAPS \
Documentation)
Installation and operation manual, input module MCB 114
Foreign language catalogues (WebCAPS \ Documentation)
Grundfos agencies, ofces
Application
The CUE frequency converters are used for speed and performance
control of new or existing pumps, supposing that the frequency
converters are suitable for the given electric motors.
Construction
The CUE frequency converter is a factory-assembled electrical
equipment, that is specically designed to control Grundfos pumps.
The device includes a frequency converter, a PID controller, RFI lter,
BUS connection, the mains and motor cables, analog and digital
signals and signaling circuits, cables and terminals for connections.
There is a large graphical display on the front panel, control buttons
and indicator lights ensure fast, simple installation and monitoring
during operation. The device, according to the mounting demands, is
available with various enclosure classes.
Grundfos frequency converters and pumps
Mains supply
3525690 V
3525600 V
3380500 V
33800480 V
3200240 V
1200240 V
Power size [kW]
0,371,1
0,7545
1,522
0,55250
0,757,5
11250
E-szivattyk CUE
Relative humidity 595%
Minimum ambient temperature at full load 0 C
Minimum ambient temperature at reduced load -10 C
Storage and transport temperature -25 65 C
Storage period Max. 6 months
Max. installation height above sea level at
full load
1000 m
Max. installation height above sea level at reduced
load
3000 m
CUE, 0,5590 kW
Ambient temperature Max. 50 C
24-hour average ambient temperature Max. 45 C
CUE, 110250 kW
Ambient temperature Max. 45 C
24-hour average ambient temperature Max. 40 C
The maximum sound pressure level at 1 m distance from the unit.
Housing Sound pressure level [dB (A)]
A2 60
A3 60
A5 63
B1 67
B2 70
B3 63
B4 63
C1 62
C2 65
C3 67
C4
D1 7 6
D2 7 4
Note: In case of frequency converter driven motors, the sound pressure level
may be higher than normal.
6.5-2
General data
CUE
The CUE is a multipurpose frequency converter suitable for a variety of
applications demanding reliable and cost-efcient pump operation.
The CUE is used in ve main elds of application:
Water supply and pressure boosting
the CUE is used for these specic applications:
water supply
pressure boosting
washing.
The typical control modes are constant pressure, constant ow rate.
Stop functions are used to stop the pump when the water ow is
low.
Heating and air-conditioning
Liquid transfer in:
heating applications
cooling and air-conditioning applications.
The typical control modes are proportional pressure or constant
temperature.
Process and sanitary applications
Liquid transfer in:
breweries and dairies
pure-water applications
process applications
purifcation applications.
The CUE is typically controlled by an external controller. The typical
control mode is open loop.
Groundwater
Typical applications:
groundwater supply to waterworks
irrigation in horticulture and agriculture
dewatering.
The typical control modes are constant pressure, constant ow rate
or constant level control.
Wastewater
Transfer of:
wastewater
efuent
drainage water
process water.
The typical control mode is constant level function (emptying
function)
Grundfos pump regulation
Pump type
O
p
e
n

l
o
o
p
P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
a
l

d
i
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

d
i
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

l
e
v
e
l

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

f
o
w

r
a
t
e

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

o
t
h
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

AFG
AMD
AMG
BM, BMB
BME, BMET
BMP
CM
Contra
CR, CRI, CRN, CRT
DP, EF
durietta
Euro-HYGIA
F&B-HYGIA
HS
KPL, KWM
MAXA, MAXANA
MTA, MTH, MTR
MTB
NB, NK
NBG, NKG
RC
S, SEG
SE/SL
SP,SP-G, SP-NE
SPK
SRP
TP
Egyb
See further description on the next pages.
6.5-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Regulation modes
CUE
Grundfos pump regulation
Pump type
O
p
e
n

l
o
o
p
P
r
o
p
o
r
t
i
o
n
a
l

d
i
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

d
i
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

l
e
v
e
l

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

f
o
w

r
a
t
e

C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t

o
t
h
e
r

v
a
l
u
e

AFG
AMD
AMG
BM, BMB
BME, BMET
BMP
CM
Contra
CR, CRI, CRN, CRT
DP, EF
durietta
Euro-HYGIA
F&B-HYGIA
HS
KPL, KWM
MAXA, MAXANA
MTA, MTH, MTR
MTB
NB, NK
NBG, NKG
RC
S, SEG
SE/SL
SP,SP-G, SP-NE
SPK
SRP
TP
Egyb
See further description on the next pages.
6.5-4
Regulation modes
CUE
Open loop, constant curve
The speed is kept at a set value in the range between the Min. and
Max. curves. The setpoint is set in % of the nominal speed.
Operation on constant curve can for instance be used for pumps with
no sensor connected and the speed is manually adjusted.
This control mode is also typically used in connection with an external
controller.
Proportional diferential pressure
The pump is controlled according to a diferential pressure measured
across the pump. This means that the pump system ofers a
proportional diferential pressure in the Q-range of 0 to Qmax.,
represented by the sloping line in the QH diagram
Constant diferential pressure, pump
The pump is controlled according to a constant diferential pressure
measured across the pump. This means that the pump system ofers
constant diferential pressure in the Q-range of 0 to Qmax., represented
by the horizontal line in the QH diagram.
Constant diferential pressure in one point of the system
The pump is controlled according to a constant diferential pressure
measured between the sensors. This means that the pump system
ofers constant diferential pressure in the Q-range of 0 to Qmax.
This type of control is typically used for controlling the diferential
pressure in larger circulation systems.
Constant pressure
The pump is controlled according to a constant pressure measured
after the pump. This means that the pump ofers a constant pressure
in the Q-range of 0 to Qmax., represented by the horizontal line in the
QH diagram.
Constant pressure with stop function
The pump is controlled according to a constant pressure measured
after the pump. This means that the pump ofers a constant pressure
in the Q-range of Qmin. to Qmax., represented by the horizontal line in the
QH diagram. Between 0 and Qmin ow rate, the pump operates in on/
of switching mode.
CUE
MIN.
MAX.
Open loop, constant curve
p
CUE
Q
max.
p
CUE
H
p
CUE
Q
max.
H
P
CUE
H
Constant pressure regulation
Off pressure
H
On pressure
On/Off operation
Q Q
P
CUE
6.5-5
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Regulation modes
CUE
Constant level
The pump is controlled according to a constant liquid level. This
means that the pump ofers a constant level in the Q-range of Qmin. to
Qmax., represented by the parable line in the QH diagram
Constant level with stop function
The liquid level is kept constant at high ow rate. On/of operation at
low ow rate. The pump is controlled according to a constant liquid
level. This means that the pump ofers a constant level in the Q-range
of Qmin. to Qmax., represented by the parable line in the QH diagram
Constant ow rate
The pump is controlled according to a constant ow rate and ensures
that the given reference value stays constant, regardless of the ow
resistance or change.
The pump is controlled according to a constant temperature. This
means that the pump ofers a variable ow rate in the Q-range of Qmin.
to Qmax., represented by the parable line in the QH diagram
Other regulated parameters
Other types of parameters can be regulated with CUE frequency
converters. For more information see Installation and operating
instructions or contact Grundfos technical service.
L
CUE
Q
min
Q
max
Constant liquid level regulation
On level
H
Off level
CUE
L
Q
min
Q
max
Constant liquid level with stop function
Q
CUE
Q
set
t
CUE
Q
min
Q
max
Constant temperature regulation
6.5-6
Frequency converter selection
CUE
CUE selection
The size of the CUE is determined quickly and precisely based on the
max. motor current. See g.
The main steps
When you have selected the pump, follow these steps to select a CUE:
1. Select the voltage range of the CUE. It should t the motor voltage
and the mains supply at the installation site.
2. Find the max. motor current on the motor nameplate or in the
data sheet of the selected motor. Select the rst CUE that is able
to deliver the max. motor current. See selection tables starting on
page 6.5-7.
3. Select the enclosure class. Choose IP20/21 for panel mounting
and IP54/55 for wall mounting. See selection tables starting on
pages 6.5-76.5-8. 4.Check if an output lter is required. Select the
output lter according to the table on pages 6.5-8 6.5-12.
5. Select the accessories required for the application. It could be
sensors or additional input modules.
Selecting the diferent accessories may require additional steps. See
pages 6.5-14.
Note: The actual motor current should always be less or equal to the
motor current selected in the control panel of the CUE.
If not, the CUE will reduce the maximum speed when the maximum
limit is reached during operation.
The power size, which is the typical shaft power P2, is only an approximate
value and cannot be used for selecting the nominal size of the CUE.
Example 1
Data:
Voltage range is 3 x 400 V.
Max. motor current is 23.6 A. See data plate above.
Enclosure class of the CUE must be IP20.
Select the CUE according to the selection tables in Mains supply 3 x
380-415 V.
Data of the CUE selected:
Special conditions
Derating must be taken into account when using the CUE in these
situations:
low air pressure (heights)
low speeds
installations with long motor cables
cables with a large cross-section
high ambient temperature.
For the required action contact Grundfos.
Hungary
Made in
50 Hz
3 ~MOT MG 160 MB
Eff. % 90
n 2920-2930 min
-1
CL F IP 55
DE NDE
P 11,0 kW No 2
U 380-415 D V
I 21,4 A
I 23,6 A
cos 0.89-0.87
1/1
max
9
6
0
7
5
7
4
0
Max. motor
current
CUE
Max. output
current
Motor nameplate Pump
Selection of CUE based on max. motor current
Max. output current: 24,0 A
Typical shaft power: 11,0 kW
Product number (IP20): 96 75 46 94
Mains supply 3 x 380-500 V
Typical shaft power
P
2
Maximum output current
[A]
Maximum input current
[A]
Enclosure
Maximum conductor
cross-section
1)
[mm
2
]
Efciency
[kW] [HP] 3380440 V 3441500 V 3380440 V 3441500 V IP 20 IP 21 IP 54 IP 55
0,55 0,75 1,8 1,6 1,6 1,4
A2

A5
4 0,95
0,75 1 2,4 2,1 2,2 1,9 4 0,96
1,1 1,5 3 2,7 2,7 2,7 4 0,96
1,5 2 4,1 3,4 3,7 3,1 4 0,97
2,2 3 5,6 4,8 5 4,3 4 0,97
3 4 7,2 6,3 6,5 5,7 4 0,97
4 5 10 8,2 9 7,4 4 0,97
5,5 7,5 13 11 11,7 9,9
A3
4 0,97
7,5 10 16 14,5 14,4 13 4 0,97
11 15 24 21 22 19
B3

B1
10 0,98
15 20 32 27 29 25 10 0,98
18,5 25 37,5 34 34 31 10 0,98
22 30 44 40 40 36
B4

B2
35 0,98
30 40 61 52 55 47 35 0,98
37 50 73 65 66 59
C1
50 0,98
45 60 90 80 82 73
C3
50 0,98
55 75 106 105 96 95 50 0,98
75 100 147 130 133 118
C4

C2
95 0,98
90 125 177 160 161 145 120 0,99
[kW] [HP] 3400 3460500 V 3400 V 3460500 V
110 150 212 190 204 183
D1 D1
2 70 0,98
132 200 260 240 251 231 2 70 0,98
160 250 315 302 304 291
D2 D2
2 185 0,98
200 300 395 361 381 348 2 185 0,98
250 350 480 443 463 427 2 185 0,98
1)
shielded motor cable, shielded power cable
6.5-7
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Frequency converter selection
CUE
Mains supply 3 x 380-500 V
Typical shaft power
P
2
Maximum output current
[A]
Maximum input current
[A]
Enclosure
Maximum conductor
cross-section
1)
[mm
2
]
Efciency
[kW] [HP] 3380440 V 3441500 V 3380440 V 3441500 V IP 20 IP 21 IP 54 IP 55
0,55 0,75 1,8 1,6 1,6 1,4
A2

A5
4 0,95
0,75 1 2,4 2,1 2,2 1,9 4 0,96
1,1 1,5 3 2,7 2,7 2,7 4 0,96
1,5 2 4,1 3,4 3,7 3,1 4 0,97
2,2 3 5,6 4,8 5 4,3 4 0,97
3 4 7,2 6,3 6,5 5,7 4 0,97
4 5 10 8,2 9 7,4 4 0,97
5,5 7,5 13 11 11,7 9,9
A3
4 0,97
7,5 10 16 14,5 14,4 13 4 0,97
11 15 24 21 22 19
B3

B1
10 0,98
15 20 32 27 29 25 10 0,98
18,5 25 37,5 34 34 31 10 0,98
22 30 44 40 40 36
B4

B2
35 0,98
30 40 61 52 55 47 35 0,98
37 50 73 65 66 59
C1
50 0,98
45 60 90 80 82 73
C3
50 0,98
55 75 106 105 96 95 50 0,98
75 100 147 130 133 118
C4

C2
95 0,98
90 125 177 160 161 145 120 0,99
[kW] [HP] 3400 3460500 V 3400 V 3460500 V
110 150 212 190 204 183
D1 D1
2 70 0,98
132 200 260 240 251 231 2 70 0,98
160 250 315 302 304 291
D2 D2
2 185 0,98
200 300 395 361 381 348 2 185 0,98
250 350 480 443 463 427 2 185 0,98
1)
shielded motor cable, shielded power cable
6.5-8
Ordering data
CUE
Part numbers
CUE frequency converters 3 x 380-500 V
Typical shaft power
P
2
CUE
[kW] [HP] IP 20 IP 21 IP 54 IP 55
0,55 0,75 96 75 46 75 96 75 47 04
0,75 1 96 75 46 76 96 75 47 05
1,1 1,5 96 75 46 77 96 75 47 06
1,5 2 96 75 46 78 96 75 47 07
2,2 3 96 75 46 79 96 75 47 08
3 4 96 75 46 80 96 75 47 09
4 5 96 75 46 81 96 75 47 10
5,5 7,5 96 75 46 92 96 75 47 11
7,5 10 96 75 46 93 96 75 47 22
11 15 96 75 46 94 96 75 47 23
15 20 96 75 46 95 96 75 47 24
18,5 25 96 75 46 96 96 75 47 25
22 30 96 75 46 97 96 75 47 26
30 40 96 75 46 98 96 75 47 27
37 50 96 75 46 99 96 75 47 28
45 60 96 75 47 00 96 75 47 29
55 75 96 75 47 01 96 75 47 30
75 100 96 75 47 02 96 75 47 31
90 125 96 75 47 03 96 75 47 32
110 150 96 75 46 49 96 75 46 66
132 200 96 75 46 51 96 75 46 69
160 250 96 75 46 62 96 75 46 71
200 300 96 75 46 63 96 75 46 72
250 350 96 75 46 65 96 75 46 73
Output lter 3 x 380-500 V
Maximum motor
current
Output flter Maximum motor
current
Output flter
MCC 101 sine MCC 102 dU/dt
[A] IP 00 IP 20 [A] IP 00 IP 20
2,5 13 0B 24 04 13 0B 24 39 24,0 13 0B 23 85 13 0B 23 96
4,5 13 0B 24 06 13 0B 24 41 45,0 13 0B 23 86 13 0B 23 97
8,0 13 0B 24 08 13 0B 24 43 75,0 13 0B 23 87 13 0B 23 98
10,0 13 0B 24 09 13 0B 24 44 110,0 13 0B 23 88 13 0B 23 99
17,0 13 0B 24 11 13 0B 24 46 182,0 13 0B 23 89 13 0B 24 00
24,0 13 0B 24 12 13 0B 24 47 280,0 13 0B 23 90 13 0B 24 01
38,0 13 0B 24 13 13 0B 24 48 400,0 13 0B 23 91 13 0B 24 02
48,0 13 0B 22 81 13 0B 23 07 500,0 13 0B 22 75 13 0B 22 77
62,0 13 0B 22 82 13 0B 23 08
75,0 13 0B 22 83 13 0B 23 09
115,0 13 0B 22 84 13 0B 23 10
180,0 13 0B 22 85 13 0B 23 11
260,0 13 0B 22 86 13 0B 23 12
410,0 13 0B 22 87 13 0B 23 13
480,0 13 0B 22 88 13 0B 23 14
6.5-9
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control system data
CUE
PID controller
The CUE has a built-in PID controller for speed control of pumps. The
factory setting of gain (Kp) and integral time (Ti) can easily be changed
in the control panel.
The controller can operate in both normal and inverse mode.
Normal mode
Normal mode is used in systems in which an increase in pump
performance will result in a rise in the value measured at the feedback
sensor. This will typically be the case in most CUE applications.
Normal mode is selected by setting the gain (Kp) to a positive value
in the control panel.
Inverse mode
Inverse mode is used in systems in which an increase in pump
performance will result in a drop in the value measured at the
feedback sensor. This mode will typically be used for constant level
operation (emptying tank) and for constant temperature operation in
cooling systems. Inverse mode is selected by setting the gain (Kp) to a
negative value in the control panel.
Description
The PID controller compares the required setpoint (pset) with the
actual value (p) measured by the transmitter (P).
If the measured value is higher than the required setpoint, the PID
controller will reduce the speed and the performance of the pump
until the measured value is equal to the required setpoint.
Operating range
Set the min. speed within the range from a pump-dependent min.
speed to the adjusted max. speed. The factory setting depends on the
pump family. The area between the min. and max. speed is the actual
operating range of the pump.
For some pump families, oversynchronous operation (max. speed
above 100 %) will be possible, but in this case the motor and the
frequency converter performance must be examined.
Operating modes
These operating modes can be selected with the CUE:
Normal
Stop
Min.
Max.
The operating modes can be set without changing the setpoint
setting.
Normal
The pump operates in the control mode selected.
The control modes are diferent ways of controlling the pump speed
when the operating mode is set to Normal. The CUE has a built-in
PID controller that provides closed-loop control of the value you want
to control. The CUE can also be set to open-loop control where the
setpoint represents the desired pump speed.
Open loop is typically used without sensor. All other control modes
require a sensor.
Stop
The pump has been stopped by user.
Min. curve
The pump is running at a set minimum speed value (see g. below).
Max. curve
The pump is running at a set maximum speed value (see g. below).
Setpoint: p
set
p
set
Measured value: p
Constant pressure control
Q
H
100%
MAX-curve
Pump-dependent
min. speed range
MIN-curve
Operating range
CUE frequency converter operating range
H
Q
Max.
Min.
6.5-10
Control system data
CUE
Functions overview
CUE functions
Setting or reading via
CUE GENIbus PC Tool
Operating modes
Normal
Stop
Min.
Max.
Control modes
Open loop
Constant diferential pressure
Constant pressure
Constant level
Constant fow rate
Constant other value
Setpoints
Setpoint, CUE menu
External setpoint
GENIbus setpoint
Predefned setpoints from digital inputs
Additional functions
Setting the direction of rotation
Status information
Logging information
PID controller
Stop functions
Duty/standby
Operating range
Motor bearing monitoring
Standstill heating
Ramps
Proportional diferential pressure, parabolic
H
max
update
Diferential pressure from two sensors
Start delay after power-up
Auto/manual restart after alarm
Limit exceeded
Copy of settings
Pipe fll
Default
Optional with GENIbus
Optional with PC Tool
6.5-11
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Functions overview
CUE functions
CUE GENIbus PC Tool
Operating modes
Normal
Stop
Min.
Max.
Control modes
Open loop
Constant diferential pressure
Constant pressure
Constant level
Constant fow rate
Constant other value
Setpoints
Setpoint, CUE menu
External setpoint
GENIbus setpoint
Predefned setpoints from digital inputs
Additional functions
Setting the direction of rotation
Status information
Logging information
PID controller
Stop functions
Duty/standby
Operating range
Motor bearing monitoring
Standstill heating
Ramps
Proportional diferential pressure, parabolic
H
max
update
Diferential pressure from two sensors
Start delay after power-up
Auto/manual restart after alarm
Limit exceeded
Copy of settings
Pipe fll
Default
Optional with GENIbus
Optional with PC Tool
Control system data
CUE
Settings
Table column 2, labeled Setting, can be selected by the CUE
frequency converter buttons on the control panel, based on the
Installation and operating instructions .
In case of Grundfos pump drive, by specifying the series type, the
control parameters (minimum speed, delay, amplication factor,
etc) are automatically adjusted by the frequency converter. These
values can only be changed using the PC Tool.
Some parameters can be changed through a long-distance
monitoring system, via RS-485 communication GENIbus
connection.
With the help of the Grundfos PC Tool software, all parameters
of the frequency converter can be set or changed through a
computer.
CUE functions
CUE GENIbus PC Tool
Digital inputs
Start/stop
Min. (min. curve)
Max. (max. curve)
External fault
Flow switch
Alarm reset
Dry running (from external sensor)

Additional set of ramps, ramp selector
Signal relays
Ready
Warning
Alarm
Operation
Pump running
Relubricate
External relay control
Limit exceeded
Analog inputs
External setpoint
Sensor 1
Analog output
Feedback value
Speed
Frequency
Motor current
External setpoint input
Limit exceeded
MCB 114 sensor input module
Sensor input 2
Temperature sensor 1
Temperature sensor 2
D efault
O ptional with GENIbus
O ptional with PC Tool
6.5-12
Electrical data
CUE
Electrical installation
Always observe national and local regulations as to cable cross-
section, short-circuit protection and overcurrent when installing the
CUE.
Electrical protection
Protection against electric shock, indirect contact
Protective conductors must always have a yellow/green (PE) or yellow
/ green / blue (PEN) colour marking. Instructions according to EN IEC
61800-5-1:
The CUE must be stationary, installed permanently and connected
permanently to the mains supply.
The earth connection must be carried out with duplicate protective
conductors or with a single reinforced protective conductor with a
cross-section of minimum 10 mm
2
.
Protection against short-circuit, fuses
The CUE and the supply system must be protected against short-
circuit.
Grundfos demands that the fuses mentioned in the installation and
operating instructions in chapter 16.6 are used for protection against
short-circuit.
The CUE ofers complete short-circuit protection in case of a short-
circuit on the motor output.
Additional protection
Note: The leakage current to earth exceeds 3.5 mA.
If the CUE is connected to an electrical installation where an earth
leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) is used as additional protection, the
circuit breaker must be of a type marked with the following symbols:
The circuit breaker is type B.
The total leakage current of all the electrical equipment in the
installation must be taken into account. Leakage current of the CUE in
normal operation, see page 6.5-13. During start and in asymmetrical
supply systems, the leakage current can be higher than normal and
may cause the ELCB to trip.
Motor protection
The motor requires no external motor protection. The CUE protects
the motor against thermal overloading and blocking.
Protection against overcurrent
The CUE has an internal overcurrent protection for overload protection
on the motor output.
Protection against mains voltage transients
The CUE is protected against mains voltage transients according to
EN 61800-3, second environment.
Mains and motor connection
The supply voltage and frequency are marked on the CUE nameplate.
Make sure that the CUE is suitable for the power supply of the
installation site.
Mains switch
A mains switch can be installed before the CUE according to local
regulations. See previous g.
Wiring diagram
For more details see installation and operating manual instructions.
RFI lters
To meet the EMC requirements in EN 61800-3, the CUE comes with
the following types of built-in radio frequency interference lter
(RFI).
RFI lter types are according to EN 61800-3.
C1 is a high-performance lter.
C2 are typically RFI lter types for standard frequency converters.
Description of RFI lter types
C1: For use in domestic areas.
C2: For use in industrial areas with own low-voltage transformer.
In some cases RFI-interference may occur, then an additional lter
should be installed.
Output lters
Output lters are used for reducing the voltage stress on the motor
windings and the stress on the motor insulation system as well as
for decreasing acoustic noise from the frequency converter-driven
motor.
Grundfos ofers two types of output lter as accessories for the CUE:
dU/dt flters
sine-wave flters.
Use of output lters
The table below explains in which cases an output lter is required.
From the table it can be seen if a lter is needed, and which type to
use.
The selection depends on:
pump type
motor cable length
the required reduction of the acoustic noise from the motor.
FI
Example of three-phase mains connection of the
CUE with mains switch, back-up fuses and
additional protection
ELCB
Voltage Typical shaft power P
2
3380550 V
0,5590 kW C1
110250 kW C2
Pump type
CUE output
power
Cable length
1)
SP, BM, BMB with
380 V motor and up
Up to 7.5 kW 0300 m
11 kW and up 0150 m 150300 m
Pumps with MG 71
and MG 80 motors
up to 1.5 kW, and
other pumps
(Noise reduction)
Up to 7.5 kW 0300 m
11 kW and up 0150 m 150300 m
Other pumps
(Higher noise
reduction)
Up to 7.5 kW 0300 m
11 kW and up 0300 m
Pumps with 690 V
motor
0150 m 150300 m
1)
The lengths stated apply to the motor cable.
Analog inputs 5, terminal number 7, 8
Cables
Cable length
Maximum length, screened motor cable 150 m
Maximum length, unscreened motor cable 300 m
Maximum length, signal cable 300 m
Cable cross-section to signal terminals
Max. cable cross-section to signal terminals, rigid conductor 1,5 mm
2
Max. cable cross-section to signal terminals, fexible conductor 1,0 mm
2
Min. cable cross-section to signal terminals 0,5 mm
2
Note: For cable cross-section to mains and motor,
see installation and operating instruction.
Inputs and outputs
Mains supply (L1, L2, L3)
Supply voltage 200240 V 10%
Max. temporary imbalance between phases 3 % of rated value
Leakage current to earth >3,5 mA
Number of cut-ins, enclosure A max. 2 times/min.
Number of cut-ins, enclosures B and C max. 1 time/min.
Number of cut-ins, enclosure D max. 1 time/2 min.
Note: Do not use the supply voltage for switching the CUE on and of.
Motor output (U, V, W)
Output voltage 0100%
1)
Output frequency 0100 Hz
2)
Switching on output not recommended
1)
Output voltage in % of supply voltage.
2)
Depending on the pump family selected.
RS-485 GENIbus connection
Terminal number 68 (A), 69 (B), 61 GND (Y)
The RS-485 circuit is functionally separated from other central
circuits and galvanically separated from the supply voltage (PELV).
Digital inputs
Terminal number 18, 19, 32, 33
Voltage level 024 V DC
Voltage level, open contact > 19 V DC
Voltage level, closed contact < 14 V DC
Maximum voltage on input 28 V DC
Input resistance, R
i
Approx. 4 k
All digital inputs are galvanically separated from the supply voltage
(PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.
Signal relays
Relay 01, terminal number 1 (C), 2 (NO), 3 (NC)
Maximum terminal load (AC-1)
1)
240 VAC, 2 A
1)
240 VAC, 0.2 A
Maximum terminal load (DC-1)
1)
50 VDC, 1 A
Minimum terminal load
24 V DC 10 mA
24 V AC 20 mA
1)
IEC 60947, parts 4 and 5.
C Common
NO Normally open
NC Normally closed
The relay contacts are galvanically separated from other circuits by
reinforced insulation (PELV).
Analog inputs
Analg bemenet 1, terminal number 53
Voltage signal A53 = U
1)
Voltage range 010 V
Input resistance, Ri Kb. 10 k
Maximum voltage 20 V
Current signal A53 = I
1)
Current range 020, 420 mA
Input resistance, Ri Approx. 200
Maximum current 30 mA
Maximum fault, terminals 53, 55 0,5 % of full scale
Analg input 2, terminal number (sensor 1) 54
1)
Input resistance, Ri Kb. 200
1)
The factory setting is voltage signal U.
All analog inputs are galvanically separated from the supply voltage
Analog output
Analog output 1, terminal number (sensor 2) 42
Current range 020 mA
Maximum load to frame 500
Maximum fault 0,8 % of full scale
The analog output is galvanically separated from the supply voltage
Analog input 3, terminal number 2
Current range 0/420 mA
Input resistance < 200
Signal type, 2- or 3-wire Pt100/Pt1000
6.5-13
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Electrical data
CUE
Cables
Cable length
Maximum length, screened motor cable 150 m
Maximum length, unscreened motor cable 300 m
Cable cross-section to signal terminals
Max. cable cross-section to signal terminals, rigid conductor 1,5 mm
2
Max. cable cross-section to signal terminals, fexible conductor 1,0 mm
2
Min. cable cross-section to signal terminals 0,5 mm
2
Note: For cable cross-section to mains and motor,
see installation and operating instruction.
Inputs and outputs
Mains supply (L1, L2, L3)
Max. temporary imbalance between phases 3 % of rated value
Leakage current to earth >3,5 mA
Number of cut-ins, enclosure A max. 2 times/min.
Number of cut-ins, enclosures B and C max. 1 time/min.
Number of cut-ins, enclosure D max. 1 time/2 min.
Note: Do not use the supply voltage for switching the CUE on and of.
Motor output (U, V, W)
Output voltage 0100%
1)
Output frequency 0100 Hz
2)
Switching on output not recommended
1)
Output voltage in % of supply voltage.
2)
Depending on the pump family selected.
RS-485 GENIbus connection
Terminal number 68 (A), 69 (B), 61 GND (Y)
The RS-485 circuit is functionally separated from other central
circuits and galvanically separated from the supply voltage (PELV).
Digital inputs
Terminal number 18, 19, 32, 33
Voltage level 024 V DC
Voltage level, open contact > 19 V DC
Voltage level, closed contact < 14 V DC
Maximum voltage on input 28 V DC
Input resistance, R
i
Approx. 4 k
All digital inputs are galvanically separated from the supply voltage
Signal relays
1)
240 VAC, 2 A
1)
240 VAC, 0.2 A
Maximum terminal load (DC-1)
1)
50 VDC, 1 A
Minimum terminal load
24 V DC 10 mA
24 V AC 20 mA
1)
IEC 60947, parts 4 and 5.
C Common
NO Normally open
NC Normally closed
The relay contacts are galvanically separated from other circuits by
reinforced insulation (PELV).
Analog inputs
Analg bemenet 1, terminal number 53
Voltage signal A53 = U
1)
Voltage range 010 V
Input resistance, Ri Kb. 10 k
Maximum voltage 20 V
1)
Input resistance, Ri Approx. 200
Analg input 2, terminal number (sensor 1) 54
1)
Input resistance, Ri Kb. 200
1)
The factory setting is voltage signal U.
All analog inputs are galvanically separated from the supply voltage
Analog output
Analog output 1, terminal number (sensor 2) 42
Current range 020 mA
Maximum load to frame 500
Maximum fault 0,8 % of full scale
The analog output is galvanically separated from the supply voltage
Analog input 3, terminal number 2
Current range 0/420 mA
Input resistance < 200
Signal type, 2- or 3-wire Pt100/Pt1000
6.5-14
Accessories
CUE
Relative humidity 595% RH
Ambient temperature during operation -10 55 C
Temperature during storage and transportation -25 70 C
See the electrical connection information on previous page.
The MCB 114 ofers three additional analog inputs for the CUE:
one analog 0/4-20 mA input for an additional sensor
two analog Pt100/Pt1000 inputs for temperature sensors.
GLCP-Grundfos Local Control Panel,
+
-
CUE
>
>
>
>
OK
On/
Off
On
Off
Alarm
The CUE unit comes with a GLCP ftted by default, but the control panel is also
available as an option.
By means of a remote-mounting option, the GLCP can also be moved to the
front of a cabinet. The enclosure is IP65.
Floor-mounting option
By means of a pedestal, the CUE can also be mounted on the foor. A pedestal ha
been designed for that purpose.
One pedestal fts both enclosure D1 and D2.
IP21/NEMA1 option
An IP20 enclosure can be upgraded to IP21/NEMA1 with the IP20/NEMA1 option.
If this option is used, the power terminals (mains and motor) will be covered.
The IP21/NEMA1 option is available for the enclosures A2, A3, B3, B4, C3 and C4.
Output lters
Grundfos ofers two types of output flter as
accessories for the CUE, for more information see pages 6.5-8. and 6.5-12.
The CUE supports serial communication via the RS-485 connection. The
communication enables connection to a building management system or
another external control system. For connection, the adequate CIM/CIU interface
units can be ordered separately. (see chapter 6.2).
Transmitters
Transmitters for pump regulation can be seen in chapter 6.10. of this catalogue.
6.5-15
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Notes
6.6-1
General data
Pump monitoring equipment
CR/CRE-Monitor
Ambient temperature - operating: 0 C +40 C
Liquid temperature: -20 C +120 C*
* The medium temperature applications without Liqtec depend on
the transmitter and pump type, but max. +180 C.
In case of Liqtec + air-cooled head + 180 C.
Application
Electrical cabinet for one given pump type and performance, with
pump protection and supervision.
Supported pumps, motors and equipment:
CR, CRI, CRN, CRT, CR MAGdrive (magnetic drive) pumps,
- 3-phase Grundfos MG IE2/3 motors, from 1.5 to 22 kW,
- Other brand three-phase motors IE2 of 30-75 kW,
- The list of Grundfos CUE frequency converter driven motors,
CRE, CRIE, CRNE,CRTE pumps,
- 3-phase Grundfos MGE motors from 0.55 to 22 kW
(In case of supervision of other types of pumps, please contact
Grundfos.)
CR pump main applications (boost, industrial processes, high pressure
uid transfer, water supply, etc.), important:
plant safety (reliable warning and error messages)
stability of the pumping power (operating point stability,
cavitation, efciency, power consumption).
Construction
Depending on the performance, it can be oor- or wall -mounted,
sealed electrical cabinet that outside the main switch and the main
circuit fuses, contains the electrical and communications units that
are included in all models:
351 CU: Control Unit Ethernet (RJ45) and GENIbus (RS-485)
communications connection, analog / digital inputs and outputs,
351 IO: Module, additional inputs and outputs,
LiqTec: protection against dry running
Further elements in case of CR pumps + standard motors:
MP 204 electronic motor protection unit,
starter switch: direct (DOL) or star / delta (Y / D) start.
Type key
Product range
After the control elements are connected with the help of the wiring
diagrams (see next page), the instrumentation will allow monitoring
of the following operating characteristics:
overall efciency of the pump,
cavitation in the pump,
the pump curve and the operating point,
indication when the pump is operating outside the normal
operating range
dry running,
the pump power consumption.
The sensed and calculated data from the device are displayed on
the LCD display, it gives warning and error messages to local and /
or long-distance means of communication, and in case of an error it
stops the pump.
The operating parameters can be given on site through the LCD display
and control buttons, and with the help of the PC Tool software and a
computer respectively. The data - after inserting the appropriate types
of communication units available as an option - can be displayed in a
remote monitoring system, and intervention in the operation of the
pump can be ensured.
Example CR-Monitor 2,2 kW DOL 3400V 50-60Hz PE IP54
Type designation
CR-Monitor
(MG and Siemens)
or
CRE-Monitor
(MGE and CUE)
Motor size and starting method
(not stated for CRE and CR
with CUE)

Supply voltage
Mains frequency
Separate PE conductor
Enclosure class
CR/CRE-
Monitor
type
P
2
[kW]
Motor start
MP 204
CIU 150, 200, 250, 271, 300
DOL Y/D
communication modules
depending on the remote
monitoring system
CRE 0,5522
CR + CUE 1,575*
CR
1,54,0
5,575*
S tandard Option* 55 and 75 kW on request
6.6-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Pump monitoring equipment
CR/CRE-Monitor
Electrical data
Supply voltage
3 400 VAC +6 / -10%, 50 Hz, PE.
Internal power consumption
Up to 50 W.
Protection: IP 54
Cable lengths:
Transmitters: max. 200 m
LiqTec: 5 m (15 m on request)
GENIbus max. 500 m
Inputs and outputs
The analog / digital inputs / outputs data can be seen in the
Installation and operating instructions section.
Connection to the system
Sensors
The CR Monitor requires correct measured values for giving an
accurate indication of the pump status. It is therefore important
to position and install sensors according to the guidelines of the
manufacturer.
General requirements
In a system with a diaphragm tank, sensors must not be installed
after the tank.
The sensors must always be correctly sized for the range they are
to measure. If the sensor is too small, it will be saturated. If it is too
big, the solution of the sensor signal will be too poor.
In the case of sensors where is it possible to set a damping of the
measured value, the damping should be as low as possible.
In the case of cavitation monitoring, the sensor for inlet pressure
must measure absolute pressure. It must be as close to the pump
inlet as possible (max. 30 cm).
The table below shows what sensor types can be used for
cavitation and efciency monitoring:
CR / CRE Monitor installation
Because of the radio frequency noises the CR / CRE Monitor cannot be
installed in a residential environment (C1) .
The CR / CRE monitor is not designed for outdoor installation and
should not be exposed to direct sunlight.
can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online catalogue on www.
grundfos.com website in the Installation and operating instructions
documentation.
CR-Monitor
CRE-Monitor
In the case of CR with a CUE, pos. B and C from the CR Monitor must
be connected to the CUE.
Sensor type Monitoring
Inlet/discharge pressure Cavitation
Absolute/absolute x x
Relative/relative * x
x
* Requires that the inlet pressure is always positive.
PT PT
FT
A AI
1
6
7
Communication
2
3
5
TT
4
AO
DO
DI
PT PT
FT
A B C AI
1
7
Communication
6
2
3
5
TT
4
AO
DO
DI
Pos. Description
1 Inlet pressure
2 Discharge pressure
3 Flow rate
4 Liquid temperature
5 Sensor
6 LiqTec sensor
7 CR/CRE-Monitor
See sensors in chapter 6.10 of this catalogue.
6.7-1
General data
LiqTec
Operating data
Supply voltage: 1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (internal): 5 W
Max operating pressure: 40 bar
(for short period: +130 5 C)
Maximum ambient temperature: 55 C
Connection (sensor):
Enclosure class: IP X0
Sensor cable - standard: 5 m
- extension: 15 m
- max. length: 20 m
Application
Water or water-based uids transfer pumps, specically including CR,
CRI, CRN types of pumps and pump groups:
protection against dry running,
protection against liquid temperatures exceeding +130 5 C.
pump motor protection with PTC thermistors in the windings.
Functions, connections, markings
1. Sensor connection
2. Connection for external restarting.
3. Motor PTC
Green light indicates OK or short-circuited terminals. Red
light indicates too high motor temperature. The alarm relay is
activated.
4. Connection for PTC sensor
If the PTC sensor is not used, the terminals must be short-
circuited.
5. Sensor indicator light
Red light indicates defective sensor or cable.
The alarm relay is activated.
6. Deactivation of the dry-running monitoring function
Press the button to deactivate the dry-running monitoring function.
Red ashing light.
The PTC monitoring function is still active.
Press the Restart button to reactivate the dry running monitoring
function.
7. High liquid temperature indicator light
Red light indicates too high liquid temperature (130 C 5 C).
The alarm relay is activated.
8. Supply voltage
1200-240 V, 50/60 Hz.
9. Dry-running indicator light
Green light indicates OK (liquid in pump).
Red light indicates dry running (no liquid in pump). The alarm
relay is activated.
10. Alarm/Run relay output
Potential-free changeover contact.
Maximum contact load: 250 V, 1 A, AC (inductive load).
11. Auto/Manual (Restart)
Changeover between automatic and manual restarting. The
default setting is Man.
Changeover is carried out by means of a small screwdriver. When
Auto has been selected, the alarm indication will automatically
be reset 10 to 20 seconds after liquid detection.
12. Restart
Press the button to restart the pump. The button has no inuence
on the PTC monitoring.
Installation
Sensor installation
The Liqtec was primarily designed to protect the CR, CRI, CRN pumps
are. The sensor must be installed on top of the pump body (see the
gure).
The sensor must be installed on to a carefully selected point of the
connection pipeline, for more information contact Grundfos.
Electrical unit
The electrical unit must be mounted in the electrical cabinet on a DIN-
rail-system.
LiqTec Sensor
3
M
K1
T+
T+
T+
K1
N
L3
L2
L1
B
r
o
w
n
/
B
la
c
k
B
l
u
e
W
h
i
t
e
External
restart
LiqTec wiring (PTC thermistor)
Sensor
3
MGE
T+
T+
T+
N
L3
L2
L1
B
r
o
w
n
/
B
la
c
k
B
lu
e
W
h
it
e
External
restart
2 3 9
LiqTec Sensor
3
MGE
N
L3
L2
L1
B
r
o
w
n
/
B
la
c
k
B
l
u
e
W
h
i
t
e
2 3 9
E-motor terminals
LiqTec wiring (E-pumps)
B
lu
e
W
h
ite
B
r
o
w
n
/B
la
c
k
LiqTec Sensor
Automatic restart must be
selected

20
1200240 V
19, 32 or 33
CUE frequency converter terminals:
20 (GND, common signal ground)
and 19 (DI 2) or 32 (DI 3) or 33 (4 DI)
LiqTec wiring (CUE frequency converter)
6.7-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Electrical wiring
LiqTec
LiqTec Sensor
3
M
K1
T+
T+
T+
K1
N
L3
L2
L1
B
r
o
w
n
/
B
la
c
k
B
l
u
e
W
h
i
t
e
External
restart
LiqTec wiring (PTC thermistor)
Sensor
3
MGE
T+
T+
T+
N
L3
L2
L1
B
r
o
w
n
/
B
la
c
k
B
lu
e
W
h
it
e
External
restart
2 3 9
LiqTec Sensor
3
MGE
N
L3
L2
L1
B
r
o
w
n
/
B
la
c
k
B
l
u
e
W
h
i
t
e
2 3 9
E-motor terminals
LiqTec wiring (E-pumps)
B
lu
e
W
h
ite
B
r
o
w
n
/B
la
c
k
LiqTec Sensor
Automatic restart must be
selected

20
1200240 V
19, 32 or 33
CUE frequency converter terminals:
20 (GND, common signal ground)
and 19 (DI 2) or 32 (DI 3) or 33 (4 DI)
LiqTec wiring (CUE frequency converter)
6.8-1
General data
Motor protection and monitoring
MP 204
General description
The MP 204 protects pump motors against under-voltage, over-
voltage and other variations in power supply, ensuring your pump
continues its steady performance. The motor protector consists of:
a cabinet incorporating instrument transformers and electronics.
a control panel with operating buttons and display for reading of
data.
The MP 204 operates with two sets of limits:
a set of warning limits and
a set of trip limits.
If one or more of the warning limits are exceeded, the motor continues
to run, but the warnings will appear in the MP 204 display. If one of
the trip limits is exceeded, the trip relay stops the motor. The warning
can also be read out by means of the Grundfos R100 remote control.
Applications
The MP 204 can be used as a stand-alone motor protector. The MP 204
may also be incorporated in a Grundfos Dedicated Controls system in
which it functions as a motor protector and data collection unit.
The measured values, e.g. :
trip data
warnings
energy consumption
power consumption,
motor temperature
Transmitting measured values via the Grundfos GENIbus to the
Grundfos CU 401 control unit or other units in the system. The power
supply to the MP 204 is in parallel with the supply to the motor.
Motor currents up to 120 A are passed directly through the MP 204.
The MP 204 protects the motor primarily by measuring the motor
current by means of a true RMS measurement. The pump is protected
secondarily by measuring the temperature with a Tempcon sensor, a
Pt100/Pt1000 sensor and a PTC sensor/thermal switch. The MP 204 is
designed for single- and three-phase motors. In single-phase motors,
the starting and run capacitors are also measured. Cos is measured
in both single- and three-phase systems.
Note: The MP 204 can not be used together with a frequency
converter.
MP 204 installation
Detailed information about the MP 204 unit (installation, electrical
wiring, settings) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online
catalogue on www.grundfos.com website, in the Installation and
operating instructions documentation.
Functions
Phase-sequence monitoring
Indication of current or temperature (user selection)
Input for PTC/thermal switch
Indication of temperature in C or F (user selection)
4-digit, 7-segment display
Setting and status reading with the R100
Setting and status reading via the GENIbus.
Tripping conditions
Overload
Underload (dry running)
Temperature
Missing phase
Phase sequence
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Power factor (cos )
Current unbalance.
Warnings
Overload
Underload
Temperature
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Power factor (cos ).
Run capacitor (single-phase operation)
Starting capacitor (single-phase operation)
Loss of communication in network
Harmonic distortion.
Learning function
Phase sequence (three-phase operation)
Run capacitor (single-phase operation)
Starting capacitor (single-phase operation)
Identifcation and measurement of Pt100/Pt1000 sensor circuit.
Communication with R 100 remote control
R 100 makes available other state/set parameters.
Accessories
If the motor current is greater than 120 A, the external current
transformers should be used. When external current transformers are
used, the power cord cannot be used for another signal transmission
(e.g. SP pump temperature signal).
Max. 2 m
R 100
parameter tag
6.8-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Motor protection and monitoring
IO 112
Operating data
Relative Humidity: 95%
Installation height: max. 2000 m above sea level
Supply voltage: 24 VAC 10%, 50/60 Hz
24 VDC 10%
Power consumption: max. 5 W
Current consumption: min. 2.4 A max. 8
Enclosure: The IO 112 has an enclosure class of IP
20. In order to limit the external
contamination to 2, the IO 112 must
be build in to IEC 60529 housing with
enclosure class of IP X4. The material
is non ammable.
Installation: 35mm DIN rail (EN 50022)
General description
The IO 112 is a measuring module and a 1-channel protection unit for
use in connection with the MP 204 motor protection unit. The module
can be used for protection of pump against other factors than the
electrical conditions, for instance dry-running. It can also be used as a
stand-alone protection module.
The IO 112 interface has
three inputs for measured values
one potentiometer for setting of limits
indicator lights indicating the
- measured value of the input
- value of the limit set
- alarm source
- pump status.
Applications
By means of the IO 112 it is possible to
monitor and control the liquid level
monitor and control the temperature
use the counter function, for instance if the pump is to pump a
specic volume and then stop.
IO 112 must not be installed in explosive environments, but may be
used together with Grundfos pumps approved for installation in
potentially explosive environments.
Construction
IO 112 installation
Detailed information about the IO 112 unit (installation, electrical
wiring, settings) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online
PE T1 T2 G1 A1 G2 A2 K1 K2 R1 R2
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
ON DIP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 9 10
11
7
12
3
4
5
6
14
2
13
1
IO 112
Reset
15
90
75
60
45
30
120
100
80
60
40
20
600
500
400
300
200
100
% C Pulse
o
AI PT CNT
A Y B D1 D2 D3D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
Pos. Description
1 Reset button
2 Indicator light for pump status
3 Indicator light for analog input (AI)
4 Indicator light for Pt1000 temperature sensor (PT)
5 Indicator light for counter (CNT)
6 Indicator lights indicating value
7
Potentiometer for setting the alarm limit and
limits 1 and 2
8 Terminal for alarm relay
9 Terminal for analog and digital inputs and outputs
10 Terminal for supply voltage (24 VAC/24 VDC)
11 Terminal for connection of sensors
12 Terminal for GENIbus (RS485)
13 Terminal for digital outputs
14
6.9-1
General data
One pump control cabinet
Control MP 204
Technical data
Ambient temperature:
- direct start: -20 C +50 C
- Y / D start: -20 +50 C
- soft start: -10 C +40 C
Supply voltage: 3 x 220-440 V, 50/60 Hz
Motor current: 3-103 A
Number of operated pumps: 1
Remote manual on /of-switching, wired or wireless monitoring via
communication link
- watering,
- water exemption from wells,
- water lifting from reservoirs.
Automatic pump on / of switching based on digital signals
- pressure boosting,
- re-water system,
- reservoir charge / discharge.
Automatic pump on / of switching based on analog signals
- pressure boosting,
- reservoir charge / discharge,
- refrigeration systems, chemical neutralization processes where
one physical or chemical parameter must be kept within limits.
Advantages
MP 204:
- full motor protection
- local communication with R 100 remote control
- local computer communication using Grundfos PC Tool
- remote communication
Complete electrical cabinet
- design and manufacturers certication according to EN
standards
- fast on-site installation and commissioning
Operation and construction
Grundfos Control MP 204 control box in addition to the main
power switch, the main fuse and a Grundfos MP 204 electronic
motor protection module, contains the electrical components that
are required for a three-phase motor driven pump on / of-switch-
operation.
(MP 204 unit details can be seen on page 6.8-1.)
The device - control point of view - is available in two versions:
IO 112 without protection module: control based on digital signal
- oat switch,
- hysteresis pressure switch
- long-distance monitoring system.
IO 112 with protection module: control based on a 4-20 mA analog
signal:
- pressure sensor,
- level sensor,
- other physical or chemical parameter measurement sensor.
For the description of the IO 112 module, see previous page.
Control MP 204 control panel provides only one signal reception. In
terms of motor starting solutions, the control cabinets are made in
the following versions:
IO 112 without module: - direct start
- Y / D start
- soft start
IO 112 with module: - direct start
- Y / D start
Communication
Through the GENIbus RS-485 connection, of the MP 204 motor
protection unit, a long-distance monitoring and control can be
achieved with the appropriate Grundfos CIU 150, 200, 250, 271
application modules (see the description of the modules on pages
6.2-1-6.2-3.).
Through the local GENIbus RS-485 connection, computer
connection can be established with the help of the Grundfos PC
Tool software, the pump and motor protection parameters can be
set, the stored operating and error data retrieved and recorded
(see pages 6.3-3-6.3-5.).
With the R 100 infrared remote control the motor protection
parameters can be easily set and controlled (see pages 6.3-1-6.3-2.).
Accessories
Communication modules
Communications equipment (antennas)
Transmitters, oat switches (see catalogue chapter 6.10. )
For more information please contact Grundfos.
6.10-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Overview
Transmitters, sensors,
General description
On modern pump technology applications it is essential to have
a pump or pump-group regulation, control, local / long distance
surveillance, protection, operating characteristics measurement,
control, etc.. These tasks require the pump systems physical
characteristics measurement and transmission of measured data.
The following table contains a summary list of the used sensors,
transmitters, electrical units, which are ofered (optionally) by
Grundfos, for pumps and equipment produced by Grundfos. The
details of the items are included in the following pages of the
catalogue.
For more information please contact Grundfos.
Description Type Manufacturer Application
DPI
Grundfos
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
DPI kit 2
Grundfos TPED
Pressure transmitter for overpressure MBS 3000 Danfoss
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
CR-Monitor
Pressure transmitter absolute pressure MBS 3200 Danfoss CR-Monitor
Temperature transmitter TTA Carlo Gavazzi
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
CR-Monitor
ETSD Honsberg
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
CR-Monitor
SITRANS F M Siemens
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
CR-Monitor
Hydrostatic pressure liquid level measurement M PS Siemens
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
SQE-NE
Float switch
MS1
SAS
E-pumps
Control MPC
CUE
booster
Pressure switch FF4
Control MPC
booster
Electrode Relay SP
electrode SP
electrode SP
E-pumps
6.10-2
General data
Technical data
DPI Diferential-pressure transmitter
General description
Grundfos DPI diferential pressure transmitter is for measuring
pressure diference between two points in a closed circle and
transmitting a proportional analog electrical signal. The two pressure
measurement places can be connected with the transmitter port (4)
or capillary tubes. The pressure measurements is carried out with
a specially coated silicon measuring cell (3). Electrical elements in
the header (2) form an analog signal proportional to the pressure
diference, that passes through the connecting cable (1) to the pump
control (see gure below). The power supply is provided through the
connecting cable. DPI diferential pressure transmitters are made in
two series. For detailed specications see the following table.
Diferential pressure transmitters - selection, installation
The diferential pressure transmitters should be selected in such
manner, that the pumps closing head does not exceed the
transmitter measuring limit.
The default DPI series must be connected with a cable. If a longer
cable is required, the DPI kit 2 series should be chosen, which may
be extended up to 30 m. If this distance is greater (up to 10 km), an
SI 001 PSU (IP 54) amplier unit must be installed at the location of
the transmitter (see next page).
The transmitter assembly material is included in the scope of
delivery,
For more information about the transmitters and the amplier
unit, see the Installation and operating instructions
documentation in the WinCAPS and WebCAPS online database or
contact Grundfos.
Technical and ordering data
DPI Series (direct installation, e.g. pump attached to the motor)
Measuring range [bar] 00,6 01,0 01,6 02,5 04 06 010
Cable length [m] 0,9 0,9 0,9 0,9 0,9 0,9 0,9
Product number 97 61 15 22 97 61 15 23 97 61 15 24 97 61 15 25 97 61 15 26 97 61 15 27 97 61 15 50
DPI whom two series (pipeline construction)
Measuring range [bar] 01,2 02,5 0 4 06 010
Cable length [m] 5 5 5 5 5
Product number 96 76 02 47 96 76 02 48 96 76 02 49 96 76 02 50 96 82 92 35
Technical data for both series
Power supply 12-30 V DC
Output signal 4-20 mA
Max. operating pressure P
1
, P
2
at the same time [bar] 16 (unilateral overload P
2
-P
1
: 16 bar / P
2
-P
1
: 10 bar)
Bursting pressure [bar] 25 bar
Measurement accuracy < 0,6 bar: 3,5%, > 0,6 bar: 2,0% IEC61298-2
Response time < 0,5 sec
Process temperature -10 to 70 C (capillary tube and <+40 C Amb.temperature Max. +140 C)
Storage temperature -40 to +80 C
Electrical connection 3-wire, 0.13 mm
2
, shielded cable - M 12 1.5 connected to the transmitter head
Protection against short-circuit, over-voltage, reverse polarity
housing: EN 1.4305, seals: FKM (Viton), inner part: PPS
Weight [g] 550
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) c able length 30 m according to EN 60335-1
Emission/Immunity-accordance according to EN 61 000-6-3 and EN 61 000-6-2
Connection 7/16"-UNF
Material of the upper part of the housing PA (composite)
7
/
1
6

-

2
0

U
N
F
45
7
7
6 14
SW 14
P2
P1
3
2
4
1
SI 001 PSU external
power supply
General data
Grundfos SI 001 PSU amplifer power supply (interface) is an
external power source and signal amplifer for the DPI diferential
pressure transmitter. Includes the following items:
6 interface cables with stufng box and blind plug
fasteners for DIN rail fxture
installation and operating instructions
mounting template
Product number: 96 91 58 20
Technical data
Power supply: 115400 VAC 10%
Frequency: 5060 Hz
Cable size: IEC: 0,754 mm
2
Sensor cable: shielded, 0,251 mm
2

max. length: 30 m
Analog signal output: 4-20 mA two-wire
Analog signal cable: shielded, two-wire, twisted,
0,251 mm
2
,
max. length of 10,877 m
(for the selection of the cable
as a function of length,
see the Installation and
operating instructions)
Cable entries: 6M16 410
DPI pressure transmitter
set for 2000 TPED pump
P2
P1
P1
P2
General description
This diferential pressure transmitter kit for TPED 2000 Grundfos
twin pump allows the installation of a second pressure sensor.
Right after the fange connection the two capillary tubes, of the
built-in primary transmitter of the "master" motor, there is a
possibility of a separate transmitter installation of the "slave" motor.
The kit includes the necessary two T profles and mounting material.
The second transmitter with 0.9 m cable (see previous page) must
be ordered separately.
By using a second transmitter, regulations safety can be increased
and / or various control modes can be realized. After the installation
of the second pressure transmitter, on both motors the proper
settings should be made respectively.
MBS 3000 pressure
transmitter set

General description
The MBS 3000 pressure transmitters are used for relative pressure
measurement of the system at a given point and transmission of
proportional analog electrical signal. The power supply is
provided through the connecting cable. The kit includes a pressure
transmitter, items and materials needed for installation, and the
"Installation and operating instructions."
Technical data
Emission-/immunity
protection: according to EN 6100-6-3 and EN 61000-6-2
Connection: G " A (DIN 16288 - B6kt)
Depending on the electrical equipment, with two series are
available:
without Cable
2 m screened connection cable and 5 cable clamps.

Ordering data
Measurement range
Product number
without cable 2 m cable
02,5 bar 96 47 81 88
04 bar 91 07 20 75 96 42 80 14
06 bar 91 07 20 76 96 42 80 15
010 bar 91 07 20 77 96 42 80 16
016 bar 91 07 20 78 96 42 80 17
025 bar 91 07 20 79 96 42 80 18
MBS 3200 pressure
transmitter set
General description
The MBS 3200 pressure transmitters are used for absolute pressure
proportional analog electrical signal. The power supply is provided
through the connecting cable.
The kit includes a pressure transmitter, items and materials
needed for installation, and the "Installation and operating
instructions."
Technical data
Cable length: 2 m (with 5 cable clamps)
Emission-/immunity
Ambient temperature: -40 C - +100 C

Ordering data
Measurement range Product number
01 bar 96 93 62 76
04 bar 96 93 62 80
06 bar 96 93 62 81
010 bar 96 93 62 83
060 bar 96 93 62 84
.
6.10-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
SI 001 PSU external
power supply
General data
Grundfos SI 001 PSU amplifer power supply (interface) is an
external power source and signal amplifer for the DPI diferential
pressure transmitter. Includes the following items:
6 interface cables with stufng box and blind plug
fasteners for DIN rail fxture
installation and operating instructions
mounting template
Technical data
Power supply: 115400 VAC 10%
Frequency: 5060 Hz
Cable size: IEC: 0,754 mm
2
Sensor cable: shielded, 0,251 mm
2

max. length: 30 m
Analog signal output: 4-20 mA two-wire
Analog signal cable: shielded, two-wire, twisted,
0,251 mm
2
,
max. length of 10,877 m
(for the selection of the cable
as a function of length,
see the Installation and
operating instructions)
Cable entries: 6M16 410
DPI pressure transmitter
set for 2000 TPED pump
P2
P1
P1
P2
General description
This diferential pressure transmitter kit for TPED 2000 Grundfos
twin pump allows the installation of a second pressure sensor.
Right after the fange connection the two capillary tubes, of the
built-in primary transmitter of the "master" motor, there is a
possibility of a separate transmitter installation of the "slave" motor.
The kit includes the necessary two T profles and mounting material.
The second transmitter with 0.9 m cable (see previous page) must
be ordered separately.
By using a second transmitter, regulations safety can be increased
and / or various control modes can be realized. After the installation
of the second pressure transmitter, on both motors the proper
settings should be made respectively.
MBS 3000 pressure
transmitter set

General description
The MBS 3000 pressure transmitters are used for relative pressure
proportional analog electrical signal. The power supply is
provided through the connecting cable. The kit includes a pressure
transmitter, items and materials needed for installation, and the
"Installation and operating instructions."
Technical data
Emission-/immunity
Depending on the electrical equipment, with two series are
available:
without Cable
2 m screened connection cable and 5 cable clamps.

Ordering data
Measurement range
Product number
without cable 2 m cable
02,5 bar 96 47 81 88
04 bar 91 07 20 75 96 42 80 14
06 bar 91 07 20 76 96 42 80 15
010 bar 91 07 20 77 96 42 80 16
016 bar 91 07 20 78 96 42 80 17
025 bar 91 07 20 79 96 42 80 18
MBS 3200 pressure
transmitter set
General description
The MBS 3200 pressure transmitters are used for absolute pressure
proportional analog electrical signal. The power supply is provided
through the connecting cable.
The kit includes a pressure transmitter, items and materials
needed for installation, and the "Installation and operating
instructions."
Technical data
Cable length: 2 m (with 5 cable clamps)
Emission-/immunity
Ambient temperature: -40 C - +100 C

Ordering data
Measurement range Product number
01 bar 96 93 62 76
04 bar 96 93 62 80
06 bar 96 93 62 81
010 bar 96 93 62 83
060 bar 96 93 62 84
.
6.10-4
General data
Technical data
TTA Temperature transmitter
General description
The TTA temperature transmitters are used for liquid temperature
measurement at a given point in the system and transmission of
proportional analog electrical signal.
The Pt100 resistance thermometer is situated in a 6 100 mm
stainless steel (EN 1.4571) measuring tube. Electrical components in
the painted cast aluminum header, form an analog signal
proportional to the temperature, that passes through the connecting
cable to the pump control. The power supply is provided through the
connecting cable.
The screw connection of the Pg 16 cable is made from stainless steel,
with a neoprene-rubber gasket. The cable is not included.
The transmitter can be installed directly in to the pipeline with an
oil-lled protection pipe or cutting ring bush. Depending on the site
conditions, the items required for installation must be ordered
separately.
Technical data
Type TTA (25) 25 TTA (0) 25 TTA (0) 150 TTA (50) 100
Item number 96 43 01 94 96 43 25 91 96 43 01 95 96 43 25 92
Measurement range -25 C +25 C 0 C +25 C 0 C +150 C +50 C +150 C
Measurement accuracy according to IEC 751, Class B, 0.3 C ( at 0 C)
Reaction time, (0.9) in water
w = 0,2 m/sec
without conduit: 28 sec
oil-flled conduit: 75 sec
Output signal 420 mA
Power supply 835 V DC
EMC (electromagnetic
compatibility)

Emission according to EN 50081
Immunity according to EN 50082
Accessories
Type
Protecting tube
950 mm
Protecting tube
9100 mm
Cutting ring bush
Item number 96 43 02 01 96 43 02 02 96 43 02 03
Description
Protecting tube stainless steel SINOX SSH 2
for 6 mm measuring tube, connection: G "
Sealing screw for 6 mm measuring tube,
connection: G "
Dimensions Electrical wiring
The E-pumps transmitter cable, must be connected to the motor
switching box (7) and (8) series terminal.
Protecting tube
Sealing screw
+24 V DC (8)
signal (7)
420 mA
Type L
950 49
9100 99
ETSD Diferential-temperature sensor
Technical data
Type
ETSD1-04-020K045
+ ETSD2-K045
ETSD1-04-050K045
+ ETSD2-K045
Product number 96 40 93 62 96 40 93 63
Measuring range:
(T1-T2) or (T2-T1)
020 K 050 K
Supply voltage 1530 V DC
Measuring accuracy 0,3% FS
Repeatability 1% FS
Response time, (0.9) 2 min
Ambient temperature -25 C +85 C
Operating temperature of
T1 and T2
-25 C 105 C
Maximum distance
between T1 and T2
5 m with screened cable
cross-section 1 mm
2
Electrical connection
Between T1 and T2: M12 x 1 plug
(incl. in kit),
output signal with DIN 43650-A plug type
Storage temperature -45 C 125 C
Short-circuit-proof Yes
Protected against polarity
reversal
Yes, up to 40 V
Materials in contact with
liquid
Stainless steel, DIN 1.4571
compatibility)
Emission: According to EN 50081
Immunity: According to EN 50082
Feeder cable 1 mm
2
, max. length 100 m
Version: Ambient temperature: max. 120 C
Measuring range: 0 to 50 K
ETSD1- 04- 020 K 045 Specifcation*
ETSD1- Reference temperature, T1
04- 0 C corresponds to 4 mA
020 20 C corresponds to 20 mA
K
Material in contact with liquid
045 Length of sensing element: 45 mm
* The ETSD2 K045-T2 signal detection legend is construed in accordance with
the table above.
Product description
The temperature sensors T1 and T2 measure the temperature in
their respective location at the same time. Besides the temperature
measurement, the T1 features an electronic unit calculating the
temperature diference between T1 and T2 and transmitting the
result as a 4-20 mA signal via a current amplier. As the measured
signal transmitted from the T2 is also a current signal, a relatively
large distance is allowed between T2 and T1. As will appear from g.
on the left, it has no efect on the output signal, Iout , which of the
sensors that measures the highest temperature. Thus, the current
signal generated will always be positive between 4 and 20 mA.
Dimensions
Installation

The two sensors must be installed in such way that the measuring
components are in the ow axis.

The upper connecting part of the cable can be turned to any position.

Connection: G "

As far as E-pumps are concerned, the cable from sensor T1 is to be
connected to pump terminals (7) and (8).
Electrical wiring
ETSD1-04-020
I
out
[mA]
20
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
[C]
15
10
4
ETSD1-04-050
T1-T2
Diff. temp
g
5
4
4
5
1
8
SW
27
27
9
3
G 1/2
G 1/2
1
4
0
SW
27
SW
27
+24 V (8)
Jel (7)
420 mA
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
M12 x 1-plug
Use screened cable when distance > 3 m
DIN 43650-A-plug
T1 T2
6.10-5
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
ETSD Diferential-temperature sensor
Technical data
Type
ETSD1-04-020K045
+ ETSD2-K045
ETSD1-04-050K045
+ ETSD2-K045
Product number 96 40 93 62 96 40 93 63
Measuring range:
(T1-T2) or (T2-T1)
020 K 050 K
Supply voltage 1530 V DC
Measuring accuracy 0,3% FS
Repeatability 1% FS
Response time, (0.9) 2 min
Operating temperature of
T1 and T2
-25 C 105 C
Maximum distance
between T1 and T2
5 m with screened cable
cross-section 1 mm
2
Electrical connection
Between T1 and T2: M12 x 1 plug
(incl. in kit),
output signal with DIN 43650-A plug type
Storage temperature -45 C 125 C
Short-circuit-proof Yes
Protected against polarity
reversal
Yes, up to 40 V
Materials in contact with
liquid
compatibility)
Emission: According to EN 50081
Immunity: According to EN 50082
Feeder cable 1 mm
2
, max. length 100 m
Version: Ambient temperature: max. 120 C
Measuring range: 0 to 50 K
ETSD1- 04- 020 K 045 Specifcation*
ETSD1- Reference temperature, T1
04- 0 C corresponds to 4 mA
K
Material in contact with liquid
045 Length of sensing element: 45 mm
* The ETSD2 K045-T2 signal detection legend is construed in accordance with
the table above.
Product description
The temperature sensors T1 and T2 measure the temperature in
their respective location at the same time. Besides the temperature
measurement, the T1 features an electronic unit calculating the
temperature diference between T1 and T2 and transmitting the
result as a 4-20 mA signal via a current amplier. As the measured
signal transmitted from the T2 is also a current signal, a relatively
large distance is allowed between T2 and T1. As will appear from g.
on the left, it has no efect on the output signal, Iout , which of the
sensors that measures the highest temperature. Thus, the current
signal generated will always be positive between 4 and 20 mA.
Dimensions
Installation

The two sensors must be installed in such way that the measuring
components are in the ow axis.

The upper connecting part of the cable can be turned to any position.

Connection: G "

As far as E-pumps are concerned, the cable from sensor T1 is to be
connected to pump terminals (7) and (8).
Electrical wiring
ETSD1-04-020
I
out
[mA]
20
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
[C]
15
10
4
ETSD1-04-050
T1-T2
Diff. temp
g
5
4
4
5
1
8
SW
27
27
9
3
G 1/2
G 1/2
1
4
0
SW
27
SW
27
+24 V (8)
Jel (7)
420 mA
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
M12 x 1-plug
Use screened cable when distance > 3 m
DIN 43650-A-plug
T1 T2
6.10-6
General data
Technical data
SITRANS F M, electromagnetic ow meter
Description
The range of SITRANS F M electromagnetic owmeters consists of
two sensor tubes, type MAG 3100 or MAG 5100, and an MAG 5000
transmitter unit. The MAG 3100/5100 sensor tube converts the ow
into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of the ow. The
sensor is built-up of a stainless steel pipe, two coils, electrodes, an
isolating liner, housing and connecting anges.
Technical data
The MAG 5000 transmitter converts the signal from the sensor tube
and shows the velocity of the ow, and provides an analog signal
for other control applications. The unit is compatible with all sensor
tubes.
MAG 5000 transmitter is available in two installation modes:
long-distance version (wall, bracket mounted )
compact design (on the sensor tube)
MAG 3100
MAG 5100
MAG 5000
Enclosure classI P 67
Max measuring error 0,50 % of rate
Display 3-line alpha numeric LCD with backlight
Input and output
1 analogue current output
020mA
420mA
1 pulse/freq output
1 relay output
Power supply
11-30 V DC or 11-24 V AC
115230 V AC +10% -15%, 5060 Hz,
Power consumption
12 V DC: 11W, I
N
= 920mA, I
ST
= 4 A (250ms)
24 V AC: 9W, I
N
= 380mA, I
ST
= 8 A (30ms)
230 V AC: 9VA
Approvals FM/CSA (Class 1, Div 2)
Language GB - D - F - E - I - S - DK - FIN RU - P PL
Technical data MAG 3100 MAG 5100
Size DN DN 50300 DN 50300
Process temperature 0 +70 C -10 C +70 C
Ambient temperature
-40 C +100 C
1)
-40 C +70 C
1)
-20 C +50 C
2)
-20 C +50 C
2)
Max. pressure rating
DN 50, 40 bar DN 50DN 150, 16 bar
3)
DN 65DN 150, 16 bar
3)
DN 200DN 300, 10 bar
3)
DN 200DN 300, 10 bar
3)
Liner material Neoprene EPDM
Electrode material E N 1.4571 Hastelloy
Measuring pipe EN 1.4301 EN 1.4301
Flange carbon steel
4)
carbon steel
4)
Housing material c arbon steel
4)
carbon steel
4)
Approvals FM/CSA (Class 1, Div 2)
WRAS, NSF61,DVGW,
Belgaqua, ACS, FM/CSA
(Class 1, Div 2)
1)
Remote transmitter.
2)
Compact transmitter.
3)
EN 1092-1
4)
6.10-7
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Selection
Selection guide
Sensors and transmitters can meet any need in just about any industry.
MAG5000
+
MAG3100
MAG5000
+
MAG5100
Water and wastewater
Abstraction
Water treatment
Distribution
Revenue/billing
Re-use/fltration
Irrigation
Chemical industry
Basic chemicals
Fibres and foils
Speciality chemicals
Fine chemicals
Bio-chemicals
Food, beverage and pharmaceutical
Food
Dairy
Soft drink
Beverages
Pharmaceutical
Mining, cement, pulp and paper
Mining
Cement
Pulp and paper
Power and utilities District cooling and chillers
Oil and gas
Upstream
Midstream
Downstream
A mrcs kivlasztsa

The table below shows the relationship
between ow velocity [m/s], ow
quantity [m
3
/h] and sensor dimension
DN.

Normally the sensor is selected so that
the ow velocity lies within the
measuring range 1-5 [m/s].
1
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
D
N

5
0
2
"
2
"
3
"
4
"
5
"
6
"
8
"
1
0
"
1
2
"
D
N

6
5
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

2
0
0
D
N

2
5
0
D
N

3
0
0
m/s
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 200 300 500 7001000 20003000 5000
m
3
/h
6.10-8
Ordering data
Ordering

To order a complete ow meter, order a sensor tube plus a control unit.

In case of long-distance edition, additional accessories must be ordered.
MAG 3100 sensor tube - neoprene liner
Description Nominal diameter Length [mm] Part No.
MAG3100-DN50-PN40 DN 50 200 97 56 33 59
MAG3100-DN65-PN16 DN 65 200 97 56 33 60
MAG3100-DN80-PN16 DN 80 200 97 56 33 71
MAG3100-DN100-PN16 DN 100 250 97 56 33 72
MAG3100-DN125-PN16 DN 125 250 97 56 33 73
MAG3100-DN150-PN16 DN 150 300 97 56 33 74
MAG3100-DN200-PN10 DN 200 350 97 56 33 75
MAG3100-DN250-PN10 DN 250 450 97 56 33 76
MAG3100-DN300-PN10 DN 300 500 97 56 33 77
MAG 5100 sensor tube - EPDM liner
Description Nominal diameter Length [mm] Part No.
MAG5100-DN50-PN16 DN 50 200 97 56 33 78
MAG5100-DN65-PN16 DN 65 200 97 56 33 79
MAG5100-DN80-PN16 DN 80 200 97 56 33 80
MAG5100-DN100-PN16 DN 100 250 97 56 33 81
MAG5100-DN125-PN16 DN 125 250 97 56 33 82
MAG5100-DN150-PN16 DN 150 300 97 56 33 83
MAG5100-DN200-PN10 DN 200 350 97 56 33 84
MAG5100-DN250-PN10 DN 250 450 97 56 33 85
MAG5100-DN300-PN10 DN 300 500 97 56 33 86
MAG 5000 transmitter unit
Description Supply voltage Part No.
MAG5000-230V 115230 V 97 56 33 87
MAG5000-24V 1130 V DC 1124 V AC 97 56 33 88
Accessories
Description Part No.
Wall mounting kit (long distance edition) 97 56 33 89
Cable - 10m (link length: up to 5 m.) 10 m 97 56 33 90
Cable - 20 m (link length: up to 10 m.) 20 m 97 56 3 391
Silicone kit for the switch box
Transformation
IP 67 > IP 68
97 56 33 92
6.10-9
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
MPS hydrostatic pressure sensor
The hydrostatic pressure sensor is for measuring the liquid level in
wells, tanks, channels and dams.
On one side of the sensor, the diaphragm is exposed to the hydrostatic
pressure which is proportional to the submersion depth. This pressure
is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe in the
connection cable. The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts
on the sensor diaphragm, and transmits the pressure to the piezo-
resistive bridge in the sensor. On the surface, above the immersed
sensor, a polyamide galvanized steel suspension bracket should
be installed. A junction box should be used (not included), to
accommodate the protected air tube and the connection of the signal
transmitting shielded cable (see gure below).
The output of the hydrostatic pressure sensor is 4 to 20 mA.
Technical data
Transmitter
Supply voltage: 10-36 V DC
Output: 4-20 mA
Accuracy: 0.3% in the whole range
Protection: IP 68
Storage temperature: -40 C +100 C
Size: 27 mm, L = 158 mm
Weight - Transmitter: 0.4 kg
- Cable: 0.08 kg / m
Material - housing: stainless steel (EN 1.4571)
- seal: FKM (Viton)
- cable - PE / HFFR sheath
Junction box
Connection: 2 x M 20 x 1 + 1 air valve
Material: polycarbonate
Size: 65 94 57 mm
Application
The MPS hydrostatic pressure sensor can be used in the following
application:
Water abstraction
Water treatment
Water distribution
Irrigation
Mining
Oil and gas industries.
Ordering data
Each transmitter set includes a cable mounting unit.
Venting pipe
To transmitter To measured
value processing
Name Range Cable length Part number
MPS 0,5 bar
10 m cable
0,5 bar
/
5 meters
10 meters 96 37 74 10
MPS 0,5 bar
25 m cable
0,5 bar
/
5 meters
25 meters 97 71 93 45
MPS 1 bar
25 m cable
1 bar
/
10 meters
25 meters 97 71 93 47
MPS 1 bar
50 m cable
1 bar
/
10 meters
50 meters 97 71 93 48
MPS 1 bar
100 m cable*
1 bar
/
10 meters
100 meters 97 71 93 49
MPS 5 bar
60 m cable*
5 bar
/
50 meters
60 meters 97 71 93 50
MPS 5 bar
100 m cable*
5 bar
/
50 meters
100 meters 97 71 93 51
MPS 10 bar
120 m cable*
10 bar
/
120 meters
120 meters 97 71 93 52
MPS 16 bar
200 m cable*
16 bar
/
160 meters
200 meters 97 71 93 53
MPS 16 bar
250 m cable*
16 bar
/
160 meters
250 meters 97 71 93 54
Junction box 96 37 74 11
* Drinking water rating.
6.10-10
General data
Technical data
MS1 Float switches
Description
The oat switch is freely suspended from a highly exible heavy-duty
cable and set at the required level for "on", "of" and "alarm".
The position of the oat switch changes with the water level. A
microswitch opens and closes the circuit, for example, switching a
pump on or of or triggering an alarm. One oat switch is required for
each switching impulse. The oat switch is, however, equipped with a
changeover contact, that is, depending on the electrical connection,
the oat switch can be used both to empty and ll a tank.
Make sure that the oat switches can hang freely, that they do not
rest on the base, that they can oat without interference from the
shaft walls, pipes, and ttings etc., and that they are not in direct
current.
Technical data
MS1 MS1 elec. Ex MS1 C
Specifc density [kg/m
3
] 9501050
Breaking capacity 1mA/4 V5 A/250 V
Max. temperature 80 C 80 C 100 C
Enclosure class IP 68/2 bar
Angle function 10
EX classifcation II 10 EEx ia IIC T6
Housing material Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Pre-elec.
Polypropylene
Stamylan
Cable material TPKIPVC TPKIPVC
Housing/Cable colour Orange/Orange Black/Dark blue Grey/Black
Size [ x L ] 100180 mm
Cable cross-section [mm
2
] 30,75
Application
MS1 / MS1 elec. ex:

domestic, municipal and industrial wastewater,

manure,

wastewater (laundry, bath)

rainwater, groundwater,

sea water, river water,

water,

chlorinated water, salt water, salt solutions,

emulsion (oil, acid, grease)

vegetable oil

fruit acids,

alcohols.
MS1 C:

battery acid,

fuels

oil (drilling, turbine, gear, lubricants, diesel, transformer, etc)

oily solutions,

brake uids;

petroleum,

antifreeze,

solvent liquids,

lactic acid water

liquid containing sulfuric acid,

liquid containing hydrochloric acid,

galvanic baths.
The utilization is inuenced by the temperature and medium concentration.
For a specic application consult Grundfos.
Ordering data
Name Cable [m] Part number
1 foat switch MS1 10 96 00 33 32
1 foat switch MS1 20 96 00 36 95
1 foat switch MS1 30 91 07 32 05
2 foat switches MS1, with bracket 10 62 50 00 13
1 foat switch MS1 elec. Ex 10 96 00 34 21
2 foat switches MS1 elec. Ex 10 62 50 00 16
Isolation unit, LC Ex-4
(max. 4
foating valves)
96 44 03 00
1 foat switch MS1 C 10 96 65 28 69
Cable support for 2 foating valves 10 96 00 33 38
SAS oat switch
Floating plastic housing (PP), rubber cord,
Switching current: max. 8 A, 250 V,
Function: draining (contacts are open when the tank
is empty)

flling (contact are open when the tank is full)
Function
Cable length
Item number
Draining Filling
3,0 m 00 ID 78 01 On request
FF-4 Pressure switch
1-pole connection without motor protection
Max load: 4 kVA, AC1, 500 V
Connection: G / "
Type Setting
range
Part number
FF4 - 4 0,224 bar 00 ID 89 52
FF4 - 8 0,508 bar 00 ID 89 53
FF4 - 16 1,016 bar 00 ID 89 54
FF4 - 32 2,032 bar 00 ID 90 74
LG RM2 relay
Technical data
Output connections: 2 changeover contact, AC 400 V / 5 (2) A,
Power supply: 220240 V,
Operating range: 5100 k,
250 ms (fxed setting) Indentation and drop-out delay:
Enclosure: IP 54
Max. cable length: 100 m
Part number
96 02 00 79
EL-S electrode
Material: stainless steel, plastic housing
Diameter: 23 mm
96 64 36 97
Electrode
Cross section: 11,5 mm
2
Diameter: max. 7,2 mm;
Weight: 0,05 kg/m
Drinkwater rating: by BAM
96 64 36 98
Load weight
Fixed-point design and eliminate cable tensile loading
(if application of a console or other supporting structure is not possible ).
Material: - plastic, copper core 00 ID 89 50
EMC lter
If E-pumps with MGE motor, 11-22 kW, are going to be used unrestricted in residential areas, an additional
EMC flter must be installed between the power supply and the E-pump.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 380480 V, 50/60 Hz
Maximum load: 50 A
Protection: IP 54
Size: kb. 400200200 mm
Weight: 12 kg
Contents: - EMC flter
- EMC cable glands
- Installation and operating
instructions Important: Make sure that the screened cable has at least the
same current value as the mains cable

96 47 83 09
L3
L1
L2
PE
L3
L1
L2
PE
PE L3 L2 L1
MGE
EMC cable glands
Screened cable Mains supply
6.10-11
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
SAS oat switch
Floating plastic housing (PP), rubber cord,
Switching current: max. 8 A, 250 V,
Function: draining (contacts are open when the tank
is empty)

flling (contact are open when the tank is full)
Function
Cable length
Item number
Draining Filling
FF-4 Pressure switch
1-pole connection without motor protection
Max load: 4 kVA, AC1, 500 V
Connection: G / "
Type Setting
range
Part number
FF4 - 4 0,224 bar 00 ID 89 52
FF4 - 8 0,508 bar 00 ID 89 53
FF4 - 16 1,016 bar 00 ID 89 54
FF4 - 32 2,032 bar 00 ID 90 74
LG RM2 relay
Technical data
Output connections: 2 changeover contact, AC 400 V / 5 (2) A,
Power supply: 220240 V,
Operating range: 5100 k,
250 ms (fxed setting) Indentation and drop-out delay:
Enclosure: IP 54
Max. cable length: 100 m
Part number
96 02 00 79
EL-S electrode
Material: stainless steel, plastic housing
Diameter: 23 mm
96 64 36 97
Electrode
Cross section: 11,5 mm
2
Diameter: max. 7,2 mm;
Weight: 0,05 kg/m
Drinkwater rating: by BAM
96 64 36 98
Load weight
Fixed-point design and eliminate cable tensile loading
(if application of a console or other supporting structure is not possible ).
Material: - plastic, copper core 00 ID 89 50
EMC lter
If E-pumps with MGE motor, 11-22 kW, are going to be used unrestricted in residential areas, an additional
EMC flter must be installed between the power supply and the E-pump.
Technical data
Supply voltage: 380480 V, 50/60 Hz
Maximum load: 50 A
Protection: IP 54
Size: kb. 400200200 mm
Weight: 12 kg
Contents: - EMC flter
- EMC cable glands
- Installation and operating
instructions Important: Make sure that the screened cable has at least the
same current value as the mains cable

96 47 83 09
L3
L1
L2
PE
L3
L1
L2
PE
PE L3 L2 L1
MGE
EMC cable glands
Screened cable Mains supply
6.10-12
Notes
Wastewater pumps control
equipment

6.11 Control cabinets for 1-6
pumps
DC
6.12 Control cabinets for 1-2
pumps
LC/LCD 108
6.13 Control units for 1 pump
CU 100
6.14 Motor protection module
IO 111
6.15 Sensor module
SM 111
6.16 Transmitters, sensors,
ow switches
6.11-1
General data
Control cabinets for 1-6 pumps
DC
General description
Grundfos DC (Dedicated Controls) control cabinets where developed
for the control of lifting stations with 1-6 pumps.The controller in
addition to the main functions, provides stored operational data,
local and long-distance control of the settings, management of the
system and the auxiliary equipment (e.g. mixer device).
Pumps supported
The DC (Dedicated Controls) control cabinets are designed to control
and monitor the Grundfos wastewater pumps listed below:
SEG grinder wastewater pumps
SLV/SL1, SEV/SE1 wastewater pumps
S high performance wastewater pumps
Similar wastewater pumps of other makes can also be controlled by
the Dedicated Controls system.
Type key
Pumps controlled by DC control cabinet
The main elements of the control cabinet:
CU 361 control panel + LCD display
IO 351B module (general I / O module)
IO 111 security module (optional)
SM 111 protection module (optional)
motor protectors (optionally MP 204)
connection to Grundfos CUE frequency converters (optional)
connection to a diferent brand of frequency converters (optional)
CIM interface units for the connection to a remote monitoring
system.
Level detection:
with oat switches: - 2 pump - max. 5 (3 operating + 2 emergency
levels)
- more pumps - max. 2 (emergency levels)
(see page 6.10-10.)
hydrostatic pressure sensor (see page 6.10-9.) + emergency level
oat switches,
ultrasonic level sensor (see page 6.16-1.) + emergency level oat
switches.
Easy monitoring, control and conguration
Subsequent monitoring, control and conguration can be done via
the following:
CU 361 control panel with LCD display,
using PC Tool WW Controls software via PC
- local connection
- via remote connection through monitoring system (see chapters
6.1-6.3.).
Data communication
Internal communication
Communication between the CU 361, IO 351B, IO 111, MP 204 and CUE
is established via Grundfos GENIbus.
External communication
The Grundfos Dedicated Controls system can communicate with
external units such as:
PC,
mobile phone (SMS commands),
remote monitoring system.
Data transfer
The internal communication network of the DC control cabinet is
connected to an external system by an appropriate CIM interface
module. The following modules are available:
The communication module can be placed inside or outside the
control cabinet. The module - after installation - must be congured
through the control panel of the CU 361 unit or PC Tool, by the use
of an external computer. More details of the communication units
described above can be seen on pages 6.3-3-6.3-5. The communications
units must be ordered separately as an accessory.
The DC control cabinet for indoor and outdoor use is made in diferent
versions (see following pages).
Altitude: max. 2000 m
The LCD screen can not be put under direct sunlight!
Example DC 2 400 3 5/12 C SD MP
Control cabinet series
Number of pumps
16 db
Supply voltage, frequency
400 = 400 V; 50Hz
230 = 230 V; 50Hz
Number of phases
1 = 1 - phase
3 = 3 - phase
Current range
power consumption per pump
Control cabinet type, size
standard [mm]
A = 800600200
B = 800600250
C = 1000600400
D = 1000800400
E = 1200800300
F = 12001000300
G = 18001000400
Start-up mode
DOL = direct
SD = star / delta
SS = soft start
CUE = integrated frequency converter
Motor protection
MP = MP 204 (Grundfos)
[] = other makes
CIM module Protocol L ine carrier
CIM 200 Modbus RTU Kbel, RS-485
CIM 250 Mosbus/SMS messaging GSM/GPRS
CIM 270 GRM* GSM/GPRS
*GRM = Grundfos Remote Management
6.11-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
DC
Operating features
The Grundfos DC control cabinets in addition to the basic functions
required for the reliable operation of sewage pumps, also have special
functions.
Basic features
Pump start/stop
alternating operation of pumps
overfow detection
overfow measurement
alarms and warnings
advanced alarm schedules
start and stop delays
free language selection.
Special features
User-defned functions
alternation between groups
start level variation (reduced sedimentation)
combi alarms
daily emptying
foam draining
anti-seizing (limestone)
safety after-run delay
mixer or fush valve
maximum number of started pumps
pump fow measurement
system fow measurement
pump fow calculation
system fow calculation.
Additional features, IO 111 protection modules
In a DC control cabinet where the controlled pumps are not equipped
with such a unit, optionally, one IO 111 protection module per
pump can be used to protect the pumps. The IO 111 modules can be
supplemented with one SM 111 type sensor module per pump, for the
transmission of signals, from the higher protection level providing
sensors.
For more details on the IO 111 and SM 111 modules, see pages 6.14-1.
and 6.15-1. of this catalogue.
Additional features, MP 204 protection units
The basic DC control cabinet is provided with one standard electrical
motor protection per pump.
On request, motor protection can be formed with the Grundfos MP
204 electrical motor protection unit as well.
The majority of the additional features (see right, above) are available
on the MP 204 unit equipped, frequency converter powered, control
cabinets.
For more details on the MP 204 unit, see page 6.8-1. of this
catalogue.
Additional features, CUE or VFD
anti-blocking
automatic energy optimisation
specifc-energy test
output frequency
monitoring of voltage*
monitoring of current*
monitoring of phase sequence*
monitoring of power*
monitoring of energy*
monitoring of torque*
reverse start
run fushing
stop fushing
PID control.
* These functions are only available with a Grundfos CUE
Communication features
complete overview of the pump installation
setpoint change, resetting of system and start/stop of pumps
access to complete alarm/warning log
automatic redirection of alarms and warnings to the on-duty staf
optimisation of your maintenance and service program
reduction in energy consumption of the system
Modbus RTU communication via cable
Modbus TCP communication via GSM/GPRS
SMS commands (send/receive)
SMS schedule
VNC connection for migration of user interface to a web browser.
Management with PC Tool
After installing the Grundfos PC Tool Controls WW program, with a
local or remote connection to the CU 361control unit, the entire lifting
system can be controlled and monitored by a PC.
Detailed functions on pages 6.3-36.3-5. of this catalogue.
6.11-3
General data
DC
Benets
Automatically energy-optimised operation
To ensure the lowest possible specic energy consumption [kWh/m
3
],
Dedicated Controls continuously learns and adapts to the operating
conditions in the specic pumping system. The CU 361 immediately
adapts the pump speed to data received from the frequency converter
(Grundfos CUE) and a owmeter. Specic energy consumption can
also be provided by the electronic motor protector (Grundfos MP
204). This gives a continuous overview of pump efciency, enabling
timely service and maintenance.
Anti-blocking
The ushing and reverse start function prevents clogging caused by
the increasing amount of brous components and solids in sewage
nowadays. The anti-blocking function acts on any abnormal event to
prevent pumps from being blocked, thus avoiding costly downtime.
Flexibility to local adaptation
Dedicated Controls has a number of free inputs and outputs for
additional sensors (e.g. temperature sensors) or additional relays (e.g.
valve operation).
Highly intuitive set-up via the large operator display or via Grundfos
PC Tools, i.e. without any additional programming.
Available components
CU 361
IO 351B The IO 351B is a general I/O module.
The IO 351B communicates with the
CU 361 via GENIbus.
Via the IO 351B inputs and outputs,
the CU 361 controls the pumps
according to the built-in algorithms.
The IO 351B has inputs and outputs
for two Grundfos wastewater pumps
IO 111
SM 111 The SM 111 is a sensor module and it can
be installed in a pump or in an electrical
control panel (DIN rail), or in a separate
switch box (S series), depending on pump
type.
For each pump, an IO 111 with
communication module and an SM 111
are required.
For more details see page 6.15-1. of this
catalogue.
MP 204 The MP 204 is an electronic motor
protector and data collecting unit. Apart
from protecting the motor, it can also
send information to the CU 361 via
GENIbus, (trip, warning, energy
consumption, input power, motor
temperature, etc.).
The MP 204 is designed for single and
three-phase motors.
The MP 204 must not be used together
with frequency converters.
CUE The Grundfos CUE is a series of frequency
converters designed for speed control.
The CUE can be used in both new and
existing installations, but the pump and
motor must be suitable for use with
frequency converters.
For more details see chapter 6.5 of this
catalogue.
CIM interface units The CIM interface unit is a Grundfos
communication interface module used
in Grundfos Remote Management.

CIM 200: for Modbus RTU line system

250 and CIM 270: for GSM / GPRS
systems (Or Modbus. GRM).
6.11-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
System structure
DC
Application examples
Schematic drawing
Two-pump installation
CU 361
AO
DO
DI
AI
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
Pos. Description
1 Electrical cabinet
2 Dedicated Controls control cabinet
3 Flowmeter
4 High-level foat switch
5 Dry-running foat switch
6 Analog pressure sensor
7 Wastewater pumps
Pcs. Control unit
Modules
1 CU 361 unit
1 IO 351B module
2 IO 111 modules
Accessories
1 analog pressure sensor
1 fowmeter
2 foat switches
Four-pump installation, two pump groups
CU 361
AO
DO
DI
AI
3
4
5
6
7 7
1
2
Pos. Description
1 VFD (Variable-Frequency Drive)
2 Dedicated Controls control cabinet
3 fowmeter
4 High-level foat switch
5 Dry-running foat switch
6 Analog pressure sensor
7 Wastewater pumps
Pcs. Control unit
Modules
1 CU 361 unit
2 IO 351B modules
4 IO 111 modules
Accessories
1 analog pressure sensor
1 fowmeter
2 foat switches
1 CIM 250 GSM module
6.11-5
Control cabinet design
DC
Product range
The DC control panels are produced in 1-3 pump variants, with
two types of motor protection design:

conventional motor protection switches,

MP 204 electronic motor control unit.
Technical content of the standard version:

interior metal cabinet with single door

CU 361 built in the door,

main switch: network - 0 - generator

external generator connection on the inside of the cabinet,

switches per pump: Auto - 0 - Manual,

sockets - 3 x 400 V - on the outer surface of the door,
- 1 x 230 V - inside the cabinet,

interior lighting,

external warning light (no sound)

high-voltage electrical components

protection for motors,

phase loss control,

short-circuit protection.
On request, the control panels, can bee ordered optionally, with
diferent mechanical design, electrical and communication
accessories, variable frequency drive, etc. See details in the table
below and on the following page, or in the "Ordering data" section.
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
u
m
p
s
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

p
o
w
e
r

[
k
W
]
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

r
a
n
g
e

[
A
]
Starting method/motor protection Cabinet options Communication options
D
i
r
e
c
t
S
t
a
r
t
/
d
e
l
t
a
S
o
f
t

s
t
a
r
t
D
i
r
e
c
t

+

M
P

2
0
4
S
t
a
r
/
d
e
l
t
a

+

M
P

2
0
4
S
o
f
t

s
t
a
r
t

+

M
P

2
0
4
M
P

2
0
4
D
o
u
b
l
e

d
o
o
r

(
e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
/
i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

d
o
o
r
)
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

d
e
s
i
g
n
W
a
l
l

m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
t
a
n
d

(
w
i
t
h

4
-
s
i
d
e

c
o
v
e
r
)
S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

l
o
c
k
s

(
2

p
c
s
)
A
m
m
e
t
e
r

(
1

/

p
u
m
p
)
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t

a
n
d

s
o
u
n
d
I
O

1
1
1

+

G
S
M

p
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

I
O

1
1
1
C
I
M

2
0
0
C
I
M

2
5
0
C
I
M

2
7
0
G
S
M

a
n
t
e
n
n
a
A
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
o
r
13
12 25 N
2,55 512 N
2,55 512 N
515 1232 N
1520 3240 N
2025 4050 N
2530 5065 N
25 511 N
511 1125 N
1122 2545 N
12 25 S
2,55 512 S
2,55 512 S
515 1232 S
1520 3240 S
2025 4050 S
2530 5065 S
25 511 S
511 1125 S
1122 2545 S
= used mode
N = control cabinet with conventional motor protection
S = control cabinet with MP 204 motor protection
= optional item
Optional versions and accessories
Indoor version
Outdoor version with double door
Mark: = item included
= optional item
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
x

t
y
p
e
T
y
p
e

m
a
r
k

w
i
t
h

d
o
u
b
l
e

d
o
o
r
S
i
z
e

w
i
t
h

d
o
u
b
l
e

d
o
o
r

[
m
m
]
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t

a
n
d

s
o
u
n
d
S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

l
o
c
k
s

(
2

p
c
s
)
A DD A 800600300
B DD B 800600300
C DD C 1000600400
D DD D 1000800400
E DD E 1200800300
F DD F 12001000300
G DD G 18001000400
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

c
a
b
i
n
e
t

t
y
p
e
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

c
a
b
i
n
e
t

t
y
p
e

d
e
s
i
g
n
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

d
e
s
i
g
n

s
i
z
e

[
m
m
]
D
o
u
b
l
e

f
r
o
n
t

d
o
o
r
R
a
i
n

g
u
a
r
d
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
,

v
e
n
t
i
l
a
t
i
o
n
,

i
n
s
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

l
o
c
k
s

(
2

p
c
s
)
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t

a
n
d

s
o
u
n
d
A OUTDOOR A 800600300
B OUTDOOR B 800600300
C OUTDOOR C 1000600400
D OUTDOOR D 1000800400
E OUTDOOR E 1200800300
F OUTDOOR F 12001000300
G OUTDOOR G 18001000400
Wall mounting bracket - for A type cabinet MF A
Wall mounting bracket - for B type cabinet MF B
Wall mounting bracket - for C type cabinet MF C
Wall mounting bracket - for D type cabinet MF D
Wall mounting bracket - for E type cabinet MF E
Wall mounting bracket - for F type cabinet MF F
Stand, with 4-side cover - for A type cabinet LEG A
Stand, with 4-side cover - for B type cabinet LEG B
Stand, with 4-side cover - for C type cabinet LEG C
Stand, with 4-side cover - for D type cabinet LEG D
Stand, with 4-side cover - for E type cabinet LEG E
Stand, with 4-side cover - for F type cabinet LEG F
Stand (with 4-side cover)
Wall mounting bracket
6.11-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product range
The DC control panels are produced in 1-3 pump variants, with
two types of motor protection design:

conventional motor protection switches,

MP 204 electronic motor control unit.
Technical content of the standard version:

interior metal cabinet with single door

CU 361 built in the door,

main switch: network - 0 - generator

external generator connection on the inside of the cabinet,

switches per pump: Auto - 0 - Manual,

sockets - 3 x 400 V - on the outer surface of the door,
- 1 x 230 V - inside the cabinet,

interior lighting,

external warning light (no sound)

high-voltage electrical components

protection for motors,

phase loss control,

short-circuit protection.
On request, the control panels, can bee ordered optionally, with
diferent mechanical design, electrical and communication
accessories, variable frequency drive, etc. See details in the table
below and on the following page, or in the "Ordering data" section.
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
u
m
p
s
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

p
o
w
e
r

[
k
W
]
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

r
a
n
g
e

[
A
]
Starting method/motor protection Cabinet options Communication options
D
i
r
e
c
t
S
t
a
r
t
/
d
e
l
t
a
S
o
f
t

s
t
a
r
t
D
i
r
e
c
t

+

M
P

2
0
4
S
t
a
r
/
d
e
l
t
a

+

M
P

2
0
4
S
o
f
t

s
t
a
r
t

+

M
P

2
0
4
M
P

2
0
4
D
o
u
b
l
e

d
o
o
r

(
e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
/
i
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

d
o
o
r
)
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

d
e
s
i
g
n
W
a
l
l

m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g

b
r
a
c
k
e
t
S
t
a
n
d

(
w
i
t
h

4
-
s
i
d
e

c
o
v
e
r
)
S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

l
o
c
k
s

(
2

p
c
s
)
A
m
m
e
t
e
r

(
1

/

p
u
m
p
)
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t

a
n
d

s
o
u
n
d
I
O

1
1
1

+

G
S
M

p
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

I
O

1
1
1
C
I
M

2
0
0
C
I
M

2
5
0
C
I
M

2
7
0
G
S
M

a
n
t
e
n
n
a
A
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
o
r
13
12 25 N
2,55 512 N
2,55 512 N
515 1232 N
1520 3240 N
2025 4050 N
2530 5065 N
25 511 N
511 1125 N
1122 2545 N
12 25 S
2,55 512 S
2,55 512 S
515 1232 S
1520 3240 S
2025 4050 S
2530 5065 S
25 511 S
511 1125 S
1122 2545 S
= used mode
N = control cabinet with conventional motor protection
S = control cabinet with MP 204 motor protection
= optional item
Control cabinet design
DC
Indoor version
Outdoor version with double door
Mark: = item included
= optional item
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
x

t
y
p
e
T
y
p
e

m
a
r
k

w
i
t
h

d
o
u
b
l
e

d
o
o
r
S
i
z
e

w
i
t
h

d
o
u
b
l
e

d
o
o
r

[
m
m
]
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t

a
n
d

s
o
u
n
d
S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

l
o
c
k
s

(
2

p
c
s
)
A DD A 800600300
B DD B 800600300
C DD C 1000600400
D DD D 1000800400
E DD E 1200800300
F DD F 12001000300
G DD G 18001000400
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

c
a
b
i
n
e
t

t
y
p
e
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

c
a
b
i
n
e
t

t
y
p
e

d
e
s
i
g
n
O
u
t
d
o
o
r

d
e
s
i
g
n

s
i
z
e

[
m
m
]
D
o
u
b
l
e

f
r
o
n
t

d
o
o
r
R
a
i
n

g
u
a
r
d
H
e
a
t
i
n
g
,

v
e
n
t
i
l
a
t
i
o
n
,

i
n
s
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

l
o
c
k
s

(
2

p
c
s
)
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t
E
m
e
r
g
e
n
c
y

l
i
g
h
t

a
n
d

s
o
u
n
d
A OUTDOOR A 800600300
B OUTDOOR B 800600300
C OUTDOOR C 1000600400
D OUTDOOR D 1000800400
E OUTDOOR E 1200800300
F OUTDOOR F 12001000300
G OUTDOOR G 18001000400
Wall mounting bracket - for A type cabinet MF A
Wall mounting bracket - for B type cabinet MF B
Wall mounting bracket - for C type cabinet MF C
Wall mounting bracket - for D type cabinet MF D
Wall mounting bracket - for E type cabinet MF E
Wall mounting bracket - for F type cabinet MF F
Stand, with 4-side cover - for A type cabinet LEG A
Stand, with 4-side cover - for B type cabinet LEG B
Stand, with 4-side cover - for C type cabinet LEG C
Stand, with 4-side cover - for D type cabinet LEG D
Stand, with 4-side cover - for E type cabinet LEG E
Stand, with 4-side cover - for F type cabinet LEG F
Stand (with 4-side cover)
Wall mounting bracket
6.11-7
Ordering data
DC
Standard versions
Control cabinet type Part number Control cabinet type Part number Control cabinet type Part number
DC-1-400-3-2/5-A-DOL 97 73 37 13 DC-2-400-3-2/5-A-DOL 97 73 45 56 DC-3-400-3-2/5-A-DOL 97 73 45 76
DC-1-400-3-5/12-A-SD 97 73 37 20 DC-2-400-3-5/12-A-SD 97 73 45 58 DC-3-400-3-5/12-C-SD 97 73 45 78
DC-1-400-3-32/40-A-SD 97 73 45 40 DC-2-400-3-32/40-A-SD 97 73 45 60 DC-3-400-3-32/40-E-SD 97 73 45 80
DC-1-400-3-40/50-A-SD 97 73 45 41 DC-2-400-3-40/50-C-SD 97 73 45 61 DC-3-400-3-40/50-E-SD 97 73 45 81
DC-2-400-3-65/90-F-SD 97 74 57 20 DC-3-400-3-65/90-G-SD 97 74 57 47
DC-2-400-3-90/110-F-SD 97 74 57 41 DC-3-400-3-90/110-G-SD 97 74 57 48
DC-1-400-3-5/11-A-SS 97 73 45 43 DC-2-400-3-5/11-A-SS 97 73 45 63 DC-3-400-3-5/11-D-SS 97 73 45 83
DC-1-400-3-25/45-A-SS 97 73 45 45 DC-2-400-3-25/45-D-SS 97 73 45 65 DC-3-400-3-25/45-D-SS 97 73 45 85
DC-2-400-3-45/65-G-SS 97 74 57 42 DC-3-400-3-45/65-G-SS 97 74 57 49
DC-2-400-3-65/90-G-SS 97 74 57 43 DC-3-400-3-65/90-G-SS 97 74 57 50
DC-2-400-3-90/110-G-SS 97 74 57 44 DC-3-400-3-90/110-G-SS 97 74 57 61
DC-1-400-3-2/5-B-DOL-MP 97 73 45 46 DC-2-400-3-2/5-B-DOL-MP 97 73 45 66 DC-3-400-3-2/5-D-DOL-MP 97 73 45 86
DC-1-400-3-5/12-B-SD-MP 97 73 45 48 DC-2-400-3-5/12-C-SD-MP 97 73 45 68 DC-3-400-3-5/12-D-SD-MP 97 73 45 88
DC-1-400-3-40/50-B-SD-MP 97 73 45 51 DC-2-400-3-40/50-D-SD-MP 97 73 45 71 DC-3-400-3-40/50-E-SD-MP 97 73 45 91
DC-2-400-3-65/90-F-SD-MP 97 74 57 45 DC-3-400-3-65/90-G-SD-MP 97 74 57 62
DC-2-400-3-90/110-F-SD-MP 97 74 57 46 DC-3-400-3-90/110-G-SD-MP 97 74 57 63
DC-1-400-3-5/11-A-SS-MP 97 73 45 53 DC-2-400-3-5/11-A-SS-MP 97 73 45 73 DC-3-400-3-5/11-D-SS-MP 97 73 45 93
DC-1-400-3-25/45-A-SS-MP 97 73 45 55 DC-2-400-3-25/45-D-SS-MP 97 73 45 75 DC-3-400-3-25/45-D-SS-MP 97 73 45 95
Mark Part number Mark Part number Mark Part number Mark Part number
OUTDOOR A 97 74 57 71 DD A 97 74 59 11 MF A 97 74 59 25 LEG A 97 74 59 32
OUTDOOR B 97 74 57 72 DD B 97 74 59 12 MF B 97 74 59 26 LEG B 97 74 59 33
OUTDOOR C 97 74 57 73 DD C 97 74 59 13 MF C 97 74 59 27 LEG C 97 74 59 34
OUTDOOR D 97 74 57 74 DD D 97 74 59 14 MF D 97 74 59 28 LEG D 97 74 59 35
OUTDOOR E 97 74 57 75 DD E 97 74 59 15 MF E 97 74 59 29 LEG E 97 74 59 36
OUTDOOR F 97 74 57 76 DD F 97 74 59 16 MF F 97 74 59 30 LEG F 97 74 59 37
OUTDOOR G 97 74 57 77 DD G 97 74 59 17
Description Mark Part number Description Mark Part number
Security locks (2 pcs) DC LOCK 97 74 59 38 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the A type IOGSM A 97 74 59 55
Security locks - for G type (2 pcs) DC LOCK G 97 74 59 39 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the B type IOGSM B 97 74 59 56
IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the C type IOGSM C 97 74 59 57
Ammeter - 1 pump DC AMP1 97 74 59 40 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the D type IOGSM D 97 74 59 58
Ammeter - 2 pump DC AMP2 97 74 59 41 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the E type IOGSM E 97 74 59 59
Ammeter - 3 pump DC AMP3 97 74 59 42 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the F type IOGSM F 97 74 59 60
IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the G type IOGSM G 97 74 59 61
Emergency warning light and horn DC ALS 97 74 59 43
(the above mentioned do not contain the
price of the IO 111 and / or GSM module)
Level meter kit:
MPS transmitters, junction box,
hangers + 2 pcs SLC10E
foat switch
Communication Modbus CIM200 DC CIM200 SET 97 74 59 62
Communications GSM / GPRS CIM250 DC CIM250 SET 97 74 59 63
DC LESE 97 74 59 66 Communications CIM270 DC CIM270 SET 97 74 59 64
Commun. interface module Modbus RTU CIM 200 96 82 47 96
Commun. interface module GSM / GPRS CIM 250 96 82 47 95
Mixing operation up to 1.5 kW DC MIX 97 74 59 65 Commun. interface module GRM CIM 270 96 89 88 15
Antenna GSM antenna 96 09 52 88
In-/output module (second) IO 351B 96 16 17 30 Accumulator BAT 97 74 59 67
6.12-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
LC/LCD 108
Application
For control of one or two submersible pumps (standard or Ex-version),
monitoring and motor protection: for direct start one-phase, direct or
start / delta starting 3 phase motors.
Wastewater and sewage pumping stations with xed installation.
Type key
Dimensions
Structure
Electronic control, with a cabinet and mounting bracket.
Level detection with oat switches
Voltage 1 230 V or 3 400 V / N / PE
Max. rated current 59 A
Interference - signal output
High level - signal output capacity: max. 400 VAC, 2 A
level sound alarm, for an uninterrupted signal a separate battery
installation is necessary
Visual indication for each pump, of the operating status, error,
phase order, high level emergency and other malfunctions
Motor protection for each pump, with a motor protection relay and
winding temperature sensor connection possibility
Manual-0-Automatic switch for every pump
Warning signal acknowledgement
Functions
Signal reception on LC type (3 pcs) and on LCD type, from 4 oat
switches
Anti blocking protection, with automatic operation test after every
24 hour of outage
After a drop in voltage a delayed reconnection can be adjusted in
0-255 sec range
Independent monitoring and fault display on the upper emergency
level, overload, overheating, oat switch or phase order sensor
system defect
Automatic pump switching on 108 LCD models, switching to error
and parallel operation in case of peak load
Installation
The control cabinet should be located outside the potentially
explosive zones.
The oat switches must be connected via LC-4 Ex isolator on the verge
of an explosive zone.
Scope of delivery
Control cabinet without sensors. See sensors on page 6.16-1.
Standard versions
Control cabinet type Part number Control cabinet type Part number Control cabinet type Part number
DC-1-400-3-32/40-A-SD 97 73 45 40 DC-2-400-3-32/40-A-SD 97 73 45 60 DC-3-400-3-32/40-E-SD 97 73 45 80
DC-2-400-3-65/90-F-SD 97 74 57 20 DC-3-400-3-65/90-G-SD 97 74 57 47
DC-2-400-3-90/110-F-SD 97 74 57 41 DC-3-400-3-90/110-G-SD 97 74 57 48
DC-1-400-3-25/45-A-SS 97 73 45 45 DC-2-400-3-25/45-D-SS 97 73 45 65 DC-3-400-3-25/45-D-SS 97 73 45 85
DC-2-400-3-45/65-G-SS 97 74 57 42 DC-3-400-3-45/65-G-SS 97 74 57 49
DC-2-400-3-65/90-G-SS 97 74 57 43 DC-3-400-3-65/90-G-SS 97 74 57 50
DC-2-400-3-90/110-G-SS 97 74 57 44 DC-3-400-3-90/110-G-SS 97 74 57 61
DC-2-400-3-65/90-F-SD-MP 97 74 57 45 DC-3-400-3-65/90-G-SD-MP 97 74 57 62
DC-2-400-3-90/110-F-SD-MP 97 74 57 46 DC-3-400-3-90/110-G-SD-MP 97 74 57 63
DC-1-400-3-25/45-A-SS-MP 97 73 45 55 DC-2-400-3-25/45-D-SS-MP 97 73 45 75 DC-3-400-3-25/45-D-SS-MP 97 73 45 95
Mark Part number Mark Part number Mark Part number Mark Part number
OUTDOOR A 97 74 57 71 DD A 97 74 59 11 MF A 97 74 59 25 LEG A 97 74 59 32
OUTDOOR B 97 74 57 72 DD B 97 74 59 12 MF B 97 74 59 26 LEG B 97 74 59 33
OUTDOOR C 97 74 57 73 DD C 97 74 59 13 MF C 97 74 59 27 LEG C 97 74 59 34
OUTDOOR D 97 74 57 74 DD D 97 74 59 14 MF D 97 74 59 28 LEG D 97 74 59 35
OUTDOOR E 97 74 57 75 DD E 97 74 59 15 MF E 97 74 59 29 LEG E 97 74 59 36
OUTDOOR F 97 74 57 76 DD F 97 74 59 16 MF F 97 74 59 30 LEG F 97 74 59 37
OUTDOOR G 97 74 57 77 DD G 97 74 59 17
Description Mark Part number Description Mark Part number
Security locks (2 pcs) DC LOCK 97 74 59 38 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the A type IOGSM A 97 74 59 55
Security locks - for G type (2 pcs) DC LOCK G 97 74 59 39 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the B type IOGSM B 97 74 59 56
IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the C type IOGSM C 97 74 59 57
Ammeter - 1 pump DC AMP1 97 74 59 40 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the D type IOGSM D 97 74 59 58
Ammeter - 2 pump DC AMP2 97 74 59 41 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the E type IOGSM E 97 74 59 59
Ammeter - 3 pump DC AMP3 97 74 59 42 IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the F type IOGSM F 97 74 59 60
IO111 and / or GSM preparation for the G type IOGSM G 97 74 59 61
Emergency warning light and horn DC ALS 97 74 59 43
(the above mentioned do not contain the
price of the IO 111 and / or GSM module)
Level meter kit:
MPS transmitters, junction box,
hangers + 2 pcs SLC10E
foat switch
Communication Modbus CIM200 DC CIM200 SET 97 74 59 62
Communications GSM / GPRS CIM250 DC CIM250 SET 97 74 59 63
DC LESE 97 74 59 66 Communications CIM270 DC CIM270 SET 97 74 59 64
Commun. interface module Modbus RTU CIM 200 96 82 47 96
Commun. interface module GSM / GPRS CIM 250 96 82 47 95
Mixing operation up to 1.5 kW DC MIX 97 74 59 65 Commun. interface module GRM CIM 270 96 89 88 15
Antenna GSM antenna 96 09 52 88
In-/output module (second) IO 351B 96 16 17 30 Accumulator BAT 97 74 59 67
Example LC D 108. 400. 3. 23. SD
Series
= one pump
D = two pump
108 = Type mark
Voltage [V]
Number of phases
3 = three-phase
1 = one-phase
Max. current per pump [A]
SD =star / delta start
= direct start
Type WxHxD [mm]
LC 108.400 278378150
LC 108.400.SD 378558200
LCD 108.400 278378150
LCD108.400.SD 500600225
Advantages

Safe operation thanks to 24-hour operation test

Reliability via separate fault indicator and high level
alarm signal

Emergency level
2. Pump on
1. Pump on
6.12-2
General data
Ordering data
LC/LCD 108
1 pump control
Ordering data
Control cabinet Current [A] Start / built-in capacitor Part number
Control for 1-phase pumps, with built-in capacitor
Pump type: KP, AP12, AP35, AP 50, AP 35B, AP 50B
LC 108.230.1.5 1,65,0 96 84 18 44
LC 108.230.1.12 3,712,0 96 84 18 47
LC 108.230.1.23 12,023,0 96 84 18 54
Control for 1-phase pumps, without built-in capacitor
Pump type: DP10, EF30, SL1.50, SLV.65
LC 108.230.1.12 1,012 96 84 18 51
LCD 108.230.1.12 1,012 96 84 19 31
Control for 1-phase pumps, without built-in capacitor
Pump type: SEG
LC 108.230.1.12 1,012 96 84 18 52
LCD 108.230.1.12 1,012 96 84 19 33
Control for 3-phase pumps
LC 108.400.3.5 1,65,0 direct 96 84 18 59
LC 108.400.3.12 3,712,0 direct 96 84 18 63
LC 108.400.3.23 12,023,0 direct 96 84 18 67
LCD 108.400.3.5 1,65,0 direct 96 84 19 42
LCD 108.400.3.12 3,712,0 direct 96 84 19 48
LCD 108.400.3.23 12,023,0 direct 96 84 19 51
LC 108.400.3.20.SD 6,420,0 star / delta 96 84 18 69
LC 108.400.30.SD 20,830,0 star / delta 96 84 18 70
LC 108.400.3.59.SD 30,859,0 star / delta 96 84 18 71
LC 108.400.3.72.SD 30,859,0 star / delta 96 84 18 72
LCD 108.400.3.20.SD 6,420,0 star / delta 96 84 19 54
LCD 108.400.30.SD 20,830,0 star / delta 96 84 19 55
LCD 108.400.3.59.SD 30,859,0 star / delta 96 84 19 56
LCD 108.400.3.72.SD 24,272,0 star / delta 96 84 19 57
pump off
pump on
upper emergency
level
1. and 2. pump off
1. pump on
2. pump on
upper emergency
level
2 pump control
Picture Description Part number
Accumulator for pause-free emergency signal 96 00 25 20
Rotating emergency light
Outdoor, 1x230V
62 50 00 20
Horn
Outdoor, 1x230V
62 50 00 21
Horn
Indoor, 1x230V
62 50 00 22
Operating hour counter (one per pump)
3400 V
1230 V
96 00 25 15
96 00 25 14
Start counter (one per pump)
3400 V
1230 V
96 00 25 17
96 00 25 16
Operating hour and start counter (one per pump)
3400 V
1230 V
96 00 25 19
96 00 25 18
Outer main switch
Every switching power up to 25A
up to 40A (required from 2x12A current)
up to 80A
96 00 25 11
96 00 25 12
96 00 25 13
Float switch
MS1 type foat switches, see catalog page 6.10-10.
SLC type foat switches, see catalog page 6.16-1.
LC-Ex4 safety barrier
Zener-barrier is for galvanic isolation
of the Ex foat switches.
max. 4 foat switches.
Enclosure: IP 54
With: 250mm
Height: 370mm
Depth: 120mm
96 44 03 00
6.12-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
LC/LCD 108
Picture Description Part number
Accumulator for pause-free emergency signal 96 00 25 20
Rotating emergency light
Outdoor, 1x230V
62 50 00 20
Horn
Outdoor, 1x230V
62 50 00 21
Horn
Indoor, 1x230V
62 50 00 22
Operating hour counter (one per pump)
3400 V
1230 V
96 00 25 15
96 00 25 14
Start counter (one per pump)
3400 V
1230 V
96 00 25 17
96 00 25 16
Operating hour and start counter (one per pump)
3400 V
1230 V
96 00 25 19
96 00 25 18
Outer main switch
Every switching power up to 25A
up to 40A (required from 2x12A current)
up to 80A
96 00 25 11
96 00 25 12
96 00 25 13
Float switch
MS1 type foat switches, see catalog page 6.10-10.
SLC type foat switches, see catalog page 6.16-1.
LC-Ex4 safety barrier
Zener-barrier is for galvanic isolation
of the Ex foat switches.
max. 4 foat switches.
Enclosure: IP 54
With: 250mm
Height: 370mm
Depth: 120mm
96 44 03 00
6.13-1
General data
Technical data
Control units for 1 pump
CU 100
Operating data
Power supply: - 1 x 230 V, 50 Hz
- 3 x 400 V, 50 Hz
Voltage tolerance: - 15% / +10%
(The tolerances for a given pump, see
in the operating instructions.)
Overcurrent protection device: depending on the version (see data
table)
Ambient temperature: - Operating: -30 C - +50 C
- During storage: -30 C +60 C
EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility): EN 61 000-6-2 and EN 61 000-6-3
Weight: depending on the version. approx 4 kg
(see data table)
Applications
The control box CU 100 is designed for the starting, operation and
protection of small pumps.
Single-phase: up to 9 amps.
Three-phase: up to 5 amps.
Controllable Grundfos pumps
CP, AP, APB, DP10, EF30 wastewater pumps
SL1.50, SLV.65 wastewater pumps,
SEG grinder pumps
The control unit can be used for the control of a diferent brand
pump.
Type key
Structure
The CU 100 unit has an IP54 enclosure class and a built in plastic
holder, metric stufng boxes ensure cable guidance.
The control unit is provided with a 3 m cable, and one-or three-phase
pins.
The control unit is available in several variants:
By supply voltage: - for single-phase pumps,
- for three-phase pumps.
By operation: - oat switch operation,
- manual on / of switching.
Single-phase control unit, with or without oat switch, available in
three versions:
- Contains the necessary 30-F operating capacitor (DP10, EF30,
SL1.50, SLV.65)
- Contains the necessary 150/30 F starting / operating capacitor
(SEG)
- Does not include the capacitor, because it is inside the pump. (CP,
AP, APB)
Three-phase control units are made only in the oat switch
version.
Functions
The batteries of the CU 100 control unit provide the following
functions:
main power switch (O / I)
magnet switch, which is pulled or released by the oat switch (if
installed),
manual / automatic (Man / Aut) toggle switch on the front panel
- in manual mode, the pump can be started and stopped with the
manual / automatic toggle switch,
- in automatic mode the oat switch will start and stop the pump,
phase order monitoring on three-phase versions,
motor protection with coil temperature sensor wiring (if the pump
has such an outlet),
single-phase versions: the thermal relay must be reset manually
with the button in the cabinet front.,
three-phase variants: the motor starter is automatically reset.
Functional block diagram
Accessories
The CU 100 control units are available with:
MS1-type oat switches, see page 6.10-10. of this catalogue.
SLC type oat switches, see page 6.16-1. of this catalogue.
connection systems, information and ordering data, can be seen
documentation.
Example CU 100 230 1 9 30/150 A
Type range
Type designation
Voltage
230 = 230 V
400 = 400 V
Number of phases
1 = One phase
3 = Three phases
Maximum amp. consumption for the pump [A]
Control box
Pump
Float switch
6.14-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Motor protection module
IO 100
Operating data
Relative humidity: 95%
Supply voltage: 24 V AC 10%, 50/60 Hz
24 V DC 10%
Supply current: min. 2.4 A max. 8 A
Enclosure class:
The IO 111 is enclosure class IP20. In order to reduce the external
pollution level to maximum 2, the IO 111 must be installed in a
protecting environment with minimum IP X4 enclosure according to
IEC 60529.
The cabinet must be of a ame-retardant material.
Installation: The IO 111 is prepared for mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail
(EN 50022).
General description
The IO 111 forms interface between a Grundfos wastewater pump
with analog and digital sensors and the pump controller. The most
important sensor status is indicated on the front panel. One pump
can be connected to an IO 111 module. Together with the sensors, the
IO 111 forms a galvanic separation between the motor voltage in the
pump and the controller connected.
By means of the IO 111 it is possible to:
protect the pump against overtemperature
monitor sensors for analog measurement of:
- motor temperature
- water content [%] in oil
- stator insulation resistance
- bearing temperature
- digital measurement of moisture in motor
stop the pump in case of alarm
remote monitor the pump via RS 485 communication (Modbus or
GENIbus)
operate the pump via frequency converter.
If the cable is more than 10 meters long, it is advisable to equip the
frequency converter with an output lter to prevent incorrect analog
measurements.
The IO 111 operates with two categories of fault:
1. Alarm. The pump stops. The fault is a primary functionality (e.g.
too high motor temperature).
The relay opens and breaks the connection between T1 and T2 in
case of alarm or if the IO 111 is not connected to the power supply.
Alarm is indicated by the indicator lights on the front of the IO 111
and via the three digital outputs.
2. Warning. The pump does not stop. The fault is a secondary
functionality (e.g. too much water in the oil).
Warning is indicated by the indicator lights on the front of the IO
111. The warning status can be read via the digital outputs.
Overview of alarms and warnings
Variants
The IO 111 is available in two variants:
without communication module (standard variant)
with communication module for SM 111 connection
(the SM 111 module must be ordered separately).
Switching of the IO 111 and SM 111 modules
The IO 111 motor protection module can be connected to the SM 111
sensor module and the WIO (water in oil) sensor (see description
on page 6.16-1.).
IO 111 installation
Further information on the IO 111 motor protection module (drawings,
installation, electrical connections, wiring diagrams, setting, etc.)
www.grundfos.com website, in the Installation and operating
instructions documentation.
Function
Standard
ATEX/IECEx protection
activated
Warning Alarm Warning Alarm
Stator winding
temperature

Moisture in top
cover

Moisture in
pump

Air in oil chamber
Water in oil chamber
Missing signal from
water-in-oil sensor

Insulation resistance
too low

Main bearing
temperature too high*

Support bearing
temperature too high*

Missing signal from
bearing sensor*

Communication fault*
Time for service
Internal fault
* Pump with SM 111
Reset
PE T1 T2 G1 A1 G2 A2 K1 K2 R1 R2
D1 D2 D3D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
A Y B
I1 I2 I3
ON DIP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
IO 111
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 121314
SM 111
Sensor inputs
Power line
communication
using Grundfos
GENIbus protocol
6.15-1
General data
Technical data
Sensor module
SM 111
Operating data
Ambient temperature: 0 C +65 C
Relative humidity: 95%
Supply voltage: 14 V DC 1 V DC
General description
The SM 111 is used for the collection and transfer of sensor data. The
SM 111 works together with the IO 111 as shown below.
The SM 111 can collect data from
2 current sensors, 4-20 mA
1 water-in-oil sensor
1 Pt1000 thermal sensor
1 PTC thermal sensor (maximum 3 PTC sensors in series)
(According to DIN 44081/44082)
1 digital input.
Mounting
The SM 111 sensor module can be placed:
pump switch box (see S pumps)
control cabinet (with the mounting rail kit 96 69 27 09 part
number).
SM 111 installation
Further information on the SM 111 motor protection module
(drawings, installation, electrical connections, wiring diagrams,
setting, etc.) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online
Reset
PE T1 T2 G1 A1 G2 A2 K1 K2 R1 R2
D1 D2 D3D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
A Y B
I1 I2 I3
ON DIP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
IO 111
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 121314
SM 111
Sensor inputs
Power line SM 111
communication
using Grundfos
GENIbus protocol
6.16-1
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Transmitters, sensors, ow switches
Picture Description Function Part number
Analog level sensor
MPS hydrostatic pressure transmitter with diferent
cable length and a hanger element
For a detailed description, technical data and
article numbers see page 6.10-9.
Junction box
MPS hydrostatic pressure sensor cable connection
and receiving of the transmitter breather pipe.
For a detailed description and technical data see
page 6.10-9.
96 37 74 11
Ultrasonic level
transmitter
The ultrasonic level transmitter is a loop-powered
continuous level transmitter.
Note: The level transmitter must be set up via a
hand-held programmer.
Ultrasonic level transmitter
Output signal: 4-20 mA
Measuring range: 0-6 m or 0-12 m
Material: PVDF copolymer
Sensor diameter: 51.1 mm
96 69 37 67
(transmitter)
96 69 37 68
(programmer)
Float switch
MS1 type foat switch For a detailed description, technical data and
part numbers, see page 6.10-10.
SLC type foat switches
Enclosure class: IP68 (IEC 34-5)
Cable material: PVC
Can not be installed in an explosive environment!
Type: - SLC10E
- SLC20E
Potential free changeover contact with 3-access points,
NC or NO contact.
- 10 m cable
- 20 m cable
96 06 16 54
96 06 16 56
"Water in oil"
sensor

Type: WIO
Ambient temperature: 0 C ... +70 C
Power consumption: 0.6 W
Measuring signal current: 3.4 to 22 mA
Measuring range: 4 to 20 mA
Material: stainless steel
Cable: protected, depending on the pump type
Certifcation: - EN/IEC 60079-18:2004
- Ex II 2GD Ex mb II T4 135 C
Measuring the water content of the oil in the oil
chamber in diferent types (SL1/SLV, SE1/SEV, S)
of Grundfos pumps and sending proportional
analog signal towards the IO 111 protection
module.
On the IO-111 module, the display of water
content in 5% steps with light signals.
Sensor signal levels:
420 mA: 0-20% water in oil
accuracy greater than 2%
22 mA: Warning - the water content is much
greater than the measurement range.
3,5 mA: Alarm - air in the oil chamber.
Depending on the
the protected
pump type
and optional
cable length!
GSM antenna
The antenna connected to the CIM 250 GSM
or CIM 27X GRM module provides proper
signal strength.
Frequency
(bandwidth)
850 MHz
900 MHz
1800 MHz
1900 MHz
Typical gain: 1,0 dB
Cable length: Approx. 1 m
96 09 52 88
6.16-2
Notes
Dosing applications
7
Dosing pumps
7.1 New, digital diaphragm pumps
DDA, DDC, DDE
7.2 Digital diaphragm pumps
DDI, DME
7.3 Mechanical/hydromechanical diaphragm pumps
DMX, DMH
7.1-1
New, digital diaphragm pumps
DDA, DDC, DDE
General data
General description
The Grundfos SMART Digital generation (DDA, DDC and DDE) with
powerful variable-speed stepper motor, brings the most advanced
dosing technology.
With patented solutions such as stroke length / stroke frequency
adjustment with a synchronous motor, it stands out from other
technologies
DDA: Highest ow rate member of the Smart Digital family. Turndown
ratios are adjustable -and this applies to all members of this family- in
the 1:1000 or 1:3000 ratio (for example between 2,5 ml/h and 7,5 l/h).
Built-in dosing monitor, integrated ow measurement, and dosing
which is performed precisely and with low pulsation event to areas
with variable pressure makes it suitable for various applications, for
example:
Process water
Food and beverage
Ultrafltration and reverse osmosis
Pulp and paper
Boiler feed water
CIP (Cleaning-In-Place).
DDC:
User-friendly pump range with standard inputs and outputs for
common applications, e.g.
Drinking water
Waste water
Swimming pool water
Cooling tower
Chemical industry.
DDE: Low-budget pump range with basic functions including manual
operation or control via PLC for OEM applications, e.g.
Car wash
Irrigation
Pumped liquids
Detailed information about pumped liquids are available in separate
catalogues. These catalogues are available in the WebCAPS database
in the Documentation library. They are available in diferent
languages and are downloadable.
Performance range
Features and benets
Unique exibility with only a few variants
The included click-stop mounting plate makes the new pump more
exible. Three diferent positions of the mounting plate are possible:
on a level or vertical surface, or directly on the tank. Using any
additional accessories, such as wall brackets is not necessary. The
pump can be fxed to the mounting plate thanks to the openings
on the lower and side plates. Service and pump exchange can now
be done easily and fast just by clicking the pump in and out of the
mounting plate.
The control cube on the DDA and DDC pump can be lifted and turned
easily into three diferent positions:
front, left or right.

Combined connection sets and other features reduce the models and
variants to a minimum. These features are:
a turn-down ratio of up to 1:3000
a wide supply voltage range (100-240 V; 50/60 Hz)
connection is facilitated by a wide range of accessories
Q [l/h]
10
7
6 12 15 17 30
4
0
P
[bar]
16
9 7,5
DDA 7.5-16
DDA 12-10
DDA 17-7
DDA 30-4 DDC 15-4
DDE 15-4
DDC 9-7
DDC 6-10
DDE 6-10
7.1-2
DDA, DDC, DDE
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Precise and easy setting / usability and interaction possibility
The operator can easily install the pump and set it to discharge
exactly the quantity of dosing liquid required for the application. On
the display, the setting of the pump is read out directly, the ow is
shown in ml/h, l/h, or gal/h. The click wheel (turn-and-push knob)
and the graphical LC display with plain-text menu in more than 20
languages make commissioning and operation intuitive.
As the LCD is backlit in diferent colors, the pump status can be seen
from a distance (trafc-light concept).
Thanks to a variety of operation modes, signal inputs and outputs,
the pump can easily be integrated into every process.
Advanced process reliability
An intelligent drive and microprocessor control ensures that dosing
is performed precisely and with low pulsation, even if the pump is
dosing high-viscosity or degassing liquids. Malfunctions, caused
e.g. by air bubbles, are detected quickly by the maintenance-free
FlowControl system and then displayed in the alarm menu.
The AutoFlowAdapt function automatically adjusts the pump
according to the process conditions, e.g. varying backpressure. The
integrated ow measurement makes additional monitoring and
control equipment redundant.
Designed to save costs
In general, the investment for a dosing pump installation is low
compared to its life cycle costs including the cost of the chemicals.
The following features make the SMART Digital DDA, DDC and DDE
pumps contribute to low life cycle costs:
No underdosing or overdosing due to high dosing accuracy and
FlowControl
Longer maintenance intervals thanks to the universal chemical
resistance of the full-PTFE diaphragm
Reduced energy consumption thanks to advanced drive
technology.
Bus communication
Applies to DDA
The pump is equipped with a built-in module for GENIbus
communication. With the additional E-Box 150 module the pump
can be integrated into a Profbus DP network (further information in
chapter 7.4).
Construction
Dosing head
Patented design with a minimum of clearance space optimized for
degassing liquids. With integrated deaeration valve for priming
and venting complete with connection for a 4/6 mm or 0.17 x 1/4
tubing. DDA-FCM/FC pumps have an integrated pressure sensor in
the dosing head.
Valves
Double-ball discharge and suction valve design for less clearance
space - optimized for degassing liquids. Spring-loaded valves for
higher viscosities are available as an option.
Connections
Robust and easy-to-use connection packages for various sizes of
tubing or pipes.
Diaphragm
Full PTFE diaphragm designed for long life and universal chemical
resistance.
Chamber
With separation chamber, safety diaphragm and drain hole.
Drive unit
Positive return crank with patented noiseless spur gear drive, energy
recovery spring for high efciency (only DDA), stepper motor, all
mounted in a robust gear housing.
Motor
The electronically controlled variable-speed motor (stepper motor) of
the DDA, DDC and DDE pumps provide optimum control of the stroke
speed. The duration of each discharge stroke varies according to the
capacity set, resulting in optimum discharge ow in any operating
situation, while the duration of each suction stroke is constant.
The advantages are as follows:
The pump always operates at full stroke length, irrespective of the
capacity set; this ensures optimum accuracy, priming and suction.
Smooth and continuous dosing ensuring an optimum mixing ratio
at the injection point without needing static mixers.
Signifcant reduction of pressure peaks, preventing mechanical
stress on wearing parts such as diaphragm, tubes, connections,
resulting in extended maintenance intervals.
The installation is less afected by long suction and discharge lines.
Easier dosing of high-viscosity and degassing liquids (SlowMode).
Control box (only on DDA and DDC)
Containing operation electronics with display, keys, click-wheel and
protective cover.
Housing
Containing drive unit and power electronics with robust signal
sockets. The housing can be clicked on the mounting plate.
Performance control
E-box 150
100%
50%
10%
Discharge
Discharge
Discharge
Duration
Duration
Duration
Duration
Suction
Suction
Suction
Capacity
setting
10%
Discharge
Suction
50%
Extended suction stroke (SlowMode)
-
-
-
SlowMode
7.1-3
DDA, DDC, DDE
General data
Type key
Example DDA 7.5 -16 AR -PP /V /C -F
Type range
DDE
DDC
DDA
Maximum fow [l/h]
Control variant
B Basic (DDE)
P B with pulse mode (DDE)
PR P with relay output (DDE)
A Standard (DDC)
AR A with alarm relay and analog input (DDA, DDC)
FC AR with FlowControl (DDA)
FCM FC with fow measurement (DDA)
Dosing head variant
PP Polypropylene
PVC Polyvinyl chloride**
PVDF (polyvinylidene fuoride) PV
SS Stainless steel 1.4401
Gasket material
E EPDM
V FKM
T PTFE
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
Control cube position
F Front-mounted (change to left and right possible)
X No control cube (DDE)
-3 1 U2U2 F G C3
C3 Inspection Certifcate 3.1 (EN 10204)
Design
G Grundfos
Mains plug
F EU (Schuko)
B USA, Kanada
G UK
I Australia, New Zealand, Taiwan
E Switzerland
J Japan
L Argentna
X No plug (only 24-48 VDC)
Connection, suction/discharge
U2U2 Tubing 4/6 mm, 6/9 mm, 6/12 mm, 9/12 mm
U7U7 Tubing / ; 0,17; / ; /
AA Threaded, Rp , female (SS)
VV Threaded, NPT , female (SS)
XX No connection
Installation set*
I001 Tubing 4/6 mm (up to 7.5 l/h, 13 bar)
I002 Tubing 9/12 mm (up to 60 l/h, 9 bar)
I003 Tubing 0.17" x " (up to 7.5 l/h, 13 bar)
I004 Tubing /" x " (up to 60 l/h, 10 bar)
Valve type
1 Standard
2 Spring-loaded
0,1 bar suction opening pressure
0,1 bar discharge opening pressure
Supply voltage
3 1100240 V, 50/60 Hz
1 2448 VDC (DDC) ***
* Including 2 pump connections, foot valve, injection unit, 6 m PE discharge tubing, 2 m PVC suction tubing, 2 m PVC deaeration tubing (4/6 mm)
** PVC dosing heads only up to 10 bar
*** Planned for 2013
7.1-4
DDA, DDC, DDE
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Type key
Example DDA 7.5 -16 AR -PP /V /C -F
Type range
DDE
DDC
DDA
Maximum fow [l/h]
Control variant
B Basic (DDE)
P B with pulse mode (DDE)
PR P with relay output (DDE)
A Standard (DDC)
AR A with alarm relay and analog input (DDA, DDC)
FC AR with FlowControl (DDA)
FCM FC with fow measurement (DDA)
Dosing head variant
PP Polypropylene
PVC Polyvinyl chloride**
Gasket material
E EPDM
V FKM
T PTFE
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
Control cube position
F Front-mounted (change to left and right possible)
X No control cube (DDE)
-3 1 U2U2 F G C3
C3 Inspection Certifcate 3.1 (EN 10204)
Design
G Grundfos
Mains plug
F EU (Schuko)
B USA, Kanada
G UK
E Switzerland
J Japan
L Argentna
X No plug (only 24-48 VDC)
U2U2 Tubing 4/6 mm, 6/9 mm, 6/12 mm, 9/12 mm
U7U7 Tubing / ; 0,17; / ; /
AA Threaded, Rp , female (SS)
VV Threaded, NPT , female (SS)
XX No connection
Installation set*
I001 Tubing 4/6 mm (up to 7.5 l/h, 13 bar)
I002 Tubing 9/12 mm (up to 60 l/h, 9 bar)
I003 Tubing 0.17" x " (up to 7.5 l/h, 13 bar)
I004 Tubing /" x " (up to 60 l/h, 10 bar)
Valve type
1 Standard
2 Spring-loaded
0,1 bar suction opening pressure
Supply voltage
3 1100240 V, 50/60 Hz
1 2448 VDC (DDC) ***
* Including 2 pump connections, foot valve, injection unit, 6 m PE discharge tubing, 2 m PVC suction tubing, 2 m PVC deaeration tubing (4/6 mm)
** PVC dosing heads only up to 10 bar
*** Planned for 2013
DDA DDC DDE
Control variant: FCM FC AR AR A PR P B
General
Digital Dosing: Internal stroke speed and frequency control
Mounting plate (basic/wall mounting)
Control panel, see page
Control cube mountable in three positions: front, left, right
Control panel position: front-ftted
Transparent protective cover for control elements
Capacity setting in milliliters, liters or US-gallons
Graphical display with background light in four colors for status
indication: white, green, yellow, red

Plain-text menu in diferent languages
Turn-and-push knob (click wheel) for easy navigation
Capacity adjustment knob (0.1 - 100 %)
Start/Stop key
100 % key (deaeration)
Operation mode switch (manual/pulse)
Operation modes, see page
Manual speed control
Pulse control in ml/pulse
Pulse control (1:n)
Analog control 0/4-20 mA
Batch control (pulse-based)
Dosing timer cycle
Dosing timer week
Fieldbus control
Functions, see page
Auto deaeration also during pump standby
FlowControl system with selective fault diagnosis
Pressure monitoring (min/max)
Flow measurement
AutoFlowAdapt
SlowMode (anti-cavitation)
Calibration mode
Scaling of analog input
Service information display
Relay setting: alarm, warning, stroke signal, pump dosing, pulse input

Relay setting (additionally): timer cycle, timer week
Inputs/outputs, see page
Input for external stop
Input for pulse control
Input for analog 0/4-20 mA control
Input for low-level signal
Input for empty tank signal
Output relay (2 relays)
Output analog 0/4-20 mA
Input/Output for GENIbus
Input/Output for E-box (e.g. E-box 150 with
Profbus DP)

7.1-5
DDA, DDC, DDE
Technical data,
operating characteristics
DDA
Pump type DDA 7.5-16 12-10 17-7 30-4
Mechanical data
Turndown ratio (setting range) [1:X] 3000 1000 1000 1000
Max. dosing capacity
[l/h] 7,5 12,0 17,0 30,0
[gph] 2,0 3,1 4,5 8,0
Max. dosing capacity with SlowMode 50 %
[l/h] 3,75 6,00 8,50 15,00
[gph] 1,00 1,55 2,25 4,00
[l/h] 1,88 3,00 4,25 7,50
[gph] 0,50 0,78 1,13 2,00
Min. dosing capacity
[l/h] 0,0025 0,0120 0,0170 0,0300
[gph] 0,0007 0,0031 0,0045 0,0080
Max. operating pressure
[bar] 16 10 7 4
[psi] 230 150 100 60
Max. stroke frequency
1)
[strokes/min] 190 155 205 180
Stroke volume [ml] 0,74 1,45 1,55 3,10
Max. suction lift during operation
2)
[m] 6
Max. suction lift when priming with wet valves
2)
[m] 2 3 3 2
Min. pressure diference between suction and discharge side [bar] 1 (FC and FCM: 2)
Max. inlet pressure, suction side [bar] 2
Max. viscosity in SlowMode 25 % with spring-loaded
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 2500 2500 2000 1500
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 1800 1300 1300 600
Max. viscosity without SlowMode with spring-loaded
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 600 500 500 200
Max. viscosity without spring-loaded valves
3)
[mPas] (= cP) 50 300 300 150
Min. internal tubing/pipe diameter suction/discharge side
4), 2)
[mm] 4 6 6 9
Min. internal tubing/pipe diameter suction/discharge
side (high viscosity)
4)
[mm] 9
Min./Max. liquid temperature [C] -10/45
Min./Max. ambient temperature [C] 0/45
Accuracy of repeatability [%] 1
Electrical data
Voltage [V] 100240 V, 5060 Hz
Length of mains cable [m] 1,5
Max. inrush current for 2 ms at 100 V [A] 8
Max. power consumption P
1

5)
[W] 18
Enclosure class IP 65, Nema 4X
Electrical safety class II
Signal input
Max. load low-level / empty tank / pulse / external stop
input
12 V, 5 mA
Min. pulse length [ms] 5
Max. pulse frequency [Hz] 100
Impedance at analog 0/4-20 mA input [] 15
Max. resistance in level/pulse circuit [] 1000
Signal output
Max. ohmic load on relay output [A] 0,5
Max. voltage on relay/analog output [V] 30 VDC/30 VAC
Impedance at 0/4-20 mA analog output [] 500
Weight/size
Weight (PVC, PP, PVDF) [kg] 2,4 2,4 2,6
Weight (stainless steel) [kg] 3,2 3,2 4,0
Diaphragm diameter [mm] 44 50 74
Sound pressure Max. sound pressure level [dB(A)] 60
Approvals CE, CSA-US, NSF61, GHOST, PSE/cosmos, C-Tick
1)
The maximum stroke frequency varies depending on calibration
2)
Data is based on measurements with water
3)
Maximum suction lift: 1 m, dosing capacity reduced (approx. 30 %)
4)
Length of suction line: 1.5 m, length of discharge line: 10 m (at max. viscosity)
5)
With E-box: 24 W
DDC
Pump type DDC 6-10 9-7 15-4
Mechanical data
Turndown ratio (setting range) [1:X] 1000 1000 1000
[l/h] 6,0 9,0 15,0
[gph] 1,5 2,4 4,0
[l/h] 3,00 4,50 7,50
[gph] 0,75 1,20 2,00
[l/h] 1,50 2,25 3,75
[gph] 0,38 0,60 1,00
[l/h] 0,0060 0,0090 0,0150
[gph] 0,0015 0,0024 0,0040
[bar] 10 7 4
[psi] 150 100 60
1)
[stroke/min] 140 200 180
Stroke volume [ml] 0,81 0,84 1,58
2)
[m] 6
2)
[m] 2 2 3
Min. pressure diference between suction and discharge side [bar] 1
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 2500 2000 2000
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 1800 1300 1300
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 600 500 500
3)
[mPas] (= cP) 50 50 300
4), 2)
[mm] 4 6 6
Min. internal tubing/pipe diameter suction/discharge side (high viscosity)
4)
[mm] 9
Electrical data
Voltage AC [V] 100240 V, 5060 Hz
Voltage DC [V] 2448 VDC
1
[W] 14
Signal input
Max. load low-level / empty tank / pulse / external stop input 12 V, 5 mA
Maximum loop resistance in level signal circuit [] 1000
Maximum loop resistance in pulse signal circuit [] 1000
Signal output
Max. voltage on relay output [V] 30 VDC / 30 VAC
Weight/size
Weight (PVC, PP, PVDF) [kg] 2,4 2,4
Weight (stainless steel) [kg] 3,2 3,2
Diaphragm diameter [mm] 44 50
1)
2)
3)
4)
7.1-6
DDA, DDC, DDE
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data,
operating characteristics
DDA
Pump type DDA 7.5-16 12-10 17-7 30-4
Mechanical data
Turndown ratio (setting range) [1:X] 3000 1000 1000 1000
[l/h] 7,5 12,0 17,0 30,0
[gph] 2,0 3,1 4,5 8,0
[l/h] 3,75 6,00 8,50 15,00
[gph] 1,00 1,55 2,25 4,00
[l/h] 1,88 3,00 4,25 7,50
[gph] 0,50 0,78 1,13 2,00
[l/h] 0,0025 0,0120 0,0170 0,0300
[gph] 0,0007 0,0031 0,0045 0,0080
[bar] 16 10 7 4
[psi] 230 150 100 60
1)
[strokes/min] 190 155 205 180
Stroke volume [ml] 0,74 1,45 1,55 3,10
2)
[m] 6
2)
[m] 2 3 3 2
Min. pressure diference between suction and discharge side [bar] 1 (FC and FCM: 2)
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 2500 2500 2000 1500
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 1800 1300 1300 600
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 600 500 500 200
3)
[mPas] (= cP) 50 300 300 150
4), 2)
[mm] 4 6 6 9
Min. internal tubing/pipe diameter suction/discharge
side (high viscosity)
4)
[mm] 9
Electrical data
Voltage [V] 100240 V, 5060 Hz
1

5)
[W] 18
Signal input
Max. load low-level / empty tank / pulse / external stop
input
12 V, 5 mA
Impedance at analog 0/4-20 mA input [] 15
Max. resistance in level/pulse circuit [] 1000
Signal output
Max. voltage on relay/analog output [V] 30 VDC/30 VAC
Impedance at 0/4-20 mA analog output [] 500
Weight/size
Weight (PVC, PP, PVDF) [kg] 2,4 2,4 2,6
Weight (stainless steel) [kg] 3,2 3,2 4,0
Diaphragm diameter [mm] 44 50 74
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
With E-box: 24 W
DDC
Pump type DDC 6-10 9-7 15-4
Mechanical data
Turndown ratio (setting range) [1:X] 1000 1000 1000
[l/h] 6,0 9,0 15,0
[gph] 1,5 2,4 4,0
[l/h] 3,00 4,50 7,50
[gph] 0,75 1,20 2,00
[l/h] 1,50 2,25 3,75
[gph] 0,38 0,60 1,00
[l/h] 0,0060 0,0090 0,0150
[gph] 0,0015 0,0024 0,0040
[bar] 10 7 4
[psi] 150 100 60
1)
[stroke/min] 140 200 180
Stroke volume [ml] 0,81 0,84 1,58
2)
[m] 6
2)
[m] 2 2 3
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 2500 2000 2000
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 1800 1300 1300
valves
3)

[mPas] (= cP) 600 500 500
3)
[mPas] (= cP) 50 50 300
4), 2)
[mm] 4 6 6
Min. internal tubing/pipe diameter suction/discharge side (high viscosity)
4)
[mm] 9
Electrical data
Voltage AC [V] 100240 V, 5060 Hz
Voltage DC [V] 2448 VDC
1
[W] 14
Signal input
Max. load low-level / empty tank / pulse / external stop input 12 V, 5 mA
Signal output
Max. voltage on relay output [V] 30 VDC / 30 VAC
Weight/size
Weight (PVC, PP, PVDF) [kg] 2,4 2,4
1)
2)
3)
4)
7.1-7
DDA, DDC, DDE
Technical data,
Operating characteristics
DDE
Pump type DDE 6-10 15-4
Mechanical data
Turndown ratio (setting range) [1:X] 1000 1000
[l/h] 6,0 15,0
[gph] 1,5 4,0
[l/h] 0,0060 0,0150
[gph] 0,0015 0,0040
Max. pressure
[bar] 10 4
[psi] 150 60
1)
[stroke/min] 140 180
Stroke volume [ml] 0,81 1,58
2)
[m] 6
2)
[m] 2 3
Max. viscosity with spring-loaded valves
3)
[mPas] (= cP) 600 500
3)
[mPas] (= cP) 50 50
2), 4)
[mm] 4 6
Min. internal tubing/pipe diameter suction/discharge side (HV)
4)
[mm] 9
Electrical data
Voltage [V] 100240 V, 5060 Hz
1
[W] 12
Signal input
Max. load low-level / empty tank / pulse / external
stop input

12 V, 5 mA
Weight/size
Weight PVC, PP, PVDF [kg] 2,4 2,4
1)
Maximum stroke frequency changes accordingly to calibration
2)
3)
4)
Installation
Information about the installation, control, connection and operation
of pumps, can be seen on WinCAPS (Information) and WebCAPS
(Documentation) in the Installation and operating instructions
documentation.
catalogue.
For more information on accessories see chapter 7.4 of this
catalogue.
7.2-1
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Digital diaphragm pumps DDI
DDI 222
Capacities up to 150 l/h

Description
The DDI series is well established on the dosing pump market with
its combination of innovative drive technology and integrated
microelectronics. Users appreciate how they can simply enter the
required dosing rate in liters per hour and let the DDI handle the
rest.
Treatment of industrial and municipal water
Industrial cleaning
Polymer feed
Paper production/paper fnishing
Optical technology and chip production
Chemical industry
CIP cleaning and disinfection
Galvanic industry and surface treatment
Air conditioning/cooling towers
Reverse osmosis systems
Semi-conductor industry
Performance range
Features and benets
Flow monitor checks for malfunctions optional
The unique ow monitor detects any dosing errors on both the
suction and pressure sides and immediately emits an error message
if anything is wrong. It can also check for excess pressure: Just enter
the maximum back pressure allowed (in bar) and leave everything to
the DDI. If the pressure is exceeded, the pump shuts down.
Double diaphragm for optimal process reliability
Some processes must never be interrupted - not even in the event of
a diaphragm rupture. The DDI is available with an integrated double
diaphragm system. If the diaphragm fails, the DDI will continue
dosing thanks to the protective diaphragm.
Diaphragm rupture monitoring (optional)
Diaphragm rupture is noticed by a diferential pressure sensor and
sends an error signal as notifcation to replace the diaphragm.
Turndown ratio 1:800
The DDI 222 has a turndown ratio ten times better than that of
traditional equipment, allowing us to create a complete pump series
with just one motor, one gearing system, and two pump head sizes.
You get the precision you want every time - and need only a minimum
of spare parts and storage capacity.
Compact design
The DDI 222 pumps are smaller and quieter than conventional pumps
in their class, making them easy to install anywhere. Order your DDI
with the control and display interface on the side or front as you
wish.
Full stroke length every time
The DDI series use a full stroke length every time a feature unique
to Grundfos dosing pumps. Each stroke is carefully timed to bring
you even reagent concentrations in the system and optimal priming
throughout the entire operating range.
Brushless DC motor
The drive solution used in the DDI series ensures very smooth,
continuous dosing even as it keeps energy consumption at a record
low.
Anti-cavitation function
The slow mode settings systematically reduce the suction stroke so
that difcult, viscous media are dosed with smooth precision. When
set at 60% of the maximum dosing rate, the DDI can dose liquids
with a viscosity of up to 1,000 mPa; at 40%, it will handle extremely
viscous media up to 2600 Mpas. You no longer need external dilution
or treatment systems, but can dose chemicals directly and with no
waste.
Fieldbus communication available
The DDI is also available with a Profbus DP interface.
0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 60 80100 150
Q [l/h]
DDI 60-10
DDI 150-40
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
p
[bar]
DDI
7.2-2
General data
Type key
Example DDI 60-10 AR PVC /V /G -F
Type range
DDI
Size
Control version
AR Standard
AF AR with fow monitor
AR with Profbus
AR with fow monitor and Profbus
AP
APF
Dosing head variant
PP Polypropylene
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
PP-L PP + Integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PV-L PV + Integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PVC-L PVC + Integrated diaphragm leakage detection
SS-L SS + Integrated diaphragm leakage detection
Gasket material
E EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer)
V FKM (fuorocarbon, e.g. Viton)
T PTFE (polytetrafuoroethylene, e.g. Tefon)
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
PTFE (polytetrafuoroethylene, e.g. Tefon) T
G Glass
Control panel position
F Front-mounted
S Side-mounted
-3 1 3B1 F
Mains plug
F EU (Schuko)
B USA, Canada
E Switzerland
X No plug
B6 Pipe 4/6 mm
A5 Tube 5/8 mm
4 Tube 6/9 mm
6 Tube 9/12 mm
Q Tube 19/27 mm
R Tube " / "
S Tube " / "
A1 Threaded , Rp , female
A9 Threaded , " NPT male
B1 Tube 6/12 mm/cementing d. 12 mm
B2 Tube 13/20 mm/cementing d. 25 mm
B3 Welding d. 16 mm
B4 Welding d. 25 mm
Valve type
1 Standard
2 Spring-loaded
0,05 bar inlet opening pressure
5 For abrasive media (SS only)
6 Spring-loaded discharge
(DN 20, SS DIN 1.4401 balls)
Supply voltage
3 1100240V, 50/60 Hz
7.2-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Construction
The DDI 222 AR is driven by a brushless DC motor, resulting in low
energy costs. The speed of the motor is reduced by means of belt
drive (toothed belts). On DDI 222 the suction and discharge strokes
are generated by the motor.
The control panel can be front- or side-mounted.
Capacity control
The DDI 222, has an EC motor (brushless DC motor) and electronic
power control.
As shown in the fgure below, the duration of each suctionstroke is
constant (while the duration of each discharge stroke varies according
to the set capacity).
This has many advantages:
The full stroke length reduces gas build-up in the dosing head.
Spring-loaded valves
The pump head can be supplied with spring-loaded valves for
improved performance when handling viscous liquids. Some of these
valves have a larger nominal width and incorporate adapters.
Note: The suction and discharge dimensions of the pump may change
when the pump is ftted with spring loaded valves.
Legend
1a Suction valve
1b Discharge valve
2 Dosing head
3 Leakage detection pressure switch
4 Outlet joint in case of diaphragm breakage
5 In/out signal
Even and constant dosing ensures an optimum mixing ratio at the
injection point.
Signifcant reduction of pressure surges prevents mechanical stress
on diaphragm, tubes, connections and other dosing parts.
Dosing of highly viscous and volatile liquids is easier.
General data
Discharge
Capacity
setting
100%
50%
10%
Suction
Duration
Duration
Duration
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
7.2-4
Technical data
Performance data
Pump Model
V stroke
[cm
3
]
Max. pressure
1)

[bar]
Capacity
2)

[l/h]
Max. stroke rate
[strokes/min]
Normal Slow mode-1 Slow mode-2
DDI 60-10 222 6,63 10 60 40 25 180
DDI 150-4 222 13,9 4 150 100 62 180
1)

2)
The maximum dosing fow of HV type pumps is reduced by upto10%.
Observe the maximum permissible temperatures. When dosing the more viscous liquids, observe the maximum permissible viscosity.
Important: The maximum capacity is measured at maximum pump backpressure. The pump can be operated in the range of 0.125% to 100%
of the maximum dosing capacity.

Suction lift
Pump Model
Max.suction lift during operation
1)

Viscosity similar to water
[m]
Max.suction lift
Start-up
2)
Non-degassing liquids
Viscosity similar to water [m]
Normaloperation Standard
DDI 60-10 222 3,0 1,0
DDI 150-4 222 2,0 1,0
1)
Dosing head and valves moistened.
2)
Venting valve open.
Permissible viscosity
Pump Model
Max.permissible viscosity at operating temperature
1)
[mPas]
1)
2)
[mPas]
Normal operation Slow mode-1 operation Slow mode-2 operation Normal operation Slow mode-1 operation Slow mode-2 operation
DDI 60-10 222 100 200 500 200 1000 2600
DDI 150-4 222 100 200 500 500 800 2000
1)

2)
Version for high-viscosity liquids. The specifed values are approximate values and refer to Newtonian liquids.
Inlet and discharge pressures
Pump Model
Max.inlet pressure
[bar]
Min.backpressure
[bar]
DDI 60-10 222 2,0 2,0 2,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
DDI 150-4 222 2,0 2,0 2,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
Permissible temperature range of the pumped media
Note: The pumped liquid must be uid. Exceeding the permissible temperatures may cause malfunction or damage to the pump.
Dosing head material
Permissible liquid temperature [C]
p < 10 bar p < 16 bar
PVC, PP 0 +40 0 +20
1)
-10 +70 -10 +70
PVDF
2)
-10 +60 -10 +20
1)
Short-term(15min.)resistance to+120C at up to 2 bar backpressure.
2)
Increased resistance to+70C if backpressure is less than 3 bar.
Electrical data
Power supply Power consumption Enclosure class
100240 V, 50/60 Hz 50 VA IP 65
For more information on accessories see chapter 7.4 of this catalogue.
For further details concerning device , please contact Grundfos experts.
7.2-5
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DME
Capacities up to 940 l/h
Description
The DME dosing pumps are equipped with an electronically controlled
variable-speed motor which is governed by the Grundfos Digital
Dosing system.
Digital Dosing represents the most advanced technology.
This patented Grundfos solution sets new standards, including new
principles and methods.
Capacity range
Note: the maximum capacity is available at any counter pressure
within the pumps specifed range if it has been calibrated to the
actual installation.
Features and benets
Precise and easy setting
The operator can easily install and set the pump to discharge exactly
the quantity of dosing liquid required in the application. Capacity
is read on the digital display in l/h, or ml/h, while icons are used to
identify the operation mode.
Unique technology
A unique drive and microprocessor control ensure that dosing liquids
are discharged precisely and with low pulsation even when the pump
is operating with high viscosity or degassing liquids. Instead of the
conventional stroke length adjustment, the capacity of the DME
is regulated by automatic adjustment of the motor speed during
the discharge stroke and by fxed suction stroke speed, ensuring
optimal and uniform mixing. The capacity of the DMS is regulated by
automatic regulation of the stroke frequency.
Fewer variants to cover all needs
The powerful variable speed motor, a turn-down ratio of 1:1000/1:800
and a complete control interface including
full pulse control,
pulse batch control,
internal timer batch control,
analog 0/4-20 mA control,
level control and
feldbus communication module
ensure that four DME pumps cover the range from 0 to 940 l/h, up to
10 bar. The switch mode power supply ensures that the same pump
is working precisely, irrespective of the power supply (100-240 V; 50-
60 Hz).
Anti-cavitation mode (60 to 940 l/h)
The pump features an anti-cavitation function. When this function
is selected, the pump extends and smoothens its suction stroke,
resulting in softer priming.
The anti-cavitation function is used:
when pumping liquids of high viscosity,
in the case of a long suction tube and
in the case of a high suction lift.
Depending on the circumstances, during the suction stroke, the motor
speed can be reduced by 75%, 50%or 25%compared to the normal
motor speed during the suction stroke.
The maximum pump capacity is reduced when the anti cavitation
function is selected.
Switch-mode power supply
The DME pump is incorporates a switch-mode power supply. This
makes the pump independent of variations in supply voltage and
frequency. Operating range: 1 x 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz.
Bus communication
The pump is available with an optional built-in module for bus
communication with PROFIBUS (variant AP) systems.
These modules enable remote monitoring and setting via the feldbus
system.
Digital diaphragm pumps DME
Performance data
Pump Model
V stroke
[cm
3
]
Max. pressure
1)

[bar]
Capacity
2)

[l/h]
Max. stroke rate
[strokes/min]
Normal Slow mode-1 Slow mode-2
DDI 60-10 222 6,63 10 60 40 25 180
DDI 150-4 222 13,9 4 150 100 62 180
1)

2)
The maximum dosing fow of HV type pumps is reduced by upto10%.
Observe the maximum permissible temperatures. When dosing the more viscous liquids, observe the maximum permissible viscosity.
Important: The maximum capacity is measured at maximum pump backpressure. The pump can be operated in the range of 0.125% to 100%
of the maximum dosing capacity.

Suction lift
Pump Model
Max.suction lift during operation
1)

Viscosity similar to water
[m]
Max.suction lift
Start-up
2)
Non-degassing liquids
Viscosity similar to water [m]
Normaloperation Standard
DDI 60-10 222 3,0 1,0
DDI 150-4 222 2,0 1,0
1)
Dosing head and valves moistened.
2)
Venting valve open.
Permissible viscosity
Pump Model
1)
[mPas]
1)
2)
[mPas]
DDI 60-10 222 100 200 500 200 1000 2600
DDI 150-4 222 100 200 500 500 800 2000
1)

2)
Version for high-viscosity liquids. The specifed values are approximate values and refer to Newtonian liquids.
Inlet and discharge pressures
Pump Model
Max.inlet pressure
[bar]
Min.backpressure
[bar]
DDI 60-10 222 2,0 2,0 2,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
DDI 150-4 222 2,0 2,0 2,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
Permissible temperature range of the pumped media
Note: The pumped liquid must be uid. Exceeding the permissible temperatures may cause malfunction or damage to the pump.
Permissible liquid temperature [C]
p < 10 bar p < 16 bar
PVC, PP 0 +40 0 +20
1)
-10 +70 -10 +70
PVDF
2)
-10 +60 -10 +20
1)
Short-term(15min.)resistance to+120C at up to 2 bar backpressure.
2)
Increased resistance to+70C if backpressure is less than 3 bar.
Electrical data
Power supply Power consumption Enclosure class
100240 V, 50/60 Hz 50 VA IP 65
For more information on accessories see chapter 7.4 of this catalogue.
For further details concerning device , please contact Grundfos experts.
2,5 1 7,5 12 12 18,5 48 60 150 250 376 940
Q [l/h]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
p
[bar]
DME
DME 60-10 DME 375-10
DME 150-4 DME 940-4
7.2-6
General data
DME
60940 l/h AR 60940 l/h B
Internal stroke frequency control
Internal stroke speed control
Control panel
Capacity setting
in [l] or [ml]

Display with background light
and soft-touch buttons

Easy set-up menu with
language options

On/of button
Maximum capacity button
(priming)

Green indicator light for operating indication
Red indicator light for fault indication
Control panel lock
Optional: side ftted control
panel

Operating modes
Manual
Impulse control
Analog 4-20 mA control
Timer-based batch
control

Pulse-based batch
control

Functions
Dual level control

Dosing monitoring
Calibration of pump to actual

installation

Anti-cavitation
(reduced suction speed)

Capacity
limitation

Counters for strokes,
operating hours and
power on/of

Fieldbus communication(variants AP and AG)
Overload protection
Error message in display
Leakage sensor
Dosing signal output
Power supply
Inputs/outputs
Input for analog 4-20 mA
control
Input for dual-level

control
Alarm relay output (variant AR)

Dosing output
Input for external on/of switch
Type key
Example DME 60 -10 AR -PP /E /C -F -3 1 Q F
Type range
Maximum capacity [l/h]
Control variant
A
AR A+alarm relay
A+Profbus

AP
AG A + GENIbus
B Basic
PP Polypropylene
PV PVDF
SS Stainless steel
Gasket material
E EPDM
T PTFE
V FKM
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
G Glass
T PTFE
Y Hastelloy C22
F Front-ftted
S Side-ftted
Supply voltage
1 1230 V, 50 Hz
2 1120 V, 60 Hz
3 1100240 V, 5060 Hz
6 1110 V, 50 Hz
8 1100 V, 5060 Hz
9 1200 V, 5060 Hz
Valves
1 Standard valve
2 Spring-loaded valve
Connection suction/discharge
Tubing 6/9 mm
1 Tubing 4/6 mm
supplied with the pump
Tubing 6/9 mm
2 Tubing 6/12 + 9/12 mm
3 Tubing 4/6 mm
4 Tubing 6/9 mm
A Threaded Rp 1
Q Tubing 19/27 + 25/34
A1 Threaded Rp "
A2 Threaded Rp "
Power plug
F EU (Schuko)
B USA,Canada (120V)
G UK
E France, Belgium, Switzerland
J Japan
7.2-7
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Construction
Dosing head
Designed with a minimum of clearance space to optimise the priming
and deaerating capabilities.
The dosing head has built-in valve housings.
Valves
Double-ball suction valve and single-ball discharge valve. Spring-
loaded valves are available as an option.
Vent valve
For priming and deaeration complete with connection for a 4 mm
tubing.
Connections
Sturdy and easy-to-use connections for various sizes of tubing, pipe
thread or pipe cementing.
Diaphragm
PTFE-coated, textile-reinforced EPDM diaphragm designed for long
life.
Backplate
With separation chamber, safety diaphragm and drain hole.
Drive unit
With diaphragm connecting rod, crank, belt drive and stepper motor,
all mounted on a sturdy aluminium frame.
Cabinet
Mounted on a robust plastics housing containing drive unit,
electronics, control panel and various electrical connections.
Capacity control, DME
The electronically controlled variable-speed motor of the DME pumps
provides optimum control of the stroke speed. As shown in the fgure
below, the duration of each suction stroke is constant while the
duration of each discharge stroke varies according to the capacity set,
resulting in optimum discharge ow in any operating situation.
The advantages are as follows:
The pump is always operating at full stroke length, irrespective of
the capacity set, for optimum accuracy, priming and suction.
A capacity range of 1:800 (DME 60 to 940 l/h) for each pump size.
Control panel
Even and constant dosing ensuring an optimum mixing ratio at the
injection point.
Signifcant reduction of pressure surges, preventing mechanical
stress on diaphragm, tubes, connections and other dosing parts
exposed to leakage and wear.
Easier dosing of highly viscous and gas-containing liquids.
The optimum dosing control shown below takes place in any
operating mode.
General data
DME
60940 l/h AR 60940 l/h B
Internal stroke frequency control
Internal stroke speed control
Control panel
Capacity setting
in [l] or [ml]

Display with background light
and soft-touch buttons

Easy set-up menu with
language options

On/of button
Maximum capacity button
(priming)

Green indicator light for operating indication
Red indicator light for fault indication
Control panel lock
Optional: side ftted control
panel

Operating modes
Manual
Impulse control
Analog 4-20 mA control
Timer-based batch
control

Pulse-based batch
control

Functions
Dual level control

Dosing monitoring
Calibration of pump to actual

installation

Anti-cavitation
(reduced suction speed)

Capacity
limitation

Counters for strokes,
operating hours and
power on/of

Fieldbus communication(variants AP and AG)
Overload protection
Error message in display
Leakage sensor
Dosing signal output
Power supply
Inputs/outputs
Input for analog 4-20 mA
control
Input for dual-level

control
Alarm relay output (variant AR)

Dosing output
Input for external on/of switch
Type key
Example DME 60 -10 AR -PP /E /C -F -3 1 Q F
Type range
Maximum capacity [l/h]
Control variant
A
AR A+alarm relay
A+Profbus

AP
AG A + GENIbus
B Basic
PP Polypropylene
PV PVDF
SS Stainless steel
Gasket material
E EPDM
T PTFE
V FKM
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
G Glass
T PTFE
Y Hastelloy C22
F Front-ftted
S Side-ftted
Supply voltage
1 1230 V, 50 Hz
2 1120 V, 60 Hz
3 1100240 V, 5060 Hz
6 1110 V, 50 Hz
8 1100 V, 5060 Hz
9 1200 V, 5060 Hz
Valves
1 Standard valve
2 Spring-loaded valve
Connection suction/discharge
Tubing 6/9 mm
1 Tubing 4/6 mm
Tubing 6/9 mm
2 Tubing 6/12 + 9/12 mm
3 Tubing 4/6 mm
4 Tubing 6/9 mm
A Threaded Rp 1
Q Tubing 19/27 + 25/34
A1 Threaded Rp "
A2 Threaded Rp "
Power plug
F EU (Schuko)
B USA,Canada (120V)
G UK
E France, Belgium, Switzerland
J Japan
ml/h
100%
Red
indicator light
Green
indicator light
Navigation/
settings
LCD Display
Menu/accept
Navigation/
settings
Priming button
Discharge
Capacity
setting
100%
50%
10%
Suction
Duration
Duration
Duration
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
7.2-8
Technical data
DME (60940 l/h)
Pump DME 60 DME 150 DME 375 DME 940
Mechanical data
Maximum capacity [l/h] 60 150 376 940
Maximum capacity with anti-cavitation 75% [l/h] 45 112 282 705
Maximum capacity with anti-cavitation 50% [l/h] 33,4 83,5 210 525
Maximum capacity with anti-cavitation 25% [l/h] 16,1 40,4 101 252
Maximum pressure [bar] 10 4 10 4
Maximum stroke frequency [stroke/min] 160
Maximum wet/primed suction lift [m] 6
Maximum suction lift when priming with wet valves [m]
[m]
1,5
Maximum viscosity with spring-loaded valves
1)
[mPas=cP] 3000mPas at 50% capacity
Maximum viscosity without spring-loaded valves
1)
[mPas=cP] 200
Maximum liquid temperature [C] +50
Minimum liquid temperature [C] 0
Maximum ambient temperature [C] +45
Minimum ambient temperature [C] -10
Accuracy of repeatability 1%
Weight and size
Weight [kg] 11,4 11,8 21 22,5
Diaphragm diameter [mm] 79 106 124 173
Electrical data
Supply voltage [V] 1100240 V, 5060 Hz
Maximum current consumption at 100V [A] 1,25 2,40
at 230V [A] 0,67 1,0
Maximum power consumption P
1
[W] 67,1 240
Insulation class B
Cable data Power supply cable 1,5
Signal input
Voltage in level sensor input [VDC] 5
Voltage in pulse input [VDC] 5
Minimum pulse-repetition period [ms] 3,3
Impedance in analog 0/4-20mA input [] 250
Maximum loop resistance impulse signal circuit [] 350
Signal output
Maximum load of alarm relay output, at ohmic load [A] 2
Maximum voltage, alarm relay output [V] 42
Approvals CE, CB, VDE, PSE, CSA
Sound pressure level The sound pressure level of the pump is lower than 70 dB (A).
1)
Maximum suction lift: 1 m
Installation
Information about the installation, control, connection and
operation of pumps, can be seen on WinCAPS (Information) and
WebCAPS (Documentation) in the "Installation and operating
catalogue.
catalogue.
For further details concerning device , please contact Grundfos
experts.
7.3-1
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Mechanical/hydromechanical
diaphragm pumps DMX, DMH
Features at glance
The DMX and DMH series pumps are high capacity mechanically
actuated pumps which are suitable for dosing chemicals. The
rotation of the motor is transformed into the reciprocating
movement of the dosing diaphragm by the operation of the
eccentric and tappet (DMX) or via the worm gearing and eccentric
into the reciprocating suction and discharge stroke movement of
the piston (DMH).
Capacity: 421150 l/h
Max. pressure: - DMX: 16 bar

- DMH: 200 bar
Functions
DMX DMH
Capacity control
With stroke length adjustment
Operating modes
Manual control
Pumps available with electronic control (AR version):

DMX 221

DMX 226, to Q=525 l/h

DMH 251, 252, 253, 280, 281
Capacity (stroke length)
control
Relation between stroke
length, l[%] and capacity
Performance range
Capacity control
The capacity is controlled by means of the stroke-length adjusting
knob. The stroke frequency remains constant.
l [%]
[l/h]
Q
5 13,7 50 100 100 190 280 460 765
Q [l /h]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
p
[bar]
DMX
50 Hz
0
50 105 222 276 500 1150
Q [l /h]
10 10
16
50
100 100
200
p
[bar]
DMH
50 Hz
0
0
Discharge
100%
50%
10%
Suction
Duration
Duration
Duration
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
DMH
DMX
7.3-2
General data
Features and benets
DMX
Mechanically actuated diaphragm pumps
Capacities from 4 to 2*765 l/h
*Applies only to 226 duplex version.
Versatility through choice
The Grundfos DMX is a series of high-quality mechanically actuated
diaphragm pumps suitable for many uses, such as drinking water
treatment, wastewater treatment, and the pulp/paper and textile
industries. This series is designed to be highly versatile, which is
reected in the wide ow range covered and the choice of dosing
head sizes, materials, and accessories available. If in doubt, ask us
we will help you confgure the DMX that is best for you.
Tried, tested, reliable
The main advantage of the Grundfos DMX diaphragm pump family
is the robust diaphragm based design, together with the very high
quality motor, and is a good solution for various dosing applications
with minimal maintenance.
Thanks to years of development, the DMX dosing pump family
became exceptionally reliable.
Accurate dosing
The diaphragm design ensures that the dosing ow variation is below
1 % and the linearity deviation is kept below 4 % at all times.
Smooth and low-pulsation dosing
The DMX series combines sophisticated drive technology and gear
kinematics to ensure smooth and low-pulsation dosing without
pressure peaks.
Motors to match application needs
For applications with specifc motor requirements, the versatile DMX
range ofers high-quality motors, as well as EX classifed or ATEX-
certifed motors, if required. The Grundfos experts will help you
choose the best confguration of the DMX dosing pumps.
Perfect material selection
The smaller DMX models have plastic housings ofering chemical
resistance and all the protection necessary for many applications.
The larger models have a robust cast-aluminium housing with epoxy
coating to meet all application needs. A wide choice of materials for
dosing head, valves and accessories allow selecting exactly the degree
of chemical resistance required.
Compact design
DMX pumps are available in 10 diferent dosing head sizes. Careful
design work has kept them all very compact. This saves material costs
and allows placing several pumps right next to each other in confned
spaces.
Double-head versions
Double-head versions ofer a very cost-efcient way to save space or
to dose two diferent chemicals. The extra capacity ofered by double-
head versions can also be used to gain higher ow rates for a single
chemical.
A wide range of accessories
A wide range of accessories specially designed for the Grundfos DMX
series help optimize performance. This makes commissioning fast
and easy. Other accessories are also available to make sure that your
Grundfos DMX fts your system exactly, such as back-pressure valves
for dosing systems with no or varying back pressure.
See accessories in chapter 7.4. of this the catalog.
7.3-3
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Features and benets
DMX
Hydraulic diaphragm pumps
Capacities from 2,2 to 2*1150 l/h
* All DMH pumps available in duplex versions.
The preferred choice for complex applications
The DMH range is a series of extremely strong, robust pumps for
applications requiring a reliable dosing and high-pressure capability.
The dosing fow fuctuation is within 1% of the control range, thus
are suitable for complex applications and for automated systems .
The robust design ensures years of trouble-free operation.
Get the pump conguration you need
Various product confgurations are available according to the applied
technology. For instance, you can choose between electric and
pneumatic servomotor drive, variable frequency AC motor drive.
Pumps can be ftted with double diaphragm with failure indication,
or special dosing heads with electrical heating.
If you have any questions ask your Grundfos expert, who will help you
choose the most apropriate dosing pump.
Ready for extreme requirements and situations
The serially integrated pressure relief valve and active diaphragm
protection system keeps the pump and the entire system protected
against overpressure, if the discharge line is blocked.
Precise dosing adjustment
Stroke length adjustment is made more precise thanks to the Vernier
scale. The dosing accuracy repeatability is 1%.
High chemical resistance
The DMH dosing pumps have high chemical resistance. The diaphragm
is made of Teon material which is exceptionally resistant. A wide
choice of materials allow selecting exactly the degree of chemical
resistance required. All liquid-wetted parts need to be resistant to the
chemicals used.
Heavy industry applications
The DMH dosing pumps can be used even in the harshest
environments, for example oil refneries. Numerous pump models
are designed according to API 675 standards, and have API 675
certifcation.
7.3-4
General data
Type key
Example DMX 160 -5 B PP /E /T -X
Type range
DMX
DMH
Capacity [l/h]
Max. pressure [bar]
Control variant
B Standard
AR* Etron E26 (analog/pulse control)
AT3 Servomotor 1230V, 50/60 Hz supply,
420mA control
AT4 Servomotor, 24V, 50/60Hz supply,
420mA control
AT5 Servomotor, 1115V, 50/60 Hz supply,
420mAcontrol
420mA control, EEx dllBT 4
Dosing head variant
PP Polypropylene
PVDF (polyvinylidenefuoride) PV
PVC Polyvinylchloride
SS Stainless steel, 1.4401
Y Hastelloy C
PV-R PVDF+integrated relief valve
PVC-R PVC+integrated relief valve
PP-L PP+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PV-L PVDF+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PVC-L PVC+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
SS-L SS+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
Y-L Y+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PV-RL PVDF +integrated relief valve and diaphragm leakage detection
PVC-RL PVC+integrated relief valve and diaphragm leakage detection
SS-H SS+(electric) heaters on dosing head
Gasket material
E EPDM (ethylene propylene dienemonomer)
FKM (fuorocarbon)
PTFE (Tefon)
PTFE (Tefon)
V
T
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
G Glass
T
Y Hastelloy
X No control panel
F Front
W Wall mounted
* Only single phase pumps of 0.37KW and below.
-E 1 QQ X E0
Pump variant
E0 PTC motor for frequency control
E1 ATEX version, EEx de C T3, 3 x 400 V,
50 Hz (only DMX-B or DMX-AT)


E3 API approval
Mains plug
X No plug
F Schuko
B USA, Canada
I Australia, NewZealand, Taiwan
E Switzerland
B6 Pipe 4/5 mm
4 Tube 6/9 mm
6 Tube 9/12 mm
B9 Tube 19/27 mm, PVC
Q Tube 19/27 mm and 25/34 mm
S Tube 0,375/0,5
A Threaded Rp
A1 Threaded Rp
A2 Threaded Rp 1
V Threaded NPT
A9 Threaded NPT , male
A3 Threaded NPT
A7 Threaded NPT, male
A4 Threaded NPT 1
A8 Threaded NPT 1, male
K Cementing 40mm
B8 Cementing 40mm and fange DN32
B1 Tube 6/12 mm; Cementing 12mm
B2 Tube 13/20mm; Cementing 25mm
B3 Welding 16 mm
B4 Welding 25 mm
B5 Welding 40 mm
B7 Welding 40mm and fange DN32
C1 Welding fange DN32, stainless steel
P Flange
Valve type
1 Standard
2 Spring-loaded
3 Spring-loaded:
0,05 barsuction,
0,8 bar discharge

4 Spring-loaded, discharge side only
Supply voltage
0 Without motor, IEC fange
G 1230 V, 50/60 Hz
H 1120 V, 50/60 Hz
E 230/400V, 50/60Hz;
440/480V, 60Hz

F Without motor, NEMA fange (USA)
7.3-5
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Construction
Description
The Grundfos DMX and DMH pumps are mechanical diaphragm
dosing pumps. The strokes are generated by an eccentric which
moves the diaphragm by means of a spring-loaded plunger. The
discharge stroke is activated by the eccentric and the suction stroke
by the spring return.
The DMX pumps are ftted with a separation chamber. In the event
of a diaphragm failure, the separation chamber prevents the pumped
liquid from ooding the pump unit or other system components
Functional principle
DMX 221 and 226
Reciprocating displacement pump with electric motor and
mechanical diaphragm control.
The rotation of the motor is transformed into the reciprocating
movement of the dosing diaphragm by the operation of the
eccentric and tappet.
Adjustment of the dosing ow is possible by adjusting the stroke
length.
DMH 251255, 257, 280, 281, 283, 285288
Reciprocating displacement diaphragm pump with electric motor
and hydromechanical drive
types 280, 281, 283, 285288 have a deaerating valve on the top of
the dosing head for easier startup
The piston has a hollow bore and a row of radial control holes,
which provide a hydraulic by-pass between the drive area and
the piston stroke area. The sliding collar covers the holes during
the stroke and seals the stroke area from the drive area. The
hydraulic movement of the solid PTFE diaphragm displaces an
equivalent volume of pumped liquid through the pump head into
the discharge line. During the suction stroke, the piston creates
low pressure in the pump head; the discharge ball valve closes and
the pumped liquid ows through the suction valve into the pump
head.
The displaced volume per stroke is solely determined by the
position of the sliding collar. The active stroke length and
corresponding average ow rate can therefore be changed
continuously and linearly from 10 to 100 % using the stroke-length
adjustment knob and Vernier scale.
Installation
Information about the installation, control, connection and operation
of pumps, can be seen on WinCAPS (Information) and WebCAPS
(Documentation) in the Installation and operating instructions
documentation.
catalogue.
catalogue.
For further details concerning device , please contact Grundfos
experts.
DMX model 226 dosing pump
DMH model 252 dosing pump
Technical data
Type key
Example DMX 160 -5 B PP /E /T -X
Type range
DMX
DMH
Capacity [l/h]
Max. pressure [bar]
Control variant
B Standard
AR* Etron E26 (analog/pulse control)
420mA control
AT4 Servomotor, 24V, 50/60Hz supply,
420mA control
AT5 Servomotor, 1115V, 50/60 Hz supply,
420mAcontrol
Dosing head variant
PP Polypropylene
PVDF (polyvinylidenefuoride) PV
PVC Polyvinylchloride
Y Hastelloy C
PV-R PVDF+integrated relief valve
PVC-R PVC+integrated relief valve
PP-L PP+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PV-L PVDF+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PVC-L PVC+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
SS-L SS+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
Y-L Y+integrated diaphragm leakage detection
PV-RL PVDF +integrated relief valve and diaphragm leakage detection
PVC-RL PVC+integrated relief valve and diaphragm leakage detection
SS-H SS+(electric) heaters on dosing head
Gasket material
E EPDM (ethylene propylene dienemonomer)
FKM (fuorocarbon)
PTFE (Tefon)
PTFE (Tefon)
V
T
Valve ball material
C Ceramic
G Glass
T
Y Hastelloy
X No control panel
F Front
W Wall mounted
* Only single phase pumps of 0.37KW and below.
-E 1 QQ X E0
Pump variant
E0 PTC motor for frequency control


E3 API approval
Mains plug
X No plug
F Schuko
B USA, Canada
I Australia, NewZealand, Taiwan
E Switzerland
B6 Pipe 4/5 mm
4 Tube 6/9 mm
6 Tube 9/12 mm
B9 Tube 19/27 mm, PVC
Q Tube 19/27 mm and 25/34 mm
S Tube 0,375/0,5
A Threaded Rp
A1 Threaded Rp
A2 Threaded Rp 1
V Threaded NPT
A9 Threaded NPT , male
A3 Threaded NPT
A7 Threaded NPT, male
A4 Threaded NPT 1
A8 Threaded NPT 1, male
K Cementing 40mm
B8 Cementing 40mm and fange DN32
B1 Tube 6/12 mm; Cementing 12mm
B2 Tube 13/20mm; Cementing 25mm
B3 Welding 16 mm
B4 Welding 25 mm
B5 Welding 40 mm
B7 Welding 40mm and fange DN32
C1 Welding fange DN32, stainless steel
P Flange
Valve type
1 Standard
2 Spring-loaded
3 Spring-loaded:
0,05 barsuction,
0,8 bar discharge

4 Spring-loaded, discharge side only
Supply voltage
0 Without motor, IEC fange
G 1230 V, 50/60 Hz
H 1120 V, 50/60 Hz
E 230/400V, 50/60Hz;
440/480V, 60Hz

F Without motor, NEMA fange (USA)
7.4-1
Overview
Dosing pump accessories
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Dosing system overview
Grundfos ofers a comprehensive range of accessories covering
every need in chemical dosing systems.
Legend
Number Component
1 Tank
2 Electric mixer
3 Lateral discharge device
4 Pulsation damper, suction side
5 Dosing pump
6 Pressure-relief valve
7 Pressure loading valve
8 Pulsation damper, discharge side
9 Measuring glass
10 Injection valve
Additional accessories
Tartozkok
Installation kit
Piping
Foot valve
Temperature resistant injection unit
Rigid suction tube
Level control unit
Hand held mixer
Water fow meter
2
1
3
6
5
7
10
9
4
8
7.4-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Overview
DDA, DDC, DDE
Dosing system overview
Grundfos ofers a comprehensive range of accessories covering
every need in chemical dosing systems.
Legend
Number Component
1 Tank
2 Electric mixer
3 Lateral discharge device
4 Pulsation damper, suction side
5 Dosing pump
6 Pressure-relief valve
7 Pressure loading valve
8 Pulsation damper, discharge side
9 Measuring glass
10 Injection valve
Additional accessories
Tartozkok
Installation kit
Piping
Foot valve
Temperature resistant injection unit
Rigid suction tube
Level control unit
Hand held mixer
Water fow meter
2
1
3
6
5
7
10
9
4
8
Accessories for DDA, DDC, DDE dosing pumps
Grundfos ofers a comprehensive range of accessories for pumps functioning on a new digital principle (SMART digital) covering every need
in chemical dosing systems.
100%
P S
Flexible hoses Injection valves
Multi-function valves, pressure
loading valves, pressure relief
valves, pressure valves

Installation kits
Pump connection kits and inlay kits
Adaptors
T-pieces
Dosing tanks
Handheld mixer
Foot valves and suction lances
E-box 150
Cables
SMART Digital dosing pump
7.4-3
General data
DDA, DDC, DDE
Product and picture Description Technical data
Installation kits
Flexible PE tubing for suction, discharge, and deaeration
tubing, strainer, injection valve with spring-loaded
non-return valve, foot valve with strainer and weight,
without or with level indication(displayed here with
level indication).
Dimensions: 4/6, 6/9, 9/12
Materials: - housing: PP, PVC, PVDF
- gasket: FKM, EPDM, PTFE
- ball: ceramic
Flexible tubing
See pages7.4-5.
Connection kits and
inlay kits

Connection kits and inlay kits for the integration of
Grundfos standard pumps into installations with various
sizes of tubing or pipes.
Connection type:
Tubing (cone and ring)
Tubing (cutting ring type)
Pipe welding
Pipe cementing
Pipe, threaded, female
Pipe, threaded, male
Adaptors
Depending on piping material and joining technologies
these adaptors are used for threaded, glued, welded,
cutting rings and other connections (union nut adaptors,
threaded adaptors, T-pieces, etc.)
Flexible suction line
Flexible suction line kit, ball non-return valve, strainer,
clamping ring or threaded connection, with or without
level indication.
Suction line data:
- Capacity: max. 60 l/h
- Materials
Housing Gasket Ball
PE
PE
PVDF
PVDF
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
Level indicator data:
- Reed switch unit with 2 foaters,
- PE cable,5m
- M12plug,
- PE cap (58mm) for chemical tank,
- Voltage: max. 48 V,
- Current: max. 0,5 A
- load: max. 10 VA
- indication: - low level
- tank empty
Rigid suction line
Max.60l/h capacity
Rigid suction lines are available in diferent sizes for
mounting on various chemical tanks.
Immersion depth can be set to anywhere between
minimum depth of approx. 140 mm and maximum
immersion depth.
The chemical tank comes in diferent shapes: cylindrical or
square, L-ring drum, PE-drum, steel drum, can, etc.
The kit includes: a foot valve with strainer, a rigid pipe which
is submerged into the tank, a level indicator (if included),
container fxing elements and fexible pump connection
hoses.
Suction line data:
- Materials
Housing Gasket Ball
PE
PE
PVDF
PVDF
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
- Max. immersion depth: 400, 500, 570, 690, 820,
960, 1100, 1200 mm
- PE cable, 5 m
- M 12 plug,
- load: max. 10 VA
- tank empty
Connection accessories
Accessories for rigid and fexible suction lines with level
indicators.
These adaptors allow the suction lance to be installed onto
chemical containers. Emission protection kits can be ftted to
rigid suction lines and help avoiding gas to escape from
liquid containers and causing bad odour and corrosion.
An adaptor which allows to connect devices with level
indication with M12 plug to pumps with a level input
designed for fat plugs.
7.4-4
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DDA, DDC, DDE
Installation kits
Flexible PE tubing for suction, discharge, and deaeration
tubing, strainer, injection valve with spring-loaded
non-return valve, foot valve with strainer and weight,
without or with level indication(displayed here with
level indication).
Dimensions: 4/6, 6/9, 9/12
- ball: ceramic
Flexible tubing
See pages7.4-5.
Connection kits and
inlay kits

Connection kits and inlay kits for the integration of
Grundfos standard pumps into installations with various
sizes of tubing or pipes.
Connection type:
Tubing (cone and ring)
Tubing (cutting ring type)
Pipe welding
Pipe cementing
Pipe, threaded, female
Pipe, threaded, male
Adaptors
Depending on piping material and joining technologies
these adaptors are used for threaded, glued, welded,
cutting rings and other connections (union nut adaptors,
threaded adaptors, T-pieces, etc.)
Flexible suction line kit, ball non-return valve, strainer,
clamping ring or threaded connection, with or without
level indication.
Suction line data:
- Materials
Housing Gasket Ball
PE
PE
PVDF
PVDF
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
- PE cable,5m
- M12plug,
- PE cap (58mm) for chemical tank,
- load: max. 10 VA
- tank empty
Rigid suction line
Max.60l/h capacity
Rigid suction lines are available in diferent sizes for
mounting on various chemical tanks.
Immersion depth can be set to anywhere between
minimum depth of approx. 140 mm and maximum
immersion depth.
The chemical tank comes in diferent shapes: cylindrical or
square, L-ring drum, PE-drum, steel drum, can, etc.
The kit includes: a foot valve with strainer, a rigid pipe which
is submerged into the tank, a level indicator (if included),
container fxing elements and fexible pump connection
hoses.
Suction line data:
- Materials
Housing Gasket Ball
PE
PE
PVDF
PVDF
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
FKM/EPDM
PTFE
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
- Max. immersion depth: 400, 500, 570, 690, 820,
960, 1100, 1200 mm
- PE cable, 5 m
- M 12 plug,
- load: max. 10 VA
- tank empty
Connection accessories
Accessories for rigid and fexible suction lines with level
indicators.
These adaptors allow the suction lance to be installed onto
chemical containers. Emission protection kits can be ftted to
rigid suction lines and help avoiding gas to escape from
liquid containers and causing bad odour and corrosion.
An adaptor which allows to connect devices with level
indication with M12 plug to pumps with a level input
designed for fat plugs.
Injection valves
Standard and heat resistant injection valves for DDA, DDC,
DDE diaphragm pump systems can be seen on pages
7.4-77.4-9.
Only elements with capacities up to 60 l/h should be
considered.
Multi-function, pressure relief and pressure loading valves for
DDA, DDC, DDE diaphragm pump systems can be seen on pages
7.4-97.4-10.
Only elements with capacities up to 60 l/h should be
considered.
Chemical tanks
Square tank,100 litres
See pages 7.4-11.
Chemical tanks
Cylindrical tanks
Cylindrical tanks are available transparent or black.
They have a litre scale and, black screw cap and plugged
drain socket on the bottom. The cylindrical tanks with
volumes of 60, 100, 200, 300 and 500 litres include:
horizontal inserts on top of the tank for the assembly of
dosing pumps

A fange for an electric mixer with threaded inserts
A G 2 opening for rigid or fexible suction line, closed
with a screw plug.
Threaded inserts at the bottom part for foor mounting
with a set of foor-mounting brackets
Material: LLDPE, UV-stabilised
Sizes: 40, 60, 100, 200, 300, 500, 1000l
Liquid temperature: max. +50C
Ambient temperature: -20C +45C
Tank accessories:
Collecting tray:
- transparent PE
- for tank sizes from 60 to 1000l
Drain valve: ", PVC
Ventilation valve: PVC/FKM/glass, spring loaded, opening
pressure: 0,05bar
Chemical dissolving hopper
- dosing tank connection: DN 40
- water connection DN 20
Handheld mixer: PE, L=1200 mm
Set of foor-mounting brackets
Water meter
See pages7.4-12.
Communication module
The Grundfos E-box 150 is a feldbus communication
interface for the integration of dosing pumps (DDA type
only) into a Profbus network.
DDA type pumps come standard with Grundfos GENIbus
module, which communicates with the Grundfos CIM 150
interface card which is part of the E-box150. Fieldbus
communication allows to use the DDA dosing pump in
industrial automation systems, where advanced remote
control and monitoring functions are required.
Functions:
Remote control of all settings, e.g. operation mode, fow
rate, etc.
Remote monitoring of all parameters, e.g. measured fow,
pressure, faults with cause, etc.
Supply voltage: 30 VDC 10%
Cable length: 160 mm
Electrical safety class: 3
GENIbus: Three-wireRS-485,9,6kbit/s
Two-wireRS-485,9,612000kbit/s;
max.cable length 100-1200 m
Approvals: CE, CB, CSA-US, GOST, C-Tick
Cables and plugs
Cables and plugs are used for the connection of the
dosing pump to external control devices, such as
process controllers, fow meters, level control units,
etc. The Grundfos level indicators come with cables
included.
Cross-sectional area: 4/50,34 mm
2
Plug type: - M 12 round
- square
Cable length: 2/5 m
Material: PVC
Multi-function valves, pressure relief valves,
pressure loading valves
7.4-5
General data
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Product and picture Description Technical data Pump type
Installation kits
Max. 6 m
Max. 2 m
Flexible PE hose for suction, discharge
and deaeration lines, with foot valve,
strainer, weight and injection valve
Size: DN 4, 8
Materials: PP/EPDM/ ceramic
PP/FKM/ceramic
PVDF/FKM/ceramic
DME 60
Size: DN 8 (with or without plug)
Materials: PP/FKM/glass
PVC/FKM/glass
DDI 222
DMX, DMH (to 50l/h)
Flexible hose
Flexible hoses in various materials,
diameters, lengths and for various
pressures.
Size [mm] Material Pressure [bar]
4/69/12 PE
PVC
ETFE
13
0,5
20
12/1932/41 PVC
(textile-
reinforced)
915
For any dosing pump,
dimension depends
on capacity.
Adaptors
The adapters are used for the
connection of pumps to suction and
discharge tubes of sizes that difer
from Grundfos standard sizes.
Dimension [mm] Material
Hose connection
Hosing clamp 19/27
25/34
PP
PVDF
Internal thread " PP/PVDF/PVC, SS
1)
Threaded connection kit
M 303,5 thread PP/EPDM
PP/FKM
PVDF/EPDM
PVDF/FKM
Union nut kits (two union nuts in each kit)
1" PP
PVDF
SS
1)
1)
DME 60150
Hose connection
Hosing clamp 32/41
38/48
PP
PVDF
Internal thread 1" PP/PVDF/PVC, SS
1)
2" PP
PVDF
SS
1)
1)
DME 375940
Pump connections
Connections of various size, material
and connection type.
19/27 + 25/34 PP or PVDF
DME 60150
32/41 + 38/48 PP or PVDF
DME 375940
Dimension [mm] Material Pressure [bar]
DN 4, 8 PE/PVC
SS
1)
10/16
50
DN 20, 32, 65 SS
2)
Y
3)
100/200
100
1)
Stainless steel 1.4571 s 1.4401
2)
3)
AlloyC4, stainless steel 2.4610
DDI, DMX, DMH
7.4-6
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Product and picture Description Technical data Pump type
Installation kits
Max. 6 m
Max. 2 m
Flexible PE hose for suction, discharge
and deaeration lines, with foot valve,
strainer, weight and injection valve
Size: DN 4, 8
Materials: PP/EPDM/ ceramic
PP/FKM/ceramic
PVDF/FKM/ceramic
DME 60
Size: DN 8 (with or without plug)
Materials: PP/FKM/glass
PVC/FKM/glass
DDI 222
DMX, DMH (to 50l/h)
Flexible hose
Flexible hoses in various materials,
diameters, lengths and for various
pressures.
Size [mm] Material Pressure [bar]
4/69/12 PE
PVC
ETFE
13
0,5
20
12/1932/41 PVC
(textile-
reinforced)
915
dimension depends
on capacity.
Adaptors
The adapters are used for the
connection of pumps to suction and
discharge tubes of sizes that difer
from Grundfos standard sizes.
Hose connection
Hosing clamp 19/27
25/34
PP
PVDF
Internal thread " PP/PVDF/PVC, SS
1)
Threaded connection kit
M 303,5 thread PP/EPDM
PP/FKM
PVDF/EPDM
PVDF/FKM
1" PP
PVDF
SS
1)
1)
DME 60150
Hose connection
Hosing clamp 32/41
38/48
PP
PVDF
Internal thread 1" PP/PVDF/PVC, SS
1)
2" PP
PVDF
SS
1)
1)
DME 375940
Pump connections
Connections of various size, material
and connection type.
19/27 + 25/34 PP or PVDF
DME 60150
32/41 + 38/48 PP or PVDF
DME 375940
Dimension [mm] Material Pressure [bar]
DN 4, 8 PE/PVC
SS
1)
10/16
50
DN 20, 32, 65 SS
2)
Y
3)
100/200
100
1)
Stainless steel 1.4571 s 1.4401
2)
3)
AlloyC4, stainless steel 2.4610
DDI, DMX, DMH
Product and picture Description Technical data Application
Foot valve
to 60l/h
to 400l/h and 1150l/h
Foot valve complete with non-return
valve, strainer and tube or pipe
connection.
Various sizes in following materials and connection
types.
Max.
l/h
Housing Gasket Ball Connection
60
PP
PP
PVDF
PVDF
EPDM
FKM
FKM
PTFE
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
tube
tube
tube
tube
400
PP
PP
PP
PP
PVDF
PVDF
SS
1)
EPDM
EPDM
FKM
FKM
FKM
FKM
FKM
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
ceramic
SS
1)
hose clamp
thread
hose clamp
thread
hose clamp
thread
thread
1150
PP
PP
PVDF
SS
1)
EPDM
FKM
FKM
FKM
glass
glass
glass
SS
1)
thread
thread
thread
thread
1)
dimension depends on
capacity.
Flexible suction line kit with
foot valve(ball non-return
valve),
with/without level sensor,
when level sensor comes with 2 or
10 m cable,
versions:
- only empty indication or
- low-level and empty indication
level sensor switch mode: NO or
NC (depending on type),
Flexible suction lines can not be used if
there is a mixer in the tank!
Materials:
valve housing: PP/PVC/PVDF
valve seat: PVC/PTFE
valve ball: glass/PTFE
tubing: PE/PVC/PTFE
Dimensions:
DN 4 - 4/6 mm
DN 8 - 6/12 mm (PVC), 6/9 mm (PE)
suction tube length: 1,5 or 5 m
Level sensor plug:
rectangular: DMX-AR, DMH-AR
M 12 threaded: DME, DMS-AR, DDI 222
Generally for pumps up to
60l/h capacity
Rigid suction line
Up to 60l/h capacity. Depending on
the chemical storage tank, various
rigid suction lines can be chosen:
cylindrical, manufactured by
Grundfos or another manufacturer,
permanent installation, (the tank is
reflled from another tank),
mounted on a cylindrical tank, drum
until tank contents last
mounted into a jerrican.
The length of suction lines is adjustable
(except jerrican version). The kit
contains a foot valve with strainer,
a rigid pipe which is submerged into
the tank, a level indicator (if included),
container fxing elements and fexible
pump connection hoses.
Materials and dimensions
Same as for the fexible suction lines. The version
with level indicator should be chosen when the
dosing pump control supports level indication.
Versions:
only empty indication or
elow-level and empty indication
Level sensor can be ordered with 2 m or 10 m
cable.
Level sensor plug:
rectangular: DMX-AR, DMH-AR
M 12 threaded: DME, DMS-AR, DDI 222
Generally for pumps up to
60l/h capacity
Rigid suction lines installed on
fxed tanks
The tank is reflled when empty.
The dosing pump is usually
installed on a wall bracket or on
the tank.
L
2
L
3
L
1
45
Rigid suction line drum mounted
When the drum/tank gets empty the
suction lines are mounted on another
tank. The dosing pump is usually
installed on a wall bracket or on a skid.
L
2
L
3
S 706
L
1
Rigid suction linesjerrican
Dimensions and connectors according to
EN12712/12713, for 2060l jerricans.
The dosing pump is usually installed on a wall
bracket or in a skid.
75
60,5
55

7.4-7
General data
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Rigid suction lines
L

1
L

1
L

1
L

2
For capacities over 60l/h.
The chemical tank is cylindrical, made
by , Grundfos or other manufacturer.
The suction lines are fxed in the tank
(the tank is reflled from another tank).
The dosing pump is installed on a
wall bracket or directly on the tank.
Suitable level switches to clip on
rigid suction lines
Reed contact level switch
For use as tank empty signal or as
an additional level indication
a csre rgztshez bilinccsel
Empty signal: NO
Cable length: 2m
Dimensions:
Rigid hose: - 20/25 mm, 32/40 mm
- L1: 11,25 m
Flexible hose: - 13/20 mm
- L2: 5 m
Materials:
N
o
m
.
d
i
a
m
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
Foot valve material
R
i
g
i
d

t
u
b
e
F
l
e
x
.
t
u
b
e
S
e
a
t
B
a
l
l
G
a
s
k
e
t
D
N

2
0
PVC PTFE ceramic PTFE PVC PVC
PVC SS* SS** EPDM PVC PVC
PVC PE glass FKM PVC -
PP PTFE glass FKM PP -
PVDF PTFE PTFE PTFE PVDF -
D
N

3
2
Suction line
dimension
Level switch
material
Plug type
DN 20
PVC rectangular
PVC round
PP rectangular
PP round
DN 32 PVC rectangular
capacity.
Rigid suction lines
50
2
8
L
For capacities over 60 l/h.
The chemical container is cylindrical
drum or tank, the suction lines are
installed in the tank temporarily, until
tank isnt empty. When the tank gets
empty the suction lines are installed
on another tank.
The dosing pump is usually installed
on a wall bracket or on a skid.
The kit contains a foot valve with
strainer, a rigid pipe which is submerged
into the tank, a level indicator, container
fxing elements and fexible pump
connection hoses.
Dimensions:
DN 20; L = max. 1,2 m
Material:
Same as for the rigid suction lines.
Level indicator:
level sensor switch mode: NO or NC
cable length: 5m
plug:
- rectangular: DMX-AR, DMH-AR
- M 12 threaded: DME, DMS-AR, DDI 222
capacity.
Level-control unit
The level-control unit is suitable for
dosing pumps with level-control input.
The kit contains the level sensors,
ceramic weight and plug for pump
connection..
Accessories: (ordered separately)
- clips, DN 8, 20, 25
for PVC hose
Material:
housing: PVC/PP
Electrical data:
Voltage and current: 50 V, 0,5 A
Switch mode: NO or NC
Variants:
Cable length: 10 m
M12 plug,4-pole
For any dosing pump with
same input, pay attention to
plug type.
Injection valve
capacities up to 60l/h
capacities from 400l/h to 1150l/h
Injection valve complete with
spring-loaded non-return valve,
injection pipe and hose or pipe
connection.
Dimensions: G "G 1"
Material: diferent combinations (see previous
accessories)
Opening pressure:
- DN 8: 0,7 bar
- DN 20: 1,1 bar
Liquid temperature:
- PP, PVDF: +50 C
- PVC: +40 C
- stainless steel: +80 C
DME
7.4-8
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Rigid suction lines
L

1
L

1
L

1
L

2
For capacities over 60l/h.
The chemical tank is cylindrical, made
by , Grundfos or other manufacturer.
The suction lines are fxed in the tank
(the tank is reflled from another tank).
The dosing pump is installed on a
wall bracket or directly on the tank.
Suitable level switches to clip on
rigid suction lines
Reed contact level switch
For use as tank empty signal or as
an additional level indication
a csre rgztshez bilinccsel
Empty signal: NO
Cable length: 2m
Dimensions:
Rigid hose: - 20/25 mm, 32/40 mm
- L1: 11,25 m
Flexible hose: - 13/20 mm
- L2: 5 m
Materials:
N
o
m
.
d
i
a
m
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
Foot valve material
R
i
g
i
d

t
u
b
e
F
l
e
x
.
t
u
b
e
S
e
a
t
B
a
l
l
G
a
s
k
e
t
D
N

2
0
PVC PTFE ceramic PTFE PVC PVC
PVC SS* SS** EPDM PVC PVC
PP PTFE glass FKM PP -
PVDF PTFE PTFE PTFE PVDF -
D
N

3
2
Suction line
dimension
Level switch
material
Plug type
DN 20
PVC rectangular
PVC round
PP rectangular
PP round
DN 32 PVC rectangular
capacity.
Rigid suction lines
50
2
8
L
For capacities over 60 l/h.
The chemical container is cylindrical
drum or tank, the suction lines are
installed in the tank temporarily, until
tank isnt empty. When the tank gets
empty the suction lines are installed
on another tank.
The dosing pump is usually installed
on a wall bracket or on a skid.
The kit contains a foot valve with
strainer, a rigid pipe which is submerged
into the tank, a level indicator, container
fxing elements and fexible pump
connection hoses.
Dimensions:
DN 20; L = max. 1,2 m
Material:
Same as for the rigid suction lines.
Level indicator:
level sensor switch mode: NO or NC
cable length: 5m
plug:
- rectangular: DMX-AR, DMH-AR
- M 12 threaded: DME, DMS-AR, DDI 222
capacity.
Level-control unit
The level-control unit is suitable for
dosing pumps with level-control input.
The kit contains the level sensors,
ceramic weight and plug for pump
connection..
Accessories: (ordered separately)
- clips, DN 8, 20, 25
for PVC hose
Material:
housing: PVC/PP
Electrical data:
Voltage and current: 50 V, 0,5 A
Switch mode: NO or NC
Variants:
Cable length: 10 m
M12 plug,4-pole
For any dosing pump with
same input, pay attention to
plug type.
Injection valve
capacities up to 60l/h
capacities from 400l/h to 1150l/h
Injection valve complete with
spring-loaded non-return valve,
injection pipe and hose or pipe
connection.
Dimensions: G "G 1"
Material: diferent combinations (see previous
accessories)
Opening pressure:
- DN 8: 0,7 bar
- DN 20: 1,1 bar
Liquid temperature:
- PP, PVDF: +50 C
- PVC: +40 C
- stainless steel: +80 C
DME
Injection valve
Detailed injection valve data
available in another catalogue.
Typically for dosing pumps
up to 60 l/h capacity
Standard version: DN 4G "
Max. capacity: 6 l/h
Steel ring version: G "
Max. capacity: 6 l/h
Standard version, DN 4/DN 8G "
Max.capacity.:6l/h(DN4), 60l/h(DN8)

PP, PVC, PVD CR-Ni-steel/alloyC-4
Injection valve
Detailed injection valve
data available in another catalog.
up to 60 l/h capacity
Injection valve with lip valve
DN 4/DN 8 - G "
Injection valve with ball valve
DN 4/DN 8 - G "
Injection valve, cleanable
DN 4/DN 8 - G "
Injection valve
Detailed injection valve data
available in another catalogue.
capacity.
Standard version, DN20-G1"
Max. capacity.: 500l/h
Heat resistant
injection valve
The M 30 heat resistant injection
valve allows direct injection of
chemicals into steam or hot water
lines, where the temperature at the
injection point is no more than 120 C.
The kit contains the shut-of valve,
the hose with connections an the
injector unit.
Max.capacity: 50 l/h
Dimensions, materials:
ball valve: "stainless steel 1.4401
pipe: 8/10mmstainless steel 1.4401
pipe connector: " stainless steel 1.4401
valve connector: 6/9mm (DN4)PVDF
7.4-9
General data
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Heat resistant injection
valve
The M 30 heat resistant injection valve
allows direct injection of chemicals
into steam or hot water lines, where at
injection point:
- temperature: max. +120 C,
- pressure: max. 16 bar.
The cooling pipe is ordered separately.
Dimensions, materials:
valve connection: G " SS*
cooling pipe: DN 8 SS*
cooling pipe operating pressure: max. 100 bar
cooling pipe connection: "
cooling pipe length: 420/1000 mm
* SS: stainless steel, 1.4571
up to 60 l/h capacity.

Safety valve
394
1
8
5
2
0
3
1
8
76
DN 65
1
4
5
Stainless steel DN 65
PVC, PP DN 65
The adjustable safety valve is a spring
loaded diaphragm valve which for
installation in the discharge tube. The
valve functions like a safety valve
protecting the pump and the discharge
tube against excessive pressures.
During operation it directs excess fuid
through the duct connected to the
container. The DN 20 and DN 65 type
valves are ftted with a T connection
which helps forming a duct+valve
system.
Detailed technical information can be
found in a separate catalogue.
Pressure range: 010 bar
Size
Flow rate
[l/h]
Connection
[mm/"/DN]
DN 4/DN 8 15/60 4/610/12
DN 20 400
19/2725/34
3/4
DN 65 4000 65
Materials:
diaphragm: PTFE
housing/gasket: PP/EPDM, PP/FKM, PVC/EPDM, PVC/
FKM, SS (stainless steel, 1.4571)

Pressure-loading valves
The pressure-loading valve is a spring
loaded diaphragm valve which is for
installation in the discharge tube. It
functions as a counterpressure
valve, optimising dosing accuracy into
systems with fuctuating pressure. The
valve also functions as an
anti-siphoning valve when dosing
into pressureless systems. A DN 65
pressure-loading valve has to be used
if the injection point is at a lower level
than the pump. The valve works
according to the dynamic pressure
principle.
Size
Flow rate
[l/h]
Connection
[mm/"/DN]
DN 4/DN 8 15/60 4/610/12
DN 20 400
19/2725/34
3/4
DN 65 4000 65
Materials:
diaphragm: PTFE
housing/gasket: PP/EPDM, PP/FKM, PVC/EPDM,
PVC/FKM, SS (stainless steel,
1.4571)
capacity.

Multi-function valves
The multi-function valve is a compact
valve unit for direct mounting on the
pump discharge connection.
Functions:
constant counter-pressure
anti-siphoning
pump protection
manual pressure relief.
Dimensions:
- M 30, G ", G "
Operating pressure:
- 10 bar or 16 bar
Materials:
- housing/gasket: PP/EPDM, PP/FKM, PVC/ EPDM,
PVC/FKM, PVC/PTFE
capacity.
Pulsation-dampers
Pulsation dampers are particularly
suitable for long discharge lines and/or
small-diameter lines. Installed in the
discharge line, pulsation dampers
optimise dosing accuracy and protect
the pump and discharge line against
pressure surges.
Depending on the system pressure, the
installation of a counter-pressure valve
after the pulsation damper may be
required to optimise its function.
Special pulsation dampers are available
for suction lines..
capacity.
(See in separate catalogue.)
Accessories for pulsation dampers
suction side:
- manual vacuum pump
- drain valve (PP/PVC/PVDF)
discharge side, without diaphragm:
- pressure gauge, valve
(PP/ PVC/SS)
discharge side with diaphragm:
- cross piece (DN 8, 10, 20, 32, 50)
- flling devices
- adapters for flling valves
Function/volume [l] Size Material (housing/gasket) Pressure
Suction side pulsation damper:
(number 1 on picture)
1, 3, 5 "1" PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM,
PVDF/PTFE, SS*
240 bar
20, 40 DN 50, DN 65 PP/FKM, SS*
* stainless steel, 1.4301
240 bar
Discharge side pulsation damper:
without diaphragm
0,35; 1; 3; 5 "1" PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM,
PP/EPDM, PP/FKM, PVDF/
FKM, PVDF/EPDM, SS*
416 bar
10; 20; 40 DN 32DN 65 PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM,
FKM, PVDF/EPDM, SS*
416 bar
with diaphragm
0,07; 0,15; 0,35; 0,65;
1,4; 2,6; 5,6; 9,5
"2"
PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM, PP/
EPDM, PP/FKM, PVDF/
PTFE SS*
10200 bar
1 2 3
7.4-10
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Pressure-loading valves
The pressure-loading valve is a spring
loaded diaphragm valve which is for
installation in the discharge tube. It
functions as a counterpressure
valve, optimising dosing accuracy into
systems with fuctuating pressure. The
valve also functions as an
anti-siphoning valve when dosing
into pressureless systems. A DN 65
pressure-loading valve has to be used
if the injection point is at a lower level
than the pump. The valve works
according to the dynamic pressure
principle.
Size
Flow rate
[l/h]
Connection
[mm/"/DN]
DN 4/DN 8 15/60 4/610/12
DN 20 400
19/2725/34
3/4
DN 65 4000 65
Materials:
diaphragm: PTFE
housing/gasket: PP/EPDM, PP/FKM, PVC/EPDM,
PVC/FKM, SS (stainless steel,
1.4571)
capacity.

Multi-function valves
The multi-function valve is a compact
valve unit for direct mounting on the
pump discharge connection.
Functions:
constant counter-pressure
anti-siphoning
pump protection
manual pressure relief.
Dimensions:
- M 30, G ", G "
Operating pressure:
- 10 bar or 16 bar
Materials:
- housing/gasket: PP/EPDM, PP/FKM, PVC/ EPDM,
PVC/FKM, PVC/PTFE
capacity.
Pulsation-dampers
Pulsation dampers are particularly
suitable for long discharge lines and/or
small-diameter lines. Installed in the
discharge line, pulsation dampers
optimise dosing accuracy and protect
the pump and discharge line against
pressure surges.
Depending on the system pressure, the
installation of a counter-pressure valve
after the pulsation damper may be
required to optimise its function.
Special pulsation dampers are available
for suction lines..
capacity.
(See in separate catalogue.)
Accessories for pulsation dampers
suction side:
- manual vacuum pump
discharge side, without diaphragm:
- pressure gauge, valve
(PP/ PVC/SS)
discharge side with diaphragm:
- cross piece (DN 8, 10, 20, 32, 50)
- flling devices
- adapters for flling valves
Function/volume [l] Size Material (housing/gasket) Pressure
Suction side pulsation damper:
1, 3, 5 "1" PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM,
PVDF/PTFE, SS*
240 bar
20, 40 DN 50, DN 65 PP/FKM, SS*
240 bar
Discharge side pulsation damper:
without diaphragm
0,35; 1; 3; 5 "1" PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM,
FKM, PVDF/EPDM, SS*
416 bar
10; 20; 40 DN 32DN 65 PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM,
FKM, PVDF/EPDM, SS*
416 bar
with diaphragm
0,07; 0,15; 0,35; 0,65;
1,4; 2,6; 5,6; 9,5
"2"
PVC/EPDM, PVC/FKM, PP/
EPDM, PP/FKM, PVDF/
PTFE SS*
10200 bar
1 2 3
7.4-11
General data
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Chemical tanks
The transparent, white tank has a
flling hole with a screw cap and a
fat mounting platform for one pump
or two lower capacity pumps in
parallel.
The pump mounting platform is
higher than the screw cap to protect
pumps.
The tank is prepared for a G drain
valve.
Material: MDPE
Dimensions: 500500670 mm
Wall thickness: 4 mm
Weight: 15 kg
Liquid temp.: max. +50 C

Chemical tanks
Cylindrical tank
The transparent, white tank has a flling
hole with a green screw cap and it is
prepared for a G drain valve.
On the top of the tank there is a
horizontal mounting platform for direct
pump mounting or mounting with
adapters. For rigid suction line there is a
threaded G 2 opening.
Larger tanks come with a fange for an
electric mixer with threaded inserts.
Material: PE
Size: 40,75,100,200,300,500,
1000l-(500 and 1000l tanks also
come in reinforced versions)
Tank accessories
Collecting tray
for 751000l tanks
material: transparent PE
Lateral discharge mount
DN 8 (PVC/FKM), DN 20 (PVC)
Drain valve: ", PVC
Deaeration valve: PVC/FKM/glass
spring loaded,
opening pressure: 0,05 bar
Dissolving hopper tank
connection: DN40 water
connection on hopper DN20
capacity.
(See in separate catalog.)
Wall bracket
For easy installation of lower capacity
pumps on a wall, screws included.
Size: depending on pump type
Material: PP
DDI 222, DMX 221
DMX 226M
DMH 251/252
Electric mixer
Electric mixers ensure homogeneous
mixing of the chemical solution in the
tank. It is necessary to ensure thorough
mixing of powder additives and liquid
additives that do not easily dissolve in
liquids.The mixer is ftted with a motor,
a motor shaft and a propeller. The
selection of mixer motor power
depends on the substance to be mixed.
Dry running of mixer must be prevented.
Voltage: - 1230 V, 50/60 Hz
- 3400 V, 50/60 Hz
Power: 0,09/0,25/0,55 kW
Enclosure class: IP 65/F
Comes without supply cable.
Tank volume: 100/200/300/500/1000 l
Material: PP/stainless steel
Hand mixer
Hand mixer with adjustable length
shaft, designed for tank sizes from
40 to 500 litres. Shaft can not be
disassembled.
Shaft length: 1200 mm
Material: PVC
7.4-12
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DDI, DME, DMX, DMH
Chemical tanks
The transparent, white tank has a
flling hole with a screw cap and a
fat mounting platform for one pump
or two lower capacity pumps in
parallel.
The pump mounting platform is
higher than the screw cap to protect
pumps.
The tank is prepared for a G drain
valve.
Material: MDPE
Dimensions: 500500670 mm
Wall thickness: 4 mm
Weight: 15 kg
Liquid temp.: max. +50 C

Chemical tanks
Cylindrical tank
The transparent, white tank has a flling
hole with a green screw cap and it is
prepared for a G drain valve.
On the top of the tank there is a
horizontal mounting platform for direct
pump mounting or mounting with
adapters. For rigid suction line there is a
threaded G 2 opening.
Larger tanks come with a fange for an
electric mixer with threaded inserts.
Material: PE
Size: 40,75,100,200,300,500,
1000l-(500 and 1000l tanks also
come in reinforced versions)
Tank accessories
Collecting tray
for 751000l tanks
material: transparent PE
Lateral discharge mount
DN 8 (PVC/FKM), DN 20 (PVC)
Drain valve: ", PVC
Deaeration valve: PVC/FKM/glass
spring loaded,
opening pressure: 0,05 bar
Dissolving hopper tank
connection: DN40 water
connection on hopper DN20
capacity.
(See in separate catalog.)
Wall bracket
For easy installation of lower capacity
pumps on a wall, screws included.
Size: depending on pump type
Material: PP
DDI 222, DMX 221
DMX 226M
DMH 251/252
Electric mixer
Electric mixers ensure homogeneous
mixing of the chemical solution in the
tank. It is necessary to ensure thorough
mixing of powder additives and liquid
additives that do not easily dissolve in
liquids.The mixer is ftted with a motor,
a motor shaft and a propeller. The
selection of mixer motor power
depends on the substance to be mixed.
Dry running of mixer must be prevented.
Voltage: - 1230 V, 50/60 Hz
- 3400 V, 50/60 Hz
Power: 0,09/0,25/0,55 kW
Enclosure class: IP 65/F
Comes without supply cable.
Tank volume: 100/200/300/500/1000 l
Material: PP/stainless steel
Hand mixer
Hand mixer with adjustable length
shaft, designed for tank sizes from
40 to 500 litres. Shaft can not be
disassembled.
Shaft length: 1200 mm
Material: PVC
Diaphragm leakage
sensor
Insert the optoelectronic leakage
sensor in the drain hole behind the
diaphragm to detect diaphragm
breakage or leakage. With transmitter
receiver, holder and M12 plug and wire
to transmit signal to pump. The sensor
emits a signal when the liquid gets into
contact with the sensor. The signal
emitted from the sensor triggers the
pump to stop dosing and give pump output alarm.
Cable length: 0,5 m
DME 60 - 940 l/h
Dosing monitor
The dosing monitor is suitable for use
in connection with the dosing
monitoring function of electronically
controlled pumps.
The monitor surveys the dosing
process and sends a signal to the
pump if an error occurs and stops the
dosing and sends an error message.
Size: - 1"; L = 110 mm
- 2", L = 140 mm
Viscosity: max. 500 mPas
(When dosing a liquid with higher
viscosity a performance test with
the respective liquid is recommended.
DME 60 - 150 l/h
DME 375 - 940 l/h
Water meter
The in-line water meter with
potential-free pulse signal is
suitable for use in fow-proportional
dosing applications. The water meter
is connected directly to the pump
pulse input.
Q
n
: 1,5/2,5/15/40/60/150 m
3
/h
Connection size: - "/1"/2"
- DN 80/100/150
Liquid temperature: max. +30/50/90/120 C
Operating pressure: max. 16/10 bar
For dosing pumps which
can accept pulse input
control.
Cables and plugs
The cables and plugs are used for the
connection of the pump to external
control devices, such as process
controllers,fow meters, start/stop
contacts and level sensors. Grundfos
level-control units are factory-ftted
with cable and plug connection for
Grundfos dosing pumps.
Dimensions:
- plug type: - M 12 threaded plug
- rectangular plug
- cylindrical plug
- cable length: 2/5 m
Material: PUR insulation
DDI, DME,
DMX, DMH
7.4-13
Notes
Notes
Notes
7.5 Water parameter measuring-controlling instruments and accessories
Conex DIA-1/-2/-2Q, Conex DIS-PR/-D, DIP, Conex DIS-C
7.6 Hand-held photometers
DIT-M, DIT-L
7.7 Gas leak detection system
7.5-1
General data
Water parameter
measuring-controlling instruments
Conex DIA-1/-2/-2Q
Grundfos measuring ampliers and controllers
Measurement and control
In addition to Grundfos dosing technologies, a wide range of
regulators and measuring cells can be chosen in order to achieve
accurate operation and overall system integration.
A selection of instruments necessary for dosing, ranges from simple
electrodes to completely pre-assembled systems that are delivered
at packed for easy, instant mounting.
Conex DIA controllers
General description
The Conex DIA (Dosing Instrumentation Advanced) series is designed
to be easy to use for non-experts.
A simple plain-text menu allows you to complete your tasks quickly
and easily without wasting any time on learning and deciphering
codes. The units speak no less than nine languages, allowing virtually
anyone to navigate the self-explanatory menus.
Conex units monitor themselves, ensuring high water quality at all
time. During calibration, they carry out a plausibility check to prevent
mishaps. The logbook function records sensor data and calibration
values complete with date and time. The units also keep an eye on
the temperature and make adjustments as necessary.
The Conex DIA-1 can be incorporated in compact, wall-mounted,
preassembled systems with the measuring cells that suit you.
Conex DIA-1
Universal measuring amplier and controller
The Conex DIA-1 is a sophisticated unit, ideal for use in many
disinfection applications.
The easy-to-navigate user interface speaks nine languages. You also
get access to features such as:
automatic self-adaption calibration
manual or automatic temperature compensation
logbook function: chronological recording of calibration values
with date and time.
Parameters
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Ozone
Hydrogen peroxide
Peracetic acid
pH
Redox potential (ORP)
Flouride
Conex DIA-2
Dual measuring amplier and controller
Conex DIA-2 functions like two Conex DIA-1 controllers combined in
a single unit. This allows you to measure and control two parameters
at the same time.
Both parameters are shown in the display. This two-in-one approach
minimises space requirements and installation time - and gives you
all the Conex benefts.
Parameter group 1
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Ozone
Hydrogen peroxide
Parameter group 2
pH
Conex DIA-2Q
Dual measuring amplier and multi-functional controller
Conex DIA-2Q is a special version of Conex DIA-2, particularly
suitable for variable fow rates (Q = fow). It has all the features of
Conex DIA-2, plus an additional 4-20 mA input to compensate
variable ow rates.
Parameter group 1
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Ozone
Hydrogen peroxide
Peracetic acid
Parameter group 2
pH
7.5-2
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Water parameter
Conex DIA-1/-2/-2Q
Conex DIA preassembled systems
Our preassembled systems take our tried-and-tested electrodes and
Conex DIA controllers, combine them to suit specifc applications, and
mount them on a plate ready for quick installation.
Each combination is available with a choice of measuring cells and
cleaning methods.
Conex DIA-xx preassembled system for chlorine(Cl
2
),
chlorine dioxide (ClO
2
), ozone (O
3
), pH or redox potential
(ORP) measurement.
The system is equipped with one of these controllers:
Conex DIA-1
Conex DIA-2
Conex DIA-2Q
The system is equipped with one of these measuring cells:
AQC-D11, pressure-proof, with electric cleaning motor,
AQC-D12, pressure-proof, with hydro-mechanical cleaning,
AQC-D13, pressureless, with hydro-mechanical cleaning.
Features
Mounted on a base plate and wired ready for connection,
With prepared cable sets,
With chlorine electrode,
With optional pH electrode,
With temperature compensation.
Conex DIA-1 preassembled system for hydrogen peroxide
(H
2
O
2
) and peracetic acid (PAA) measurement
The system is equipped with a Conex DIA-1 controller.
Features
With Conex DIA-1 and diaphragm-covered measuring cell,
With a measuring range of 0 to 2000 mg/l for hydrogen peroxide
(H
2
O
2
) or peracetic acid (PAA).
Conex DIA-1 preassembled system for pH or redox potential
(ORP) measurement.
The system is equipped with a Conex DIA-1 controller:
Features
With sensors for pH or redox potential (ORP),
This preassembled system incorporates:
temperature sensor with 1-metre cable,
pH single-rod measuring chain with 1-metre cable and ceramic or
PTFE diaphragm.
Conex DIA-1 preassembled system for ouride (F) measurement.
The system is equipped with a Conex DIA-1 controller:
Features
With Conex DIA-1 and fuoride ion-selective electrode in a fow-
type holder,
With a measuring range of 0 to 2 mg/l for uoride.
Note: The AquaCell measuring cell, the pH electrode, sensors and
other accessories
can be seen on pages 7.5-10-7.5-13.
7.5-3
Technical data
Water parameter
Conex DIA-1/-2/-2Q
Conex DIA controllers and preassembled systems
General data
Electronics 16-bit microprocessor system
Display High resolution, plain-text LCD
Measured value as a physical variable Indication mode
Enclosure class
Wall-mounting:
Panel mounting:
Elvlasztott rzkel interfsz:
IP65
IP54
IP65
Max. cable length
Wall-mounting:
Panel mounting:
3 metres
100 metres between panel and sensor interface
3 metres between sensor and sensor interface
Relay outputs
1 alarm relay
2 controller relays (250 V/6 A, max. 550 VA)
Conex
DIA-1
Conex
DIA-2
Conex
DIA-2Q
4 analog signal outputs
(020 mA or 420 mA),
Galvanically isolated from the
inputs; max. load: 500 Ohm
Parameter group (see table on next page) - 1 2 1 2
Measured value/control value 1 1 1 1 1
pH 1
Temperature 1 1* 1*
Output from PI(D) controller 1 1 1* 1 1*
Temperature compensation
Manually or automatically by Pt100 sensor
(-5 to +120 C, measured in C or F)
pH compensation Chlorine measurement: automatically by pH measurement
With plausibility check and bufer recognition Calibration
Permissible temperature
Operation: 0 C +50 C
Storage: -20 C +65 C
Permissible relative air humidity Max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Power consumption kb. 15 VA
Mains voltage 230/240 V, 50/60 Hz or 115/120 V, 50/60 Hz or 24 V DC
Weight kb. 1,5 kg
* Signal output applicable for temperature or continuous controller (parameter group 2).
Note: For a more precise chlorine measurement, DIA-1 has an additional input for a pH single-rod measuring chain.
Conex DIA-1 Conex DIA-2Q Conex DIA-2
Measuring parameters and ranges
Parameter group Parameter
Possible measuring
range*
Available with controller
Conex DIA-1 Conex DIA-2 Conex DIA-2Q
1
Chlorine [mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
0,010,0
0,020,0

Chlorine dioxide [mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
0,010,0

Ozone [mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00

Hydrogen peroxide [mg/l]
0100
0500
01000
02000

Peracetic acid (PAA) [mg/l]
0100
0500
01000
02000

pH
0,0014,00
2,0012,00
5,009,00
Redox potential (ORP) [mV]

-1500 +1500
01000

Fluoride (F ) [mg/l]
0,002,00
0,005,00

2
pH
0,0014,00
2,0012,00
5,009,00

-1500 +1500
01000

0,002,00
0,005,00

* For preassembled systems, the lower limit of the measuring range can be diferent, depending on the type of measuring cell.
Control data
Description Value
Limit values
Hysteresis 0 to 50 % of the upper limit of the measuring range
Adjustable as physical variable within the measuring range
Setpoint selection 0 to 100 % of the measuring range
Proportional band X
p
0,1 to 3000 %
Reset time,
Derivative action time,
T
N
1 to 3000 s, resolution 1 s
T
V
Constant load 0 to 50 %
Limitation of the maximum dosing capacity From the adjusted constant load up to 100 %
Control direction Adjustable: Upward or downward control
7.5-4
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Water parameter
Conex DIA-1/-2/-2Q
General data
Display High resolution, plain-text LCD
Enclosure class
Wall-mounting:
Panel mounting:
Elvlasztott rzkel interfsz:
IP65
IP54
IP65
Max. cable length
Wall-mounting:
Panel mounting:
3 metres
100 metres between panel and sensor interface
3 metres between sensor and sensor interface
Relay outputs
1 alarm relay
2 controller relays (250 V/6 A, max. 550 VA)
Conex
DIA-1
Conex
DIA-2
Conex
DIA-2Q
4 analog signal outputs
(020 mA or 420 mA),
Galvanically isolated from the
inputs; max. load: 500 Ohm
Parameter group (see table on next page) - 1 2 1 2
Measured value/control value 1 1 1 1 1
pH 1
Temperature 1 1* 1*
Output from PI(D) controller 1 1 1* 1 1*
Manually or automatically by Pt100 sensor
(-5 to +120 C, measured in C or F)
pH compensation Chlorine measurement: automatically by pH measurement
With plausibility check and bufer recognition Calibration
Permissible relative air humidity Max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Power consumption kb. 15 VA
Mains voltage 230/240 V, 50/60 Hz or 115/120 V, 50/60 Hz or 24 V DC
Weight kb. 1,5 kg
* Signal output applicable for temperature or continuous controller (parameter group 2).
Note: For a more precise chlorine measurement, DIA-1 has an additional input for a pH single-rod measuring chain.
Conex DIA-1 Conex DIA-2Q Conex DIA-2
Parameter group Parameter
Possible measuring
range*
Available with controller
Conex DIA-1 Conex DIA-2 Conex DIA-2Q
1
Chlorine [mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
0,010,0
0,020,0

Chlorine dioxide [mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
0,010,0

Ozone [mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00

Hydrogen peroxide [mg/l]
0100
0500
01000
02000

Peracetic acid (PAA) [mg/l]
0100
0500
01000
02000

pH
0,0014,00
2,0012,00
5,009,00

-1500 +1500
01000

0,002,00
0,005,00

2
pH
0,0014,00
2,0012,00
5,009,00

-1500 +1500
01000

0,002,00
0,005,00

* For preassembled systems, the lower limit of the measuring range can be diferent, depending on the type of measuring cell.
Control data
Description Value
Limit values
Hysteresis 0 to 50 % of the upper limit of the measuring range
Adjustable as physical variable within the measuring range
Proportional band X
p
0,1 to 3000 %
Reset time,
T
N
T
V
Limitation of the maximum dosing capacity From the adjusted constant load up to 100 %
Control direction Adjustable: Upward or downward control
Detailed information on device types (curves, drawings, technical
catalogue.
For more information on accessories see pages 7.5-10 7.5-13 of this
catalogue.
For more information see www.grundfosalldos.com web page.
For further details please contact Grundfos experts.
7.5-5
General data
Water parameter
Conex DIS-PR/-D
Conex DIS controllers
Measurement and control
Conex DIS (Dosing Instrumentation Standard) are cost-efcient units
which provide solution for simple amplifying and control operations.
It is designed for users who want a cost efcient system, and they
have no needs for the extra options of the DIA series.
Fitted with a powerful 16-bit microprocessor system and ofering a
choice of settings, the DIS models ensure high water quality while
reducing the volumes of the chemicals dosed. Simplicity and efciency
combined.
Conex DIS-PR
Measuring amplier and controller for pH or redox potential (ORP)
Conex DIS-PR is designed for pH or redox potential (ORP)
measurement and control. The compact and cost-efcient unit is
intended for users who are familiar with measuring and control
processes and prefer to use numerical programming to manage them.
Conex DIS-PR has integrated temperature compensation for the pH
value (manual or automatic with Pt100) for increased reliability.
Parameters
pH
Conex DIS-D
Measuring amplier and controller for disinfection
Conex DIS-D is designed to control disinfection processes that use
chlorine, chlorine dioxide or ozone.
To ensure reliable operation, Conex DIS-D can be supplied with
a separate sample water sensor that will immediately detect any
shortage of sample water and give an alarm.
Parameters
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Ozone
Conex DIS preassembled systems
Our preassembled systems take our tried-and-tested electrodes and
Conex controllers, combine them to suit specifc applications and
mount them on a plate ready for quick installation.
cleaning methods.
Conex DIS preassembled systems can be tted with one of these
controller types:
Conex DIS-PR
Conex DIS-D
Conex DIS-PR-A preassembled system for pH or redox
potential (ORP) measurement
Features
With sensors for pH or ORP measurement,
Mounted on a base plate and wired, ready for connection,
With temperature compensation,
Incorporates temperature sensor, with 1-metre cable (optional),
Incorporates pH single-rod measuring chain, with 1-metre cable
and ceramic or PTFE diaphragm, or ORP single-rod probe, with
1-metre cable and ceramic or PTFE diaphragm.
Conex DIS-D-A preassembled system for chlorine (Cl
2
),
2
), ozone (O
3
) measurement
The system is equipped with one of the following measuring cells:
AQC-D11, pressure-proof, with electric cleaning motor
AQC-D12, pressure-proof, with hydromechanical cleaning
AQC-D13, pressureless, with hydromechanical cleaning
Features
With electrode for chlorine, chlorine dioxide and ozone,
With a measuring range of 0-20 mg/l for chlorine, chlorine dioxide
or ozone,
With optional water sensor (1 meter of prepared cable).
7.5-6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Water parameter
Conex DIS-PR/-D
General data
Electronics Powerful 16-bit microprocessor
Display One-line display
Controllers PI
Relay output
250 V
max. load 6 A
- Limit monitor, pulse-pause controller or
pulse-frequency controller
- Alarm relay (change-over contact)
One analog output
(0-20 mA or 4-20 mA),
max. load: 500 Ohm:
- continuous controller or
- measured value
Manually or automatically by Pt100
temperature sensor, measuring range -5C to
100 C (Conex DIS-PR only)

Enclosure class Wall-mounting: IP 65
Permissible relative air
humidity
Max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Mains voltage
230-240 V -10 %/+10 %, (50/60 Hz) or 115-
120 V -10 %/+10 %, (50/60 Hz) or 24 V DC

Power consumption Approx. 10 VA
Weight Approx. 1 kg
Measuring parameters
Parameter Measuring range*
Conex
DIS-PR
Conex
DIS-D
Chlorine (Cl
2
)
Chlorine dioxide (ClO
2
)
Ozone (O
3
)
0,002,00 mg/l
0,020,0 mg/l **

pH
pH 0,014,00
pH 2,012,00
pH 5,009,00

01000 mV
01500 mV

* For preassembled systems, the lower limit of the measuring range
can be diferent, depending on the type of measuring cell.
** For ozone, the measuring range is limited to max. 5.00 mg/l.
Control functions
Description Value
Setpoint
Adjustable within the measuring range,
with the resolution of the measured value
Alarm setpoints Adjustable within the measuring range
Hysteresis
0 to 50 % of the measuring range
limit value
Control response
Pulse-pause or pulse-frequency control
(P, PI), limit monitor
Proportional band, X
P
(pulse-pause controller,
pulse-frequency controller,
continuous controller)
Adjustable from: 03000%
resolution 0.1 % for range 0.1 to 100.0 %
resolution 1 % for range 101 to 3000 %
Reset time, T
N
(pulse-pause controller,
pulse-frequency controller,
continuous controller)
Adjustable from 0 to 3000 s, resolution 1 s
Control direction
On-time,
Adjustable: Upward or downward control
Pulse and pause time
(pulse-pause controller)

Adjustable from 1 to 100 s, resolution 1
T
min
(pulse-pause controller)
Initial pulse adjustable between 0.1 and
10.0 s, resolution 0.1 s
Max. frequency (pulse
frequency controller)
Adjustable from 1 to 220 pulses/minute
one pulse width = 50 ms
Continuous controller 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA
Detailed information on device types (curves, drawings,
technical data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online
catalogue on www.grundfos.com website, or can be also seen in
separate catalogue.
For more information on accessories see pages 7.5-10 7.5-13 of
this catalogue.
Conex DIS-PR Conex DIS-D
7.5-7
General data
Water parameter
DIP
DIP controller
The DIP (Dosing Instrumentation Pool) is specially designed for
swimming pool applications, but can also be used in water treatment
applications. It measures up to three parameters and controls two
parameters at the same time, giving you perfect control of the water
quality.
The DIP speaks fve languages, making it easy for users without
previous knowledge to carry out all operations.
Features:
maintenance-free measuring electrodes
a sample-water sensor to prevent overdosing
a choice of control functions.
Parameters
The DIP measures up to three parameters at the same time:
Chlorine, chlorine dioxide or ozone
pH
The DIP controls two parameters at the same time:
Chlorine, chlorine dioxide or ozone
pH
DIP-A preassembled systems
DIP-A preassembled systems combine DIP controllers and tried-and-
tested electrodes on a plate ready for quick installation.
cleaning methods.
DIP-A preassembled system for chlorine (Cl
2
), chlorine
dioxide (ClO
2
), ozone (O
3
), pH and redox potential (ORP)
measurement
The system is equipped with one of the following measuring cells:
AQC-D11, pressure-proof, with electric cleaning motor
AQC-D12, pressure-proof, with hydromechanical cleaning
AQC-D13, pressureless, with hydromechanical cleaning
Features
With electrode for chlorine,
With a measuring range of 0-30 mg/l for chlorine, chlorine dioxide
or ozone,
7.5-8
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Water parameter
DIP
DIP controllers and preassembled systems
General data
Max. distance between
DIP and sensors
3 meters
Display Two high-resolution plain-text LCD displays
Relay outputs
(max. relay load 250 V/
6 A, max. 550 VA)

1 alarm relay
1 stand-by relay
Each parameter of parameter groups 1 and 2
has:
one alarm relay and
two potential-free controller switch relays for
chlorine or chlorine dioxide or ozone or pH.

The potential-free controller switch relays
can be confgured as:
limit switch, or
2-position controller (pulse-pause, pulse
frequency), or

3-position step controller for
chlorine or chlorine dioxide or ozone
(with or without feedback signal), or

pH (without feedback signal).
Signal outputs
(max. load: 500 Ohm)
Four analog outputs
(0-20 mA or 4-20 mA),
galvanically isolated
from the inputs,

4 pieces for these measuring parameters:
disinfection parameter chlorine/chlorine
dioxide/ozone
pH
redox potential (ORP)
temperature.
Two analog outputs
for continuous controller:
disinfection parameter chlorine/chlorine
dioxide/ozone
pH (chlorine and pH).
Interface CAN bus
Temperature
compensation
Automatically or manually by a Pt100 sensor
(-5 to 120 C)

pH compensation Automatically by pH measurement
Calibration of pH
A plausibility check function checks whether the
pH value of the bufer solution is within acceptable
limits. Automatic recognition of the bufer solution
ensures that the right bufer solution is used for the
calibration. If the user calibrates the pH value with a
wrong bufer solution, an error message will be
displayed.

Operation: 0 to 45 C (depending on the version)
Storage: -20 to +65 C
Permissible relative humidity Max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Weight Approx. 2 kg
Parameter group Parameter measuring range*
1
Chlorine
[mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
0,010,0
0,020,0
0,030,0
Chlorine dioxide
[mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
0,010,0
0,050,0
Ozone
[mg/l]
0,000,50
0,001,00
0,002,00
0,005,00
2 pH
0,0014,00
2,0012,00
5,009,00
3
ORP
[mV ]
-1500 +1500
01000
* For preassembled systems, the lower limit of the measuring range
can be diferent, depending on the type of measuring cell.
Control functions
Description Value
Setpoint
Adjustable as physical variable within the
measuring range (for example mg/l)
Hysteresis
0 to 50 % of the upper limit of the
measuring range
p
0,1 to 3000 %
Reset time,
T
N
T
V
1 to 1000 s
resolution 1 s
Limitation of the maximum
dosing capacity
From the adjusted constant load up to
100 %
Control direction Upward or downward control
Detailed information on device types (curves, drawings,
technical data) can be seen on WebCAPS CD or WebCAPS online
catalogue on www.grundfos.com website, or can be also seen in
separate catalogue.
For more information on accessories see pages 7.5-10 7.5-13 of
this catalogue.
7.5-9
General data
Water parameter
Conex DIS-C
Conex DIS-C
Measuring amplier and controller for conductivity
measurement
Conex DIS-C measures conductivity in a range of applications from
bottle-washing to harsh desalination. Conex DIS-C is available with a
choice of conductive or inductive measuring cells.
The maximum operating temperature and pressure depend on the
measuring cells used.
Conductivity measuring cell of the DIS C can be used for pressures
up to 16 bar and +25 C temperature. The maximum operating
temperature is +135 C.
Conex DIS-C models with inductive measuring cells are ideal for
aggressive media, because the measuring coils do not come into
contact with the sample water.
catalogue.
For more information on accessories see pages 7.5-10 7.5-13 of this
catalogue.
For further details please contact Grundfos experts
General data
Electronics Microcontroller-operated
Display Two-line, alphanumeric LCD
Display mode

- temperature indication
- measured values as physical variables

- operational and status messages
Operation

- code menu
Languages English, German, French
Password Operational protection with code
Compensation Temperature compensation
Measuring range
Automatic internal selection of:
- measuring range
- measuring frequency
- measuring tension
Cell constant Adjustable
Inputs/outputs Galvanic separation
Analog output
(0-20 mA or 4-20 mA)
can be used for measured value or continuous
controller

Digital input Controller stop input
Enclosure class
Wall-mounted: IP65
Panel-mounted: IP54 (only conductive)
range
Operation: 0 to +50 C
Storage: -20 to +65 C
Relative air humidity Max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Mains voltage
230 V - 10 %/+ 6 % or
130 V -10%/+6%
Weight Approx. 0,8 kg
Measuring ranges, with conductive measuring cell
Measuring range Resolution

Temperature-display 30,0 C +140,0 C
Measuring ranges, with inductive measuring cell
Measuring range Resolution
020,00 mS/cm 0,01 mS/cm
0200,0 mS/cm 0,1 mS/cm
02000 S/cm 1 mS/cm

Temperature-display - 30,0 C +140,0 C
Control functions
Description Value
Operation modes Manual or automatic
Relays
Alarm relay
Control relays 1 + 2:
Limit-value controller
Pulse-pause controller
Pulse-frequency controller
Continuous controller
(analog output: 4-20 mA)

Limit values
Adjustable to physical variable within the
measuring range
P
0,1 to 3000 %
Reset time, T
N
Control direction
Upward or downward control, with the
corresponding controller types
Alarm relay delay 0 to 999 seconds
7.5-10
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Water parameter
Measuring cells, AquaCells and electrodes
Our measuring cells and electrodes for dosing and disinfection
applications are made especially for all aspects of water treatment,
such as drinking water, boiler feed water, pure water, swimming pool
water and food industries such as dairies and breweries.
AquaCells are potentiostatic measuring cells for chlorine (Cl
2
),
2
) or ozone (O
3
).
Features
Proven potentiostatic three-electrode measuring method for
measurement direct in the sample water
Optimised electrode cleaning
Integrated flter cartridge and regulating device
Integrated temperature measurement (Pt100)
Special measuring chamber with calibration cup for pH single-rod
probe and redox (ORP) electrode
Excellent ow characteristics
Maintenance-friendly design
Non-wearing measuring and counter electrode for ree chlorine
(Cl
2
), chlorine dioxide (ClO
2
) or ozone (O
3
).
Easy exchange of the reference electrode
Conversion from hydro-mechanical to motor cleaning possible at
any time with a conversion set
Ready for wall-mounting connection, fastening kit included.
Monitoring parameters
chlorine
chlorine dioxide
ozone
pH
redox (ORP)
temperature.
AquaCell, D1
Measuring data
Measuring parameters: CL
2
, CLO
2
and O
3
Measuring range
min. 0,05 mg/l
max. 50 mg/l (according to controller settings)
D1D 2D 3
Measuring sensitivit y
< 10 ppb
(0,01 mg/l)
< 20 ppb
(0,02 mg/l)
< 20 ppb
(0,02 mg/l)
Measuring accuracy
in % of upper end of
measuring range.
< 5% < 5% < 5%
Repeatability < 3% < 5% < 4%
Response time, t
90
< 60 s
Measuring parameters: pH, redox (ORP) and temperatur e
pH pH 0,0014,00 (see controller)
Redox (ORP) 1500 to +1500 mV (see controller)
Temperature 5 to +120 C
Options
Measuring electrode for Cl
2
, ClO
2
, O
3
Gold or platinum material
Sensors for lack of sample water, pH, redox (ORP) (nonprepared
cables)
Water sensor, with 3-metre cabl e
pH single-rod probe, with 3-metre cable with ceramic or PTFE
diaphragm
Redox (ORP) single-rod probe/electrode, with 3-metre cable with
ceramic or PTFE diaphragm
7.5-11
Accessories
Water parameter
Mrcellk
Measuring cells for hydrogen
peroxide (H
2
O
2
) and peracetic acid (PAA)
Diaphragm-covered measuring cells are available for:
hydrogen peroxide
peracetic acid.
Technical data
Technical data
Description
Hydrogen-peroxide
(H
2
O
2
)
Peracetic acid (PAA)
Disturbances:
no disturbances caused
by tensides

Strong disturbances
by PAA
Negligible disturbances
by H
2
O
2
, selectivity
factor of 0,005
Response time, T
90
~ 5 minutes ~ 3 minutes
Permissible ambient
temperature
0 to 45 C 0 to 50 C
Sample water temperature 0 to 55 C
Sample water fow Minimum 30 l/h
Enclosure material
PVC, polycarbonate, stainless steel
and silicone rubber, resistant to
tensides and common water additives

Connections, inlet For 6/8 mm hose
Weight Approx. 100 g
Resolution 1 mg/l
Temperature drift Negligible
Repeatability 2% 2% +/-3 ppm
Accuracy 2% 2% +/-3 ppm
Measuring range
02000 mg/l
(according to controller settings)
Ion-selective electrode (ISE) for
uoride (F)

The electrode is suitable for applications where uoride is added to
the drinking water for the sake of health (caries prophylaxis).
Description
The electrode is of the uoride, ion-selective type with lanthanum,
uoride, monocrystal diaphragm. Cable and plug are included.
Technical data
Description Data
Fluoride, not complexed (for
example of sodium fuoride (NaF),
hexafuorosilicic acid (H
2
SiF
6
) or
sodium silica fuoride (Na
2
SiF
6
)

Sample water
Temperature: 0 to 50 C
pH value of sample water:
pH 5-7 at low fuoride concentration
pH 5-8.5 at higher fuoride concentration.
0 to 5 ppm fuoride

Measuring range
Repeatability 2%
Permissible ambient
temperature

0 to 50 C
Sample water fow Approx. 30 to 50 l/h
Material of fow-type holder PVC
Temperature drift Approx. 2 % per 1C
Weight Approx. 2 kg
Flow-type electrode holder
Name and picture Description Technical data
Combined pH and
redox potential electrode
Combined pH meter electrode
Electrode in glass tube, suitable for pH
measurement.
Redox potential meter combined probe / electrode
Electrode in glass tube suitable for redox potential
measurement.
(except 96 62 29 44 item number product).

Glass shaft diameter: 12 mm
Screw plug: PG 13,5 N
(for more details see separate catalogue)
Impedance converter
Impedance converter
Impedance converter for pH / redox
(ORP) measurement.
The impedance converter is necessary if
the length of the cable between
controller and electrode exceeds 3
meters.

20 mm
L= 65 mm
Temperature sensor
Pt100 resistance thermometer Screw plug: PG 13,5 N
Electrode holder
Bufer solutions
2
5
0

-

1
0
0
0

(
2
0
0
0
)

m
m
76
180
194
DN 20
144
Immersion electrode holder, PP,
for up to three electrodes.
Flow-type electrode holder,
for one electrode (pH or redox),
electrode protection.
Bufer solutions for calibrating / checking the pH
and redox potential (ORP) single-rod probes.

Adjustable length:
2501000 mm
2502000 mm
Size: DN 20
Material: PVC
Operating pressure: PN 10

Description pH Redox
Bufer solutions for calibrating the pH
single-rod probes,
1 set per 100 ml for pH 4.01 / 7.00 / 9.18
Bufer solutions for checking the redox

single-rod probes / electrodes,
100 ml (+220 mV)
7.5-12
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accessories
Water parameter
Mrcellk
Measuring cells for hydrogen
peroxide (H
2
O
2
) and peracetic acid (PAA)
Diaphragm-covered measuring cells are available for:
hydrogen peroxide
peracetic acid.
Technical data
Technical data
Description
Hydrogen-peroxide
(H
2
O
2
)
Peracetic acid (PAA)
Disturbances:
no disturbances caused
by tensides

Strong disturbances
by PAA
Negligible disturbances
by H
2
O
2
, selectivity
factor of 0,005
Response time, T
90
~ 5 minutes ~ 3 minutes
Permissible ambient
temperature
0 to 45 C 0 to 50 C
Sample water temperature 0 to 55 C
Sample water fow Minimum 30 l/h
Enclosure material
PVC, polycarbonate, stainless steel
and silicone rubber, resistant to
tensides and common water additives

Connections, inlet For 6/8 mm hose
Weight Approx. 100 g
Resolution 1 mg/l
Temperature drift Negligible
Repeatability 2% 2% +/-3 ppm
Accuracy 2% 2% +/-3 ppm
Measuring range
02000 mg/l
(according to controller settings)
Ion-selective electrode (ISE) for
uoride (F)

The electrode is suitable for applications where uoride is added to
the drinking water for the sake of health (caries prophylaxis).
Description
The electrode is of the uoride, ion-selective type with lanthanum,
uoride, monocrystal diaphragm. Cable and plug are included.
Technical data
Description Data
Fluoride, not complexed (for
example of sodium fuoride (NaF),
hexafuorosilicic acid (H
2
SiF
6
) or
sodium silica fuoride (Na
2
SiF
6
)

Sample water
Temperature: 0 to 50 C
pH value of sample water:
pH 5-7 at low fuoride concentration
pH 5-8.5 at higher fuoride concentration.
0 to 5 ppm fuoride

Measuring range
Repeatability 2%
Permissible ambient
temperature

0 to 50 C
Sample water fow Approx. 30 to 50 l/h
Material of fow-type holder PVC
Temperature drift Approx. 2 % per 1C
Weight Approx. 2 kg
Flow-type electrode holder
Name and picture Description Technical data
Combined pH and
redox potential electrode
Combined pH meter electrode
Electrode in glass tube, suitable for pH
measurement.
Redox potential meter combined probe / electrode
Electrode in glass tube suitable for redox potential
measurement.
(except 96 62 29 44 item number product).

Glass shaft diameter: 12 mm
Screw plug: PG 13,5 N
(for more details see separate catalogue)
Impedance converter
Impedance converter
Impedance converter for pH / redox
(ORP) measurement.
The impedance converter is necessary if
the length of the cable between
controller and electrode exceeds 3
meters.

20 mm
L= 65 mm
Temperature sensor
Pt100 resistance thermometer Screw plug: PG 13,5 N
Electrode holder
Bufer solutions
2
5
0

-

1
0
0
0

(
2
0
0
0
)

m
m
76
180
194
DN 20
144
Immersion electrode holder, PP,
for up to three electrodes.
Flow-type electrode holder,
for one electrode (pH or redox),
electrode protection.
Bufer solutions for calibrating / checking the pH
and redox potential (ORP) single-rod probes.

Adjustable length:
2501000 mm
2502000 mm
Size: DN 20
Material: PVC
Operating pressure: PN 10

Description pH Redox
Bufer solutions for calibrating the pH
single-rod probes,
1 set per 100 ml for pH 4.01 / 7.00 / 9.18
Bufer solutions for checking the redox

single-rod probes / electrodes,
100 ml (+220 mV)
7.5-13
Accessories
Water parameter
Name and picture Description Mszaki adatok
Measuring cells for
conductive conductivity
measurement
Conductive measuring principle measuring cell -
for conductivity measurements
- PVC body or stainless steel body with inserts made
of PVDF and FKM
- Two coaxial stainless steel electrodes
- Integrated platinum resistance thermometer
- Screw-in, inch thread
- Connection cable (optional): 05/15/25 m
Inductive measurement principle measuring cell -

- Inner annular measuring coil
- Built-in temperature sensor (NTC)
- Especially suitable for aggressive media
- High chemical resistance
- Dirt tolerance
- The sensor is not connected with the media
- Compact design
- Extension cable (optional): 10 m, 4-conductor, shielded
Temperature range 0 C +135 C
Maximum pressure 16 bar (25 C-on)
9 bar (60 C-on)
Cable Connector 40,5 mm
2
, shielded
(up to 50 m)
Cell-body material PVC
Electrode material Stainless steel (DIN 14571)
Temperature sensor
Temperature coefcient
Pt100
from 0.0 to 8% / C
Accuracy 1% of the upper limit
Material PP
Max. temperature +90 C
Max. pressure +20 / 60 C 10/6 bar
Accuracy 2%
Connection cable 6 m
Max distance and control
between the sensor
16 m (with cable extension)
Measuring range 02/20/200/2000 mS/cm
Electrode holders
Flow-type holder
Immersion holder
For conductive measuring cells
- Flow-type installation
- Easy installation and commissioning
- Reliable measurement
- Quick dismantling of the electrode for cleaning or
maintenance.
For inductive measuring cells
- Flow/Immersion type installation
maintenance.
Size DN 25
Material PVC
Cable (optional) 5/15/
Parameter Flow-type holder Immersion holder
Diameter DN 50 25 mm
Installation length 102 mm 1000 mm
Insertion depth - max. 900 mm
Material PP/PVC PP
Max. temperature +90 C (PP) +90 C
+40 C(PVC)
Sample water extraction
from tubing systems
For the assembly of the sampling site choose
materials and equipment in accordance with
table on the right.
(The picture on the left shows the kit described in
the "Technical data" column, 2.heading.)
Max. 3 bar, brass, connection for female thread, R ,
consisting of extraction pipe, shut-of valve and flter
consisting of extraction pipe, shut-of valve, flter,
pressure reducing valve and manometer

Max. 3 bar, PVC, connection for female thread, R ,
consisting of extraction pipe and ball valve

7.6-1
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hand-held photometers
DIT-M, DIT-L
DIT-M photometer
The DIT photometer is a measuring device combining the mobility
of a portable photometer with the characteristics of a laboratory
photometer. The high level of accuracy of the Grundfos reagents
and the user-friendly nature of the photometer guarantee rapid
and reliable analysis of up to 14 parameters in water treatment
applications.
DIT-M operates with six interference flters and uses six long-life LEDs
as a light source. No moving parts are involved. Measurement takes
place in a transparent measurement chamber. Tablet reagents with a
durability of up to 5 or 10 years are used.
User calibration is made via software, so the photometer can be used
as testing aid.
DIT-M can save up to 1000 data sets. An infrared interface permits
the transfer of measured data to a computer or a printer (RS-232) via
the optional infrared interface module DIT-IR.
Application
Measuring amplifers and measuring systems, such as Conex DIA
or DIP, can be calibrated with the DIT-M photometer. Fields of
application:
drinking water treatment
swimming pool and bathing water treatment
Scope of delivery
1 photometer in a plastic case
4 batteries (AA/LR6)
1 manual (installation and operating instructions)
1 Certifcate of Compliance
3 round vials with cap and gasket, 24 mm
1 cleaning brush
1 plastic stirring rod
1 plastic syringe, 5 ml.
DIT-L photometer
The DIT-L compact photometer is designed for quick determination of
the concentration of chlorine, chlorine dioxide or ozone as well as the
pH in water. High operating convenience, ergonomic design, compact
dimensions and safe handling make this device indispensable for
water analysis.
DIT-L operates with two interference flters and uses two long-life
LEDs as a light source. No moving parts are involved. Measurement
takes place in a transparent measurement chamber. Tablet reagents
with a durability of up to 5 or 10 years are used.
User calibration is made via software, so the photometer can be used
as testing aid.
DIT-L has an internal ring memory for 16 data sets. An infrared
interface permits the transfer of measured data to a computer or a
printer (RS-232) via the optional infrared interface module DIT-IR.
Application
Measuring amplifers and measuring systems, such as Conex DIA or
DIP, can be calibrated with the DIT-L photometer. Fields of application:
swimming pool and bathing water treatment.
Scope of delivery
1 photometer in a plastic case
4 batteries (AAA/LR03)
3 round vials with cap and gasket, 24 mm
1 cleaning brush
1 plastic stirring rod
1 Starter kit (100 tablets each: DPD No. 1, DPD No. 3, Glycine,
Phenolred Photometer).
Name and picture Description Mszaki adatok
Measuring cells for
conductive conductivity
measurement
Conductive measuring principle measuring cell -
- PVC body or stainless steel body with inserts made
of PVDF and FKM
- Two coaxial stainless steel electrodes
- Integrated platinum resistance thermometer
- Screw-in, inch thread
- Connection cable (optional): 05/15/25 m
Inductive measurement principle measuring cell -

- Inner annular measuring coil
- Built-in temperature sensor (NTC)
- Especially suitable for aggressive media
- High chemical resistance
- Dirt tolerance
- The sensor is not connected with the media
- Compact design
- Extension cable (optional): 10 m, 4-conductor, shielded
Temperature range 0 C +135 C
Maximum pressure 16 bar (25 C-on)
9 bar (60 C-on)
Cable Connector 40,5 mm
2
, shielded
(up to 50 m)
Cell-body material PVC
Electrode material Stainless steel (DIN 14571)
Temperature sensor
Temperature coefcient
Pt100
from 0.0 to 8% / C
Accuracy 1% of the upper limit
Material PP
Max. pressure +20 / 60 C 10/6 bar
Accuracy 2%
Connection cable 6 m
Max distance and control
between the sensor
16 m (with cable extension)
Measuring range 02/20/200/2000 mS/cm
Electrode holders
Flow-type holder
Immersion holder
For conductive measuring cells
- Flow-type installation
maintenance.
For inductive measuring cells
- Flow/Immersion type installation
maintenance.
Size DN 25
Material PVC
Cable (optional) 5/15/
Parameter Flow-type holder Immersion holder
Diameter DN 50 25 mm
Installation length 102 mm 1000 mm
Insertion depth - max. 900 mm
Material PP/PVC PP
Max. temperature +90 C (PP) +90 C
+40 C(PVC)
Sample water extraction
from tubing systems
For the assembly of the sampling site choose
materials and equipment in accordance with
table on the right.
(The picture on the left shows the kit described in
the "Technical data" column, 2.heading.)
consisting of extraction pipe, shut-of valve, flter,
pressure reducing valve and manometer

consisting of extraction pipe and ball valve

7.6-2
Technical data
DIT-M, DIT-L
DIT-M photometer
Display Graphical display
Optics
6 LEDs, interference flters (IP), photo sensor,
transparent measurement chamber. Wavelength
ranges:

1 = 530 nm (IF = 5 nm)
2 = 560 nm (IF = 5 nm)
3 = 610 nm (IF = 6 nm)
4 = 430 nm (IF = 5 nm)
5 = 580 nm (IF = 5 nm)
6 = 660 nm (IF = 5 nm)
Wavelength accuracy 1 nm
Photometric accuracy
2% FS (Full Scale, T = 20 C25 C),
measured with standard solutions
Photometric resolution 0,005 A
Operation
Acid and solvent-resistant touch-sensitive
keypad with acoustic signal

Power supply
4 batteries (AA/LR6);
battery life: approx. 3500 tests

Auto Of
20 min. after last function, 30 seconds
before an acoustic signal is emitted

Storage capacity Approx. 1000 data sets
Interface
Data transfer via DIT-IR infrared interface
module
Time Real-time clock and date
Calibration
Factory and user calibration. Reset to
factory calibration is possible.
Dimensions Approx. 210 x 95 x 45 mm (L x W x H)
Weight (photometer) Approx. 450 g (batteries included)
5-40 C, relative humidity: 0-90 %
(non-condensing)
Permissible storage temperature -20 to +70 C
Language options
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
Portuguese, Polish
Protection class IP 67
Measured parameters
Parameter Measuring range
Alumnium 0.01 - 0.3 mg/l
Bromine 0.05 - 13 mg/l
Chlorine 0.01 - 6 mg/l
Chlorine dioxide 0.02 - 11 mg/l
Chlorine dioxide analysis 0.01 - 6 mg/l
Chloride 0.5 - 25 mg/l
Chlorite 0.01 - 6 mg/l
Cyanuric acid 2 - 160 mg/l
Iron 0.02 - 1 mg/l
Fluoride 0.05 - 2 mg/l
Manganese 0.02 - 4 mg/l
Ozone 0.02 - 2 mg/l
Phosphate 0.05 - 4 mg/l
Hydrogen peroxide 0.03 - 3 mg/l
pH value 6.5 - 8.4 (phenol red)
Acid demand KS 4.3 0.1 - 4 mmol/l
DIT-L photometer
Display LCD, backlit when a key is pressed
Optics
transparent measurement chamber.
Wavelength ranges:
1 = 530 nm (IF = 5 nm)
2 = 560 nm (IF = 5 nm)
3% FS (Full scale, T = 20 C25 C),
Operation Acid and solvent-resistant touch-sensitive keypad
Power supply
4 batteries (AAA/LR03);

Auto Of 10 min. after last function
Interface
module
Calibration
(non-condensing)
Measured parameters
Ozone 0.02 - 2 mg/l
pH value 6.5 - 8.4 pH
To ensure the specied accuracy of the photometer, always use the
reagent systems supplied by Grundfos.
catalogue.
7.6-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
DIT-M, DIT-L
Photometric measuring principle
When adding specifc reagents to a water sample, the sample takes on
a degree of coloration proportional to the substance being analysed.
A LED emits a light beam with the wavelength (colour) needed for
analysing the substance. The sample absorbs a part of this light
beam, in proportion to the concentration of the substance being
analysed. The photo sensor measures the remaining light quantity.
The photometer calculates the corresponding concentration of the
substance in the sample accordingly.
DIT-IR infrared interface module
The data measured by a DIT-M or a DIT-L photometer can be
transmitted via infrared to the DIT-IR interface module. A serial
printer or a PC with USB port can be connected, according to the
users choice. A CD-ROM with data logging software is supplied to
provide easy data transfer to a PC.
Scope of delivery
1 DIT-IR in a plastic case
4 batteries (AA/LR6)
1 USB cable
1 screwdriver with clip
CD-ROM.
Accessories
Reagents for DIT-M device
Chemicals in tablet form, for the measurement of materials and
values, detailed on the previous page in measurable parameters
table.
Reagents for DIT-L device
Chemicals in tablet form, for the measurement of materials and
values, detailed on the previous page in measurable parameters
table.
Verication Standard for DIT-M
Stable colour solutions for checking the absorption depending on the
wavelength. The case contains one standard colour solution (one vial)
for each wavelength as well as one standard for zero setting.
Reference Standard for DIT-L
Stable colour solutions for checking measured values that are specifc
to the device and method. The case contains one 1 mg/l and one 4
mg/l chlorine standard as well as one standard for zero setting.
DIT-M photometer
Display Graphical display
Optics
transparent measurement chamber. Wavelength
ranges:

1 = 530 nm (IF = 5 nm)
2 = 560 nm (IF = 5 nm)
3 = 610 nm (IF = 6 nm)
4 = 430 nm (IF = 5 nm)
5 = 580 nm (IF = 5 nm)
6 = 660 nm (IF = 5 nm)
2% FS (Full Scale, T = 20 C25 C),
Operation
Acid and solvent-resistant touch-sensitive
keypad with acoustic signal

Power supply
4 batteries (AA/LR6);

Auto Of
20 min. after last function, 30 seconds
before an acoustic signal is emitted

Interface
module
Calibration
(non-condensing)
Language options
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
Portuguese, Polish
Measured parameters
Alumnium 0.01 - 0.3 mg/l
Bromine 0.05 - 13 mg/l
Chloride 0.5 - 25 mg/l
Cyanuric acid 2 - 160 mg/l
Iron 0.02 - 1 mg/l
Fluoride 0.05 - 2 mg/l
Manganese 0.02 - 4 mg/l
Ozone 0.02 - 2 mg/l
Phosphate 0.05 - 4 mg/l
Hydrogen peroxide 0.03 - 3 mg/l
pH value 6.5 - 8.4 (phenol red)
Acid demand KS 4.3 0.1 - 4 mmol/l
DIT-L photometer
Display LCD, backlit when a key is pressed
Optics
transparent measurement chamber.
Wavelength ranges:
1 = 530 nm (IF = 5 nm)
2 = 560 nm (IF = 5 nm)
3% FS (Full scale, T = 20 C25 C),
Operation Acid and solvent-resistant touch-sensitive keypad
Power supply
4 batteries (AAA/LR03);

Auto Of 10 min. after last function
Interface
module
Calibration
(non-condensing)
Measured parameters
Ozone 0.02 - 2 mg/l
pH value 6.5 - 8.4 pH
To ensure the specied accuracy of the photometer, always use the
reagent systems supplied by Grundfos.
catalogue.
Light beam
LEDD igital display
Sample Interference filter Photo sensor
7.7-1
General data
Gas leak detection system
Conex DIA-G
Conex DIA-G gas warning system with sensor interfaces and
potentiostatic sensors
Features
Monitoring of two diferent storage rooms or two diferent gases
at the same time.
Simultaneous display of both measured values.
Optimum safety thanks to permanent sensor monitoring, alarm
relay and optional backup operation (uninterrupted power supply)
by connection of an external bufer battery.
Very short response time in case of a sudden change of the gas
concentration.
Long and maintenance-free sensor service life.
Sensor recognition and auto-calibration as well as monitoring of
sensor life.
Separate sensor interface for one potentiostatic sensor. When
using the separate sensor interface, Conex DIA-G can be installed
in a control room at a distance of up to 500 m from the sensor
interface.
Connection of potentiostatic sensors via CAN-bus.
Connection with AquaVision software or PLC via CAN-Bus.
Optional audible and visual alarm device.
Wide-range power supply unit 110-240 V, - 10 %/+ 10 % (50/60 Hz)
or 24 V DC.
Display languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Polish and
Russian.
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Ozone
Ammonia
Hydrochloric acid.
Conex DIS-G
Conex DIS-G gas warning system with amperometric sensors
Features
Monitoring of two gases at the same time
Simultaneous display of both measured values
Optimum safety thanks to the automatic sensor test function
Very short response time in case of a sudden change of the gas
concentration
Long and maintenance-free sensor service life
Optional audible and visual alarm device
Display languages: German, English and French.
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Ozone.
Conex DIA-G gas warning system with sensor
interfaces and potentiostatic sensor s
Conex DIS-G gas warning system with amperometric sensors
Conex DIA-G
Technical data
Electronics 16-bit microprocessor technology
Display Backlit plain-text display
Display languages German, English, French, Spanish, Russian, Polish
Indication mode in ppm for measured values of both sensorsa
Relay outputs
Five potential-free relay outputs, per software
switchable to NO (normally open) or
NC (normally closed), fail-safe;
max. 250 V/6 A, max. 550 VA
two relays for the limit values of each of both
sensors
one alarm relay; free assignment to the limit
values or to sensor test.
Signal inputs
two measured value inputs (for
amperometric sensors 1 and 2)
internal CAN bus, including connections for
two interfaces, each for the operation of one
potentiostatic sensor.
Signal outputs
two (0)4-20 mA outputs, max. load
500 Ohm, with wire breakage monitoring;
free assignment to the measuring range of
the sensors.
Safety functions
permanent sensor monitoring or automatic
sensor test, interval between tests
adjustable from every 0.5 to 30 days
wire breakage monitoring of all current
outputs
optional backup battery with backup
indication on the display, allowing Conex
DIA-G to work for at least one hour after
mains failure
automatic adjustment of data specifc to the
sensor (for example calibration data)
display of the sensor exchange intervals
with a plain-text message.
Permissible
temperature [C]
Conex DIA-G and sensor interface (without sensor):
Operation: 0 to +45
Storage: -20 to +65
Permissible relative
humidity [%]
Max. 90 (non-condensing)
Power supply 110-240 V - 10 %/+ 10 % (50/60 Hz), or 24 VDC
Material (enclosure) ABS, resistant to chemicals
Enclosure class
Conex DIA-G enclosure and sensor interface:
IP65
Weight [kg] Approx. 1.5
catalogue.
Conex DIS-G
Technical data
Electronics I2C bus technology
Accuracy [%] 1
Display LCD, 2 lines, 2 x 16 characters
Indication mode in ppm for measured values of both sensors
Relay outputs
Five potential-free relay outputs;
max. 250 V/6 A, max. 550 VA ohmic load
sensors
values or to sensor test
Signal inputs
Two measured value inputs (sensors 1 and 2)
Signal outputs
Two analog outputs, (0) 4-20 mA, max. load
400 Ohm, assigned to the 0-5 ppm range
Sensor test
Interval between automatic sensor tests
Permissible
temperature [C]
Operation: 0 to +45
Storage: -20 to +65
air humidity [%]
Power supply
230/240 V -10%/+10% (50/60 Hz) or
115/120 V -10%/+10% (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption approx. 5 VA
Enclosure class IP65
Accessories
Designation Description
For Conex DIA-G device
Battery backup,
Integrated battery charging unit with I/U charging
characteristic, battery management with
microcontroller, temperature regulation of
charging voltage by sensor module, input voltage
of the battery controller 115/230 V (50/60 Hz),
input current, 0.84 A/115 V to 0.42 A/230 V, max.
switch-on current, 2 A/2 ms, maintenance-free
lead-acid battery, 24 V/7 Ah, bufer time for
operation with two sensor interfaces > 1 h
Sensor interface for
potentiostatic sensor
connection to a DIA-G
device
A potentiostatic sensor is plugged directly into
the sensor interface. Conex DIA-G can be
installed in a control room at a distance of up to
500 m from the sensor interface. For
simultaneous measurement of two values,
please order two sensor interface units.
Cables for
amperometric sensors
2-wire cable with screening
with 10/20/50m length

For both devices
Horn in grey ABS
enclosure, IP55
230 V (50/60 Hz), nominal current, 100
Red fashlight in grey ABS
enclosure, IP54, for outdoor
and indoor installation
230 V (50/60 Hz), nominal current, 50 mA
7.7-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Accessories
Conex DIA-G
Technical data
Electronics 16-bit microprocessor technology
Display Backlit plain-text display
Display languages German, English, French, Spanish, Russian, Polish
Indication mode in ppm for measured values of both sensorsa
Relay outputs
Five potential-free relay outputs, per software
switchable to NO (normally open) or
NC (normally closed), fail-safe;
max. 250 V/6 A, max. 550 VA
sensors
values or to sensor test.
Signal inputs
two measured value inputs (for
amperometric sensors 1 and 2)
internal CAN bus, including connections for
two interfaces, each for the operation of one
potentiostatic sensor.
Signal outputs
two (0)4-20 mA outputs, max. load
500 Ohm, with wire breakage monitoring;
free assignment to the measuring range of
the sensors.
Safety functions
permanent sensor monitoring or automatic
sensor test, interval between tests
wire breakage monitoring of all current
outputs
optional backup battery with backup
indication on the display, allowing Conex
DIA-G to work for at least one hour after
mains failure
automatic adjustment of data specifc to the
sensor (for example calibration data)
display of the sensor exchange intervals
with a plain-text message.
Permissible
temperature [C]
Conex DIA-G and sensor interface (without sensor):
Operation: 0 to +45
Storage: -20 to +65
humidity [%]
Power supply 110-240 V - 10 %/+ 10 % (50/60 Hz), or 24 VDC
Material (enclosure) ABS, resistant to chemicals
Enclosure class
Conex DIA-G enclosure and sensor interface:
IP65
catalogue.
Conex DIS-G
Technical data
Electronics I2C bus technology
Accuracy [%] 1
Display LCD, 2 lines, 2 x 16 characters
Indication mode in ppm for measured values of both sensors
Relay outputs
Five potential-free relay outputs;
max. 250 V/6 A, max. 550 VA ohmic load
sensors
values or to sensor test
Signal inputs
Two measured value inputs (sensors 1 and 2)
Signal outputs
Two analog outputs, (0) 4-20 mA, max. load
400 Ohm, assigned to the 0-5 ppm range
Sensor test
Interval between automatic sensor tests
Permissible
temperature [C]
Operation: 0 to +45
Storage: -20 to +65
air humidity [%]
Power supply
230/240 V -10%/+10% (50/60 Hz) or
115/120 V -10%/+10% (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption approx. 5 VA
Enclosure class IP65
Accessories
Designation Description
Battery backup,
Integrated battery charging unit with I/U charging
characteristic, battery management with
microcontroller, temperature regulation of
charging voltage by sensor module, input voltage
of the battery controller 115/230 V (50/60 Hz),
input current, 0.84 A/115 V to 0.42 A/230 V, max.
switch-on current, 2 A/2 ms, maintenance-free
lead-acid battery, 24 V/7 Ah, bufer time for
operation with two sensor interfaces > 1 h
Sensor interface for
connection to a DIA-G
device
A potentiostatic sensor is plugged directly into
the sensor interface. Conex DIA-G can be
installed in a control room at a distance of up to
500 m from the sensor interface. For
simultaneous measurement of two values,
please order two sensor interface units.
Cables for
2-wire cable with screening
with 10/20/50m length

For both devices
Horn in grey ABS
enclosure, IP55
230 V (50/60 Hz), nominal current, 100
Red fashlight in grey ABS
enclosure, IP54, for outdoor
and indoor installation
230 V (50/60 Hz), nominal current, 50 mA
7.7-3
System structure
Examples of the gas leakage warning systems
Conex DIS-G gas warning system with two connected units,
each with one potentiostatik sensor
Conex DIS-G gas warning system with two
Amperometric sensors
Sensor interface with
Examples of the gas leakage warning systems
Conex DIS-G gas warning system with two connected units,
each with one potentiostatik sensor
Conex DIS-G gas warning system with two
Amperometric sensors
Sensor interface with
Disinfection
7.8 Vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems
Vaccuperm
7.9 Electrolytic chlorination systems
Selcoperm
7.10 Chlorine dioxide generation systems
Oxiperm
7.8-1
General data
Vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems
Vaccuperm VGA, AGB, VGS
Principle of vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems
Function of chlorine gas dosing systems
Handling, transport and storage of chlorine for the disinfection of
drinking and pool water are a challenge to systems engineering.
This is the reason why the vacuum principle is being used in dosing
systems for a long time already. At this, the pressure of the chlorine
gas is reduced to the vacuum.
This method successfully avoids chlorine gas leakage. In the event of
a pipe breakage, no chlorine gas can escape, only ambient air is drawn
in.
Vacuum chlorine gas dosing systems are composed of three principal
components.
Vacuum regulator (B)
The vacuum regulator is a pressure reducing valve, which reduces
the overpressure from the chlorine tank side to the negative pressure
on the vacuum side. The valve opens, when a suf cient vacuum is
present on the outlet side. Vacuum regulators with pressure gauge
and a liquid trap are available for more safety.
Dosing regulator (C)
The chlorine gas volume ow is adjusted with the dosing regulator.
This can be efected manually or automatically via motor control.
VGB models combine a vacuum regulator and a dosing unit in a
compact enclosure. They are not available with change-over device or
servomotor for dosing regulator.
Injector (D)
Injectors have the task to bring chlorine gas into the water fow. They
operate according to the principle of water jet pumps. The injector
body comprises a nozzle with a successional difusor.
Between the nozzle and the difusor, there is a narrow annular gap,
where chlorine gas is sucked out of the dosing line through the
injector head. A diaphragm check valve at the gas supply line prevents
the ingress of water into the vacuum line.
A
B
E
G
F
C
H
D
Vaccuperm VGB-103
Vaccuperm VGB-103 compact unit

Vacuum regulator and dosing regulator in a single
unit for direct mounting on a chlorine cylinder.

Up to 2000 g/h can be extracted. The maximum
extraction quantity depends on the chlorine cylinder
content: It is 1 % per hour of the content by weight.
For a short time (max. 10 minutes) it is possible to
extract the triple of this.

Pos. Component
1 Vaccuperm 103-100
2 Chlorine gas adsorption cylinder
3 Injector
Combination of Vaccuperm VGA-111 and VGA-113
Dosing station for extraction from one cylinder

Max. dosing capacity 4000 g/h

VGA 111 vacuum regulator for direct mounting on a chlorine
cylinder.

VGA 113 dosing regulator (manual or servo) for separate wall
mounting.
Pos. Component
1 Vacuum regulator VGA for direct mounting
2 Dosing regulator VGA for serial installation
3 Injector with diaphragm check valve
6 Gas adsorption cylinder
12 Water apparatus
2
1
3
6
2 1
12 3
bar 16 0
VGA 113 - manual
VGA 111
VGA 113 with servo motor
7.8-2
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vaccuperm VGA, AGB
Vaccuperm VGB-103
Vaccuperm VGB-103 compact unit

Vacuum regulator and dosing regulator in a single
unit for direct mounting on a chlorine cylinder.

Up to 2000 g/h can be extracted. The maximum
extraction quantity depends on the chlorine cylinder
content: It is 1 % per hour of the content by weight.
For a short time (max. 10 minutes) it is possible to
extract the triple of this.

Pos. Component
1 Vaccuperm 103-100
2 Chlorine gas adsorption cylinder
3 Injector
Dosing station for extraction from one cylinder


VGA 111 vacuum regulator for direct mounting on a chlorine
cylinder.

mounting.
Pos. Component
1 Vacuum regulator VGA for direct mounting
2 Dosing regulator VGA for serial installation
12 Water apparatus
2
1
3
6
2 1
12 3
bar 16 0
VGA 113 - manual
VGA 111
VGA 113 with servo motor
7.8-3
General data
Vaccuperm VGA, AGB
Dosing station for extraction from one drum


VGA 146 Vacuum regulator for wall mounting
(in the drum room).

VGA 117 Dosing regulator for separate wall mounting.

It is recommended to wrap a heater band around
the copper line between the container and the
vacuum regulator when using drums.
Pos. Component
1b Vacuum regulator VGA 146 with liquid trap for wall mounting
2 Dosing regulator VGA117 for serial installation
7 Gas sensor
8 Gas warning unit
11 Safety valve
12 Water apparatus
Combination of Vaccuperm VGA-111 and
VGA-113

Extraction from two cylinder groups

Max. dosing capacity 4000 g/h (one cylinder group)

VGA 111 vacuum regulator per cylinder group with wall mounting.

VGA 113 dosing regulators, max.4 (manual or servo) for wall
mounting.

A vacuum change-over device between the two VGA 111 units
(cylinder switch), for continuous operation.
Extraction from several cylinders

Max. dosing capacity > 4000 g/h

VGA 111 vacuum regulators for mounting on header lines.

mounting.
VGA 113 dosing regulator (manual or servo)
for separate wall mounting.



VGA 146 vacuum regulator per cylinder group with wall
mounting.

mounting.

for continuous operation.
Extraction from 2 barrels


one VGA 146 vacuum regulator per barrel.

mounting.

Connection example
Pos. Component
1c Vacuum regulator VGA 146 with liquid trap for direct mounting
2 Dosing regulator VGA 117 for serial installation
2a Dosing regulator VGA 117 with electric servomotor
2b
Dosing regulator VGA 117 with electric servomotor and current
input
4 Vacuum change-over device
5 Empty signal display unit
7 Gas sensor
8 Gas warning unit
9 Flowmeter with output for mA signal
10 Compact measuring system
11 Safety valve
12 Water apparatus
8
2
11 1b
6 7
3 12
2b 2a
2
4 5 8
7 6 9
1c 1c
10
3
11
12
7 6
VGA 146 VGA 117 manual VGA 117 with servo motor
7.8-4
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Vaccuperm VGS-140 high-performance disinfection systems
Pressure sensors for more safety: optional pressure sensors for
injector vacuum and operating vacuum allow the early detection
of disturbances such as insufcient injector vacuum or vacuum
regulator faults.
Precise scan system for the fowmeter: the inductive sensor is
insensitive to soiling and does not get into contact with the aggressive
gas to be dosed. The resolution of the signal is about 2 % of the limit
value of the measuring range.
Systems with direct proportional control: the servomotor of the rate
valve can optionally be equipped with electronics (4-20 mA input) for
direct proportional control without additional control electronics.
Automation of the dosing process: optionally a microprocessor-based
controller can be integrated for PID control or for compound loop
control.
Ergonomic and service-friendly design: all control elements and
displays are installed at eye-level for easy handling. Easy change-over
from automatic to manual operation. All assembly and service work
can be executed with a few standard tools.
Note: Vaccuperm VGS-140 are expert systems. All component
confgurations must be adapted to the requirements on site. For
assistance, please ask our product specialists or project department.
Detailed information on device and accessory types can be seen on
WebCAPS online catalogue on www.grundfos.com website, or can be
also seen in separate catalogue.
Vaccuperm VGS-140
Dosing station for extraction from one drum


VGA 146 Vacuum regulator for wall mounting
(in the drum room).

VGA 117 Dosing regulator for separate wall mounting.

It is recommended to wrap a heater band around
the copper line between the container and the
vacuum regulator when using drums.
Pos. Component
1b Vacuum regulator VGA 146 with liquid trap for wall mounting
2 Dosing regulator VGA117 for serial installation
7 Gas sensor
8 Gas warning unit
11 Safety valve
12 Water apparatus
Combination of Vaccuperm VGA-111 and
VGA-113


Max. dosing capacity 4000 g/h (one cylinder group)

VGA 111 vacuum regulator per cylinder group with wall mounting.

VGA 113 dosing regulators, max.4 (manual or servo) for wall
mounting.

Extraction from several cylinders


VGA 111 vacuum regulators for mounting on header lines.

mounting.
VGA 113 dosing regulator (manual or servo)
for separate wall mounting.



VGA 146 vacuum regulator per cylinder group with wall
mounting.

mounting.

for continuous operation.
Extraction from 2 barrels


one VGA 146 vacuum regulator per barrel.

mounting.

Connection example
Pos. Component
1c Vacuum regulator VGA 146 with liquid trap for direct mounting
2 Dosing regulator VGA 117 for serial installation
2a Dosing regulator VGA 117 with electric servomotor
2b
Dosing regulator VGA 117 with electric servomotor and current
input
4 Vacuum change-over device
5 Empty signal display unit
7 Gas sensor
8 Gas warning unit
9 Flowmeter with output for mA signal
10 Compact measuring system
11 Safety valve
12 Water apparatus
8
2
11 1b
6 7
3 12
2b 2a
2
4 5 8
7 6 9
1c 1c
10
3
11
12
7 6
VGA 146 VGA 117 manual VGA 117 with servo motor
Pos. Description
12 Flowmeter with 4-20 mA output
13 Injection uni t
14 Chlorine gas sensor
15 Optical and acoustic alarm devices
16 Suction nozzle to the chlorine gas neutralization system
17 Central control panel with computer interface
18 Sprinkling system
7.9-1
General data
Electrolytic chlorination systems
Selcoperm
The Selcoperm electrolysis principle
With electrolysis, chlorine is produced directly from a solution of
common salt using electricity.
The following reactions take place in the electrolytic cell:
The chlorine produced reacts immediately with the caustic soda
solution also formed, resulting in a hypochlorite solution:
The solution generated has a pH value between 8.5 and 9.5, and a
maximum equivalent chlorine concentration in the range of 6 - 8 g/l.
It has a half-life of several months, which makes it ideal for storage
in a bufer tank.
After dosing the solution into the water ow, no pH value correction
is necessary, as it is often required, for example, in membrane
electrolysis. The sodium hypochlorite solution reacts in a balance
reaction, resulting in hypochlorous acid, the efcient disinfectant
The dosing quantity depends on the application as well as local
regulations. In general, the concentration after the injection unit is
0.3 to 2 ppm chlorine equivalent.
Features and benets
Common salt, the base material, is nontoxic, easy to store and to
handle.
Only water, common salt and electricity are needed for the
electrolysis, resulting in low operating costs, worldwide use.
Safe and reliable method of producing chlorine on site.
Fresh hypochlorite is always on hand the disinfectant solution
does not dissociate like commercial hypochlorite solutions.
Approved disinfection method complying with the EN drinking
water regulations an alternative with less safety requirements to
chlorine-gas-based systems.
Durable, elementary components for low maintenance and a long
service life, compared with membrane cell electrolysis.
Lower pH of product compared with commercial sodium
hypochlorite reduces scaling of injection points etc. in hard water
areas.
Applications
Selcoperm systems typically ft disinfection applications such as:
swimming pool water treatment
industrial treatment for cooling towers or process water.
The Selcoperm systems are an excellent alternative to chlorine-gas or
commercial hypochlorite applications.
+ -
anode cathode
NaCl +
NaOH Cl
2
H
2
O
H
2
OO H
-
H
+
Na
+
Cl
-
NaCl
H
2
NaClO
oldat
NaClO
2 NaCl + 2 H
2
O 2 Na OH + Cl
2
+ H
2
Cl
2
+ 2 NaOH NaCl + NaClO + H
2
O
NaClO + H
2
O NaOH + HClO
Requirements
Water Water quality Good water quality with low iron <
200 mg/m
3
and manganese < 20 mg/m
3
content,
preferably drinking water.
Supply pressure 315 bar. For lower water pressures,
booster pumps are available.

Water demand 125250 liter/kg of prepared chlorine
Salt Food-grade common salt EN 973
For drinking water disinfection, salt with a lo w
bromide concentration must be used (max. 0.01% )
Salt consumption 33,5 kg salt/kg of prepared chlorine
Electrical connection 185265 V or 380440 V; 50/60 Hz
Power consumption Approx. 4,55,5 kWh/kg of prepared chlorine.
Drain An on-site drain for the regeneration water of the
water softener is necessary.
Exhaust air The outlet of the exhaust air has to be as close a s
possible to the electrolytic chlorination system.
Natural air supply via a ventilation hole in the room
is required.
7.9-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Technical data
Selcoperm
System components
Selcoperm units components are: electrolyzer, degassing column,
brine dosing pump, exhaust fan with quantitative air ow monitor
for air dilution of electrolyzer chamber, water softening system.
Additional required equipment: salt saturator, product tank for
storage of the generated solution, dosing pumps. The installation can
be rounded of with a measuring and control unit for chlorine dosing,
if required.
The Selcoperm system is supplied as a turn-key solution; only the
tubing for the water connection, the connections for the salt and
product storage tanks and the exhaust air tubing have to be installed.
The size of the storage tank depends on the space available and the
amount of NaClO bufer storage required.
The size of the brine tank also depends on the space available and on
the salt flling option, manual or automatic.
The SES type Selcoperm systems are available in fve capacity levels.
The choice of the system depends on the maximum daily chlorine
demand (dosing quantity x daily maximum water ow rate).
Products with performance outside the product range are available
on request.
Unique safety solutions
Quantitative airfow air is blown continuously through the
electrolyzer chamber, and is monitored by a quantitative airfow
sensor to ensure that the correct volume of air is owing through the
system at all times.
The electrodes as well as the hydrogen degassing column are dual
contained, in order to avoid hydrogen leaking from the system into
the plant room.
No external risk zone fully compliant with ATEX. Negative
pressure on product storage tank a Venturi tee is ftted in the
hydrogen ventilation pipework, this serves as a siphon break and tank
ventilation to ensure that all hydrogen in the product tank is safely
removed to atmosphere.
Product solution with 6-8 g/l chlorine concentration can be stored
for several weeks without any degradation.
catalogue.
Choosing a system
125 g/ h
250 g/ h
500 g/ h
1000 g/h
Corresponding
chlorine quantit y
2000 g/h
3 kg/d
6 kg/d
12 kg/d
24 kg/d
483 kg/ d
0,20 ,3 0,40 ,5 0,60 ,7 0,80 ,9 1,01 ,1 1,21 ,3 1,41 ,5 1,61 ,7 1,81 ,9 2,0
63
100
125
250
500
650
1000
1250
2000
2500
5000
10000
1,5
2,4
3,0
6,0
12,0
15,0
24,0
30,0
48,0
60,0
120,0
240,0
Tm
3
/d m
3
/h
Water flow
(log)
Selcoperm 2000
Selcoperm 1000
Selcoperm 50 0
Selcoperm 12 5
Selcoperm 25 0
Dosed quantity, mg/ l
7.9-3
Example
Selcoperm
Example of Selcoperm in swimming pool water treatment application
Legend
Pos. Megnevezs
1 Swimming pool
2 Remote maintenance, logging per PC
3 DIP compact measuring and control system
4 DIT analysing system
5 Selcoperm electrolytic chlorination system
6 Dosing station for focculent (PAC)
7 Dosing station for hypochlorite
8 Dosing station for pH-correction
9 Injection units
10 Surge basin
11 Filter
12 Circulating pump
13 Sample water feeding line
14 Sample water recycling line
1
2
3
4
5
6 7 8
9
10
9
CAN
312 DIP-A
PAC NaClO pH
9
11
12
13
14
7.10-1
General data
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Chlorine dioxide generation systems
Oxiperm Pro
Product introduction
Oxiperm Pro systems produce chlorine dioxide using diluted
solutions of sodium chlorite (NaClO
2
7.5 %) and hydrochloric acid (HCl
9 %). They are available in four capacity levels, producing 5, 10, 30
and 60 g/h of chlorine dioxide respectively. This capacity is sufcient
to treat up to 150 m
3
of drinking water per hour at a maximum
concentration of 0.4 mg/l ClO
2
. Chlorine dioxide is produced on
demand from diluted solutions using the reliable sodium chlorite/
hydrochloric acid, in accordance with the German Drinking Water
Directive. The chlorine dioxide solution produced is stored in an
integrated or external batch tank and is added to the drinking water
pipe as required using the integrated dosing pump or an external
dosing pump.
Applications
Disinfection with chlorine dioxide:
Drinking water treatment in municipal waterworks
industrial water supply systems,
food industry, surface disinfection (CIP)
food industry technologies, for example. bottle washing.
Product benets
Compact system
Oxiperm Pro can also be installed in confned spaces, as operation
and maintenance are performed exclusively from the front.
Low operating costs
This intelligent method for producing chlorine dioxide functions with
minimal need for chemicals and thus saves up to 67 % of hydrochloric
acid over other systems on the market with comparable capacity.
In comparison with thermal disinfection, up to 90 % of the operating
costs can be saved.
Stable product solution
With a chlorine dioxide concentration of 2 g/l (2000 ppm), the product
solution can be stored for several days. The low concentration makes
the solution safe to handle.
Integrated measurement value logging device
A chlorine dioxide control unit can be easily retroftted. The
connection for a measuring device for chlorine dioxide as well as pH
or Redox (measuring cell) is already in place in the system controller.
Little installation work
Optional accessories simplify assembly and start-up. In fact, the
system can be connected and taken into operation without even
interrupting the buildings water supply. This represents a decisive
cost factor when it comes to decontaminating hospitals or nursing
homes.
Robust design
Oxiperm Pros robust design ensures high operational reliability and
lower maintenance costs. Furthermore, the control system makes for
straightforward and user-friendly operation and opens up a number
of application areas for discrete disinfection of drinking water
installations.
Wide eld of applications
Besides continuous operation, the optional external batch tank
allows the use of Oxiperm Pro for shock disinfection or in cleaning
applications, such as CIP.
Example of Selcoperm in swimming pool water treatment application
Legend
Pos. Megnevezs
1 Swimming pool
2 Remote maintenance, logging per PC
3 DIP compact measuring and control system
4 DIT analysing system
5 Selcoperm electrolytic chlorination system
6 Dosing station for focculent (PAC)
7 Dosing station for hypochlorite
8 Dosing station for pH-correction
9 Injection units
10 Surge basin
11 Filter
12 Circulating pump
13 Sample water feeding line
14 Sample water recycling line
1
2
3
4
5
6 7 8
9
10
9
CAN
312 DIP-A
PAC NaClO pH
9
11
12
13
14
7.10-2
Technical data
Oxiperm Pro
Structure
Automatic chlorine dioxide (ClO
2
) producing and dosing device
(from dilute solutions of hydrochloric acid (HCl) and sodium chlorite
(NaClO
2
)) consists of:
Wall Mounted (OCD-162-5/10) or
on oor standing (OCD-162-30/60) cabinet:
control and regulating unit,
reactor tank,
storage tank,
absorbent flter
sodium chloride injection pump
hydrochloric acid dosing pump
chlorine dioxide dosing pump *
dilution water magnetic valve.
In addition to the cabinet:
chemical suction tubes (for 30, 60, and 200/1000 liter tanks)
dilution water line,
coloured chemical tanks, 33 liters (available for OCD-162-5/10 types
as an accessory on request)
coloured chemical tanks, 60 liters (available for any type)
coloured drip tray (available for 33 and 60 liter chemical tanks as
an accessory)
* OCD-162-5/10 types are available without chlorine dioxide dosing
pump. All devices are available with mechanically or digitally operated
dosing pumps. If the device contains a mechanically operated dosing
pump, an intermediate tank and separate dosing pump should be
used.
catalogue.
4444444444444
6
9
8
10
13
12
3
4
5
7
1
2
11
18
7.10-3
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Oxiperm 164 D/30-2000g/h
Oxiperm OCD-164 D / 302000 g/h
General description
Oxiperm OCD-164 D systems produce chlorine dioxide using diluted
solutions of sodium chlorite (NaClO
2
7.5 %) and hydrochloric acid
(HCl 9 %). They are available in eight capacity levels 302000 g/l of
chlorine dioxide respectively.
The produced chlorine dioxide disinfectant solution can be fed
directly into the treated system or a separate storage container.
Example: Oxiperm OCD-164 D, with solenoid valve
catalogue.
6
7
3
1
10
5
4
2
13
12

2
Electrical and electronic data
Mains connection 1230 V, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption up to 220 g/l: approx. 300 VA
above 350 g/l: approx. 650 VA
electronics, dosing pumps,
solenoid valve, water meter
IP 67 (dosing-control)
IP 44 bypass-pump (optional)
Analog/digital inputs
Analog/ potential-free
outputs
detailed information in separate
catalogue
7.10-4
Technical data
Oxiperm 164 C/150-2500g/h
Oxiperm OCC-164 C / 1502500 g/h
General description
Oxiperm OCC-164 C systems produce chlorine dioxide using
concentrated solutions of sodium chlorite (NaClO
2
24,5 %) and
hydrochloric acid (HCl 33 %). They are available in fve capacity levels
1502500 g/l of chlorine dioxide respectively.
Example: Oxiperm OCC-164 C, with solenoid valve
catalogue.
12
13
2
6
7
4
5
9
1
10
3
Power consumption up to 750 g/l: approx. 550 VA
up to 1300 g/l: approx. 900 VA
up to 2500 g/l: approx. 1100 VA
IP 67 (dosing-control)
IP 44 bypass-pump(optional)
outputs
catalogue
Oxiperm OCC-164 C / 410 kg/h
General description
See Oxiperm OCC-164 C / 1502500 g/h system description.
Structure
Dosing data
Oxiperm
device type

C
l
O
2
-
p
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

[
k
g
/
h
]

C
o
n
s
u
m
p
t
i
o
n

o
f
c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
s

[
l
/
h
]
Consumption of process water [l/h]
B
y
p
a
s
s
D
i
l
u
t
i
o
n
E
x
h
a
u
s
t

i
n
j
e
c
t
o
r
Total
consumption

f
o
r

3

g
/
l

i
n

t
h
e
b
a
t
c
h

t
a
n
k
f
o
r

2

g
/
l

i
n

t
h
e
b
a
t
c
h

t
a
n
k
H
C
l
N
a
C
l
O
2
OCC-164-4000C 4 24 1150 140 1400 2690 3400
OCC-164-6000C 6 37 1720 215 1900 3835 4900
OCC-164-7500C 7,5 47 2150 265 2300 4715 6000
OCC-164-10000C 10 63 2860 355 3100 6315 8000
Adjustment of the preparation
capacity
Manual by dosing pump and ball valves
Required concentration of chemicals HCl (EN 939) 33%
NaClO
2
(EN 938) 24,5%
Admissible temperature:
ambient temperature
operation water temperature
temperature of chemicals
540 C
230 C
230 C
Admissible relative air humidity max. 80 %, not condensing
Safety equipment monitoring of the capacities
(water, chemicals) via MIN/MAX
contacts
Connection
Water supply
Chemicals
ClO
2
-solution
PVC pipe DN 25/DN 32
PVC pipe DN 20
Power consumption 46 kg/h: approx. 400 VA
7,510 kg/h: approx. 500 VA
IP 44 bypass-pump(optional
outputs
catalogue
Legend
Pos. Description
1
Water supply
(bypass and dilution)

2 Connection for NaClO
2
3 Connection for HCl
4 Connection for ClO
2
5 Outlet exhaust injector for solution tank
6
Overfow device for solution tank, customer provides the
pipework to a neutralization system
7 Solution tank
8 Water preparation tank for the dilution of HCl
9 Reactor
10 Flow of H
2
O for the dilution of HCl
11 Flow of HCl
12 Flow of NaClO
2
13 Flow of H
2
O, bypass water
3
12
13
1
2
11
10
5 7 6 4 9 8
7.10-5
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Oxiperm 164 C/4-10kg/h
Oxiperm OCC-164 C / 410 kg/h
General description
See Oxiperm OCC-164 C / 1502500 g/h system description.
Structure
Dosing data
Oxiperm
device type

C
l
O
2
-
p
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

[
k
g
/
h
]

C
o
n
s
u
m
p
t
i
o
n

o
f
c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
s

[
l
/
h
]
Consumption of process water [l/h]
B
y
p
a
s
s
D
i
l
u
t
i
o
n
E
x
h
a
u
s
t

i
n
j
e
c
t
o
r
Total
consumption

f
o
r

3

g
/
l

i
n

t
h
e
b
a
t
c
h

t
a
n
k
f
o
r

2

g
/
l

i
n

t
h
e
b
a
t
c
h

t
a
n
k
H
C
l
N
a
C
l
O
2
OCC-164-4000C 4 24 1150 140 1400 2690 3400
OCC-164-6000C 6 37 1720 215 1900 3835 4900
OCC-164-7500C 7,5 47 2150 265 2300 4715 6000
OCC-164-10000C 10 63 2860 355 3100 6315 8000
capacity
Required concentration of chemicals HCl (EN 939) 33%
NaClO
2
(EN 938) 24,5%
ambient temperature
540 C
230 C
230 C
contacts
Connection
Water supply
Chemicals
ClO
2
-solution
PVC pipe DN 20
Power consumption 46 kg/h: approx. 400 VA
IP 44 bypass-pump(optional
outputs
catalogue
Legend
Pos. Description
1
Water supply
(bypass and dilution)

2 Connection for NaClO
2
3 Connection for HCl
4 Connection for ClO
2
5 Outlet exhaust injector for solution tank
6
Overfow device for solution tank, customer provides the
pipework to a neutralization system
7 Solution tank
8 Water preparation tank for the dilution of HCl
9 Reactor
10 Flow of H
2
O for the dilution of HCl
11 Flow of HCl
12 Flow of NaClO
2
13 Flow of H
2
O, bypass water
3
12
13
1
2
11
10
5 7 6 4 9 8
7.10-6
General data
Technical data
Oxiperm 166 G/250g/h-10kg/h
Oxiperm OCG-166 G / 250 g/h10 kg/h
General description
Oxiperm OCC-166 G systems produce chlorine dioxide using
2
24,5 %) and
chlorine gas (Cl
2
). They are available in six capacity levels
250 g/h-10 kg/h of chlorine dioxide respectively.
Structure
Power consumption up to 2,5 kg/h: approx. 160 VA
10 kg/h: approx. 190 VA
outputs
catalogue
Dosing data
Oxiperm
device type

C
l
O
2
-
p
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

[
k
g
/
h
]

Consumption of
components
Consumption of process
water [l/h]
C
l
2

[
k
g
/
h
]
N
a
C
l
O
2

[
l
/
h
]
B
y
p
a
s
s
D
i
l
u
t
i
o
n
E
x
h
a
u
s
t
i
n
j
e
c
t
o
r
T
o
t
a
l
c
o
n
s
u
m
p
t
i
o
n
OCG-166-007G 0,75 0,5 3,5 150 90 700 940
OCG-166-015G 1,5 1 7 280 200 1100 1580
OCG-166-025G 2,5 1,65 11,8 470 340 2400 3200
OCG-166-050G 5 3,3 23,5 940 680 2200 3790
OCG-166-075G 7,5 4,9 35 1400 1000 3400 5800
OCG-166-100G 10 6,6 47 1900 1300 4200 7400
capacity
Required concentration of
chemicals
Cl
2
(EN 939) 3 g/l after the injector
NaClO
2
(EN 938) 24,5%
ambient temperature
540 C
230 C
230 C
contacts
Connection
Water supply
Chemicals
- NaClO
2

- Cl
2
-gas
ClO
2
-solution
PVC pipe DN 10
PVC hose 8/10 to dosing regulator
Pos. Description
1 Dosing system for NaClO
2
1.1 NaClO
2
connection
1.2 Calibration vessel
1.3 Suction device
1.4
Piston diaphragm dosing pump, with
deaeration valve
1.5 Pulsation damper with manometer
1.6 Flow meter with limit switch for NaClO
2
2 Dosing system for chlorine gas
2.1 Cl
2
vacuum connection (of the vacuum
regulator)

2.2 Flow meter with limit switch for Cl
2
2.3 Cl
2
adjusting valve
2.4 Diferential pressure regulator for Cl
2
2.5 Cl
2
injector
3 Operating water supply
3.1 Operating water connection
3.2 Water supply for the exhaust injector
3.3 Water supply for injector and post-dilution
device
3.4 Flow meter with limit switch for injector
operating water
3.5 Flow meter with limit switch for post-dilution
device
3.6 Water fow adjusting valves
4 Control panel for PLC and operating unit
with LC display
5 ClO
2
reactor
6 Batch tanks with level sensors
(min., max., dry run and overfow)
7 Absorption flter
8 Outlet suction injector for the batch tank
9 ClO
2
discharge connection
2.3
2.4
2.2
1.6
2.1
1.5
2.5
1.2
1.1
4
3.5
3.4
3.3
3.1
1.4
3.2
3.6
6
7
5
1.3
8
9
Oxiperm OCG-166 G / 250 g/h10 kg/h
General description
Oxiperm OCC-166 G systems produce chlorine dioxide using
2
24,5 %) and
chlorine gas (Cl
2
). They are available in six capacity levels
250 g/h-10 kg/h of chlorine dioxide respectively.
Structure
Power consumption up to 2,5 kg/h: approx. 160 VA
10 kg/h: approx. 190 VA
outputs
catalogue
Dosing data
Oxiperm
device type

C
l
O
2
-
p
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

[
k
g
/
h
]

Consumption of
components
Consumption of process
water [l/h]
C
l
2

[
k
g
/
h
]
N
a
C
l
O
2

[
l
/
h
]
B
y
p
a
s
s
D
i
l
u
t
i
o
n
E
x
h
a
u
s
t
i
n
j
e
c
t
o
r
T
o
t
a
l
c
o
n
s
u
m
p
t
i
o
n
OCG-166-007G 0,75 0,5 3,5 150 90 700 940
OCG-166-015G 1,5 1 7 280 200 1100 1580
OCG-166-025G 2,5 1,65 11,8 470 340 2400 3200
OCG-166-050G 5 3,3 23,5 940 680 2200 3790
OCG-166-075G 7,5 4,9 35 1400 1000 3400 5800
OCG-166-100G 10 6,6 47 1900 1300 4200 7400
capacity
Required concentration of
chemicals
Cl
2
(EN 939) 3 g/l after the injector
NaClO
2
(EN 938) 24,5%
ambient temperature
540 C
230 C
230 C
contacts
Connection
Water supply
Chemicals
- NaClO
2

- Cl
2
-gas
ClO
2
-solution
PVC pipe DN 10
PVC hose 8/10 to dosing regulator
Pos. Description
1 Dosing system for NaClO
2
1.1 NaClO
2
connection
1.2 Calibration vessel
1.3 Suction device
1.4
Piston diaphragm dosing pump, with
deaeration valve
1.5 Pulsation damper with manometer
1.6 Flow meter with limit switch for NaClO
2
2 Dosing system for chlorine gas
2.1 Cl
2
vacuum connection (of the vacuum
regulator)

2.2 Flow meter with limit switch for Cl
2
2.3 Cl
2
adjusting valve
2.4 Diferential pressure regulator for Cl
2
2.5 Cl
2
injector
3 Operating water supply
3.1 Operating water connection
3.2 Water supply for the exhaust injector
3.3 Water supply for injector and post-dilution
device
3.4 Flow meter with limit switch for injector
operating water
3.5 Flow meter with limit switch for post-dilution
device
3.6 Water fow adjusting valves
4 Control panel for PLC and operating unit
with LC display
5 ClO
2
reactor
6 Batch tanks with level sensors
(min., max., dry run and overfow)
7 Absorption flter
8 Outlet suction injector for the batch tank
9 ClO
2
discharge connection
2.3
2.4
2.2
1.6
2.1
1.5
2.5
1.2
1.1
4
3.5
3.4
3.3
3.1
1.4
3.2
3.6
6
7
5
1.3
8
9
7.11 Powder handling and dosing systems
Polydos, KD
7.11-1
General data
Technical data
Powder handling and dosing systems
Polydos
Polydos 412 Preparation system for liquid and dry polyelectrolytes
Fully automatic three-chamber preparation system for
polyelectrolyte solutions in the adjusted concentration
Three-chamber PPH tank with chambers for preparation, ripening
and dosing
Preparation and ripening chamber with electric agitators
Dosing chamber optionally with an electric agitator
Dry material feeding system
Ultrasonic sensor for continuous level control with programmable
cut-of points min./max./dry run/overow
Water apparatus with shut-of valve, solenoid valve(24 VDC),
pressure reducing valve and contact water meter
Jet mixer for dry polymer
Injection unit for liquid polymer
Control panel with PLC-aided control, graphic display with
multilingual operating surface
Input of the solution concentration continuously from 0.05 to 0.5%
Collective error message for motors, overow and lack of water,
individual error messages for lack of polyelectrolyte and dry run as
potential-free contacts
Dry material feeding system TD423
Feeding system for constant or varying quantities of powdersor
granules, e.g. lime hydrate, aluminium sulphate, diatomite,
phosphate, activated carbon or polyelectrolytes
Large-volume hopper
Feeding worm specially developed for steady discharge
Calorifc protection zone against humidity intrusion into the
hopper
Options
With control panel
Without control panel
Without control panel, wired on a terminal box
Control of the liquid polymer pump

data) can be seen in separate catalogue.
Options
Motor: 220-240/380-420 V, 50/60 Hz,
- 1500 min
-1
, 0,25 kW or 0,37 kW
(+ Pt100)
- 3000 min
-1
, 0,25 kW
Feeding worms incl.ejection pipe with calorifc protection zone (
24, 30, 40, 60 mm)
Gear step-down ratio 20:1, 40:1, 80:1, 100:1
Optional elements: emergency shut-down switch, min.sensor,
vibrator, cover for the hopper.
Post-dilution system for Polydos 412/460

Mounted on a PPH base plate

Flowmeter with MIN contact and special mixer (PVC-U)

Solenoid valve 230 V, 115 Vor 24 V DC (brass)

The post-dilution device can be mounted on the front side of the
Polydos tank on demand.
Technical data
Ripening time in
reference with the
nominal capacity
The nominal preparation capacity is obtained at a
ripening time of 55 minutes. For smaller quantities this
time may be longer .

Capacity
Type
Max. preparation
capacity [l/h]
Power
consumption [kW]
45 min 60 min2 agitators 3 agitators
4121000 1200 1040 1,52 ,1
4122000 2200 1800 1,52 ,1
4124000 4500 3700 2,42 ,95
4126000 7000 5800 3,35 4,85
41210000 11000 9600 4,05 5,55
Mains water pressure 310 bar
Maximum viscosity of
the polyelectrolyte
solution
2500 mPa
Electro motors 1x230 V, 50 Hz or 3x415 V, 50 Hz
Enclosure class Control panel: IP 65, Agitators: IP 55
Communication
Technical data
Dosing capacity 5500 l/h
Accuracy 4%
Hopper capacity 32 dm
3
Material stainless steel
Supply voltage 3220340/380420V, 50 Hz
Power consumption
0,25 kW
0,37 kW (frekvenciavlts hajtshoz)
Speed 1500 or 3000 min
-1
7.11-2
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

p
u
m
p

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
C
e
n
t
r
i
f
u
g
a
l

p
u
m
p
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
u
m
p
s

f
o
r

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

a
n
d

s
e
w
a
g
e

p
u
m
p
s
W
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g

a
n
d

s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
D
o
s
i
n
g

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
General data
Technical data
Powder handling and dosing systems
Polydos, KD
Preparation system for liquid and liquid polyelectrolytes
Fully automatic two-chamber preparation system for
polyelectrolyte solutions in the adjusted concentration out of
liquid concentrates
Two-chamber PPH tank with chambers for preparation, and
ripening
Preparation chamber with electric agitator
Ripening chamber optionally with an electric agitator
Ultrasonic sensor for continuous level control with programmable
cut-of points min./max./dry run/overow
Dosing pump for liquid concentrate with ow controller
Injection unit for liquid polymer
Input of the solution concentration continuously from 0.01 to 0.5%
KD440 dry material preparation system
Fully automatic one-chamber preparation system for solutions in
the adjusted concentration out of liquid concentrates
One-chamber PPH tank
Dry material feeding system
Preparation chamber with electric agitator
Capacitive sensor for level control for min./max./dry run/overow
Jet mixer for dry material
Input of the solution concentration continuously from 1 to 10%
Electronic vibrator
Options
With control panel
Options
With control panel
Control of the liquid polymer pump

Technical data
Ripening time in
reference with the
nominal capacity
The nominal preparation capacity is obtained at a
ripening time of 15 minutes. For smaller quantities
this time may be longer.
Capacity
Type
Max. preparation
capacity
[l/h]
Power
consumption [kW]
4601000 3 000 1,0
4602000 6 000 1,0
4604000 12 000 1,95
Maximum viscosity of
the polyelectrolyte solutio n

2500 mPa
Materials
Agitator and shaft propeller:stainless steel
Solution tank: PPH
Lines and connections: PVC-U
Communication
Technical data
Capacity
Type
Max. preparation
capacity [l/h]
Power
consumption [kW]
4401000 1000 1,0
4401000 4000 2,0
Materials
Dry material feeder and worm,
agitator shaft and propeller: stainless steel
Solution tank: PPH
Lines and connections: PVC-U
7.11-3
Notes
www.grundfos.com

t
r
a
d
e
m
a
r
k
s

o
w
n
e
d

b
y

G
r
u
n
d
f
o
s

M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

A
/
S

o
r

G
r
u
n
d
f
o
s

A
/
S
,

D
e
n
m
a
r
k
.

A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d

w
o
r
l
d
w
i
d
e
.

Grundfos Catalogue Industry and Water Utility

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grundfos Catalogue Industry and Water Utility

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Industry and Water

extreme recirculation capability without

2 100 cos sin

1 73 100 , cos sin

Pumping in water treatment systems

Reverse osmosis systems*

protection against dry running

Seal rings NBR

Conficting levels alarm

CEE plug with

CEE plug with

Abrasive surface water

Seal rings Nitril-gumi

Conficting levels alarm

Dual level control

Calibration of pump to actual

Input for dual-level

Alarm relay output (variant AR)

Dual level control

Calibration of pump to actual

Input for dual-level

Alarm relay output (variant AR)

Redox potential (ORP) [mV]

Redox potential (ORP) [mV]

Redox potential (ORP)

Bufer solutions for checking the redox

Bufer solutions for checking the redox

You might also like